Skip to main content

Full text of "Opera hactenus inedita;"

See other formats


:LO 


iCD 


•CM 


=co 


•CD 


CO 


I  IB! 


BINDING  LIST  DEC  1     192? 


Opera  hactenus  inedita  Rogeri  Baconi 

Fasc.  V 


SECRETUM  SECRETORUM 

CUM  GLOSSIS  ET  NOTULIS 

TRACTATUS   BREVIS   ET   UTILIS 
AD    DECLARANDUM    QUEDAM    OBSCURE    DICTA 

FRATRIS  ROGERI 

NUNC    PRIMUM    EDIDIT 

ROBERT     STEELE 

ACCEDUNT 
VERSIO   ANGLICANA   EX  ARABICO   EDITA   PER 

A.  S.   FULTON  |  ?QS'£0 


VERSIO  VETUSTA  ANGLO-NORMANICA  NUNC 
PRIMUM  EDITA 


OXONII 

E  TYPOGRAPHEO  CLARENDON1ANO 


M  CM  XX 


OXFORD  UNIVERSITY  PRESS 

LONDON  EDINBURGH  GLASGOW  NEW    YORK 

TORONTO       MELBOURNE       CAPE   TOWN        BOMBAY 

HUMPHREY    MILFORD 

PUBLISHER  TO  THE  UNIVERSITY 


PREFACE 

The  issue  of  this  series  has  been  interrupted  by  the  war. 
and  this  volume  has  been  interpolated,  for  several  reasons, 
somewhat  out  of  its  proper  place  in  the  order  of  Bacon's 
unpublished  work,  partly  out  of  a  consideration  of  the  great 
importance  of  the  text  on  which  he  comments,  and  partly  on 
account  of  its  influence  on  his  whole  work.  Mediaeval  students 
will  be  glad  to  learn  that  the  publication  of  the  whole  of 
Bacon's  work  now  seems  assured. 

As  before,  I  have  to  acknowledge  the  ready  assistance  of 
mediaeval  scholars,  among  them  Prof.  A.  G.  Little,  Mr.  J.  P. 
Gilson,  Dr.  Cowley,  Dr.  Henry  Bradley,  the  Librarian  of  the 
Grand-Ducal  Library  of  Saxe-Gotha,  who  forwarded  for  study 
two  Arabic  MSS.  of  the  Secretum  Secretorum,  happily  re- 
turned to  him  in  safety,  Mrs.  Henry  Dakyns,  who  many  years 
ago  copied  out  and  prepared  the  text  of  Le  Secre  de  Secrez 
with  a  view  to  joint  publication  elsewhere,  to  the  Committee 
of  the  Bacon  Commemoration  of  1914,  who  have  materially 
assisted  in  the  preparation  of  this  volume,  and  to  others 
named  in  the  Introduction. 

ROBERT  STEELE. 
Savage  Club,  W.C. 


a  1 


CONTENTS 

PAGE 

PREFACE iii 

CONTENTS iv 

INTRODUCTION ix 

The  Syriac  Original xi 

The  Western  Arabic  Form xiii 

The  Eastern  Arabic  Form         .         .         .         .         .         .         .  xiv 

The  Date  of  the  Eastern  Arabic  Text       .        .        .        .  xv 

The  Hebrew  Version xvi 

The  Translation  of  Johannes  Hispalensis          ....  xvi 

The  Translation  of  Philip xviii 

The  Official  Revision  of  Philip's  Translation    ....  xxii 

Bacon's  Edition         . xxiii 

Achillini  Text xxiii 

The  Taegius  Text xxiv 

Classification  of  Manuscripts xxv 

[    Secreta  Secretorum  metrice  composita xxviii 

Bacon's  Introductory  Treatise xxviii 

Bacon's  Notes  on  the  Text xxix 

Printed  Latin  Texts xxx 

French  MS.  Versions         ..*..-.         .         ...  xxxi 

French  Printed  Versions xxxii 

English  MS.  Versions xxxiii 

English  Printed  Versions xxxiv 

Welsh  Versions          .........  xxxiv 

Early  Dutch  Versions xxxiv 

German  MS.  Versions xxxiv 

Italian  MS.  Versions .  xxxv 

Spanish  Versions xxxvi 

Arrangement  of  the  Text xxxvii 

Preliminary  Matter xxxvii 

Discourse  I        .........  xxxix 

Discourse  II ^      .  xxxix 

Discourse  III ' Uj 


PAGE 

Discourse  IV liv 

Discourse  V lvii 

Discourse  VI lvii 

Discourse  VII lvii 

Discourse  VIII lvii 

Discourse  IX     .         .         . lviii 

Discourse  X lxi 

The  Translation  from  the  Arabic  Text lxiv 

The  Anglo-Norman  Version lxv 

TRACTATUS  BREVIS  ...  AD  DECLARANDUM— 

De  causa  hujus  operis 2 

De  veris  mathematicis 3 

De  dictis  et  factis  falsorum  mathematicorum  et  demonum        .  6 

De  dictis  et  factis  verorum  mathematicorum    ....  8 

De  veris  scientiis  similibus  in  nominibus  quatuor  predictis      .  9 

De  quibusdam  astronomicis 12 

De  proprietatibus  planetarum  et  signorum        ....  17 

SECRETUM  SECRETORUM 25 

(The  chapter  headings  are  indexed  on  pp.  28-35) 

De  proprietatibus  lapidum 173 

THE  TRANSLATION  FROM  THE  ARABIC     ...  176 

List  of  Discourses 179 

I.  On  the  Kinds  of  Kings 180 

II.  On  the  Quality  of  the  King  and  the  Nature  and  Conduct 

Proper  to  him 1 84 

The  Superior  Degree  of  Counsel 195 

The  Spring  Season 199 

The  Summer  Season 200 

The  Autumn  Season 201 

The  Winter  Season 201 

The  Parts  of  the  Body 202 

Diet 204 

Waters 205 

Wine 206 

The  Bath *.  209 

Physiognomy •  219 

III.  On  the  Form  of  Justice 224 

IV.  On  Ministers 227 

V.  On  the  Writers  of  Royal  Warrants         ....  242 

VI.  On  Ambassadors 243 

VII.  On  Superintendents 244 

VIII.  On  Officers  and  Soldiers         ......  245 


V1 

PAGE 

IX.  The  Conduct  of  Wars •      .        .  247 

On  the  Victorious  and  Defeated 250 

X.  On  Talismans  and  Astrology 252 

NOTES 267 

SUMMARY  OF  INTRODUCTORY  TREATISE          .        .  278 
THE     '  ETHICS  '     OF    ARISTOTLE.      TRANSLATION 

FROM  THE  ARABIC 284 

LE  SECRE  DE  SECREZ 287 

A  SELECT  BIBLIOGRAPHY 314 


INTRODUCTION 

The  text  of  the  Secretum  Secretorum,  which  is  here  printed  as 
edited  by  Roger  Bacon  with  his  introductory  treatise  and  glosses,  is 
taken  from  a  thirteenth-century  manuscript  in  the  Bodleian  Library 
from  which  all  other  existing  copies  of  his  edition  appear  to  have 
been  derived.  To  complete  the  work  and  make  it  more  generally 
useful  to  students  of  mediaeval  literature,  certain  passages  unknown 
to  Bacon,  but  inserted  by  Achillini  in  his  edition  of  1501  from 
a  Hebrew  version  of  the  Western  recension,  have  been  added, 
together  with  a  literal  translation  of  the  original  Arabic  made  under 
my  supervision  by  Mr.  Ismail  Ali  and  edited  by  Mr.  Fulton,  of  the 
Oriental  Department  of  the  British  Museum,  who  is  preparing  an 
edition  of  the  Arabic  text.  This  rendering  will  serve  as  a  key  to  the 
Latin,  and  at  the  same  time  will  show  the  remarkable  accuracy  of  the 
original  translation  and  the  variation  it  has  undergone. 

The  MS.  (Tanner  116)  is  an  English  manuscript,  which  at  one 
time  belonged  Lto  Archbishop  Sancroft.  It  is  described  in  Hack- 
man's  Catalogue  thus :  '  Codex  membranaceus  in  folio  minore, 
ff.  in,  sec.  xiii  exeuntis  ;  binis  columnis,  haud  eadem  manu  exara- 
tus  ;  olim  peculium  Jacobi  Windet,  ex  dono  Jacobi  Everitti  Antver- 
piensis.'  It  contains  (1)  R.  B.  tractatus  ad  declaranda  quedam 
obscure  dicta  in  libro  Secret!  Secretorum  Aristotelis  (here  printed, 
pp.  1-24).  (2)  Extracts  from  Opus  Tertium,  &c,  see  p.  24.  (3) 
Secretum  Secretorum  (here  printed,  pp.  25-172).  (4)  Tracts  by 
Simon  de  Faversham,  &c.  It  was  apparently  in  English  hands  at 
the  beginning  of  the  sixteenth  century,  as  it  contains  some  verses  in 
English  by  Robert  Dey.  Later  copies  (almost  certainly  of  this 
manuscript)  are  Trinity  Coll.  Cambridge  1036  (fifteenth  century) 
Fitzwilliam  Mus.  Carnb.  McClean  153  (fifteenth  century),  C.C.C. 
Ox.  149  (late  fourteenth,  Dr.  Dee's  copy). 

A  number  of  Bacon's  notes  are  incorporated  in  a  MS.  of  the 
Secretum  in  the  British  Museum  MS.  12  E.  xv,  which  afterwards 
belonged  to  Edward  IV  when  a  youth. 

The  date  to  be  assigned  to  Bacon's  share  in  this  work  lies 
between  well-fixed  limits.     In  the  first  place,  the  fact  that  he  uses 


Vlll 

the  method  of  glossing  would  dispose  us  to  put  it  early  in  his  career. 
In  the  second,  the  fact  that  he  alters  the  manuscripts  before  him 
when  they  treat  of  the  length  of  the  year  (p.  80),  preferring  the  worse 
to  the  better  reading,  shows  that  he  had  not,  at  the  time  of  writing 
the  note,  arrived  at  the  sense  of  the  importance  of  accuracy  in 
astronomy  which  he  entertained,  say,  in  1267,  when  he  wrote  the 
Opus  Majus.  Thirdly,  a  number,  of  the  notes  were  written  soon 
after  his  return  to  Oxford,  after  a  stay  in  Paris  (pp.  34,  38).  I  am 
therefore  inclined  to  put  the  completion  of  the  text  and  notes  at 
some  date  before  1257,  when  he  returned  to  Paris.  The  glosses, 
interlinear  in  the  MS.,  are  printed  here  immediately  below  the  text  as 
large-print  notes. 

The  introductory  treatise  is  much  later.  It  must  be  some  time 
after  the  comet  of  August,  1264  (p.  io?'2).  It  must  even  be  after 
1267.  On  p.  314  Bacon  is  very  severe  on  'glomerelli  nescientes 
Grecum  '  for  their  confusion  of  '  matesis  '  and  '  mathesis  ',  translating 
the  first  as  '  knowledge '  and  the  second  as  '  divination  '.  Unfortu- 
nately he  had  in  1267  fallen  into  the  same  mistake  (Op.  Maj.  i.  23915), 
and  repeated  it  next  year  (Op.  Tert.,  Brewer,  p.  2  76),  though  he 
corrected  it  in  his  Greek  Grammar  (p.  1182),  and  in  his  Mathematics. 
I  am  inclined  to  place  the  date  of  the  introduction  at  about  1270, 
especially  in  view  of  Bacon's  remarks  about  a  forthcoming  total 
eclipse  (n32),  which  must  refer  either  to  that  of  June  13,  1276, 
visible  in  the  polar  regions,  or  of  Oct.  28,  1277,  visible  in  East  Asia, 
which  however  did  not  become  visible  in  England  or  France  (unless 
the  passage  was  written  before  the  eclipse  of  May  25,  1267,  visible 
in  Italy). 

The  Secretum  Secretorum  exercised  so  great  an  influence  on  the 
mental  development  of  Roger  Bacon  that  merely  on  this  ground 
a  study  of  it  would  be  interesting.  From  his  first  work  to  his  last  he 
quotes  it  as  an  authority,  and  there  can  be  no  doubt  that  it  fortified, 
if  it  did  not  create,  his  belief  in  astrology  and  natural  magic.  It 
came  to  him  and  his  contemporaries  as  an  unquestioned  work  of 
Aristotle,  which  must  ffave  been  known  to  exist  for  over  a  century, 
since  it  was  quoted  by  Mesue,  p.  273  (eleventh  or  twelfth  century1) 
and  a  portion  of  it  was  translated  c.  1135  in  Spain,  though  Averroes 
in  1 177  says,  in  his  commentary  to  the  Ethics  (Lib.  X  in  fine),  that 
the  '  de  regimine  vite '  had  not  yet  come  into  his  hands.      The 

1  He  quotes,  however,  only  from  the  intrusive  '  de  oculis  ',  and  even  then  not 
from  any  text  known  to  us. 


IX 

absence  of  a  Greek  text  could  make  no  difference  to  its  reception — 
there  was  no  original  text  known  at  the  time  of  many  other  un- 
questioned works  of  Aristotle — though  Bacon  seems  to  have 
hypnotized  himself  into  a  belief  that  he  had  seen  one  (p.  17210). 

The  Secretum  is  perhaps  the  best  known  of  that  large  family  of 
works  in  which  the  man  of  the  study  takes  upon  himself  the  task  of 
telling  the  man  of  affairs  what  he  should  do.  Whistler  is  reported  to 
have  said  that  if  artists  went  upon  the  Stock  Exchange  the  qualities 
necessary  to  make  them  good  painters  would  enable  them  to  beat  the 
men  of  business  out  of  hand.  No  doubt  the  charlatan  element  in 
his  own  character  would  have  carried  him  far  on  the  road  to  success, 
though  the  state  of  his  affairs  does  not  lend  support  to  his  dictum. 
The  long  list  of  late  classical  treatises  given  by  Mai  in  his  Scriptorum 
vet.  nova  coll.  ii  is  a  proof  of  the  popularity  of  the  theme.  There 
are  several  Arabic  treatises  of  the  kind,  the  relation  of  which  to  the 
Secretum  is  not  close.  Among  these  are  B.M.  Add.  7453  (the  teach- 
ing of  Aristotle,  see  p.  284),  and  the  'Peri  Basileias  '  published  in 
Arabic  and  Latin  by  Lippert  in  1891  as  a  Halle  dissertation.  Giraldus 
Cambrensis  wrote  c.  12 17  'de  principis  instructione ',  ed.  Warner, 
1891,  Guibert  of  Tournai  '  eruditio  regum  et  principum'  (1259), 
Ptolemy  of  Lucca  (d.  1322)  'de  regimine  principum  ad  regem 
Chypri ',  printed  under  the  name  of  St.  Thomas,  Aegidius  Colonna 
'de  regimine  principum',  the  author  of  the  'liber  de  informatione 
principum  '  (1297-1314)  translated  into  French  by  Jean  Gollin  in 
*379-  William  Peraud,  prior  of  the  Dominicans  at  Lyon, '  de  erudi- 
tione  principum ',  also  printed  among  the  works  of  St.  Thomas,  Fray 
Francisco  Ximenes,  Bishop  of  Elenia,  '  Crestia,  regiment  de  princeps ' 
(see  Knust,  p.  297).  Other  works  are — John  of  Wales  (d.  1303), 
'  Breviloquium  ',  and  Vincent  of  Beauvais,  '  de  regimine  principum ' 
(c.  1263). 

The  '  Somnium  Pharaonis  '  of  Jean  de  Launha  or  de  Limoges  is 
a  very  interesting  work  of  this  class,  evidently  written  in  consequence 
of  the  popularity  of  the  Secretum.  It  is  dedicated  to  Thibaut  of 
Champagne,  King  of  Navarre,  and  was  once  assigned  to  the  early 
years  of  the  thirteenth  century.  In  that  case  it  must  be  before  12 16, 
but  modern  scholars  put  the  date  as  about  1250,  a  much  more 
probable  one. 

The  book  contains  professedly  the  secret  doctrine  of  Aristotle,  the 
acroatic  or  esoteric  teaching  which  he  reserved  for  his  most  intimate 
disciples,  as  opposed  to  the  exoteric  learning  put  at  the  disposal  of 


the  public  generally.  The  distinction  is  one  which  dates  from  his 
own  lifetime ;  it  was  universally  known,  and  amply  accounts  for  the 
attribution  of  such  a  work  as  the  Secretum  Secretorum  to  Aristotle  ; 
no  student  in  the  Middle  Ages  could  be  blamed  for  receiving  it  as 
possibly  genuine,  however  different  from  the  books  he  met  with  in 
the  schools. 

Had  then  the  book  any  claim  to  a  Greek  origin?  I  think  not. 
Greek  ideas,  Greek  commonplaces  have  been  caught  up  into  its 
text,  Greek  treatises  have  been  incorporated  with  it,  but  the  texture 
itself  of  the  original  work  is  oriental,  not  western.  I  believe  it  to 
have  had  its  origin  in  the  interaction  between  Persian  and  Syriac 
ideas  which  took  place  in  the  seventh  to  ninth  centuries  of  our  era, 
and  probably  at  the  same  time  as  the  Alexander  legends  studied  by 
Dr.  Budge. 

It  will  perhaps  be  convenient  to  have  a  general  summary  of  the 
history  of  the  text,  before  going  into  particulars.  No  Syriac  text  has 
yet  been  found,  though  there  is  every  probability  that  it  has  existed. 
The  Arabic  is  found  in  two  forms  which  I  name  provisionally  Eastern 
and  Western.  Both  obviously  contain  additions,  but  fortunately 
in  the  Western  form  the  additions  are  nearly  all  at  the  end,  while  in 
the  Eastern  they  are  incorporated  in  the  body  of  the  work.  By 
striking  out  these  additions  we  get  a  fair  idea  of  the  text  of  the 
work,  which  can  be  most  readily  studied  in  Dr.  Gaster's  translation 
of  the  Hebrew  version  of  the  Western  form,  paragraphs  1-79  omitting 
48.  Though  the  list  of  discourses  in  the  Eastern  form  is  10  and  the 
Western  8  (or  7),  the  titles  are  the  same  and  each  is  really  in  10 
discourses,  though  the  Western  calls  some  of  them  '  gates '. 

A  Latin  translation  of  a  part  of  the  Western  expanded  text  was 
made  early  in  the  twelfth  century,  but  the  whole  text  of  the  Eastern 
form  was  translated  in  the  thirteenth  century  by  Philip  of  Tripoli. 

No  Latin  text  corresponds  in  order  or  content  to  any  Arabic  text 
we  know,  and  all  the  Latin  texts  we  have  are  of  the  same  general 
form.  The  tenth  discourse  of  the  Arabic  is  cut  up,  a  great  part 
omitted,  the  remainder  displaced,  part  being  added  to  the  ninth,  the 
rest  to  the  second  book.  A  new  tenth  book  for  the  Latin  is  formed 
by  taking  the  section  on  Physiognomy  from  the  Arabic  second  book 
and  making  it  a  complete  book.  It  seems  possible  that  the  Vulgate 
text  thus  formed  is  not  the  original  Latin  of  Philip,  but  one  edited 
by  authority.  The  reasons  are  (1)  Philip  speaks  in  his  introduction 
of  geomancy.      This  (the  calculation  of  the  numerical   values   of 


xi 

names  and  predictions  therefrom)  was  in  the  original  '  dictio  decima ', 
while  there  is  no  other  trace  of  geomancy  in  any  Latin  text.  (2) 
Bacon  expressly  tells  us  that  most  valuable  sections  of  the  text  had 
been  removed  by  dunderheads.  (3)  Though  all  the  texts  are 
Vulgate  yet  in  some  MSS.  the  chapter  headings  at  the  beginning 
show  the  Arabic  order,  e.g.  physiognomy  before  justice,  and  the  title 
1  dictio  decima '  in  its  right  place,  indicating  that  some  MSS.  must 
have  existed  with  that  arrangement.  (4)  In  all  the  best  Vulgate  MSS. 
the  proper  ending  of  the  (original)  tenth  book  is  preserved,  and  may 
be  found  at  the  end  of  Book  II  before  Justice. 

All  the  Latin  MSS.  are  then  of  one  main  variety.  They  differ 
among  themselves  by  omissions  and  additions,  the  principal  additions 
being  a  chapter  '  de  oculis  ',  another  from  Avicenna  '  de  viperis ',  and 
a  note  from  Pliny  as  to  the  effect  of  the  moon.  Bacon's  text  is  a 
variety  of  the  Vulgate,  modified  by  dividing  it  into  four  books,  and 
adding  new  captions  to  the  chapters.  This  text  is  otherwise  a  very 
good  one,  but  it  has  had  no  effect  on  the  MS.  tradition. 

The  first  printed  Latin  texts  are  very  much  abbreviated,  printed 
from  late  fifteenth-century  manuscripts.  Two  editions  of  the  Vulgate 
text  were  printed  before  1500.  But  in  that  year  a  composite  text 
was  printed  for  Achillini  which  had  no  manuscript  authority.  He 
seems  to  have  got  hold  of  the  Hebrew  version  of  the  Western  text,  or 
of  some  early  Latin  version,  and  to  have  inserted  its  thirteenth 
and  last  section,  which  has  no  relation  to  the  Eastern  text,  in  suitable 
places  of  Philip's  version.  As  the  Achillini  text  is  the  one  generally 
met  with,  this  has  caused  a  certain  amount  of  confusion. 

The  Syriac  Original. 

In  the  introduction  to  the  work  as  we  now  have  it  we  are  told  that 
it  was  translated  from  Greek  into  Rumi,  and  from  Rumi  into  Arabic, 
by  Yuhanna  ibn  el-Batrik  (or  Ibn  Yahya  al-Batrik).  Rumi  is  the 
common  word  for  Syriac,  when  it  does  not  mean  Greek,  and  Yuhanna, 
who  died  a.d.  815,  was  a  well-known  translator,  physician  of  Al- 
Ma'mun,  who  is  said  to  have  rendered  the  Politics  and  the  Historia 
Animalium  into  Syriac,  and  the  De  caelo  et  mundo  and  the  De 
anima  in  epitome,  with  other  works,  into  Arabic.  There  does  not 
seem  anything  obviously  unlikely  about  the  statements  that  a  Syrian 
text  has  existed,  and  that  it  was  translated  into  Arabic  about  the 
beginning  of  the  ninth  century  by  Ibn  al-Batrik,  while  it  is  to  be 
hoped  that  English  scholars,  at  any  rate,  have  dropped  the  pose  that 


xn 

a  manuscript  attribution  is  a  decisive  argument  against  the  supposed 
author  or  translator  having  any  connexion  with  the  work. 

A  curious  confirmation  of  the  possible  existence  of  a  Syriac 
version  has  lately  turned  up  in  the  publication  by  Dr.  Budge  of 
a  thirteenth-century  collection  of  medical  treatises  and  receipts 
in  Syriac  (Syrian  Anatomy,  Pathology,  and  Therapeutics,  2  vols., 
London,  1913).  Among  them  (ii.  540)- is  the  formula  for  calculating 
victory  by  taking  the  numerical  value  of  the  names  of  the  generals 
and  casting  out  the  nines  (see  pp.  lx,  250).  This  formula  is  identical 
with  one  which  exists  in  both  forms  of  the  Arabic  text,  though  it  is 
omitted  in  the  Vulgate  Latin  version.1 

It  is  unlikely  that  the  Syriac  text,  if  it  should  ever  be  found, 
will  bear  the  name  of  the  Secret  of  Secrets.  Perhaps  the  traditional 
name  preserved  by  Al-Makin,  The  Book  of  the  knowledge  of  the 
Laws  of  Destiny,  or  the  Kitab-al-siyasa  of  Ibn  Khaldun,  its  alterna- 
tive title  in  Arabic,  may  afford  some  clue.  It  is  quite  possible,  even, 
that  the  Syriac  original  may  correspond  to  a  part  only  of  the  original 
Arabic  form. 

Another  passage  of  Al-Makin,  giving  alternative  names,  but 
evidently  relating  to  the  Secrehun,  runs  thus  : 

'  Aristotle  translated  the  books  of  Hermes,  an  ancient  sage  of 
the  country  of  Egypt,  out  of  the  Egyptian  into  the  Greek  language, 
and  he  explained  in  his  translation  the  sciences,  and  wisdom,  and 
knowledge  which  were  derived  from  them,  and  among  these  books 
was  the  "  Book  of  Astemganos  "  wherein  were  described  the  gods 
of  the  men  of  olden  time  .  .  .  (and  the  worship  of  seven  spirits). 

'  And  besides  this  he  wrote  the  book  which  is  called  "  The  Book  of 
Astamatis  "  which  treateth  of  the  breaching  of  cities,  and  fortresses, 
and  kings'  houses,  and  of  the  submission  of  kings,  and  of  how  men 
should  make  use  of  talismans  and  of  the  knowledge  derived  there- 
from, and  of  the  names  which  will  bring  down  rain  and  water  to 
them  in  the  desert  and  in  the  waste  land,  whensoever  they  utter 
them. 

•  And  besides  these  he  wrote  a  work  which  is  called  "  El-Setutas  " 
wherein  he  treateth  of  the  knowledge  of  the  stars,  and  of  lucky  and 
unlucky  days,  and  of  what  it  is  meet  for  men  to  do  when  the  moon 
entereth  among  the  eight-and-twenty  stars,  and  among  the  twelve 
stars,  and  when  new  moon  is  of  good  or  evil  omen. 

1  See  Athenaeum,  July  26,  1913,  and  independently  Dr.  Gaster,  Journal  of 
R.  Asiat.  Soc,  April  1914. 


Xlll 

'  And  he  wrote  other  books  which  treat  of  the  healing  of  animals' 
bodies,  and  of  stones,  and  of  trees,  and  of  the  stone  which  hath 
healing  properties  ;  and  the  "  Book  of  the  Ladder  "  which  resembleth 
his  other  books  of  science.' — Budge,  Alexander,  vol.  ii,  pp.  384-5. 

Other  Syriac  versions  of  similar  treatises,  not  now  extant,  have 
existed  in  the  past.  Thus  in  the  preface  to  the  pseudo-Aristotelian 
'  de  lapidibus '  (ed.  Rose,  Zeit.  fiir  deutsches  Alterthum,  N.F.  xvi, 
1875,  p.  349)  we  find  the  statement:  '  Hunc  librum  dedit  magnus 
Aristotiles  filius  Nichomachi  magister  Alexandri  Magni  regis  Phylippi 
regis  Macedonum  filii.  Et  ego  transfero  ipsum  ex  greco  sermone  in 
ydyoma  syrorum.'  A  list  of  Syriac  versions  of  Aristotle  is  found 
in  Hottinger's  Bibliotheca  Orientalis,\\.  219-41. 

The  Western  Arabic  Form. 

The  earliest  version  of  the  Secreticm  Secretorum  in  Arabic  con- 
sisted originally  of  seven  (Oxford  Laud  Or.  210)  or  eight  '  discourses  ', 
to  which,  in  all  forms  now  known,  a  number  of  additional  sections 
have  been  added,  without  any  change  being  made  in  the  prefatory 
announcement.  The  '  discourses  '  are  of  very  unequal  length  ;  the 
first,  second,  and  third  constitute  the  main  body  of  the  work,  the 
other  four  or  five  being  identical  with  the  remaining  seven  of  the 
longer  version  but  split  up  differently.  To  this  primitive  work  our 
MSS.  add  certain  '  gates  ' — the  treatise  on  Physiognomy,  the  •  regimen 
sanitatis  ',  and  a  special  discourse  on  alchemy  and  the  properties  of 
precious  stones.  No  MS.  follows  the  division  into  seven  or  eight 
'  discourses '  it  announces,  all  are  in  ten,  the  three  additional  '  gates  ' 
making  thirteen. 

It  is  in  the  seven-book  form  that  it  was  known  to  Haji  Khalfa, 
Mustafa  ibn  'Abd  Allah  called  Katib  Chelebi  (died  1658),  who  thus 
describes  it  under  no.  10202  (I  quote  the  Latin  translation  of  his 
Encyclopedic  list  in  Fluegel's  edition) :  '  Kitab  el  siyasset,  liber 
rectionis  de  republica  administranda.  Septem  libri  politicorum,  quos 
Aristoteles  Alexandro  composuit,  cum  hie  ab  ipso  vehementer  pete- 
ret,  ut  nonnulla  scriberet,  quae  ei  regula  essent,  ad  quam  illo  absente 
recurrere  potest.  Librum  Arabice  verterunt'.  The  Secretum  is 
again  described  under  no.  7102  (vol.  hi,  p.  591):  'Sirr  el  asrar, 
arcanum  arcanorum  de  sapientia,  auctor  Yemeni.  Archetypum 
graecum,  ex  quo  hoc  opus  tempore  Mamuni  conversum  est,  philoso- 
phum  auctorem  habet,  qui  in  favorem  Alexandri  de  aministrandis 
regnis    subjectis    et   exercitu   scripsit.'      Steinschneider    (A/farabi, 


XIV 

p.  142,  n.  1)  thinks  Yemeni  a 'confusion  with  Al-Hamdani.  Pusey 
in  the  Bodleian  Catalogue,  ii.  578,  quotes  Haji  Khalfa  10202  as 
concluding  'Arabice  vero  in  gratiam  Almamun  ab  Hanifa  versuni 
esse'.  Dr.  Cowley  of  the  Bodleian  Library  is  kind  enough  to  inform 
me  that  Pusey  quotes  from  the  Bodleian  MS.  CCCC.XXII  which 
has  a  different  reading  from  Fluegel's  text,  and  a  better  one.  Hanifa 
is,  however,  impossible  as  an  epithet,  and  Dr.  Cowley  suggests  a 
simple  emendation  which  makes  the  note  read  :  '  then  the  Caliph  Al- 
Ma'mun  had  it  translated  into  Arabic,  and  thought  very  highly  of  it.; 
This  disposes  of  Hanifa,  and  probably  Yemeni  should  disappear  with 
him. 

The  list  of  books  in  the  Laud  MS.  (which  I  quote  as  W.)  differs 
from  that  of  Dr.  Gaster  (par.  7)  by  treating  his  sixth  and  seventh  as 
one,  making  his  eighth  the  seventh. 

I  have  ventured  to  call  this  version  the  Western  form  because 
(1)  it  was  this  text  that  was  known  to  Johannes  Hispalensis  in 
Spain ;  (2)  it  was  this  text  that  was  translated  into  Hebrew  by 
Harizi  in  Spain;  and  (3)  it  was  this  text  (or  Harizi's)  that  was 
translated  into  Spanish  as  the  '  Poridad  de  las  Poridades '. 

The  Eastern  Arabic  Form 

is  that  which  formed  the  basis  for  the  Latin  translation  of  Philip,  to 
which  it  corresponds  pretty  closely.  The  chief  differences  from  the 
Western  form  are  in  the  additions  incorporated  in  the  second  '  dis- 
course ',  though  there  are  considerable  minor  accretions  in  all  parts. 

In  addition  to  everything  in  the  Western  form,  Discourse  II 
of  the  Eastern  form  contains  the  treatise  '  de  conservatione  sanitatis ' 
(pp.  64-8),  the  summary  of  Johannes  Hispalensis  (pp.  68-83),  ^e 
'  regimen  sanitatis ',  a  tract  of  pseudo-Diocles  '  de  divisione  corporis ' 
(pp.  83-7) — (the  continuation  of  the  '  de  conservatione  sanitatis5 
(pp.  87-9)  is  only  found  in  the  Latin) — chapters  on  food,  water, 
wine,  and  oxymel  (pp.  89-94),  a  further  continuation  of  the  '  de 
conservatione'  (pp.  94-6),  an  account  of  the  Hammam  (pp.  96-7), 
an  account  of  the  preparation  of  a  universal  medicine  (pp.  98-105), 
and  an  account  of  the  use  of  astrology  in  phlebotomy  and  medicine 
(pp.  109-10). 

It  ends  in  most  Eastern  Arabic  MSS.  with  the  'de  physiognomia  ' 
(pp.  164-72),  though  in  one  of  them  this  tract  forms  part  of 
Discourse  III. 

Discourse  III,  'de  justitia',  corresponds  closely  with  the  Western 


XV 

version.  Discourses  IV  and  V  of  the  Eastern  version  make  Dis- 
course IV  of  the  Western  scheme  ;  they  contain  long  interpolations. 
Discourses  VI  and  VII  are  cut  out  of  Discourse  V,  VIII  is  VI,  and 
IX  is  VII.  Discourse  IV  of  the  Eastern  scheme  is  further  enlarged 
by  the  story  of  the  Jew  and  the  Mage  (pp/ 144-6)  which  is  not  found 
in  the  Western  Arabic,  and  is  replaced  in  the  Hebrew  version  by  a 
warning  against  red-headed  counsellors.  Discourse  IX  is  enlarged 
by  a  section  'de  electione  temporum  '  (pp.  155-6)  of  an  astrological 
character,  while  Discourse  X, '  de  scienciis  incantamentorum '  (pp. 
157-63),  is  a  scientific  theory  of  talismans,  to  which  every  Arabic 
MS.  adds  a  different  series  of  illustrations.  It  includes  the  oldest 
known  text  of  the  '  Emerald  Table '  of  Hermes.  It  is  replaced 
in  the  Western  form  by  Gate  XIII  which  treats  of  alchemy,  talismans» 
and  the  properties  of  gems. 

The  Date  of  the  Eastern  Arabic  Text. 
There  can  be  little  doubt  that  the  process  of  accretion  by  which 
this  version  was  formed  was  a  gradual  one.  One  of  the  additions 
(p.  58)  may  have  been  made  at  the  beginning  of  the  thirteenth 
century.  The  passage  'Sane  puella  in  domo  patrisfamilias  ex  nimio 
studio  sciebat  cursum  anni  et  astrorum,  .  .  .'  may  possibly  be  a  refer- 
ence to  the  learned  lady  '  nondum  vicesimum  agens  annum '  Con- 
stantina,  daughter  of  the  Archbishop  of  Athens,  who  'pestilentias, 
tonitrua,  eclipsim,  et  quod  mirabilius  fuit,  motum  praedicens,  omnes 
suos  auditores  infallibiliter  praemunivit'  (Matt.  Paris,  v.  286).  Mat- 
thew's authority  for  this  is  John  of  Basingstoke,  who  had  been  her 
pupil  and  who  first  appears  in  Grosseteste's  Register  as  Archdeacon 
of  Leicester  in  1240  (there  was  an  Archdeacon  Robert  in  1236-7) ; 
he  died  in  1252.  If  we  assume,  as  an  outside  limit,  that  John  was 
60  when  he  became  Archdeacon,  he  would  be  born  about  1180,  and 
as  we  know  that  he  studied  at  Oxford,  and  '  Parisius  diu  studuisset  et 
legisset',  he  could  not  have  got  to  Athens  before  1210,  and  most 
probably  much  later,  since  the  Testament  of  the  Patriarchs,  which 
he  brought  from  Athens  on  a  second  visit,  was  translated  in  1240-2. 
This  gives  us  then  an  approximate  date  for  the^  completion  of  the 
longer  Arabic  version,  as  after  1220.  But  very  possibly  the  Arch- 
deacon's story  is  mere  romance,  and  the  reference  in  the  Arabic  text 
is  a  generality,  founded  on  some  such  story  as  that  of  Hypatia. 

1  The  Archbishops  of  Athens  in  the  early  thirteenth  century  were  Michael 
Akoniinatos,  1 175-1206  (Greek),  who  certainly  never  had  a  daughter,  Berard, 
Nov.  27,  1206-23,  and  Conrad,  1223-?,  of  whom  nothing  is  known. 


XVI 

A  second  line  of  conjecture,  pointing  to  a  somewhat  similar  date, 
is  the  great  stress  laid  in  it  on  astrology,  which  came  into  popularity 
in  Mohammedan  courts  only  with  the  Mongol  dynasties.  Al-Fakhri 
(1258),  Archives  Marocaines  (1910),  vol.  cvi,  p.  28,  says:  '  Sous  la 
dynastie  des  Mogols,  au  contraire,  toutes  ces  sciences  furent 
delaissdes  et  d'autres  y  furent  en  vogue,  telles  que  la  science  des 
finances  et  de  la  comptabilite',  pour  l'etablissement  du  budget,  et  la 
supputation  des  recettes  et  des  depenses  de  l'Empire,  la  me"decine 
pour  preserver  les  corps  et  les  temperaments,  Pastronomie  qui 
apprend  a  choisir  les  conjonctures  favorables.'  It  is  to  be  noticed 
that  the  earlier  (Western)  version  contains  only  one  reference  to 
Astrology,  that  in  pp.  60-2. 

A  third  hint  might  have  been  expected  from  the  statement  as  to 
the  length  of  the  seasons,  inserted  in  their  descriptions.  These  are 
not  found  in  the  Western  version,  from  which  the  translation  of 
Johannes  Hispalensis  was  made.  If  we  could  trace  their  source,  or 
find  approximately  the  date  at  which  they  were  correct,  we  should 
have  made  another  step  forward.  Unfortunately  the  astronomers 
whom  I  have  consulted  seem  to  agree  that  at  no  period  could  these 
statements  have  been  true. 

The  Hebrew  Version. 

The  Western  eight-book  form  was  translated  into  Hebrew,  as 
it  appears,  by  Judah  Al-Harizi,  who  flourished  n  90-1 2 18,  and  in  its 
Hebrew  form  was  widely  spread,  especially  in  Spain.  His  text  has 
been  edited,  with  an  introduction  and  an  English  translation,  by 
Dr.  Gaster  for  the  Royal  Asiatic  Society,  1907^8. 

Harizi  made  a  number  of  alterations  in  and  additions  to  his  text, 
some  of  them  merely  explanatory.  Among  the  additions  are  large 
parts  of  §§  20  and  21  (Gaster's  translation),  23,  all  28,  32,  and  part 
of  46,  58,  and  62.  The  most  notable  addition  is  the  section  on 
alchemy  §§  125  and  128,  on  the  magic  ring  §  126,  and  on  poison 
§  127.  The  alchemy  is  plainly  Hebrew  and  very  interesting. 
Achab  (Achavo  in  the  Latin)  is  a  sea-eagle. 

The  Translation  of  Johannes  Hispalensis. 

A  large  number  of  manuscripts  exist  of  a  translation  of  part 
of  the  Secretum  Secretorum  made  by  a  well-known  Jewish  writer, 
Johannes  Hispalensis  or  Hispaniensis,  early  in  the  twelfth  century  for 


xvu 


a  Spanish  queen,  Theophina  or  Tharasia.  The  tract,  as  we  know  it, 
consists  of  an  introduction,  which  incorporates  the  greater  part  of  the 
prologue  of  Yuhanna  ibn  al-Batrik  (p.  39)  and  the  treatises  *  de 
regimine  sanitatis '  and  '  de  calore  naturale '  from  the  Western  form. 
A  text  of  it  was  printed  by  Hermann  Suchier  in  his  Denkmaler 
provenzalischer  Literatur  u?id  Sprache,  Halle,  1883,  pp.  472-80, 
from  eight  manuscripts  in  the  British  Museum,  to  illustrate  a 
Provencal  verse  poem  of  the  first  half  of  the  thirteenth  century, 
pp.  201-13,  which,  except  lines  313-76,  is  founded  upon  it. 

Johannes  Hispalensis  (called  Avendeath)  was  a  Jewish  translator 
in  Toledo  (1135-53)  who  worked  for  Dominic  Gundisalvi,  Arch- 
deacon there.  A  list  of  his  translations  is  printed  by  Stein- 
schneider,  Jiidische  Uebtrsetzer  des  Mitlelaliers,  p.  981. 

A  possible  Tharasia  was  daughter  of  Alphonso  VI,  king  of  Leon 
and  Castile.  She  was  wife  of  Henry,  Count  of  Burgundy,  and 
mother  of  the  first  king  of  Portugal  (n  12-28).  She  died  Novem- 
ber 1,  1 130  {Art  de  verifier,  Paris,  1818,  vii.  2).  No  Theophina  can 
be  found,  though  this  form  of  the  name  has  the  best  MS.  authority. 

This  version  had  a  great  success :  many  translations  of  it  in 
Italian,  German,  and  the  Romance  languages  are  described. 

In  the  best  MSS.,  e.g.  Add.  26770  B.M.,  the  translation  is  headed 
by  the  following  lines  and  preface  : 

Hoc  opus  exiguum  regi  princeps  medicorum 
Mittit  Alexandra  servatus  ut  ille  tenore 
Propositoque  modo  medici  non  indiguisset. 

Hoc  mitto  vobis  ut  vos  securus  eodem 

Ordine  vivatis  ne  frustra  distribuatis 

Res  vestras  medicis  quia  non  opus  est  homicidis. 

Epistola  Aristotilis  regi  magno  Alexandro  de  observacione  humani 
corporis  directa  quam  Johannes  Hyspaniensis  inventam  Teophine 
Hyspaniarum  regine  transmisit. 

Domine  T.  Hispanorum  regine  Johanne*s  Hyspaniensis  salutem. 
Cum  de  utilitate  corporis  olim  tractaremus,  et  a  me  ac  si  esset 
medicus,  vestra  nobilitas  queret  brevem  libellum  facerem  de  observa- 
cione dyete  vel  de  corporis  continencia,  id  est,  qualiter  se  debeant 
continere  qui  sanitatem  corporis  cupiunt  conservare,  accidit  ut  dum 
vestre  jussioni  cogitarem  obedire,  hujus  rei  exemplar  ab  Aristotile 
philosopho  Alexandro  editum  repente  menti  occurreret,  quod  exscripsi 


XV111 

de  libro  qui  arabice  dicitur  sirr  al  asrar,  id  est,  secretum  secretorum, 
quod  fecit,  sicut  dixi,  Aristotiles  philosophus  Alexandra  magno  de 
disposicione  regiminum,  in  quo  continentur  multa  regibus  utilia. 
Que  quidem  jussu  imperatoris  sui  a  multis  quesivit,  de  cujus 
invencione  sic  ait : 

1  Egressus  sum  diligenter  inquirere  quod  michi  preceptum  est  ab 
imperatore,  et  non  cessavi  sollicite  querere  loca  et  templa  in  quibus 
suspicabar  philosophorum  opera  esse  et  abscondita,  donee  ad  quod- 
dam  altare  quod  sibi  edificaverit  Hermes  in  que  Sol  venerabatur  a 
■quibusdam,  ibique  inveni  quendam  virum  prudentem  et  religiosum. 
Huic  adhesi,  huic  placere  studui,  et  verbis  dulcissimis  eum  linivi. 
quousque  locum  secretum  mihi  detegeret ;  in  quo  inveni  plura  scripta 
philosophorum  secreta.  Ibique  hunc  librum  aureis  litteris  scriptum 
inveni,  et  sic  invento  hoc  quod  querebam  cum  gaudio  reversus 
sum.' 

Quod  de  greco  in  arabicum  translatum,  transtuli  in  latinum. 
Possideat  ergo  nobilitas  vestra  hoc  opus,  deo  annuente,  cum  corporis 
sanitate. 

There  are  a  large  number  of  MSS.  of  this  version  in  Paris,  London, 
and  elsewhere. 

The  Translation  of  Philip. 

At  some  time  in  the  first  half  of  the  thirteenth  century  a  translation 
of  the  longer  Arabic  text  was  made  by  a  certain  Philip,  of  whom  we 
.know  nothing,  for  an  Archbishop  Guido,  of  whom  we  know  equally 
nothing. 

The  earliest  quotations  from  this  version  are  to  be  found  in  Roger 
Bacon's  'epistola  de  accidentibus  senectutis '  written  between  1243 
and  1254,  probably  about  1247.  These  quotations  are  not  from  the 
tract  of  Johannes  Hispalensis. 

It  is  quoted  by  Guibert  de  Tournai  in  his  Eruditio  Regum  et 
Frincipum,  written  at  Paris  'apud  fratres  minores ',  October  1259 
(PP-  57,  58,  59'  66-7>  69,  70,  76). 

It  is  also  known  to  Albertus  Magnus,  de  Animalibus,  i.  2,  who 
quotes  from  the  Physiognomy  the  story  of  Hippocrates,  and  makes 
several  other  citations.  The  date  of  this  work  is  put  at  about  1260. 
A  quotation  appears  in  the  early  comment  on  Boethius,  de  consola- 
tione  et  disciplina  scolarium,  and  in  Michael  Scot,  de  natura  So/is  et 


XIX 

Lune,  while  the  Emerald  Table  (pp.  115-17)  is  quoted  by  Albertus, 
de  mineralibus. 

In  his  dedication  Philip  states  that  the  book  was  found  at  Antioch. 
Some  doubt  has  been  thrown  on  this  remark,  but  without  reason : 
Antioch  was  a  very  likely  place  for  the  free  exchange  of  thought 
between  Christians  and  Mohammedans  at  the  time. 

Though  we  know  nothing  certain  of  Guido  or  Philip  we  have  some 
materials  for  conjecture.  The  translation  is  dedicated  in  the  Vulgate 
MSS.  '  Guidoni  Vere  de  Valencia,  civitatis  metropolis  glorioso  ponti- 
fici ',  a  form  which  is  obviously  incomplete,  and  accordingly  soon 
passed  into  '  civitatis  tripolitani  glorioso  pontifici '.  Bacon  supplies 
in  his  title  the  name  of  the  archiepiscopal  see  as  Napolis,  i.  e.  Naples. 
If  this  is  true,  Guido  could  only  have  been  archbishop  between  1247 
and  1253. 

Philip,  who  had  been  in  his  service  and  was  now  separated  from 
him,  is  called  in  the  body  of  the  work  in  several  early  manuscripts 
'  Philippus  Tripolitanus  ',  e.  g.  '  Incipit  liber  quartus.  Transtulit 
magister  Philippus  Tripolitanus  de  forma  justitia'  (B.N.  fonds  latin 
6584,  11119  &c).  We  know  of  a  Philip  of  Tripoli  who  was  canon 
of  Byblos  1243-8,  chaplain  of  Hugo,  Cardinal  of  St.  Sabine,  canon  of 
Tyre,  canon  of  Tripoli  (provision  of  1243,  not  filled  1248),  elected  to 
see  of  Tyre  Oct.  26,  1250,  but  declined  it  in  favour  of  N.  cantor  of 
Tripoli  'our  chamberlain':  licence  1251,  Jan.  15  to  keep  all  offices 
together  in  Tyre,  Sydon,  and  Tripoli  after  election  of  N.  to  Tyre. 
Chaplain  of  Innocent  IV  March  8,  1251. 

We  get  hints  in  a  brief  of  1243  as  to  the  business  that  may  have 
taken  Philip  to  Antioch  :  the  Bishop  of  Tripoli,  who  had  never 
fathomed  '  the  mysteries  of  Donatus  and  Cato ',  having  been  excom- 
municated and  interdicted  by  the  patriarch  of  Antioch.  We  have  no 
hint  as  to  any  connexion  of  a  Guido  de  Vere  with  Valence  or 
Valencia.  He  may  possibly  have  belonged  to  the  Lincolnshire 
Anglo-Norman  family  of  de  Vere,  in  which  Guido  was  a  family 
name.  I  can  find  no  other  Vere  family  in  Western  Europe  in  which 
Guido  was  a  family  name.  In  this  one  we  meet  a  Guy  de  Vere  in 
the  1 131  Pipe  Roll,  another  in  1173  supporting  Henry  II  against  his 
sons,  in  1 1 80  paying  a  fine  for  not  destroying  a  castle  in  Lincolnshire, 
in  1 199  a  benefactor  of  the  Hospitallers,  in  1204  a  benefactor  of  Selby 
Abbey,  and  another  in  1233  as  a  tenant  of  Ranulf  de  Blundeville, 
Earl  of  Chester.  The  persistence  of  the  name  in  the  family  for 
a  century  almost  creates  a  probability  that  our  Guido  de  Vere  was 

ba 


XX 


a  member  of  it.1     It  may  be  worth  noting  that  there  is  a  blank  in  the 
list  of  the  Archbishops  of  Tyre  between  1244  and  1251. 

Everything  then  seems  to  point  to  a  period  of  about  1 243  for  the 
translation  of  Philip,  with  the  exception  of  some  verbal  resemblances 
in  Michael  Scot's  f  de  secretis '  to  phrases  in  the  introduction  of  the 
physiognomy  of  the  Secretion  Secretornm.  If  the  attribution  of  this 
tract  is  genuine  it  must  have  been  written  before  1234,  and  if  the 
similarity  of  phraseology  is  convincing  the  Secretum  Secretorum  must 

1  Approximate  Genealogy  of  the  de  Veres  of  Lincoln  and  Yorks. 
William  Ingelram 


John  Ingelram 


Erneis  de  Barun 


(4)  ??  Robert  de  Vere  alive  1135 


Adelina  m.  Erneis  de  Gousle 


(1)  Robert  de  Gousle 

alive  1 166 


(5)  Guy  de  Vere 

I    ?b.  mo   ?d. 


(6)  Guy  de  Vere        (7)  Gilbert  de  Vere 
?  d.  1205        Abbot  of  Selby 
1160-84 


•~-~  wife  of  (b.  1 1 58)  (3)     (2)  Adam  de  Gousle  m. 
Simon  de  Crevearn  d.  1203 


dau. 


2  sons  and  2  dau. 
(in  1186) 


(8)  Gundreda 
m.  Nicholas  de 
Chevrincourt 


(9)  Walter  de  Vere  m.  Sibilla  de  Kyme 
b. 1189    I    d. 1212 


Wm.  Melton 
de  Vere 


(ro)  Simon  de  Vere     (11)  Guy  de  Vere 
b. 1208  b. 1212 

(10)  Simon  de  Vere 
b.  1243 

(r)  Monast.  ii.  200,  vi.  287  ;  Lands  in  Gousle  and  Witton  1166  (Lib.  Niger}  : 
with  Adelina  grant  to  Whitby  ;  Grant  of  Church  at  Gousle  to  Bridlington 
(Burton  230%  confirmed  by  Walter  Fitz  Adam.  (2)  Adam  (Hunter  Pipe  Roll 
1  R.,  p.  61),  Chancery  Roll  3  J.  (3)  Yorks.  Arch.  Journ.  4.  242.  (4)  Witness 
(II35-54)  Selby  Coucher,  1.  31,  2.  229;  Charter  of  Battle  Abbey  (1126-33) 
but  TShropshire.  (5")  Hunter,  31  H.  1  (p.  30)  ;  Fines,  8  H.  2,  11  H.  2,  14  H.  2 ; 
Selby  Coucher.  ii.  224,  229,  298.  (6)  Fines,  16  H.  2,  17  H.  2,  26  H.  2,  27  H.  2, 
1  Rich.  (p.  6r,  Hunter  Pipe\  3  John  ;  (Chancery),  Selby  Coucher,  ii.  295,  296, 
297,  298,  i.  18.  7)  Selb}?  Coucher;  Monast.  Aug.  (8)  Selby  Coucher,  ii.  296. 
(9)  Hardy  Fine  Rolls,  p.  324  (Simon  de  Kima  was  his  father-in-law)  ;  Burton, 
p.  230.  (10)  Confirmation,  1229  (Burton,  374);  Confirmation,  1264  (Burton,  230), 
(11)  Close  Roll.  1233. 

Guy  de  Vere  the  second  was  a  benefactor  of  St.  John  of  Jerusalem  (Charter 
1  John  ,  and  if  Archbishop  Guido  belongs  to  this  family  he  was  probably  his  son. 


XXI 

have  been  in  his  hands.  I  must  confess  that  the  arguments  of 
Prof.  Foerster  on  this  point  do  not  carry  conviction  to  me.  On  the 
other  hand  there  is  no  reason  why  Scot  may  not  have  had  the  Arabic 
text,  or  its  sources,  before  him.1 

There  can  be  no  doubt  but  that  Philip  was  acquainted  with  the 
work  of  his  predecessor  at  least,  and  that  he  incorporated  it  in  his 
text.  The  paragraph  '  Cum  hoc  corpus  corruptibile  sit '  (p.  68)  is  not 
found  in  the  Eastern  text,  but  is  the  introduction  to  the  12th  'gate' 
of  the  Western  text,  and  could  only  have  been  taken  by  Philip  from 
Hispalensis  direct.  From  this  point  to  p.  8115  Philip  incorporates 
the  Hispalensis  text,  adding  his  own  translation  of  the  large  additions 
in  the  Eastern  text.  He  then  found  a  long  section  in  Hispalensis 
(8ily-8315)  which  was  not  in  the  Eastern  text  at  that  place — and  this 
he  took  over  into  his  book  without  noticing  that  it  came  in  later 
in  his  text  (885-8910  being  the  same  as  8r19-30,  and  9422-962  another 
form  of  821-838).  Lines  9-15  on  p.  83  are  probably  an  addition  to 
some  MS.  of  Hispalensis  and  are  not  in  either  text,  though  incorpo- 
rated by  Philip  (lines  16-20  seem  to  be  a  gloss,  added  sometimes  at 
the  end  of  the  '  de  oculis ',  p.  86).     We  may  note  that  one  or  two 

1  There  are  in  the  introduction  of  Scot  these  phrases  only  which  have 
a  verbal  agreement  with  the  Secretum. 

p.  206.  Hujus  enim  scientiae  inquisitio  est  in  pulcherrima  natura,  cujus perfedio 
aitribuitur  physionomo  de  numero  antiquorum  Physione  summo  doctori  in  scientia 
naturali  (cf.  16424). 

p.  207.  Consttiuo  ergo,  o  Frederice  Imperator,  tibi  ex  hac  scientia  physionomiae 
regulas  et  constitutiones  abbreviaias :  quas  tibi  pono  satis  sufficienter.  Jugo 
quarum  si  te  bene  adjeceris  .  .  .  i^cf.  1662) 

In  part  i.  chapter  1,  in  a  long  discourse  on  conception  : 

p.  212  Et  sicut  de  calibe  et  silice  exit  quandoque  scintilla,  ita  de  spermate 
exit  quandoque  conceptio,  et  matrix  est  embrioni  sicut  olla  ad  coquendum  epulum 
(cf.  1 66«). 

Part  ii,  chapter  24,  after  quoting  Hippocrates,  Galen,  and  Rhasis : 

p.  264.  Sed  antequam  venia&nus  ad  totam  intentionem  nostri  sermonis  ex 
praerogativa  dicimus  quod  valde  cavendum  est  in  omni  tempore  ab  obviatione  et 
societate  hominis  infortunati.  opus  naturae  superioris.  ut  ab  homine  cui  diminutum 
sit  aliquod  tnembrum,  ut  oculus,  manus,  etc.  (cf.  1678). 

Cap.  65,  in  the  course  of  a  chapter  of  over  sixty  lines  : 

p.  299.  Cujus  nasus  fuerit  simus  significat  hominem  impetuosum,  vanum 
mendacem,  luxuriosum,  debilem,  instabilem,  cito  alteri  credentem  et  con- 
vertibilem  ad  utrumque.  Cujus  nasus  fuerit  in  medio  latus  et  dechnet  ad  summi- 
tatem  sui,  significat  hominem  facile  mendacem,  vanum,  luxuriosum,  verLosum, 
&  crudelis  fortunae  (cf.  16825,  16828). 

These  extracts,  of  which  only  the  first  three  show  verbal  coincidences,  do  not 
seem  sufficient  to  warrant  the  assumption  of  anything  more  than  a  knowledge 
by  Scot  of  the  treatise  on  Physiognomy  in  either  Arabic  or  Latin.  The  history 
of  this  section  of  the  work  is  still  so  obscure  that  it  is  quite  possible  that  it 
was  translated  as  a  separate  work  and  incorporated  by  Philip  in  the  same  way 
as  the  translation  of  Johannes  Hispalensis. 


XX11 

Secretum  manuscripts  have  gone  so  far  as  to  introduce  the  Hispalensis 
preface  into  the  text  at  p.  68. 

There  can  hardly  be  any  doubt  that  Philip  was  French-speaking  : 
the  use  of  ache  (parsley),  betes  (p.  97),  is  sufficient  proof,  but  we  have 
several  Latin  words  used  in  the  sense  of  their  French  derivatives, 
probus  for  preux,  indiscretus  for  itidiscret,  extraneus  for  ttrange, 
bajulus  for  bailli,  citra  mare  in  opposition  to  outre-mer,  and  so 
on.  We  are  referred  to  a  dissertation  by  Taube  which  I  have  been 
unable  to  see  for  other  proofs  by  C.  B.  Hase. 

The  Official  Revision  of  Philip's  Translation. 

The  difference  in  order  between  the  Arabic  and  Latin  texts  points 
to  the  conclusion  that  an  extensive  work  of  revision  was  carried  on 
before  the  form  in  which  we  now  have  the  Latin  text  was  established. 
The  most  important  changes,  as  has  already  been  said,  were  the 
elimination  of  the  magical  element  in  the  tenth  discourse  and  the 
removal  of  the  physiognomy  from  the  end  of  the  (Arabic)  second 
discourse  to  take  its  place  as  the  (Latin)  tenth  book.  Even  if  we 
had  only  Philip's  preface  before  us  we  might  be  led  to  suspect  some 
tampering  with  the  book,  since  we  find  in  the  body  of  the  Vulgate 
text  nothing  of  the  '  operandi  incantaciones  et  celimanciam  et 
geomanciam '  of  which  he  speaks  (p.  26")  in  his  dedication. 

As  a  matter  of  fact  Bacon  tells  us  plainly  that  some  such  process 
of  editing  had  taken  place  before  he  undertook  to  gloss  the  work. 
'  Et  multa  exemplaria  non  habent  illam  doctrinam,  quia  stulti  non 
voluerunt  scribere,  set  abraserunt  a  libris  suis,  sicut  exemplaria 
quatuor  que  nunc  inveni  Oxonie  non  habuerunt  ilia,  nee  similiter 
multa  alia,  set  Parisius  habui  exemplaria  perfecta'  (p.  3931).  '  Item 
cum  in  correccione  istius  exemplaris  habui  quatuor  exemplaria,  scio 
quod  ablata  sunt  ab  eis  quedam  capitula  per  stulticiam  aliquorum. 
Et  ideo  querantur  in  aliis  exemplaribus.  Solebam  enim  habere 
integrum  quantum  fuit  translatum'  (p.  17210). 

It  would  be  tempting  to  connect  this  revision  with  that  ordered  by 
Gregory  IX  in  1231  of  the  '  libri  naturales  ',  which  were  not  to  be  used 
'  quousque  examinati  fuerint,  et  ab  omni  errorum  suspicione  purgati ', 
but  there  is  absolutely  no  reason  for  doing  so. 

We  have  no  MSS.  which  represent  this  earliest  form  of  Philip's 
version,  and  Bacon's  is  the  fullest  text  we  have,  but  there  are  traces 
of  the  earlier  order  in  the  indexes  of  many  of  the  Vulgate  MSS., 
in  which  (only  in  the  index)  the  tract  of  Physiognomy  comes  before 


XX1U 

the  tract  on  Justice.  A  good  example  is  B.X.  fonds  latin  6756  (in  an 
Italian  or  Avignon  hand  of  the  early  fourteenth  century)  which  shows 
a  close  correspondence  with  the  original  order.  Others  of  less  impor- 
tance are  B.M.  12  D.  iii,  12  C.  vi.  In  many  cases  the  list  of  contents 
shows  the  original  order  while  the  text  itself  is  in  the  revised  form. 

No  printed  Latin  texts  correspond  exactly  with  the  full  Vulgate 
text,  though  some  of  the  earlier  translations  were  made  from  it. 

Bacon's  Edition. 

Encouraged  by  the  fact  that  changes  had  already  been  made  in  the 
text,  Bacon  set  himself  the  task  of  further  rearrangement,  dividing  it 
into  four  parts  of  approximately  equal  length  instead  of  the  ten  of  his 
author,  and  inserting  several  paragraphs  as  well  as  transforming  the 
chapter  headings,  without  giving  any  indication  of  the  changes  he  had 
made.  Some  of  these  insertions  may  indeed  have  been  brought  up 
into  the  text  by  copyists  inserting  glosses,  but  others  are  unmistakably 
inserted  by  him.  The  chapter  he  adds  most  to  is  that  on  the  flesh  of 
vipers  as  a  medicine,  extracted  from  Avicenna.  The  sectiqfi  of  the 
theory  of  magic,  'O  Alexander  jam  scivisti '  (pp.  157-63),  which  in 
the  Arabic  begins  the  tenth  discourse,  is  placed  by  him  at  the  end  of 
his  third  part :  in  the  ordinary  Latin  MS.  text  it  is  moved  as  a  whole, 
with  the  sections  on  alchemy  and  the  properties  of  stones  and  plants 
which  follow  it,  to  the  end  of  the  second  book. 

A  rather  remarkable  thing  is  that  Bacon  calls  the  work  (pp.  25, 172) 
Liber  Decern  Scienciarum — a  name  otherwise  unknown  in  Latin,  but 
with  Arabic  authority.  In  the  Universal  History  of  El-Ma kin  (Budge, 
Alexatider,  ii.  382)  we  find : 

1  Now  there  are  some  who  say  that  Aristotle  the  sage,  the  teacher 
of  Alexander,  taught  the  ten  sciences  of  the  earth  and  established  them, 
and  that  he  composed  many  treatises  on  the  healing  of  the  body 
besides  other  well-known  books.  And  he  compiled  for  Alexander 
a  work,  which  we  have  mentioned  in  a  previous  place,  and  entitled 
it  "The  Book  of  the  Knowledge  of  the  Laws  of  Destiny",  and  in  it  the 
science  of  talismans  and  the  art  of  astrology,  and  he  drew  therein 
magical  figures  which  were  to  be  used  for  frightening  and  terrifying 
men  and  he  further  gave  instructions.  .  .  .' 

With  the  exception  of  the  three  or  four  late  copies  of  this  manu- 
script Bacon's  edition  had  no  influence  on  the  text  of  the  Secretum. 

Achillini  Text. 
In,   1 501    Alexander   Achillini,    a    physician-jurist    of    Bologna, 
published  a  text  of  the  Secretion  which   has  been  copied  in  alL 


XXIV 

subsequent  editions.  At  the  end  of  Book  II  he  inserted  a  large  part 
of  section  O  (pp.  157-161"),  followed  by  section  Q,  as  in  the  Vulgate 
text,  to  p.  11521.  Here  he  inserts  a  passage  from  the  Western  form 
(paragraphs  125  and  126  Gaster),  and  then  resumes  with  p.  115". 
Between  pp.  118  and  119  of  our  text  he  again  inserts  paragraphs 
1 27—1 35  of  the  Western  text  (ed.  Gaster),  transposing  paragraphs 
133  and  134.  The  Latin  text  of  these  additions  is  printed  as 
Appendix  I,  pp.  173-5.     No  manuscript  of  this  text  is  known. 

The  Taegius  Text. 

In  1 5 16-17  Franciscus  Taegius  published  in  a  collection  of  gnomic 
authors  a  new  arrangement  of  the  Secretum.  The  work  is  extremely 
rare  and  I  have  been  unable  to  see  a  copy,  but  an  account  of  it  by 
Franciscus  Storella  in  the  1555  edition  of  the  Secretum  may  be  quoted. 

Illud  etiam  hoc  in  loco  praemonendum  esse  ducimus  quod 
Ticinii  liber,  qui  secretum  secretorum  Aristotelis  inscribitur,  fuit 
excussus  a  praesenti  tamen  longe  diversus,  liber  siquidem  ille  in  treis 
partes  est  scissus,  in  quibus,  tribus  Alexandri  postulationibus  fit 
satis,  in  prima  agitur  de  immortalitate  animae.  in  secunda  de  con- 
servatione  sanitatis,  in  tertia  vero  de  regimine  principum,  duae 
posteriores  partes  ex  praesenti  volumine  sunt  excerptae,  capitum 
tamen  ordine.  ac  verbis  nonnullis  immutatis,  sententiae  tamen  nihil 
fere  est  in  illis,  quod  ex  praesenti  non  fuerit  abstractum.  At  prima 
in  hoc  minime  habetur,  ne  itaque  cupidus  lector  ex  secretorum  volu- 
mine in  hac  editione  aliquid  desideret,  quod  ego  praestare  possum, 
illam  hie  subjicere  decrevi,  eoque  libentius,  quod  et  brevitate  et 
utilitate  maxima  est  referta,  est  autem  tractatulus  ille  subscriptus. 

O  Alexander  in  epistola  tua  petebas  a  me  tria  :  ego  cupiens  tibi 
morem  gerere,  primo  dicam  de  animi  aeternitate  :  postea  de  aliis. 
Socrates  saepe  cum  discipulis  de  hoc  loquebatur,  castigabat  eos 
magnopere  quod  dicebant  animas  mori  cum  corpore,  quia  sic  boni 
et  mali  pares  essent  post  mortem,  et  tolleretur  omnis  ratio  vivendi. 
Ad  quid  sudare  ob  virtutes  et  speculativas  scientias  acquirendas  ? 
unde  opinari  animam  rationalem  esse  mortalem  est  causa  omnium 
malorum  evenientium  mortalibus,  in  Phaedone  dictum  est,  quod 
Socrates  conquaerebatur  animam  in  corpore  sepultam,  ac  ibi  detineri 
tanquam  in  carcere,  et  adducebat  vetus  illud  eulogium  quo  dicitur. 
In  carcere  quodam  fuimus  postquam  venimus.  Ideo  corpus  spleum 
appellabat,  et  Empedocles  antrum,  et  animae  nine  profectionem, 
nexuum  solutionem,  ac  splei  fugam  aiebat.  Et  Axiocho  laboranti 
suasit  Socrates  ne  timeret  mortem  propter  animae  immortalitatem, 
quae  post  exitum  ab  hoc  mortali  corpore  praemiatur  secundum 
merita  adeo  quod  Axiochus  ex  vi  verborum  suorum  prius  formidans 
mortem,  ac  deplorans  se  privari  his  bonis,  jam  mortem  exoptaret,  ut 
sua  anima  ex  hoc  carcere  liberaretur.     Neque  est  verum  ut  in  Thimeo 


XXV 

dictum  est,  animas  reverti  in  nova  corpora  ad  luenda  supplitia.  Nam 
quid  oportet  animas  vinculis  corporis  eripi  :  si  rursus  in  aliud  corpus 
detrudendae  sunt  ?  nam  ociosa  esset  mors.  Nam  oportebat  ma- 
lorum  hominum  eatenus  proferri  vitam,  quo  ad  illorum  propagandi 
essent  cruciatus.  Pater  Socrates  prius  docuit  animae  rationalis 
immortalitatem  :  ac  post  separationem  a  corpore  ille  quae  virtutibus 
erant  praeditae  gaudebant  jucunditaie,  ac  harmonia  coelesti,  eo  erant 
gratae  primo  rerum  opifici.  At  ille  quae  obscuris  actibus  et  beluinis 
voluptatibus  erant  deditae  :  deprimuntur  in  orbem  tristem  ac  tartarum, 
ubi  tenebris,  tristitia  :  ac  perpetuo  igne  cruciantur. 

Dixit  quandoque  Plato  animas  rationales  e  corporibus  exolutas 
acccdere  ad  compares  Stellas,  ibique  beari  ac  tristari  secundum 
merita  ac  demerita.  Diximus  nos  in  his  quae  de  anima  :  intellectum 
hominis  esse  immixtum  animae  impassibilem,  et  incorruptibilem,  e't  in 
libro  De  Natura  Deorum  docuimus  eum  remanere  post  separationem 
a  corpore,  cum  illis  affectionibus  quas  in  corpore  acquisiverat  idcirco 
malorum  animae  cum  restent  cum  passionibus  gulae,  luxuriae, 
ambitionis,  et  avaritiae,  appetunt  iterum  exercere  illos  actus  :  et  cum 
desint  eis  corpora  ac  organa  proportionata  ad  ilia,  detinentur  hac 
exercendi  libidine  perpetuo,  et  ita  habent  hanc  perpetuam  miseriam. 
Bonorum  vero  animae  quae  virtutem  et  scientias  speculativas 
habuere,  et  virtute  heroyca  elatae  post  mortem  remanent  capaces 
beatitudinis,  et  sic  beantur  per  hoc,  quod  deus  et  intelligentiae 
haerent  uti  formae  illis,  et  sunt  Deo  amantissimae.  Locus  beati- 
tudinis est  Stella  compar,  domina  signi  horoscopantis,  per  quod 
anima  descendit.  Siquidem  cum  per  illam  descendat  par  est  ut  ad 
illam  redeat  ut  beatificetur.  Quare  Alexander  te  toto  animo  ad  vir- 
tutem et  scientias  capescendas  accingas,  rejiciens  vitia,  ne  post  mortem 
anima  tua  tristetur  aeterno  tempore. 

Classification  of  MSS. 

All  MS.  versions  of  the  Secretum  Secretorum  known  to  me  derive 
from  one  source — the  edition  of  Philip's  translation  put  forth  by 
authority  shortly  before  1259 — either  by  successive  mutilations  or 
by  easily  recognizable  additions. 

Mr.  J.  P.  Gilson  in  cataloguing  the  British  Museum  manuscripts 
of  the  Secretum  arrived  at  a  number  of  criteria  by  which  they  may  be 
divided  into  classes.     They  are  as  follows: 

(a)  Pliny  note  (p.  111). 

(b)  De  Viperis  (p.  105). 

(c)  O  Alexander,  jam  scivisti  (p.  157). 
(<?)    De  apprehensione  intellectus  (p.  158). 
(c2)    De  imaginibus  (p.  162). 

(d)  The  medicines  after  the  third  (p.  101). 

(e)  De  Oculis  (p.  84). 


XXVI 

To  which  I  would  add 

(/)  Indus  (p.  87). 

(g)    Physiognomy  before  Justice  in  list  of  books. 

(a)  The  Pliny  note  is  an  early  annotation  often  incorporated  into 
the  text,  [d)  The  chapter  on  Vipers  belongs  to  a  special  tradition 
of  Paris  and  English  MSS.  (c)  These  are  parts  of  the  'dictio 
decima '  on  Magic,  and  MSS.  showing  (c2)  are  especially  valuable  as 
showing  the  primitive  text.  (d)  Many  of  the  medicines  were 
omitted  in  the  fourteenth  century  as  unintelligible,  (e)  The  '  de 
oculis '  is  a  very  early  corruption,  and  a  MS.  showing  in  its  place 
'  de  ventre '  is  valuable  as  derived  from  the  primitive  text.  (/) 
Most  MSS.  omit  the  Indian  physician's  advice,  (g)  shows  a  con- 
nexion with  the  uncorrected  form  of  Philip's  text. 

None  of  these  criteria,  it  will  be  seen,  refer  to  a  divergence  of  actual 
text ;  they  may  be  all  either  additions  to  or  subtractions  from  one 
original,  with  the  exception  of  the  '  de  oculis '  which  is  a  substitution. 

We  may  offer  the  following  provisional  classification  : 

(A)  Two  texts  preserve  the  original  place  of  the  Physiognomy,  i.  e. 
before  Justice :  B.N.  6756  (a  fourteenth-century  Avignon  hand) 
and  B.M.  5  F.  xiv  (a  sixteenth -century  composite  MS.  otherwise 
important). 

(B)  The  following  MSS.  retain,  in  their  list  of  chapter  headings 
only,  the  original  position  of  Physiognomy:  B.N.  6584,  11118, 
1 508 1  (all  thirteenth  century),  and  3358  (fourteenth  century). 

(C)  The  following  two  classes  of  MSS.  have  the  whole  section  on 
Magic  printed  in  this  edition :  B.N.  6755  (thirteenth  century), 
6755  a  (fourteenth  century),  11 120  (fifteenth  century). 

(D)  These  MSS.  place  pp.  157-63  after  p.  1236  before  Justice: 
evidently  a  mistaken  attempt  to  reunite  the  '  dictio  decima '.  B.M.  SI. 
1934  (thirteenth  century),  12  C.  vi  (fourteenth  century),  12  D.  iii, 
SI.  2413  (fifteenth  century). 

(E)  The  large  class  of  MSS.  which  omit  the  fourth  to  ninth 
medicine,  the  greater  part  of  the  theory  of  magic,  and  the  'de 
viperis'.  Examples  are  B.N.  6584  (thirteenth  century),  6978,  11119 
(fourteenth  century),  B.M.  Eg.  2676  (thirteenth  century),  SI.  3469, 
9  B.  ii,  SI.  3554  (fourteenth  century). 

(F)  In  the  course  of  the  fifteenth  century  a  very  much  abbreviated 
text  came  into  circulation  containing  a  certain  amount  of  the  medical 
and  didactic  portions  of  the  work.  The  abbreviation  is  so  badly 
done  as  to  leave  the  text  at  times  unintelligible.     The  MSS.   are 


xxvu 

mostly  Flemish.  Examples  are  B.N.  3029,  6587,  7031,  and 
n.  a.  1.  711. 

A  number  of  MSS.  are  composite,  containing  either  the  omitted 
chapters  added  at  the  end  from  another  source,  or  sections  not  be- 
longing to  the  work  at  all  (as  in  12  E.  xv,  which  includes  the  present 
Aristotelian  Physiognomy  and  a  great  many  notes  from  Bacon),  or 
parts  of  the  Hispalensis  tract  (as  in  SI.  3554  or  B.N.  16022). 

It  is  somewhat  remarkable  that  no  early  MS.  except  Bacon's  gives 
the  •  Medicus  Indicus'  (p.  87). 

Table  showing  Composition  of  the  principal  Bibliotheque 
Nationale  MSS.     They  contain 


13th  cent. 
6584 

6755 
11118 
1 508 1 
15082 

14th  cent. 
3358 
°755A 
6756 
6978 
11119 
15007 
16022 

15th  cent. 
6481 
1 1120 


./ 


*  Also  text. 


The  principal  MSS.  in  British  Museum  contain 


13th  cent. 

SI.  1934.     Magic  before 
Justice 

Eg.  2676 
14th  cent. 

12  C.    vi.     Early,    has 
Magic,  end  of  Book  II 

13  C.  vi.     Compound 
SI.  3469 

12  E.  xv.     Compound, 
Bacon's  notes,  not  S. 
phys. 

9  B.  ii 

SI.  3554-     Compound 
with  J.  H. 


d 

X 

e 

X 

/ 

g 

Imperfect  at  end 
Imperfect 

X 

English 

X 

English 

X 

X 

English 

English 


XXV111 

a 

b 

c 

15th  cent. 

12  D.  iii. 

M 

agic 

before 

X 

X 

X 

Justice 

SI.  2413 

M 

igic 

be 

fore 

X 

X 

X 

Justice 

SI.  1 128 

X 

H. 1008 

X 

X 

H. 2584 

X 

Burn.  68 

X 

12  C.  xx 

H.  399 

32097 

16th  cent. 

5  F.  xiv. 

Compou 

id 

X 

12  D.  xv 

In 

/  g 


English 
Imperfect 


English 
Italian 


English 
Italian 


x1    Physiog.      mis- 
placed before 
herbs 
Imperfect 

The  following  are  a  few  of  the  MSS.  of  the  Hispalensis  selection  : 
British  Museum,  Harl.  2558,  3719,  Ar.  123,  185,  459,  Burney  350, 
360,  Sloane  282,  405,  420,  426,  430,  Add.  26770;  Bibl.  Nat. 
6679,  8749,  14809. 

A  text,  much  shortened  and  altered  by  F.  Adam  de  Mondaldo  (fl. 
1480),  is  now  in  the  Perrin  Collection,  formerly  Yates  Thompson  47. 

Secreta  Secretorum  metrice  composita. 

There  is  in  the  BiWiotheque  de  TArsenal  at  Paris  (MS.   875) 

a  metrical  version  in  Latin  made  by  a  certain  Nicolas  for  his  friend 

John. 

Bacon's  Introductory  Treatise. 

The  summary  printed  pp.  278-83  will  indicate  to  the  general  reader 
that  this  work  is  not,,  an  introduction  in  the  modern  sense.  It  is,  in 
fact,  a  defence  of  legitimate  divination,  and  a  preliminary  text-book 
of  the  elements  of  astrology,  using  the  word  in  the  modern  sense. 
Bacon  himself  uses  the  word  Astrology  in  the  most  general  sense,  as 
the  whole  body  of  knowledge  concerning  the  stars,  subdividing  it 
into  judiciary  and  operative  Astronomy. 

The  distinction  between  true  and  false  mathematicians  that  he 
lays  down  is  one  to  which  he  recurs  several  times.  It  is  perhaps 
worthy  of  note  that  the  second  line  of  his  quotation  from  Eberhardus, 
which  is  not  in  the  printed  text, 

Philosophi  matesim,  magici  dixere  mathesim, 
is  quoted  by  him  in  his  Greek  Grammar  (p.  118)  as 

Philosophi  matesim,  dicunt  vatesque  mathesim, 
while  in  the  editions  of  Eberhardus  there  are  still  two  more  variants, 


XXIX 

1  retinent'  and  '  breviant'  for  'dicunt'.     The  line  in  the  printed 

text  is 

Datque  mathematicos  comburi  theologia. 

He  then  passes  to  the  discussion  of  free  will,  showing  its  compati- 
bility with  astrological  predictions  :  these  latter  only  showing  the 
surroundings  in  which  persons  will  be  living  at  a  fixed  time  and 
place,  and  the  likelihood  of  their  actions  taking  a  definite  direction 
in  consequence.  On  p.  6  he  gives  the  titles  of  five  illicit  books  as 
examples,  and  tells  us  that  he  has  known  very  great  men,  not  only 
clerks  but  learned  princes,  engaged  in  their  study.  He  goes  on  to 
describe  several  forms  of  popular  magic.  Among  these  is  the  art  of 
seeing  such  things  as  stolen  goods  by  looking  on  polished  surfaces 
such  as  the  finger-nails  of  bewitched  virgin  youths,  basins,  sword- 
blades,  and  the  blade-bones  of  rams.  The  art  of  geomancy  and  of 
making  figures  in  sand  is  next  referred  to,  and  Bacon  describes  how 
in  lands  oversea  geomancers  sit  in  the  market-places  and  answer  the 
questions  of  all  comers.  Lawful  divination  is  his  next  subject,  which 
includes  vaticination  from  natural  objects,  such  as  the  Comet  of 
1264  (which  preceded  the  death  of  Simon  de  Montfort),  with  its 
results.  He  describes  the  phenomena  which  accompany  a  total 
eclipse,  which  he  had  evidently  seen. 

In  his  astrological  section  we  have  an  account  of  the  movements 
of  the  spheres,  the  apparent  motion  of  the  sun,  the  properties  of  the 
planets  (with  allusions  to  rhubarb  and  scammony),  the  aspects  of  the 
planets  (conjunction,  trine,  quartile,  sextile,  and  opposition),  the  signs 
of  the  zodiac  and  their  qualities,  and  the  houses  of  the  planets.  The 
1  dignities '  of  the  planets  are  given  as  domus,  exaltacio,  triplidtas, 
fades,  and  terminus.  The  order  here  varies  from  that  in  the  Opus 
Majus,  i.  258,  where  a  terminus  has  twice  the  dignity  of  a  fades  (see 
also  i.  378,  389),  this  definition  being  borrowed  from  Grosseteste's 
de  impressionibus  (Philos.  Works,  ed.  Bauer,  p.  42).  The  signs  and 
planets  are  also  either  masculine  or  feminine.  Lastly  the  scheme 
for  the  solution  of  any  question  is  described. 

Bacon  closes  the  tract  by  a  short  eulogy  of  the  universal  medicine 
to  be  found  in  the  body  of  the  Secretum,  p.  99. 

Bacon's  Notes  on  the  Text. 

Bacon's  notes  on  the  text  are  of  three  kinds  :  (1)  textual  emenda- 
tions or  variant  readings,  (2)  explanation  of  the  meaning  of  words, 
(3)  digressions. 


XXX 

His  variants  are  often  improvements  on  the  reading  he  has  adopted 
in  the  text,  and  I  would  have  been  tempted  to  substitute  them  if 
I  had  not  been  prevented  by  my  plan,  which  is  to  give  a  faithful 
account  of  the  manuscript  before  me.  In  the  present  instance  there 
is  the  less  need  for  it,  as  any  reader  can  satisfy  himself  at  once  which 
reading  is  preferable  by  a  reference  to  the  translation  of  the  Arabic 
text. 

His  explanations  show  that  he  was  at  the  time  of  writing  ignorant 
of  Arabic,  two  French  words  being  represented  as  Arabic.  They 
seem  in  most  cases  to  be  pretty  obvious,  and  show  that  he  did  not 
expect  much  intelligence  in  the  reader. 

His  digressions  are  more  interesting.  They  reveal  his  pre-occupa- 
tion  with  magic,  with  medicine,  and  with  alchemy,  and  give  us 
little  sidelights  on  the  history  of  his  time,  like  that  on  poison  (p.  88) 
or  on  the  cure  of  a  prince  (p.  105).  From  a  note  (on  p.  165)  we 
learn  that  the  Aristotelian  physiognomy  had  recently  been  translated. 

Printed  Latin  Texts. 

The  first  printed  texts  of  the  Secretum  Secretorum   are  of  the 
abbreviated  type,  F.     Of  this  type  there  are  two  independent  kinds, 
distinguished  readily  by  the  words  in  the  preface  '  lingua  Arabica '  (a) 
and  'lingua  Hebrayca'  (b). 
» 

Short  Text  (a)  sine  nota.     29  caps. 

(1)  B.M.    LA.  3209.    Cologne.    A.  Ther  Hoernen.    n.d.    (<r.  1477). 

72  ff.     a-i8.     27  11. ;  no  sig. 
(H.  1782;  Pell.  1246;  Maz.) 

Short  Text  (b)  sine  nota.     30  caps. 

(2)  B.M.  LA.  49240.    Louvain.    Jbh.  de  Westphalia,     n.d.     68  ff. 

a-h8,  i4.     30  11. 
(H.  1781  ;  Campb.  175  ;  Maz.  964;  Pell.  1245.) 

(3)  B.M.     LA.  49867  and  B.N  .R.  679.      Antwerp.     Matt.  v.  d. 

Goes,     n.d.  (i486?).     22  ff.     a-c6,  d4.     30  11.;  sig. 
(Campb.  176;  Bodl.) 

(4)  B.N.   R.   1234.      Antwerp.      Matt.  v.  d.  Goes.     n.d.  (1488?). 

22  ff.     a-c6,  d4.     30  11. ;  sig. ;  init.  grav. 
(Campb.  177;  Pell.  1244.) 


XXXI 

Vulgate.     (Different  texts  of  the  same  type.) 

(5)  B.N.  R.  790.     Paris  (Caesar  and  Stoll  ?).     n.d.  (1480?).     66  ff. 

a-P,  g,h10.     30  11. 
(Pell.  1243.) 

(6)  B.M.  LA.   10756.     Reutlingen.     Greyff.     n.d.*  (1483).     44  ft. 

a-e8,  f4.     (Contains  sections  a,  c-e,  g-r,  t,  P,  Q,  A,  B,  D- 
M,  u,  v;  73  caps.). 
(H.  1779.) 

Achillini  Text. 

'  (7)  B.N.  R.  54  (2).    Bologna.    Impensis  B.  Hector.     1501.    fo.  d.c. 

(8)  Bodl.     Bologna.     Impensis  B.  Hector.     1516.     fo.  d.c. 

(9)  B.M.  520,  a.  12,  and  Bodl.     Paris.     G.  du  Pre.      1520.     16°. 

(10)  B.N.  R.  1912.     Lyon.     Blanchard.     1528-9.     160. 

(11)  B.M.     Naples.     Cancer.     1555.     160. 

Taegius  Text.1 

(12)  Bib.  Naz.     Naples.     Pavia.     Pulchridrapensis.     15 16-17.    fo. 

Not  Described.2 

(13)  Burgos.     Andreas  de  Burgos.     1505.     40. 

Ghosts. 
Venice.     1501. 
Venice.     1555. 

French  MS.  Versions. 

1 

(1)  inc.     A  son  seigneur  hautisme  en  culture  de  crestienne  religion 

tres  vertueus  Guy  veirement  de  Valence  .  .  .  expl.  Accom- 
plis  est  cist  traites  des  signes  et  murs  naturels  doms  al 
grandesime  roys  Alexandre  ki  sire  estoit  de  tout  le  monde 
e  monarche  dit  et  nome  al  septantrion  ke  nous  apelons 
north.  Ci  fenist  li  liures  Aristote  qest  entitle  Secre  des  Secres 
del  governails  des  princes  ou  del  governement  des  seignurs. 
B.N.  ff.  571.     13th  cent.     Anglo-French. 

(2)  inc.     Jehans,  fiez  Patricie  (Patrice)  sage  de  tous  languages  .  .  . 
B.N.  ff.  562  and  1086,  Cambrai  959,  Arsenal  2691,  B.M.  181 79, 

end  of  14th  cent. 
(Shortened  form.     The  B.N.  text  omits  much  and  changes  the 
order.) 

1  Panzer,  vii.  498.  24*.      Information  from  Dr.  Salveraglio  of  Pavia  University 
Library.  * 

2  P.  Vindel,  Sale  Catalogue,  Madrid,  1913,  '  151.  Aristoteles,  Utilisimus  {sic) 
liber  de  secretis  secretorum.* 


xxxn 

(3)  inc.  (after  table).     Dieu  tout  puissant  .  .  .     expl.  le  livre  du 

gouvernement  des  Roys  et  des  Princes. 
R.N.  ff.  1087, 1 166,  1958,  R.M.  Harl.  219,  Camb.  Un.  FF.  1.  33. 
(This  text  was  printed  in  1497  by  Verard ;  it  was  translated  into 

English,  R.M.  18  A.  vii.) 

(4)  inc.     A  son  seigneur  tres  excellent  en  la  religion  crestienne 

estable  et  tres  ferme,  Guy  de  Valence  de  la  cite  de  Tripoli 
.  .  .  cest  chose  digne  juste  et  resonnable. 
Rodl.  Rawl.  C.  538,  end  of  14th  cent. 

(5)  inc.     Aristote  dou  gouvernemant  des  roys.     A  Guys  de  Valence 

gloriou  esveques  de  la  citeit  de  Tripolle  :  par  Philippes,  li 
plus  petits  de  ces  clercs  .  .  . 
Montpellier  164. 

Modified  Forms. 

(6)  A  compilation  of  the  Secretum,  the  Dieta  of  Isaac,  and  common- 

places of  theology  and  history,  by  Iofroi  de  Watreford  and 

Servais  Copale.1 
R.N.  ff.  1822,  arc.  1290. 
(Translated  into  English  by  James  Young,  1422.) 

(7)  inc.     Ici  comencent  les  epististels  secretes  del  livre  Aristotle  .  .  . 

Reauz  fiz,  glorious  dreturel  emperers,  Dieux  te  conferme  et 
refreyne  tes  appetits  .... 
R.M.  20  R.  v,  f.  136,  end  of  14th  cent. 
(A  very  shortened  and  much  altered  form.     From  f.  141  it  leaves 
the  Secretum  altogether.) 

Verse. 

(8)  Pierre  de  Peckham  (de  Abernun).     Secre  de  Secrez. 
R.N.  25407,  ff.  173-196. 

(Here  printed  pp.  287-313.) 

(9)  The  Provengal  version  of  J.  H.,  see  p.  xvii. 

French  Printed  Versions. 

(1)  Pell.  1247.     R.N.  R.  794.     Paris.     1496.     6  ff. 

(2)  Pell.  1248.     R.N.  S.  712.    Antwerp.     Godfridus  Rack.    (1500.) 

6  ff . 
(Copp.  641,  Campb.  1 77a.) 

(3)  Pell.  1249.     R.N.  H.  506  (3).     Rrehaut  Coudeac.     Foucquet 

and  Cres.     (1484.)     6  ff. 

1  See  Hamilton,  Romanic  Review  (1910),  i.  259. 


XXX1U 

(4)  Pell.  1250.  .  B.N.  Ye.  3015.     Paris,     de  Marulf?     n.d.     8  flf. 

(5)  Pell.  1 25 1.     B.N.  R.  1865.     (Rouen.)     n.d.     4  ff. 

(6)  Pell.  1252.     Besancon.  112.     (Paris.)    (Ant.  Caillaut.)    (1484.) 

4rT. 

(7)  B.N.  Res.  R.  2669.     Paris.     A.  Loctrian  et  D.  Janot.     n.d. 

(c  1530)  7  ff. 

(8)  B.N.  Res.  p.  R.  255.     Paris.     A.   Lotrian  &  D.' Janot.     n.d. 

30  ff. 

(9)  Vorst.  2179.  ez.     (Type  of  1488  Ethica.)     n.d.     16  ff. 

(Le  gouvernement  des  princes  traduit  du  grec  en  francois  par 
le  docteur  Philippe.) 

(10)  Pell.    1253,     B.M.    C.    22.  c.  3   veil.      B.N.    E*.   46.      Paris. 

Yerard.     1497.     76  ff.     d.c. 
(Hain,    1784.     To   f.  22%    a   shortened   form   of  No.  3    MS. 
version.) 

(11)  Holtrop  ii.  911.     43  ff. 

(12)  B.N.  Res.  R.  1721.     Paris.     Tignonville.     1531. 
(Included  in  Les  Diets  moraux  des  Phihsop/ies.) 

(13)  B.M.  721,  i.  3.     Paris.     G.  Eustace.     1517. 

(Included  in  Le  mirouer  exemQlaire.     Secretum  begins  f.  118, 
a  shortened  form  of  No.  3  MS.  version.) 

(14)  B.M.  C.  31,  b.  38.     Paris.     V.  de  Jehan  S.  Denys.     1540.     8  ff. 
(Contains    four    seasons,     four    humours,     physiognomy    (not 

Secretum),  and  microcosm.  '  Sensuyt  le  secret  des  secrets 
de  Aristote  Pour  congnoistre  les  conditions  des  hommes 
et  des  femmes  .  .  .') 

English  MS.  Versions. 

(1)  B.M.  18  A.  vii. 

(Printed  E.E.T.S.  1898;  tr.  from  the  French  version  3.) 

(2)  Univ.  Coll.  Ox.  85.  2. 

(3)  Lamb.  501.     Bodl.  Laud.  685. 

(Printed  as  above ;  tr.  from  the  Latin  vulgate.) 

(4)  Bodl.  Ash.  396. 

(5)  Bodl.  Rawl.  B.  490.     Lamb.  Carew  596. 

(Printed  from  both  texts  as  above ;  tr.  from  the  French  no.  6  of 
Jofroi  de  Watreford  by  Young  in  1422.) 

(6)  B.M.  5467. 

(By  John  Shirley,  unfinished,  from  the  French.) 

(7)  By  Gilbert  Haye  :  from  the  French.     (Printed  S.T.S.  1914.) 


*  XXXIV 

Verse. 
(r)  Secrees  of  old  Philosoffres. 

(Printed  E.E.T.S.  1894.) 
(2)  B.M.  17  D.  iii.     Poesye  of  Princely  Practice.     1548. 

(Extracts  printed  by  Herrtage  in  Starkey's  England  in  Henry 
V IIP s  time,  pt.  1.) 

Printed  Versions. 
1528.  The  Secrete  of  Secretes  of  Arystotle  with  the  Governale  of 
Prynces  and  every  maner  of  Estate.     Newly  translated  and 
emprynted  by  Robert  Copland.     40. 
(Sayle  339.) 
1572.  Unknown  edition,  mentioned  in  1702  ed. 
1702.  Aristotle's  Secret  of  Secrets  contracted  :  being  the  sum  of  his 
advice  to  Alexander  the  Great  about  the  Preservation  of 
Health  and  Government.     London,  for  H.  Walwyn. 
(Contains — much  abbreviated— sections  b,  d,  f,  g,  A,  D,  i,  k,  1, 

m,  n,  o,  q.) 

Welsh  Versions. 

Two  abbreviated  versions  of  the  Physiognomy  are  contained  in  the 
B.M.  MSS.  149 1 2  and  15034. 

A  Welsh  version,  of  the  Hispalensis  tract  apparently,  is  found  in 
Jes.  Col.  Ox.  MS.  22  (3). 

Early  Dutch  Versions. 

There  are  two  editions  of  a  translation  by  Jacob  Van  Maerlant, 
made  between  1266  and  1291  (according  to  Jonckbloet). 

The  first,  entitled  '  De  Heimelijkheid  der  Heimelijkheiden ',  was 
published  in  1838  by  Clarisse  in  the  Nieuwe  Werken  van  de 
Maatschappij  der  Nederlandsche  Letterkunde  te  Leiden,  iv.  deel, 
Dordrecht. 

The  second  is  entitled  '  Heymelichede  der  Heymelicheit ',  and 
was  published  by  Kausler  in  the  Denkmaler  altniederlandischer 
Sprache,  Bd.  II,  p.  483,  Tubingen  1844. 

The  translation  follows  an  abbreviated  text  of  Phillip's  version  up 
to  about  p.  149  of  our  text. 

German  MS.  Versions.1 
(Most  of  these  are  from  the  tract  of  Johannes  Hispalensis.) 
(1)  inc.  Alexander  so  du  des  morigens.     Haupt,  p.  506. 
1  From  Haupt,  Arzneibuch  des  Meisters  Bartholomaeus,  IVien.  Sitsb.  71,  506. 


XXXV 

(2)  MS.  32 ;7  Vienna. 

inc.  Alexander  so  dv  von  dem  slaff.     Haupt,  p.  511. 

(3)  MS.  4762  Vienna. 

inc.  wan  du  auf  stest  dez  margens.     Haupt5  p.  512. 

(4)  MS.  1244  (4)  Leipzig  Univ.     (14th  cent.) 

inc.  Allexander  des'morgens  also  dv  uf  stes.     Haupt,  p.  513. 

(5)  Leipzig  934  (4)  Verse. 

(6)  MS.  4120  Vienna.     Middle  German.     Verse.     Haupt,  p.  514. 

(7)  MS.  349  Munich. 

(8)  MS.  Heidelberg  cod.  Pal.  germ.  539.     Physiognomy.     Verse. 

(9)  MS.  288  Munich  (a.d.  1282);  for  frater  Rudolf  von  Kaishem. 

Prose.     Haupt,  1. 
(10)  MS.  2984  Vienna.     Middle  German.     Verse. 

Printed  Text. 

Das  alleredlest  und  bewertest  Regiment  der  Gesundheit , 

translated  by  Dr.  Johann  Loschner,  zu  Spalt.     Heinrich  Stagner. 
Augspurg,  Dec.  28,  1530. 

Seventy-one  caps.  (Sections  b,  d,  f,  g,  h,  i,  k,  1,  m,  (oculis)  n,  o, 
q,  r,  (nine  medicines)  t,  Q,  C,  H,  I,  K,  F,  G,  L,  V.) 

Toischer1  cites  another  copy  of  this.  'Gedruckt  zu  Augspurg 
durch  Heynrich  Stagner  am  1  tag  Martii  des  M.D.  xxxi  Jars.'  Haupt 
(p.  515)  quotes  a  1532  edition. 

Italian  MS.  Versions. 

(1)  B.M.  11899.     15th  cent.     inc.  Al  suo  singniore  excelentissimo 

nella  religione  cristiana  perfettissimo  messere  guido  di 
valenza  glorioso  vesscovo  ....  expl.  Conpiuto  istratto 
de  sengni  e  de  costumi  naturali  delgli  uomeni  algrande  Re 
Alesandro,  el  quale  singnioreggio  tutto  lo  mondo,  Amen. 
(Eighty-five  caps,  b-d,  f-p,  r,  t,  s,  O,  R,  A-L,  v,  w.)  B.M. 
39844  (1425)  another  copy. 

(2)  B.N.  77402.     14th  cent.     Marsand,  ii.  12. 

(3)  B.N.  7740.     15th  cent.     Marsand,  i.  89. 

(4)  Laurent.     14th  cent.     Bandini,  v.  303. 2 

(5)  Laurent.     15th  cent.     Bandini,  v.  234. 

Neapolitan  Versions. 

(6)  B.N.  7728.    .Marsand,  i.  75. 

1  See   for   these   Toischer,   Die   altdentschen   Bearbeitimgen   der  .  .  .  Secreta 
Secretorum,  Prag,  1884. 

2  But  see  Ciccioni,  Propugnatore,  N.S.  ii.  90  sqq.,  for  others. 

C  3 


XXXVI 

(7)  B.N.  7729.     Marsand,  i.  75. 

(By  Giovanni  Cola  from  the  Catalan.) 
(S)  Naples  B.N.  xiii  G.  37,  printed  by  Mussafia,  is  founded  on 
Johannes  Hispalensis.1 

Printed  Versions. 

II  segreto  de  segreti,  le  Moralita,  &  la  Phisionomia  d'Aristotile 
....  fatti  nuovamente  volgari  per  Giovanni  Manente.  Vinegia  per 
Zuan  Tacuino  da  Trino.     1538. 

(Contains  the  Secreta  Secretorum  in  seven  books,  with  interpola- 
tions and  omissions,  eleven  books  of  ethics,  and  the  physiognomy  of 
the  Secretum.  The  text  of  Books  I-IV  corresponds  with  pp.  40- 
1052,  omitting  '  de  viperis '  and  the  Pliny  note,  and  interpolating  the 
properties  of  seven  herbs.  Book  V  begins  at  p.  123s,  and  Book  VI 
finishes  p.  157-7.     Book  VII  is  not  from  the  Secretum.) 

Another  edition.     1669.     120. 

An  Italian  version  of  the  Hispalensis  tract  is  included  in  '  L'Ethica 
d'Aristotile  ridotta  in  compendio  da  Ser  Brunetto  Latini,et  altre 
traduttioni  et  scritti  diquei  tempi'.  Lyons,  Tornes,  1568  (several 
times  reprinted). 

inc.  (p.  64)  '  O  Alexander  conciosia  cosa  che  luomo  sia  corpo 
corruptibile  conviene  ....  expl.  (p.  6926)  '  usare  la  femina  oltre 
misura,  paura,  tristitia,  auere  spesso,  et  tutte  altre  molte  cose  che 
anno  a  indebolire  il  corpo  delluomo.' 

This  version  is  printed  by  Puccinotti,  Storia  della  Medicina,  ii.  1, 
Doc,  p.  2. 

The  Hispalensis  tract  was  adopted  by  Taddeus  de  Florentia  and 
published  under  his  name  as  Monita  extracta  de  libris  medicinalibus. 
It  is  printed  with  Benedict  of  Nursia's  Opus  de  conservanda  sanitate, 
Bologna,  1477,  and  in  Puccinotti  (1.  c,  Doc,  p.  v)  from  a  MS.  in  the 
Ambrosian  Library.  Another  Italian  version  from  a  Laurentian 
MS.  is  printed  by  him  (Doc,  p.  xliv). 

William  of  Saliceto  incorporates  the  c  seasons '  from  this  tract  in 
his  '  Summa '. 

Spanish  Versions.2 
Secreto    Secretorum   que   compuso  Aristoteles  por  mandado  de 
Alexandra  magno  traducido  al  castellano. 

(14th  cent.     See  Amador  de  los  Rios,  v.  251,  note  1.) 

1   Wien.  Sitzb.  106,  563. 

3  From  Knust,  Jahrbuch  f.  R.  Lilt.  x.  153,  275,  304. 


XXXV11 

Libro  de  Aristotiles,  del  regimiento  de  los  principes  o  de  los 
senores  de  los  secretos  o  cartas  de  Aristotiles  a  Alexandre. 

(15th  cent.) 

Secretos  de  Aristoteles  y  documentos  de  principes,  traducidos  de 
Latin  en  nuestro  vulgar  Castellano  por  el  Maestro  Joan  Baptista 
de  Herrera Ano  de  162 1. 

Catalan  Version. 
Lo  libre   apellat  de  regiment  de  senyors  en  altra  guisa  apellat 
secret  dels  secrets  ordonat  per  Aristotil  al  gran  rey  Alexandre. 
(See  Codex  Canon  147,  Bodleian,  ff.  82b-io8.) 

Limousin  Version. 
(See  Jahrbuch,  x.  155.) 

From  the  Hebrew  Version  of  the  Western  Form. 
{Jahrbuch,  x.  303,  xii.  372.) 
Poridad  de  las  Poridades  ....  (in  eight  books). 
This  list  of  Manuscript  and  Printed  Versions  has  no  pretensions 
to  being  complete. 

Arrangement  of  the  Text. 
Bacon's  division  into  books  is  entirely  his  own,  and  will  not  assist 
students  in  references  to  other  editions  or  to  the  manuscripts  of  the 
Secretum.  The  original  division  of  the  Latin  text  into  books  is  also 
of  very  little  use,  as  they  are  of  such  unequal  length  :  and  its  alloca- 
tion into  chapters  varies  from  manuscript  to  manuscript.  The  text 
here  printed  has  however  the  advantage  that  its  order  is  not  inter- 
fered with,  and  that  the  division  into  chapters  follows  that  of  the 
majority  of  manuscripts.  I  have  therefore  placed  in  the  margin 
a  section  letter,  which  has  no  manuscript  authority,  but  is  intended 
solely  to  facilitate  reference :  it  will  in  future  be  used  in  this  introduc- 
tion. 

Preliminary  Matter. 

Sections  a-d. 

This  consists  of  the  dedication  by  Philip  of  Tripoli  to  his  patron, 
and  the  list  of  chapters  (a),  two  chapters  containing  the  preface  to 
the  Arabic  text  of  the  work  (b,  c),  and  the  introduction  of  the  pseud- 
Aristotle  (d). 

The  dedication  in  this  text  and  that  of  B.N.  6584  (Sicilian)  is 
'Guidoni  Vere  de  Valencia  civitatis  metropolis  glorioso  pontifici'. 
There  is  no  such  bishop  of  Valence,  or  of  Vienne  its  metropolitan 
city.     Other  texts  give  forms  which  are  plainly  corruptions,  as,  for 


XXXV111 

example,  'Guidoni  viro',  'Guidoni  de  Valencia  civitatis  Tripolis', 
'  Guidoni  civitatis  Tripolis ',  '  Guidoni  de  Valencia  vere  civitatis 
Tripolis ',  &c.  Bacon  adds  the  information  that  his  see  was  Naples. 
If  the  Archbishop  really  was  a  member  of  the  Vere  family,  our 
search  is  restricted  to  England  and  Northern  France,  and  as  Guy 
de  Vere  is  known  to  have  been  a  benefactor  to  the  order  of  St.  John 
of  Jerusalem  a  sort  of  shadowy  connexion  may  be  said  to  exist. 
The  constant  manuscript  tradition  which  connects  Philip  with 
Tripoli,  and  the  reference  to  Antioch,  may  be  explained  by  the 
identification  already  suggested  (p.  xix).  It  seems  a  pity  that 
nothing  is  known  of  a  prelate  who,  allowing  for  the  enthusiasm 
of  a  dedicator,  must  still  have  been  a  man  of  unusual  parts. 

The  chapter  headings  on  pp.  28-35  are  much  enlarged  by  Bacon 
from  those  usually  found,  and  the  division  of  subjects  in  the  first 
paragraph  on  p.  28  is  entirely  his  own. 

The  prologue  of  the  Arabic  translator  gathers  up  a  number  of 
traditions  of  Aristotle,  current  in  his  day,  which,  as  will  be  seen 
from  the  notes,  had  become  attached  to  other  names.  It  would 
almost  seem  as  if  the  whole  passage  from  3613  to  38s6  was  an  inter- 
polation, as  it  interrupts  the  thread  of  the  translator's  story  how  he 
set  about  finding  the  Secretam  (p.  36s)  and  how  he  found  the 
'  desideratum  opus '  (p.  39ls).  In  that  case  the  interpolation  must 
be  of  ancient  date,  as  it  is  found,  substantially  unaltered,  in  the 
Western  form.  A  certain  number  of  Aristotle's  letters — genuine  or 
supposititious — are  preserved  in  Greek,  but  these  (p.  38)  are  not 
among  them.  A  reference  to  the  Arabic  will  show  how  much  Philip 
misunderstood  his  text. 

The  story  of  the  translator's  visit  to  the  temple  of  the  Sun  built 
by  Aesculapius  (or  Hermes)  is  a  commonplace  of  Eastern  prefaces, 
and  has  been  the  principal  reason  for  assuming,  not  only  that  the 
work  itself  is  supposititious,  but  that  it  had  no  connexion  with 
Yuhanna  ibn  al-Batrik. 

The  original  Secretum — the  Syriac  text,  if  there  ever  was  one — 
must  have  begun  at  p.  40.  The  notion  of  a  secret  doctrine  and 
an  enigmatical  mode  of  teaching  is  quite  Greek.  See,  for  example, 
the  letter  of  Plato  to  Dionysius  in  Macrobius,  'Per  enigmata  de 
talibus  esse  dicendum,'  or  as  quoted  in  Fernelius,  1.  1,  c.  10  de 
abditis  remm,  '  Dicendum  est  igitur  sed  per  aenygmata,  &c.' 

Section  e,  which  follows  in  the  Arabic,  but  not  in  the  Latin 
translation,  gives  the  list  of  discourses  and  their  contents.     It  will 


XXXIX 

be  seen  that  both  in  the  Eastern  and  the  Western  forms  the  list  is 
identically  the  same,  varying  only  in  the  distribution  into  seven, 
eight,  or  ten  discourses.  It  is  evident  that  its  place  in  the  interior 
of  the  work  preserved  it  from  interpolation  to  be  an  important 
evidence  of  the  original  form  of  the  Secretion. 

Discourse  I. 
Section  f. 

This  section  is  undoubtedly  of  Greek  origin— either  Byzantine 
or  Alexandrian,  though  we  can  trace  no  exact  equivalent  for  it. 
The  classification  of  the  four  kinds  of  kings  is  traditionally  attributed 
to  Pythagoras,  and  the  whole  first  chapter  of  the  section  is  but  an 
amplification  of  the  virtues  of  a  king  as  described  by  Cicero— pro 
rege  Dei.  9.  26  '  Fortem,  justum,  severum,  gravem,  magnanimum, 
largum,  beneficum,  et  liberalem  esse,  hae  sunt  regiae  laudes.' 

Perhaps  the  most  interesting  feature  of  this  section  is  the  introduc- 
tion of  a  quotation  from  an  otherwise  unknown  Hermetic  book. 
Several  others  are  scattered  through  the  Secretum,  and  they  will 
be  brought  together  in  a  separate  note.  Personally  I  consider  them 
to  be  of  Alexandrian  origin. 

The  story  of  the  revolt  of  the  people  of  Hanayaj  (which  I  cannot 
identify)  has  been  much  enlarged  by  the  introduction  of  the  Divine 
interposition  (p.  442i~28),  which  was  not  in  the  original. 

A  comparison  of  the  Arabic  and  Latin  texts  from  this  point  on 
will  reveal  a  tendency  on  the  part  of  Philip  to  round  off  his  sentences 
and  amplify  them  without  much  regard  to  his  text. 

Discourse  II. 

Sections  g-t ;  v. 

This  discourse,  which  runs  from  p.  47  to  p.  no,  and  from  p.  164 
to  p.  172  in  the  Latin  text,  includes  in  its  original  form  only  fifteen 
of  them,  i.  e.  to  p.  62.  The  remainder  of  it  consists  of  interpolations 
which  in  the  Western  text  have  in  some  cases  been  added  at  the  end 
of  the  original  work,  in  others  from  no  part  of  it.  It  is  this  distinc- 
tion which  has  led  me  to  the  conclusion  that  the  Western  text  is  not 
an  abbreviation,  as  Professor  Foerster  thought  it,  but  one  which  is 
itself  an  enlargement  of  the  original  text.  The  study  of  the  'gate' 
of  Physiognomy,  to  which  Professor  Foerster  restricted  himself, 
would  indeed  by  itself  justify  his  conclusion,  but  the  differences 
between  the  two  forms  of  the  Physiognomy  are  qjiite  as  compatible 


xl 

with  the  theory  of  its  independent  origin  and  subsequent  adoption. 
Pages  114-23,  which  are  included  in  Book  II  of  the  Latin  version, 
rightly  belong  to  the  end  of  Discourse  X — the  '  dictio  decima '. 

Sections  g  and  h  I  take  to  be  mainly  Greek  in  character,  perhaps 
modified  by  the  compiler,  as  shown  by  the  introduction  of  the 
example  of  the  kings  of  India,  which  is  a  commonplace  of  Eastern 
authors.  A  number  of  Hermetic  quotations — all  hitherto  unknown — 
are  included  (pp.  52s6,  5531,  57s).  The  last  of  these  has  been  adopted 
by  Mohammedan  theology,  which  tells  of  the  katibun  Kiramun — 
the  illustrious  writers.  They  are  mentioned  in  the  Quran,  Surat, 
82.  50  a,  '  Yet  truly  these  are  guardians  over  you,  illustrious  recorders, 
cognizant  of  your  actions.'  The  spirit  on  the  left  is  the  recording 
angel  of  evil  according  to  the  Mishkdt,  iv.  8.  1. 

The  story  of  the  poison  maiden  has  been  treated  at  length  by 
Hertz  in  the  Abhandhcngen  d.  k.  bayr.  Akad.  Wiss.  CI.  I.  xx.  Bd.  1.  91 , 
who  has  treated  the  subject  exhaustively,  and  considers  it  of  Persian 
origin.  The  story  is  referred  to  by  Razis,  Continens,  xx.  2  (f.  413°, 
ed.  1506),  by  Avicenna,  Canon  iv,  Fen.  6,  t.  i,'  c.  2,  and  by  the 
commentator  of  Isaac.  It  is  one  of  the  tales  of  the  Gesta  Romanorum. 
The  story  of  the  Greek  maiden  (p.  58)  has  already  been  referred  to. 
P.  5 18  is  a  Gnostic  idea,  see  Hippolytus  (tr.  Macmahon),  p.  145. 

Section  h,  the  only  part  of  the  original  treatise  devoted  to  astrology, 
is  Greek  in  character,  and  quite  contrasted  to  the  passages  due  to 
later  insertions.  Philip  was  evidently  a  firm  believer  in  the  science, 
for  he  has  dealt  with  an  argument  against  it  founded  on  the  divine 
foreknowledge,  and  asserts  '  cuncta  sunt  scibilia  in  via  racionis '. 
The  reference  to  Plato  requires  an  elucidation  I  am  unable  to  give. 
It  is  evidently  some  cryptic  saying  of  the  Eastern  schools. 

Section  i,  de  conservanda  sanitate,  is  not  included  at  the  end  of  the 
Western  form  and  is  thus  shown  to  be  a  late  addition.  It  is  evidently 
written  by  an  Eastern  physician  who  (see  p.  6616)  is  familiar  with 
Bedawin  and  ascetics.  He  holds  by  the  doctrine  of  humours,  but 
does  not  even  name  them. 

Section  k.  de  regimine  sanitaiis.  This,  with  the  following  section  1, 
de  calore  naturali,  form  the  12th  'gate'  of  our  Western  form,  as 
translated  into  Hebrew,  and  the  beginning  of  Discourse  VII,  on 
medicine  of  the  Arabic  text.  This  is  the  tract  that  with  part  of  the 
introduction  of  Yuhanna  ibn  al-Batrik  was  translated  by  Johannes 
Hispalensis.  The  two  sections  are,  however,  separated  in  the  Eastern 
Arabic  text  by  sections  de  divisione  corporis,  and  foods,  water,  and 


xli 

wine,  appearing  as  sections  1  and  p.  It  would  be  of  course  just 
possible  that  Philip  had  before  him  a  composite  manuscript,  but 
unless  this  manuscript  also  contained  the  translation  of  Johannes  we 
can  hardly  account  for  the  fact  that  Philip's  translation  is  verbally 
the  same  excepting  the  interpolations  necessary  to  make  it  represent 
the  Eastern  text. 

The  first  paragraph  (p.  6817-27)  is  taken  over  from  Hispalensis 
with  the  addition  of  some  half-dozen  words.  In  the  second  he  adds 
about  fourscore,  some  explanatory,  as  in  p.  69s,  where  the  morning 
wash  is  restricted  to  hands  and  face,  mouth,  teeth,  and  head ;  some- 
times destroying  the  sense,  as  when  he  adds  'in  hyeme  autem 
calida ',  the  omission  of  which  restores  sense  to  the  paragraph.  It 
will  be  seen  that  paragraphs  2,  3,  and  4  on  p.  73,  all  of  p.  74  after 
line  4,  and  the  first  two  paragraphs  on  p.  75  are  not  in  the  Western 
version. 

We  are  undoubtedly  in  the  presence  of  a  tract  of  Greek  origin, 
and  it  is  a  curious  coincidence,  since  one  of  the  later  sections  (m)  is 
derived  from  a  treatise  of  the  pseud-Diocles,  that  its  subject-matter 
is  identical  with  that  of  the  treatise  of  Diodes  on  diet,  preserved  by 
Oribasius,  and  that  it  is  not  impossible  that  its  main  features  are 
derived  from  it.  As  Fredrich  says  in  his  Hippokratische  Unter- 
suchungen,  there  is  very  little  difference  in  any  treatises  on  health 
fiom  the  seventh  century  before  Christ  to  the  eleventh  after. 

Note  that  the  remedy  of  King  David  (p.  7310)  so  much  struck 
the  imagination  of  Bacon  that  he  recommends  it  in  his  book  on 
Old  Age. 

The  chapters  on  the  seasons  are  particularly  good  examples  of 
Philip's  procedure.  Take  that  on  Spring  (p.  76).  Up  to  'anni'  is 
in  the  Eastern  text,  from  there  to  'eorundem'  is  Philip's  amplifica- 
tion. The  next  sentence  is  taken  over  and  amplified  from  the 
Western  version.  The  lyric  description  of  spring,  only  found  in 
the  Eastern  text,  is  faithfully  rendered  until  he  reaches  the  statement 
that  the  life  of  the  Bedawin  becomes  pleasant,  for  which  he  sub- 
stitutes '  cantant  aves,  resonant  philomene '. 

The  inclusion  of  these  chapters  on  the  seasons  in  a  treatise  on 
diet  follows  classical  precedent,  but  the  treatise  as  it  stands  in  the 
Eastern  version  is  clearly  written  in  a  country  which  has  four  regular 
seasons,  and  a  temperate  climate,  perhaps  in  a  hill  country  some 
considerable  distance  from  the  Mediterranean  where  classic  writers 
recognized  six  seasons  (Varro  eight). 


xlii 

The  astronomical  statements — only  found  in  the  Eastern  text — • 
are  very  interesting.  Their  definiteness  seems  to  point  to  an 
authoritative  source  on  which  they  are  based,  but  I  have  been  quite 
unable  to  find  any  translated  astronomer  who  gives  such  numbers. 
The  length  of  the  year  as  Bacon  amends  the  text  is  365  days,  but 
substituting  the  true  reading  on  p.  8011 — 89  days  14  hours — the 
length  comes  out  as  365  days  6  hours  11  minutes  (the  true  length 
is  363  d.  5  h.  48  m.  46  s.),  Hipparchus  giving  it  as  365  d.  6  h. ;  the 
number  adopted  by  Bacon  himself  in  the  Communia  Naturalium 
(p.  420). 

The  date  for  the  vernal  equinox — the  beginning  of  the  solar  year — 
is  March  22  (put  in  accordance  with  the  Bononian  computation  as 
'  decima  die  exeunte  Marcio ').  In  the  Arabic  the  names  of  the 
months  are  given  in  their  Syriac  form,  as  is  usual  in  astronomical 
works,  since  the  lunar  Arabic  months  are  unsuitable  for  calculations. 
The  date  of  the  equinox  was  adopted  as  March  21  by  the  Council 
of  Nicaea  in  325,  by  1079  it  had  shifted  to  March  14,  and  in 
Bacon's  time  to  March  13.  Bacon  gives  the  date  of  the  equinox 
at  the  Christian  era  as  March  25  {Op.  Maj.  i.  27 1\  which  is  that 
given  by  Hippocrates  ('  de  hominis  structura  ad  Perdicam '),  and 
pseud-Diocles.  Haly  takes  the  equinox  as  March  17.  A  glance 
at  the  table  below  will  show  that  the  date  in  our  text  of  March  22 
for  the  equinox  is  not  consistent  with  the  other  calculations  given  : 
it  is  probably  a  concession  to  the  Christianity  of  the  author  of  the 
treatise  from  which  it  was  taken. 

Table  showing  Variation  in 


Spring 

Length, 

Summer 

Length, 

Half-year, 

begins. 

Days. 

begins. 

Days. 

Length. 

Hippocrates,  300  b.  c. 

March  25 

9i 

June  24 

93 

184 

Pseud-Diocles 

: 

Hipparchus.  125  b.  c. 

94 

92  § 

187 

Church  reckoning 

March  25 

9i 

June  24 

92 

183 

Ptolemy,  a  d.  140 

March  22 

Council  of  Nicaea,  356 

March  21 

Bede,  735 

March  18 

92 

June  17 

91 

183 

Ibn  Yunus,  832 

March  17 

93 

June  17 

92 

185 

Isaac',  932 

March  17 

95 

June  19 

90 

185 

Albategni,  929 

93'x4 

93-oJ 

i86-i4| 

Haly,  994 

March  17 

94 

Juue  19 

92 

186 

Sec.  Secretorum 

March  22 

92-235 

June  23 

92-23! 

I86-22& 

Roger  Bacon,  1268 

March  13 

93 

June  14 

94 

187 

As  calculated  for  1250 

93-6T% 

93-7 

i86-i3l% 

»               19J3 

March  21 

92-19-52 

93-14-43 

186-10-35 

xliii 

The  length  of  the  seasons  is  continually  altering,  and  though  our 
calendar  has  been  reformed  to  keep  the  equinox  at  its  proper  date, 
the  length  of  time  during  which  the  sun  is  north  of  the  equator  is 
always  greater  than  that  when  he  is  south  of  the  equator.  A  glance 
at  the  table  shows  that  the  length  of  spring  and  summer  together 
varies  between  183  and  187  days,  and  that  of  autumn  and  winter 
from  178  to  182.  Prof.  H.  H.  Turner  informs  me  that  the  maximum 
difference  between  the  two  half-years  is  7.788  days — 7  d.  19  h. 
approximately,  and  Prof.  C.  L.  Poor  of  Columbia  University  has 
calculated  the  true  lengths  of  the  seasons  for  1250,  which  appear 
below,  with  a  difference  of  7  d..  22  h.  On  the  other  hand,  M.  Charles 
Nordmann  of  the  Paris  Observatoire  has  stated  in  print  that  towards 
1250  the  difference  amounted  to  36  days.  There  is  evidently  room 
for  further  study  of  the  subject.  Incidentally  it  appears  that  the 
solstice  and  the  apogee  coincided  about  1246-7.  Mr.  Fotheringham 
calculates  that  the  length  here  given  of  spring  was  true  17  B.C.,  of 
summer  a.d.  723,  of  autumn  a.d.  89,  and  winter  a.  d.  1256.  The 
dates  of  the  equinoxes  and  solstices  are  approximately  true  for  the 
second  century  a.d. 

The  dates  and  the  average  lengths  of  the  seasons  given  in  the 
following  table  depend  on  observations  of  varying  value.  A  method 
of  interpretation  seems  to  point  to  a  date  of  observation  somewhat 
near  that  of  Haly  Abbas,  who  was  not  an  astronomer,  but  after  that 
of  Albategni  who  was.  It  has  already  been  pointed  out  that  the 
date  "of  the  equinox  is  incompatible  with  the  lengths  of  the  seasons 
given. 

Calculated  Lengths  of  Seasons. 


Autumn 

Length, 

Winter 

Length, 

Winter 

Difference 

begins. 

Days. 

begtiis. 

Days. 

Half-year. 

in  Days. 

Sep. 25 

9i  | 
97  \ 

Dec.  25  ) 

90  | 

181 

3 

Jan.  1     \ 

84$ 

88| 

9°i 

TlH 

82 

Sep.  24 

92 

Dec.  25 
Dec.  22 

90 
90 

182 

1 

Sep. 17 

92 

Dec.  18 

90 

182 

1 

Sep.  18 

90 

Dec.  16 

90 

180 

5 

Sep.  18 

90 

Dec.  16 

90 

180 

178-14! 

5 
8 

Sep.  19 

89 

Dec.  16 

90 

179 

7 

Sep.  24 

88m7| 

Dec.  22 

89-14 

178-7! 

8| 

Sep.  16 

88 

Dec.  13 

co 

178 

9 

898^0 

89-7y% 

I78-I5i9o 

7ii 

89-18-42 

89-0-33 

17819-15 

7i 

Spring. 

Stimuli  r. 

Autumn. 

Winter. 

93 

92  =  185 

9i 

89  90  =180 

9i 

92  =  183 

9i 

91/92  =182 

9i 

91  =  182 

9i 

92  =  183 

90 

90  =  180 

92 

93  =  l85 

92 

89  =  1&1 

90 

94  =  184 

xliv 
The  following  table  is  given  by  Fredrich,  op.  cit.,  p.  226 : 


Pseud-Eudoxos 
Demokritos 
Euktemon 
Kalippos 

The  Western  form  seems  to  have  been  modified  a  little  by  its 
passage  through  Africa  somewhere  about  the  eleventh  or  twelfth 
century.  Johannes  Hispalensis  added  to  his  version,  at  the  end,  the 
following  paragraph,  which  was  not  in  his  text  as  far  as  we  know  : 
'Quatuor  equidem  anni  tempora  per  partes  distinguntur,  ut  a  medio 
March  usque  ad  medium  Junii  ver  habeatur,  a  cujus  medio  usque 
ad  medium  Septembris  estas  computatur,  a  medio  Septembris  usque 
ad  medium  Decembris  autumpnus,  a  medio  Decembris  usque  ad 
medium  March,  ubi  ver  inc^pit,  hyemps  habeatur.'  Some  texts  of 
his  version  have  been  enlarged  by  additions  from  Philip's  translation. 

Section  1,  de  colore  naturali,  is  taken  over  (and  expanded  a  little) 
by  Philip  from  Johannes  Hispalensis.  Comparing  it  with  his  trans- 
lation from  the  Eastern  text  lines  19-30  (p.  81)  correspond 
almost  word  for  word  with  cap.  20  (pp.  88-9),  pp.  821-838  with 
pp.  94"-9&2- 

The  '  regula  Ypocratis  '  has  not  been  traced.  We  may  conjecture 
that  it  was  present  in  the  copy  of  Hispalensis  used  by  Philip,  as  it  is 
found  in  all  the  manuscripts. 

The  paragraph  beginning  '  Curacio  enim  .  .  . '  belongs  to  the  next 
section  and  is  usually  found  at  the  end  of  the  'de  oculis',  the. words 
'  Habeatur  semper  venter  laxus  in  omni  egritudine  ex  replecione ' 
being  added. 

Section  m,  de  divisione  corporis,  is  only  found  in  the  Eastern 
version,  and  is  therefore  a  late  addition.  It  is  a  translation  of  part 
of  a  tract  by  the  pseud-Diocles,  which  is  preserved  for  us  at  the  end 
of  the  second  book  of  Paulus  Aegineta.  It  was  translated  into 
Latin  half  a  dozen  times  in  the  sixteenth  century,  from  apparently 
two  differing  texts,  but  was  known  in  England  in  Anglo-Saxon.  The 
treatise  is  nearly  identical  with  that  written  for  Maecenas  by  Antonius 
Musa,  published  in  1538,  and  resembles  in  some  respects  that  of 
Soranus.  The  four  parts  of  the  body  are  the  head,  chest,  belly,  and 
genitals.  Very  early  in  the  history  of  this  translation  of  the  Secretum 
a  chapter  '  de  oculis '  was  substituted  for  that  '  de  ventre '.     Bacon's 


xlv 

text  is  of  this  class.     Much  of  it,  but  not  all,  is  derived  from  Razis, 
otherwise  no  Arabic  original  is  known. 

What  is  curious  is  that  while  Philip's  text  nearly  certainly  had  the 
'  de  ventre ',  yet  Mesue,  while  really  quoting  from  Razis  or  some  one 
of  his  school,  attributes  his  quotations  to  Aristotle  instructing 
Alexander,  and  actually  gets  near  a  quotation  from  p.  691. 

Section  n,  de  conservantibus  sanitatem,  is  of  unknown  origin,  though 
lines  1  and  2  of  p.  88  are  found  in  Razis.  It  is  difficult  to  under- 
stand the  fact  that  nearly  every  good  manuscript  of  the  Secretion 
omits  lines  22  and  23,  'Indus  dixit  .  .  .',  though  they  are  in  the 
Arabic  text.  It  may  be  conjectured  that  they  had  been  accidentally 
omitted  in  the  reviser's  text. 

Who  was  the  man  of  royal  and  imperial  family  (p.  88")  who  used 
figs  and  rue  as  an  antidote?  Was  it,  by  chance,  Henry  Ill's  brother 
Richard,  Earl  of  Cornwall,  King  of  the  Romans  (1250),  or  Charles  of 
Anjou  ? 

Section  o,  de  cibis.  This  section  derives  from  some  as  yet  un- 
identified source  :  its  author  is  of  the  school  of  Razis.  There  is 
nothing  like  it  in  Serapion,  Isaac,  Haly,  or  Mesue.  It  quotes  (9014) 
from  a  '  liber  de  pulmentis  et  medicinis '  not  yet  identified.  The 
precepts  as  to  drinking  water  are,  generally,  similar  to  those  of  Greek 
physicians.  The  chapter  on  wine  is  evidently  not  Mohammedan, 
and  is  much  enlarged  by  Philip. 

Section  p,  de  corroboraniibus  et  macerantibus.  As  Bacon  remarks, 
this  section  is  a  repetition  of  section  n,  this  time  from  the  Eastern 
version. 

Section  q,  de  balneo.  This  seems  to  be  the  first  account  in 
European  languages  of  the  Hammam  or  Turkish  Bath  as  we  know  it. 
Avicenna  (I.  i.  2-19)  describes  only  three  chambers  of  the  bath,  the 
first  cooling  and  moistening,  the  second  warming  and  moistening, 
the  third  warming  and  drying.  This  arrangement  resembles  that  of 
the  Roman  baths,  and  his  system  is  evidently  founded  on  the  current 
treatises  of  Galen  and  Hippocrates. 

Section  r  (pp.  98-104),  de  medicinis.  In  this  section  we  have  a 
receipt  for  a  panacea.  The  various  prescriptions  are- noticeable  for 
the  comparatively  small  number  of  ingredients  they  contain,  when 
compared  with  any  of  the  better  known  formularies,  or  those  pre- 
served in  Budge's  Syriac  Book  of  Medicine.  It  is  curious  that 
Philip  omits  mention  of  the  pulse,  which  should  come  where  he 
speaks  of 'signis  precedentibus '  (p.  98s).      The  book  {de  pulsibus' 


xlvi 

referred  to  in  the  Arabic  text  has  yet  to  be  identified.  The  '  dc 
aquis '  in  line  13  is,  as  the  Arabic  text  shows,  'de  urinis'.  The  •  de 
medicinis  compositis '  has  already  been  referred  to  (p.  9014). 

The  names  of  the  eight  physicians  who  invented  this  wonderful 
medicine  present  some  difficulty  in  the  way  of  identification.  Here 
are  some  lists. 

(1)  Esculapius,  (2)  Hermogenes  medicus,  (3)  Hirfos,  (4)  Dona- 
sties,  (5)  Vatildos,  (6)  Hebrei,  (7)  Dioris,  (8)  Caraus. 

(1)  Ascalanus,  (2)  Nasiurus,  (3)  Ailin,  (4)  Dunntanas,  (5)  Kutarus. 

(1)  Aflanus,  (2)  Nasyoras,  (3)  Hermes  the  second,  (4)  Bartomali, 

(5)  Dadastius,  (6)  Ablac,  (7)  Robaris,  (8)  Fataria. 

(1)  Estefan,  (2)  Djasious,  (3)  Ankilaus,  (4)  Marinous,  (5)  Theodose, 

(6)  Afladious,  (7)  Johannes. 

Compare  these  lists  with  the  names  of  the  eight  great  physicians 
in  the  Kiiab  al  Fihrist  (p.  286). 

(1)  Askolapius  the  first,  (2)  Ghurus,  (3)  Minus,  (4)  Barmamdos, 
(5)  Plato  the  doctor,  (6)  Askolapius  the  second,  (7)  Hippocrates  the 
second,  who  took  hold  on  souls,  (8)  Jalenus,  the  meaning  of  which  is 
'  the  silent'. 

Section  s,  de  viperis.  This  section  has  not  yet  been  found  in  any 
Arabic  text  of  the  Secretum,  and  is  in  only  a  few  Latin  ones.  In 
nearly  all  of  these  it  follows  section  t.  The  greater  part  of  it,  all 
that  is  ordinarily  found,  is  taken  directly  from  Avicenna  (1037),  who 
probably  took  it  from  Razis  (d.  932),  Ad  Almansorem,  t.  8,  c.  2. 
Bacon  added  the  first  paragraph  and  some  further  extracts.  Similar 
passages  are  found  in  Serapion,  tr.  vii  (f.  6$*,  ed.  1525):  see  also 
Haly  ii.  2.  52  and  Galen,  de  antidotis,  pp.  193-6  (ed.  1560). 

Section  t  (pp.  108-10),  de  regimine  medicine  per  astronomiam. 
This  chapter,  which  occurs  only  in  the  Eastern  version,  is  interesting 
as  an  early  document  in  the  extension  of  astrology  to  medicine  which 
became  general  in  Europe  at  the  end  of  the  thirteenth  century,  and 
is  there  attributed  by  Dr.  Rashdall  to  the  influence  of  the  University 
of  Bologna — Cecco  d'Ascoli  summing  it  up  thus1:  'Medicus  sine 
Astrologia  est  quasi  oculus  qui  non  est  in  potentia  ad  operationem.' 

There  is  no  trace  of  this  influence  in  the  great  classics  of  Arabic 
medicine.  In  some  of  them  the  old  belief  that  the  quantity  of 
humours  increased  and  decreased  with  the  waxing  and  waning  of  the 
moon,  which  was  held  by  Galen  and  his  school,  appears  in  connexion 
with  sanitary  blood-letting,  but  nothing  more. 

1  But  quoting  from  Hipparchus. 


xlvii 

It  was  the  astrologers  who  made  the  extension.  If  the  moon 
influenced  the  blood,  then  any  position  of  the  heavens  which  modi- 
fied its  powers,  for  better  or  worse,  would  necessarily  affect  that 
influence. 

Philip,  or  his  copyist,  was  evidently  not  an  astrologer,  as  is  evident 
by  the  mistake  on  line  16  '  Mercurius '  for  Mars  :  an  astrologer  would 
have  used  the  symbol  and  avoided  the  possibility  of  error  from  the 
use  of  a  contraction  in  writing.  All  the  Arabic  texts  give  130  instead 
of  40  or  6°  in  line  n,  and  instead  of  Taurus,  Cancer,  Pisces,  and 
Gemini  in  line  12  give  Sagittarius,  Aquarius,  Capricorn,  and  Gemini. 

As  to  cupping,  Philip's  text  directly  contradicts  the  original  as 
regards  the  age  of  the  Moon,  which  should  be  in  its  first  fortnight, 
and  again  puts  Mercury  for  Mars  (1.  7)  :  in  line  8  '  Mercurius ' 
should  be  Jupiter.     Lines  9  and  10  are  a  complete  mistranslation. 

In  the  paragraph  as  to  laxative  medicines  the  text  is  abbreviated. 
The  mistake  as  to  Mercury  is  repeated  (p.  1191). 

The  final  paragraph  on  p.  no  with  the  sphere  on  p.  in  is  not 
part  of  the  original  Secretum  as  we  have  it  in  any  Arabic  manuscript. 
None  of  the  Latin  manuscripts  known  to  me  contain  the  sphere 
except  those  which  derive  from  the  Bacon  text.  The  table  on  p.  112 
may  be  of  Bacon's  composition.  Bacon's  treatise  on  Astrology  (Op. 
Met/,  i.  376)  may  be  compared. 

Section  u  (pp.  217-18),  de  musica.  A  short  section,  on  the  curative 
power  of  music  in  mental  diseases,  is  not  translated  in  any  Latin 
version  known.  It  is  followed  in  the  Arabic  by  the  section  on 
Physiognomy.  When  the  original  tenth  book  (Eastern  version)  was 
broken  up,  a  part  of  it  (sections  O  and  P)  was  brought  here  to  change 
places  with  the  Physiognomy. 

Section  O  (pp.  1 14-17),  de  akhimia.  We  have  no  Arabic  original 
for  the  first  paragraph  of  this  section,  which  looks  as  if  it  had  been 
written  by  the  editors  of  Philip  when  it  was  transferred  to  this  place 
and  broken  off  from  the  first  part  of  the  book  (pp.  157-63).  The 
'de  lapidibus'  referred  to  (1.  23)  is  printed  by  Rose  in  the  Zeitschrift 
fiir  deutsches  Alterthum,  xviii.  N.F.  vi  (1875),  pp.  349  sqq.  It  has  a 
preface  resembling  that  of  the  Secretum  and  purports  to  have  been 
translated  from  Greek  into  Syriac.  The  '  de  plantis '  is  probably  the 
well-known  work  of  that  name  translated  early  in  the  thirteenth 
century  from  the  Arabic  into  Latin  by  Alfredus  Anglicus  de  Sareshel, 
and  printed  by  Meyer  in  1841. 

From  this  point  (p.   11423)  on  we  have  one  of  the  earliest  and 


xlviii 

most  important  pronouncements  of  theoretical  alchemy.  Its  imme- 
diate success  is  shown  by  the  number  of  quotations  made  from  it 
by  Albertus  Magnus  and  Thomas  Aquinas.  Page  11427  is  cited  by 
a  very  early  work  on  alchemy — the  '  liber  Kalid  ' :  '  Ut  dixit  philo- 
sophus  in  suo  libro  quando  nominat  eum  sic  :  Accipe  kpidem  non 
lapidem,  vel  qui  non  est  lapis,  nee  est  de  natura  lapidis  :  et  est  lapis 
cujus  minera  generatur  in  capite  montium.  Et  philosophus  voluit 
dicere  montes  pro  animal'.  Page  115"  is  quoted  and  commented  on 
in  the  Book  of  El  Habib,  published  by  Berthelot,  Hist,  des  Sciences 
du  Moyen  Age,  iii.  96  :  '  Aristote  disait  a  Rouious,  fils  de  Platon  : 
Recevez  mes  paroles  :  prenez  l'ceuf,  se*parez-en  l'esprit,  traitez-le 
avec  l'eau  du  fleuve,  et  la  chaleur  du  soleil  dans  l'aludel ;  puis 
partagez  le  produit  en  ses  differentes  parties.  Quand  vous  aurez 
se'pare'  l'air  de  l'eau,  l'eau  du  feu,  le  feu  de  la  terre,  prenez  le  cuivre, " 
divisez-le  et  broyez-le  avec  l'humidite  du  produit :  traitez  ensuite 
jusqu'a  ce  qu'il  devienne  blanc.  Quand  le  cuivre  sera  devenu  blanc, 
traitez-le  avec  l'eau  de  soufre,  jusqu'a  ce  qu'il  devienne  rouge. 
Quand  le  mdtal  sera  rouge,  placez-le  dans  une  chambre  chaude,  pour 
le  transformer  en  or.'  See  also  Comarius  in  the  Collection  des 
alchimistes  grecs,  trad.,  p.  285.  There  are  countless  later  explana- 
tions of  this  paragraph  ;  see,  for.  example,  that  in  the  Rosarium  Philo- 
sophorum,  p.  267. 

The  ordinary  printed  texts  (Achillini's  edition)  insert  here  two 
chapters  from  the  Hebrew  translation  of  the  Western  version  which 
will  be  found  on  pp.  173-4-  The  first  gives  a  different  theory  of 
Alchemy,  the  second  describes  a  magic  ring.  They  are  not  found  in 
any  Arabic  text  that  I  know  of.  Achillini  also  removed  section  P 
from  its  place  and  printed  it  before  this  section. 

From  this  point  to  the  end  of  the  section  is  the  famous  Emerald 
Table  of  Hermes,  which  appears  here  in  its  earliest  known  form.  It 
has  every  appearance  of  considerable  antiquity  and  is  probably  of 
Egyptian  origin,  passing  through  Byzantine  treatises.  There  are 
several  distinct  translations  of  it  current,  but  this  is  probably  the  best, 
as  it  is,  on  the  whole,  the  simplest.  The  Arabic  text  appears  to  have 
received  some  additions. 

The  following  are  some  of  the  forms  in  which  it  is  found  : 

1.  Veritas  ita  se  habet  et  non  est  dubium. 

Verum  sine  mendacio  certum  et  verissimum. 

Verum  est  et  ab  omni  mendaciorum  involucro  remotum. 

Vere  non  ficte,  certo  verissimeque  aio. 


xlix 

2.  Quod  inferiorasuperiovibuset  superiora  inferioribus  respondent. 
Quod   est  inferius   est  sicut    quod    est   superius,  et   quod  est 

superius  est  sicut  quod  est  inferius. 
Quodcunque  inferius  est  simile  est  ejus  quod  est  superius. 
Inferiora  hac  cum   superioribus  illis,  istaque  cum  iis  vicissim 

veres  sociant. 

3.  Operator  miraculorum  unus  solus  est  Deus,  a  quo  descendit 
omnis  operacio  mirabilis. 

Ad  perpetranda  miracula  res  unius. 

Per  hoc  acquiruntur  et  perficiuntur  mirabilia  operis  unius  rei, 
ut  producant  rem  unam  omnium  mirificissimam. 

4.  Sic  omnes  res  generantur  ab  una  sola  substantia,  una  sua  sole 
disposicione. 

Et   sicut   omnes  res   fuerunt   ab    uno   meditatione   unius,   sic 

omnes  res  natae  fuerunt  ab  hac  una  re  adaptatione. 
Quemadmodum    etiam   omnia    ex    uno    fiunt    per    considera- 

tionem   unius   ita  omnia  ex   uno   hoc  facta   sunt   per  con- 

junctionem. 
Acquemadmodum    cuncta    educta    ex    uno    fuere   verbo    Dei 

Unius,    sic    omnes    quoque   res    perpetuo    ex    hac    una    re 

generantur  disposicione  Naturae. 

5.  Quarum  pater  est  Sol,  quarum  mater  est  Luna. 
Pater  ejus  est  sol,  mater  ejus  luna. 

Pater  ejus  est  sol,  mater  luna. 

Patrem  ea  habet  solem,  matrem  lunam. 

6.  Que  portavit  ipsam  naturam  per  auram  in  utero,  terra  impreg- 
nata  est  ab  ea. 

Portavit  illud  ventus  in  ventre  suo,  nutrix  ejus  terra  est. 
Ventus  in  utero  gestavit,  nutrix  ejus  est  terra. 
Ab  aere  in  utero  quasi  gestatur,  nutritur  a  terra. 

7.  Hinc  dicitur   Sol   causatorum  pater,    thesaurus   miraculorum, 
largitor  virtutum. 

Pater  omnis  thelesmi  (coelestini)  totius   mundi  est  hie.     Vis 

ejus  integra  est. 
Mater  omnis  perfectionis.     Potentia  ejus  perfecta  est. 
Causa  omnis  perfectionis  rerum  ea  est  per  universum  hoc. 

8.  Ex  igne  facta  est  terra. 
Si  versa  fuerit  in  terram. 
Si  mutatur  in  terram. 

Ad  summum  ipsa  perfectionem  virium  pervenit  si  redierit  in 
humum. 

9.  Separa  terrenum  ab  igneo,  quia  subtile  dignius  est  grosso,  et 
rarum  spisso.     Hoc  fit  sapienter  et  discrete. 

Separabis  terram  ab  igne,  subtile  a  spisso  suaviter  cum  magno 

ingenio. 
Terram  ab  igne  separato  subtile  et  tenue  a  grosso  et  crasso, 
et  quidem  prudenter  cum  modestia  et  sapientia. 

1590  d 


lii 

annotation.  It  is  the  last  chapter  of  the-  Secretum  in  its  original 
form,  lines  3-6  being  the  final  paragraph  of  the  tenth  Discourse. 

Section  A  (pp.  123-6),  dc  justicia.  Discourse  III.  This  section 
seems  to  have  been  the  whole  of  Discourse  III  of  the  original  Secre- 
tum, though  in  the  Vulgate  Latin  text  section  B,  '  de  exitu  rerum  ' 
(pp.  127-32),  is  included  in  the  third  Book  :  in  both  the  Western  and 
Eastern  texts  it  forms  part  of  Discourse  IV.  The  Western  text  is 
much  shorter  than  the  Eastern,  the  passage  between  i24r'  and  125'° 
having  been  inserted.  As  will  be  seen  from  the  variants  in  the  Arabic 
version  this  passage  has  been  the  subject  of  considerable  revision  :  it 
is  an  attempt  to  state,  in  philosophical  terms,  the  relationship  of 
Justice  to  the  Deity.  Philip,  if  the  text  before  him  at  all  resembled 
any  we  have,  has  considerably  enlarged  the  argument,  and  in  some 
places  misunderstood  it,  and  Bacon  in  his  glosses  entirely  misses 
the  original  meaning. 

Apart  from  this  passage,  the  section  is  most  probably  of  Persian 
origin.  Lines  1 2326  sqq.  may  be  paralleled  with  the  following  from  the 
Prairies  d'Or,  ii.  155  :  '  Ardeshir  disait  aussi :  Un  roi  doit  donner 
un  libre  cours  a  sa  justice.  La  justice  est  la  source  de  tous  les  biens  ; 
c'est  une  citadelle  elevee  pour  la  defense  de  l'Etat  et  le  maintien  de 
l'ordre  ;  le  deni  de  justice  est  le  premier  symptome  de  la  ruine  d'un 
pays.'  The  inscription  in  Syriac  (p.  1245)  and  the  counsels  of 
Ardeshir  to  his  son  Sabur  on  his  accession  to  the  throne,  from  the 
same  work  (ii.  162),  also  run  on  similar  lines  :  '  Sachez,  6  mon  fils, 
que  la  religion  et  la  royaute  sont  deux  sceurs  qui  ne  peuvent  exister 
l'une  sans  l'autre  .  .  .'  In  p.  1243  and  12420  the  Vulgate  text  giv^s 
the  correct  reading. 

The  most  interesting  part  of  the  section  is  the  philosophic  diagram, 
divided  into  degrees,  showing  the  government  of  the  world.  The 
proper  arrangement  of  the  diagram  is  shown  in  the  note  on  p.  126, 
but  Philip's  text  evidently  was  not  drawn  up  in  that  form,  and  no 
Latin  text  known  to  me  has  it.  As  a  result  Bacon's  gloss  is  altogether 
beside  the  point.  The  form  in  which  this  collection  of  sayings  appears 
is  usually  that  of  Aristotle's  grave.  Hunain  ibn  Ishak,  in  his  Aphor- 
isms of  philosophers  and  physicians,  thus  recounts  it.  '  When  Aristotle 
came  to  die  he  gave  an  order  that  an  octagonal  building  should  be 
raised  over  his  tomb,  and  that  on  the  eight  sides  of  it  eight  mottoes 
touching  all  that  serves  the  advantage  of  mankind  should  be  written. 
(1)  The  world  is  a  garden  whose  edge  is  fortune.  (2)  Fortune  is 
a   sovereign    protected    by  firmness.     (3)  Firmness   is  government 


liii 

directed  by  the  king.  (4)  The  king  is  a  guardian  aided  by  troops. 
(5)  Troops  are  helpers  nourished  by  treasure.  (6)  Treasure  is  goods 
amassed  by  subjects.  (7)  Subjects  are  slaves  subjugated  by  Justice. 
(8)  Justice  is  a  custom  on  which  depends  the  peace  of  the  world.' 
Sanguinetti,  Journal  Asiatique,  ser.  v.  (1856)  8,  p.  352. 

Another  form  occurs  in  the  Placita  Philosophorum  of  John  of 
Procida.  (1)  '  Mundus  iste  est  quidam  ortus,  et  ejus  fossata  sunt 
regna.  (2)  Regna  vero  manutenentur  per  leges.  (3)  Leges  statuit 
rex.  (4)  Rex  vero  per  militiam  suam  tenetur.  (5)  Militia  vero 
pecunia  gubernatur.  (6)  Pecunia  autem  a  populo  colligitur. 
(7)  Populus  vero  est  justitia  servus.  (8)  Justitia  vero  regitur  mun- 
dus.'    Renzi,  Colkctio  Salernitana,  iii.  1 1  7. 

It  is  noteworthy  that  the  Placita  Philosophorum  is  said  to  be 
translated  from  the  Greek  by  John  of  Procida  at  Salerno,  so  that 
there  may  be  a  Byzantine  origin  for  this  diagram. 

The  Arabic  tradition  is  preserved  by  Al  Makin  in  his  Universal 
History. 

'  And  Aristotle  wrote  in  the  book  which  hath  been  mentioned 
admonitions  which  would  instruct  a  man  in  the  doing  of  justice,  and 
he  said  therein  that  justice  is  the  strength  of  the  world,  that  it  is  the 
chief  of  all  virtues,  that  wealth  and  armies  increase  through  it,  and 
that  nations  become  subject  through  it ;  he  said,  morevover,  that 
justice  maketh  a  man  to  show  himself  friendly,  and  that  it  is  the 
strong  prop  of  the  world.  Now  he  likened  the  world  unto  a  garden, 
the  wall  of  which  is  kingship,  and  kingship  is  the  knowledge  which 
maketh  the  king  to  administer  wisely  his  dominions.  The  king  is 
the  man  who  should  help  his  army,  and  the  king  who  is  helped  by 
his  army  shall  gather  together  for  it  wealth  and  possessions  ;  riches 
shall  make  a  nation  to  gather  together  unto  themselves  benefits : 
uprightness  shall  make  slaves  to  submit  unto  a  (free;  people;  and  let 
integrity  be  the  working  power  in  the  beginning  of  thy  words  and  in 
the  end  thereof.  Know  too  that  by  it  the  whole  world  standeth,  and 
that  by  the  excellence  thereof  cities  are  founded,  and  wealth  is 
gathered  together,  and  that  soldiers  and  armies  increase  thereby  and 
serve  a  people.'     Budge,  Alexander,  ii,  p.  383. 

Ibn  Khaldun  (d.  1406)  in  his  Prolegomena  {Notices  et  Extraits, 
xix.  80)  preserves  another  tradition. 

p.  80.  Dans  ia  fable  du  hibou,  telle  qu'elle  est  rapportee  par 
Masoudi,  le  moubedan  dit,  entre  autres  choses,  a  Behram,  nls  de 
Behram  :  '  O  roi,  le  souverain  n'arrive  au  fake  de  la  puissance  que 
par  Fobservation  de  la  loi,  par  une  submission  entiere  a  Dieu  et  par 
l'exactitude  a  respecter  ses  commandements  et  ses  prohibitions.  La 
loi  ne  peut  subsister  sans  le  souverain  :  ie  souverain  n'est  puissant  que 


liv 

par  ses  soldats  :  pour  entretenir  ses  soldats  il  faut  avoir  de  l'argent : 
l'argent  ne  se  procure  que  par  l'agriculture :  point  d'agriculture 
sans  une  juste  administration  :  la  justice  est  une  balance  dresse'e  par 
le  Seigneur  au  milieu  des  hommes,  et  pres  de  laquelle  il  a  place  un 
inspecteur,  qui  est  le  roi.' 

Anouchirouan  disait  sur  le  meme  sujet :  '  Sans  armee,  point 
de  roi :  sans  argent,  point  d'armee  :  sans  impots„  point  d'argent : 
sans  agriculture,  point  d'impots :  sans  administration  juste,  point 
d'agriculture  :  sans  rectitude  de  conduite,  point  de  bonne  admini- 
stration :  sans  l'integrite  des  vizirs,  point  de  rectitude  de  conduite. 
Le  point  capital  c'est  que  le  roi  examine  par  lui-meme  la  condition 
de  ses  sujets  et  qu'il  soit  assez  fort  pour  les  chatier,  afin  qu'il  regne 
sur  eux  et  n'en  soit  pas  domineV 

Le  traite-  sur  la  politique  attribue*  a  Aristote,  et  qui  circule  dans  le 
public,  contient  plusieurs  observations  de  ce  genre  ;  mais  elles  ne 
sont  pas  presentees  d'une  maniere  complete,  ni  appuy^es  de  toutes 
les  preuves  qu'elles  reclament ;  de  plus,  elles  se  trouvent  melees 
a  d'autres  matieres.  Dans  le  meme  ouvrage  l'auteur  a  indique"  aussi 
les  maximes  generates  que  nous  avons  rapportees  d'apres  le  Moubedan 
et  Anouchirouan.  II  les  a  rangees  dans  un  cercle  dont  il  fait  un 
grand  eloge,  et  qui  les  presente  de  cette  maniere  :  '  Le  monde  est  un 
jardin  dont  le  gouvernement  est  la  cloture  :  le  gouvernement  est  une 
puissance  qui  assure  le  maintien  de  la  loi :  la  loi  est  une  regie 
administrative  dont  la  royaute  surveille  Pexecution  :  la  royaute  est  un 
lien  qui  tient  sa  force  de  l'arme'e  :  Farmed  est  un  corps  d'auxiliaires 
qui  servent  pour  l'argent :  l'argent  est  un  subside  fourni  par  les 
sujets  :  les  sujets  sont  des  serviteurs  protege's  par  la  justice  :  la 
justice  doit  entrer  dans  les  habitudes  du  peuple,  car  elle  assure 
l'existence  du  monde.  Or  le  monde  est  un  jardin,'  etc.  L'auteur 
revient  ainsi  au  commencement  de  sa  proposition.  .  .  . 

1244.     'lingua  Caldea'  is  in  the  Arabic  'Syriac'  (Siriyani). 

Section  B  (pp.  127-32),  de  exiiu  rerum.  Discourse  IV.  In  both 
forms  of  the  Arabic  text  this  section  opens  with  a  paragraph  empha- 
sizing the  importance  of  what  is  to  follow  as  revealing  the  nature  of 
the  intellect.  It  then  proceeds  to  an  account  of  the  creation  of  the 
simple  spiritual  substance  (of  which  the  angels — or  intelligences — 
are  composed)  and  of  the  '  anima  universalis  :  (which  Bacon  alters  to 
'  universaliter ').  At  this  point  the  Eastern  text  interposes  a  long 
account,  more  or  less  of  neo-Platonist  origin,  of  the  development  of 
ihe  material  universe  (a  simplification  of  his  account  of  supramundane 
causes — emanations)  and  of  the  soul  (pp.  i2  79-325)  which  is  absent 
in  the  Western  text.  The  addendum  treats  of  '  hyle  '  or  primary 
matter,  of  matter  itself  collected  in  the  nine  spheres  (Bacon  alters  the 
text  silently  to  ten),  of  the  motions  of  the  spheres  which  lead  to  the 
composition  of  all  things  mineral,  vegetable,  and  animal,  and  finally 


lv 

of  man,  in  whose  composition  all  things  are  found.  The  universal 
soul  has  three  powers,  intellective,  sensitive,  and  vegetative,  working 
in  bodies  like  sunlight  in  the  air.  This  threefold  division  is  that  of 
Bacon  himself,  since  the  Latin  Vulgate  and  the  Arabic  speak  of 
a  twofold  division — the  perceptive  and  the  active,  '  una  quarum 
virium  est  signum,  secunda  vero  operans  '  (13019),  which  latter  has 
seven  modes  of  action.  In  line  22  Bacon  alters  'vegetativa'  into 
1  generativa ',  but  the  seven  months  assigned  for  gestation  seems  to  be 
due  to  Philip,  as  the  Arabic  gives  the  usual  number.  The  divisions 
of  human  life  (p.  13)  vary  from  text  to  text.  All  agree  on  the  end  of 
the  first  period,  but  the  Latin  Vulgate  assigns  13,  Bacon  14,  and  the 
Arabic  15,  as  the  next.  The  phrase  'quia  in  i5mo  anno  potest 
generare  '  is  only  found  in  Bacon's  edition.  All  agree  as  to  30  for 
the  next  period,  but  Bacon  then  jumps  to  50,  while  Philip  and  the 
Arabic  say  40.  The  next  period  ends  at  50  (Arabic),  60  (Philip),  or 
70  (Bacon),  from  which  time  the  soul  is  preparing  itself  for  the  end 
of  life.  If  the  soul  is  perfect  and  complete  before  its  separation  from 
the  body  it  is  taken  up  by  the  '  virtute  anime  universalis '  (Bacon 
leaves  out  the  mention  of  the  '  anima ')  to  supernal  perfection,  until 
at  last  it  reaches  the  sphere  of  the  intelligences  and  becomes  part  of 
the  Universal  Soul.  Philip,  however,  omits  this  last  phrase,  and 
in  its  place  substitutes  one  describing  the  fate  of  that  soul  which  does 
seek  after  perfection. 

Section  C  (pp.  132-43),  de  bajulis.  Book  IV,  Latin  text.  We 
now  return  (p.  1329)  to  the  original  form  for  four  lines  (1.  12  ending 
1  regem  in  ipsa  '),  and  then  begin  a  new  digression  on  the  senses, 
prompted  by  the  idea  of  reason  as  ruler  of  the  body. 

The  paragraph  as  to  the  sense  of  sight  is  altered  by  Bacon  from 
■  ten  to  twenty-two  species  of  sensation  as  in  Alhazen  whom  he  quotes 
as  the  '  Perspective  '. 

In  the  description  of  the  sense  of  touch  Bacon  adds  (1.  26)  '  et  in 
omnibus  predictis  de  visu  preter  lucem  et  colorem ',  and  to  that 
of  smell  the  whole  of  the  paragraph  as  to  human  odour. 

The  final  paragraph  of  the  digression  deals  with  the  virtues  of  the 
number  five  :  five  planets,  five  kinds  of  animals,  five  essential  parts 
of  plants,  five  musical  tones,  five  best  days  in  the  year,  and  five  ports 
of  the  sea. 

These  two  groups  are  difficult  to  explain.  The  Arabic  text  speaks 
of  the  days  as  the  last  days  of  Adhar  (March),  not  May.  I  have  been 
unable  to  find  any  other  trace  of  this  belief.     The  five  intercalary 


lvi 

days  are  nearly  always  considered  unlucky  ;  they  occur  in  the  Coptic 
year  as  September  5-10,  in  the  Sothic  year  July  15-20,  and  in  the 
Alexandrian  August  24-28. 

The  five  ports  of  the  sea  must  be  Bacon's  addition;  they  are 
found  in  no  other  text,  Arabic  or  Latin,  that  I  have  met.  They  are 
obviously  the  Cinque  Ports. 

The  whole  of  this  digression  leads  up  to  the  advice  to  Alexander 
to  have  five  chamberlains  and  five  counsellors.  But  the  Western 
text,  on  the  contrary,  advises  only  one  counsellor,  whose  advice  is  to 
be  taken  on  every  occasion.  The  two  texts  come  together  again  on 
the  advice  of  Hermes  (p.  135"')  and  immediately  diverge — the 
Western  text  still  presupposing  a  single  counsellor — until  p.  13617 
when  they  again  meet.  In  the  tale  which  follows  the  astrological 
details  are  only  to  be  found  in  the  Eastern  version.  Mars  is  now 
substituted  for  Mercury  (see  p.  108)  as  a  favourite  planet.  '  Venere  ' 
(1.  3)  should  be  '  Virgine  '  and  '  Libra'  should  be  'Jove  '.  Bacon's 
conjecture  is  all  wrong  according  to  his  own  table  on  pp.  2r,  22. 

From  p.  i373S  to  p.  13812  is  only  found  in  the  Eastern  version,  like 
the  passage  from  p.  13924  to  p.  140*.  In  140"  the  Arabic  reads  '  the 
days  of  joy  are  seven,  so  are  those  of  sorrow ',  instead  of  '  the  days  of 
taking  medicine  are  seven  and  the  critical  days  of  a  disease  are 
seven  '.     From  p.  14021  to  p.  141 12  also  is  peculiar  to  the  Eastern  text. 

The  qualities  of  a  good  counsellor,  pp.  14 1-2,  differ  slightly 
in  each  manuscript. 

Section  D  (p.  143),  de  microcosmo.  There  are  many  variants  on 
this  theme,  and  no  two  lists  are  precisely  the  same.  It  is  entirely 
Eastern  in  character,  no  hint  of  it  being  found  in  the  various  writers 
on  the  microcosm  and  the  macrocosm. 

A  somewhat  similar  idea  is  found  in  Cardonne,  Melanges,  ii.  83  : 
1  Nouchirsvan,  king  of  Persia,  asked  his  Wazir,  Buzur  Dj  urn  her,  for  a 
definition  of  courage.  He  said  :  A  brave  man  should  have  the 
courage  of  a  lion,  the  valour  of  a  cock,  the  impetuosity  of  a  boar,  the 
ferocity  of  a  wolf,  the  rage  of  a  tiger,  the  cleverness  of  a  fox,  the 
patience  of  a  dog,  the  vigilance  of  a  crane,  and  the  prudence  of 
a  raven.' 

A  number  of  such  comparisons  are  found  in  the  Eastern  animal 
stories. 

Section  E  (pp.  144-6),  de  Mago  et  Judeo.  This  story  is  found 
in  the  tenth-century  encyclopedia,  the  Ikhwan  as-safa,  published 
by  Dieterici  in   1868  under  the  title  of  Die  Logik  und  Psychology 


Ivii 

der  Araber  im  zehnten  Jahrhundert  n.  Chr.  The  Mage  came  from 
Kerman  and  the  Jew  from  Ispahan.  The  conversations  are  fuller 
in  the  earlier  form,  which  has  not  the  introduction  and  the  final 
paragraph  as  to  the  reward  of  the  Mage.  The  story  is  not  found  in 
some  Arabic  MSS.  of  the  Secretum,  while  it  is  replaced  in  the 
Western  version  by  some  general  remarks. 

Section  F  (pp.  146-7),  de  scribis.  Discourse  V.  In  the  seven- 
book  scheme  of  the  Western  Arabic  text  this  section  is  not  counted 
as  a  separate  discourse,  but  is  comprised  in  Discourse  IV.  The 
emphasis  on  fine  handwriting,  which  is  minimized  in  Philip's  version, 
is  characteristic  of  its  Persian  origin.  It  will  be  observed  that 
lines  9  and  10  are  a  perversion  of  the  original,  which  warns  the  king 
to  keep  a  close  watch  on  his  secretary. 

Section  G  (pp.  147-8),  de  nunciis.  Discourse  VI.  This  section 
is  in  the  Western  version  misplaced  after  section  H,  and  is  there 
reckoned  Discourse  VII  in  the  eight-book  scheme  or  V  in  the 
seven-book  scheme.  Philip  seems  to  have  misunderstood  his 
original  in  lines  24  and  25.  Line  25  is  indeed  unintelligible  in  any 
text :  it  should  say  that  affairs  may  not  go  as  you  foresaw,  as  the  right 
course  to  take  might  turn  out  to  be  different  from  that  you  had 
ordered.  The  last  four  lines  of  the  section  have  been  given  a  different 
bearing  in  the  Latin  :  the  original  says  nothing  of  the  punishment  of 
a  faithless  ambassador,  as  to  which  no  advice  was  needed  in  the 
East. 

Section  H  (pp.  148-9),  de  subditis.  Discourse  VII.  Philip  mis- 
translates 1.  25  and  the  three  which  follow  it.  The  text  contrasts 
trees  which  do  not  require  to  be  sown  every  year  with  annual  plants. 
The  last  sentence  is  an  addition  of  Philip. 

This  section  is  the  concluding  part  of  Discourse  IV  in  the 
Western  Arabic  seven-book  form,  and  is  Discourse  VI  in  the  eight- 
book  form  and  its  Hebrew  translation,  though  it  is  really  included 
in  Discourse  IV  of  the  preliminary  list  of  books  (p.  179). 

1  Section  I  (pp.  149-51),  de  proceribus.  Discourse  VIII.  This  is 
also  Gate  VIII  of  the  Western  text,  though  it  is  part  of  Discourse  VI 
in  the  preliminary  list  of  books. 

The  method  described  in  this  chapter  of  organizing  an  army  by 
tens  is  that  of  the  Roman  army  with  its  decurions,  centurions,  &c, 
which  passed  over  to  the  Byzantine  Empire.  It  was  adopted  by 
Gengis  Khan  as  described  by  Abul  Faraj,  Chron.  Dynast,  x,  p.  450, 
ed.  Pocock. 


lviii 

Ammonius  (de  Categoriis)  amongst  others  speaks  of  the  advantages 
of  classifying  by  tens,  and  refers  to  the  composition  of  ten  by  adding 
one,  two,  three,  and  four. 

The  account  of  the  horn  of  Temistius  (p.  i5i1G)  is  found  only  in 
a  few  of  the  iUSS.  of  the  Eastern  version,  and  not  in  the  Western 
form  at  all.  From  1.  23  to  the  end  is  an  early  addition,  not  found 
in  the  ordinary  Latin  texts,  though  probably  not  by  Bacon,  since  it 
is  added  by  Achillini,  in  a  slightly  altered  form,  to  his  woodcut  of 
the  great  horn  in  his  editions  of  1501  and  1516.  From  this  woodcut 
the  horn  was  copied  incorrectly  by  Kircher  in  his  Ars  magna  lucis  et 
umbrae,  ii.  1.  7  (Rome  1646,  p.  140),  and  again  in  his  Phonurgia  nova 
(1674,  p.  132),  in  which  work  an  engraved  plate  is  given  with  sugges- 
tions as  to  its  use.  No  Latin  manuscript  is  known  in  which  there  is 
a  figure  of  the  horn,  with  the  exception  of  that  in  Holkham  Hall,  in 
the  borders  of  which  an  entirely  fanciful  instrument  is  depicted 
(reproduced  in  plate  151  of  the  Roxburghe  Club  publication  of  1914). 
There  are  drawings  in  MSS.  C  and  D  of  the  Eastern  Arabic  text,  of 
entirely  different  shape. 

The  name  Temistius  or  Themistius  in  the  Latin  text  seems  to  be 
taken  from  '  The  Book  of  Astamatis '  described  by  Al  Makin.  Our 
Arabic  texts  give  Yayastayus.  '  And  besides  this  he  (Aristotle)  wrote 
the  book  which  is  called  "The  Book  of  Astamatis  "  which  treateth  of 
the  breaching  of  cities  and  fortresses  and  kings'  houses  and  of  the 
submission  of  kings,  and  of  how  men  should  make  use  of  talismans 
and  of  the  knowledge  derived  therefrom,  and  of  the  names  which 
will  bring  down  rain  and  water  to  them  in  the  desert  and  in  the 
waste  land,  whensoever  they  utter  them.'    Budge,  Alexander,  ii.  384. 

Kircher's  note  as  to  the  size  of  the  horn  (five  cubits  in  diameter) 
and  the  distance  at  which  it  could  be  heard  (100  stadia)  does  not 
seem  to  rest  on  any  manuscript  authority. 

1.  17  'ad  nocendum  '  seems  an  early  misreading  for  'advocandum  '. 

Section  K  (pp.  152-5),  Noli  frequentare  bella.  Discourse  IX. 
This  section,  which  begins  a  separate  discourse,  the  seventh,  in  the 
list  of  books  of  the  eight-book  Western  texts,  is  part  of  the  preceding 
one,  the  sixth,  in  that  of  the  seven-book  form,  while  in  the  body  of 
the  text  it  is  Gate  IX.  The  Latin  translation  follows  the  Eastern  text 
fairly  closely,  with  some  interesting  variants.  In  p.  152s-12  Philip 
gives  a  literal  translation  of  a  passage  by  no  means  clear  in  the 
original.  In  p.  1533  is  a  complete  mistranslation.  'War  is  either 
aggressive  or  defensive ',  and  '  ita  quod '  should  really  begin  the  next 


sentence.  In  1.  15  the  original  is  altered  from  mail  coats  and 
cuirasses  to  slings  and  arrows.  The  '  formam  speciosissimam '  of 
1.  18,  'artistic  images'  of  the  Eastern  text,  refers  to  the  'instruments 
which  cause  dread  and  trembling  which  I  made  for  thee  when  thou 
didst  engage  in  battle  against  Nahalah  the  Indian '  of  the  Western 
text.  It  is  interesting  to  observe  that  where  the  Eastern  text  usually 
speaks  of  '  beasts  of  burden  of  Khurasan '  the  Western  speaks  of 
'  packhorses  and  elephants '. 

The  advice  on  p.  1544  to  prepare  stores  of  food  and  drink  is  a  mis- 
translation of  the  original,  which  recommends  the  construction  of 
pitfalls  in  the  way  of  the  enemy  with  calthrops  (Almhavi)  in  them. 
The  account  of  the  Persians,  Turks,  and  Parthians  (1.  27)  does  not 
correspond  to  any  of  our  Arabic  manuscripts.  W  speaks  only  of  the 
Turks  as  '  valorous  and  very  foolish ',  the  Eastern  texts  go  on  to 
advise  using  them  as  guards.  The  Turks  are  mentioned  in  the 
Tactics  of  Leo  18.  39.  47  with  a  somewhat  similar  character.  The 
words  'unus  populus  .  .  .  uxores '  (1.  28)  are  only  found  in  the  Bacon 
group  of  Latin  MSS. 

The  section,  while  not  corresponding  with  any  of  the  Byzantine 
works  on  the  arts  of  war,  has  considerable  affinity  with  such  works  as 
the  Kestos  of  Sextus  Julius  Africanus  or  the  Tactics  of  Leo. 

Section  L  (pp.  155—6),  de  eleccione  temporis.  This  section, 
entirely  astrological,  is  found  only  in  the  Eastern  Arabic  texts. 
Lines  2-5  (p.  156)  area  repetition  of  those  at  the  end  of  the  preceding 
section  and  are  not  found  in  the  ordinary  printed  or  IMS.  Latin  texts. 

A  considerably  larger  proportion  than  usual  of  the  astrology  corre- 
sponds with  that  of  the  original,  but  in  lines  13  and  25  Mercury  should 
be  Jupiter,  in  1.  24  Mars. 

Section  M  (pp.  250-2).  This  section,  Gate  X  in  the  Western  eight- 
book  form,  was  not  translated  into  Latin,  obviously  because  of  the 
difficulty  of  assigning  corresponding  numerical  values  to  the  letters 
of  the  Latin  alphabet,  but  it  has  made  a  great  success  in  the  East. 
It  closes  Discourse  IX  of  the  Eastern  form  and  Discourse  VI  or  VII 
of  the  lists  of  books  in  the  two  Western  ones,  being  Gate  X  of  the 
eight-book  form.  It  is  the  last  of  the  forty  works  assigned  to 
Aristotle  in  Ibn  Abi  Usaibi'a — the  Kitab  al-Yatlm.  See  also  Haji 
Khalfa,  v.  173  (10633),  vii.  858,  496  (805).  An  article  by  Stein- 
schneider, '  Intorno  ad  otto  manoscritti  .  .  . ',  Rome,  1867,  has  a  note 
(p.  88)  on  the  subject,  with  references  to  manuscripts  in  several 
languages. 


lx 

An  account  of  this  method  of  calculation  is  found  in  the  thirteenth- 
century  Syriac  Book  of  Medicine,  published  by  Dr.  Budge,  vol.  ii, 
pp.  540-1,  whose  translation  is  here  quoted  : 

Another  calculation  whereby  a  man  is  able  to  know  beforehand 
which  of  two  men  who  are  striving  together  will  die.  It  was  made 
by  Aristotle  for  King  Alexander  his  royal  disciple,  when  he  was  waging 
war  against  Darius  the  Mede,  and  Alexander  conquered  Darius. 
This  calculation  is  sure,  and  hath  been  well  tried.  It  is  useful  to 
every  one  who  wageth  war  against  his  neighbour,  and  striveth  in 
respect  of  matters  of  business,  and  to  kings,  and  to  all  men,  both 
little  and  great.  Observe  when  thou  wishest  to  know  when  (two)  men 
are  waging  war  against  each  other,  which  will  conquer.  Take  the 
numerical  values  of  the  letters  of  the  name  of  each  by  itself,  and  take 
from  the  sum  of  each  as  many  nines  as  there  are  in  each,  and  see 
how  many  remain  to  thee  in  each  case,  and  bear  them  (in  thy  mind). 
Then  come  to  the  following  letters,  and  from  them  thou  wilt  learn 
which  will  conquer.  One  conquereth  three,  five,  seven,  and  nine. 
Two  conquereth  one,  four,  six,  and  eight.  Three  conquereth  two, 
five,  seven,  and  nine.  Four  conquereth  one,  three,  six,  and  eight. 
Five  conquereth  two,  four,  seven,  and  nine.  Six  conquereth  one, 
three,  five,  and  eight.  Seven  conquereth  two,  four,  six,  and  nine. 
Eight  conquereth  one,  three,  five,  and  seven.  Nine  conquereth  two, 
four,  six,  and  eight.  And  if  there  be  two  in  one  name,  or  the 
numbers  in  the  two  names  are  equal,  the  combatant,  that  is  the 
elder  will  conquer  the  younger.  This  calculation  is  a  very  sure  one, 
and  it  is  mentioned  by  the  philosophers.  When  they  made  the 
calculation  about  Alexander's  name  there  remained  eight,  and  when 
they  made  the  calculation  about  the  name  of  Darius  there  remained 
seven  ;  and  observe  that  eight  conquered  seven,  so  it  cometh  in  one 
case  after  another,  with  the  thing  that  was  lost  and  was  found,  and 
with  the  man  who  died,  and  with  the  man  who  was  healed,  and  so  on 
when  thou  knowest  well  the  name  of  the  sick  man  and  the  name  of 
the  day  in  which  he  perceived  his  sickness. 

Ibn  Khaldun  in  his  Prolegomenes  {^Notices  et  Extraits,  19.  241) 
has  the  following  account : 

Parmi  ces  systemes,  on  trouve  une  espece  de  calcul  (hicab)  auquel 
on  donne  le  nom  de  higab  en-nim.  II  en  est  question  vers  la  fin  du 
Kitab  es-Siaca  (Traite-  de  politique),  ouvrage  attribue  a  Aristote.  On 
emploie  ce  calcul  quand  deux  rois  vont  se  faire  la  guerre,  et  que  Ton 
desire  savoir  lequel  sera  vainqueur.    Voici  comment  se  fait  l'operation : 


lxi 

on  additionne  les  valeurs  numeViques  des  lettres  dont  se  compose 
le  nom  de  chaque  roi :  ce  sont  des  valeurs  de  convention  attributes 
aux  lettres  de  l'alphabet :  elles  vont  depuis  l'unite  jusqu'au  mille,  et 
se  classent  par  unites,  dizaines,  centaines  et  milliers.  L'addition 
faite,  on  retranche  neuf  de  chaque  somme  autant  de  fois  qu'il  faut 
d'avoir  deux  restes  moindres  que  neuf.  On  compare  ces  restes 
ensemble  :  si  l'un  est  plus  fort  que  l'autre,  et  que  tous  les  deux 
soient  des  nombres  pairs  ou  des  nombres  impairs,  le  roi  dont  le  nom 
a  fourni  le  reste  le  plus  faible  obtiendra  la  victoire.  Si  l'un  des  restes 
est  un  nombre  pair  et  l'autre  un  nombre  impair,  le  roi  dont  le  nom 
a  fourni  le  reste  le  plus  fort  sera  le  vainqueur.  Si  les  deux  restes 
sont  egaux,  et  qu'ils  soient  des  nombres  pairs,  le  roi  qui  est  attaque 
remportera  la  victoire :  si  les  restes  sont  egaux  et  impairs  le  roi  qui 
attaque  triomphera.  On  trouve  dans  le  meme  livre  deux  vers  qui  se 
rapportent  a.  cette  operation,  et  qui  sont  bien  connus  :  les  void — 

Dans  les  pairs  et  dans  les  impairs,  c'est  le  moindre   nombre 

qui  l'emporte, 
Si  l'un  est  pair  et  l'autre  impair,  c'est  le  plus  grand  qui  sera 

vainqueur. 
Celui  qui  est  attaque  aura  la  victoire,  si  les   deux  nombres 

egaux  sont  pairs, 
S'ils  sont  impairs,  celui  qui  attaque  triomphera. 

The  numerical  values  given  on  p.  243  {pp.  cit.)  differ  in  some 
respects  from  those  in  our  text,  being  those  of  the  Magribi  system. 
But  no  two  MSS.  coincide.  In  Fleischer's  Catalogue  of  Leipzig  MSS. 
p.  337  we  find  notice  of  a  tract  by  Yahya  ibn  al-Batrik,  where  he  uses 
the'somma  maggiore',  'jamlat  kanir',  in  which  ij  =  2.  The  Syriac 
numerical  values  correspond  with  those  used  in  the  Eastern  Arabic. 
The  '  abjad '  system  is  the  Hebrew  order  for  the  twenty-two  letters 
followed  by  six  additional  letters. 

In  the  Western  form  the  letters  are  arranged  in  alphabetical  order 
with  the  following  numerical  values  : 

1234567  890 


L3  W 

C  !> 


lxii 

Ibn  Khaldun  {op.  cit.  p.  242)  gives   the  following  as  the  more 
usual  values : 

1  234567  89 

I  M  £  J  »  3  )  C  J» 

Another  system  in  general  use  {op.  cit.  p.  244) : 

12  3  4  56789 

1        y?        c       r       *        *       M       c       ° 

S->  J-  J  J  i  ^ 

el  1»         (_/»  u 

A  variant  of  this  gives  ^  p  for  ^p   p.  and  ii.  for  *■>. 

These  systems  are  called  '  ayqash  '  and  '  areb '  from  the  first  letters 
of  each  row. 

Another  system  given  in  Fleischer's  catalogue  of  Leipzig  Oriental 
MSS.,  p.  428 : 

1  23456  7  8  9° 


j 


L 


On  p.  337  (0/.  «V.)  is  a  reference  to  another  scale  where  p  =  r, 
d  =  2,  &c. 

Section  N  (pp.  137-63),  de  incantamentis.  Discourse  X.  In  the 
greater  part  of  the  Latin  MSS.  this  section  is  entirely  omitted,  and 
in  the  Achillini  text  it  is  placed  after  section  t  (before  p.  114  of  this 
edition).  The  first  paragraph,  down  to  line  16,  is  common  to  tin- 
Eastern  and  Western  texts  :  from  that  point  on,  the  Western  text 
proceeds  with  section  Q  (pp.  173-5),  tne  Eastern,  in  all  MSS.  with 
this  down  to  p.  1627.  From  this  point,  one  only  (B)  gives  the  text 
translated  by  Philip,  the  others  describe  different  talismans,  though 


lxiii 

the  Hermogenes  of  our  text  may  have  been  obtained  from  one  of 
them.  The  remainder  of  Discourse  X  consists  of  Sections  O,  De 
alchimia,  and  P,  De  lapidibus  et  vegetabilibus,  which  finishes  with  the 
real  ending  of  the  Secretum.  Only  a  very  few  MSS.  and  no  printed 
texts  go  farther  than  p.  16124  (see  pp.  xxv-xxvi). 

The  title,  found  in  this  and  some  other  MSS.,  '  Dictio  decima '  is 
interesting  as  a  remnant  of  the  primitive  form  of  this  translation, 
before  it  suffered  its  first  recast.  It  occurs  in  B.N.  6755,  6756, 
B.M.  SI.  2413,  12  C.  vi,  12  D.  iii,  12  E.  xv,  &c. 

Section  V  (pp.  163-72),  de phisionomia.  Prof.  R.  Foerster  has  dealt 
at  such  length  with  this  section  in  his  Scriptores  Physiognomo?iici 
(Teubner,  1893),  vol.  i,  pp.  clxxviii-clxxxi,  vol.  ii,  pp.  183-222, 
that  little  more  remains  to  be  said.  It  has  already  been  pointed  out 
(p.  xxi-xxxix)  that  the  Western  form  is  not  an  abridgement  of  the 
Eastern,  but  an  independent  growth  from  a  common  stem.  The 
Eastern  text  has  been  much  more  influenced  by  the  physiognomy  of 
Razis  {ad  Almansorem,  tr.  2)  than  the  Western.  There  are  many 
more  verbal  coincidences  with  Gerard  of  Cremona's  translation  of 
Razis  than  with  Michael  Scot's  treatise  already  cited,  e.g.  16728  sa- 
pientie  innuit  paucitatem  (R.  c.  26),  16814  deterior  est  omnibus 
hominibus  (omnibus  hominibus  sunt  deteriores,  R.  c.  28),  16916  Qui 
tempora  inflata  (R.  c.  32),  but  I  believe  they  are  only  coincidences 
and  that  the  borrowing  took  place  in  the  Arabic. 

The  only  quotations  I  have  noted  by  Albertus  Magnus  are  those  of 
p.  170,  11.  4-7,  in  the  de  animalibus,  i.  2.  26  end,  and  others. 

The  story  of  Hippocrates  and  Philemon  is  originally  told  of 
Socrates  and  Zopyrus — for  classical  references  see  Foerster,  i,  p.  viii. 

Section  Q  (pp.  173-5),  ^e  lapidibus preciosis.  This  section,  the  re- 
mainder of  the  thirteenth  division  in  the  Western  eight-book  form,  was 
incorporated  by  Achillini  with  passages  from  Discourse  X,  as  pre- 
viously described  (p.  xxiv).  He  either  translated  them  himself,  or  got 
them  from  an  early  Latin  translation,  from,  the  Hebrew,  as  a  con- 
siderable part  of  them  is  not  found  in  the  Arabic  but  was  added 
by  some  Jewish  alchemist,  or  by  Al  Harizi  himself. 

The  sections  only  found  in  Hebrew  are :  (1)  Sciendum  tamen 
quod  scire  producere  ...  (2)  Et  facias  anulum  ex  argento  .  .  . 
(3)  Bis  ipsum  est  ex  venenis  et  magnis  ...  (4)  At  sustentamentum 
omnium  ...  (5)  Scias  etiam  quod  chimia  .  .  .  Most  probably 
(6)  Amatistes  est  piram  in  Arabico  ...  is  also  an  insertion,  but 
W  is  imperfect  at  this  point  (p.  253). 


lxiv 


THE   TRANSLATION   FROM   THE    ARABIC. 

The  value  of  this  translation  from  the  Arabic  text,  as  we  have 
it  to-day  is  two-fold  ;  it  serves  as  a  translation  of  the  Latin  for  those 
readers  who  find  a  difficulty  in  accustoming  themselves  to  it, 
the  corresponding  pages  of  the  Latin  text  being  marked  on  the 
margin,  and  it  allows  us  to  form  an  opinion  of  the  competence 
of  thirteenth-century  translators  from  the  Arabic.  In  this  case  there 
is  no  doubt  that  Philip's  translation  is  very  close  to  his  text,  allowing 
for  ornamental  additions  and  expansions  which  are  easily  recognized. 
It  was  originally  intended  to  mark  the  additions  which  distinguish 
the  Eastern  from  the  Western  forms  by  a  difference  in  type,  but 
this  intention  was  abandoned,  and  the  student  will  find  it  easy  to 
compare  the  version  here  given  with  Dr.  Gaster's  version  of  the 
Hebrew  text,  which  is  in  substance  the  same  as  the  Western  Arabic, 
the  forms  given  in  the  notes  as  W  marking  the  exact  Western  text. 

To  make  this  collection  of  pseud-Aristotelian  letters  to  Alex- 
ander more  complete,  a  letter  on  the  immortality  of  the  soul  from 
the  Taegius  text  (pp.  xxiv,  xxv)  drawn  from  some  unknown  source, 
and  an  English  translation  of  a  letter  on  Ethics  from  an  Arabic  MS. 
in  the  British  Museum  have  been  added.  These  with  Lippert's 
translation  of  the  Peri  Basileias  will  show  the  principal  Arabic  forms 
which  were  written  in  rivalry  with  the  Secretum  Secretorum. 


THE   ANGLO-NORMAN    VERSION. 

This  version  must  have  been  made  very  soon  after  the  intro- 
duction of  the  Secretum  to  the  Western  world,  yet  there  was  time  for 
a  compound  text  to  have  been  made  of  the  Secretum  and  some  other 
treatise  on  health  which  has  not  yet  been  identified.  The  part  not 
derived  from  the  Secretum  begins  at  1.  1868  and  ends  at  1.  2237. 
Beyond  the  correction  of  a  few  scribal  errors  there  has  been  no 
attempt  made  to  edit  the  text  as  it  appears  in  the  only  manuscript  of 
it  known. 


Incipit  qu'idam  tractatus  brevis  et  utilis  ad  decla- 
randum  quedam  obscure  dicta  in  libro  Secreti 
Secretorum  Aristotilis,  quern  librum  edidit  Ari- 
stotiles  adpreces  Alexandri  Magni  in  sua  senectute; 

s  quern  tractatum  fecit  f rater  Rogerus  Bacun  de 
ordine  minorum  intuitu  caritatis  ad  instructionem 
quorundam  sapientum.  Quern  tractatum,  si  sapiens 
intueatur  et  bene  omnia  discuciat,  una  cum  notabili- 
bus  que  ipsemet  f  rater  Rogerus  posuit  supra  textum 

io  in  multis  locis  et  diver  sis,  inveniet  ultima  nature 
secreta  ad  que  homo  sive  humana  invencio  in  hac 
vita  poterit  pervenire,  ad  que  quiscunque  posset 
pertingere,  vere  princeps  mundi  poterit  nominari. 
Nee  desperet  quis  propter  difficidtatem,  quoniam  si 

15  naturas  rerum  cognoverit,  scienciam  perspective,  et 
astronomiam,  ista  secreta  non  poterunt  eum  latere. 
Et  habet  capitida  {sept em). 

Capitulum  primum  de  causa  hujus  operis,  et  de  erroribus  falso- 
rum  mathematicorum  quomodo  judicant  certudinaliter,  et  dicunt 
20  omnia  evenire  de  necessitate. 

Capitulum  secundum  de  veris  mathematicis  quomodo  judicant 
sub  condicione  supponendo  liberum  arbitrium  non  posse  cogi 
set  inclinari  et  excitari  per  constellaciones,  et  quomodo,  et  de 
necessitate  scientis  medici  pro  complexionibus  alterandis. 
25  Capitulum  tercium  de  dictis  et  factis  falsorum  mathematicorum 
et  demonum. 

Capitulum  quartum  de  dictis  et  factis  verorum  mathematico- 
rum, et  que  mirabilia  possunt  facere  cum  adjutorio  artis  medicine  : 
quomodo  videlicet  alterantur  complexiones  et  meliorantur,  tarn  in 
3o  moribus  quam  in  sapientia  :  et  tangit  ultima  secreta  ad  que  solus 
sapiens  medicus  poterit  pervenire. 

A  note  at  foot  says, '  Titulus  dicitur  a  "  titan  "  Grece  quod  est  "sol "  Latine, 
quia  sicut  sol  illuminat  mundum,  ita  titulus  illuminat  et  manifestat  librum.' 

1590  B 


Capitulum  quintum  de  veris  scienciis  similibus  in  nominibus 

scienciis  magicis,  set  nichil  in  intencione  set  sunt  partes  philo- 
sophie  et  sciencie  experimentalis. 

Capitulum  .6.  de  quibusdam   astronomicis  pro   multis  intelli- 
gendis  in  boc  libro,  et  maxime  in  capitulo  ultimo  secunde  partis,  5 
et  similiter  in  ultimo  capitulo  et  penultimo  tercie  partis. 

Capitulum   .7.   de   proprietatibus  planetarum  et  signorum    de 
quibus  loquitur  Aristotiles  in  hoc  libro,  et  de  sex  modis  alteracionis 
b.  rerum  inferiorum  in  hoc  mundo  tarn  animatarum  |  quam  inanima- 
tarum  per  virtutem  planetarum  et  est  capitulum  ultimum.  10 

PRopter  multa  in  hoc  libro  contenta  (qui  liber  dicitur 
Secretum  Secretorum  Aristotilis  sive  liber  de  Regimine 
Principum  Regum  et  Dominorum),  considerandum  est  quod 
translator  hujus  libri  conveniencius  potuit  transtulisse  multa  et 
apercius.  1 5 

Nam  'Mancia'  non  est  verbum  philosophicum,  nee  'Geomancia  ', 
nee  '  Celimancia ',  nee  '  Incantacio ',  nee  '  Carmen ',  nee  bene 
sonant  hec  et  hujusmodi  secundum  racionem  fidei.  Res  tamen 
philosophice  quas  Aristotiles  intellexit  habent  veritatem  philo- 
sophic, unde  translatores  Aristotilis  nescientes  perfecte  potestatem  20 
scienciarum,  nee  scientes  sufficienter  linguam  Grecam,  nee  vocabula 
Latina  scienciarum  propria,  multum  defecerunt,  transferendo  in 
multo,  eciam  magis  defecerunt  qui  sapienciam  Aristotilis  primo 
translata  de  Greco  in  Arabicum,  postea  in  Latinum  ex  Arabico, 
transtulerunt,  sicut  iste  translator  et  plures  alii  defecerunt.  Propter  25 
quod  aliqua  de  hoc  libro  volo  quibusdam  exposicionibus  illustrare. 
'  Mancia "  vero  Grece  est  '  divinacio '  Latine,  qua  magici  ac 
matematici  utuntur  secundum  quod  hec  nomina  matematica  et 
matematicus  derivantur  a  '  matesi '  media  corepta,  que  '  matesis  ' 
est  '  magica  '  inponens  necessitatem  rebus  contingentibus  et  libero  30 
arbitrio.  Contra  quam  et  contra  matematicos  ab  ea  dictos  egregie 
beati  Augustinus  et  Gregorius  in  Omeliis  de  Epiphania  disputant 
et  alibi,  necnon  philosophi  omnes  de  dignitate  philosophic  pre- 
diti,  ut  Aristotiles,  Avicenna,  Ptolomeus,  et  omnes  alii  veraciter 
philosophantes.  35 

Set  tamen  hii  veri  judicatores  dicuntur  mathematici  a  '  mathesi ' 
media  producta  que  etiam  per  aspiracionem  scribitur.  Hec 
'  mathesis  '  est  '  doctrina '  Latine,  vel  disciplina,  sicut  Cassiodorus 
docet  in  libro  de  Scienciis  Secularibus. 

32  Augustinus]  de  diversis  questionibus,  xlv.  34  Ptolomeus]  tpolomeus 
MS.        39  Migne,  71.  1151. 


Et  hec  mathematical  continet  quatuor  sciencias,  scilicet,  Geo- 
metriam,  Arsmetricam,  Musicam,  Astrologiam     sub    qua  Astro-  ^  a. 
logia,  Astronomia  judicaria  et  operativa  vulgari  nomine  continetur. 
De  quibus  scienciis  Cassiodorus  ibidem  subjungit,  dicens  :  '  Ha-; 

5  sciencias  quatuor  dum  solicita  mente  revolvimus  :  sensum  acuunt, 
limumque  ignorancie  detergunt,  et  ad  illam  spectivam  contempla- 
cionem,  Domino  largiente,  perducunt ' :  quas  merito  sancti  patres 
legendas  persuadent,  quia  ex  magna  parte  per  eas  appetitus  a 
carnalibus  rebus  abstrahitur  et  faciunt  desiderare  que  solo,  Domino 

io  largiente.  corde  possumus  aspicere. 

Et  dicit  quod  ideo  hec  mathematica  dicitur  doctrinalis  vel  disci- 
plinalis,  quia  omnes  alie  sciencie  per  hanc  docentur  et  sine  ilia 
non  possunt  doceri.  Quod  etiam  Boitius  in  prologo  Arithtnetice 
edocet  evidenter.     Set  glomerelli  nescientes  Grecum,  corumpunt 

15  omnia  vocabula  Greca,  ex  quibus  major  pars  lingue  Latine  compo- 
nitur,  unde  ex  magna  sua  ignorancia  vulgaverunt  hos  versus  falsos : 
Scire  facit  matesis,  set  divinare  mathesis 
Philosophi  matesim,  magici  dixere  mathesim. 
Et  errant  in  sensu  et  scriptura,  ut  patet  ex  dictis  secundum 

20  Grecam  veritatem,  nam  '  matesis '  media  corepta  et  sine  aspira- 
cione  est  divinacio  sive  ars  divinandi  qua  Manto  divinatrix 
adinvenit,  ut  per  Virgilium  decimo  libro  Eneydis  et  per  Servium 
comentatorem  ejus  patet.  Set  '  mathesis ',  media  producta  et 
aspirata  in  secunda  sillaba,  sicut  patet  ex  Grecis  libris  et  Greca 

25  gramatica,  est  disciplina. 

Matematici  igitur  qui  sunt  falsarii  omnia  dixerunt  evenire  de 
necessitate  et  per  fatum,  et  non  solum  in  naturalibus  set  in 
voluntariis.  Unde  posuerunt  quod  infans  natus  in  constellacione 
tali  vel  tali  erit  de  necessitate  talis  vel  talis,  et  presumunt  per  hoc 

30  judicare  de  omnibus,  futuris  et  presentibus,  occultis  et  preteritis, 
certitudinaliter. 

Capitulum  secundum  de  veris  mathematicis. 

SEt  veri  mathematici  hec  tria  non  j  presumunt,  quia  nee  de  a  b. 
necessitate  judicant  aliquid  fore  vel  esse  vel  fuisse  in  istis 
inferioribus  contingentibus  et  voluntariis,  nee  de  omnibus 
judicia  sua  ponunt,  set  de  aliquibus,  nee  absolute  certitudinaliter 

4  Cassiodorus]  Migne  71.  1204.  13  Boitius]  Inst.  Arith.  i.  1. 

17  Eberhardi  Graecismus  (Ed.  Wrobel,  x.  211.  22  Virgil]  Aen.  x.  199. 

B  2 


docent  unam  partem  contradiccionis,  ut  quod  iste  infans  erit 
bonus  aut  malus,  set  quod  erit  bonus  vel  episcopus  si  Deus 
voluerit,  nam  semper  in  judiciis  suis  adducunt  in  fine  csi  Deus 
voluerit '.  Unde  cum  prevident  possibilitatem  rei  alicujus  con- 
tingentis  in  naturalibus  vel  in  voluntatis,  non  dicunt  quod  de  5 
necessitate  continget,  set  quod  potest  contingere,  et  continget 
quantum  est  de  vi  causarum  suarum,  et  quod  erit  nisi  Deus  mutet 
ordinacionem  nature  vel  voluntatis. 

Circa  enim  voluntaria,  ut  in  actibus  humanis,  mathematici  veri 
supponunt  libertatem  arbitrii,  ut  in  nullo  cogatur  ad  bonum  vel  10 
malum,  nee  ad  honores  nee  dedecora,  nee  ad  prospera  nee  adversa, 
nee  ad  sciencialia  nee  ad  officia  ecclesiastica  nee  secularia,  que 
omnia  de  quolibet  falsi  matematici  affirmant. 

Set  veri  mathematici  considerant  situs  et  loca  planetarum,  et 
quas  fortitudines  habent  in  signis  diversis,  et  quos  respectus  habent  15 
adinvicem  et  ad  Stellas  fixas,  et  sic  veraciter  possunt  judicare  de 
alteracionibus   corporum    inferiorum   in    terra  et   aqua    et   aere, 
secundum  possibilitatem,  ut  dictum  est ;  et  quod  una  pars  contra- 
diccionis eveniet,  set  non  de  necessitate.      Et  licet  secundum 
possibilitatem  nature  eveniet,  tamen  Deus  potest  mutare  ex  sua  20 
bonitate,  et  meritis  sanctorum  et  mentis  ecclesie  et  cujuslibet  boni 
Christiani,   si  ad  hoc  sufficiant  sua  merita.      Unde  una  vetula 
paupercula  suis  precibus  et  meritis,  bonitate  Dei  favente,  potest 
mutare   ordinem   nature,    sicut    Beata   Scolastica,    invito  Sancto 
Benedicto,  oravit  Deum,  et  facta  est  tempestas  valida  ne  beatus  25 
Benedictus  recederet  ab  ea.    Et  sic  de  aliis  miraculis  infinitis  que 
fiunt  supra  naturam  et  contra  earn,  bonitate  Dei  et  angelorum  et 
sanctorum  et  meritis  ecclesie  et  bonorum. 

Et  sicut  hec  alteracio  naturalis  est  in  corporibus  inanimatis,  sic 
in  corporibus  animatorum  et  hominum.  3o 

Continue  enim  alterantur  corpora  humana  secundum  diversas 
constellaciones  omni  hora,  et  excitantur  anime  ad  acciones  diversas 
3  a.  et  mores  et  sciencialia  et  alia  |  officia.  Set  anime  non  coguntur  set 
-  feruntur  gratis  in  ea  ad  que  complexio  corporis  excitat  et  inclinat, 
sicut  non  considerata  aliqua  constellacione  homo  colericus  excita-  35 
tur  ad  iram,  sanguineus  ad  pacem,  fleumaticus  ad  quietem  et  ocium, 
melancolicus  ad  tristiciam  et  solitudinem.  Set  tamen  in  hiis  non 
cogitur  liberum  arbitrium  set  inclinatur  vehementer,   ut  tamen 

17  in]  et  MS. 


gratis  velit  ea  ad  que  per  complexionem  corporis  inclinatur.  Sicut 
homo  per  amicos  et  socios  et  res  delectabiles  et  tristabiles  pre- 
serves multa  facit,  excitatus  per  hec,  que  alias  non  faceret,  sic 
constellacio  presens  alterat  complexionem  corporis,  ad  quam 
5  alteracionem  sequitur  excitacio  mentis,  licet  non  cogatur  in  aliquo. 
Et  causa  hujus  est  quia  unum  per  naturam  et  essenciam  et  una 
persona  fit  ex  corpore  et  anima,  et  ideo  anima  passionibus  corporis 
facile  excitatur,  et  e  converso. 

Nam ,  testante  Avicenna  .8.  de  Animalibus  et  alibi,  calor  in  corpore 

io  et  frigus  et  alie  passiones  varie  fiunt  pluries  ex  sola  cogitacione  et 
affectione  anime,  sicut  quilibet  in  se  et  in  aliis  experitur.  Set  hec 
excitacio  anime  per  complexionem  excitatam  ex  stellis  maxime 
consideranda  esset  a  regibus  et  aliis  qui  presunt  mundo  et  ecclesie. 
Nam  si  mathematicus  verus  sciat  etatem  alicujus  regis,  et  annum 

15  et  diem  et  horam  conceptus  et  nativitatis,  potest  certitudinaliter 
judicare  de  complexione  ejus  radicali,  et  ex  ea  elicere  aptitudines 
ejus  et  disposiciones  naturales  ad  bona  et  mala.  Nam  omnes 
homines  secuntur  complexiones  suas  naturaliter,  ut  videmus,  sicut 
expositum  est,  licet  non  cogatur  liberum  arbitrium,   set  tamen 

20  fortiter  et  vehementer  inclinatur.  Rex  igitur  quilibet  sequitur 
naturaliter  complexionem  suam.  Et  si  est  multum  colericus, 
inclinabitur  ad  superbiam  et  iram  et  inprudenciam  et  discordias 
et  bellum  et  turbaciones  aliorum.  Et  quia  ad  voluntatem  suam 
flectuntur  consiliarii  et  amici  ejus,  flectetur  et  regnum  ad  ejus 

25  voluntatem,  et  sic  turbabit  regna  vicinia  et  etiam  regnum  proprium, 
querens  occasiones  contra  multos  sibi  subjectos. 

Et  si  sit  sanguineus,  erit  humilis  et  mansuetus  et  prudens  et 
pacificus,  amans  justiciam  et  pacem  et  societatem  et  amiciciam 
et  liberalitatem.     Et  sic  per  alias  complexiones  excitabitur  rex  ad 

30  alia.     Et  similiter  omnes  qui  presunt,  sive  in  mundanis  sive  in 
ecclesiasticis,  sequntur  suas  complexiones  sive  ad  bona  sive  ad 
mala,  nisi   Deus  mutaverit  |  ordinem   nature  et   voluntatis.      Si  3  b. 
tamen   haberent  bona   consilia   per   sapientes   medicos   scientes 
astronomiam,  possent  eorum  complexiones  male  alterari  in  melius, 

35  et  sic  inclinarentur  ad  clemenciam,  pacem  et  justiciam,  et  ad 
concordiam  et  ad  amiciciam  et  ad  omne  bonum. 


Capuulum  tercium  dc  die  f is  ct  factis  fa /son/ m  matematicorum  et 
demomim 

HEc  de  judiciis  mathematicorum  verorum  et  falsorum  pos- 
sunt intelligi,  set  nunc  considerandum  est  de  eorum  dictis 
et  factis  per  que  fiunt  multa.    Nam  utrique  possunt  facere  5 
multos  effectus  utiles,  precipue  huniano  corpori,  et  pro  prosperis 
promovendis  et  repellendis  adversis  et  pro  innumerabilibus  utili- 
tatibus  procurandis  et   malis  excludendis.     Set  matematici  falsi 
credunt  quod  omnia  que  faciunt  contingunt  de  necessitate,  verus 
mathematicus  nullam  neeessitatem  ponit.     Item  falsi  matematici  >o 
propter  incredulitatem  suam  et  errorem  circa  ea  que  fieri  possunt 
in  constellacionibus  debitis  cadunt,  Dei  judicio,  in  alios  errores 
infinitos,  et  desiderant  adjutoria  demonum,  et  faciunt  carmina  et 
karacteres  et  sacrificia  secundum  quod  quidam  libri  eorum  pessimi 
docent,  quorum  aliquos  demones  fecerunt,  et  tradiderunt  pessimis  '5 
hominibus,  et  quorum  aliquos  ipsi  matematici  fecerunt  instinctu 
et  instruccione  demonum,  et  per  revelaeionem  eorum.     Quorum 
etiam  aliquos  multa  pessimi  homines  iinxerunt  propria  malicia,  et 
illis  libris  isti  pessimi  matematici  inponunt  titulos  autenticos  ut 
liber  Ade,  et  liber  J\loysi,  et  libri  Saiomonis,  et  libri  Aristotiiis,  et  20 
Hermetis,   ct  aliorum   sapientum,   cum    tamen    ipsimet   homines 
pessimi  fingunt  hec,  et  seducunt  homines,  non  solum  juvenes  set 
etiam  senes  et  viros  famosos,  sicut  in  nostris  temporibus  experti 
sumus.     Et  vidimus  maximos  viros  occupatos  in  hiis,  non  solum 
clericos  et  ecclesiasticos  viros,  set  principes  aliquantulum  literatos,  25 
et  alios  similiter  magnos  viros. 

Et  hiis  matematicis  in  malicia  sua  completis  apparent  demones 
sensibiliter  in  forma  humana  et  aliis  formis  variis,  et  dicunt  et 
faciunt  multa  eis  mirabilia,  secundum  quod  Deus  permittit.  Ali- 
quando  apparent  ymaginarie,  ut  in  ungue  pueri  virginis  carminati,  30 
4  a.  et  in  pelvibus  et  ensibus,  et  in  spatula  arietis,  |  secundum 
modum  eorum  consecratis,  et  in  ceteris  rebus  pollitis,  et  demones 
ostendunt  eis  omnia  que  petunt,  secundum  quod  Deus  permittit. 

Unde  pueri  sic  inspicientes  res  politas  vident  ymaginarie  res 
furtive  acceptas,  et  ad  que  loca  deportate  sunt,  et  que  persone  35 
asportaverunt,  et  sic  de  aliis  multis,  et  demones  apparentes  omnia 
hec  illis  prius  ostendunt. 

Set  ulterius  procedit  demencia  matematicorum  falsorum  sine 
apparitione  demonum,  nee  est  ars  nee  natura,  et  hec  sunt  purissime 


magica.  Tamen  fiunt  multa  mirabilia,  utilia  temporaliter  quibusdam 
et  nociva  aliis,  set  hec  fiunt  per  demones  invisibiliter  operantes 
et  revelantes,  permittente  Deo  sicut  David  dicit  de  revelacione 
demonum  hominibus  nephandis  'misit  in  eos  iram  indignacionis 
5  sue,  inmissiones  per  angelos  malo^  '. 

Sic  geomantici  faciunt  karacteres  et  figuras  in  pulvere,  et 
credunt  se  per  artem  scire  futura  et  presentia  occulta  et  preterita, 
et  sedent  in  partibus  transmarinis  in  foro  et  aliis  locis  publicis,  et 
veniunt  ad  eos  viri  et  mulieres  omnes   pro  negociis  occultis  et 

io  futuris  querendis.  Et  fingunt  se  operari  per  virtutem  stellarum, 
et  ideo  faciunt  figuras  suas  ad  similitudinem  stellarum,  et  utuntur 
vocabulis  astronomicis,  et  multi  viri  famosi  in  studio  infecti  sunt 
nostris  temporibus  in  hiis.  Et  similiter  alie  magice  artes.  ut 
ydromancia  que  fit  in  aqua,  quia  '  ydor '  Grece  est  'aqua'  Latine, 

15  et  aerimancia  in  aere,  et  pyromancia  in  igne  sunt  erronee,  et  multe 
alie,  de  quibus  non  est  dicendum  ad  presens,  set  pro  certo  demones 
occultis  revelacionibus  illudunt  eis. 

Et  hujusmodi  illusiones  fiunt,  aut  propter  infidelitatem  talia 
querencium  a  magicis,  aut  propter  infidelitatem  magicorum,  aut 

20  propter  peccata  alia  utrorumque  gravia  quibus  implicantur,  aut 
certe  mala  et  nociva  multis  fiunt  per  magicos  propter  peccata 
illorum  hominum  quibus  accidunt  talia  nociva.  Et  hec  omnia 
patent  per  infinita  exempla  que  contigerunt  nostris  temporibus, 
ut  in  maleficiatis  et  aliis  innumerabilibus.  de  quibus  non  possum 

25  scribere  ad  hoc  tempus.     Et  ab  istis  karecteribus  et  carminibus 
et    figuris   et   operibus    magicorum    ultimis    descendunt    errores 
vetularum  sortilegarum  et  virorum  similiter.     Nam  edocti  fuerunt 
primitus  a  majgicis,  et  matres  docent  filias,  et  patres  docent  filios,  4  b. 
et  sic  crevit  malicia  infinita  per  universum  mundum  usque  nunc, 

30  et  crescet  habundantius  usque  in  diem  Antichristi.  Et  non 
solum  malicia  ultima  que  communis  est  vetulis  et  viris  sortilegis 
et  matematicis,  set  priores  malicie  omnes  superius  enumerate.  Et 
sic  precurrent  Antichristum  multi  nephandi  homines  qui  disponent 
multos  ad  errores  pessimos  Antichristi,  quamvis  et  omnis  falsa 

35  doctrina  sive  in   philosophia  que  jam  incepta  est  a  quindecim 

annis,  sive  falsitas  studii  fidei  per  hereticos,  efficacius  disponunt 

ad  tempora  Antichristi,  et  ipse  tunc  instruendus  et  nutriendus  per 

demones    replebitur    omni    malicia    matematicorum    magicorum 

3  David"  Ps.  77.  49. 


8 

falsorum  et  falso  philosophancium  et  hereticorum,  et  pervertet  ad 
tempus  omne  verum  et  bonum. 

Capituhun  quartum  de  dictis  et  factis  verorum  mathematicorum. 

SEt  mathematici  veri  elongantur  penitus  ab  hiis  malis  omnibus, 
et  servant  omnino  veritatem  philosophic  et  fidei,  et  pro  debitis  5 
constellacionibus  sciunt  eligere  tempora  in  quibus  per  virtutes 
planetarum  et  stellarum  fixarum  possunt,  Dei  disposicione,  multa 
fieri  per  naturam  et  per  artem  juvantem  naturam,  et  utuntur  dictis 
et  factis  certis,  set  non  carminibus  magicis  nee  vetularum  set 
secundum  graciam  datam  philosophis,  circa  cultum  divinum  10 
statuerunt  oraciones  et  sacrificia,  secundum  quod  Aristotiles 
tangit  inferius  in  parte  prima  capitulo  ultimo. 

Nam  etsi  non  debeamus  asserere  quod  philosophi  habuerunt 
graciam  gratum  facientem,  quia  nescimus  secundum  hoc  quid 
fecerit  eis  Deus,  tamen  scimus  quod  habuerunt  magnam  graciam  15 
gratis  datam,  scilicet,  sapiencie  magnalia  et  mirabiles  virtutes  quas 
utinam  nos  omnes  Christiani  haberemus.  Philosophi  enim 
magni,  ut  Plato,  Aristotiles,  et  Avicenna,  et  hujusmodi,  non  colu- 
erunt  ydola  set  despexerunt  ea,  et  Deum  verum  more  suo  coluerunt 
secundum  graciam  eis  datam  :  et  ideo  habuerunt  sacrificia  et  20 
oraciones  sine  lege  Moysi  et  Christiana,  sicut  antiqui  patres  ab 
Adam  usque  ad  legem  datam  Moysi.  Unde  Aristotiles  in  lege 
sua  propter  cultum  Trinitatis  habuit  oraciones  tres  et  sacrificia  tria, 
sicut  docet  Averoys  in  principio  Cell  et  Mundi. 

Et  astronomi  Christiani  debent  pia  devocione  uti  oracionibus  25 
ad  Deum  et  sanctos,  et  eos  invocare  in  omnibus  operibus  suis 
in  auxilium,  et  non  demones   sicut  magici,  quibus  oracionibus 
sancti  utriusque  Testamenti  usi  sunt,  et  addunt  karacteres  et  figuras 
5  a.  crucis  et  |  Crucifixi,  et  Beate  Virginis,  et  Beati  Dionisii  qui  fuit 
optimus  astronomus  et  aliorum  ad  quos  operans  habet  devocionem,  30 
et  debent  et  possunt  quedam  opera  facere  conveniencia,  ut  facilius 
et  melius  accidant  que  intendat.     Ut  medicus  peritus  in  astro- 
nomia   ponit   medicinalia   sua   sub  divo  quando   stelle   utilium 
operacionum  et  conveniencium  sunt  super  orizonta,  hoc  est,  super 
habitacionem  nostram  vel   suam,  sive   super  terram  nostre  ha-  35 
bitacionis,  et  cavet  a  nocivis  stellis.     Et  similiter  facit  de  cibis  et 
potibus,   si   est   sapiens   in   astronomia.     Eciam    ipsas  personas 

11  Aristotiles]  see  p.  61.  24  Averoys!  lib.  i.  c.  3. 


infirmas  novit  aptare  ad  recepcionem  radiorum  stellarum  con- 
veniencium,  et  non  solum  circa  infirmos  scit  hec  disponere  set 
insanis.  Et  scit  per  has  vias  rectificare  et  meliorare  complexiones 
eorum  ut  inclinentur  ad  bona  et  utilia  sibi  et  aliis,  tam  in  sapiencia 
5  quam  in  moralibus,  sicut  Arthepbius  philosophus  disposuit  filium 
regis  quern  docuit,  et  miro  modo  melioravit  complexionem  suam 
ad  bonitatem  et  sapienciam.  Et  hec  maxime  debent  fieri  in 
regibus  et  filiis  eorum  et  in  aliis  principibus,  et  eciam  prelatis  et 
omnibus  viris  magnificis,  non  solum  propter  eorum  utilitates,  set 

io  propter  utilitates  subditorum  ecclesie  et  tocius  mundi. 

Majora  autem  hiis  possunt  fieri  circa  statum  reipublice  et 
regnorum  pro  prosperis  et  contra  adversa,  de  quibus  loquitur 
Aristotiles  in  hoc  libro,  set  occulte.  Quia  dicit :  ille  est  fractor 
sigilli  celestis,  et  multa  mala  consequntur  eum  qui  revelat  secreta 

15  indignis. 

Capituhtm  quintum  de  veris  scienciis  similibus  in  nominibus  quaiuor 
predictis,  set  nichil  in  intencione  vel  re,  set  sunt  partes  philosophie  et 
sciencie  experimentalis. 

Sciendum  quod  geomancia  predicta  est  magica,  et  aerimancia 
quedam,  et  ydromancia  quedam,  et  piromancia  quedam,  de 
quibus  sunt  libri  magicorum.  Set  alie  horum  nominum, 
set  non  rerum  neque  intencionis,  sunt  partes  philosophie  et 
sciencie  experimentalis.  Nam  secundum  Ptholomeum  in  libro 
de  Disposicione  Sphere  qui  alio  nomine  vocatur  Introduciorius  in 
25  Almagesti,  duplex  est  pars  philosophie  de  futuris  cognoscendis 
secundum  possibilitatem,  ut  dictum  est.  Una  est  Astronomia 
naturalis,  quia  de  rebus  naturalibus  in  hoc  mundo  inferiori  judicat, 
ut  dictum  est,  scilicet  medio  modo  inter  necessarium  et  impossibile, 
sicut  Ptolomeus  |  docet  in  Centilogio  et  in  Quadripartite,  ita  quod  5  b» 
30  nullam  necessitatem  imponunt  astronomi  libero  arbitrio,  neque 
rebus  contingentibus,  ut  prius  expositum  est. 

Set  est  alia  sciencia  que  considerat  futuras  alteraciones  hujus 
mundi  inferioris,  que  vocatur  Sciencia  Experimentalis  a  Ptolomeo 
in  libro  predicto,  super  quam,  ut  ait  Ptolomeus,  Aristotiles  nobilis 


13  dicit]  p.  41. 


17  intencione]  intenciore  MS. 


IO 

fundatus  est,  et  multa  turha  dominorum  judiciorum  astronomie, 
quam  Aratus  philosophus  multum  ampliavit.  Et  hec  sciencia 
considerat  ea  que  apparent  in  terra  per  signa  in  animalibus  et 
ceteris  terrestribus  et  aqueis,  et  per  ea  que  apparent  in  aere,  et 
per  ea  que  apparent  in  igne,  scilicet,  in  spera  ignis,  per  que  philo-  5 
sophi  judicant  de  pluviis  et  vends  et  siccitate  et  calore  et  frigore 
et  humore  et  pestilencia  et  putrefacione  aeris  et  animalium  terre- 
strium  et  aqueorum  et  hominum  et  omnium  vivencium.  Et  non 
solum  de  hiis  set  de  multis  aliis,  atque  eciam  multum  bene  docent 
poete  de  hiis,  ut  Virgilius  primo  Georgicorum,  et  Servius  ejus  10 
comentator  et  alibi,  atque  Lucanus  primo  et  sexto  libro  precipue, 
et  alii  multi.  Avicenna  vero  narrat  libro  Animalium  quod  quidam 
homo  apud  Constantinopolim  judicavit  de  mutacione  ventorum 
per  hericium  qui  certas  in  se  fecit  mutaciones  ante  varietatem 
ventorum.  Delphini  in  mari  contra  tempestatem  recedunt  de  15 
fundo  maris  ad  superficiem,  et  sic  de  variis  proprietatibus  ani- 
malium, et  tarn  in  mari  quam  in  terra.  Et  fragor  nemorum 
et  tumor  marium  et  hujusmodi  sunt  certa  signa  mutacionis  aeris 
et  rerum  inferiorum. 

Similiter  ea  que  apparent  in  aere,  ut  inpressiones  inflammate  20 
seu  vapores  inflammati  ut  Assub  ascendens  et  descendens,  que 
vulgus  estimant  Stellas  cadentes  et  descendentes,  et  sunt  vapores 
inflammati  que  significant  siccitatem  rerum  inferiorum,  sicut  patet 
ex  fine  Centilogii  Ptolomei.    Et  multa  consimilia  luminosa  et  inflam- 
mata  apparent  in  diversis  figuris  de  quibus  Aristotiles  loquitur  25 
primo  Metheororum,   ut  sunt  dracones  ardentes  et  serpentes  et 
columpne  et  piramides   et  multa  alia.     Eciam  yris  et  halo  sive 
Allileti,  qui  est  circulus  coloratus  circa  solem  et  lunam  et  Stellas,  et 
virga  perpendicularis  colorata,  multa  significant  in  alteracionibus 
6  a.  aeris.  |  Et   comete,    que   vocantur   stelle   comate,    habundancius  30 
significant,  sicut  vidimus  nostri  temporis  apparente  cometa  magno, 
et  non  solum  fuerunt  turbaciones  aeris  set  hominum  et  omnium 
regionum  nobis  notarum,  qui  apparuit  Anno  Domini  1264.     In 
illo  anno  et  in  sequentibus  fuerunt  maxime  turbaciones  mundi,  ita 
quod  quantitas   et  dispersio  radiorum  suorum  fuit  ita  horribilis  35 
quod  terruit  omnes  homines  supra  modum.      Et  hii  comete  non 
solum    hunt    ex    vapore  inflammato  set  sublimato  per  virtutem 
alicujus  planete  vel  stelle  fixe,   quarum  motum    sequntur   sicut 

12  Avicenna"  lib.  viii.  c.  4. 


\ 


II 

ferrum  sequitur  motum  adamantis.      Et  hii  comete  fumt  in  spera 
ignis  supra  aerem,  sicut  docet  Algazel  in  Naiuralibus. 

Multa  etiam  majora  sunt  hiis  significancia  alteraciones  mundi. 
de  quibus  sancti  et  historiographi  sicut  et  philosophi  late  scribunt. 

5  quod  ut  aliquando  duo  soles  et  alias  tres  soles  simul  visi  sunt,  et 
due  aut  tres  lune  vise  sunt  simul.  Et  hec  sunt  vapores  sperici  in- 
flammati  ex  radio  solis  ac  lune,  nee  sunt  de  genere  cometarum. 
Et  multa  sunt  consimilia,  et  a  longe  rnirabiliora  accidunt  in  isfis  et 
inflammatis,  sicut  Titus  Livius,  auctor  maximus  historie  mundi,  et 

io  sanctus   Horosius  ad  beatum  Augustinum,   et   ipse  Augustinus, 

et  multi  alii  auctores  certissimi.     Quibus  mirabilibus  accidentibus 

totus  mundus  est  alteratus,  sicut  ipsi  auctores  certissimi  describunt. 

Item  secundum  eosdem  lac  aliquando  pluit  de  celo  vel  aere,  et 

sanguis  et  lana  et  metalla  et  lapides  et  viva  animalia  ut  pisces 

1 5  et  salamandra  et  alia  reptilia  et  rane  et  buffones  et  carnes  :  et 
rivus  olei  et  sanguinis  orti  sunt  de  terra  et  longe  rnirabiliora  quam 
oporteat  nunc  dici,  sicut  auctores  predicti  docent  et  alii  certissimi, 
quibus  apparentibus  facta  est  magna  alteracio  mundi.  Similiter 
eclipses   solis   et   lune  sunt    in   hac  consideracione,    et   aliorum 

20  planetarum.  Quia  duplex  est  consideracio  eclipsis  ;  aut  quantum 
ad  situm  solis  et  lune  et  stellarum  in  signis,  et  sic  pertinet  con- 
sideracio eclipsis  astronomis ;  aut  quantum  ad  obscuritatem  et 
impedimentum  lucis  secundum  quod  subtrahitur  beneficium 
lucis  a  mundo  inferiori,  et  sic  pertinet    eclipsium   consideracio 

25  ad   hanc    scienciam    experimentalem.      Et    tunc    est   ineffa  bilis  6  b. 
alteracio  in  omnibus,  et  maxime  quando  fit  eclipsis  universalis, 
quando    scilicet    totum    corpus    solis    vel    lune    eclipsatur,    et 
maxime  quando  totus  sol  eclipsatur.     Tunc  nox  est  pro  die,  et 
apparent  stelle  in  celo,  et  aves  territi  volant  hue  et  ibi,  et  bruta 

30  terrentur  et  homines  maxime  in  corde  et  anima,  sicut  ista  etate 
expertum  est ;  et  cicius  erit  talis  eclipsis  quam  qui  vellent  sapientes 
in  hac  sciencia.  Omnia  hec  et  consimilia  sunt  effectus  planetarum 
et  stellarum,  et  vocantur  a  Ptolomeo  et  aliis  '  secunda  stellarum  ', 
quia  effectus  est  in  secundo  loco  respectu  sue  cause  :  de  quibus 

35  dicit  Ptolomeus  in  Centilogio  quod  anima  sapiens  certius  judicabit 
per  secunda  stellarum  quam  per  Stellas.  Et  ideo  dicit  in  libro.dte 
Disposition  Spere  quod  Aristotiles  nobilis  et  astronomi  plus 
fundarunt  se  super  hanc  scienciam  quam  super  astronomiam. 

2  Algazel]  lib.  ii.  c.  4.  Philosophia  'ed.  1506). 


12 

Cum  igitur  'ge'  Grece  sit  'terra'  Latine,  et  'mancia'  '  divi- 
nacio  ',  hoc  est,  judicium  de  futuris,  una  erit  geomancia  magica  de 
qua  dictum  fuit  superius,  et  alia  castigato  nomine  est  pars  philo- 
sophie  que,  scilicet,  considerat  signa  in  animalibuset  ceteris  rebus 
terrestribus  super  futura,  nee  habet  aliquid  falsitatis  si  bene  intelli-  5 
gatur.  Similiter  '  ydor '  Grece  est  '  aqua  '  Latine  et  '  mancia ' 
'divinacio'  sive  judicium,  ut  honestiori  utamur  vocabulo,  et  hec, 
ut  dictum  est,  magica  est  secundum  quod  magici  utuntur,  set  alia 
est  pars  philosophic  que  considerat  signa  futurarum  in  aqua  et 
rebus  aqueis,  sive  piscibus  sive  aliis.  '  Aer '  quidem  Grecum  est,  10 
unde  aerimancia  que  duplex  est,  una  magica  alia  naturalis  que 
considerat  predicta  signa  in  aere.  Similiter  '  pir '  est '  ignis  ',  unde 
piromancia,  et  una  consideratur  a  magicis,  et  alia  est  naturalis  et 
pars  philosophic  que  considerat  signa  in  spera  ignis,  ut  sunt 
comete  et  alia  cum  quibus  sociantur  eclipsis,  quia  nomina  posita  15 
sunt  ab  antiquis  ante  philosophos,  et  antiqui  estimabant  celum 
esse  ignee  nature  propter  Stellas  que  lucent  ut  ignis.  Unde 
primum  et  suppremum  celum  vocatur  empireum. 

De  istis  scienciis  naturalibus  que  vocari  possunt  inproprie 
geomancia,  ydromancia,  aerimancia,  piromancia,  que  sunt  vere  20 
partes  philosophic,  intendit  Aristotiles  in  hoc  libro,  set  translator 
non  habuit  in  Latino  nomina  propria  istis  scienciis,  ideo  accepit 
nomina  scienciarum  magicarum  que  sunt  similes  aliquibus  veris 
scienciis. 

Capitulum    sextum  de  quibusdam    astronomicis  pro   multis  in-  25 
telligendis  in  hoc  libro  el  maxime  in  capitulo  ultimo  secunde  partis, 
et  si/niliter  in  ultimo  capitulo  tercie  partis  et  penultimo.  \ 

7  a.  "I  \Ropter  quedam  difficilia  in  hoc  libro  de  astronomicis,  et 
I  maxime  propter  capitulum  ultimum  secunde  partis  et 
ultimum  et  penultimum  tercie  partis,  oportet  nos  scire  30 
quod  totus  mundus  est  spericus  quantum  ad  convexitatem  suarum 
parcium  preter  terram.  Set  terra  naturaliter  est  sperica,  tarn  in 
convexitate  quam  in  concavitate,  quia  jacet  in  medio  mundi  et 
jacet  in  concavitate  spere  aque  naturaliter  tota,  sicud  fuit  in  prin- 
cipio  mundi  et  erit  in  fine.  Set  propter  habitacionem  hominum  35 
subtrahitur  magna  pars  aque,  que  clauditur  in  visceribus  terre 
sive  infra  concavitatem  terre   usque  ad  finem  mundi,  ita  quod 


13 

secundum  Esdram,  quarto  libro,  sex  partes  terre  sunt  libere  ab 
aqua,  et  septima  cooperitur  aquis.  Et  huic  optime  concordat 
Aristotiles  in  fine  secundi  libri  Cell  et  Mundi.  Convexitas  aque 
sperica  jacet  in  concavitate  aeris,  et  convexitas  aeris  in  concavitate 
5  ignis,  et  convexitas  ignis  in  concavitate  orbis  vel  spere  Lune.  Et 
convexitas  spere  Lune  jacet  in  concavitate  orbis  seu  spere  Mer- 


curii,  et  convexitas  spere  Mercurii  in  concavitate  spere  Veneris,  et 
convexitas  spere  Veneris  jacet  in  concavitate  speris  Solis,  et  con- 
vexitas spere  Solis  in  concavitate  speris  Martis,  et  convexitas 
io  spere  Martis  in  concavitate  spere  Jovis.  Et  convexitas  spere 
Jovis  jacet  in  concavitate  spere  Saturni.  et  convexitas  spere  Satumi 
in  concavitate  spere  stellarum  fixarum  in  corpore  magno,  in  quo 

i  Esdram]  2  Esdr.  vi.  42.  3  Aristotiles]  1.  ii.  c.  79. 


14 

sunt  inhumerabiles  steile  parve  secundum  sensum,  qui  vocantur 
fixe.  Et  convexitas  hujus  celi,  scilicet,  stellarum  fixarum,  jacet  in 
concavitate  celi  aquei,  et  convexitas  ejus  celi  aquei  jacet  in 
concavitate  celi  empirei,   quod  est  suppremum   celum.     Et   sic 

7  b.  quodlibet  |  istorum    corporum  continet   aliud  sicut   partes   cepe  5 

continent  se  mutuo.  Et  quanto  exterius  est  corpus  tanto  est 
majus  sicut  videmus  in  figura,  ex  quo  patet  quod  decern  sunt  celi 
et  quatuor  elementa.  Nam  celi  sunt,  ut  celum  Lune,  celum 
Mercurii,  celum  Veneris,  celum  Solis,  celum  Martis,  celum  Jovis, 
celum  Saturni,  celum  stellarum  fixarum,  celum  aqueum,  et  celum  10 
empireum.  Septem  igitur  celi  sunt  stellarum  que  vocantur 
planete — 'planes'  Grece  est  '  error  '  Latine — errant  enim,  hoc  est 
moventur,  nunc  ad  septentrionem  nunc  ad  meridiem,  et  mutant 
figuram  sue  distancie.  Steile  vero  in  celo  octavo  dicuntur  fixe, 
quia  figura  distancie  earum  est  uniformis,  ut  si  tres  steile  distent  15 
per  latera  trianguli  semper  sunt  in  eadem  figura  et  distancia  fixa. 
Set  planete  non  servant  hanc  fixionem  distancie  eorum  abinvicem, 
quia  aliquando  sunt  simul,  aliquando  separantur.  Motus  enim 
stellarum  fixarum  aliquando  est  versus  meridiem  aliquando  versus 
septentrionem.  20 

Elementa  vero  sunt  quatuor,  ut  spera  terre,  spera  aque,  spera 
aeris,  spera  ignis.  Et  spera  ignis  revolvitur  per  revolucionem 
spere  Lune,  et  spera  aeris  minus  revolvitur  et  spera  aque  ad  hue 
minus,  set  spera  terre  non,  quia  est  centrum  tocius  spere  mundi 
inmobile,  circa  quod  omnia  alia  revolvuntur.  25 

Set  ad  motus  celorum  intelligendos,  oportet  nos  ymaginari  circu- 
los  aliquos,  et  duo  sunt  principales,  scilicet  equinoccialis,  qui  dividit 
totum  mundum  in  duas  partes  equales,  et  habitantes  in  terra  sub 
illo  circulo  habent  semper  equinoccium,  et  ideo  homines  sunt 
ibi  temperatissime  complexionis  et  optime.  Et  hie  circulus  30 
imaginandus  est  in  celo  octavo  et  nono,  scilicet,  in  celo  aqueo,  et 
una  medietas  tendit  vel  declinat  ad  septentrionem,  alia  ad  meri- 
diem, et  vocatur  zodiacus,  quia  '  zoe  '  Grece  est  '  animal '  Latine, 
et  '  zons,  hujus  zontis ',  est '  vivens  '.  Dicitur  ergo  zodiacus  circulus 
quidam  in  celo  stellato,  eo  quod  steile  habent  in  eo  figuras  hominis  35 
et  animalium  vivencium.     Unde  prima  pars  hujus  circuli  vocatur 

8  a.  Aries,  quia  steile  |  congregantur  in  modum  arietis  sive  in  dispo- 

sicione  arietis.  Et  secunda  pars  Taurus,  quia  ibi  est  disposicio 
stellarum  in  forma  tauri.     Et  tercia  pars  vocatur  Gemini,  quia  ibi 


I* 


est  disposicio  stellarum  in  forma  duoruni  juvenum  gemellorum. 
Et  sic  de  omnibus  aliis  partibus  zodiaci,  que  sunt  duodecim  in 

universo,  et  vocantur  signa  quia 

per   figuras   suas   significant  ani- 

malia  et  homines.     Et  quodlibet 

signum    habet    .30.    partes    que 

vocantur  gradus,  et  ideo  in  toto 

zodiaco  sunt  trescenti  sexaginta, 

quia  duodecies  .30.  fiunt  trescenti 

sexaginta.       Et    quilibet    gradus 

dividitur  in   .60.    partes  que  di- 

cuntur  minuta,  et  quodlibet  minu- 

tum  dividitur  in  .60.  partes  que 

vocantur   secunda,   et    quodlibet   secundum   in   .60.    partes. que 

15  vocantur  tercia.     Et  sic  ulterius,  quantum  volumus  in  considera- 

cionibus  astronomie,  per  quarta,  quinta,  sexta,  et  ultra. 

Et  iste  zodiacus,  qui  est 
circulus  in  celo  octavo, 
dicitur  zodiacus  mobilis, 
quia  celum  stellatum  in 
quo  ymaginamur  hum: 
circulum  movere,  set  sicut 
principalis  circulus  equi- 
noccialis  erit  incelo  nono 
ymaginan  dus  preter  ilium 
qui  est  in  celo  octavo,  sic 
zodiacus  principalis  est  in 
celo  nono  et  habet  .12. 
signa  et  trescentos  sexa- 
ginta gradus,  quia  quod- 
libet de  .12.  signis  habet.  30.  gradus.  Et  hie  zodiacus  celi  noni 
dicitur  inmobilis  et  equinoccialis  ejus,  dicitur  equinoccialis  in- 
mobilis,  quia  celum  aqueum  non  movetur. 

Sol  igitur  currit  in  medio  zodiaci  utriusque  in  quodam  circulo 
35  qui  vocatur  linea  ecliptica,  et  non  declinat  ab  ea,  set  alii  planete 
declinant  sepe  et  aliquando  sunt  sub  ilia.  Et  stellatum  celum 
movetur  sub  gradibus  zodiaci  celi  noni,  i.  e.  aquei,  set  non  nisi  uno 
gradu  in  centum  annis.  Cum  ille  tamen  zodiacus  celi  aquei 
habet  trescentos  sexaginta  gradus  sicut  omnis  circulus  vel  spera  in 


i6 

celis  imaginatus,  nee  potest  perfici  motus  iste  nisi  in  triginta  sex 
milibus  annorum,  et  ideo  videtur  quod  nunquam  perficietur,  quia 
non  creditur  quod  tantum  erit  a  principio  mundi  usque  in  finem, 
8  b.  set  longe  |  minus.  Celum  vero  Saturni  grossa  computacione 
perficit  motum  suum  in  utroque  zodiaco  in  .30.  annis  ;  Jupiter  5 
in  duodecim  annis  ;  Mars  in  duobus ;  Sol  in  anno  ;  Venus  et 
Mercurius  fere  sicut  Sol ;  Luna  per  mensem  lunarem  que  continet 
27  dies  et  horas  8.  Et  cum  quolibet  die  naturali  moventur  in 
circuitu  terre,  sicut  videmus,  ab  ortu  ad  ortum,  et  hie  motus  non 
contradicit  priori  motui,  immo  unus  motus  sunt.  Quia  dum  10 
pertransit  Sol  unum  gradum  fere  in  die  naturali  in  zodiaco  fertur 
in  circuitu  terre,  et  in  sequenti  die  perficit  gradum  ilium,  et 
intrat  alium  gradum  fere  usque  in  finem  per  revolucionem  suam 
circa  terrain,  et  ideo  unus  et  idem  motus  sunt,  licet  diversos 
habent  respectus  et  nomina.  15 

Nam  quando  Sol  est  in  capite  Libre  immobilis  in  celo  aqueo 
in  ortu,  fertur  super  terram  in  die  usque  ad  occasum,  et  in  nocte 
sub  terra  usque  ad  ortum,  set  non  redit  ad  capud  Libre  unde 
incepit  set  declinat  fere  usque  ad  finem  Libre,  quia  in  motu  suo 
ab  ortu  usque  ad  ortum  non  facit  circulum  verum  set  speram  ;  20 
quia  circulus  terminatur  ad  illud  punctum  a  quo  incepit,  set 
spera  incipit  ab  uno  puncto  et  terminatur  in  alio.  Ut  si  Sol 
et  capud  Libre  in  celo  octavo  sint  simul  sub  capite  Libre  in  celo 
aqueo  in  ortu,  capud  Libre  in  celo  octavo  revolvitur  cicius  quam 
Sol,  et  ideo  non  venit  Sol  ad  ortum  secundo  die  ita  cito  sicut  25 
capud  Libre  mobilis,  et  Sol  relinquitur  retro,  scilicet,  in  fine  primi 
gradus  Libre  mobilis.  Et  sic  est  omni  die  anni  per  singula  signa. 
Et  Sol  movetur  motu  proprio  ab  oriente  in  circuitu  terre  et  non 
per  raptum  octave  spere,  licet  imperiti  sint  hie  decepti. 

16  immobilis]  ymaginabilis  MS. 


i7 

Capitulum  septimum  de  pfoprietatibus  planetarum  et  signorum  de 

quibus  loquitur  Aristotiles  in  hoc  libro,  et  de  sex  modi's  alteracionis 

rem  in   inferiorum   in   hoc  mundo  tain   animatarum  quam  inani- 

matarum  per  virtutem  planetarum  :    et  prima  dc  alteracione  que 

5  fit  secundum  naturam  planetarum. 

NOtanda  sunt  quedam  nunc,  sive  addenda,  de  proprietatibus 
planetarum  et  signorum,  sine  quorum  noticia  non  possunt 
magnalia  intelligi  que  scribit.  De  Luna  est  sciendum 
quod  Luna  est  frigida  et  humida  virtute  et  effectu  in  istis  rebus 
inferioribus,  quia  facit  humorem  et  frigus  in  eis.  Mercurius  eciam 
est  magis  indifferens  ad  calidum  et  siccum,  frigidum  et  humidum 
quam  temperatus  vel  distemperatus,  quia  recipit  vel  respicit  ex 
conjunccione  aliorum  planetarum,  et  ex  signis  bonas  vel  malas 
disposiciones.  |  Venus  est  calida  et  humida,  magis  tamen  humida  9  a. 

15  quam  calida  humiditate  aerea.  Sol  est  calidus  et  temperatus 
in  humore,  set  ejus  calor  non  est  corrumpens  vel  corruptus  ut 
igneus,  set  generatus  et  similis  calori  anime,  vel  calori  in  anima, 
qui  est  calor  naturalis  in  homine,  et  similiter  ejus  temperacio 
in  humore  et  siccitate  est   ineffabilis  utilitatis  mundo  inferiori. 

2  c  Mars  est  superflue  calidus  vel  superflue  caliditatis  et  siccitatis, 
et  ideo  nocivus  multum  nisi  ejus  malicia  temperetur  bonitate 
signi  vel  signorum,  vel  per  conjunccionem  cum  bonis  planetis  aut 
aspectu  bono  illorum.  Jupiter  est  calidus  et  humidus  humiditate 
aerea  et  humore  aereo  plus  quam  Venus,  et  est  salus  mundi  post 

25  Solem.  Nam  tante  bonitatis  est  quod  cum  Luna  conjungatur 
ei  in  eodem  signo,  et  aliquis  recipiat  medicinam  laxativam. 
destruitur  effectus  medicine,  quia  medicina  laxativa  omnis  preter 
reubarbarum  est  venenosa,  et  ideo  virtus  Jovis  destruit  ejus  effectum 
cum  in  recepcione  medicine  Jupiter  conjungitur  Lune.     Satumus 

30  est  pessimus  et  venenosus,  quia  est  frigidus  et  siccus  et  causa 
mortis,  et  tamen  ipse  est  utilis  mundo,  sicut  scamonea  que  est 
venenosa  est  utilis  medicine,  quia  acuit  medicinam  ut  faciat 
operacionem  suam.  Quia  per  bonitatem  aliorum  planetarum 
et  stellarum  fixarum  mundus  efflueret  et,  ut  ita  dicam,  lasciviret  et 

35  lederetur  superfluitate  bonitatis,  nisi  temperaretur  per  maliciam 
Saturni  et  Martis,  sicut  bona  hominis  complexio  nutrita  a  super- 
fluis  delectacionibus  deflueret  in  lesionem  et  corrupcionem. 
Stelle  vero  fixe  alique  sunt  de  natura  Lune,  alique  Mercurii, 
alique  Veneris,  alique  Solis,  alique  Martis,  alique  Saturni. 

1590  C 


i8 


De  seen ndo  modo  alteracionis  mundiper  aspectus  planetarum. 

BOnitas  et  malicia   planetarum  sive  qualitates  dicte   earum, 
augmentantur  vel    remittuntur   vel   temperantur  per  eoruni 
aspectum  vel  aspectus  adinvicem,  scilicet  per  conjunccionem  suam 
in  eadem  parte  zodiaci,    hoc  est   in  eodem  signo,  sicut  accidit  5 
de  Sole  et  Luna  in  novilunio  :  et   per  oppositum  in  contrariis 


partibus  quando  distant  per  medium  celum  sicut  accidit  in  pleni- 
lunio  de  Luna  et  Sole.  Et  quando  distant  per  duo  signa  abinvi- 
cem,  vocatur  sextilis  aspectus,  quia  per  sextam  partem  zodiaci 
distant,  quia  duo  sunt  sexta  pars  de  duodecim.  Et  quando  10 
distant  per  tria  signa  vocatur  quartus  aspectus,  quia  distant  per 
b.  quartam  partem  zodiaci.  Et  quando  distant  per  quatuor  |  signa 
vocatur  trinus  aspectus,  quia  distant  per  terciam  partem  zodiaci. 
Alterant  igitur  seipsos  per  mutuo  et  temperant  per  istos  quinque 
aspectus.  15 


l9 


De  tercio  tnodo  alteracionis  mundi  per  appropinquacionem  plane- 
tarum  ad  terrain  et  eorundem  elongacionem  a  terra. 

I  Tern  virtutes  eorum  respectu  mundi  inferioris  debilitantur  et 
fortificantur   per   appropinquacionem    ad    terram    et    elonga- 
5  cionem,  quia   aliquando  descendunt    versus   terram,    aliquando 
ascendunt  versus  celum. 

De  quarta  alteracione  virtu  turn  planetarum. 

AUgmentantur  vel  remittuntur  vel  temperaatur  virtutes  plane- 
/jLtarum  tribus  aliis  modis,  secundum  quod  sunt  in  signis  diversis 

io  vel  domibus,  que  sunt  partes  principales  celi  vel  mundi,  secundum 
quod  currunt  sub  signis  et  partibus  orbis,  quia  quando  dicimus 
planetam  esse  in  signo  vel  domo,  sub  signo  intelligimus  vel  domo 
quia  per  infinitum  spacium  respectu  nostri  distant  omnes  planete 
a  signis  in  celo  stellato  preter  Saturnum.     Et  ille  per  magnum 

15  spacium  distat  quando  est  in  propinquitate  sua  ad  terram. 

De  signis. 

AD  horum  noticiam  oportet  scire  qualitates  signorum.  Sci- 
l\.  endum  igitur  quod  Aries,  Leo,  Sagittarius  sunt  ignea, 
scilicet,  calida  et  sicca  :  Taurus,  Virgo,  et  Capricornus  sunt  terrea, 

20  scilicet,  frigida  et  sicca  :  Gemini,  Libra,  et  Aquarius  sunt  aerea, 
scilicet,  calida  et  humida  :  Cancer,  Scorpius,  et  Pisces  sunt  aqua- 
tica,  scilicet,  frigida  et  humida.  Et  hec  diversitas  currit  super 
hanc  regulam ;  quod  si  quodcunque  signum  primo  sumatur, 
quintum  ab  eo  et  nonum  erunt  ejusdem  complexionis,  ut  exempli- 

25  ficatum  est.     Quando  igitur  planeta  calidus  est  sub  signo  calido, 
augmentatur  ejus  calor,  et   quando  sub  frigido  debilitatur   ejus 
calor,  et  sic  de   aliis.     Sciendum   igitur   tam   pro  |  signis  quam  io* 
planetis,  quod  nullam  caliditatem  nee  frigiditatem  nee  siccitatem 
nee  humiditatem  in  sua  substancia  habent  et  natura,  set  habent 

30  virtutem  calefaciendi  elementa  et  ea  que  in  eis  sunt,  et  frige- 
faciendi  et  exsiccandi  et  humectandi   vel  humefaciendi  ex  sua 

1  In  marg.  '  De  tercio  modo  alteracionis  per  existenciam  eorum  in  suis 
locis,  scilicet,  suorum  epiciclorum  sive  deferencium  secundum  quod  sunt  in 
parte  superiori  vel  inferiori  vel  in  mediis.' 

7  In  marg.  '  De  quarta  alteracione  virtutum  planetarum  secundum  quod 
sunt  in  diversis  signis  vel  domibus  respectu  celi.' 

C  Z 


20 

potestate  ■  sicut  vinum  non  est  calidum  et  siccum  de  sua  substancia 
set  frigidum  et  humidum,  et  tamen  calefacit  et  exsiccat.  Et  vinum 
inebriat,  non  tamen  est  ebrium,  et  sic  de  infinitis. 


De  qitinta  alterarione  planetarum  respecht  dignitatis  et  detrimentt 
qi/as  consequntur  in  signis  dictis.  5 

O  Uinta  alteracio  planetarum  est  respectu  signorum  quantum 
ad  miras  virtutes  vel  detrimenta  virtutum.  Et  sunt  quinque 
prerogative  virtutum  que  vocantur  dignitates  planetarum,  et  sunt 
nomina  earum  significativa  per  similitudinem  sumpta  a  potestatibus 
regis  et  dignitatibus,  et  que  dicuntur  :  Domus,  Exaltacio,  Tripli-  10 
citas,  Facies,  Terminus. 

Rex  enim  quando  est  in  domo  sua  est  in  maxima  dignitate. 
Quando  vero  est  extra  domum  et  palacium  alibi  in  regno  habet 
dignitatem  et  sublimitatem,  set  non  tanta  utitur  sicut  in  palacio  et 
domo.  Et  ideo  dicitur  secunda  dignitas  et  vocatur  exaltacio.  15 
Quando  vero  est  inter  amicos  vocatur  triplicitas,  quia  perfecta 
amicicia  non  est  nisi  in  tribus,  ut  caritas  Patri  et  Filii  et  Spiritus 
Sancti.  Quando  vero  relucet  virtus  ejus  coram  hominibus  vocatur 
facies,  et  dicitur  sic  quia  facies  manifesta  est  pre  aliis  partibus 
corporis.  Quando  vero  est  in  terminis  sui  regni  tunc  minima  est  20 
dignitas,  et  ideo  quinta  dignitas  vocatur  terminus.  Et  sic  metha- 
phorice  dicuntur  dignitates  planetarum.  Et  dignitas  domus  con- 
tinet  quinquies  dignitatem  termini :  exaltacio  continet  quatuor 
terminos  ;  triplicitas  tria  terminos  :  facies  duos  terminos. 

Sciendum  igitur  quodquilibet  planeta  habet  de  numero  signorum  25 
duas  domos,  preter  Solem  et  Lunam.  Unde  Satumus  habet 
Capricornum  et  Aquarium  :  Jupiter  Sagittarium  et  Pisces  :  Mars 
Scorpium  et  Arietem  :  Venus  Libram  et  Taurum :  Mercurius 
Geminos  et  Yirginem :  Luna  habet  Cancrum  :  Sol,  Leonem. 
Quoniam  vero  auctor  istius  libri  non  loquitur  nisi  de  domibus,  30 
et  quasi  nichil  de  aliis,  ideo  dimitto  prosequi  alias  quatuor 
dignitates. 

Similiter  oportet  scire  pro  isto  libro  quod  quedam  signa  dicuntur 

10  b.  masculina,  quedam  feminina,  et  planete  similiter.    Et  hec  |  nomina 

sunt   translata   planetis   et   signis   figurative,  quia   masculus   est  35 

majoris  virtutis  et   femina  minoris,   ut  videmus  in  omnibus  vel 

hominibus,  ideo  planete  et  signa  majoris  virtutis  dicuntur  mascu- 


21 


lina,  minoris  feminina.  Unde  Sol,  Mars,  et  Jupiter  sunt  masculina  : 
Luna,  Venus,  Saturnus  feminini  vel  feminei ;  Mercurius  in  omni- 
bus est  indifferens.  Aries,  qui  est  primum  signum,  est  mascu- 
linus ;    Taurus  femininus  ;   Gemini  masculinus ;  similiter  Cancer 


-""       -n 

hf>>. 

v^o  5. 

<o  &              /   \ 

w 

£££      /   \ 

* 

% 

?'"3 

ft?       / 

— -J    /    >«t 

/A 

^> 

\          O 
\       ^ 

*>   /  x  *> 

£\ 

\.  \  1 

f  /  j>  V 

/        °OVls 

/   *, 

=es 

\    p«** 

\\; **>  / 

*      /  5 

\         ^^\       / 

A  %>  X 

/        5 

£         \                    / 

v^      \ 

/         <K 

\              /         ' 

\* 

/        ° 

C-          " — — — 

0    VV-^o 

/ 

—         \       ^ 
%s«     \     *, 

|l5,       \  X 

5  femininus.     Et  sunt  per  ordinem   signorum  semper  unus  mascu- 
linus et  alius  femininus. 


De  sexta  alteracione  que  fit  per  planetas  secundum  quod  sunt 
in  diversis  domibus  respectu  terre. 
ALiter  sumuntur  domus  per  divisionem  tocius  celi  in  partes 
10  xVduodecim,  et  distinguntur  sic.  Nam  ab  ortu  sub  terra  usque 
ad  angulum  terre  sunt  tres  domus,  scilicet,  prima,  secunda,  tercia. 
Angulus  autem  terre  est  punctus  in  celo  sub  terra  oppositus  puncto 
in  medio  celi  super  terram.     Et  inter  angulum  et  ortum  est  quarta 


22 


pars  celi,  tres  domus,  scilicet  predicte.  Et  ab  angulo  terre  usque 
ad  occasum  sunt  alie  tres  domus,  et  secunda  quarta  celi  in  qua  sunt 
quarta,  quinta,  et  sexta  domus.  Et  ab  occasu  ad  punctum  in 
medio  celi  super  terra  est  alia  quarta  et  alie  tres  domus,  scilicet, 


Medium 
Celi 


II  domus 
Aquarius 


Oriens 


12 
domus 
Pisces 


Prima 

Domus 
Aries 
que  vocatur 
Ascendens 


10 

domus 

Capricornus 


9"  domus 
Sagittarius 


Taurus 

2 
domus 


Domus.  12.  hee  sunt  que  sunt  12 
partes  tocLus  celi.  divLsi  in  cos, 
nee  possunt  In  piano  melons  fuju 
rare   Cum  aiiquts  nascltur  vel 
ad  quescionem  veneris  figurum  huic 
simitem  faciesSed  ewea  horam 
quesdonb  planete  sunt  in  siqnis  in 
ipsa  fibura  describas. .Set uBi  nunc 
est  Aries  in  ortu,  ibi  pone  siqnum 
ascendens  horu  Interroqacionis 
quodcunque  il/ud  fuerih.  Deuide 
sibi  proximo  signum  succedens 
usque  Mum  compleatur. 


Gemini 
3.  domus. 


quarta  domus  angulus 
Terre 
Cancer 


b- domus 
Virgo 


O  domus 
Leo 


Occldens 


Angulus 
Terre 

septima,   octava,  nona.     Et  a   medio   puncto   celi  super  terram  5 
usque  ad  ortum  est   ultima  quarta  celi   et  tres   domus  ultime, 
scilicet,  decima,  undecima,  et  duodecima. 

Et  prima  domus  vocatur   ascendens,  quia  oritur  et  ascendit 


In  marg. 

In  21  gradu  Arietis  est  casus  Saturni. 
in  20  gradu  Arietis  exaltacio  Veneris 

[sic]  set  Solis. 
Exaltacio  Lune  in  30  gradu  Tauri. 
CasusDraconisin3°graduGeminorum. 
Exaltacio  Draconis  30  Gradu  Sagittarii. 
280  gradu  Cancri  casus  Martis. 
Exaltacio  Jovis  150  gradu  Cancri. 
In  Leonem  nullus  exaltatur. 
In  28  gradu  Virginis  casus  Veneris. 


Exaltacio  Mercurii  in  15  gradu  Virginis 
Libra  casus  Solis  19  gradu. 
Exaltacio  Saturni  21  gradu. 
Casus  Lune  3  gradu  Scorpionis. 
3°  gradu  Sagitarii  casus  capitis, 
ereccio  caude  3  gradu  Sagittarii. 
Casus  Jovis  15  gradu  Capricorni. 
Exaltacio  Martis  28  gradu. 
In  Aquario  nullus  exaltatur. 
Pisces  casus  Mercurii  15  gradu. 
Exaltacio  Veneris  20  gradu  Piscium. 


23 

super   terram  et   terrena.     Mira   igitur   varietas   planetarum   est 
et  signorum  per  istas  domos  in  alteracione  mundi  inferioris,  et  de 
omnibus  aliis  que  tetigi.     Que  autem  sit  racio  specialis  de  istis 
domibus  et  omnibus  aliis  que  tetigi  non  pertinet  ad  hanc  disposi- 
5  cionem   meam,  set  queratur  in  libris  astronomie,  et  maxime  in 
libro  Albumazar  qui  vocatur  Iniroductorius  in  Judicia  Astronomie. 
Et  tamen  in  locis  certis  istius  libri,  in  quibus  hec  necessaria  sunt, 
multa  posui  utilia.     Et  addo  hie  figuram  signorum  ad  evidenciam 
magnam  (p.  22).  | 
10      De  Gloria  Inestimabili  est  sciendum  quod  excellit  omnes  medi-  n  a. 
cinas   in   libris   medicorum    scriptas   in   conservacione    sanitatis 
et  virium  custodia,  tarn  in  anima  quam  in  corpore,  cujus  laudes 
patent  in  textu  si  non  fuerit  corruptus,  similiter  quas  res  recipit  et 
qualiter .  preparantur  et  conficiuntur   patet   ex   litera.     Set  quia 
'5  nomina  sunt  Greca  aliqua  et  Arabica  plura,  et  preter  hoc  textus 
est  corruptus  per  malos  scriptores  et  falsus  in  multis  libris,  queratur 
que  res  debet  ingredi  talem  medicinam  ex  libris  Plinii  et  ex  libro 
Arthephii  philosophi  quern  composuit  detali  medicina,  qui  gloriatur 
se  vixisse  1025  annis  per  illam  medicinam  in  fortitudine  virium  et 
20  bona  memoria,  et  similiter  ex  libro  de  Accidentibus  Senectutis,  et 
sufficienter  invenientur,  et  conficiantur  secundum  modum  quern 
docet  auctor.    Set  in  confeccione  considera  ultimam  .13.  condicio- 
num  quam  scripsimus  in  nostro  Antidotario  de  medicinarum  con- 
feccione, una  cum  dictis  hie,  et  habebis  medicinam  completam. 
2.$  Set  pro  toto  generaliter  si  aliud  non  poterit  fieri,  eligantur  res 
cujus  proprietates  sunt  necessarie  et  medicine  cardinales  mineras 
virtutum  confortantes  et  se  sigillantes  et  conservantes,  et  deinde 
preparetur  corpus  equalis  complexionis  quod  non  subjacet  putre- 
faccioni,  ita   quod  possit   converti  in  nutrimentum   sicud   alius 
3°  cibus,  et  misceatur  cum  predictis  in  debita  proporcione,  et  redu- 
catur  totum  ad  equalitatem  cum  re  rectificante,  et  ponatur  totum 
in  congregacione  radiorum  per  aliquot  dies,  et  habebis  Gloriam 
Inestimabilem.      Cujus   virtus    provenit    ex   quatuor,    supposita 
debita   preparacione,  et  fideli  eleccione,    scilicet,   ex  proprietate 
35  rerum  sigillancium  se,  et  bona  proporcione,  et  debita  conmixtione, 
et  celestis  virtutis  irradiacione.     Et  ideo  potest  esse  bona,  melior, 
et  optima. 

Item,   sciendum  est  quod  sapientes  laboraverunt  ut  in  aliquo 
29  possit]  possi  MS.  * 


24 

comestibili  vel  potabili  reducerent  elementa  ad  equalitatem  vel 
prope,  et  docuerunt  vias  ad  hoc.     Set  propter  difficultatem  istius 
experiencie   maximam,   turn   quia   pauci'curant   de  experiencia, 
b.  quia  multiplex  est  |  ibi  labor  et  expensarum  magna  effusio,  nee 
advertunt  homines  nature  secreta  et  artis  possibilia,  ideo  accidit  5 
(mod  paucissimi  laboraverunt  in  hujusmodi  archanorum  maximo, 
et  pauciores  venerunt  ad  finem  laudabilem.     Multi  tamen  vene- 
runt  sicut  in  Sciencia  Experimentali  alibi  scripsimus,  et  unum 
temporibus   nostris   vidimus,  et   credimus   quod  adhuc  vivat   in 
Almannia,  et  habet  litteras  papales  in  testimonium  sue  etatis.     Et  10 
consimilis  effectus  possunt  fieri  unguenta  et  pociones,  et  ista  cum 
dictis  in  litera  intellectu  vigentibus  sufficiunt  ad  presens. 
Explicit  tractatus. 

Note. — Between  this  tract  and  the  Secretum  Secretorum  a  number  of 
extracts  from  the  Opus  Teiiium  follow,  of  which  the  following  account  is 
given  by  Professor  Little  in  his  edition. 

(2)  Item  capitulum  extractum  de  quodam  opere  quod  fecit  idem  frater 
Rogerus  Bacun  de  ordine  minorum  ad  mandatum  pape  et  valet  ad  exposi- 
cionem  dictorum  et  dicendorum  in  textu.  '  Sequitur  de  sciencia  experi- 
mentali .  .  .  sicut  aves  inviscatas.  Explicit'  fol.  6r-8r  [pp.  43-54,  Opus 
Tertium,  ed.  Little". 

(3)  Item  bene  post  in  eodem  libro  dicit  :  '  Deinde  cogitavi  opus  aliud 
mittere  .  .  .  et  sic  terminatur  intencio  operis  utriusque  et  sic  explicit'  (fol.  81' 

[PP-  77-9]- 

(4  Item  aliud  capitulum  ejusdem  fratris  Rogeri  Bacun  de  ordine  minorum 
de  potestate  verbi  et  illud  capitulum  est  extraclum  de  prima  parte  majoris 
operis  quod  fecit  ad  mandatum  pape  Clementis.  '  Deinde  comparo  linguarum 
utilitatem  ad  ecclesiam  Dei  .  .  .  quia  natura  est  instrumentum  divine  opera- 
cionis.  Explicit  capitulum'  (fol.  8r-c/)  \_Opus  Tertium,  cap.  xxvi  ;  Brewer, 
pp.  95-100]. 

(5)  Item  aliud  capitulum  ejusdem  fratris  Rogeri  de  eadem  materia.  '  Vestre 
[MS.  Nestre]  peticioni  respondeo  diligenter  .  .  .  inflammatur  et  lucent" 
(fol.  9r-nr)  [Epistola  de  secretis  operibus  artis  et  naturae,  capp.  i-v,  and  the 
first  lines  of  cap.  vi ;  Brewer,  pp.  523-36]. 

6  Item  frater  Rogerus  Bacun  in  tercio  opere  sic  dicit :  sed  quod  hie 
scribitur  usque  ad  perspectivam  non  est  in  majori  opere,  sed  tamen  illud 
idem  in  secundo  opere  lacius  continetur  et  aliter  explicatur.  '  Post  lice 
sequitur  operacio  mathematice  ad  rem  publicam  .  .  .  veniunt  Christiani ' 
fol.  nr-i3v)  [pp.  1  -19]. 


SECRETUM   SECRETORUM 

TNcipit primus prologus  Philippi  in  hbro  moralium  *  b. 

de   regimine   regum  principum  ac  dominorum 
qui   dicitur  Secretum    Sccretorum    ab    Aristotile 
ipliilosopho  editus  ad  peticionem  Alexandri  Magni, 
in  quo  ultima  secreta  nature  sub  velamine  traduntur, 
sicut  in  prologo  patet,  et  in  capitulo  tercio.     Quern 
librum  transhdit  Philippus  de  lingua  Arabica  in 
Latinam  ad peticionem  Guydonis  de  Valencia  civi- 
le talis  Napolis pontificis.    Et  intitulatur  Liber  Decent 
Scienciarum  a  quibusdam  sapientibus  ;  et  dividitur 
in  partes  quatuor  sive  libros  quatuor,  et  cujuslibet 
partis  sive  libri  sunt  capitula  plurima.     Et  notabilia 
que  superscribuntur  in  locis  certis  et  glosa  inter- 
»5  linearis    sunt  fratris  Rogeri   Bacun    de    ordiue 
fratrum  minorum. 

DOmino  suo  excellentissimo  in  cultu  religionis  27  a. 
k  Christiane  strenuissimo  Guidoni  Vere  de 
I  Valencia,  civitatis  metropolis  glorioso  ponti- 
f  fici,  Philippus  suorum  minimus  clericorum 
seipsum  et  devocionis  obsequium.  Quantum 
Luna  ceteris  stellis  est  lucidior,  et  Solis  radius  luciditate 
Lune  fulgencior  :  tantum  ingenii  vestri  claritudo,  vestreque 
sciencie  profunditascunctos  citra  mare  modernos  in  literatura 
25  exuberat,  tarn  barbaros  quam  Latinos.  Nee  est  aliquis  sane 
mentis  qui  huic  sciencie  valeat  refragari. 
.  Quia  cum  Largitor  graciarum,  a  quo  bona  cuncta  pro- 
cedunt,  singula   suis   singulis   dona  sua  distribuit,  tibi  «soli 


26 

videtur  scienciarum  plenitudinem  et  graciarum  contulisse. 
In  te  namque  reperiuntur  sanctorum  gracie  universe :  Noe 
justicie  et  sanctitas,  Abrahe  fidelitas,  Ysaac  confidencia, 
Jacob  longanimitas,  Moysi  tollerancia,  Josue  stabilitas, 
Helye  devocio,  Helysei  perfeccio,  Davit  benignitas,  sensus  5 
Salomonis,  Job  paciencia,  castitas  Danielis,  Ysaie  fecunditas, 
perseverancia  Hieremie,  cum  ceteris  sanctorum  virtutibus 
in  tua  plenissime  habitant  sanctitate.  Adhuc  tu  in  scienciis 
liberalibus  litteratissimus,  in  divinis  et  moral ibus  doctissimus, 
in  ecclesiasticis  et  legalibus  peritissimus.  Ideo  dignum  fuit  10 
ut  haberet  vestra  clemencia  librum  presentis  operis,  in  quo 
fere  de  omnibus  aliquid  utile  continetur. 

Cum  igitur  vobiscum  essem  apud  Antiochiam,  reperta 
hac  preciosissima  philosophic  margarita,  placuit  vestre  domi- 
nacioni  ut  transfereretur  de  lingua  Arabica  in  Latinam.  15 
Porro  vestro  mandato  cupiens  humiliter  obedire  et  voluntati 
vestre.  sicut  teneor,  deservire,  hunc  librum,  quo  carebant 
Latini  eo  quod  apud  paucissimos  Arabes  invenitur,  transtuli 
cum  magno  labore  et  lucido  sermone  de  Arabico  ydiomate 
in  Latinum  ad  vestram  magnitudinem  gloriam  et  honorem,  20 
eliciens  quandoque  ex  littera  litteram.  et  quandoque  sensum 
27  b.  ex  sensu,  cum  |  alius  loqUendi  modus  sit  apud  Arabes  alius 
apud  Latinos.  Quern  librum  peritissimus  princeps  philoso- 
phorum  Aristotiles  composuit  ad  peticionem  regis  Alexandri, 
discipuli  sui.  Qui  postulavit  ab  eo,  ut  ad  ipsum  veniret,  25 
et  secretum  quarundam  artium  sibi  fideliter  revelaret,  vide- 
licet, motum,  operacionem,  et  potestatem  astrorum  in  astro- 
nomia,  et  artem  alkimie  in  natura,  et  artem  cognoscendi 
naturas,  et  operandi  incantaciones.  et  celimanciam,  et 
geomanciam.  30 

Qui  quidem  ire  non  potuit  propter  etatem  senescentem 
et  corporis  gravitatem,  et  quamvis  secreta  predictarum 
artium  sive  scienciarum  occultare  modis  omnibus  propo- 
suerat,  tamen  voluntati  et  postulacioni  tanti  domini  nee 
ausus  fuit  nee  debuit  contraire.  Volens  itaque  in  parte  im-  35 
peratori  satisfacere  et  in  parte  secreta  artium  occultare,  hunc 
librum  edidit,  loquens  enigmatibus  et  exemplis  et  figura- 


27 

tivis  locucionibus,  docens  extrinsecus  literatenus  philoso- 
phicam  doctrinam  pertinentem  ad  dominium  dominorum.  ad 
sanitatem  corporis  conservandam,  et  ad  ineffabilem  utilitatem 
et  cognicionem  corporum  supracelestium  adquirendam. 
5  Intrinsecus  vero  medullatenus  innuit  enigmatice  et  secrete 
Alexandre  principale  propositum,  quod  ab  eodem  instantis- 
sime  postulaverat.  Dividens  utique  presentem  codicem  in 
distinciones  sive  libros  quatuor,  quorum  quilibet  continet  in 
se   capitula    et    particulas    terminatas,   ut  vero    sub    certis 

locapitulis  vel  titulis  in  promptu  et  cicius  inveniatur  quod 
queritur,  ego  ad  utilitatem  legencium  in  libri  principio 
collegi  et  descripsi  librorum  principia  et  omnia  capitula 
titulorum. 

Vestre  igitur  clemencie,  pater  clementissime,  istud  devoveo 

15  opus,  quod  ad  vestram  transtuli  gloriam  et  honorem,ut  mei 
memoria  '  apud  vos  firma  maneat,  et  appareat  erga  vestrum  28  a. 
obsequium    devocio    mentis    mee,   supplicans   humiliter   et 
devote,  quatenus  si  quid  in  hoc  opere  utile  reperiatur  vel 
acceptum,   ejus  dono  referatur  qui   mihi  contulit  graciam 

ao  transferendi,  et  Aristotili  componendi,  si  quid  autem  minus 
recte  inveniatur  vel  inconvenienter  propositum,  hoc  mee 
impericie  et  stoliditati  reputetur  pocius  quam  malicie.  Atta- 
men  vestra  facundia,  quam  novi  certissime  in  diccionum 
interpretacione  et  loquendi  proprietate  fideliter  et  fertiliter 

25  habundare,  suplenda  supleat  et  corrigat  corrigenda.  Et 
divina  potencia  vos  diu  custodiat  sanum  et  incolumem  ad 
fidelium  gloriam  et  honorem,  et  post  longissima  temporum 
spacia  concedat  vobis  ad  eternum  beatitudinis  gaudium 
feliciter  pervenire. 

8  quatuor]  decern  Vulgate  text       14  clemencie]  prudencie  V        devoveo] 
de  novo  MS.  20  Aristotili]  Aristotilem  MS. 


28 


Hie  liber  habet  quatuor  partes.  Prima  est  de  regum 
varietate  et  moribus  eorum  et  regimine.  Secunda  pars  est 
de  regimine  sanitatis.  Tercia  est  de  mirabilibus  utilitatibus 
nature  et  artis  et  morum.  Ouarta  est  de  mirabili  eleccione 
amicorum  et  bajulorum -regis  per  naturales  proprietates  5 
corporum  ;  et  hec  sciencia  vocatur  Phisonomia. 

Capitula  prime  partis. 

Capitulum  primum  de  prohemio  sive  prologo  cujusdam  sapientis 
doctoris  in  commendacione  Aristotilis  et  epistola  Alexandri  missa 
ad  Aristotilem  pro  consilio  optinendo   et    mirabili  responsione  *° 
Aristotilis  et  sapiencie  plena  ad  epistolam.  _  C(p-  36) 

Capitulum  secundum  de  prologo  Johannis  qui  transtulit  librum 
istum  primo  de  lingua  Greca  in  Caldeam,  et  de  hac  in  Arabicam, 
et  de  hujus  libri  invencione  et  translacione.  (p.  39) 

Capitulum  tercium  est  epistola  Aristotilis  remissoria  ad  peticio-  15 
nem  regis  Alexandri  in  qua  Alexandra  querenti  incipit  satisfacere 
cum  comendacione  artis  sive  doctrine  tradende  et  utilitate  desiderii 
ferventis  voluntatis.  p.  40) 

Capitulum    quartum    de   hiis   que   oportet   regem    habere   ad 
sustentacionem   regni  sui    et   de  causis  bene  regnandi,  sive  de  20 
28  b.  disposicione   regum    et   ordinacione   regni,   et  |  primo  de  causa 
occultacionis  secretorum  per  verba  enigmatica.  (p.  41) 

Capitulum  quintum  de  regibus  et  eorum  viciis  circa  largitatem 
et  avariciam,  sive  de  observancia  largitatis,  sive  de  regibus  et 
eorum  modis  circa  largitatem  et  avariciam  et  de  tribus  condicioni-  25 
bus  considerandis  in  donis  largiendis,   et  quis  est  largus  et  quis 
prodigus  et  quare.  (p.  42) 

Capitulum  .6.  Adhuc  de  eodem  et  aliis  virtutibus  que  pertinent 
largitati  et  declinacioni  prodigalitatis  et  avariciei,  et  de  modo 
dandi  ne  ultra  modum  detur,  et  quid  est  gloria  regum  et  per-  3° 
hennitas  regnorum,  et  de  causa  destruccionis  regni  Caldeorum,  et 
de  substancia  largitatis  et  virtutis,  et  de  commendacione  doctrine: 
tradite  et  tradende.  (p.  44) 

Capitulum  .7.  de  intellectu  et  bona  fama  adquirenda  que  est 
finis   regni,  et  est  doctrina  de  virtutibus  et  viciis.     Item  quid  3? 
generat  invidia,  quid  est  Veritas,  et  quid  genera.t  justicia.      (p.  45) 

Capitulum  .8.  de  malis  que  sequntur  ex  carnali  appetitu.    (p.  46) 

Capitulum  .9.  de   regis   sapiencia   et  religione   sive  de  regali 
disposicione  quod  rex  sit  sapiens  et  ut  fama  sui  nominis  sive 
sapiencie  sue  divulgetur,  et  de  probacione  si  rex  sit  sapiens  et  4° 
religiosus  vere  vel  apparenter.        .  (p.  47) 

Capitulum  .  10.  de  honoracione  religiosorum  et  sapientum,  et  de 
providencia  et  pietate  mansuetudine  et  discrecione.  (p.  48) 


29 

Capitulum  .11.  de  omamentb  regis,  et  prerogativa,  et  abstinencia 

a  multiloquio  et  consorcio  subditorum.  (p.  48) 

Capitulum  .12.  de  consuetudine  optima  regum  Indie,  scilicet. 

de  rara  ejus  apparicione  coram  multitudine  et  quod  tunc  debeat 

5  facere  magnifica,  et  quod  tunc  debeat  commendari  in  presencia 

sua  coram  populo,  et  similier  populus  in  presencia  regis,  et  qualiter 

et  quare  et  quod  tunc  debet  punire  sceleratos  cum  causa  et  debita 

mercatoribus  remittere,  et  eos  honorare.     Et  de  eorum  utilitate  et 

quod  cavere  debeat  ne  eis  injurietur.  (p.  49) 

10      Capitulum  .13.  de  vicio  et  coitu  vitandis  et  finali  intencione 

regis,  sive  de  appetitu  et  intencione  regis  et  ejus  castitate      (p.  50) 

Capitulum  .14.  de  regis  solacio  et  de  modestia  vultus  et  risus 

et   de   instrumentis  j  musicis   audiendis.   et    de   cautela   optima  29  a. 

querendi  secreta,  et  de  modo  honoracionis  procerum  et  de  loco  in 

15  quo  magis  tenetur  eos  honorare.  (p.  51) 

Capitulum  quintodecimum  de  punicione  injuriancium  et  de  con- 

versacione  regis  ad  subditos  ut  ament  eum,  et  de  ejus  probitate 

et  quod  obediencia  dominatoris  quatuor  modis  attenditur,  et  quid 

facere  debeat  rex  ne  vulgus  sinistra  de  eo  loquatur.  (p.  52) 

20      Capitulum  .16.  de  regis  similitudine  et  comparacione  ejus  ad 

pluviam  et  ventos  et  hyemem  et  estatem,  et  de  utilitate  pluvie  et 

ventorum,  et  de  malis  que  cum  illis  eveniunt,  et  quod  in  tempore 

malo  implorant  creature  clemenciam  Creatoris  ut  ab  eis  mala 

tollantur.     Et  quod  hoc  non  obstante  Deus  sustinet  sive  permittit 

25  superiora  tenere  cursum  quern  eis  statuit.  (p.  53) 

Capitulum  .17.  de  subvencione  egenorum  et  regis  providencia 

contra  causam  futuram.  (p.  54) 

Capitulum  .18.  de  regis  misericordia  quod  rex  non  sit  facilis  ad 

effusionem  sanguinis  cum  causa  mirabili  et  optima  et  est  doctoris 

30  egregii  Hermogenis.  (p.  55) 

Capitulum  .19.  de  fidelitate  et  juramento  servandis  secundum 

exemplum  antiquorum  et  de  memoria  regis  et  recordacione  pre- 

teritorum,  et  quod  quilibet  homo  habet  duos  spiritus  custodientes 

se  scientes  bona  et  mala,  scilicet,  cuncta  opera  sua  rescribentes 

35  Creatori  quicquid  discreverit  faciendum  ;    et  quod  rex  non  debet 

jurare,  et  si  faciat  raro  tamen,  et  de  causa  destruccionis  regni 

Anibasoyorum  et  Scitarum,  et  de  promissione  doctrine  specialis  et 

moralis  ad  regendum  familiam  et  populum  communem.       (p.  56) 

Capitulum  .20.  de  studio  promovendo  et  quod  non  est  dolendum 

4°  de  adversis  preteritis,  quia  mutari   non   possunt,   et  de  studiis 

sapiencie  ordinandis  et  scolis  et  studiis  preparandis  et  prerogativa 

facienda  bene  studentibus  cum  causa.1  (p.  58) 

Capitulum  .21.  de  cavendis  mulieribus  et  venenis  et  omni  im- 

mundicia,  et  de  corporis  custodia  et  quod  .10.  medici  conveniant  in 

1  In  a  later  hand :  '  Item  de  puella  nutrita  in  domo  patris  sui  que  sciebat 
astronotniam,  et  vituperacione  clericorum  famosorum  et  senum  in  studio  qui 
ignorant  ea  que  puella  sciebat.' 


3° 

unum  si  possibile  sit  tot  habere  ad  medicinam  ordinandam  et  com- 
ponendam  pro  corpore  suo.  Et  qualis  debet  esse  apothecarius  sive 
herbarius,  et  de  facto  regine  Indie,  et  de  mundicia  anime.      (p.  59) 

Capitulum  .22.  et  est  capitulum  ultimum  prime  partis  de  hora  | 
39  b.  eligenda  per  consilium  sapientis  astrologi  ad  omnia  facienda  et  5 
quod  sine  suo  consilio  nichil  fiat,  sive  de  regimine  vite  per  astro- 
nomiam  et  de  providencia  facienda  et  oracionibus  ad  Deum 
effundendis  cum  devocione,  jejuniis,  serviciis,  sacrificiis,  elemo- 
sinis,  et  similibus  operibus  cunT*  causa  sua  bona  et  vera,  et  de 
utilitate  que  ex  ista  consideracione  consequitur,  et  per  oppositum  k 
de  malis  que  eveniunt  non  considerantibus  sive  negligentibus  hec. 

Expliciunt  capitula  partis  prime.  (p.  60) 


/Ncipiunt  capitula  partis  secunde. 
Capitulum  primum  partis  secunde  est  de  conservacione  sani- 
tatis  et  ortu  scienciarum.  (p.  64)  r5 

Capitulum  .2.  de  equalitate  servanda  in  omnibus,  scilicet  in 
cibo  etpotu  et  aliis  scilicet  .5.  rebus  non  naturalibus  residuis  que 
enumerat,  videlicet  qualiter  homo  permanebit  semper  sanus  et  ad 
ultimam  longitudinem  vite  perveniet,  et  quare  omnia  sunt  inventa 
et  quare  a  superflua  comestione  est  abstinendum  cum  sua  pro-  20 
bacione,  et  que  est  summa  medicina  et  est  capitulum  istud  ultima 
gloria  inestimabilis  precii  ad  conservandam  sanitatem  et  normam 
vivendi.  (p.  65) 

Capitulum  tercium  de  conservacione  sanitatis  secundum  quali- 
tatem  complexionis  et  temporis,  sive  de  cibacione  et  potacione  25 
secundum  complexionem  cujuslibet  et  secundum  tempora,  et 
quot  modis  sanitas  conservatur,  videlicet  qualiter  quelibet  com- 
plexio  debet  conservari  in  suo  statu,  et  ad  aliam  reduci  si  oportet, 
et  que  cibaria  conveniunt  stomaco  calido  et  que  frigido,  ut  conser- 
ventur,  et  de  cognicione  boni  stomachi  et  mali.  (p.  66)  3° 

Capitulum  .4.  de  hiis  que  pertinent  ad  regimen  sanitatis  post 
sompnum  nocturnum  ante  horam  preparacionis  ad  cibum  su- 
mendum.  (p.  68) 

Capitulum  .5.  de  motu  antequam  sumatur  cibus,  et  de  cibo  et 
potu,  et  de  modo  cibandi  et  potandi.  (p.  71)  35 

Capitulum  .6.  de  modo  dormiendi  super  latera  diversa  et  de 
dolore  stomachi  et  eructuacione  ejus  et  eorum  remediis.      (p.  73) 

Capitulum  .7.  de  motu  post  prandium  et  de  dormicione  ante 
30  a.  prandium  et  post,  |  scilicet,  quando  mocio  est  excercenda.    (p.  73) 

Capitulum  .8.  de  semel  comedendo  vel  bis  et  de  consuetudine  4° 
comedendi  observanda.  (p.  75) 

Capitulum  .9.  quod  non  iteretur  comestio  ante  digestionem 
perfectam  prioris  cibi  et  quomodo  hoc  cognoscitur  sive  de  hora 
comedendi.  (p.  75) 

Capitulum  .10.  de  intencione  in  universali  quatuor  temporum  45 


3* 

anni,  scilicet,  de  vere,  estate,  autumpno,  et  hyeme  pro  regimine 
sanitatis  et  primo  de  vere  et  regimine  sanitatis  in  eo.  (p.  76) 

Capitulum  .11.  de  estate  et  regimine  sanitatis  in  ea.        (p.  77) 

Capitulum  .12.  de  autumpno  et  regimine  sanitatis  in  eo.     (p.  78 
5      Capitulum  .13.  de  hyeme  et  regimine  sanitatis  in  ea.       (p.  80 

Capitulum  .14.  de  custodiendo  calore  naturali  et  vita  per  res 

convenientes  vitando  contrarias,  sive  de  conservantibus  juventutem 

et  vitam  prolongantibus  cum  inpinguantibus  corpus  et  maceranti- 

bus  sive  calefacientibus  et  humectantibus  macerantibus  et  desic- 

10  cantibus.  (p.  81) 

Capitulum  .15.  de  divisione  corporis  in  .4.  partes,  et  primo 
de  capite  et  egritudine  ejus  et  qualiter  cognoscitur  et  de  ejus 
remedio.  (p.  83) 

Capitulum  .16.  de  pectore  et  signis  si  in  eo  sit  egritudo  et  ejus 
15  remedio.  (p.  84) 

Capitulum  .17.  de  malis  oculorum  et  ejus  remediis.         (p.  84) 

Capitulum  .18.  de  testiculis  et  eorum  egritudinibus  et  cura. 

(P-  87) 

Capitulum  .19.  de  conservantibus  sanitatem  potenter,  et  de  re- 

30  mediis  contra  febrem  et  guttam  et  egritudines  fieumaticas  et  contra 

quartanam  et  contra  omne  venenum  et  est  de  medicinis  cotidianis 

et  ad  confortandum  intellectum  et  memoriam  secundum  opinionem 

philosophorum  Grecorum  Medorum  et  Indorum.  (p.  87) 

Capitulum  .20.  de   custodia  caloris   naturalis   et    quot   modis 

25  destruitur.  (p.  88) 

Capitulum  .21.  de  divisione  ciborum.  (p.  89) 

Capitulum  .22.  de  cognicione  aquarum.  (p.  90) 

Capitulum  .23.  de  generibus  vini  et  ejus  cognicione.        (p.  91) 

Capitulum  .24.  de  commendacione  sirupi  acetosi  contra  flegma, 

30  et  boni  vini  et  panis  de  frumento,  de  remocione  ebrietatis  et  de 

modo  transferendi  hominem  ab  una  consuetudine  ad  aliam,  ut 

de   potacione  vini  puri   ad  aquam  puram  absque  gravi  lesione 

nature.  (p.  93) 

Capitulum  .25.  de  hiis  que  corroborant  corpus  et  conservant 

35  in  juventute  et  inpinguantibus  et  macerantibus.  |  (p.  94) 

Capitulum  .26.  de  balneis  et  eorum  disposicione.  (p.  96)  30  b. 

Capitulum  .27.  de  comendacione  et  utilitate  execucionis  doctrine 

precedentis  et  transmission  ad  alios  libros  quos  fecit  de  simili 

materia.  (p.  98) 

40      Capitulum  .28.  de  preparacione  carnis  viperarum  sive  serpentum 

et  eorum  eleccione,  et  de  tempore  eos  sumendi  et  ad  quid  valent, 

et  de  modo  faciendi  trociscos  pro  multis  egritudinibus,  et  loquitur 

de  serpente  colubro  et  dracone  quia  ex  quolibet  eorum  fit  medicina 

magna.  (p-.i°5/ 

45      Capitulum  .29.    de  arte   componendi  medicinam   que   dicitur 

Gloria  Inestimabilis  sive  Thesaurus  Philosophorum.    Et  primo  de 

composicione  mellis  quo  componuntur  octo  medicine  speciales 


32 

que  requiruntur  ad  composicionem  integram  illius  medicine  que 
vocatur  Gloria  Inestimabilis,  que  omnem  curat  egritudinem, 
calidam,  frigidam,  siccam,  et  humidam,  sicut  ex  composicione 
patet  bene  consideranti,  qua  habita  et  bene  preparata  nulla  alia 
est  necessaria  cum  ipsa  pro  omnibus  sufficiat.  (p.  99   5 

Prima  medicina  confortat  cerebrum,  cor,  et  stomachum.    (p.  99). 

Secunda  medicina  corroborat  stomachum  et  constringit,  et 
purgat  malos  et  putridos  humores  qui  sunt  in  stomacho  sine  abho- 
minacione  et  violencia  et  sine  aliqua  lesione,  confortat  insuper 
pectus,  cerebrum,  et  cathenam  corporis.  (p.  100)  10 

Medicina  .3.  corroborat  omnia  membra  et  maxime  principal ia. 

(p.  roi) 

Medicina  .4.  juvat  appetitum  et  instrumentum  pectoris  et  pul- 
raonem.  (p.  101) 

Medicina  .5.  expellit  melancoliam,  subtiliat  flegma,  tollit  super-  15 
fluas  humiditates,  stomachum  temperat,  aperit  constipacionem  et 
expellit  ventositatem.  (p.  102) 

Medicina  .6.  lenit  pectus  et  confert  respiracioni,  reparat  stoma- 
chum et  repellit  dolorem  dencium.  (p.  102) 

Medicina  .7.  proprie  reparat  stomachum  et  fugat  ventositatem.  20 

(p.  102) 

Medicina  .8.  emendat  epar,  reparat  cor,  et  confortat  et  roborat 
universa  membra  interiora.  (p.  103) 

Medicina  .9.  ex  istis  .8.  medicinis  predictis  cum  melle  predicto 
et  quibusdam  aliis  additis  componitur  que  Gloria  Inestimabilis  25 
nuncupatur,  cujus  laudes  patent  in  fine  capituli,  et  in  hac  nona 
et  ultima  composicione  tangit  philosophus  ultimum  secretum  nature 
si  advertatur  ;  set  illud  sine  diligenti  studio  et  intellectu  subtili 
scienciaque  maxima  non  percipietur  sive  apprehendetur  cujus 
efifectum  consequetur  sapientissimus.  Beatus  ergo  ad  quern  per-  30 
31  a.  veniet  capituli  apprehensio  et  finis  |  exsecucio  quoniam  princeps 
vere  et  mundo  dominari  poterit  et  elementis.  (p.  103) 

Capitulum  .30.  de  tempore  flebotomie  et  medicinarum  tarn 
digestivarum  quam  laxativarum,  scarificacionis  et  ventosarum 
apposicionis,  et  quod  nichil  est  faciendum  sine  consilio  scientis  35 
astronomiam,  scilicet,  quo  tempore  debet  fieri  apercio  vene  et  quid 
est  considerandum  circa  illud,  quid  eligendum  quid  cavendum, 
similiter  de  tempore  scarificacionis  faciende  et  ventose  apponende, 
et  de  horis  competentibus  pro  laxativa  sumenda,  et  quod  medicus 
debet  scire  loca  planetarum  et  aspectus  eorum  adinvicem,  et  in  quo 
signo  fuerit  Sol  et  Luna, quia  principium  operis  debet  esse  secundum 
bonam  constellacionem  Lune  et  ejus  absenciam  a  malis.     (p.  108) 

Expliciunt  capitula  partis  secunde  et  sunt  triginta. 
rNcipiunt  capitula  partis  tercie. 
Capitulum  primum  partis  tercie  est  de  alkimistis  et  de  con-  45 
versione   cujuslibet  in  quodlibet,  sive   elementorum  adinvicem, 
scilicet,  unius  elementi  in  alterum  per  artem.  (p.  114) 


r< 


33 

Capitulum  .2.  de  mirabilibus  lapidibus  et  eorum  proprietatibus. 

(P-  Il8> 
Capitulum  .3.  de  generali  sive  universal!  cognicione  plantarum 

mirabilium  et  que  elementadominantur  in  plantis  que  in  minerali- 

S  bus,  qui  planete  dominantur  elementis  et  qualiter  cognoscetur  qui 

planete   quibus  vegetabilibus  dominantur,   et  a  quibus  planetis 

virtutem  accipiunt.  (p.  ng) 

Capitulum  .4.  de  plantis  mirabilibus  in  speciali.  (p.  1:1 

Capitulum  .5.  de  justicia  et  mirabilibus  bonis  que  sequntur  sive 

10  nascuntur  ex  ipsa.  (p.  123 

Capitulum  .6.  de  creatis  in  quibus  attenditur  justicia  naturalis, 

scilicet,  de  substancia  simplici   et  speris  et   elementis,   sive   de 

mirabilibus    creacionis    operibus    in    quibus    attenditur    justicia 

naturalis,  et  quot  sunt  celi.  (p.  127) 

15      Capitulum  .7.  quod  anima  cujuslibet  primo  debet  sciri  a  quo- 

libet  et  de  divisione  virtutum  anime  et  de  regiminibus  et  statibus 

anime  in  hac  vita  et  futura.  (p.  130) 

Capitulum  .8.  de  -5.  sensibus  servientibus  intellectui,  sive  de 

homine  et  ejus  .5.  sensibus  quasi  de  rege  et  ejus  .5.  bajulis  sive 

20  consiliariis,  et  quot  sunt  planete  quorum  spere  moventur  circu- 

lariter,  et  quot  sunt  genera  animalium,  et  quod  quinque  sunt  in 

qualibet  planta,  et  quinque  toni  musicales,  et  .5.  dies  nobiles  de 

universis,  et  .5.  porte  maris.  (p.  132) 

Capitulum  .9.  de  consiliariis  regis  et  modo  |  consilii,  et  quod  ,?,r  b. 

25  non  manifestet  alicui  secretum  quod  est  in  corde  suo,  et  quod 

altendat   in    quo  omnes  et  sapientes  conveniunt,  et  quod  non 

ostendat  eis  vel  alicui  in  quo  mens  sua  quiescit  donee  progrediatur 

in  actum  et  experienciam,et  quod  equalis  honor  debet  fieri  omnibus 

suis  consiliariis.  (p.  135' 

?,o      Capitulum  10.  de  varietate  complexionis  et  morum  per  constel- 

lacionem  nativitatis,  sive  dc  varietate  judicii  et  consilii  et  consu- 

lencium  et  eleccione  eorum  per  constellaciones  in  nativitatibus 

suis  que  confirmantur  per  pulcra  exempla.  (p.  136) 

Capitulum  .11.  adhuc  de  eleccione  consulencium  et  de  variis 

35  articulis  eorum  et  consiliorum,  sive  de  consiliario  eligendo  et  de 

consilio  in  omnibus  agendo  et  perquirendo,  et  de  modo  querendi 

consilium  a  multis  et  quid  est  consilium.  {p.  137) 

Capitulum  .12.  de  numero  bajulorum  et  quod  non  constituatur 

unus  solus  bajulus  in  regimine  loco  domini,  set  septem  si  poterit 

40  fieri  vel  tres  ad  minus  ordinentur,  et  de  bajulis  experiendis,  et  de 

signis  quibus  cognoscuntur  an  boni  vel  mali  sint  consiliarii. 

Capitulum  .13.  de  bonis  moribus  et  virfcitibus  boni  bajuli,  sive 

de  .15.  specialibus  condicionibus  boni  et  optimi  bajuli  pro  regibus, 

45  et  de  naturis  et  condicionibus  bonis,  et  quod  mos  vel  consuetudo 

sive  proprium  cujuslibet  animalis  et  cujuslibet  rei  invenitur  in 

homine,  et  quod  hac  de  causa  vocatus  est  homo  minor  mundus, 

1590  D 


34 

et  quod  non  invenitur  proprium  in  aliquo  animali  vegetabili  sive 
originali,  quin  illud  proprium  inveniatur  in  homine.  (p    141) 

Capitulum  .14.  de  confidencia  in  homine  non  habenda  nisi  sit 
tue  legis  et  professionis,  scilicet,  quod  non  est  confidendum  in 
homine  alterius  legis,  quod  confirmat  per  exemplum  de  Mago  et  5 
Judeo.  (p.  144 

Capitulum  .15.  de  eleccione  hominum  prudentum  et  fidelium 
ad  scribenda  gesta  et  dicta  regis,  sive  de  scriptoribus  secretorum 
eligendis  et  eorum  remuneracione  cum  causa.  (p.  146) 

Capitulum  .16.    de   eleccione   nunciorum    dignorum,    sive    de  10 
nunciis  et  secretariis  eligendis.  (p.  147) 

Capitulum  .17.  de  regimine  debitorum  subditorum,  sive  de 
subditis  regendis  et  defendendis  et  propositis  super  eos  consti- 
tuendis.  J  (p.  148) 

32  a.  Capitulum  .18.  de  proceribus  et  ordine  eorum  in  bello,  scilicet,  15 
de  ordinacione  excercitus  secundum  numerum  sub  numero,  seu 
de  disposicione  et  numero  procerum  seu  militum  in  regimine 
regni  in  tempore  belli,  scilicet,  de  disposicione  ductoris  et  de 
accione  bellatorum  ipsorum  inferiorum  et  de  instrumento  bellico 
excercitum  coadunante,  et  forma  ejusdem.  (p.  149)  23 

Capitulum  .19.  de  rege  in  bello  et  aliis  que  debent  attendi  in 
bello  et  de  providenciis  in  excercitu,  scilicet,  de  regimine  bellorum 
et  disposicione  bellatorum  et  de  forma  aggrediendi  sive  aggredien- 
cium  bellum  et  provocacionibus  eorundem.  (p.  152) 

Capitulum  .20.  de  eleccione  temporis  pro  bellis  aggrediendis  et  25 
de  ordinacione  planetarum.  (p.  155) 

Capitulum  .21.    de-  conveniencia    supracelestium    cum    inferi- 
oribus,   scilicet,    qualiter    superiora   dominantur   inferioribus   ad 
fortunandum   regem  et  pacificandum   regiones  ut  sibi  obediant 
gratis  sine  coaccione,  et  est  capitulum  incantacionis  philosophice  ?,o 
in  generali.  (p.  157) 

Capitulum  .22.  de  apprehensione  intellectus.  (p.  158) 


Capitulum  .23.  de  incantamentis  faciendis.  (p.  162) 


Expliciunt  capitula  partis  tercie. 


/Ncipiunt  capitula  partis  quarte.  35 

Capitulum  primum  est  de  phisonomia  in  universale  (p.  164) 

Capitulum  .2.  de  phisonomia  in  particulari,  et  primo  de  tem- 

perata  natura.  (p.  166) 

Capitulum  .3.  de  capillis  (p.  167) 

Capitulum  .4.  de  oculis.  (p.  168)40 

Capitulum  .5.  de  superciliis.  (p.  168) 

Capitulum  .6.  de  naso.  (p.  168) 

Capitulum  .7.  de  facie.  (p.  169) 

Capitulum  .8.  de  ore,  facie,  et  timporibus.  (p.  169) 

Capitulum  .9.  de  auribus.  (p.  169)45 

Capitulum  .10.  de  voce  et  modo  loquendi.  (p.  169) 


35 

Capitulum  .ii.  de  collo.                                                    (p.  170) 

Capitulum  .12.  de  ventre,  pectore,  et  tergo.                     (p.  170) 

Capitulum  .13.  de  humeri's  et  brachiis.                             (p.  170) 

Capitulum  .14.  de  palmis  manuum  et  digitis.                  (p.  170) 

5      Capitulum  .15.  de  pedibus  et  tibiis.                                  (p.  171) 

Capitulum  .16.  de  passu  lato  et  tardo,  brevi  et  inpetuoso.  . 

Capitulum  .17.  de  homine  optime  memorie  et  bene  composito 

per  comparacionem  ad  signa  predicta,  et  de  modo  judicandi  non 

10  per  unum  signum  set  per  testimonia  plurium.  j  (p.  171) 

Expliciunt  capitula  partis  quarte.  *  b- 


I)  2 


3>  b. 


Dedication  by 
Arabic  writer. 


Till- of  the 
book. 


Made  for 
Alexander 


V>v  Aristotle  in 
his  old  age. 


Praise  of 

Aristotle. 


33  a. 


Counted  among 
the  prophets. 


Peripatetics. 

Aristotle  taken 
up  to  heaven. 


36 

Capitulum primum  de  prologo  cnjusdam  doctoris  in  comen- 
dacione  Aristotilis. 

DEus  omnipotens  custodiat  regem  nostrum  gloriam 
credencium,  et  confirmet  regnum  suum  ad  tuendam 
legem  divinam  et  suam,  et  perdu  rare  faciat  ipsum  5 
ad  exaltandam  honorem  et  laudem  bonorum. 

Ego  suus  serviens  executus  mandatum  mihi  injunctum 
dedi  opetam  ad  inquirendam  librum  moralium  in  regimine 
dominii  qui  vocatur  Secretum  Secretorum,  quern  edidit 
princeps  philosophorum  Aristotiles  filius  Nichomachi  de  10 
Macedonia  discipulosuo  magno  imperatori  Alexandro  filio 
Philippi  regis  Grecorum.  Qui  Alexander  dicitur  duo 
cornua  1  habuisse. 

Hunc    quidem    librum    composuit    in    sua    senectute    et 
virtutum   corporalium    debilitate,    postquam    non    poterat  15 
cotidianos  labores  et  viarum  discrimina  tollerare,  nee  regalia 
negocia  excercere.    Quia  Alexander  constituit  eum  magister 
et  prepositum,  quern  elegerat  et  dilexerat  multum,  eo  quod 
erat  vir  magni  consilii  et  sani  et  literature  magne,  penetra- 
bilis    intellectus,  .vigilans    in   legalibus    studiis,   in   gratuitis  20 
moribus  et  spiritualibus  scienciis,  contemplativus,  caritati- 
vus,  discretus,  humilis,  amator  justicie,  relator  veritatis.    Et 
propter   hoc    multi  |  philosophorum  reputabant   ipsum  de 
numero  prophetarum.    Invenitur  enim  in  antiquis  codicibus 
Grecorum  quod  Deus  excelsus  suum  angelum  destinavit  ad  25 
eum  dicens :  Pocius  nominabo  te  angelum  quam  hominem. 

Sane  multa  habet2prodigia  et  magna  miracula  et  extranea 
opera  que  nimis  esset  longum  cuncta  per  ordinem  enarrare. 
unde  de  morte  sua  diverse  sunt  opiniones.     Quedam  enim 
secta  que  dicitur  peripathetica  assent  ipsum  ascendisse  ad  3° 
empireum  celum  in  columpna  ignis.3    - 


1  Cornua  duo  significant  duo  regna,  scilicet,  Grecie  et  Asie  que 
optinuit. 

2  Aristotiles  scilicet  in  libris  suis. 

3  Hec   est   sentencia    philosophorum    paganorum,    set    nobis  35 


1   Chapter  i.  V. 


37 

Dum    igitur    viveret,   convaluit    Alexander    in    sanitatis  oi  b. 
observacione  per  observanciam  sui  sani  consilii  et  imitacione  itwed'hisa^'i- 
precepti.     Et  ideo  subjugavit  sibi  civitates,  et  triumphans  "l^terT?^ 
adquisivit  sibi  cuncta  regna,  et  tocius  mundi  solus  tenuit world' 
5  monarchiam,  et  in  omncra  terrain  exivit  fama  sua,  et  per 
omnia    mundi  climata   omnes   gentes    et    diverse    naciones 
subiciebantur  suo  imperio  et  precepto,  Arabes  atque  Perses, 


Christianis   non    est   licitum    hoc   sentire  nee  firmare,  quia  nisi  christians 
habuisset   fidem    Christi    revelatam    ei   aut   fuisset    instructus   a  j?-nnot believe  » 

io  prophetis,  salvari  non  potuit.  Nescimus  tamen  quid  Deus  fecerit 
ei  et  aliis  dignis  prophetis  et  philosophis,  quibus  dedit  magnalia 
sapiencie.  Nam  Plato  expressit  Trinitatem,  sicut  docet  Augustinus 
libro  De  civitate  Dei,  et  alii  doctores  hoc  firmant,  et  multa  nobilia 
sensit  de  Deo  et  angelis  et  vita  futura.     Aristotiles  vero,  discipulus 

15  Platonis  set  longe  transgrediens  magistrum  suum,  dicit  in  principio 
Cell  et  Mundi  sic  :  '  Magnificamus  adorare  deum  unum  et  trinum 
eminentem  proprietatibus  eorum  que  sunt  creata.  Nam  hunc 
numerum  trinitatis  extraximus  a  natura  rerum  :  omne  enim  et 
totum  et  perfectum  ponimus  in  tribus,  scilicet,  in  principio  medio 

20  et  fine.'     Pater  est  principium,  Filius  est  medium,  Spiritus  Sanctus  Aristotle's  belief 
finis.      Set  licet  hec  tria  nomina — Pater,  Filius,  et  Spiritus  San-  chrisS™* '  °f 
ctus — non  expressit  hie,  tamen  in  lege  sua  vel  alibi  presumendum 
est  quod  hec  percepit,  quia  in  lege  sua  habuit  tres  oraciones  et 
tria  sacrificia  ad  honorem  Trinitatis.      Et  Plato  expressit  patrem  piato. 

25  et  paternam  mentem  et  utriusque  amorem    mutuum,   ut  sancti 
docent.     Multo  ergo  magis  Aristotiles,  ejus  sectator  in  omnibus 
veris  et  ad  majora  perveniens,  credidit  beatam  Trinitatem.     Legi- 
mus  enim  in  vita  beati   Dyonisii  quod  antequam  fuit  conversus  St.  Denis  the 
ipse  et  alii  crediderunt  Deum  hominem  salvatorem  mundi  ventu-  Are°Pasite- 

30  rum,  quern  vocabant  Deum  ignotum  cui  etiam  fecerunt  Athenis 

aram  quam  vocabant  Aram  Deo  ignoto.     Et  Avicenna  .9.  libro.  Avicenna. 
Methaphisice   docet   resureccionem.      Et    Democritus    antiquior 
omnibus  similiter,  sicut  Plinius  scribit  libro.  7.     Et  Ethicus  astro-  Ethicus. 
nonius,   testante    Hieronimo,    multa   sensit  de   Christo  in  libro 

35  quern  transtulit  illius  philosophi.     Multaque  hie  allegari  possunt 
de  j  dictis  philosophorum  que  saltern  sunt  in  consolacionem  fidei  33  b. 
nostre.    Habuerunt  enim  quedam  preludia  fidei,  set  quod  sufficien- 
tem  fidem  habuerunt  non  debemus   ponere,  nee  tamen  debemus  We  must  not 
affirmare  dampnacionem  aliquorum  dignissimorum  virorum,  quia  damnat'olTof 
^40  nescimus  quid  fecerit  eis  Deus,  licet  non  fuerunt  sub  lege,  sicut  such  persons. 
nee  beatus  Job. 


12  Augustinus]  lib.  viii.  c.  4.  16  Celi  et  Mundi]  lib.  i.  c.  2. 

31  Avicenna]  lib.  ix.  c.  7. 


38 


Aristotle  wrote 
many  letters. 


Alexander  con- 
sulted him  on 
the  treatment  of 
the  Persians, 

34  a- 


whether  to  slay 
them  or  no. 


Aristotle 
answered, 


advising 
clemency  and 
benignity 


if  he  wished  to 
ride  in  peace. 


nequc  fuit  gens  aliqua   que  auderet  ei  resistere  in   facto 
vel  dicto. 

Porro  multas  morales  epistolas  composuit  Aristotiles 
propter  nimiam  delectacionem  cordium  et  finale  secretum: 
una  vero  de  suis  epistolis  est  hec  quam  direxit  Alexandro.  5 
Cum  enim  Alexander  subjugavit  sibi  Perses  et  captivavit 
magnates  direxit  epistolam  suam  ad  Aristotilem  sub  hac 
forma. 

Epistola  Alexandri  ad  Aristotilem  consulatoria.  O  doctor 
egregie,  rector  justicie,  significo  tue  prudencie  me  invenisse  10 
in  terra  Perses  quasdam  gentes  habundantes  racione  |  et 
intellectu  penetrabili,  studentes  super  alios  dominari  et 
regnum  acquirere.  Unde  nos  proponimus  occidere  universos. 
Ouicquid  super  hoc  decreveris,  nobis  significa  tuis  scripturis. 

Rcsponsio  Aristotilis  ad  epistolam.  15 

Cui  Aristotiles  ita  respondit.  Si  non  potes  illius  tcrre 
mutare  aerem  et  aquam,  insuper  et  disposicionem  *  civitatum, 
imple  tuum  propositum.2  Si  potes  dominari 3  super  eos 
cum  bonitate,  exaudies  eos  cum  benignitate.  Quod  si 
feceris,  fiduciam  habeas,  cum  Dei  adjutorio,  quod  omnes  20 
erunt  subjecti  ad  tuum  beneplacitum  et  preceptum.  Et 
per  amorem  quern  habebunt  in  te  dominaberis  in  eis  cum 
triumpho  pacifice. 

Alexander  igitur,  accepta  epistola,  suum  adimplevit  con- 
silium  diligenter,    et    erant    Perses    magis   obcdientes   suo  25 
imperio  quam  omnes  alie  naciones.4 


1  id  est,  malos  mores. 

2  hoc  est,  interface  omnes  sicud  proposuisti. 

3  hoc  est,  si  potes  mutare  aerem  et  aquam. 

The  influence  of      *  Si  non  potes  mutare  illius  terre  aerem  et  aquam,  etc.     Hie  3° 

ontheecharacte*  tangit  maximum  secretum.     Vult  enim  quod  Alexander  deberet 

ofmen-  mutare  malas  qualitates  terre  et  aeris  illarum  regionum  in  bonas, 

ut  hominum  complexio  mala  mutaretur  in  bonam,  et  ut  sic  mali 

mores  mutarentur  in  bonos.     Per  qualitates  enim  regionis  cujus- 

libet  invenitur  complexio,  et  per  complexionem  excitatur  homo  35 


9  Chapter  ii.  /". 


15  Cliapter  iii.  /' 


39 

Capitnhim  secundum  (dc  prologo')  Jchannis  qui  trans  tit  lit  34  b-  C 

librnm  bis.  et  dc  libri  invencione. 

JOhanncs,   qui    transtulit    librum    istum,    filius    Patridi,  Pro'°gu.f of 
'       i  '  Yahya  ibu 

linguarum  intcrpretator  peritissimus  et  fidelissimus,  in-  Batrik- 

quit :  Non  reliqui  locum  nee  templum  in  quibus  philosophi 

con.sueverunt  componere  et  reponere  sua  opera  secreta  quod  wanderings  in 

1  *  search  of  wisdom 

non  visitavi.  nee  aliquem  peritissimum  quern  credidi  habuere 
aliquam  noticiam  de  scriptis  philosophicis  quod  non  ex- 
quisivi,  quousquc  veni  ad  oraculum  Solis  quod  construxerat  The  oracle  of 
1 3  Esculapides  pro  se.  In  quo  inveni  quemdam  virum  soli- 
tarium,  abstinentem,  studentem  in  philosophia  peritis- 
simum, ingenio  excellentissimum,  cui  me  humiliavi  in 
quantum  potui,  servivi  diligenter  et  supplicavi  devote  ut 
mihi   ostenderet   secreta   scripta    illius  oraculi.     Oui    mihi  rhe  secrets  pre- 

.  served  there ; 

15  libenter  tradidit. 

Et  inter  cetera,  desideratum  opus  inveni  propter  quod  ad  among  others 
ilium  locum   iveram,  et  tempore  longissimo  laboraveram. 
Quo  habito,  cum  gaudio  ad  propria  remeavi,  inde  referens  l       ,      . 
gracias   multis   modis   Creatori.      Et  ad    peticionem  resris  ^om  GreeI5 int0 

0  jr  t>       Syriac,  and 

20  illustrissimi  laboravi  studens1,  et  transtulii  primo  ipsum  de  Arabic 'nt° 
lingua  Greca  in  Caldeam,  et   de  hac  |  in  Arabicam.     In-  35  a. 
primis   igitur  sicut   inveni   in   isto   codice    transtuli   librum 
peritissimi  Aristotilis,  in  quolibro  respondeturad  peticionem 
regis  Alexandri  sub  hac  forma. 


25  ad  mores,  licet  non  cogatur,  set  ut  gratis  velit  ea  ad  que  qualitates 
regionis  et  complexio  inclinant,  ut  in  principio  expositum  est. 
Quod  si  non  posset  facere,  tunc  jussit  ut  omnes  interficeret.  Set 
qualiter  deberent  qualitates  regionis  immutari  docet  alibi  in  hoc 
libro.     Set   asini   respuunt  propter   magnitudinem  sapiencie,    et 

;,o  propter   modum   loquendi,  quia  translator  nomina  aliqua  ponit  cis'm  onhe^book 
quibus  utuntur  magici,  ut  prius  |  in  quaterno  declaravi.     Et  multa  34  b. 
exemplaria  non  habent  illam  doctrinam  quia  stulti  non  voluerunt 
scribere,  set  abraserunt  a  libris  suis,  sicut  exemplaria  quatuor  que 
nunc  inveni  Oxonie  non  habuerunt  ilia,  nee  similiter  multa  alia,  Manuscripts  at 

35  set  Parisius  habui  exemplaria  perfecta.  Pari^  and 

1  vel,  studiis. 

r   Chapter  iv.  V. 


40 

d  Capitiiluui  tercium  est  epistola  .Iris  to  tills  remissoria  ad 

peticionem  Alcxandri  in  qua  Alexandra  conquerenti  dc  co 
ineipit  satisfacerc  sub  hac  forma:  ct  dc  utilitate  libri  cogniti, 
et  quid  facit  fervens  desiderium  in  ovini  re. 

The  introductory  S"\    Fill  gloriosissime,  imperator  justissime,  confirmet  te  5 

letter  of  Aristotle   I        1  o  ■> 


to  Alexander.      V '  Deus    in    via   cognoscendi    et    in   semita  veritatis  et 

May  God  keep  .  .  ,         ,  .     , 

thee.  virtutis,  et  repnmat  appctitus  bestiales,  et  tuum  regnum 

corroboret,  et  illuminet  tuum  ingenium  ad  suum  servicium 
et  honorem.  Tuam  quidem  epistolam  recepi  honorifice 
sicut  decet.  et  plene  intelexi  quantum  habes  desiderium  de  10 

i  have  received    mea  persona  ut  tecum  esseni,  mirans  qualiter  possum  ab- 

vour  invitation.  .  .  .. 

stinere  de  te,  arguens  me  de  tuis  openbus  parum  curare. 
i  have  written         Poito  hac  de  causa  proposui  et  festinavi  facere  canonem 

instructions  for  ,  .  .   ...   .         .      ,-,  , 

your  guidance,    tue  clemencie,  qui  tibi  ent  libra  ponderans  cuncta  tua  opera, 

suplens  vices  meas,  et  regula  certissima  ad  omnia  que  volueris,  15 
et   que   ostensurus   essem   .si   tecum    presens   essem.      Non 
deberes  siquidem   me  arguere,  cum  scias  vel   scire  debeas 

and  would  come  quod  non  omitto  venire  ad  tuam  clemenciam  et  gloriam 

to  you  if  I  could,      ...  ... 

clarissimam  propter  contemptum,  set  quia  gravitas  etatis  et 
35  b.  debilitas  corporis  circumvenerunt  |  et  reddiderunt  me  pon-  20 

imt  age  forbids,  derosum  atque  inhabilem  ad  eundum.  Preterea  quod  inter- 
rogasti  et  scire  desideras  est  archanum  tale  quod  humana 
pectora  vix  poterunt  tollerare  ;  quomodo  ergo  possunt  in 

1  send  you  all      mortalibus  pellibus  depingi  ?    Ad  illud  itaquequod  te  decet 

the  secrets  1  dare  .  .  ......  in 

divulge.  inquirere  et  mini  hcitum  est  tractare,  me  oportet  et  teneor  25 

ex  debito  respondere,  sicut  tu  teneris  ex  debito  discrecionis 
non  exigere  a  me  amplius  ex  hoc  secreto  quod  tibi  tradidi  in 

read  and  ponder  hoc  libio.     Ouia  si  attente  et  studiose  legeris  et  intellexeris 

them.  ~  & 

et  ad  plenum  sciveris  que  in  ipso  continentur,  indubitanter 
credo  quod  non  erit  inter  te  et  illud  quod  scire  desideras  30 
aliquod  obstaculum  :  quia  tantam  graciam  Deus  contulit  tibi 
in  intellectu  et  velocitate  ingenii  et  literatura  scienciarum. 
^andCmyUnder  InsuPer  per  meam  doctrinam  precedentem  quam  tibi  tradidi, 
teaching.  per    teipsum  potciis  apprehenderc  et  figurative  intelligere 

1  Chapter  v.  V. 
14  libra]  liber  V 


41 
totum  illud  quod  postulas edoceri.    Quia desiderium  ferventis  you  win  attain 

...  .  ,  your  end. 

voluntatis  apenet  tibi  viamad  tuum  propositum  optinendum, 
et  perducet  tc  ad  finem  optatum,  Domino  concedente. 

CapiUtlum  de  hits  que  oportet  regent  habere  ad  sustenta- 
5  cionem  regni  s?n,  et  de  causis  bene  regnandi,  et  de  causa 
occultacionis  sccrctornm  per  verba  enigmatica ;  et  est  capi- 
tulum  quartnm.  \ 

CAusa  quidem  subest  quare  tibi  figurative  revelo  secretum  ->()  a- 
.....  I  speak  in 

meuni,    loquens    tecum    exemplis    enigmaticis    atque  enigmas  fearing 

.  .  .  lest  the  book  fall 

io  siVnis,  quia  timeo  nimium  ne  liber  presencium  ad  manus  into  unworthy 

fa         '    n  r  .  .      hands. 

deveniat  infidelium  et  ad  potestatem  arrogancium,  et  sic 
perveniat  ad  illos  ultimum  bonum  et  archanum  divinum,  ad 
quod  summus  Deus  illos  judicavit  immeritos  et  indignos. 
Ego  sane  transgressor  essem  tunc  divine  grade  et  fractor 
«5  celestis  secreti  et  occulte  revelacionis.  Eapropter  tibi,  sub 
attestacione  divini  judicii,  istud  detego  sacramentum  eo 
modo    quo    mihi    est    revelatum.       Scias    igitur    quod    qui  He  shall  suffer 

n  ....  who  reveals 

occulta  detegit  et  archana  revelat  indignis,  ipsum  in  pro-  secrets  to  the 

^  °  '       r  r  unworthy. 

ximo   infortunia   secuntur,   unde    securus   esse   non   poterit 
20  a  contingentibus  et  malis  futuris.     Dominus  igitur  custodiat 
te  a  consimili  et  ab  omni  opere  inhonesto.     Post  hec  autem 
omnia,  ad  tuam  reduco  memoriam  illud  salutissimum  docu-  Bear  in  mind  my 

former  teachings. 

mentum    quod    tibi    semper    consuetus    sum    exponere,    et 
tuam    nobilissimam   animam   informare,   et   hoc   erit  tuum 
25  propositum  solacium  et  speculum  salutare.  | 

Oportet  itaque  quemlibet  regem  de  necessitate  habere  duo  36  b. 

t  T  ,    r'    ,•     The  two  supports 

juvamina  susunencia  regnum  suum.     Unum  eorum  est  iorti-  of  a  kingdom: 
tudo  virorum  quibus  tuetur  et  confortabitur  regnum  suum, thetirs; '-. 

1  °  slrength  01  men. 

et  non  habebit  hoc,  nisi  quando  rector  in  rectis  et  dominator  in 
3°  subditis  dominetur,  et  ipsi  subditi  uniformiter  obediunt  domi- 
nanti,  sicut  propter  inobedienciam  subditorum  debilitatur  et 
subicitur  potencia  dominantis  et  regnantis,  et  subditi  domi-  Twofold  cause  of 

.  obedience  in 

nantur.     Et  ego  ostendam   tibi  causam   propter  quam   et  subjects: 
per    quam   inducuntur  subditi   obedire  dominanti.      Causa 
35  quidem  duplex  est,  una  est  intrinseca.  et  alia  extrinseca.  wise expendi- 

'  t lire,  just 

Et  ego  declarabo  tibi   nunc  extrinsecam  videlicet   ut  rex  rewards. 


42 

dispenset  eis  saas  divicias  sapienter,  et  circa  cos  excerceat 

largitatcm,  rctribuendo  singulis  secundum  meritasingulorum. 

Et  cum  toto  isto,  oportct  regcm  habere  aliam  cautelam,  dc 

qua  faciam  tibi  mencionem  in  sequentibus,  scilicet,  in  capitulo 
The  second  is  a    de  diviciis  et  juvaminibus.    Secundum  juvamen  est  inducciv  5 
mhis subjacte°n  animos  ad   operaciones  licitas,  et  istud  precedit  et  est  in 

primo   gradu.      Et    istud    secundum    juvamen    habet    duas 
Twofold  cause    causas  intrinsecam  et  extrinsecam.     Causa  extrinseca  est  ut 

of  this. 

37  a.  rex  justiciam  |  excerceat   circa  possessiones  et   adquisitas 
justice  in  the      pecunias  subditorum  parciendo  et  miserando.     Causa  vero  u 

matter  of  heri-        ■     ,     •  ,.  ,  •,  ,  ,     . 

t.ues :md  posses- intnnscca  est  secrctum  antiquoium  philosophorum  et  justo- 

sions,  ...  1        .  j-^  .        . 

and  the  secret  of  rum  consilium  quos  gloiTosus  Deus  preelegit  et    eis  suam 
philosophers,      scienciam  commendavit.     Et  ego  commendo  tibi  illud  sc- 
whkhyou  will     cretum  cum  quibusdam  aliis  que  invenies  in  diversis  capituli  s 
SearchTor  the     s*ve  titulis  hujus  libri.     In  quibus  extrinsecus  philosophiam  15 
offtsrma.^msmng  maximam    invenies   et    doctrinam,  intrinsecus   enim  causa 
finalis  que  intenditur  continetur,  ibi  enim  est  totum  principale 
propositum  et  finale.     Cum  igitur  perceperis  significacionts 
secretorum  et  enigmata  exemplorum,  tunc  plene  et  perfectc 
theri)Lythehe]p  desideratum  propositum  consequeris.     Deus  itaque  sapien- 20 
haveatbunecTaU  tissimus  et  gloriosissimus  tuam  illuminet  racionem  et  clari- 
ficet  intellectum  ad  percipiendum  istius  sciencie  sacramen- 
tum,  ut  in  ea  merearis  adipisci  fructum  veritatis,  ut  mens  heres 
et  successor  fidelis  efficiaris,  ipso  Deo  adjuvante,  qui  suas 
divicias  influit  habundanter  in  animas  sapientum,  et  studenti-  25 
bus  tribuit  graciam  cognoscendi,  cui  nichil  est  difficile,  nichil 
impossible,    sine    quo    nichil    est    possibile    possidere    (vel 
possideri). 

Capituium  quintum  de  regibus  et  corum  viciis  circa  largi- 

F'our  ways  in  ....  ....  ... 

which  kings        tate  et  avaricta,  sive  de  quadruplici  rcgum  condicionc.  30 

treat  their  sub- 


jects' wealth.         T^)Eges  sunt   quatuor  :    rex   largus   sibi   et  largus  subditis 

37  h-  J.  Vsuis,  et  rex  avarus  sibi  et  avarus  subditis  suis,  |  et  rex 

avarus  sibi  et  largus  subditis,  et  rex  largus  sibi  et  avarus 

Italians.  subditis.     Italici  itaque  dixerunt,  non  est  vicium  in  rege  si 

Indians.  est  avarus  sibi  et  largus  subditis.     Indi  vero  dixerunt,  qui  35 

29  Chapter  vi.  f*.     Discourse  I  begins. 


43 

est    avarus   sibi    et   suis   subditis   est    bonus.     Perses  vero  Persians, 
asserentes  contrarium   et  contradicentes   Indis  et  Ytalicis 
dixerunt,  nichil  valet  rex  qui  non  est  largus  sibi  et  subditis 
suis.     Set  inter  omnes,  judicio  meo,  pejor  est  ille  et  merito  The  worst  kind 

.    .  .      of  king. 

5  reprobandus  qui  est   largus  sibi    et   avarus   subditis,  quia 
regnum  ejus  cito  dcstruetur. 

Oportet  itaque  nos  subtiliter  inquirere  de  istis  virtutibus  JJJ^f^ 
et  viciis,  et  ostendere  quid  sit  largitas  et  quid  avaricia,  et  avarice? 
ubi  est  error  largitatis,  et  quod  malum  sequetur  ex  absti- 
io  nencia   largitatis.      Palam   siquidem   est,    quod    qualitates 
multum  reprobande  sunt  quando  multum  discrepant  a  medio. 
Et  scimus  quod  observancia  largitatis  multum  difficilis  est  Largesse  is  a 

.....  -,-,  ....  r      .,  .    .  mean  between 

et  ejus  transgressio  facilis.     Et  cuihbet  tacile  est  avanciam  waste  and 

.  rr      ,  ...  avarice. 

et  prodigalitatem  excercere,  et  difficile  est  retinere  largitatem. 
15  Si  vis  largitatis  virtutem  acquirere,  |  considera  posse  tuum,  38  a. 
et  tempora  necessitatis,  et  merita  hominum.     Debes  igitur  The  proper 

•  .     .,  objects  for 

largiri  bona  tua  iuxta  posse  tuum  cum  mensura  hominibus  largesse  are  the 

J  l  .  poor  and  de- 

indigentibus  atque  dignis.     Qui  igitur  dat  aliter  peccat,  et  serving, 
regulam  transgreditur  largitatis  :  quia  qui  largitur  dona  sua 
20  non  indigentibus,  nullam  acquirit  laudem,  et  quicquid  datur  n***  rich  or 
indignis  perditur.     Et  qui  fundit  ultra  modum  divicias  suas 
vcniet  cito  ad  amara  littora  paupertatis,  et  assimilatur  illi  nor  should  it  be 

1         L  too  great. 

qui  gratis  super  se  dat  victoriam  inimicis  suis. 

Qui  ereo  dat  de  bonis  suis  tempore  necessitatis  hominibus  The  king  who 

•°  °  L  gives  due 

25  indigentibus,  talis  rex  est  largus  sibi  et  subditis,  et  ejus  largesse 
regnum  prosperabitur,  ejus  mandatum  observabitur.     Talem 
regem  laudaverunt  antiqui,  et  talis  dicitur  virtuosus,  largus, 
et  moderatus.     Qui  vero  fundit  regni  sui  bona  immoderate  j^;*;^ 
seu  inordinate,  et  indignis  dat  et  non  indigentibus,  talis  est  while  he  who 

.       .      , .  .         gives  to  the  un- 

30  depopulator  reipubhce,    destructor   regni,    indignus   et    in- worthy  is  a 

,   waster  and 

competens   regimini.      Unde  prodigus  apellatur,  eo  quod  destroyer. 
procul  a  regno  suo  est  sua  providencia. 

Nomen  avaricie  dedecet  multum  regem  et  discon|venit  3S  b. 

.  ,  .  .    .  Avarice  disgraces 

regie   magestati.      Si    igitur    alterutrum    istorum    viciorum  a  king. 

1  et  suis]  et  largus  suis  MS.  7  Oportet]  Oportet  nos  MS.  20  laudem] 
Vulgate  inserts  '  et  largiens  sine  tempore  suo.  ipse  est  sicut  spargens  aquas 
salsas  super  litus  maris' 


44 
a  king  should     habuerit,  scilicet,  avariciam  vcl  prodigalitatem  ;  si  vclit  sibi 

have  a  prudent  .  . 

counsellor.  consulere,  debet  cum  summa  dihgencia  providere  virum  unum 
fidclcm,discrctum,  et  electum  de  multis,  cui  debet  committere 
res  publicas  disponendas,  et  regni  divicias  gubcrnandas. 

Capitulum  sextain  ad  hue  de  Jiiis  que  pertinent  largitati  et  5 

declinacioni  prodigalitatis  et  avaricic. 


Akingmay         S~\   Alexander,   firmiter  dico    tibi   quod   quisquis   regum 

destroy  himself      ■         ■ 


and  his  kingdom  V_>/ superflue    coiitinuat    donaciones    ultra    quam    regnum 

by  prodigality.  x  §  . 

suum  possit   sustinere,  talis  rex  proculdubio  destruitur,  et 
destruit.     Dico  igitur  iterum  propter  illud,  quod  nunquam  10 
cessavi  dicere  clemencie  tue"  quod  declinacio  prodigalitatis 
et  avaricie  et  acquisicio  largitatis  est  gloria  regum  et  per- 

The  glory  of       hennitas  regnorum.     Et  hoc  fit  quando  rex  se  abstinet  et 
retrahit  manum  suam  a  bonis  et  possessionibus  subditorum. 

The  teaching  ot   Unde  invenitur  scriptum  in  preceptis  magni  doctoris  Hcrmo-  15 

Hermogenes.  .  i  1  1  fc> 

gems  quod  summa  et  vera  bonitas  et  claritas  intellectus  et 
plenitudo  legis  ac  perfeccionis  signum  est  in  rege  abstinencia 
a  pecuniis  et  possessionibus  subditorum. 

Why  the  king-  f        '  .    r 

dom  of  Syria  Oue  fuit  causa  destructionis  regni  Caldeorum?    Nonne  quia 

fell.  a     •  ■ 

39  a.  superfluitas   expensarum  |  superabat  redditus  civitatum,  et  20 

aretemptedu)     sxc-  deficientibus  redditibus  et  expensis  reges  extenderunt 

subjects,11       manus  suas  ad  res  et  redditus  aliorum  ?    Subditi  vero  propter 

injuriam  clamaverunt  ad  Deum  excelsum  et  gloriosum,  qui 

and  thus  raise     mittens  ventum  validum   afHixit  eos  vehementer.     Et  in- 

rebelhons. 

surrexit   populus   contra    eos,   et    nomina    eorum    de   terra  *5 
penitus  deleverunt.     Et  nisi  Deus  gloriosus  eis  subvenisset, 
et  immisisset  remedium  quod  immisit,  et  ventum  mitigasset, 
destructum  fuisset  penitus  regnum  illud. 
wealth i? the  Scias  itaque  quod  divicie  sunt  causa  duracionis  regni  et 

life  of  a  kingdom.      .  ...  ... 

vite  animalis,  et  sunt  pars  vite  ipsius,  et  non  potest  durare  3° 
anima    si    talis    causa   destruatur.       Cavendum    est    itaque 
Avoid  foolish      nimis  a  superfluitate  et  supcrhabundancia  expensarum.     Ut 

giving.  .     .  ....  n 

igitur  temperancia  et  largitas  acquirantur,  stulta  et  superflua 
donacio  est  vitanda.  .  Et  de  substancia  largitatis  et  virtutis 


5  Chapter  vii.  V. 


23  clamaverunt]  clamav  rant  MS. 


est  dimittere  offensas,  et  non  inquirere  dc  occultis  secrctorum 
nee  reducere  ad  memoriam  donativa. 

Sicut  de  genere  bonorum  est,  et  dc  substancia  virtutum  Kingly  virtues 

,  .  ...  .  ,         enumerated. 

remunerare   ementos  ,   remittere  injunam,  et   nonorandos 
5  honorare.  venerari  venerandos.  subvenire  simplicibus,  suplere 
defectus  [  innocencium,    salutantibus    responderc.    linguam  3^  b. 
reprimere,  injuriam    ad   tempus   dissimulare.  et    stulticiam 
stulti  fugere3  et  ignorare. 

Docui  ergo  te  que  semper  solebam  docere  et  in  pectore  The  marrow  of 

.  .  philosophic 

iotuo  seminare  :  gero  itaque  fiduciam  quod  documentum  illud  wisdom. 
erit  in  tin's  viis  et  operibus  tin's  claritas  semper  lucens  et 
sufficiens  sciencia  ad  tua  regimina  toto  tempore  vite  tue. 
Verumptamen  dico  tibi  sapienciam  philosophicam  abre- 
viatam.  Et  si  nunquam  dixissem  (vel  dedissem)  aliud  nisi 
r5  sequens  documentum  tibi.  deberet  sufficere  in  omnibus 
operibus  tuis  in  hoc  seculo  et  futuro. 

Capitulum  .7.  dc  intellect!/  et  bona  fama  acquirenda,  que 
'  est  Jim's  regni. 

SCias  itaque  quod  intellectus  est  capud  regiminis,  salus  The  praise  of 
.    .  .        .  understanding. 

anime.  servator  virtutum,  speculator  viciorum  :   in  ipso 

siquidem  speculamur  fugienda,  per  ipsum  eligimus  eligenda  : 

ipse  est  origovirtutum  et  radix  omnium  bonorum  laudabilium 

et  honorabilium. 

Et  primum  instrumentum  intellectus  est  desiderium  bone  The  desire  of  a 

25  fame,  quia  qui  vere  desiderat  bonam   famam   famosus  erit  g°°  "ame 

atque  gloriosus,  et  qui  ficte  desiderat,  per  infamiam  j  con-  40  a. 

fundetur.     Fama  ergo  est  quod  principaliter  et  per  seipsum 

appetitur  in  regimine,  quia  regimen  non  appetitur  propter 

se.  set  propter  bonam  famam.     Inicium  ergo  sapiencie  et  is  the  beginning 

of  wisdom  for  a 

30  intellectus  est  desiderium  bone  fame,  que  per  regimen  et  king. 
dominium   adquiritur.     Si   igitur    alia  de   causa  dominium 
et  regimen  adquirantur  (vel    desiderentur),  non  erit   fame 
adquisicio  set  invidie. 


1  emeriti  sunt  senes  probate  virtutis. 
35      2  al.  fingere. 

3  Chapter  viii.  V.  17  Chapter  ix.  V. 


46 

Envy  at  the  root  InvicUa  itaque  generat  mendacium  quod  est  radix  repro- 
babilium  et  materia  viciorum.  Mendacium  generat  de- 
traccionem  :  detraccio  autem  generat  odium  :  odium  autem 
generat  injuriam  :  injuria  generat  pertinacnim  :  pertinacia 
generat  iracundiam :  iracundia  generat  repugnanciam  :  = 
repugnancia  generat  inimiciciam  :   inimicicia  generat  bellum  : 

and  the  decay  of  bellum   vero  dissolvit   legem  et  destruit  civitates  ;  et  hoc 

of  the  common  .  T^.  .  ,  ., 

wealth.  est  contranum  nature,     ht  quod  repugnat  nature  destruit 

totum  opus  reipublice  ct  corpus. 
The  wish  for  Stude  igitur  et   dilige  desiderium  bone  fame,  quoniam  10 

good  fame  .  i       •  1       •  1  r  i  •     •  •  -i^ 

racio  per  desiderium  bone  fame  elicit  ventatem.     ht  Veritas 

est  radix  laudabilium  et  materia  omnium  bonorum,  quia  est 

engenders  all      contraria  mendacio,  et  desiderium  iusticie  generat.     Justicia 

good  things,  /-,.,- 

40  b.  generat    conndenciam  :     conndencia    largitatem  :     largi  tas 
facit  familiaritatem  :  familiaritas  amiciciam  :  amicicia  gene-  15 
rat   consilium    et   juvamen.     Per  hoc    siquidem    orbis    fuit 
constitutus   et   leges  hominibus  constitute,  et    hec    racioni 
and  strengthens   coiiveniunt  et  nature.    Patet  ergo  quod  desiderium  regiminis  . 
propter  bonam  famam  est  bonum  durabile  et  laudabile. 


a  kingdom. 


Capiiulam  .8.  de  malis  que  secuntur  ex  car  noli  appetitu.       20 

The  evils  that      f^\    Alexander   declina1   conatus   bestialium  voluptatum 

desVes&]]  V^yquia  corruptibiles  sunt.     Carnales  enim  appetitus  in- 

clinant2animum  ad  corumptibiles  voluntates  anime  bestialis. 

nulla   discrecione    prchabita,   et    inde   corpus    corruptibile 

letabitur.  et  contristabitur  intellectus  incorru^Dtibilis.    -Sci-  2? 

and  their  endum   igitur  quod   conatus   voluntatis    generat    carnalem 

consequences  . 

amorem  :  carnalis  autem  amor  generat  avariciam :  avaricia 
generat  desiderium  diviciarum  :  desiderium  diviciarum  gene- 
rat inverecundiam  :  inverecundia  vero  presumpcionem  :  pre- 
sumpcio  infidelitatem  :  infidelitas  latrocinium  :  latrocinium  30 

1  id  est,  reprime  in  omne  appetitus. 

2  id  est,  provocant. 


20  Chapter  x.  V. 


2  Mendacium]  Invidia  MS. 


47 
vituperacionem  :  ex  qua  nascitur  captivitas1  que  ducit  ad  ^rfng  men  to 

1  l  *•  *  shame  aim 

dctrimentum   legis    et    dcstruccionem    familiaritatis    et    ad  destruction. 
ruinam  tocius  operis  :  et  hoc  est  contrarium  nature. 

Capituhtm  .9.  de  regis  sapiencia  ct  rcligiouc,  ct  intencione  g 

ifinali  quam  debet  Jiabere.  \ 

PRimo  ct  principalitcr  convenit  regi  quantum  ad  seipsum,  4l  a- 
....  .......  .  The  virtues  of 

ut  fama  sui  nominis  divulgetur  in  laudabui  sapiencia,  et  a  king. 

quod  cum  suis  hominibus  raciocinetur  sapienter,  quia  inde 

laudatur  et  honoratur,  inde  timetur  ab  hominibus,  quando 

10  vident  eum  in  sua  sapiencia  eloquentem  esse,  et  in  operibus 

prudenter  agentem.     Porro  de  levi  potest  sciri.  et  per  cetera  The  tokens  of 

1  °  *■  ....     wisdom  in  a 

signa  apprehendi,  an  in  rege  sapiencia  vel  insipiencia  domi-  king. 

netur,  quia  quicunque  rex  supponit  regnum  suum  divine 

lctri  dignus  est  regnare  et  honorifice  dominari.     Oui  vero  in  He  honours  the 

*=>  *»  °  ~  Divine  law 

J5servitutem  redigit  Dei  legem,  subiciens  earn  suo  regno  et 
imperio,  transgressor   est    veritatis   et   contemptor   divine 
legis.     Qui  vero  contempnit  divinam  legem,  ab  hominibus  or  fai's  into  con. 
qui  sunt  in  lege  contempnetur,  quia  condempnatus  est  in 
]  ege 2. 

20      De  Regis  religionc. 

Dico  iterum  quod  sapientes  philosophi  et  divinitus  lo-  Philosophers 

*■  1  L  r  agree  that  a  king 

quentes  dixerunt  quod  inprimis  deceat  regiam  maiestatem  sn°u!d  be 

t  l  l  Z3  j  religious. 

obtemperare  se  legalibus  institutis,  non  in  ficta  apparencia 

set  in  firma  et  vera  facti  evidencia,  ut  cognoscant  omnes 

25  ipsum   Deum   timere  excelsum,  et  esse  subjectum   divine 

potencie.     Tunc  enim  solent  homines   revereri    et   timere  ^  him^le  wlU 
regem  quando  vident  ipsum  timere  |  et  revereri  Deum.     Si  41  b- 
itaque  tantum  in  apparencia  religiosum  se  ostendit,  et  in-Hypocrisy 

r  «.    .,  .     cannot  be  hid. 

operibus   sit  (malidicus  vel)  malefactor  ;   cum    difficile  sit 

:onepharia    opera  celari  et  apud  populum  ignorari,  a  Deo 

reprobabitur  et  ab  hominibus  contempnetur;    infamabitur 

ejus  fama  et  ejus  factum,  diminuetur  ejus  imperium,  diadema 


1  mentis,  scilicet,  et  fame. 
*  scilicet,  Dei. 


4  Book  II,  Chapter  xi.  V.     Discourse  II.  20  Chapter  xii.  V. 


A  king  should 
company  with 
wise  and 
religi  ms  men : 


he  should  exer- 
cise foresight, 


be  slow  to  anger. 


42  a. 

ready  to  acknow- 
ledge an  error, 


neither  im- 
petuous nor 
tartly; 


he  should  wear 
the  finest  dress, 


excelling  all 
others : 


be  well-spoken, 
have  a  good 
voice. 


4« 

glorie  sue  carebit  honore.  Quid  igitur  plura  dicam  ?  Non 
est  precium,  non  est  thesaurus  qui  possit  sibi  redimere  bonam 
famam. 

Capitulum  .10.  de  honor acione  religiosorum  et  sapicntum, 
ct  de providencia  cl  pictatc  et  mansuetudine  et  discrccionc.       5 

INsuper  condecet  regem  legiferos  honorare.  religiosos 
venerari,  sapientes  sublimare :  et  conferre  cum  eis, 
dubitabiles  movere  questiones,  honeste  interrogare,  discrete 
respondere,  sapienciores  et  nobiliores  magis  honorare  se- 
cundum quod  decet  statum  uniuscujusque.  10 

De  regis  providencia. 

Oportet  insuper  regem  futura  cogitare  et  futuris  casibus 
provider) ter  occurere,  ut  possit  adversa  levius  tollerare. 

De  regis  pictatc,  mansuetudine  ct  discrecionc. 

Decet  eciam  regem  pietatem  habere,  iram  et  motum  15 
animi  retinere1,  ne  improvisa  commocio  progrediatur  in 
actum  sine  |  deliberacione.  Et  decet  regem  errorem  suum 
racionabiliter  recognoscere  et  sapienter  revocare,  quia  summa 
sapiencia  est  in  rege  seipsum  regere.  Cum  ergo  rex  vidit 
aliquod  bonum  vel  utile  faciendum,  faciat  cum  discrecione,  30 
nee  nimis  tarde  nee  nimis  cito,  ne  videatur  impetuosus  vel 
remissus. 

Capitnlum  .11.  de  ornamento  regis  et  prerogatives  ct  ab- 
stinencia  a  multiloqnio  ct  consorcio  subditonnn. 

MUltum  convenit  regie  dignitati  honorifice  indui,  et  25 
semper  cum  pulcro  apparatu,  et  excellere  alios  in 
decore.  Uti  ergo  debet  caris  pulcris  et  extraneis  orna- 
mentis.  Decens  est  siquidem  regem  in  quadam  prerogativa 
alios  omnes  superare.  ut  per  hec  dignitas  regis  decoretur, 
potencia  non  ledatur,  et  debita  reverencia  tribuatur.  Decet  30 
eciam  regem  esse  facundum,  affabilem,  claram  vocem  habere, 
que  multum  prodest  tempore  preliorum  ad  exhortandum 
excercitum  et  excitandum. 


1  id  est,  reprimere. 


11   Chapter  xiii.  V. 


23  Cliapter  xiv.  V. 


49 

De  regis  abstinencia  a  multiloquio. 

0  Alexander,  quam  speciosum  est  et  honorificum  in  rege  a  king  should 

.    .  ...  eschew  much 

abstinere   se  a  multiloquio,   nisi    necessitas  hoc  deposcat.  speaking 
Melius  enim  est  quod  aures  hominum  sint  semper  sitibunde 
5  ad  regis  eloquia  quam  suis  afifatibus  sacientur,  quia  saturatis 
auribus    anima   saturatur,    et   tunc   non    multum    libenter  win  lose  their 

'  respect  for  nun. 

audiunt  |  rcgem  saturantem  K  42  b. 

De  abstinencia  regis  a  consorcio  subditornm. 
Decet  eciam  regem  abstinere  et  non  multum  frequentare  He  must  avoid 

0  familiarity  with 

10  consorcium   subditorum.    et   maxime   vilium    personarum  ;  his  subjects. 
quia  nimia  familiaritas  hominum  honoris  parit  contemptum. 

Capitulum  .12.  de  consuetudine  optima  regnm  Indie, 
scilicet  de  rara  eorum  apparicione  coram  multitudine,  et  quod 
tunc  debcant  facere  magnifica. 

I5  TTT    propter    hoc    pulcra    est    consuetudo    Indorum    in  ?hde- cusk!?nmsof 
-1— 'dispensacione  regni  et  ordinacione  regis  :  qui  statuerunt 
quod  rex  semel  in  anno  appareat  coram  hominibus  in  regali  The  king  shows 

"■  *  *  himself  once 

apparatu  et  armato  excercitu,  sedens  nobilissime  in  suoa>'ear. 
dextrario,  ornatu  armorum  pulcherrimo  decoratus,  et  stare 
jo  faciunt  vulgus  aliquantulum  a  remotis,  nobiles  vero  et 
barones  circa  ipsum.  Tunc  solet  ardua  negocia  expedire, 
varios  et  preteritos  rerum  eventus  declarare,  curam  et  operam 
quam  circa  rempublicam  fideliter  gessit  ostendere.   Consuevit  s',ves  sifts> and 

*■  c  °  releases 

ilia  die  dona  largiri,  et  minus  reos  de  carceribus  emancipare,  p-iso™"- 
35  et  graviora  honera  relevare,  et  multa  pia  opera  excercere. 

Finito  sermone  sedebit  rex,  et  protinus  assurget  unus  deThenagreat 

17  _  °  lord  extols  his 

collateralibus  regis  principalibus,  qui  sapiencior  et  facundior  rule 
omnibus  aliis  reputatur,  et  conabitur  ad  regis  honorem  et 
commendacionem  et  man  datum,  gracias  referens  glorioso  43  a. 
30  Deo  qui  ita  bene  ordinavit  regnum  Indorum  quod  de  tarn 
sapiente  rege  patriam  decoravit,  quod  laudabilem  populum 
Indorum  convenientem,  obedientem.  et  unanimem  con- 
firmavit.    Et  post  laudes  divinas  et  commendaciones  regales  and  praises  the 

*  °  manners  of  the 
land   1 

1  id  est,  loquacem  et  garrulantem. 


a  Chapter  xv.  V. 

1590 


5o 


and  the  people 
pray  for  him  and 
tell  of  his  wis- 
dom; 


and  thus  his 
fame  grows 
among  them. 


At  this  time  he 
punishes  male- 
factors, 


rewards 
merchants, 


43  b. 


and  from  this 
custom  arises  the 
wealth  of  India. 


Merchants 
should  not  be 
injured. 


Justice  is  the 
root  of  national 
prosperity. 


Desire  lasting 
benefits. 


Avoid  animal 
pleasures. 


convertct  sc  ad  lauciem  populi,  enumerando  bonos  mores, 
captando  benevolenciam,  inducens  eos  exemplis  et  racionibus 
ad  humilitatem  et  obedienciam  et  reverenciam  et  dileccionem 
regis.  Quo  facto.,  totus  populus  studebit  regias  laudes 
extollere,  et  sua  bona  opera  commendare,  pro  regis  vita  5 
Deum  exorare,  per  civitates  et  per  familias  regis  opera  et 
sapienciam  enarrare.  Et  propter  hoc  docent  parvos  suos 
ab  infancia  et  inducunt  ad  regis  amorem  et  honorem, 
obedienciam,  et  timorem.  Hoc  igitur  modo  principaliter 
publicatur  et  accrescit  fama  regis  in  secreto  et  in  aperto.         10 

Dc  justicia  regis. 

Consuevit  enim  tali  tempore  malefactores  et  sceleratos 
homines  punire  et  de  medio  tollere,  ut  presumptoribus  via 
nocendi  precludatur  et  ceteri  corrigantur.  Solet  enim  tributa 
tali  tempore  alleviare,  et  cum  mercatoribus  dispensare. partem  15 
eis  de  redditibus  remittere,  ipsos  cum  suis  |  mercibus  dili- 
genter  defendere  et  custodire.  Et  hec  est  causa  quare 
multum  est  populosa  India  :  illuc  enim  concurrunt  merca- 
tores  undique,  ibi  bene  recipiuntur,  et  lucrantur  optime 
divites  et  pauperes,  cives  et  forenses.  Inde  est  quod  tributa  20 
regalia  et  redditus  augmentantur. 

Cavendum  est  itaque  ab  offensa  et  injuria  mercatorum ; 
ipsi  siquidem  sunt  laud  is  latores,  famam  hominum  ferentes 
per  universum  mundum.  Unicuique  ergo  reddendum  est 
quod  suum  est,  quia  et  sic  muniuntur  civitates  et  multi-  .25 
plicantur  redditus,  et  sic  accrescunt  regna  regis  et  honor  et 
gloria,  sic  contremescunt  et  compescuntur  inimici,  sic  vivit 
rex  pacifice  et  secure. 

CapiUihim   .13.  de  appetitu  et  intencione  regis  fiuali,  et 
castitate  et  coitu  vitando.  30 

O  Alexander  noli  appetere  quod  est  corruptible  et 
transitorium  et  quod  oportet  te  scito  reliquere :  para 
divicias  incorruptibiles,  vitam  immutabilem,  vitam  eternam. 
durabilitatem  gloriosam.  Dirige  ergo  cogitaciones  tuas 
semper  in  bonum,  redde  te  virilem  et  gloriosum,  vita  vias  35 

22  Chapter  xvi.  V.  29  Chapter  xvii.  V. 


5i 

bestiales,1    et    leonum 2   ct    immundicias 3   suis,    noli    esse  | 
crudelis  set  flexibilis  ad  parcendum  hiis  de  quibus  victoriam  44  a- 
habuisti.     Cogita  de  futuris  casibus,  quia  nescis  quid  futura  Think  of  the 
dies  paritura  sit.     Noli  tua  desideria  imitari  in  comescione,  temperate. 
5  potu,  coitu,  et  diuturno  sompno. 

De  castitatc  Regis. 

Clemens  imperator,  noli  te  inclinare  ad  coitum  mulierum,  Eschew  lechery. 
quia  coitus  est  quedara  proprietas  porcorum.     Que  gloria 
est  tibi  si  excerceas  vicium  irracionabilium  bestiarum  et 
10  actus  brutorum  ?     Crede  mihi  indubitanter  quod  coitus  est  The  evils  that 

,  .  .....  .  follow  from  it. 

destruccio  corporis  et  abreviacio  vite  et  corrupcio  virtutum, 
legis  transgressio,  femineos  mores  generat,  et  ultimo  inducit 
illud  malum  quod  prediximus.4 

Capitiihim  .14.  de  regis  solacio  et  modestia  vultus  et  risus, 
15  et  de  instrumeniis  musicis  audiendis,  ct  discreccione  ejus, 
et  de  cautela  optima  inquirendi  secreta. 


D 


Ecet  imperatoriam  magestatem  privatos  habere  fideles  Music  is  the 
cum   quibus  delectabitur,  cum   variis  instrumentis  et  s° ace ' 
generibus  organorum  quando  fuerit  tediosus.     Anima  enim 
20  humana  naturaliter  in  talibus  delectabitur,  sensus  requiescunt,  The  effects  of 

....  .       .  .  music. 

sohcitudo  et  cunositas  evanescunt,  et  totum  corpus  vigo- 
ratur.     Si  tu  igitur  in  talibus  volueris  |  delectari ;  ad  plus  44  b- 
persevera  in  tali  vita  tribus  diebus  vel  quatuor,  secundum  Periodical 
quod  tu  videris  expedire,  et  semper  melius  et  honestius.  et 
35  quod  hoc  fiat  privatim. 

De  cautela  optima  inquirendi  secreta. 

Cum  itaque  fueris  in  ipso  solacio,  abstine  te  a  potu,  etH°wtoknow 

.  r  e  the  minds  of 

permitte  eos  ad  libitum  epotare,  et  nnge  te  calefactum  a  vino,  your  familiars. 
quia  tunc  poteris  multa  secreta  percipere  et  audire.     Set 


30      *  id  est,  mores  hominum  bestialium. 
2  id  est,  crudelium  et  superborum. 
s  id  est,  luxuriosi  et  gulosi  qui  porcis  comparantur. 
*  quod  prediximus  supra,  scilicet,  in  capitulo  .8.  in  capitulo  de 
carnali  appetitu. 


6  Chapter  xviii.  V.  14  Chapter  xix.  V. 

E  2 


Distribute  your 
favours  among 
your  nobles. 


Abstain  from 

immoderate 

mirth. 


A  king  is  most 
honoured  in  his 
own  court. 

45  a 


52 

hoc  non  fiat  frequenter,  set  bis  vel  ter  in  anno.  Et  debes 
habere  circa  te,  de  tua  familia,  speciales  qui  tibi  referant  ea 
que  fiunt  et  dicuntur  per  regnum. 

De  inodo  honor acionis  procerum. 

Cum  fueris  inter  barones  tuos,  honora  sapientes  et  quos  tu  5 
videris  merito  honorandos :  tene  quemlibet  in  suo  statu  : 
invita  hodie  unum  et  eras  alium  :  secundum  quod  decet 
gradum  uniuscujusque  honora  ipsum.  Nullus  sit  de  tuis 
nobilibus  qui  tuam  non  senciat  largitatem,  pateat  omnibus 
clemencia  majestatis  et  nobilitas  animi  liberalis.  10 

De  modestia  vultus,  et  precipae  de  risu. 

Decet  itaque  regem  discrecionem  et  continenciam  habere, 
et  a  risu  multum  abstinere,  quia  frequens  risus  tollit  reve- 
renciam  et  generat  senectutem. 

De  loco  honoracionis  regis  et  procerum  suorinn.  *5 

Insuper  scire  debes  quod  magis  (tenentur  homines  regem, 
vel)  rex  tenetur  homines  |  in  sua  honorare  curia  et  suo 
consorcio  quam  alibi,  quia  tunc  sua  interest. 


Offenders  are  to 
be  punished  wi 
respect  to  their 
persons. 


Aesculapius 
likens  a  king  to 
an  eagle. 


The  treatment 
of  contempt  of 


Capitulum  .15.  de  pnnicione  injuriancium  et  de  conversa- 
cione  regis  ad  subditos  ut  enm  anient.  jo 

»  PI  quis  facit  aliquam  injuriam,  puniendus  est  secundum 
O  qualitatem  sue  persone,  ut  terreantur  alii  et  discant  ab 
injuriis  abstinere  ;  et  aliter  puniendus  est  nobilis  et  excelsus, 
aliter  popularis  et  abjectus.  Bonum  ergo  est  rigorem  et 
continenciam  observare,  ut  sit  inter  regem  et  subditos  35 
distinccio  personarum.  Nam  scriptum  est  in  libro  Esculapii 
quod  ille  rex  est  laudabilis  et  amandus  qui  assimilatur  aquile 
dominanti  inter  aves,  et  non  ille  qui  assimilatur  uni  avium 
subjectarum.  Si  quis  igitur  in  curia  vel  in  presencia  regie 
magestatis  presumat  injuriam  perpetrare  vel  offensam  inferre,  30 
considerandum  est  quo  animo  illud  facit,  aut  ludendo  ut  tibi 
complaceat  et  animos  ad  gaudia  provocet,  an  in  contemptum 
et  dedecus  tue  dignitatis.  Si  primo  modo,  leviter  corri- 
gatur  ;  si  vero  secundo  modo,  morte  moriatur. 


ii  Chapter  xx.  V. 


53 

De  obediencia  subditorum  erga  regem  per  conversionem 
eorum  ad  ipsutn.  __    ' 

*  m  i  he  four 

O  Alexander  obedienciam  dominacionis  (vel  dominatoris)  grounds  of 

'  obedience. 

quatuor  modi's  attendimus,  scilicet !  in  ie]igiositate,dileccione,  45  b- 
5  curialitate,  et   reverencia.      O   Alexander,  converte  ad  te  Con<Ju*r  the 

goodwill  of  you 

animas  subditorum,  tolle  injurias  et  injusticias  ab  eis.  Noli  subjects. 
dare  hominibus  contra  te  materiam  obloquendi,  quia  vulgus 
dicit  mala  de  levi.  et  quando  de  jure  potest  dicere,  de  facto 
leviter  potest  facere.  Contine  te  ergo  ita  ut  nichil  contra 
10  te  possit  dicere.  et  per  hoc  evitabis  eorum  facere.  Insuper 
scias  quod  discrecio  maturitatis  est  gloria  dignitatis,  et 
reverencia  domini  est  exaltacio  regis  et   regni.      Summa  Rather  be  feared 

.     .  .  .  .......  than  loved. 

lgitur  prudencia  est  et  providencia  laudabihs.  ut  tua  re- 
verencia  cohabitet   in    cordibus    subditorum    magis   quam 
15  dileccio. 

Capitulum  .16.  de  comparacione  regis  ad phtviam  et  ventos 
et  hyemem  et  estatevi. 


E1 


Egitur  quod  rex  est  in  regno  sicut  pluvia  in  terra,  que  Kings  are 

&  ^.  .  ..,,..  .  .  .  likenedtothe 

est  Uei  gracia,  cell  benediccio,  terre  vita,  vivencium  rain, 


aojuvamentum   et  munimentum,  quia  per  pluviam  paratur1 

iter  mercatoribus,  auxilium  edificantibus  et  solacium.      At-  which  does  good 

and  harm  ; 

tamen  in  pluviis  sunt  aeris  tonitrua,  et  j  fulmina  cadunt,  46  a. 
inundant  fiumina,  torrentes  intumescunt,  furiunt  maria,  et 
multa  alia  mala  eveniunt,  per  que  multa  vivencia  pereunt. 
35  Yerumptamen  accidencia  mala  non  impediunt  qfiin  laudent  still  men  thank 

1  •  t-x  ,       •  •  -i  God  for  it, 

homines  Deum  glonosum  in  sua  magestate.  considerantes 
signa  sue  gracie  dona  misericordie,  quia  per  pluviam  vivi- 
ficant  nascencia,  vegetabilia  pullulant,  et  cunctis  virtutibus 
infunditur  benediccio.     Et   ideo  referunt   homines   laudes  and  forget  any 

._  harm  it  causes 

30  Deo,  et  obliviscuntur  mala  preterita  que  supervenerunt. 

Et   exemplum    regis   convenit  exemplo  ventorum  quos 


1  et  precipue  in  terris  calidis  et  tempore  calido,  ut  valeant 
mutare  loca  per  mitigacionem  caloris  in  omni  loco,  vel  intendit 
propter  navigacionem  tantum. 


1  Chapter  xxi.  V.  16  Chapter  xxii.  V. 


Kings  are 

likened  to  the 

wind. 

The  b»unties  of 

the  winds. 


The  evils  they 
cause. 


46  b 


God  orders  the 
course  of  the 

winds 


out  of  His 
mercy. 

Kings  are 
likened  to 
summer  and 
winter 


whose  incon- 
veniences are 
often  lasting 
benefits  in  dis- 
guise. 

47  a. 


54 

Deus  excelsus  emittit  et  extendit  de  thesauro  sue  miseri- 
cordie,  et  per  ipsos  educit  nubem,  et  crescunt  segetes, 
arborum  fructus  maturantur  et  resumunt  vires  cum  aqua 
desiderata  recipitur,  via  navigantibus  aperitur,  et  multa 
alia  bona  secuntur.  Ex  ventis  tamen  impedimenta  et  5 
diversa  pericula  inferuntur,  tarn  in  mari  quam  in  terra, 
dolores  extrinsecos  ad  interiora  cordium  inducunt,  divicias 
hominum  in  procellis  dissipant  et  dispergunt,  per  eos 
corup|ciones  aeris  generantur,  venena  mortifera  nutriuntur x 
et  multa  alia  inconveniencia  consecuntur.  Et  tamen  im-  10 
plorant  inferiores  creature  clemenciam  Creatoris  ut  tollat  ab 
eis  ista  mala.  Ipse  nichilominus  ventos  deducere  sustinet 
cursum  suum  retinere  et  ordinem  quern  statuit  eis,  quia 
cuncta  sua  sapiencia  equali  pondere  et  certo  numero  et 
ordine  destinavit  et  statuit  servis  suis  ea  ut  serviant.  Et  hoc  15 
exivit  ex  immensa  sua  misericordia  et  inenarrabili  bonitate. 
Hec  siquidem  parabola  est  in  hyeme  et  estate  quoniam 
frigora  et  calores  summa  providcncia  inevitabiliter  et  im- 
mutabiliter  stabilivit  ad  generacionem  propagacionem  et 
durabilitatem  rerum  temporalium  et  naturalium.  Cum  20 
tamen  multa  inconveniencia  et  pericula  mortalia  eveniunt 
ex  frigore  hyemis  et  calore  estatis,  sic  et  accidit  in  rege ; 
multa  siquidem  solent  ab  ipso  comoda  provenire  et  que 
suis  subditis  displicent,  et  moleste  feruntur  [  cum  tamen  in 
eis  maxima  utih'tas  immineatur. 


35 


Help  all  those 
in  evil  case. 


Capitulum  .17.  de  subvencione  cge novum  ct  regis  provi- 
dencia  contra  famem  futnravi. 

O  Alexander,  indaga  de  iriopia   et  necessitate  misera- 
bilium  personarum  et  debilium  ;  subveni  indigentibus 


Bacon  instances  !  ^v.e  mittuntur  de  regionibus  venenatis  per  habundanciam  30 
the  s.  winds  from  animalium  venenosorum,  sicut  sepe  accidit  quod  ex  Affrica  per 
Africa,  &c.  ventos  deportati  sunt  pulveres  animalium  venenosorum  jam  mortuo- 
rum  ad  regiones  citra  mare,  et  similiter  vapores  venenosi  multipli- 
cati  ab  animalibus  vivis  venenosis,  sicud  Virgilius  30  Georgicorum 
et  Servius  ibidem,  et  Plinius  et  Historie  scribunt  multipliciter  35 
contigisse. 


26  Chapter  xxiii.  V. 


55 

in  sua  indigencia  de  tua  clemencia  ;  eligc  tibi  homines 
scientes  eorum  linguam  et  eloquentes,  justiciam  amantes, 
qui  vicem  tuam  suplere  valeant.  et  eos  misericorditer  amare 
et  regere.  In  hoc  est  regis  observancia,  hominum  leticia 
5  beneplacitum  Creatoris. 

Dc  regis  providencia  contra  fameni  futnrain. 

O  Alexander,  thesauriza  tibi  multum  de  leguminibus  et  Lay  uP  great 
granis  utilibus  ad  vescendum,  ut  terre  .tue  sufficiant  in  anTfo°odSagainst 
tempore  famis  et  indigencie,  ut  cum  venerit,  sicut  solet 
io  accidere  in  annis  famis  et  inopie,  valeat  tuis  hominibus  tua 
providencia  subvenire,  et  in  tempore  necessitatis  succurere 
civitatibus.  Tunc  debes  aperire  celaria  tua  et  publicare  per 
regnum  et  civitates  frumenta  et  grana  thesaurizata. 

Hec  est  magna  cautela.  maxima  providencia,  munimen  ;n  this  shall  your 
'    regni,  salus  populi,  custodia  civitatum.     Tunc  enim  pene-  i°nown  an/ 
trabit  tuum  preceptum,  tunc  prosperabitur  tuum  factum  et  praise 
fama,  et  de  tua  pulcra  providencia  gaudebunt  et  vivent  cum 
fiducia  universi.     Tunc  scient  omnes  quod  oculi  tui  projcul  47  b. 
videant.1     Propter  hoc  appreciabuntur  tuam  clemenciam, 
20  et  timebunt  tuam  offendere  magestatem. 

Capitiilnm   .18.  de  regis  misericordia,  quod  rex  11011  sit 
facilis  ad  cjfusionem  sanguinis. 

O  Alexander  frequenter  monui  te  et  adhuc  moneo  quod 
meam  custodias  doctrinam,  quam  si  servaris,  tuum  pro- 

25  positum  consequeris  et  regnum  tuum  durabile  permanebit. 

Noli   igitur   sanguinem    humani  generis  per  te  effundere,  Do  not  shed 
quoniam  hoc  soli  Deo  convenit,  qui  novit  occulta  cordium 
et  secreta  hominum.     Noli  tibi  assumere  divinum  officium,  Godaionehas 
quia  non  est  tibi  datum   scire  archanum  divinum.     Cave    1S prero&atlve' 

30  igitur  quantum  potes  effundere  sanguinem  hominum,  quia 

doctor  egregius  Hermogines  scripsit,  dicens  :  Ouando  crea-  The  saying  of 
tura  interficit  creaturam  sibi  similem,  ut  homo  hominem, 


1  id  est,  sunt  providi  et  prevident  utilitates  regni  contra  mala 
futura. 


6  Chapter  xxiv.  V.  21  Chapter  xxv.  V. 


5* 

virtutes  celorum  clamabunt  ad  divinam  magestatem  dicentes 
The  virtues  of  Domino  :  Domine,  servus  Tuus  vult  esse  Tibi  similis.  Quia 
vengeance  on  the  si  injuste  interficitur,  respondet  Creator  excelsus :  Perimite 

manslayer,  .   .  .  .  .  _    .  ._.,  .      .      ,. 

cum  qui  mterficit  quia  ipse  interncietur :    Mini  vindictam  et 
48  a.  Ego  retribuam.1  |  Ettociens  in  suis  laudibus  virtutes  celorum  5 
umii  vengeance   representabunt  mortem  interfecti  donee  vindicta  sumatur  ab 

is  done  on  him.      ,  _    .  .  . , 

lnternciente,  qui    ent    unus    de    perseveratonbus    in    penis 
eternis. 

Capituliim  decimum  novum  de  fid elitate  servanda  secundum 
cxemphtm  antiquorum,  et  quod  rex  debet  esse  mentor  pre-  10 
teritorum. 


O    Alexander    de    omnibus    penis    habes    (vel   habeas) 
noticiam  :  multa  genera  malorum  experimento  didicisti. 

vnnr  ancestors.  °  L 


Be  guided  by 
the  deeds  of 
your  ancestors. 


reducas  ad  memoriam  gesta  parentum  et  annales  parentum, 
et  actus  antiquorum  patrum  discute.  Inde  poteris  multa  15 
bona  exempla  extrahere.  Facta  omnia  preterita  dabunt  certa 
documenta  in  futuris.  Minorem  ne  contempnas,  quia  minor 
the  humble"  et  vilis  poterit,  sicut  solet  accidere,  ad  honores  et  divicias 
pervenire,  et  tunc  erit  valencior  et  potencior  ad  nocendum. 


Do  not  despise 


they  may  become 


powerful.  O  clementissime  Imperator,  cave  ne  infringas  datam  fidem  20 

et  federa  confirmata,  quoniam  hoc  convenit  infidelibus, 
juvenibus,  et  meretricibus.  Serva  fideliter  promissam  fidem, 
quoniam  omnem  infidelitatem  consequitur  finis  malus.     Et 

The  benefits  of         .  .      r     ,  r.  .......  .  .. 

faith-breaking     si  in  ledera  fnngendo  ahquid  bom  eveniat,  tamen  quando  ipsa 

are  evil.  .  m 

species  mala  est,  exemplum  ent  reprobum,  et  de  genere  25 
malorum. 


menu 


1  Considerandum  est  quod  Aristotiles  et  ceteri  magni  philosophi 

legerunt  Vetus  Testamentum  et  edocti  sunt  a  prophetis  et  ceteris 

The  source  of      sapientibus  Hebreis;  et  hoc  dicit  Aristotiles  postea.     Unde  non 

this  teaching  in     ^  .  ■  jl-  ••  •  ,.•  ...... 

the  old  Testa-     est  mirum  quod  hie  accipit  auctontatem  \  saie  et  alibi  in  hoc  30 
libro,  et  in  morali  philosophia  accepit  documenta  Salomonis  et 
aliorum.     Sic  enim  Plato  usus    est    illo  Exodi :    'Ego  sum  qui 
sum;'    et    Avicenna    in   .10.    Methaphisice   accepit   auctoritates 
Scripture. 

20  Chapter  xxvi.  V.       30  The  reference  is  to  Is.  lix.  18,  but  the  quotation 
is  from  Rom.  xii.  19. 

3  Perimite]   Permitte  MS. 


57 

Scias  itaque  quod  per  fidem  fit  hominum  con'gregacio,  48  b. 
civitatum  inhabitacio,  virorum  communio,  regis  dominacio ;  "i"J!fbyfahh- 
per  fidem  castra  tenentur,  civitates  servantur,  reges  domi-  k-cping' 
nantur.     Si  quidem  tollas  fidem,  cuncti  homines  ad  statum  and  dissolves  in 

its  absence. 

5  pristinum    revertentur,    videlicet    ad    instar    brutorum    et 
similitudinem  bestiarum. 

Cave  tibi,  rex  fidelissime,  infringere  datam  fidem  et  serva 
firmiter  juramenta  tua  et  federa  etsi  sint  gravia.     Xescis  The  sayings  of 

Hermogenes. 

quod,  teste    Hermogine,   duo   sunt   spintus  qui  te   custo- 
10  diunt,  quorum  unus  est  ad  dextram  et  alius  ad  sinistram  T*? guardian 

*■  spirits  ot  every 

custodientes  et  scientes   opera  tua  cuncta,  et    rescribentes  man- 
Creatori  quicquid  discreveris  faciendum  ?     In  veritate  solum 
hoc   deberet    te    et    quemlibet   retrahere    ab  .omni    opere 
inhonesto.  * 

15      Ouis  te  compulit  tarn  frequenter  jurare?     Non  est  hoc  Swear  not,  but 

.  .  ,    ,  in  utmost  need. 

faciendum  sine  magna  necessitate.  Rex  vero  nisi  multus 
rogatus  et  frequenter  requisitus  non  debet  jurare  ;  nescis 
quod  non  convenit  regie  dignitati  et  derogat  honori  quando 
juras  ?  Subditorum  enim  est  et  servorum  jurare.  Si  quidem 
20  queras  que  fuit  causa  destruccionis  regni  Ambasoyorum  et  Kingdoms  ruined 

x  1  by  cause  of 

Scitarum,  responderem  tibi,  quia   reges  eorum    utebantur  oath-breaking, 
juramentis  ad  fraudem  et  decepcionem  hominum  |  et  proxi-  49  a. 
marum  civitatum,   frangentes   federa  stabilita   ad  salutem 
humani  generis  et  utilitatem.     Iniqui  ill!  et  infideles  abute- 
3*  bantur  juramentis   ad  subversionem  proximorum  et   ideo  which  God 

"J  A  punished. 

equitas  justissima  Summi  Judicis  non  potuit  eos  amplius 
sustinere. 

O  doctissime  Alexander,  scire  te  volo  quod  in  ordinacione  There  are  special 

.  .  rules  for  the 

imperii  et  regiminis  sunt  quedam  documenta  specialissima  governance  of 

r  °  A  ....  a  king  s  house- 

30  valde  moralia  pertinencia  tibi  quantum  ad  propriam  famiham  hold, 
et  quantum  ad  communem  populum  regendum,  set  non 
habent  locum  hie.     Set  tamen  tradam  tibi  ea  in  certo  loco  which  shall  be 

set  down  later. 

libri  hujus  et  erunt  tibi  documenta  salutaria  abreviata  et 
valde  utilia,  in  quorum  observancia  prosperabis,  Domino 
35  concedente. 


28  Chapter  xxvii.  V. 


5« 

Capitulum  viccsimum  quod  non  est  dolendum  de  adversis 
preteritis  quia  mutari  non  possunt,  et  de  studiis  sapiencie 
ordinandi^  et  de  scolis  ct  studiis  preparandis. 

Don't  grieve       \T  Oli  penitere  pro  re  preterita,  quoniam  hoc  est  proprium 
gspas.  ^  ^j  cje]Djjjum  ej.  mulierum.    Manifesta  probitatem,  custodias  5 
curialitatem,  serva  bonitatem  et  excerce  ;  in  hoc  est  proteccio 
The  advance,      regni,  destruccio    inimici.      O    imperator   egregie,  prepara 

ment  of  learning.  ,     .    .       ,  

gignasia  l  (vel  gymnasia),  tua  statue  studia  in  civitatibus  tui 

49  b-  l'egni,  permitte  -  et  precipe  3  tuis  hominibus  |  ut  suos  doceant 
children  are  to    filios  sciencias  literarum,  et  faciant  eos  studere  in  liberalibus  10 

be  be  forced 

to  study.  et   nobilibus  scienciis.     Et   tua  debet  esse  providencia  de 

necessariis  subvenire.     Et  fac  aliquam  jprerogativam  bene 

students  are  to    studentibus  et  proficientibus,  ut  per  hoc  prestes  aliis  scolari- 

be  rewarded,  i  711 

bus  exemplum  et  materiam  vigilandi.     Exaudi  peticiones 
eorum,  epistolas  recipe  et  attende,  collauda  laudandos  et  15 
and  they  win      remunera  remunerandos.     In  hoc  excitabis  literatos  ad  tua 

spread  your 

fame.  preconia  extollenda,  et  gesta  tua  in  scripturis  perpetuanda ; 

iste  modus  est  commendabilis  et  ista  prudencia  collaudanda. 
In  hoc  honoratur  imperium,  decoratur  totum  regnum,  illu- 
minator curia  imperatoris,   annales  et   gesta   regalia   ejus  20 

what  has  made   memorie  melius  commendantur.     Quis  sublimavit  regnum 

Greece  so  . 

famous?  Grecorum  ?  quis  eorum  gesta  per  totum  mundum  perpetu- 

it  «as  the  dm-    aliter  defamavit  ?  hoc  certe  fecit  diligencia  studencium  et 

gence  of  her  m  ° 

students;  probitas  sapientum  qui  supra  modum  sciencias  dilixerunt, 

pen  giris  were    et  propter  hoc  talia  meruerunt.   Sane  puella  in  domo  patris-  25 

50  a.  familias  ex  nimio  studio  sciebat  cursum  I  anni  et  astrorum, 


1  id  est,  loca  ubi  fiunt  excercicia,  et  hie  accipitur  pro  excercicio 
studencium  et  hoc  statim  exponit. 

2  vel,  promitte.  • 

An  unlearned  3  ^ota.  hie  mirabilem  sapienciam  quam  re£(es  antiqui  adimple-  30 

king  is  a  crowned  r  ,    .  \   .  ,   ..       L     .  .         °,  V   IT 

ass;  -verunt  quia  fuerunt  instructi  in  philosophia,  set  nunc  ut  Henncus 

49  b-  filius  I  Willelmi  regis  qui  dicebatur  '  bastardus'  solebat  dicere  patri 
et  fratribus,  '  Rex  illiteratus  est  asinus  coronatus.' 


7  Chapter  xxviii.  V. 


26  At  foot  off.  49  b  ;  quod  clerici  ignorantes  astronomiam  sunt  vituperandi 
nisi  addiscant '. 


festa  futura,   solempnitates   mensium,  cursum   planetarum,  and  knew  the 

......  .  ....  course  of 

causas  abreviacionis  diei  et  noctis  et  revolucionis  planetarum  astronomy. 
Plyades    et    Koetes,    brevitates   circulorum    dierum,   signa 
stellarum  indicancia  futurorum.  et  alia  inflnita  que  pertinent 
5  ad  judicium  futurorum  et  artem  supeiiorum.     Ouam  vile  Ho«- shameful 

,  .-  it  is  for  great 

igfitur  est  quod  famosi  et  senes  in  studio  ignorant  hec  que  men  to  be 

°  n  o  -i        ignorant. 

puelle  solebant  scire. 

Capit uhim  .21.  de  cavendis  mulieribus  ct  venenis  et  ab 
omni  imntundicia. 
io  f~\  Alexander,  nunquam  confida's  in  operibus  et  serviciis  ^Xlomen 
\~y  mulierum  ne  committas  te  illis.    Et  si  necessitas  exigit, 
illi  te  committas  que  fidelis  et  dilecta  creditur  esse   tibi, 
quia  dum  mulier  tractat  tuam  personam,  scias  te  esse  quasi  "°rthpe"r  K]ife 
quoddam  dispositum  et  commissum  apud  earn,  quia  in  suis  l»ghtiy. 
15  manibus  est  vita  tua. 

De  cavendis  venenis. 

Cave,  cave  mortifera  venena,  non  enim  incipiunt  homines  Beware  of 

,  »ii-i  poison :  many 

de  novo  venenare  :  notum  est  quoniam  *  multitudo  regum  kings  have  died 

...  ,.  .     .  ]■  ..  of  it. 

vel   dominorum    aliorum   anticipaverunt    diem    mortis,    et 
20  occubuerunt 2  pocionibus  venenorum. 

O    Alexander,  in    uno   medico  non   confidas :    quoniam  Trust  not  in  one 

sole  leech 

unus  medicus  potens  est  |  ad  nocendum  et  de  facili  audet  50  b. 
nephas  presumere  et    scelus  deducere  ;j  ad   efYectum.     Si  but  have  a 

1  m  number, 

itaque  potest  fieri  quod  sint  decern  non  sint  minus,  set  fac 
25  eos  omnes  convenire  in  unum.     Et  si  sumenda  fuerit  cum  and  let  them 

...  .  ...  ., .  ,        .  T^     act  in  consulta- 

medicina,  noli    sumerenisi   de   consilio   plunmorum.      Et  tion. 

res   medicinales   debeant    adquiri,  debes  habere   fid elem  4  The  choice  of  an 

.  apothecary. 

virum   cognoscentem  genera  specierum   et  qualitates,  qui 
debet  omnia  que  sunt  necessaria  in  composicione  colligere 


30      x  vel,  quanta. 

2  aliter,  et  hoc  attribuerunt. 

3  scilicet,  dare  venenosa. 

4  Qualis  debet  esse  herbarius  vel  apothecarius. 


10  Chapter  xxix.  V.  21   Chapter  xxx.  V. 


5-7  '  Quam  .  .  .  scire  ',  evidently  a  note  by  Bacon. 


5o 


Remember  tlie 
Queen  of  India's 
poison- maiden. 


If  I  had  not 
chanced  to  ob- 
serve her, 


you  would  have 
been  poisoned. 


Preserve  the 
purity  of  thy 
soul. 


de  consilio  medicorum  cum  certo  pondere  et  mensura,  et 
potum  conficcre  sicut  decet. 

O  Alexander  recole  factum  regine  Indorum,  quando  tibi 
mandavit  causa  amicicie  multa  xennia  1  et  dona  venusta, 
inter  que  missa  fuit  ilia  venustissima  puella  que  ab  infancia  5 
imbuta  et  nutrita  fuit  veneno  serpentum,  ita  quod  de  sua 
natura  conversa  fuit  in  naturam  serpentum.  Et  nisi  ego 
ilia  hora  diligenter  inspexissem  in  ipsam,  et  arte  judicassem 
de  puella,  eo  quod  ita  audacter  et  horribiliter  et  incessabiliter 
et  inverecunde  suum  figebat  visum  in  facie  hominum,  per-  10 
pendi  siquidem  'quod  interficeret  homines  solo  morsu  vel 
visu,  quod  tu  experimento  post  probavisti.  Et  nisi  hoc 
certissime  |  tibi  ostendissem,  mors  tua  fuisset  in  ardore 
coitus  illius  consecuta. 

De  vuindicia  anime.  15 

O  Alexander,  servatuam  nobilissimamanimamsuperiorem 
et  angelicam,  quia  comendata  est  tibi  non  lit  dehonestetur 
set  ut  glorietur.  Non  sis 2  de  condicione  et  genere  im- 
mundorum3  set  de  numero  sapientum. 


Do  nothing  but 
by  counsel  of 
Astronomy. 


Capituhim  .22.  de  regimine  vite  per  astronomiam. 

ORex  clementissime,  si  fieri  potest,  non   surgas  nee 


sedeas  nee  comedas  nee  bibas  et  nichil  penitus  facias 
sine   consilio   viri   periti  in  arte  astrorum.     Scias  itaque4 
God  hasmade     pro    certo   quod    nichil    fecit   gloriosus  Deus  vacuum  nee 

nothing  in  vain.  L  ° 

ociosum  in  naturis,  set  omnia  sunt  facta  probabili  ex  causa  25 
et  certissima  racione.     Et  per  istam  viam  et  inquisicionem 
piato  knew  the    cognovit  peritissimus  doctor  noster  Plato  naturam  parcium 

composition  of  .  ..  ..         .,  .       .. 

aii  things.  compositarum  rerum  ex  contrarns  quahtatibus  et  colonbus 


The  proper 
form  of  the  word 
xennium. 


1  xennium  est  nomen  Grecum  quod  in  omnibus  veracibus  libris 
habetur,  tarn  in  textu  sacro  quam  in  philosophia  et  jure,  unde  quod  30 
preponitur  e  in  prima  sillaba  dicendo  exennia,  nichil  est  et  fictum 

a  glomerellis  quia  ignorant  Grecum. 

2  vel,  sit. 

3  spirituum,  scilicet. 

4  vel,  utique.  35 


16  Chapter  xxxi    V. 


6i 

in  sua  generacione  per  comparacionem  l  ad  res  compositas, 
et  per  hoc  habuit  scienciam  de  sideribus  -  comatis  3. 

Ne  adhibeas  fidem  dictis  insipiencium  qui  dicunt  scienciam  do  not  believe 
planetarum  difrkilem  esse  quod  nemo  poterit  ad  illam  per-  A^iogylftoo 
5  venire  ;    isti  nesciunt   quid    dicunt,   Quia   apud    potenciam  dlfficult  t0  learn- 
intellectus  nichil  est  difficile  et  cuncta  sunt  scibilia  in  via 
racionis.     Sunt  et  alii  non  minus  |  stulti  qui  dicunt  Deum  51  b. 
cuncta  previdisse  et  preordinasse  ab  eterno  :  unde  dicunt  or  others  who  ?ay 

it  is  useless  to 

non  prodest  futura  precognoscere  ex  quo  debent  necessario  know  the  fi}turf : 

*  .  we  cannot  alter  it. 

10  evenire ;  quid  igitur  valet  sciencia  stellarum  ?  illi  similiter 
male  errant. 

Dico  ergo  quod  licet   quedam  sint    necessario  ventura,  some  things  are 
tamen    si    presciantur    levius   tollerantur,    prudencius    de-  evitkwe"" 
clinantur,  et  sic  quodammodo  evitantur,  quia  eo  ipso  quod  but  others  can 

15  futura   sint   in    mea   noticia   et   previsa,  quando   accidunt  agamft"  ec 
recipiuntur  provide  et  discrete,  transeunt  sine  molestia  et 
sine  maxima  lesione.    Verbi  gracia,  quando  hyemps  speratur  when  we  know 
nimis  frigida,  homines  preparant  hospicia  calida,  provident  wepreparefbrnit • 
tegumenta,  carbones  et  ligna  adquirunt,  et  de  aliis  multis 

30  se  premuniunt,  et  propter  hoc,  veniente  hyeme  et  frigore, 
non  leduntur.  Hoc  eciam  faciunt  in  estivo  calore,  quia 
per  frigida  cibaria  et  species  rerum  evadunt  fervorem 
estatis. 

Similiter  quando  prescire  possunt  annos   famis  et  indi- when  we  expect 

r  , .  a  famine,  we  lay 

35  gencie,  per  conservacionem  irumentorum  et  rerum  aharum  up  store  of  food  ; 
providenciam    minus    moleste   ac    levius  sustinent  tempus 
famis  et  indigencie.    Confert  ergo  multum  |  futura  prescire.  53  a. 
quia  melius  declinare  mala  possunt  homines  quando  ventura  ^j,1^^14" 
precognoscunt;  nam  et  Destinatorem  excelsum  tunc  precibus  come,  we  may 

r       .     o  •    *  r  pray  for  God  s 

30  implorare  debent  quod  per  suam  clemenciam  ab  eis  futura  P'** 
mala  avertat  et  aliter  ordinet.     Non  enim  ita  predestinavit 
quod  in  aliquo  sue  potencie  derogaret.     Possunt  siquidem 
homines   divinam    clemenciam   deprecari   oracionibus,  de- 
vocionibus,  precibus,  jejuniis,  serviciis,  sacrificiis,  elemosinis, 

35      '  aliter,  in  comparacione. 

2  de  ydeis  et  rebus. 

3  vel,  formatis. 


62 


The  three  divi- 
sions of 
Astronomy : 

(i)  The  ordi- 
nance of  the 
heavens  and 
stars.    The 
Science  of 
Astronomy. 

(2)  The  know- 
ledge of  the 
rising  and 
setting  of  signs. 
The  Science  of 
Judgements. 
(3I  The  Science 
of  the  Spheres. 

52  b, 

The  number  of 
fixed  stars. 


The  sciences 
were  discovered 
by  the  Jews. 


Seth. 


Noah. 


Babel. 


et  multis  aliis  bonis,  de  commissis  veniam  implorantes,  de 
reatibus  pcnitentes,  et  tunc  verissime1  est  quod  Deus  omni- 
potens  avertet  ab  eis  quod  trepidant  et  formidant.  Redeamus 
ergo  ad  inceptum  sermonem. 

Sciendum  ergo  quod  astronomia  dividitur.  in  tres  partes,  5 
videlicet,  in  ordinacionem  celorum  et  sperarum,  et  in  dis- 
posicionem  planetarum  et  divisionem  signorum  et  eorum 
elongacionem  et  de  suis  motibus.  et  ista  pars  Astronomie 
vocatur  Sciencia.     Secunda  pars  est  de  qualitate  et  modo 
cognoscendi    motum    firmamenti,    ortum    signorum    super  10 
rebus  empericis  -  antequam  fiant  sub  firmamento  Lune,3  et 
hec  secunda  pars  dicitur  Astronomia  sive  Sciencia  Judi- 
ciorum.     Et  dignior  pars  astronomie  est  sciencia  de  tribus 
rebus,  scilicet,  |  de  speris,  planetis.  et  signis.     Scias4  igitur 
quod    fixi    planete    sunt   .1022.   de    quibus   meam   tibi   in  15 
quadam  parte  libri  hujus  ad  plenum  tradam  doctrinam.5 

Explicit  pars  prima  hujus  libri  de  regum  va- 
rietate  et  nwribus  et  regimine. 

1  vel,  verisimile. 

2  aliter,  entibus.  20 

3  i.e.  sub  Luna  que  est  in  firmamento. 

4  Sciendum  quod  hec  pars  Astronomie  non  est  adhuc  translata, 
et  loquitur  de  illis  stellis  tantum,  quantum  quantitas  potest  sciri 
per  instrumenta  astronomie,  quia  alie  sunt  innumerabiles. 

r'  Sciendum  ergo  quod  infidelesphilosophi  non  invenerunt  hanc  25 
scienciam  nee  alias  partes  Mathematice,  ut  Geometriam  et  Arithme- 
ticam,  nee  alias  sciencias,  set  Deus  dedit  eas  suis  Sanctis  et  justis 
Hebreis,  a  quibus  omnes  philosophi  infideles  habuerunt  omnium 
scienciarum  principia,  ut  dicit  capitulo  primo  secunde  partis  hujus 
libri.     Nam  Josephus  dicit,  primo  libro  Antiquitatutn,  quod  Deus  30 
filiis  Ade  in  secunda  generacione  per  Seth  dedit  eis  vivere  per 
sexcentos  annos  propter  gloriosas  sciencias  in  quibus  studuerunt, 
videlicet,  Geometriam  et  Astronomiam.      Et  Noee  et  filii  ejus  et 
Habraam  docuerunt  illas  sciencias  post  diluvium.      Nam  Noee  et 
progenitus  ejus  Sem  docuerunt  Astronomiam  primo  in  Babilonia,  35 
scilicet,  in  terra  ilia  post  diluvium,  ut  docet  Albumazar  .6.  libro 
Introductorio  in  Astronomiam,  et  cum  eis  maxime  primogenitus 
Sem,  sicut  dicitur  in  prologo  Composicionis  Astrolabii  Ptolomei. 


3  End  of  Discourse  II. 


Et  Habraam,  testante  Josepho,  descendit  in  Egiptum  et  docuit  Abraham  took 

_    .      .  .    •  ,  ■  a  •  .    -\  m  r    ■  •  •      them  to  Esypt. 

Egiptios  Arithmetical»  et  Astronomiam,  et  Moyses  fuit  pentus  in 
omni  sciencia  sive  sapiencia  Egiptiorum,  ut  dicitur  septimo  capi- 
tulo  Actuum.  et  Salomon  de  omnibus  philosofatus  est,  et  nullam  Solomon. 

5  naturam    indisciplinatam    reliquit,    sicut   dicit    Josephus   octavo 
Antiquitatum  libro.     Et   Moyses  docuit  verum   motum  Lune  et  Moses. 
Solis,    et   conjuncciones  et    opposiciones  propter  sacrificia  legis, 
et  multa  alia  nobilia.     Propter  igitur  ista,  non  est  mirum  si  philo- 
sophi  qui  omnes  habuerunt  sciencias  ab  Hebreis,  ut  patet  ex  dictis 

i°  et  evidencius  in  sequenti  parte  libri  hujus,  statim  in  principio 
potuerunt  loqui  certitudinaliter  de  certitudine  scienciarum  quam 
docuerunt  sapientissimi  Hebrei,  qui  a  Deo  receperunt  omnes 
sciencias,  et  dedit  eis  multos  centenarios  annorum  vivere  ut 
experirentur  eas. 


Keeping  of 
health  is  more 
precious  than 
medicine. 


;3  a. 


Health  comes 
from  equality 
of  complexions 
or  attemperance 
of  the  humours. 


God  revealed 
the  method  of 
obtaining  this 


to  the  saints, 


from  whom 
ancient  philoso- 
phers learnt  it, 


the  Cireeks  above 
all. 


53  b. 


Incipii  pars  secunda  hujus  libv'i  de  regimine 
sanitatis  cujus  capitulum  primum  est  de  ortu  toctus 
sapieucle. 

NUnc  vero   prius  tibi  tradere  volo  doctrinam  medi- 
cinalem    et    qucdam   secreta   que   tibi    sufficiunt    in  5 
conservacione     sanitatis,    ut     non     indigeas    aliquo 
medico,  quia  conservacio  sanitatis  et  salutis  melior  est  |  et 
preciosior  omni  medicina,  et  valde  tibi  sunt  necessaria  ad 
regimen  hujus  mundi. 

Sciendum  est  itaque  quod  non  est  via  ad  aliquam  rem  10 
faciendam  vel  aliquam  causam  adquirendam   nisi  per  po- 
tenciam    clari    intellectus,    et    non    est    potencia    nisi   per 
sanitatem,   et  non  est  sanitas   nisi  per  equalitatem    com- 
plexionum,    et    non    est    equalitas   complexionis   nisi   per 
temperanciam  humorum.     Et  Deus   excelsus  et  gloriosus  15 
ordinavit  modum  et  remedium  ad  temperanciam  humorum 
et  conservanciam  sanitatis  et  ad  plurima  alia  adquirenda, 
et    revelavit    ea    Sanctis    prophetis    servis    suis    et    justis 
prophetis  suis,  et  quibusdam  aliis  quos  preelegit  et  illus- 
travit  spiritu  divine  sapiencie,  et  dotavit  eos  dotibus  sciencie.  20 
Ab  istis  sequentes  viri  philosophi  philosophic  principatum 
et  originem  habuerunt :   Indi  et  Perses  et  Greci  et  Latini 
ab  istis   hauserunt,  et  scripserunt   artium    et    scienciarum 
principia  et  secreta,  quia  in  scripturis  eorum x  nichil  falsum, 
nichil  reprobum   invenitur,  set  a  sapientibus  approbatum.  25 
Qui   enim  sibi   ipsi   causa    perdicionis    est,   multo   forcius 
aliis  causam  perdicionis  prestabit,  quia  illud  eligimus  quod 
amamus,  et  illud  querimus  quod  intendimus.     Scire  tamen 
debes  quod  Deus  excelsus  inter  ceteros  philosophos  Grecos 
magis    inflammavit    ad*  sciencias    inquirendas    et    rerum   |  30 
naturalium  genera  cognoscenda.     De  hoc  tibi  alias  fecimus 


vel,  ipsorum. 


4  Chapter  xxxii.  V. 


65 
fidem,   unde   secundum    ipsos   proposuimus    in    hoc    libro  TueywMbe. 

T  -  .  ...  '  followed  in  this 

Domino  concedente,  procedere  et  determinare.  book. 

Capitulum  .2.  de  equalitate  servanda  in  omnibus,  scilicet, 
in  cibo  et  potu  et  aliis  que  eriumerat. 
5  f~~*  Onvenerunt .  itaque  sapientes  philosophi  naturales  quod  Man  ;s  com. 
^homo   est   compositus   ex    oppositis   elementis  et  ex  humou°rsfand 
contrariis  quatuor  humoribus,  qui  semper  indiget  alimentis  eTemlnts. 
et  pocionibus :  quibus  si  caret,  corrumpetur  ejus  substancia. 
et  si  hiis  uteretur  superflue  vel  diminute,  incurreret  infirmi- 

10  tatem,  debilitatem,  et  alia  inconveniencia   multa.     Si  vera  His nourish, 
utatur  temperate,  inveniet  juvamen  vite,  corporis  fortitu-  ^mperate.ld  be 
dinem,   et    tocius   sue   substancie   salutem.      Convenerunt 
igitur  unanimiter  quod  qui  transgreditur  debitum  modum, 
in  pleno  x  et  vacuo  2,  et  in  sompno  et  vigilia,  in  motu  et  quiete,  who  overpasses 

15  in  dissolucione  vel  retencione  ventris,  in  subtraccione  vel  f^\  bto'sickn'Ls, 
detencion  esanguinis,  non  poterit  evadere  (egritudines  seu) 
egritudinum  furores  et  molestias  infirmitatum,  de  quibus  for  which  the 
omnibus  tractaturus  sum,  sub  congrua  brevitate  trad  end  o  [a"geht.eswlllhe 
doctrinam    certissimam    de   generibus  egritudinum  |  et  de  54  a. 

20  remediis  eorundem. 

Convenerunt    itaque   universi    quod   qui   cavet    sibi    a  who  keeps  the 

n     •       ,  ■      <■  •  1  1-.,  mean  shall  have 

superfluitate    et    indigencia    conservando    equahtatem    et  good  health  and 

.    .  0  .  ,       .  -  long  life. 

temperanciam,   iste    participat 6   sanitatem  salutiferam    et 

longitudinem  dierum.     Ego  siquidem   non  inveni  aliquem 

25  philosophorum  ab  hac  sentencia  discrepantem  (vel  discrc- 

pare),  videlicet,  quod  omnia  delectabilia  hujus  mundi,  sive  Durability  is  the 

essence  of 

sint  delicie  sive  divicie  sive  honores  sive  voluptates,  universa  pleasure. 
sunt  propter  durabilitatem.     Qui  igitur  appetit  vivere  ac 

1  id  est,  nimia  replecione  cibi  et  potus. 
3°      2  id  est,  in  deffectu  cibi  et  potus. 
s  vel,  percipiet. 

3  Chapter  xxxiii.  V. 


1  At  top  o/p.  53  b  : 
Accidencia  anime  motus  inanicio  vigilia 

;  Accidit,  esca,  quies,  aer,  replecio,  sompnus,  .6.  res  non  naturales  quibus 
impossibile  est  hominem  non  approximare.'  The  six  'non- 

3  In  tnarg.  '  CU1  .2.  quomodo  sanitas  conservatur.'  naturals'. 

Ji-  '  _ 

F 


66 


Hippocrates 
told  his  disciples: 


durare,  studiat  adquirere  que  durabilitati1  conveniunt  et  vitam 
conservant,  et  renunciet  desideriis  proprie  voluntatis,  nee 
comestionem  comestionibus  superaddat. 

Audivi  de  Ypocrate  quod  conservabat  dietas  sibi,   pro 

quibus  debilitatem   in  corpore  sustinebat.     Cui  dixit  suus  5 

discipulus  :    Doctor   egregie,  si  velles  bene  comedere,  non 

sustineres  tantam  corporis  debilitatem.     Respondit  Ypocras 

1  eat  to  live,  not  et  dixit:  Fili,  ego  volo  comedere  ut  vivam,  non  vivere  ut 

live  to  eat.  '       fe  ' 

comedam.    Alimentum  enim  propter  durabilitatem  queren- 
ts b.  dum  est,  non  durabilitas  propter  alimentum.  |  Multos  sane  10 
Men  who  become  novi  qui  dum  vixerunt  diminuerunt  de  alimento  et  come- 

abstinent  are  in  . 

better  health :  stione,  abstinentes  se  a  suis  appetitibus,  parcentes  gule  et 
viventes  temperate  per  dietas,  qui  fuerunt  propter  hoc 
sanissimi  corporis,  melioris  operacionis,  longioris  vite,  et 
boni  appetitus  et  levioris  motus :  et  hoc  est  manifestum  in  15 

whnessthe  Arabibus  et  sepe  euntibus  per  deserta  et  itinera  longa.  Hoc 
est  manifestum  argumentum  quod  abstinere  a  nimia  come- 
stione  et  superfluitatem  purgare  est  summa  medicina. 


Capitulum  .3™.  de  conservacione  saniiatis  secundum  com- 
plexioms  qualitatem  et  temporis,  sive  de  cibacione  et  potacione  ao 
secundum  complexionem  cujuslibet  et  secundum  tempora. 

O  Alexander,  in  medicina  continetur  certissimum  et 
verissimum  documentum,  quia  conservacio  sanitatis 
in  duobus  principaliter  consistit.  Primum  est  quod  homo 
utatur  cibis  convenientibus  sue  etati  et  tempori  in  quo  est  25 
et  consuetudini  sue  nature,  videlicet,  ut  utatur  cibis  et 
potibus  quibus  consuevit  nutriri,  et  quibus  suam  sub- 
(«Hurging         stanciam  confirmavit.     Secundum  est  quod  purget  se  ab 

superfluous  and  ° 

corrupt  humours,  eo  quod  generatur  ex  superfluitate  et  corruptis  humoribus. 

Sciendum    est    igitur    quod   corpora    hominum   que    sunt  30 


Two  things 
preserve  health 


(ij  food  fitting 
his  age  and 
habits ; 


19  Chapter  xxxiv.  V. 


1  '  propter  illud  quere  librum  fratris  Rogeri  Bacun  de  retardacione  acci- 
dencia  senectutis  et  prolongacione  vite ',  in  marg.  later  hand. 


6; 

receptibilia  cibi  et  potus  diminu'untur  et  resolvuntur,  tarn  55  a. 
ipsa  corpora  recipiencia  quam  ipsa  alimenta  recepta,  ita  SitfajSiy 
quod    resolvuntur    in    primis    per    calorem    naturalem    qui  (?*bf  ^natural 
desiccat    humiditatem    corporum    et    nutritur    ac    pascitur heat: 
5  eadem  humiditate:  resolvuntur  eciam  per  calorem  solis  et  (2)  by  the  sun 

.       .  ....  .  and  wind. 

venti  qui  desiccant  humiditatem  omnium  corporum  et 
pascuntur  ex  humiditate  tarn  corporum  quam  fluminum. 
Ouando    igitur    est    corpus    calidum    vaporabile,    valent  ifthebodyjs 

.  .  hot  and  moist 

grossa  cibana,  quoniam  lllud  quod  resolvitur  et  emittitur  gross  meat  u 

.  ,  required  ; 

10  de  tali  corpore  erit  nutrimentum  multe  quantitatis  et  grosse 
substancie,  propter  nimium  calorem  et  vaporem  corporis. 
Ouando  vero  corpus  est  densum  et  siccum,  valent  subtilia  if  dense  and  dry, 

.  .....  .  .....  ,.  light  and  moist 

et  numida  cibaria.  quoniam  quod  dissolvitur  de  tali  corpore  food  is  better. 
est  parve  quantitatis  propter  suos  strictos  meatus.    Certum  a  man  must  take 

food  suitable  to 

15  itaque   est    documentum   ad    conservandam    sanitatem    ut  his  complexion: 
homo  utatur  cibis  convenientibus  sue  complexioni  in  sua 
sanitate  ;  verbi  gracia  :  Si  quis  est  calide  nature,  conveniunt  if  hot,  warm 

.........  .  .     .  temperate  foocl, 

sibi  cahda  cibana  temperata  ;  si  vero  est  fngide  nature,  con-  if  frigid,  cold 

r  .     .  .  .,  .  1  •         •      1   1  -i  temperate  food ; 

veniunt  fngida  temperata  ;  idem  penitus  dico  in  L  humido  et 
20  sicco  corpore.     Si  igitur  calor  augmentatur  et  inflammatur 

nimia  inflamjmacione,  aut  propter  calida  cibaria  aut  propter  55  b- 

calorem  extraneum  vincentem  et  dominantem,  tunc  opposita 

et  contraria  juvant,  scilicet  frigida. 
Declinancia  ultra  temper anciam. 
25      Et  cum    stomacus    calidus   fuerit   fortis    et   bonus,  tali  *° a  str°ns 

stomach,  strong 

stomaco  meliora  sunt  grossa  cibaria  et  forcia,  quia  talis  meats; 
stomacus  est  quasi  validus  ignis  potens  comburere  multa 
grossa    ligna.      Quando   vero    stomacus    est    frigidus    et  to  a  weak 

.....  ,.  ..  ,     ...  .       .  .  ..     stomach,  delicate 

debilis,   tali    meliora   sunt   subtilia   et   leviora,   quia    talis  meats. 
3°  stomachus  comparatur  igni  comburenti  cannas  et  subtilia 
ligna. 

De  signis  boni  stomachi. 

Signa  itaque  boni  stomachi  sunt  hec :    levitas  corporis,  The  signs  of 


1  vel,  de. 


32  Chapter  xxxv.  V. 


18  est"  est  est  MS. 

F  2 


68 

a?oodandofan  claritas  intellectus,  bonus  appetitus.     Signa  vero  mali  sto- 

'  '  a    machi  et  debilis  digestionis   sunt   hec :    gravitas  corporis, 

mollicies.pigricies,  inflammacio  faciei,  oris  frequens  apercio  l, 

gravitas  oculorum,  turpis  et  mala  eructuacio  (quando,  scilicet, 

eructat  acre  vel  acerbum  vel  amarum  vel  aquosum  insipidum  5 

The  ills  that       aut  fetidum).  et  propter  hoc  generantur  ventositates  et  in- 
come from  an  _ . 

evil  stomach.  flammaciones  ventris,  et  diminuitur  appetitus.  Si  vero  res 
56  a.  est  in  majori  quantitate,  proveniunt  ex  hoc  extensiones  J  ex- 
tremitatum,  excreaciones,  reflexiones  membrorum,  tremores 
corporis,  aperciones  oris,  et  quedam  alia  mala  que  omnino  10 
sunt  contraria  sanitati,  destructiva  corporis,  corruptiva 
nature.  Debes  igitur  teipsum,  clementissime,  diligenter 
conservare  ab  inconvenientibus  supradictis. 

k  Capihdum  .4.  de  Mis  que  pertinent  ad  regimen  sanitatis 

post  sompnum  nocturnum  ante  horam  preparacionis  ad  cibum  15 
sumendum. 

The  secrets  of      /^Um  hoc  corpus  corruptible  sit,  eique  accidit  corrupcio 
heere'slrdown      ^-'ex  opposicione  complexionum  et  humorum  qui  sunt 
in  eo,  visum  est  mihi  in  presenti  opere  tibi  scribere  quedam 
utilia  et  omnino  necessaria  ex  secretis  artis  medicine,  quibus  20 
for  no  physician  contentus  fueris 2,   et   maxime  cum   sit  honestum  ut  non 
the1i?nessesVoaf11   appareant  medico  cuncte  infirmitates  regis.     Si  autem  dili- 
genter hoc  exemplar  inspexeris  et  juxta  hunc  modum  et 
By  the  use  of      ordinem   preciosum   vixeris  et  conversatus  fueris,  medico 
can  cu?ek>wseif  non   indigebis  exceptis  accidentibus  plagis  et   accionibus,  25 
case's1.01^"1*0     bellicis    percussionibus,  et  ceteris   hujusmodi  que  omnino 

vitari  non  possunt. 

w^hen'o'ne^ises  •        Igitur,  O  Alexander,  cum  a  sompno  surrexeris  modicum 

Ttfetc^and       debes   ambulare   et   membra   tua   equaliter   extendere,  et 

comb  the  hair;    tuum  |  caput  pectere,  quia  ambulacio  temperata  et  mem- 3° 

brorum  extensio  corroborant  corpus  et  virtutem  spiritualem 

et  naturalem  confortant  et  vapores  digestionis  expellunt,  et 


1  scilicet,  ocitacio.  2  vel,  sis. 


14  Chapter  xxxvi.  V.     The  tract  of  Johannes  Hispalensis  begins  here. 
For  his  preface  see  introduction.  28  Chapter  xxxvii.  V. 


69 

capitis  pectinacio  extrahit  vapores  ad  capud  ascendentes 

tempore  dormicionis  a  stomacho,  et  educit.    In  estate  lavare  wash  hands  and 

r   •     •  i  c  i  •      face,  mouth, 

cum  aqua  lrigida  manus  et  faciem,  os,  dentes,  et  capud  ;  in  teeth,  and  head 
hyeme  autem  calida,  quia  hoc  constringit  et  retinet  calorem 
5  corporis  et  capitis  evaporantem.     Hoc  erit  quasi  excitacio  to  get  an  aPPe- 
desiderii  comedendi.    Deinde  induere  vestimenta  optima  et  put 'on  rich 
ornata  puicherrimo  apparatu  l  et  aspectu:  quia  animus  tuus 
naturaliter  multum  delectabitur2  in  hujusmodi  pulcritudine 
et  aspectu,  et  virtus  splendide  vestis  in  te  confirmabitur  et 
io  dilatabitur  nimis  :!.     Deinde  confricabis  et  desiccabis  dentes  rub  your  teeth 

.    ..  m  ...  and  gums  with 

et  gingivas  cum  corticibus4  aromaticibus  arbons  calide  et  aromatic  herbs ; 
sicce  et  acuti  vel  amari  saporis  :  hoc  quidem  multum  juvat 
et  valde  prodest.     Dentes  enim  mundificat  et  oris  vicium 
liquefacit  et  desiccat  flegma,   desserit    linguam,5  clarificat 

15  loquelam,  insuper  excitat  desiderium  comedendi.     Deinde .  ^"h  of  snuff 
subfumigabis 6  te  subfumigacionibus  con  gruis  temporibus  :  57  a. 
hoc   enim   fumigium  valde   proficit,  quia  aperit   clausuras 
cerebri,  et  grossiora   reddit  colla,  et    brachia   pinguescere 
facit,  et  clarificat  faciem  atque  visum,  corroborat  sensum ", 

30  vetat  et  tardarc  facit  caniciem,  et  animam  ipsam  letificat,  et 
ad  Deum  ex  odoris  suavitate  comendat. 

Post  hoc  utere  unguentis  optimis  et  odoriferis,  tempori-  anoint  yourself 

,c  ...  .  ..-.  .  ..  with  suitable 

bus8  tamen  congruentibus  in  quibus  mens,  quia  non  nisi  unguents; 
odoratu  bono  et  dulci  reficitur  anima,  et  omnis  odor  suavis 
25  est  ejus  cibus.  Et  cum  refecta  et  confortata  fuerit  anima  et 
firmata  que  delicata  est.  corpus  confirmabitur9  et  conforta- 
bitur  et  gaudebit  cor,  et  sanguis  undique  in  venas  incipit 
currere  ex  leticia  anime  que  delectata  est. 

Post  hoc  accipias  alaccod10,  id  est,  ex  electuario  ligni  then  take  some 

electuary  of  alo?s 


30      ]  vel,  ornamento.  2  et  confortabitur.         3  id  est,  multum. 

4  ut  cinamomi  et  hujusmodi  vel  olivarum  persicarie  vel  salvie  vel  such  as  cinna- 
genciane  vel  de  sale  vel  amararum  specierum.  mon'  **&> &c- 

5  id  est,  facit  disertam  linguam. 

6  scilicet,  nares   tuas   speciebus   calidis  vel  frigidis,  siccis  vel 
35  humidis  tempori  congruentibus. 

7  id  est,  5  sensus  omnes. 

8  scilicet,  frigidis  in  calido  tempore  et  calidis  in  frigido. 
0  vel,  corroborabitur.  10  nomen  arabicum. 


aloes,1  quod  invenitur  in  libris  medicinalibus,  et  tunc  ex 
and  of  rhubarb;  raoud  2,  id  est,  ex  reubarbaro  pensum  quatuor  nummorum  ar- 
genteorum,quoniam  hoc :j  valde  proficit.4  Et  subtrahit  flegma 
ab  ore  stomachi,  et  excitat  calorem  naturalem  corporis,  fugat 
ventositatem,  et  bonum  oris  reddit  saporem  et  odorem. 
57  b.  Deinde  cum  nobilibus  sede,  et  cum  sapientibus  |  loquere 
secundum  consuetudinem  regum  et  nobilium,  et  age  quod 
te  decet  agere. 


then  sit  and 
talk  with  your 
ncbles  a  while 


The  virtues  of 
this  medicine. 


Its  chief  use  is 
purge  phlegm 
not  colera. 


Damascenus. 


The  way  of 
taking  it  as  : 
laxative. 


A  short  sleep 
after. 


The  quantity. 


1  vel,  ex  electo  ligno  aloes.        2  nomen  arabicum.         3  vel,  hie. 

4  Quia  hie  valde  proficit,  scilicet,  lignum  aloes  et  reubarbarum  io 
quando  bene  eliguntur,  quoniam,  ut  postea  dicit,  reubarbarum  est 
vita  epatis.    Nichil  plus  valet   corpori  humano,  quia  hoc  solum 
medicatum  non  est  venenosum,   et  si    receptum  non   laxat  aut 
quia  corpus  recipientis  non  indiget  purgacione,  aut  ineptum  est 
purgacioni  sive  ex   complexione,  sive   ex  composicione,  sive  ex  15 
constellacione.     Non  tamen  nocet  set  multum  proficit  omni  die 
recipere  vel  sepe,  propter  causas  quas  Aristotiles  recitat  hie,  et 
to  quia  est   vita  epatis   ut  dicit   inferius,  capitulo  de  vino.      Miro 
enim  modo  purgat  flegma  et  principaliter,  sicut  hie  notat  Aristo- 
tiles, licet  medici  multi  moderni  estiment  quod  principaliter  purget  20 
coleram.     Set  decepti  sunt,  quia   leviter  purgatur  colera  et  per 
omne  purgativum  propter  levitatem  sui,  secundum  quod  Johannes 
Damascenus  dicit  in  Afforismis  suis,  .8°.  afforismo,  omne  catarti- 
cum  purganto  aliquem  humorem  simul  educit  coleram.     '  Catarti- 
cum '   Grece  est    '  purgativum '    Latine.     Set  tamen  auctores  et  25 
periti  medici  acuunt  hanc  medicinam  vel  preparacionem  ejus  per 
aliquid  quod  respicit   coleram,  et  ideo  per  hoc  purgat  coleram 
plurimum,   licet  ex  natura  reubarbari  secundum  se  principaliter 
purgat  flegma,  quod  cognovi  per  experienciam  sapientum  nostri 
temporis.     Si  quis  vero  vult  per  modum  medicine  laxative  recipere  3° 
hoc  medicamen,  primo  per  .*[ .  dies  accipiat  oximel,  quod  quinto 
libro  Viatici  scribitur  valere  ad  frigiditatem  epatis  et  stomachi  ac 
diuturnas  febres  et  ad  multa  alia.     Et  tunc  in  serum  purgatum 
per  albumina  ovorum  .5.  vel  .6.  sicut  satis  noverunt  medici  periti, 
serum  dico  precipue  caprium  vel  ovium  vel  vaccarum.     Infundatur  35 
pulvis  reubarbari  postquam  serum  colatum  est  et  infrigidatum, 
deinde  stet  ad  aerem,  et  post  mediam  noctem  sumatur.     Et  reci- 
piens  dormiat  postea  ad  plus  duabus  horis,  ut  cicius  exeat  de 
stomaco.     Si  multum  dormiret  evaporaret  per  corpora,  et  si  de- 
bilitetur  homo  propter  jejunium  quia  tarde  solvit,  potest  comedere  40 
et  assellabit  post.     Debet  poni  in  sero  tepido  quia  si  poneretur  in 
sero  calido,  non  faceret  nisi  mingere.     Et  potest  accipi  quantitas 
dimidie  uncie  una  vice,  i.  e.  virtus  uncie  \. 

2  raoud]  caoud  MS. 


7i 

Capitulum  .5.  de  motit  antequam  sumatur  cibus,  et  de 
cibo  ct  potic.  et  de  modo  cibandi  et  potandi,  et  cousiictudiiicm 
servandi. 


CUm  volu 
suetudini 


ntas  comedendi  tibi  affuerit  juxta  horam  con-  Takeaiittie 

,    ,  -i  , .  ...  exercise  I  - 

is:  utere  labore  corporis1  modico,  .  scilicet  your  meai-tin^. 
cquitando  vel  deambulando  vel  tale  aliquid  simile  faciendo,  58  a. 
quia  hoc  multum  bonum  est,  et  mire  juvat  corpus  :  fugat  et 
frangit  ventositates,  corpus  aptat,  corroborat  atque  alleviat. 
et  calorem  stomachi  incendit,  constringit  compages  et  lique- 
10  facit  superfluos  humores  corporis  residuos,  et  flegma  facit 
descendere  super  stomacum  nimis  incensum.'- id  est,  calidum 
et  nimis  desiccatum. 

Ponantur  postea  multi  cibi  ante  te  et  comedas  ex  ill  is  Take  same 

d.        .  ,       .  ...  bread  with  Vjur 

lgens  juxta  desidenum  tuum    cum   pane   equaliter  meals. 

15  levato  qui  erit  perfecte  fermentatus.  qui  sit  bene  et  noviter 

coctus  et  a  furfure   bene  mundatus,  mediocriter  cum  sale 

conditus,  et  prepone  ex  illis  quos  preponere  debes.     Verbi 

gratia,  si  sumpserit  homo  in  uno  prandio  pulmentum  molle  Arrange  the 

...  , .      -  .  o  ,...  order  of  your 

molliens   ventrem,  et   ahud    retinens  J  secutum    merit:    si  dishes  according 

, ,  .  . .  ,._...  .  _ .  to  their  digesti- 

.20  molle   precessent.   melius  et   levius  tacit  digestionem.     Si  biiity. 
vero  retinens  ante  comederit  et  postea  molle:  confundetur 
male  et  consumetur  utrumque.    Similiter  si  sumpserit  homo 
in  una  comestione  plura  pulmenta  mollia.4  que  digeri  cito 
possunt,    oportet     ut    aliquid    aliud    pulmentum    precedat 

25  retinens    in    fundo    stomachi,    quia    profunditas    stomachi 

1  scilicet,  corpus  movendo. 

2  scilicet,  in  hiis  qui  habent  stomachum  calidum. 

3  ventrem,  ut  scilicet,  grossum  et  durum  et  siccum. 

4  post  que  non  sumit  aliquid  durum. 


1   Chapter  xxxviii.  V. 


9  incendit]  intendit  MS. 

In  a  footnote  :  '  Fulgentius  in  quodam  sermone  :  quidam  sapiens  interrogatus  The  praise  of 
ad  quid  exercicium  laboris  esset  necessarium  et  utile,  respondit  in  hec  verba,  exercise- 
Honestus,  inquit,  labor  humane  vite  fida  custodia,  dormientis  nature  stimulus, 
sopiti  caloris  lima,  superfluitatis  consumpcio,  viciorum  fuga,  morborum  mors, 
langorum  medicina,  lucrum  temporis.  juventutis  debitum,  adolescencie 
disciplina,  senectutis  gaudium.  salutis  adjutorium,  nutricis  omnium  malorum 
est  emula.otiiinimica.  Ille  nempe  solus  ab  excercicio  se  abstineat  et  labore. 
qui  felicitatis  gaudio  vult  carere.' 


72 

58  b.  calidior  atque  for|cior  est  ad  digerendum  et  molliendum  ea 
que  sunt  in  ea,  eo  quod  sunt  partes  carnose  in  ea  que  sunt 
calide,  que  conjuncta  et  vicina  est  epati  ex  cujus  calore 
cibi  decoquntur.1 
Leave  off  eating       Et  in  comestione  debes  retrahere  tuam  manum,  id  est,  5 

while  you  still  .  ,  .,  .  ,         ,.  , 

have  an  appetite,  cessare  a  comestione  dum  adhuc  sit  comedendi  voluntas 
seu   desiderium    comedendi.      Quia    ex   superfluitate    cibi 

The  evils  of  angustiatui*  stomacus,  et  pectus  similiter,  gravatur  corpus  et 
leditur  animus,  et  cibus  remanet  in  fundo  stomachi  pon- 
derosus,  indigestus  et  nocivus.  10 

Don't  drink  Similiter  animum  tuum  a  potacione  aque  retine2  super 

much  at  meals ;        .,  ,  Q   .  , .  .... 

cibum,  donee d  in  consuetudinem  cibi  veniat ;  quia  potacio 
aque  frigide  super  cibum  stomachum  refrigerat  et  extinguit 
ignem   et  calorem  digestionis  et  cibum   confundit   et  im- 
pedimentum  generat  si  multum  bibatur,  quo  nichil  deterius  15 
if  you  must,  let    erit  corpori  humano.    Si  ergo  necesse  fuerit  ut  aquam  sumas, 

it  be  a  little  cold  r  £>  ~i 

water.  ve}   propter  calorem  temporis  vel  calorem  stomachi  sive 

corporis,  vel  eciam  propter  calorem  ciborum  ; i   modica  sit 
et  bene  frigida.5 


Pottage.  *  Pulmentum  generaliter  sumitur  ad  molle  et  durum,  liquidum  20 

et  siccum,  sicut  patet  ex  pulmento  Ysaac  in  Genesi,  et  hoc  dicunt 
auctores,  ut  in  libro  Policratico  et  in  Smaragdo  et  alibi. 
2  absiine.  s  aliter,  ne. 

4  id  est,  propter  assumpcionem  calidorum  ciborum. 

5  De   potacione   aque  et    vini   super   cibum    dum    comeditur  -\s 
Avicenna's          notabile  est  documentum  Avicenne  primo  Artis  Medicine.      Vult 
drinking  at'0      igitur  quod  nullus  debet  potare  super  cibum  et  maxime  vinum, 
meals.               quia  potus  cito  digeritur  in  stomacho  et  transit  ad  epar,  et  ducit 

secum  partes  cibi  parvas  indigestas,  sicut  aqua  desuper  terram 
currens  ducit  secum  pulveres  terre,  et  postquam  hee  partes  indi-  30 
geste  transierint  stomacum,  nunquam  proficiunt  set  nimis  nocent. 
59  a.  Ex  quibus  generantur  humores  corrupti  et  |  morbi.     Et  quod  hoc 
Drink  after        sit  naturale,  patet  in  animalibus  brutis,  quia  prius  comedunt  com- 
plete et  postea  bibunt  suo  tempore.     Si  tamen   in  stomaco  sit 
nimius  calor  ex  triplici  causa  vel  ex  duabus  causis  vel  eciam  de  una,  35 
de  quibus  loquitur  Aristotiles  hie.     Tunc  secundum  Avicennam, 
if  necessary  at     debet  versus  finem,  vel  magis  in  fine,  sumereparum  de  aqua  bene 
drink  veo^iittie.  frigida  ut  sitis  extinguatur ;  et  post  horam  potandum  est  sicut 
necesse  est,  et  hoc  est,  mediocriter.     Set  consuetudo  et  societas 
mutant  hec  et  quandoque  necessitas,  quia  pauci  possunt  habere  40 
copiam  potus  post  mensam  nisi  divites  et  domini  sue  potestatis  et 


73 

Capitulum  .6.  de  modo  dot  miendi  super  latera  diver sa  ct 
de  dolore  stomachi  ct  cnictacione. 

CUm  vero  tu  cibo  refectus  fueris  et  a  prandio  erectus  After  meais  take 
surrexeris,  ascende1  super  stramenta2  mollia,  deinde 
5  temperate  dormi,  et  requiesce  primo  una  hora  super  latus  one  hour  on  the 

-  ,.,,..  -I,     j    j  right  side,  then 

dextrum  deinde  ad  sinistrum  revertere,  et  super  nlud  dor- finish  it  on  the 

e  .     .  ,  .  ,         left. 

micionem  perfice,  quia  latus  sinistrum  fngidum  est  et  ideo 
indiget  calefaccione." 

Si   igitur  sentis  dolorem  in  stomacho   et  in  ventre  vel  Remedies  for 

.  .    .  ....  ,         .  a  pain  in  the 

10gravitatem   tunc   medicina   necessana  *   tibi    est    amplecti  stomach : 
puellam   calidam  et  speciosam,  aut  ponere  super  ventrem  animal  heat, 
camisiam  calidam  ponderosam,  vel  saccum  plenum  avena  or  a  warm  doth, 
calefacta,  vel  tegulam  calefactam  involutam  in  panno  lineo  ^heatedbran- 
triplicate-,  vel  pulvinar  calidum5.  arahot brick. 

1  r  Eructations  a 

*5      Si  vero  sentis  eructacionem  acerbam,  signum  est  frigidi-  ^m^hlcold 
tatis   stomachi.      Hujus   rei    medicina  |  est  bibere   aquam  59  b. 
calidam  cum  sirupo  acetoso  et  evomere.    Quia  incarceracio  adduiatecTwater 
cibi  corrupti  in  ventre  est  valida  corporis  destruccio. 

Capitulum  .7.  de  vwtu  post  prandium  ct  de  dormicionc 
20  ante  prandium  et  post. 

ET  mocio  ante   prandium    excitat  calorem    naturalem  Don't  move 
.  about  after 

stomachi,  set   post   prandium    est  nociva,    quia   tuncameai. 

descendit  cibus  indecoctus  ad  inferiores  partes  stomachi  et 

exinde  generantur  inclusiones  et  alia  mala  et  incomoda.0 

25  voluntatis.     Unde  propter  varias   occasiones   et  propter  amicos 

oportet  quod  frangant  consuetudinem.     Et  ideo  comodius  est  et  in  our  days  we 
humanius  est  potare  in  mensa,  set  sepius  modicum,  ut  per  inter-  JP"^  dtritnaya 
polatas  comestiones  tardetur  potus  digestio,  et  sic  aut  non  nocebit  for  good  feiiow- 
aut  longe  minus.  ship' 

30      '  incede  vel  incumbe.  2  strata  subtilia. 

3  Hoc  intelligendum  est  in  sanis  et  bene  dispositis,  set  debiles 
debent  primo  dormire  super  latus  sinistrum,  sicut  docet  Avicenna, 
et  secundo  super  dextrum  et  in  fine  super  sinistrum  ut  hie  dicit. 
*  id  est,  utilis.  5  id  est,  calefactum. 

35      6  et  constrictiones  nimie  hum(er)orum  generatorum  ex  cibo  et  Understand  this 
potu,  set  intelligendum  est  de  magno  motu  equitando  vel  itinerando  mO™ne.VI0lent 

1    Chapter  xxxix.  V. 


32  Avicenna]   lib.  i.  f.  3.  d.  2.  c.  7. 


74 
sieep  before  and       Scito   autem   quod    dormitacio    ante    prandium    reddii 

after  meals.  ' 

corpus  macilentum  et  desiccat  humiditatem   ejus  et  con- 

sumit.     Post  refeccionem  vero  mire  corpus  reficit,  replet  et 

[n  sleep  the       corroborat  atque  nutrit.     Ouia  dum  dormit  homo  quiescit 

natural  heat  is  ^  —  ^ 

the^tremidef  corPus;  et  tunc  trahitur  calor  naturalis,  qui  diffusus  est  per  5 
to  help  in  the      totum  corpus,  ad  stomachum,  et  ad  interiora  stomach!1  et 

digestion.  x        ' 

60  a.  tunc  corroborabitur  stomacus  super  decoccionem  cibi,  J  et 
Food  at  even  tunc  querit  virtus  racionalis  suam  quietem.  Propter  hoc 
noon.  dixerunt  quidam  philosophi  quod  magis  proficit  vespertina 

comestio  quam  meridiana,  quia  meridiana  comestio  recipit  10 
calorem  diei  quando  sensus  operantur  et  animus  vexatur 
propter  ea  que  audit  homo  et  raciocinatur.  et  propter  cogi- 
taciones   et    propter    multa    incomoda    et    plurima    incon- 
At  noon  external  veniencia  que  corpus  circumveniunt  que  veniunt  ex  calore 

causes  keep  the  .„  ,  .      ,  ...  ,.  rr        ,.  , 

natural  heat       et  motu.    h,t  propter  hoc  in  hora  meridiana  dmunditur  calor  1$ 

from  leaving  the  ..  .  ...  ,  ..... 

extremities:       naturalis  per  extenora  corporis  et  ideo  tunc  multum  debili- 
At  supper-time    tatur  stomacus  et  fit  impotens  ad  coquendum  cibum.     Ve- 

everything  is  .  r  . 

Huiet.  rumptamen  in  cena  vespertina  fit  totum  contranum,  quia 

tunc  accidit  corpori  tranquillitas  laboris,  et  tunc  est  requies 
sensibus  et  anime,  et  tunc  est  noctis  frigiditas  que  ducit  20 
naturam  2  ad  interiora  et  inferiora  stomachi.3 


walk  a  little  after  vel  laborando  forti  labore.     Post   unam  horam  tamen  sedendo, 
utile  est  suaviter  ambulare  per  aliam  horam  ante  dormicionem, 
quia  tunc  est  tempus  ut  cibus  descendat  ad  inferius  stomachi, 
licet  non  in  prima   hora,  ut  voluit,  quia  Avicenna  docet   quod  25 
Don't  sleep  at      multus  motus  et  labor  corrumpunt  cibum  in  stomaco.     Set  scien- 
meS.a  '  dum  est  quod  non  debet  homo  dormire  immediate  post  prandium, 

quia  descendit  cibus  facilius  extra  stomachum  et  indigestus,  et 
multum  nocet  oculis,  quia  in  dormiendo  hunt  multe  evaporaciones 
ad  capud  que  gravant  oculos  ;  igitur  post  duas  horas  bonum  est  30 
dormire. 

1  scilicet,  ad  fundum  ejus. 

2  id  est,  calorem  naturalem. 

you  must  not  go      3  Propter  hoc  dixerunt  quidam  philosophi  quod  magis  proficit 

supper  in  summer  vespertina  comestio,  etc.     Johannes  tamen  Damascenus  dicit  in  35 

t,me-  Afforismis  suis  vel  secundum  quosdam  Diascorides,  quod  jejunare 

in  estate  continue  usque  ad  vesperam  facit  quatuor  mala,  generat 

melancoliam    malam,    et    ictericiam,   et    maciem,    et    defectum 

oculorum,  et  hoc  experti  sumus  in  pluribus. 

1   Chapter  xl.  V. 


75 

Capitnlum  .S.de  semel comedendo  in  die  vel  bis  et  consuefu- 
dine  servanda,  et  dc  modo  consuetudincm  mutandi,  si  oportet.  Keep  your  ac 

I.  .  ,  customed  ineal- 

Tem  ignorare  tu  non  debes  quod  qui  consuevit  comedere  times. 
bis  in  die,  si  contineat  se  ad  unam  eertam  horam  |  et  6o  b- 
5  unam  tantum  comestionem.certum  eveniet  sibi  nocumentum. 
Et  sic  eveniet  illi  qui  consuevit  semel  in  die  comedere,  et 
incipit  bis  comedere.  Quia  ejus  stomachus  nequit  cibum 
digerere,  et  ideo  indigestum  remanebit  nutrimentum.  Et 
qui  consuevit  in  una  certa  hora  comedere,  et  transfert  suam 
10  comestionem  usque  ad  aliam  horam,  cito  percipiet  quod  sue 

nature  non  proficit  multum  set  officit,  quia  consuetudo  est  J££&£toxe. 
altera  natura. 

Si  igitur  aliqua  necessitas,  que  legem  non  habet,  te  com-  ,^v.'tyha" 
pellit  ad  hoc,  videlicet  ut  consuetudo  comedendi  mutetur, 
15  hoc  debet  fieri  discrete  et  sapienter,  videlicet  ut  fiat  mutacio  change™abits, 
consuetudinis  paulatim   una  vice  post  aliam,  et   sic,   Dei  li°tle< 
adjutorio,  undique  bene  fiet. 

Capitnlum  .9.  quod  non  iteretur  comestio  ante  digestionem 
perfectam  prioris  cibi,  et  qnomodo  hoc  cognoscatnr. 

20  "p'T  cave  ne  iterum  comedas  donee  certissime  cognoveris  ^esto^ehb688 
Xl^stomachum    esse  vacuum,  id   est,  purgatum   a  primo  enlPl>' 
cibo.     Et  hoc  cognoscas1  per  desiderium,  id  est,  cum  volun-  appJ£e,  a' 
tatem  comedendi  habere  ceperis,  et  per  subtilitatem  salive 
ad  os  decurrentis.     Quia  si  quis  habunde  cibum  sumpserit 

25  absque  corporis  necessitate,  id  est,  sine  voluntate   come- 
dendi, I  cibus   recens    inveniet   calorem    naturalem    quasi  61  a. 
gelidum  ex  habundancia  humorum   infrigidancium  et  de-  "anno^di^st  it. 
coccionibus  eorum  intentum  et  vexatum,  et  ideo  non  potest 
esse  calor  intentus  hiis  et  aliis,  quia  pluribus  intentus  minor 

30  est  ad  singula. 

,-,.  ,       .  ,  ...  •,  ^,,,:,.    ^t-  Eat  as  soon  as 

Si  vero,  cum  desideravent  cibum,  suscepent  eum  quis  et  youhavean 
cum  magno  desiderio,  tunc  inveniet  cibus  calorem  naturalem  jppetl 

1  cognosces. 


1  Chapter  xli.  V.  18  Chapter  xlii.  V. 


3  quod]  quia  MS.  7  nequit]  nequid  MS. 


76 

sicut   ignem    accensum   et  quasi  jam  ad  cibos  coquendos 

paratum.     Et  cum  ceperis  habere  desiderium  comedendi, 

debes  statim  comedere.     Nisi  enim  cito  comederis,  statirru 

or  your  empty     stomachus  replebitur  pessimis  humoribus  quos  contrahit  ad 

stomach  will  n     .         .,  . 

affectyourbrain.se   de  supernuitatibus   corporis   que  conturbant  cerebrum  5 
vapore  pessimo,  et  cum  postea  affuerit  cibus  fit  tepidus  et 
non  proficit  corpori,  immo  nocet. 

Capituhim  .10.  de  qitatuor  temporibus,  scilicet,  de  vere, 
estate,  autumpno,  et  Jiyeme.    In  quo  videlicet  dat  intencioncm 
suam  in  universali  de  .4.  temporibus  anni  pro  rcgimine  sani-  10 
tatis :  et  prinw  de  vere. 

we  win  now        T^\  E  intencione  nostra  in  hoc  loco  breviter  determinare 
fourse°asonl        ■«— '  est  de  quatuor  temporibus  anni,  de  qualitate  et  quan- 
titate  et  proprietate  uniuscujusque  temporis  sive  partis,  et 
de  varietate  eorundem.     Debes  quoque,  Alexander,  sollicite  15 
61  b.  custodire  quatuor  anni  tempora  j  que  sic  distinguntur. 
Spring  begins  Ver  tunc  incipit  quando  Sol  ingreditur  signum  Arietis, 

midnigh? March  tunc  est  inicium  veris,  et  durat  per  nonaginta  tres1  dies  et 
20-21  to  June23-  .23.  horas  et  quartam  partem  unius  hore,2  hoc  est  a  .ioa.  die 
The  effects  of     exeunte  Marcio  usque  ad  .23.  diem  Junii.:!    In  hoc  tempore  20 

Spring  on  all  .  ••«'*!•«. 

Nature.  dies    et    noctes    adequantur    in    suis    regionibus,    dulcescit 

tempus,  mitescit  aer,  sufflant  venti,  dissolvuntur  nives,  cur- 
runt  torrentes  inter  montes,  scaturrizant  fontes,  extolluntur 
humiditates  ad  summitates  arborum  et  capita  ramorum. 
semina  surgunt,  crescunt  segetes,  virent  prata.  pulcrescunt  et  25 
colorantur  flores,  induuntur  novis  foliis  et  floribus  arbores, 
ornantur  terre  graminibus,  generantur  animalia,  parantur 
pascua,  cuncta  resumunt  vires,  cantant  aves,  resonant  philo- 
mene,  recipit  tellus  integre  totum  ornamentum  et  pulcritu- 
dinem    suam,   et    fit    sicut    sponsa    pulcherrima,   speciosa  30 


1  -93- 

2  quarta  pars  hore  est .  15.  minuta  quia  hora  habet  partes  .60.  que 
vocantur  minuta  secundum  consideracionem  astronomicam. 

a  de  qua  die  estas  habebit  .45.  minuta. 


8  Chapter  xliii.  V.  18  94!  days.     Com.  Nat.,  p.  420. 


77 

juvencula    parata    monilibus,   ornata   variis    coloribus,   ut 
appareat  hominibus  in  festo  nupciali.  ' 

Ver  enim  est  calidum  et  humidum  et  temperatum  :  aeri  6a  a. 
simile  est,  et  excitatur  in  eo  sanguis  et  diffunditur  per  uni-  spring* lties ' 
5  versa  membra  corporis.     Et  proficit  in  eo  *  omne  quod  est 
simile  ei  et  equalis  complexionis.  id  est,  temperatum.    Dieta  suitable  food  for 

.     .  .  , .  .  , .     o   •  Spring-time. 

lgitur  in  tali  tempore  sit  temperata,  et  talia-  in  eo  come- 
dantur  ut  sunt,  scilicet,  pulli  gallinarum,  et  conturnices,  et 
ova.  non  superfiue  set  usque  ad  sex,  et  lactuce  agrestes 
io  quas  rustict  vocant  scariolas,  et  lac  caprinum. 

Nullum  enim  tempus  est  melius  et  utilius  ad  sanguinis  Good  for  blood 

-    .     .  .  -letting, 

minucionem,  et  proficit  in  eo  usus  veneris  et  motus  corporis 
et   solucio  ventris,   usus   balnei    et   sudores.  et   specierum  baths, 
pociones   ad   digerendum    et    purgatoria   accipienda   sunt,  and  purges. 
15  Ouicquid  autem  erroris  per  digestionem 3  sive  per  minu- 
cionem 4  et  causa  medicine  accident,  hoc  tempus  humiditate 

sua  et  habilitate  restaurat. 

» 

Capitnhtm  undecimum  dc  estate  et  regimine  sanitatis  in  eo. 

EStas  tunc  incipit  quando  Sol  ingreditur  primum  gradum  en 
Cancri  et  continet  .92.  dies  et  .23.  horas  et  terciam  23houSrsSanddays 
partem1  hore  unius,  hoc  est  a  .23.  die  Junii 6  usque  ad  .24.  }u n^'to5  from 
diem  Septembris.7     In  hoc  enim  tempore  elongantur  |  dies,  62Pb.mber  '*' 
abreviantur  noctes.   In  omnibus  regionibus  crescunt  calores,  The  effects  of 

Summer  on 

inflammantur  venti,  tranquillitas  est  in  man,  nascuntur  ser-  Nature. 
25  pentes,  funduntur  venena,  serenitas  in  aere  multiplicatur, 
desiccantur  segetes,  corroborantur  corporum  virtutes,  et  fit 


Summer  begins 
when  the  Sun 


1  scilicet,  humano  corpori. 

;  id  est,  temperata.  3  nimiam. 

4  vel,  per  inanicionem.  5  que  est  .20.  minuta. 

30      6  de  qua  estas  non  habet  nisi  tres  quartas  unius  hore,  scilicet 
.45.  minuta. 

7  de  qua  .24.  die  habet  estas  .(22).  horas  et  .35.  minuta  hore, 
quia  non  remanent  de  ilia  die  nisi  hora  et  .25.  minuta  que 
debentur  autumpno. 

18  Chapter  xliv.  V.  20  92^  days.     Com.  Nat.,  p.  420. 


13  sudoris,  corr.  to  sudores  22  diem,  Herat  MS. 


7« 

mundus  quasi  sponsa  corpore  completa,  etate  perfecta.  calore 
inflammata. 

its  qualities,  Estivum  tempus  est  calidum  et  siccum,  in  quo  excitatur 

colera  rubea.     Et  oportet  in  eo  cavere  ab  omni  quod  fuerit 
calide  et  sicce  complexionis  plus  justo  :  excitat  enim  coleram  5 
rubeam  :  ab  esu  J  quoque  et  potu  et  a  nimia  saturitate  est 
abstinendum,  ne  calor  naturalis  extinguatur. 

suitable  diet  for       Comedas   in  eo  -  quicquid  est   frigide  et  humide  com- 

Summer.  ,. 

plexionis,  ut  sunt  carnes  vituhne  cum  aceto  et  curcubite,  et 
pulli  saginati,  pulmentum  quoque  ex  farina  ordei,  fructus  10 
quoque   acri  saporis,  et   mala  acria,  et  malagranata.     Et 
Caution  in  blood-  venus  parce  petatur  aut  magis  nullo  modo;  ab  omni  minu- 

letting,  &c.  .  .  .    .  .  .  ; 

cione  abstineas  nisi  necesse  merit  valde  in  organis.  et  motus 

corporis  sive  balnea  habeantur  parce.     Comedantur  ergo, 

ut    predictum  est,   in  isto   tempore  frigida  et  humida,  ut  »5 

63  a- frigid  itate    calliditatis    violencia,    et    humiditate    siccitatis 

co-.uraries  are     malicia    reprimatur.     Similiter  per  singula   anni  tempora 

cured  by  con-  . 

traries.  oportet  quod  contrana  contrariis  curentur. 

Capitidum  .12.  de  autumpno  et  regimine  sanitatis  in  eo. 

Autumn  begins       A   Utumpnus    tunc     incipit   quando    Sol   intrat    primum  20 
emersSJbra'and  -xVgradum  signi  Libre  et  continet  .88.  dies  et  .17.  horas 

lasts  88  days  17  .  iqi  , .        ^  ,     .     1 

hours  and  36       et  tres  quintenas  hore,"  hoc  est,  a  .24.  die  Septembris* 

minutes  from  .  , .  . 

September  24 to  usque  ad  .22.  diem  Decembris. 

December  22. 

1  calido.  2  tempore.   • 

3  id  est,  quintas  hore  que  sunt  .36.  minuta,  quia  .12.  minuta  2.- 
sunt  una  quinta,  quia  hora  habet  .60.  minuta. 

4  A  .24.  die  Septembris  etc.,  de  qua  non  habet  nisi  horam 
et  .25.  minuta:  usque  ad  .22.  diem  Decembris,  etc.:  set  si  hora 
et  .25.  minuta  hore  de  .24°.  die  Septembris  addantur  ad  .22.  diem 
Decembris,  et  ab  hoc  toto  auferantur  .17.   hore  et  .36.  minuta,  3° 

a  reasoned-out    remanebunt  .7.  hore  et  .40.  minuta  de  .22.  die   Decembris,  que 

calculation.  ,  .  ,     i      i  -,  •,■  ,  ■  • 

hore  et  minuta  erunt  de  hyeme,  a  quibus  scilicet  hyemps  incepit 
tempore  Aristotelis. 

Vel  sic   et   facilius.     A   .24.    Septembris   de   qua   non    habet 
autumpnus    nisi    .25.    minuta   et    unam    horam,    set    incipiendo  35 
autumpnum  ab  illis  .25.  minutis  et  hora  una  .24e.  diei  Septembris, 

19  Chapter  xlv.  V.  21  88  d.  7  m.  30  sec.     Com.  Nat,  p.  420. 


34  Septembris]  Decembris  MS. 


79 

In  hoc  tempore  adequantur  dies  et  nox  secunda  vice,  in  The  effects  of 
hoc  eciam  nox  crescit  et  tollit  de  die,  et  aer  frigescit,  venti  Nature, 
flant  septentrionales,  mutantur  tempora,  decrescunt  flumina, 
diminuuntur  fontes,  marcescunt  et  arescunt  viridia,  desinunt 
5  fructus,  facies  terre  caret  sua  pulcritudine,  volatilia  querunt 
calidas  regiones,  animalia  suas  appetunt  cavernas,  serpentes 
foveas  ubi  colligunt  vitam1  propter  hyemem.    Mundus  com- 
paratur    femine    plene    etatis,    indigenti  vestibus,   quasi    si 
recesserit  ab  ea  juventus  et  festinat  senectus. 
10      Autumpnus  est  tempus  frigidum  et  siccum  in  quo  colera  The  qualities  of 
nigra  consurgit.     Oportet  in  eo  tempore  sumere  calida  et  suitable  diet. 
humida,  ut  sunt  pulli  et  agni,  vinum  vetus  et  subtile  et  uve 
dulces.     Abstineas  ab  omnibus  coleram  mVram  generanti-  Cautions. 


usque  ad  .2iam.  diem  Decembris  inclusive  sunt  .25.  minuta  et  una 

15  hora  cum  .88.  diebus.  Cum  ergo  Autumpnus  ultra  .88.  dies  habet 
.17.  horas  et  .36.  minuta,  oportet  hoc  accipere  a  .25.  minutis  et  una 
hora  in  quibus  incepit  autumpnus  et  a  .22.  die  Decembris.  Con- 
jungamus  igitur  .25.  minuta  cum  una  hora  diei  .2  2e.  Decembris,  et 
erunt  .25.  hore  et  .25.  minuta,  a  quibus  igitur  si  auferamus  .17. 

20  horas  et  .36.  minuta,  relinquentur  tantum  .7.  hore  et  .49.  minuta, 
que  .7.  hore  cum  minutis  erunt  de  principio  hyemis. 

Vel   sic.    Ad    .22.  diem    Decembris,  de  qua  Autumpnus  non  Another  caicuia- 
habet  nisi  horam    et  .25.    minuta,   Set   incipiendo  Autumpnum  t,on" 
ab  illis  .25.  minutis  et  una  hora  .24te.  die  Septembris  usque  ad 

25  .21.  diem  Decembris  inclusive  sunt  .88.  dies  et  una  hora  et 
.25.  minutis,  que  debent  addi  ad  .21.  diem  Decembris  inclusive,  et 
erunt  .25.  hore  et  .25.  minuta,  a  quibus  si  .17.  hore  et  .36.  minuta 
auferantur,  remanebunt  pro  hyeme  de  .22.  die  Decembris  .7.  hore 
et  .49.  minuta,  a  quibus  in  tempore  Aristotelis  incepit  hyemps. 

30  Set  nunc  incipit  in  festo  See.  Lucie  vel  in  vigilis  ejus,  vel  circa  winter  now 
illud.     Set  sciendum    quod  hec  computacio  stat  si  supponimus  Dumber  13. 
principia  aliorum  temporum  |  predicta,  scilicet   dato   quod   Ver  63  b. 
incepit  at  .22.  die  mensis  March,  ita  quod  secundum  Aristotilem 
capiat  totum  diem  ilium  .22.  quia  aliud  haberi  non  potest  secundum 

35  Aristotilem,  quia  non  dicit  aliquot   horas  ut  duas  vel   .10.   vel 
aliquot  alias  capiat ;  nullam  enim  excipit,  et  ideo  probabilius  est 
quod  pro  Vere  accipiat  totum  diem  .22.  March.     Set  libri  discor-  a  difference  of 
dant  abinvicem,  cujus  certificacio  dependet  ab  alciori  considera-  authonties- 
cione  astronomie  quod  non  potest  hie  terminari. 

40      J  vel,  victum. 


14  .aiam.].    2i  pam.  MS. 


8o 

bus,  motus  corporis  et  usus  veneris  magis  excerce  quam  in 
64  a.  estate,  |  balnea  quoque  et  purgatoria,  si  necesse  fuerit,  in 
hoc  tempore  facias  et  accipias.  Si  homo  indigeat  vomitu, 
fiat  hoc  modice  in  meridie  et  calidiore  hora  diei,  quoniam  in 
talibus  horis  et  maxime  calidioribus  superfluitates  generantur  5 
suitable  medi.     et  congregantur  in  homine.     Purgacio  ventris  debet  fieri  in 

cine.  , 

hoc  tempore  per  asymon  et  anganacon,  et  per  omnia  que 
attrahunt  nigram  coleram  et  reprimunt  humores. 

Capitulum  .13.  de  hyeme  et  regimine  sanitatis  in  ea. 

winter  begins      T  T  Yemps  vero  tunc  incipit  quando  Sol  intrat  primum  10 
enters  CapHcom    1  1  gradum  signi  Capricorni  et  continet  .89.  dies  et  .7. 
7hoUars499    >s  horas  cum  .49.  minutis,  hoc  est,  a  .22.  die  Decembris  usque 

minutes  from  T  ... 

December  22  to   ad  .21.  diem  Marcu.1 

The  effects  of  In  hoc  tempore  nox  elongatur,  dies   abbreviatur,  con- 

Natnre.up°n  valescunt  frigora  et  exasperantur  venti,  cadunt  arborum  15 
folia,  moriuntur  pro  majori  parte  virencia  et  indurantur 
quasi  lapis,  major  pars  animalium  in  ventre  terre  et  in 
cavernis  montium  pro  nimio  frigore  et  humiditate  latet, 
obscuratur  aer,  denigrescunt  tempora,  contremescunt  pecora 
64  b.  et  jumenta,  |  debilitantur  virtutes  camporum  et  corporum.  30 
Et  tunc  est  mundus  quasi  vetula  gravida  etate  decrepita, 
indumento  nuda,  morti  propinqua. 

The  qualities  of  Hyemps  quoque  est  tempus  frigidum  et  humidum  in  quo 
flegma  augmentatur,  in  quo  conversaciones  oportet  flecti,  id 
est,  usus  vivendi  debet  mutari,  et  debes  tunc  redire  ad  cibos  25 

Suitable  diet,  calidos  et  materias  calidas,  ut  sunt  pulli  columbarum,  arietina 
caro,  et  assature,  et  universa  pulmenta  pigmenta  et  cibaria 

1  Hec  computacio  stat,  sicut  predictum  est,  et  sequitur  ex 
principio  Veris  dato  in  principio  et  ex  principiis  aliorum  temporum, 
More  computa-  scilicet,  Estatis  et  Autumpni.  Si  vero  computemus  pro  hyeme  30 
.88.  dies  integros  tantum,  tunc  remanebunt  .7.  hore  et  .49.  minuta 
de  ultimo  die  Autumpni,  et  adhuc  unus  dies  integer,  scilicet, 
.21.  dies  Marcii ;  et  ideo  nullo  modo  possunt  precise  esse  .14.  hore 
ultra  dies  integros,  licet  multa  exemplaria  has  habeant. 

9  Chapter  xlvi.  V.  n  90  d  7  m.  3  s.     Com.  Nat.,  p.  420. 


tion 


33  On  the  contrary,  this  would  make  almost  the  true  length  of  the  mean 
year  365J  days.     The  Arabic  text  has  14  hours. 


8i 

calida,  ficus  quoquc  et  nuccs  et  vinum  rubcuni  et  optimum  ; 

ct  sumantur  electuaria  calida.    Abstineas  eciam  a  solucione  Suitable medi- 

.    .  .  cine. 

vcntris  et  a  minucione  sanguinis,  nisi  maxima  cogat  neccs- 

sitas.     Tunc  oportet  mutare  aera.  id  est,  calcfacere.  neque 

5  cibi  habundancia1  utaris  neque  veneris, ne  digestio  dcbilitetur. 

Unge  tuum  corpus  et  frica  unguentis  optimis  calidis,  ct  c.ireof  the  body 

*>  l  .  in  Winter. 

utere  balneis  temperatis  ;  non  nocet  in  hoc  tempore  usus 
veneris  neque  nimius  motus  corporis,  nee  multa  potacio 
neque  multa  comestio  2  Quia  in  hoc  tempore  pre  frigore 
10  naturalis  calor  collijgitur  et  ingreditur  interiora  corporis,  et  65  a. 
ideo  eciam  melior  est  digestio  in  hyeme  et  validior.  In  vere 
et  estate  venter  est  frigidus  quia  in  hiis  temporibus  aperi-  The  pores  are 

11  open  in  Spring 

untur  pori  propter  calorem  et  diffunditur  calor  naturalis  per  and  Summer. 
omnes   partes  corporis,  et  propter  parcitatem  caloris  sto- 
15  machi  digestio  inpeditur,  et  humores  commoventur. 
Scias  ergo  hoc,  et  Dominus  te  conservet.     Vale. 

Capitiilum  .14.  de  custodiendo  calor c  naturali  et  vita  pa- 
res convenientes,  vitando  contrarias. 

O  Alexander,  hanc  dietam  preciosam  tibi  prefixam  cus-  By  observing 
this  dietary  you 
todi.  naturalem  calorem  conservando  :   quia  quamdiu  «in  preserve 

your  natural 

calor    naturalis    temperatus    in    homine    perseveraverit,    et  neat, 
humiditas  modum  sive  mensuram  non  excedens,  reficitur  ex 
ea  calor  naturalis,  et  tunc  salus  et  vita  indubitanter  creditur 
permanere,  et  sic  sanitas  longis  temporibus  custoditur.    Nam  Men  die  for  one 

...  of  two  causes  : 

25  duobus  modis  inveteratur  homo  ac  deficit,  uno  modo  scilicet 

naturali,  qui  debito  modo  nature  fit  in  senectute  que  vincit  natural,  in  old 

age  ; 

naturam  in  corpore,  quia  destruit  naturam  et  quasi  vinculum 

in  corpore  siccitate  destruit  creaturam.     Alio  modo  ace i-  accidental,  by 

«.  ...  .     r  .     sickness,  &c. 

dentah,   scilicet   ex   mfirmitatibus  et   alns   causis  et  cuns 
30  pessimis. 


1  id  est,  in  algoribus  magnis,  hoc  est  in  nimio  frigore  et  gelu  set 
in  reliquo  hyemis  tempore  debet  homo  uti  sufficienti  habundancia 

in   nimiis  enim  algoribus    ebetatur   calor  naturalis  et   inpeditur  Keep  warm, 
digestio  sicut  in  nimiis  caumatibus,  id  est,  in  tempore  nimis  calido. 
35  Set  tamen  in  reliquo  tempore  hyemis  temperato  fortificatur  digestio, 
quia  dicit  Ypocras,   ventres  in  hyeme  sunt  calidiores,  et  hujus 
causam  dat  hie  Aristotiles. 

2  cibi  habundancia. 


8a 

These  are  the  Inpinguant  et  humectant  corpus  hcc  :  quies,  securitas,  et 

thlTfody?      en  esus   ciborum   dulcium   et1   potacio   lactis  dulcis  ct  calidi. 

65  b.  potacio  vini  dulcis,  ct  dormitacio  post  commestionem  ;  supra 

stramenta  mollia  ct  odorifera  -  in  locis  ac  temporibus  con- 

Haths  of  sweet     venientibus.  et  ingressus  balneorum  dulcium  aquarum.  et  in  5 

il lis  sessio  modica  ut  corpus  a  balneo  non  balneum  a  corpore 

humiditatem  accipiat,  et  ne  diuturnitate  balnei  corpus  debili- 

pieasant  odours  tetur.    Odorem  senciant  sive  odorentur  in  eo  herbe  odorifere 

of  herbs.  .........  , 

ct  quicquid  boni*odoris  merit,  unum  quodque  enim  tempori 
et   unicuique  corpori   congruum,  ut  in  hyeme  absinthum  ;  jo 
quod  est  cujusdam  floris  species,  vel  herbe  calide  nature, 
rose  quidem   et  viole   et   quicquid  nature  frigide  fuerit  in 
estate. 
Vomit  once  a  Excerccatur  vomitus  semel  in  unoquoque  mense,  maxime 

month  to  cleanse    .  .......  . 

the  stomach.       in  estate.     Vomitus  enim  lavat  corpus  et  stomachum,  et  15 
purgat  eum  ab  humoribus  pessimis  et  putridis.     Si  pauci 
fuerint  humores  in  stomacho  ;  confortabitur  calor  ad  dige- 
rendum  cibos,  corpus  irrigabitur,  et  implebitur  humiditate 

Piesasureisa       et  pinguedine ;  et  multo  melius  ac  utilius  erit.  si  cum  hac 

good  medi-  ....  ...  .       . 

cine.  disposicione  contingat  habere  gaudium  et  leticiam  et  gloriam  20 

et  ris-um  mediocrem,  et  de  inimicis  victoriam,  et  spem  atque 
pleasures.  fiduciam  in  plebe  sua,  et  in  ludis  et  in  visionibus  delectari, 

66  a.  et  facies  pulcras  aspicere,  et  libros  delecta|biles  legere4,  cum 

dilectis    ridere,  cantus  suavissimos  et  delectabiles5  audire, 
vestimentis  optimis  et  colorum   varietate    tinctis  indui,  et  25 
unguentis  optimis  ungi  temporibus  congruis. 

De  maccrantibus  corpus  ct  dcsiccantibus  et  dcbilitantibus 
nimis. 
Things  that  dry       E    contra  autem,  hec    macerant    et  desiccant  corpus  et 

up  and  weaken        ..... 

the  body.  debilitant :  comedere  modicum  et  bibere  multum,  laborare  30 

et  frequenter  stare  ad  solem,  et  extra  mensuram  ambulare, 
et  dormire  ante  prandium  supra  stramenta  dura,  excedere, 


1  ut.  2  odoriferis  frigidis  et  humidis  mediocriter  tanien. 

3  dubium  est  mihi,  licet  in  omnibus  exemplaribus  sic  inveni. 
*  inspicere  vel  audire.  E  dulcissimos.  35 


1  Chapter  xlvii.  V.  27  Chapter  xlviii.  V. 


«3 

mente  sollicitari,  metuere,  et  balnea  aque  sulphuree  intrarc, 
et  in  eis  multum  sedere,  et  comedere  salsos  cibos,  acidos, 
siccos,  et  frigidos,  et  vinum  vetus  multum  potare,1  multum 
quoque  egerere,  et  sanguinem  sepe  minuere  et  minuendo 
5  mensuram  excedere,  in  venere  modum  transcendere,  et 
similiter  in  solucione  ventris,  cogitaciones  pessimas  et  tristis- 
simas  et  metum  frequenter  habere  ;  hec  omnia  et  plura  alia 
sine  dubio  desiccant  et  debilitant. 

Regula  Ypocratis.     Si  quis  repletus  vel  constipatus  bal-  Don't  bathe  on 

,.'.„,,  .  .  .      .  a  full  stomach, 

io  neum  intraverit  yln  l  dolorem  vel  intestinorum  certissime 


nor  swive, 


potest   incurrere.     Item,    si    coierit  quis  j  ventre    impleto,  66  b. 
paralysim    incurrit.3      Nee    post    cibum    quis   currat,    vel 
multum  equitet.      Qui  simul  lac  et  pisces  comedunt,  sepe  nor  run,  nor  ride, 
lepram    aut    albam    maculam    incurrunt.      Vinum    et   lac  nor  eat  fish  and 

milk  together. 

15  similiter  operantur. 

Curacio    enim    quarumlibet   istarum    passionum    fit   per 
exibicionem    contrarii    respectu    egritudinis.      Observetur  a  summary  of 

.  tne  dietary. 

eciam  regiminis  bonitatis  in  aere,  excercicio  et  ocio,  cibo 
et   potu,  sompno  et  vigilia,    constriccione  et  evacuacione, 
20  et  accidentibus  anime. 

Capituhnn  .15.  de  egritudine  capitis  et  ejus  remedio  in  HI 

genere  et  specie. 

COrpus  dividitur  in  .4.  partes:  prima  pars  est  capud.  The  body  is 
r\  j  •  ,  a     '.     ,  •     divided  into  four 

Quando  ergo  in  eo  congregantur  supernuitates,  potens  parts. 

25  scire  per  hec  signa,  que  sunt  tenebrositas  oculorum,  gravitas  signs  of  sickness 

superciliorum,  repercussiones  timporum,4  ac  tinnitus  aurium, 

inclusio  narium.     Si  quis  igitur  sentit  in  se  hoc  accidere, 

accipiat  medicinalia  purgancia  capud  debita,  sive  sint  cibi  Medicines  for 

this  sickness. 

1  temperatus  tamen  usus  vini  veteris  utilis  est  in  autumpno,  pid  wine  is  good 
30  sicut  prius  dixit  capitulo  de  autumpno.  in    utumn- 

2  vel,  yliacum.  3  si  multum  utatur. 

4  unde    in    spalmo   et   requiem   temporibus,  quia    timpus   est 
fictio. 


9  Chapter  xlix.  V.  21  Chapter  1.  V.     Diocles  begins. 


16  This  paragraph  is  not  in  Hispalensis,  nor  in  the  Vulgate  text ;  it  follows 
the  '  de  oculis '  in  the  Achillini  text. 

G2      ' 


84 

medicinales  sive  alia.     Unde  accipiat  esdentim  l  et  decoquat 
ipsum  in  vino  dulci  et  cum  radicibus  pullegii  donee  minuatur 
medietas,   et   teneat   ipsum    in    ore   quolibet    mane   donee 
r>-  a.  senciat  sibi  prodesse.     Et  utatur  in  cibo  suo  granis  sina|pis 
et  decoquat  in  pondere  unius  denarii  cum  pulvere  confecto  5 
ex  xii  -  unguentis,  et  hoc  in  dormitacione  sua  utatur. 
what  evils  are         Si  ergo  omittat  hoc^et  negligat,  timere  potest  periculosas 
negieaeTpaiir1  infirm itates   inde,    videlicet,    corupcionem    visus,    dolorem 
cerebri,  et    multas  alias  egritudines,  a  quibus  omnibus  te 
custodias  in  omni  tempore.  10 

Capitulum  .16.  de  egritudine  pectoris  et  signis  ejus  et  ejus 
remedio. 

signs  of  sickness  T)  Ectus  est  secunda  pars;  si  itaque  in  co  congregentur 
J-    superfluitates  hec  signa  secuntur :  lingua  fit  ponderosa, 
os   male  dispositum  et  salsum    ex  flegmate  salso,   in   ore  15 
stomachi  cibum  acerbum  sentit  homo.,   et  dolorem  tussis. 

suitable medi-     Oportet    igitur   diminuere    de  comestione   et    uti   vomitu, 

cines.  .  ..  . 

et  post  vomitum  sumere  zucaram  rosaceam  cum  ligno  aloes 
et  mastice.  Et  post  comestionem  sumere  ad  magnitudinem 
unius  nucis  de  electuario  magno  amissosus  3,  quod  est  con-  20 
what  evils  are  fectum  ex  ligno  aloes  et  transeugam  4.  Qui  vero  negligit 
hec  facere,  de  levi  potest  incurrere  infirmitatem  lateris, 
dolorem  in  renibus,  et  febrem  et  multas  alias  egritudines. 

Capitulum  .17.  de  mails  ocidorum  et  eorum  re  media. 
signs  of  sickness  /^"x  Culi  sunt  tercia  pars  corporis.     Oportet  autem  ipsum  25 
67  b.  V-x  qui  laborat  in  |  conservando  sanitatem    oculorum,  ut 
tueatur  eos  a  pulvere,  fumo,  aeribus 5  egredientibus  ab  equa- 


1  nomen   arabicum  dubium  mihi   est  valde  vel   falsum,   ideo 
queratur  in  aliis  exemplaribus  vel  a  medicis  et  apothecariis. 

2  dubium  vel  falsum,  ideo  queratur  a  sapientibus  et  aliis  libris.    30 

3  nomen  arabicum,  vel  pocius  corruptum. 

4  nomen  arabicum  corruptum,  ideo  queratur  a  sapientibus  et 
libris. 

5  vel,  aeribus,  ut  ab  allio  et  hujusmodi  et  cepis. 

1 1  Chapter  li.  V. 
24  .17.]  16  MS. 


85 

litate  in  caliditate  et  frigiditate.  et  a  ventis  malis.  Xon 
assiduet  intueri  rem  unam  a  qua  non  avertat,  nee  inspiciat 
multum  res  subtiles,  vitet  multitudinem  fletus  et  coitus 
et  multitudinem  implecionis  potus  et  cibi,  et  precipue  potuum 
5  et  ciborum  vaporem  grossum  ad  capud  emittencium,  sicut 
porrorumcaulium  et  cervisie,nec  dormiat  super  replecionem1. 

Res  autem  que  conferunt  oculo  sunt  [species  tuthie  et]  suitable  medi 

/-••1  i»  i        •  •  cines. 

succus  feniculi.  verbene,  rose,  celidonie,  sive  succus  rute,  sub- 
mersio  oculorum  in  aqua  clara  et  aperire  oculos  in  ea  et 
io  extra   aspicere  earn.     Signa   disposicionis   oculi    tarn    con- signs  by  which 

. .  .  n  .     the  health  of  the 

venientis  quam  disconvenientis  cognoscuntur  ex  .p.  canom- <>es  is  judged: 

«  -  3  4 

bus 2.     Ex  tactu  et  ex  venis  ejus,  ex  figura,  ex  operacionibus 

5  6_  j 

propriis  scilicet,  ex  colore,  quantitate,  ab  eis  passionibus  que 

8 

ex  eo  exeunt,  et  a  rebus  exterioribus  occurrentibus  secundum 
15  calidum  et  frigidum,  siccum  et  humidum.     Ex  venis  sunt 
signa  oculi  si  sint  |  apparibiles  et  plene  humoris,  multitudo  68  a. 
humoris  egritudinis  causa  est.      Qui  humor  cognoscitur  per  humours, 
colorem  et  dolorem  ut  si  sit  lenis 3  et  continuus,  sanguineum 
significat,  pungitivus4  colericum,5  extensivus  fleumaticum,6 
20  agravativus  melancolicum  significat;7  deambulativus8  vento- 
sitatem,  et  per  alia  signa.     Ex  figura  quidem  sunt  signa  ^sure, 
oculi,  quia  decet  esse  rotundam  in  circuitu,  et  in  superficie 
planam  9.     Ex  operacione  sunt  signa  ;  qui  oculi  velociter  movements, 
mobiles  sunt,   calidi   judicantur,  tarde  frigidi,   lacrimantes 
«5  humidi.     Similiter  quidam  vident  rem  a  longe  distantem, 

1  cibi  et  potus. 

■  id  est,  regulis.     '  Canon '  Grece,  '  regula  '  Latine. 

3  scilicet,  humor.  4  propter  acumen  colere. 

6  scilicet,  significat. 

30      6  quando  multum  extendi tur  et  dilitatur  humor,  quia  flegma  est 
fluidum  et  distensivum. 

7  quando  humor  est  gravis  et  ponderosus,  quia  tunc  siccus  est 
et  terrestris  sicut  melancolia  est  frigida  sicca  et  terrestris. 

8  scilicet   humor   oculi  id  est  mobilis  hinc  inde  ;   tunc   notat 
35  ventositatem  que  fit  ex  materia  mobili. 

9  id  est,  lenem  et  politam. 

3  subtiles]  instabiles  V         18  colorem]  calorem  V         7  '  species  tuthie 
et '  added  in  margin  by  corrector 


86 


de  prope  vero  non,  quidam  vero  e  converse     De  prope 

short  sight,         cnim  videntes,  spiritum  habent  visibilem  parvum  et  clarum  1 
qui  ex  sui  parvitate  non  sufficit  se  extendere  ad  longinqua. 

long  sight,         Qui  vero  <je  longe  vident  solum,  spiritum  habent  multum 
set  non  subtilem  set  perturbatum  et  grossum  et  humidum,  5 
undc    longo    indigent    intervallo  ad  sui    depuracionem,  ut 
grossi  vapores  ab  illo   separentur.     Ex  colore  sunt  signa 

colour,      68  b.  oculi ;  I  quoniam    color    significat    humorem    dominantem, 
scilicet   rubeus2,  citrinus2,  plumbeus2,  fuscus 2    sive   niger. 
Rubeus  coleram    significat,   citrinus  sanguinem,  plumbeus  10 
flegma,  quia  multum  habet  de  humore  sordido,  fuscus  sive 
niger  notat  obscuritatem  que  venit  ex  melancolia  que  est 

quantity,  nigra.     Ex  quantitate   sumitur  signa  naturalia ;    quoniam 

magnitudo    oculorum    cum   proporcione    operacionum y    et 
virtutum  multitudinem  substancie  et  bonam  eucrasiam  4  ex  15 
qua   oculi   sunt   facti   ostendit.     Ex    bonitate   operacionis 
multam    substanciam    et    eucrasiatam   demonstrat 5 ;    cum 
vicio  vero  operacionum,  parvam  substanciam  non  eucrasia- 

passions,  tarn.      A  qualitate  in  operacionibus  sumitur  signa  moralia  ; 

quia  cujus  oculi  sunt  magni,  piger  est,  prominentes  6  invere-  20 
cundus  loquax  ac  stolidus  est,  cujus  in  profundo  sunt  positi 

exteriors.  callidus  est  et  deceptor.    A  rebus  exterioribus  cognoscitur 

per  pacientis  indicium.7 

1  set  quia  clarus  est  hie  spiritus  facit  bonam  visionem  prope. 

'l  color.  3  significant  humores.  25 

4  id  est,  bonam  temperacionem  vel  temperanciam. 

5  scilicet,  oculorum  magnitudo. 
e  scilicet,  cujus  oculi  sunt. 

7  scilicet  bona  vel  mala  disposicio  oculorum,  scilicet,  secundum 
racionem  calidi  et  frigidi,  humidi  et  sicci,  ut  si  de  prope  aspicias  30 
ignem  leditur  visio  et  sic  de  aliis,  secundum  quod  oculi  sunt 
longe  vel  prope  a  rebus  nocivis. 

This  chapter  has  been  substituted  for  the  fallowing,  the  original  translation, 
found  in  some  MSS. 

23  De  tertia  parte  corporis.  Cum  superfiuitates  in  ventre  congregate 
fuerint,  hec  sunt  signa :  genuum  dolor,  inflatio,  rigor,  et  ventositates  circum- 
euntes.  Oportet  igitur  nee  sentientem  purgari  cum  aliquibus  subtilibus 
mollificativis,  et  uti  regimine  quod  supra  de  pectore  prediximus :  quicunque 
hoc  non  fecerit  incurret  in  dolorem  juncturarum  et  tergi,  in  fluxum  ventris, 
corrupcionem  digestionis,  et  oppilationem  epatis. 


«7 
Capitulum  .18.  de  malo  genitalium  ct  eorum  medic  in  a. 


T 


Esticuli  sunt  quarta  pars  corporis  ;  cum  itaque  super-  signsofeviim 

_     .  .  .     .  'he  genitals. 

nuitates  corporis  congregantur  in  eis  hec  signa  secuntur  ; 
tepct  appetitus,  et  cetera.     Oportet  ergo  ilium  qui  sentit 
5  hec  I  ut  accipiat   herbam  que   dicitur  ache1  et  anamag1,69a. 
et  ponat   radices  et   herbas  in  vino    albo  boni  odoris,  et  Suitable medi- 

1  ...  cines. 

sumat  ex  eo  quolibet  mane,  ita  quod  sit  temperatum  cum 
aqua  et  melle.  Et  abstineat  a  nimia  comestione.  Et  si 
obmittat    hanc  medicinam,    timere    poterit    dolorem    testi-  what  evils  are 

to  be  feared. 

10  culorum  et  pulmonis  et  periculum  lapidis. 


Capitulum  .19.   de   conservautibus  sanitatcm  patenter,  et  n 

contra  venenum  medicina  certissima. 


E 


Egitur  in  libris  de  historiis  antiquorum  quod  quidam  rex  a  king  once 

T  -.  t      1         sought  for  a 

potens  congregavit  medicos  mehores,  Indorum,  A ledo-  universal  medi- 

~  ....  .1M  1  cine; 

15  rum  et  Grecorum,  et  injunxit  eis  ut  quilibet  eorum  studeret 
facere  talem  medicinam.  qua  si  utatur  homo  proficiat  sibi  et 
alia  non  indigeat. 

Sane    Grecus  indicavit   et    dixit   quod   sumere   quolibet  theGreek advised 

...  ...  a  mouthful  of 

mane   aquam  calidam  pleno   ore    bis,  ita    sanum  redderet  «arm  water 
20  hominem  quod  non  indigebit  alia  medicina.     Medus  vero  The  Mede. 
affirmavit  quod  jejuno  stomacho  prodest  multum  sumere  de 
granis  milii.     Indus  dixit  quod  si  quis  sumeret  .5.   grana  The  Indian. 
cimini  cotidie  jejuno  stomacho,  alia  non  indigeret  medicina.  Thebestdiet 
Ego  vero  dico  quod  ille  qui  tantum  dormitquod  non  habet  f^is'digited. 
j;  in  ventre  ponderositatem  cibi,  non  time  bit  febrem  neque  69  b. 
guttam  ;    et  qui  comedit  quolibet  mane  .7.  dragmas  racemi  Eat  raisins, 
passi  bone  dulcedinis  non  timebit  aliquo  modo  de  infirmita- 
tibus    flegmaticis,    cujus    memoria    emendatur,    intellectus 
illuminatur.  et  qui    tempore  convenienti  sue   complexioni 
3°  utitur,  securus  erit  et  non  timebit  febrem  quartanam.     Et 


1  nomina  Arabica,  querantur  a  medicis. 

1   Chapter  lii.  / '.  n  Chapter  liii.  V 


Preserve  natural 
heat. 


Antidotes  to 
poisons. 


Macer. 


Mithridates. 


8<S 

nuts,  figs,  ami     qui   comedit    nuces    cum    ficubus    et   paucis  foliis   rute,  ei 
eadem  die  non  nocebit  vcnenum.1 

Capitulum  .20.  de  custodia  caloris  n  at  it  rails,  et  de  duplici 
carrupcione  corporis. 

O  sum  me  rex.  modis  omnibus  studeas  custodire  calorem  5 
naturalem  et  retinere,  quia  quamdiu  caliditas  temperata 
est  in  homine  et  humiditas,  calor  naturalis  temperatur  et 

1  Nota  super  omnia  banc  medicinam  de  nucibus  et  ficubus 
et  rata,  quia  utilissima  est  et  facilima  et  certissima.  Unde  infelices 
sunt  reges  et  principes  et  prelati  et  alii  qui  timent  venena  quod  10 
non  utuntur  hac  medicina.  Et  medicorum  maxima  cecitas  com- 
probatur.  Certitudo  vero  istius  medicine  non  solum  per  Aristo-1 
tilem  hie  habetur  set  per  Macrum  in  libro  herbarum  et  peritissimi 
medici  et  probatissimi  antiqui,  licet  a  longe  et  in  parte  innuunt 
cum  hec.  Summa  vero  certitudinis  est  per  experienciam  sapien-  15 
turn,  sicut  aliqui  nostri  temppris  et  antiqui  solebant  facere.  Nam 
in  Hystoriis  Romanis  et  aliorum  auctorum  legimus  quod  Mitri- 
dates  rex  Ponticeorum  regionum  potentissimus  et  sapientissimus 
set  tamen  crudelissimus,  qui  expugnavit  Romanum  imperium  per 
.40.  annos,  et  reges  ties  amicos  Romanorum  expulit  de  regnis  20 
suis,  usus  est  hac  medicina.  Cum  propter  nimiam  crudelitatem 
suam  ejus  filii  et  excercitus  sui  facti  sunt  ei  contrarii,  et  obsessus 
ab  eis,  malens  mori  quam  tradere  se  in  manus  eorum.,  bibit 
venenum.  Set  mori  non  potuit  propter  comestionem  medicine 
dicte,  qua  omni  die  usus  est  propter  insidias  inimicorum.  Novi  25 
eciam  hominem  de  sanguine  omnium  regum  nobilium  et  imperiali, 
qui  habuit  inimicos  mortales  innumerabiles  et  potentissimos,  qui 
consilio  sapientum  medicorum  usus  est  hac  medicina  et  con- 
servatus  est,  licet  aliquando  recepit  venenum. 

Macer  igitur  exponens  Aristotilem  dotet  quod  sumantur  omni  3° 
die  jejuno  stomacho  due  nuces  majores,  et  due  carice,  id  est,  ficus 
sicce,  cum  .20.  foliis  rute,  et  sic  nunquam  venenum  nocebit:] 
Contra  venenum  :  Recipe  avellanas  et  nuces  ana  .10.  foliorum 
rute  uncias  iij,  sales  uncia  una,  ficuum  siccarum  .20.,  et  omnia 
fortiter  terantur  et  postea  piscentur,  et  magdaliones  ad  pondus  35 
nucum  formentur,  et  qui  timet  de  veneno,  ante  comestionem 
comedat  unum  bolum,  et  si  detur  venenum  immediate  vomet, 
et  si  comederit  post  receptum  venenum  similiter  vomet.  Item 
against  vomiting,  contra  vomitum  :    Panem  assume  et  rosas  distempera,  cum  aceto 

et  succo  mente  ana,  et  super  stomachum   emplastrum  pone  et  -)° 
restringet  vomitum. 


This  antidote 
used  in  Bacon' 
time 


The  dose, 


70  a, 
and  preparation 
•f  the  antidote  ; 


3  Chapter  liv.  / '. 


29  Macer.  in  rnta.  c.  vii. 


89 

corroboratur.  quia  sanitas  et  durabilitas  in  hiis  modi's  duobus 
consistit. 

De  duplici  cor  rupcione. 

Sciendum  est  in  hoc  loco  quod  destruccio  et  corrupcio  Decay  of  the 

,        .  .  ....  body  from  two 

5  corporis  provenit  ex  duabus  causis,  una  naturalis,  aha  contra  causes: 
naturam.     Naturalis  provenit  ex  contrariarum  qualitatum  natural, 
repugnancia  et  contradiccione,  quando  siccitas  dominatur 
in    corpore.     Corrupcio  vero  contra  naturam  provenit  ex 
aliqua  causa  accidentali,  sive  ex  bello  sive  ex  ofifensione  ad  or  accidental, 
io  lapidem,  sive  ex  aliis  fortuitis  casibus,  sive  ex  infirmitate  et 
malo  consllio. 

Capittdum  .21.  de  divisione  ciborum  et  eoruvi  cognition c.  C 

Clborum  quedam  sunt  subtilia,  quedam  grossa,  quedam  Kinds  of  food. 
media.    Subtilia  subtilem  generant  sanguinem  clarum  et 

15  bonum,  ut  sunt  frumentum,  pulli  gallinarum  bene  nutriti,  et  | 
ova.     Grossa    vero    cibaria   valent    calidis    hominibus,    et  7° b- 
laborantibus  in  jejunio,    et   dormientibus   post  prandium. 
Media  autem  cibaria  non  generant  inflacionem  nee  super-  Ordinary  foods. 
fluitatem,  ut   sunt   carnes   agnine,    arietine,  castratine,    et 

20  omnes  carnes  que  sunt  calide  et  humide.  Hujusmodi1 
tamen  videntur  fallere  in  hiis  carnibus  quando  assantur, 
quoniam  inde  adquirunt  duriciem  caliditatem  2  et  siccitatem. 
Si  itaque  tales  carnes  assantur,  cito  comedantur,  et  tunc 
laudabiliores  sunt 3  et  precipue  quando  in  eis  suaves  species 

25  apponuntur. 


1  id  est;  talia  documenta. 

2  scilicet,   exterius  set    interius  sunt  humide  et  ideo  durieies 
exterior  debet  amoveri. 

3  quia  si  dimittantur  infrigidari,  duriores  sunt  et  minus  sapide. 
30  Considerandum  igitur  est  quod  secundum  Aristotelem  .4.  Metha- 

phisice  quod  assata  interius  sunt  humida,  et  elixata  interius  sunt  The  digestion 
sicca,  et  ideo  assata  melius  nutriunt.     Set  tamen  durum  exterius  offood- 
removeatur,  propter  quod  Avicenna  primo  libro  Artis  Medicine 
docet  quod  minuti  debent   comedere   carnes  assatas  ad  restau- 
3g  randum  sanguinem. 

12  Chapter  lv.  V. 


90 

Foods  which  Ouedam  vero  cibaria  sunt   que   generant    melancoliam, 

ch"iiy.me  sicut  caro  bubali,  vaccina,  ovina,  et  omnes  que  sunt  grosse 

et  sicce  et  aspere.     Aliqua  tamen  animalia  ex  hiis  habent 
subtiles  carnes  que  pascuntur  in  humidis  et  aquosis  locis  et 

Delicate  foods,     umbrosis  ;  eorum  carnes  sunt  meliores  et  saniores,  suaviores  5 
et  molliores.1 

which  fi-sh  may        Idem  est  dicendum  de  piscibus.     Sciendum  quod  piscis 

be  eaten  :  ....  .... 

pane  substancie  et  subtilis  pellis  et  facilis  masticacionis  qui 
nutritus  sit  in  aquis  salinaticis  -  currentibus,  talis  est  levior 
71  a.  et  melior  |  et  sanior  quam  ille  qui  nascitur  in  mari  vel  10 
which  to  be  in  dulci  aqua.  Oportet  ergo  cavere  ab  illis  piscibus  qui 
sunt  magne  substancie  dure  pellis,  quia  talis  solet  esse 
venenosus.  Et  hoc  de  piscibus  ad  presens  sufficiat,  quia 
in  libro  quern  composui  de  pulmentis  et  medicinis  invenies 
sufficienter  de  ista  materia  determinatum.  15 

Capitulum  .22.  de  cognicione  et  naturas  aquarwn. 
or  waters.  OCire  debes  quod  aque  sunt  utiles  cuilibet  viventi  tarn 

O  animal ibus    quam    vcgetabilibus.     Et    memento   quod 
ah  waters  come  docui  te  sufficienter  de  aquis,  et  satis  ostendi  tibi  quod  aque 

from  the  sea. 

omnes  tarn  dulces  quam  amare  originem  traxerunt  a  man  ;  20 
de  hac  re   feci  tibi  demonstracionem  manifestam.     Nunc 
supra  sciendum  es"t  quod  leviores  et  saniores  aque  sunt  ille 
que  sunt 3  prope  civitates  et  torentes.     Quando  igitur  terra 

which  waters      pura  est  a  rupibus  non  habundans  fumositatibus,  aqua  illius 

loci  est  levis  optima  et  laudabilis.     Aqua  vero  nascens  in  25 
terra  lapidosa  que  habundat  fumositatibus  est  gravis  infirma 

which  arc  nocibilis :    et  aqua,  in  qua  sunt  rane  et  serpentes  et  alia 

animalia  venenosa,  est  infirma,  sicut  aque  sunt   palustres. 

signs  of  good      Signa  siquidem  bonarum  aquarum  sunt  hec  :  levitas,  claritas, 

71  b.  albedo, bonus  odor,  quando  facile  calefiunt  et  facile  friges- 30 
cunt,  in  talibus  enim  delectatur  natura.     Aque  vero  salse  et 

1  scilicet,  propter  pascua. 

2  hoc  est,  salsis  non  tamen  de  mari. 

3  currentes. 


water. 


7  Chapter  lvi.  V.  16  Chapter  lvii.  V. 


27  aqua]  in  aqua  MS. 


9i 

amarc  fumose  dicuntur,  et  ideo  desiccant  ventrem  et  dissol-  signs  and  effects 

.of  bad  water. 

vunt.  Aque  autem  palustres T  sunt  cahde  graves,  quia 
stant  et  non  moventur,  quia  Sol  diu  durat  super  ipsas  ;  ideo 
generant  coleram  et  faciunt  crescere  splenem  et  pulmonem. 
5  Aque  que  diu  scaturizantur  in  albis  terris  sunt  calide 
et  infirme,3  quia  continent  in  se  particulas  terreas/1  Et 
potacio  aque  frigide  stomacho  jejuno  ante  piandium  nocet  Not  t°£™k 
corpori  et  extinguit  ignem  stomachi.  Potacio  vero  post  fasting. 
prandium  calefacit  corpus  et  generat  flegma,  et  si  multum 
io  sumatur  corrumpit  cibum  in  stomacho.    Debes  igitur  bibere  Drink  cold  water 

.  .  in  summer  and 

aquam  frigidam  in  estate  et  calidam  in  hyeme,  et  non  warm  in  winter, 
e  converso,  quia  potacio  aque  calefacte  in  estate  mollificat 
et  debilitat  stomachum  et  destruit  appetitum,  sicut  potacio 
aque  frigide  in  hyeme  extinguit  calorem  et  destruit  in- 
15  strumenta  pectoris,  et  nocet  pulmoni,  et  multa  generat 
nocumenta. 

Capitiilam  .23.  dc  cognicione  et  gcneribus  vim. 

Sciendum   quod     vinum    cujus    racemus    est    natus    in  ofwine. 
monte  |  soli    opposito   est   siccioris    nature  quam   illud  72  *■ 
20  quod  nascitur  in   piano   et   in   locis    madidis   et   umbrosis.  Two  sorts  of 

.       wine. 

Primum  vinum  valet  senibus  et  hominibus  habundantibus  in  Dry  wine  good 

....     f°r  °'d  men. 

humiditate  et  flegmate,  nocet  vero  juvenibus  et  calidis 
hominibus.  Primum  ergo  calefacit  et  liberat  a  superfiuita- 
tibus  frisridis  et  srossis.     Et    vinum,   quanto   rubicundius  Red  wine  makes 

fa  b  n  blood. 

25  et  spissius  tanto  magis  generat  sanguinem,  set  quando  est 
forte  et  fortis  amaritudinis,  tunc  dicitur  primus  sanguis 
et  primum  nutrimentum,  et  habet  naturam  potacionis  et 
medicine,  et  sumptum  diu  valde  nocet.     Ouando  vero  vinum  Sweet  red  wine 

c  ~  is  harmful. 

hujus  generis4  est  dulce, nocet  stomacho,  generat  ventositates 


30 


et  stagnorum. 

2  scilicet,  propter  longum  motum,  quia  motus  calefacit. 

3  scilicet,    multas   quas   trahunt   secum   propter   longitudinem 
itineris. 

4  scilicet,  quod  est  rubeum  et  spissum. 


17  Chapter  lviii.  V. 

5  scaturizantur]  scanturizantur  MS 


92 
The  best  wine     et  inflaciones.     Laudabilius    et  suavius  omni  vino   quoad 

ofall.  .  ...      ,  .  . 

omnes  complexiones  est  lllud  quod  nascitur  in  terra  extensa 
where  it  grows ;inter  montes  et  valles,  cujus  racemus  est  bone  dulcedinis, 
hs  cultivation,  perfecte  maturitatis,  subtilis  aeris.  quod  non  vindemiatur 
donee  egressa  fuerit  fortitudo  !  sue  substancie  et  humiditas  5 
corticis,  insipitudo  palmitum  et  granorum  graciliorum  ; 
colour,  ami  taste;  cujus  color  est  aureus -,  cujus  sapor  est  medius  acutus  :'  et 
iee>.  72  b.  delectabilis,  cujus  fex  in  fundo  depressa4  est,  cujus  partes 
Useitinmodera.  subtiles  sunt  et  arecentes  (vel  arefactc).     Ouando  itaque 

"on.  .  .  . 

tale  repentur,  sume  de  ipso  temperate  juxta  etatem  corporis  10 
its  properties,  et  temporis  qualitatem,  quia  confortat  stomachum,  calorem 
corroborat  naturalem,  juvat  digestionem,  conservat  a  cor- 
rumpcione,  ducit  cibum,  decoquit  et  perducit  ipsum  puri- 
ficatum  ad  omnia  membra  que  reguntur,  et  decoquit  cibum 
ipsum  in  eisdem  membris  donee  convertatur  in  sanguinem  15 
it  comforts  the    subtileiTi  et  substancialem  ;  tunc  ascendit  ad  cervlcem  cum 

brain. 

calore  temperato,  et  reddit  capud  securum  a  fortuitis  casibus, 
makes  the  heart  insuper  cor  letificat,  colorem  rubificat,  linguam  reddit  expe- 
and  has  many  ditam,  liberat  a  curis,  et  hominem  facit  audacem,  et  excitat 
effectsf00'  ad  omnia  appetitum,  et  multa  alia  bona  facit.  20 

But  if  too  much       Vinum  autem  quando   sumitur   habundanter  in    magna 
it  hurts  the  wits,  quantitate,  tunc  hec  mala  consequntur  :  obscurat  intellectum, 

et  inpedit  sensum,  et  turbat  cerebrum,  debilitat  virtutem 

naturalem  et  animalem,  generat  oblivionem  5,  ledit  omnes  ..3. 

sensus  quibus  regitur  etdisponitur  tota  operacio  corporalis.  25 
enfeebles  the       fugat  appetitum,  debilitat  cathenas  corporis  et  juncturas, 

generat  tremorem  membrorum,  et  lippitudinem  oculorum,  | 
73  a.  accendit  coleram,  destruit  epar  quia  reddit  ejus  sanguinem 
hverroys  tbe       grossiorem,  et  cordis  cruorem  denigrat.     Ex  inde  proveniunt 
causes  many       timor  et  horror,  tremor,  sompnilocucio  6.  fantastice  visiones,  30 

corrupcio  colons,  debilitacio  genitalium,  destruccio  seminis, 

1  scilicet,  superflua. 

•  id  est,  medius  inter  rubeum  et  citrinum. 
scilicet,  inter  amarum  et  dulce  ut  est  acutus. 

*  id  est,  bene  defecata  antequam  extrahatur  de  dolio  etc.  35 
'  obliviosum.                 '  id  est,  locucio  in  sompnis. 

21  Chapter  lix.  V. 


sicknesses, 


93 

abhominacio  stomachi  ;  distemperat  complex ionem,  gencrat 
corporis  grossitudinem,  et  quod  detenus  est,  lepram  inducit,  and  even" 

.  ,--.,..  leprosy. 

et  tunc  est  de  genere  venenorum.      Cavendum  est  lgitur  ne 

vinum  ultra  modum1  sumatur,  quia  vinum  imitatur  naturam  winefeiike 

,  ...  .  .  rhubarb, 

5  et  complexionem  reubarban  que  est  vita  epatis,  que  habet 
proprias  utilitates  que  continentur  in  libris  medicinalibus,  et  sometimes  good, 

.......  .  .     S  jinetimes  a  mor- 

nichilominus  reubarbarum  est  quandoque  venenum  morti- ta!  poison, 
ferum,  videlicet  illis  qui  ultra  modum   sumunt  ex   eo,  et 
transgrediuntur  certam  mensuram  et  quantitatem. 
io      Vinum  etiam  comparatur   nature  serpentum  ex  quibus  or  it  i*  like  the 

.  ,  .->        rr    • .  l        ■  •  »«     serpent  from 

antidotum  -  emcitur,  et  lesiones  maxime  per  eorum  medi-  which  Amido- 

,.  ..  turn  is  made. 

cinam  expelluntur,  verumptamen  omnibus  notum  est  quod 
venena  mortifera  gerunt  in  se  et  generant. 

Capiiulum  .24.  dc  commendacione  sirupi  acetosi  et  reme- 
15  dium  contra  ebrietatem.  Takeeverj 

.  ,  .  morning  some 

Alexander,  nunquam  tedeat  te  sumere  mane  sirupum  syrup  ofvinegar. 


o 


acetosum   jejuno    stomacho,  et    non    jejuno  |  quando,  73  b. 
scilicet,    convalescunt  humiditates    et  habundanter  flegma 
dominatur,   quia   valde   sanativum    est.      Sapiens   Aristo3  Ari:>to  praised 

good  wine  and 

20  multum  mirabiliter  bonum  vinum  commendavit  ubi  dixit :  s°od  bread> 
Mirum  est   de    homine  qualiter  potest  infirmari  vel  mori, 
cujus  cibus  est  panis  optimi  frumenti  et  carnes  commenda- 
biles,  cujus  potus  est  vinum  bone  vitis,  et  ex  hiis  utitur 
temperate,  abstinendo  se  a  nimia  et  mala  comestione,  potu,  used  temper- 

.  ately. 

25  coitu,  et  labore,  quomodo  huic  accideret  egritudo. 

Oportet  siquidem  ilium  qui  libenter  inebriatur  vino  ultra  The  cure  for 

,  ,  .  i"  1  1  drunkenness  : 

modum   sumpto  ut  abluat  se  cum  aqua  calida-,  et  sedeat  «ash  him  with 

_  •  1      1  1  •  warm  water,  seat 

super  nuenta  aquarum  currencium  et  habeat  salices  atque  him  on  a  river- 
side, anoint  him 

mirtam,  quia  confert    multum,  et.  ungere  debet  capud   et  a"d  incense  him. 


30      J  id  est,  mensuram. 

'  id  est,  medicina  contra  venenum  sicut  tyriaca. 

3  hie  stulti  scribunt  Aristotiles  pro  Aristo  qui  fuit  philosophus  Aristo  is  not 
quidam  alius  ab  Aristotile,  et  ideo  dicunt  quod  hie  liber  non  est  Allstotle- 
Aristotilis.     Preterea  debet  scire  quod   tres   fuerunt   Aristotiles, 
35  sicut  patet  ex  Plinio  et  Censorio. 

14  Chapter  lx.  V. 


94 

corpus  suum  cum  saldel  confecto  l  et  fumigare  cum  incensis 
frigidis  et  odoriferis.  Hec  est  siquidem  ebrietatis  optima 
medicina. 

De  modo  mutandi  consuetudinem. 

How  to  leave  m  .  .  .. 

off  the  use  of  Si  quis  propomt  penitus  vel  ex  toto  relinquere  potum  5 

wine :  .  ..... 

first  use  grape-     vini,  non  debet   subito   ab   usu    penitus  vim  abstinere,  set 

juice,  ...  .1 

74  a.  paulatim  de  potu  vim  ad  potum    uve  passe  transire  I  et 
then  dilute  it      exinde  adiun^ere  aquam  paulatim  una  vice  post  aliam  donee 

with  more  and  j         o  T.  i  i 

more  water.        veniat  ad  puram  aquam,   quia  per  istum  ordinem  servatur 

complexio  nature  a  gravibus  egritudinibus  et  futuris.  IO 

P  Capitulum  .25.  de  hiis  que  corroborant  corpus  et  cetera,  et 

est  hoc  capitulum  simile  capitulo  .14.  set  quia  optima  sunt 
documenta  ideo  Herat,  licet  alio  modo,  et  add  it  quedam  et  alia 
minuit. 

Somethings         P)Ost  hec  itaque   sciendum  est  quod   quedam  alimenta  is 

strengthen,  some       r~^ 

weaken,  the  body.  JL  de  hiis  coroborant  et  impinguant  et  quedam  macerant, 
et  quedam  humectant  et  quedam  desiccant,  quedam  res 
dant  et  reddant  corpori  vigorem  et  pulcritudirtem,  quedam 

These  things       generant  pigriciem  et  tepiditatem.     Ea  siquidem  que  ipsum 

body.0  corpus  corroborant  sunt  alimenta  suavia  levia  sue  nature  ao 

conveniencia,  quando  sumuntur  tempore  competenti  et  in 
hora  necessitatis  sicut  prediximus.  Ea  vero  que  ipsum 
corpus  impinguant  et  humectant  sunt  hec  :  requies  corporis, 
leticia  mentis,  jocunda  societas,  et  cibaria  calida  et  humida, 
potacio  vini  dulcis,  et  sumpcio  mellis  humidi  quod  colligitur  35 

Sleep  on  soft       et  nutritur   in   locis    privatis   in    caule   geldel 2.     Et  nichil 
tantum    valet    ad   hoc    quantum    dormicio   post    prandium 
74  b.  super  suavia  stramina  in  locis  frigidis,  et  balne|ari  in  balneis 

warm  baths.       calidis  et  parum    stare   in    eisdem    ne    humiditas  corporis 


id  est,  cum  unguento  de  salidale,  nomen  Arabicum.  30 

nomen  est  arabicum. 
aliter,  aquis. 


11  Chapter  lxi.  V. 


4  Side  note:  'mementonarracionisGuillelmi.de  consuetudine  amovendo.' 


95 

dissolvatur  in  magna  quantitate,  quia  melius  est  ut  corpus 
habcat  de  humiditate  et  madefaccione  balnei  quam  e  con- 
verso.  Odores  odorare  jocundantes  animam  et  convenientes  Pleasant  odours. 
tempori  in  quo  est,  verbi  gracia,  odorare  racemum  in  hyeme 
5  quia  calide  sunt  nature,  rosas  vero  et  violas  in  estate. 
Excercere    vomitum    bis   vel    ter   in   mense,    et    in    estate  vomit  twice  a 

month. 

maxime,  quia  vomitus  abluit  stomachum  et  purgat  a  malis 
humoribus  et  corruptis  humiditatibus.  Nam  quando  iste 
corrupte  materie  expelluntur  a  stomacho,  naturalis  calor 
io  augmentatur  et  confortatur  ad  alimentum  .digerendum. 
Rege  igitur  bene  tuum  corpus  si  vis  ut  crescit,  et  observa 
meum  consilium,  cum  hiis  quippe  magis1  valet  solacium 
et  divicias  2  habere,  reverenciam  et  victoriam  super  inimicos 
acquirere,  delicate  vivere,  solaciari  in  instrumentis  musicis  3,  indulge  in 

-1  reasonable 

15  videre  et  delectari  in  rebus  formosis,  legere  in  libris  delecta-  pleasures  of  life. 
bilibus,   audire   cantica   leticie,    esse  cum   amicis   delectis, 
indui  fulgentibus  et  speciosissimis  |  vestibus  et  conferre A  75  a- 
cum  sapientibus   querendo  de    rebus  preteritis  et  futuris, 
confortare  virtutes  racionales,  uti  unguentis  convenientibus 

20  tempori    in    quo    es ;    hec    siquidem    sunt    que    homines 
inpinguant. 

Res  vero  que  faciunt  contrarium,  videlicet,  que  macerant  The  things 

.  .......  ~  .      which  diminish 

corpus  sunt  hec:  diminucio  cibi  et  potus,  irequentacio  the  body, 
excercicii  et  laboris,  stare  in  calore  et  sole,  longa  vigilia, 
25  dormicio  ante  prandium  super  duros  lectos,  et,  quia  caliditas 
impeditur  propter  nimiam  humiditatem  que  inest  corpori, 
balneari  in  aquis  sulphureis  et  salsis  et  dissolutivis  et  cali- 
dissimis,  fames,  potacio  5  veteris  vini  puri,  frequens  purgacio 
ventris,  diminucio   sanguinis   nimia.    nimius  usus    veneris, 

1  id  est,  multum. 
30      2  scilicet,  necessarias  set  non  superfluas,  quia  inducunt  sollicitu- 

dinem  nimiam  de  multiplicacione  earum  et  timorem  ne  amittantur,  "^^l]s  °f 
et  maximum   dolorem  de  amissione,    et  hec  tria  sunt  pessima, 
sicut  patet  ex  capitulo  quartodecimo  et  istius  secunde  partis. 
3  vel,  musicorum.  4  id  est,  confabulare. 

3,15      5  scilicet,  magna  et  frequens,  sicut  expositum  est  supra  capi- 
tulo .14. 


22  Chapter  lxii.  V. 


A  bath  is  built 
with  four  roorn^ 
like  the  four  sea- 
sons: cold,  tepid, 
warm,  and  dry. 

75  b. 


Bathers  should 
stay  a  while 
in  each  in  turn, 


and  return  in 
the  same  way. 


The  site  of  c 
bath  and  its 
furnaces. 


The  use  of 
odours  in  the 

bath. 


76a. 

Shampooing  and 
rubbing. 


96 

paupertas,   sollicitudo,    timor,  mala    cogitacio   et   anxietas 
doloris  frequenter  accidentes.  et  mali  event  us. 

Capitulum  .26.  de  balnea,  scilicet,  de  viodo  ingrcdiendi  et 
cxciindi. 

BAlneum  itaque  est  unum  de  miraculis  (vel  mirabilibus) 
hujus  mundi,  quia  edificatum  est  secundum  anni  quatuor 
tempora,  quia  frigidum  attribuitur  hyemi,  tepidum  veri, 
calidum  estati,  siccum  autumpno.  |  De  summa  ergo  pru- 
dencia  est  facere  in  balneo  quatuor  mansiones  ordinatim  ita 
ut  prima  sit  frigida,  secunda  tepida,  tercia  calida,  et  quarta  10 
sicca.  Et  cum  quis  ingredi  voluerit, debet  primo  aliquantulum 
in  prima  stare,  et  parum  ibi  morari,  deinde  secundam  intrare, 
et  parum  ibi  morari.  et  post  in  terciam  parvi.lam  moram 
facere,  postmodo  vero  ingrediendo  quartam  et  similiter 
facere.  '  Et  cum  voluerit  exire,  debet  eundem  modum  15 
servare.  faciendo  morulam  in  qualibet  mansione  camerarum 
ne  exeat  ex  nimio  calore  ad  nimium  frigus.  aut  de  nimio 
frigore  ad  nimium  calorem. 

Et  sit  balneum  edificatum  in  alto  et  in  loco  ventoso,  et 
habeat  fornaces  magnas  et  latas  reddentes  flammas  latas,  et  20 
aquam  dulcem. 

Et  utendum  est  in  eo  odoribus  convenientibus  tempori 
presenti,  videlicet  in  vere  et  estate  utendum  est  temperato 
odore,  scilicet,  triplicato  et  quadruplicate1  In  autumpno 
vero  et  hyeme  fruendum  2  est  duplicato  ::.  Deinde  sedendum  25 
est  super  sedilia  aquis  rosaceis  |  inbuta,  et  postea  super  alia 
sedilia,  et  postea  faciat  se  tergere  cum  linchiamine  albo  et 
mundo  de  lino  una  vice,  et  postea  de  alio  alia  vice  ;  postquam 
omnia  ita  compleverit  et  delicate  ablutus  fuerit,  exeat  ad 
alias  mansiones  statim.  et  utatur  sequentibus  documentis  et  3° 
unguentis. 


1  odorifero,  id  est,  triplum  vel  quadruplum  :    plus  de  odoriferis 
debent  poni  in  vere  et  estate  quam  in  autumpno  et  hyeme. 

2  fovendum.  s  odore. 


3  Chapter  lxiii.  V. 


97 
Si  ergo  vincatur  a  calorc,  pectinet  se  et  utatur  unfjuento  The  cure  when 

01  °  overcome  by  the 

purificato  convenienti  tempori.  Quia  in  vere  et  in  estate  heat- 
debet  uti  ungucnto  scesarino  confecto  de  sandel  et  emleg : * 
in  autumpno  et  hyeme  debet  uti  unguento  confecto  dc 
5  mirra  et  de  succo  herbe  que  dicitur  bletes,  et  proicere 
super  capud  artificiales  aquas  et  temperatas.  Deinde  debet 
abluere  et  fricare  inde  corpus  donee  fuerit  inde  lotum  bene 
et  mundum.  Deinde  ungat  corpus  quibusdam  unguentis 
que  conveniunt  temporibus  suis.  Deinde  gradatim  exeat 
10  sicut  docuimus  in  precedentibus.  Deinde  tergat  se  donee 
allevietur. 
.    Si  itaque  scitiat,  bibat  sirupum  rosaceum  (vel  rosarum),  et  what  to  drink 

ii  •  t>.    •      1  iii-  1  'n  tne  bath, 

sumat  de  electuano  cum  muscato.  Deinde  tendat  brachia  sua  | 
aliquantulum,  deinde  post  modicam  horam  sumat  paucum  76  b. 

'5  cibum  bene  paratum  cum  tranquillitate.     Et  bibat  de  bono  like  aiittie 
vino  temperato  cum  tanto  de  aqua  et  secundum  quod  con-  "' 
suevit  bibere.  et  non  sumat  multum  set  moderate.     Deinde  smeii  a  little  in- 
subfumigabit  se  incensis  convenientibus  illi  tempori ;  deinde  ce 
requiescat  in  locis  delicatis,  et  accipiat  de  sompno  bonam  sleep, 

20  partem,  et    hoc    multum   juvat  ;    deinde    debet    continuare  and  spend  the 

.  ,  ...  . .  ».  T  ...  ,       rest  of  the  da 

residuum  diei  cum  gaudio  et  quiete.     Iste  siquidem  ordo  pleasantly, 
sanitatis  et  nutricionis  est  corporis. 

Qui  vero  est  senex  vel  superatur  a  frigiditate  et  humiditate,  oid  people 
caveat  morari  in  balneis  multum.     Debet  siquidem  stare  in  toolong'in^he 
25  balneo   tantum,  donee  corpus  suum  de  humiditate   balnei 
madefiat,  aquam  temperatam  proiciat  super  se  multum  cito 
quando  (vel  quantum)  voluerit.    Oportet  autem  fieumaticum  Menofphieg. 

....  ,  matic  nature 

non  intrare  balneum  nisi  jejuno  stomacho,  et   ungere  se  should  bathe  on 

•    •  ss  r  i-i  an  eiEP'y 

unguentis  cahdis.     Qui  vero  fuerint  cahde  nature,  teneant  stomach. 
30  precedentem  doctrinam. 


1  nomina  arabica  que  querenda  sunt  a  medicis  et  ab  apothecariis 
et  sic  de  aliis  vocabulis  ante  et  retro,  et  etiam  in  aliis  exemplaribus, 
si  fortasse  sit  dubitacio. 


19  locis]  lectis  V. 

1590  H 


98 

f  Cap i tul urn  .27.  dc  commcndacionc  doctrine  precedentis,  sive 

de  utilitate  sue  doctrine. 

Follow  this         f~\  Alexander,  quando  cognoveris  datum  documentum  et 

doctrine  II  ,  .         _  ,.  .. 

77  a.  V^opere    complevens,    faci  et    te   nou    indigere   medico 
and  you  win  not  tempore  toto  vite  tue,  cum  Dei  adjutorio.     Sciendum  est  5 

need  a  doctor.  .  .     -         .  .... 

utique  quod  graves  innrmitates  que  generantur  ex  cahditate 
Periodic  hi-        Vel  ex  periodis  *    et  ex  cursu   lune  cognoscuntur,  an   sint 

nesses.  L  ° 

breves  an  longeve,  et  eciam  ex  signis  precedentibus  cogno- 
scitur  ad  quern  finem  debeant  pervenire.  Et  ego  docui  te 
fideliter,  et  ostendi  breviter  divisiones  et  cogniciones  in-  10 
firmitatum.  Et  in  aqua  similiter  est  signum  probatum  in 
hiis  rebus,  set  precedencia  signa  sunt  meliora  et  veriora. 
Attend  to  my      sicut  determinavi  in  libro  de  aqnis.     Et  hec  signa  sufficiunt 

book  of  '  urines',   _  ...... 

ill i  qui  tenet  bene  in  memoria  doctrinam  illius  libri,  sicut  et 
and  to  the  book   continetur  in  libro  quern  feci  dc  medicinis  compositis.  et  in  is 

of  medicines;  x  * 

potacionibus   artificialibus,   in    unguentis   con  feet  is   et    em- 

plastris,  secundum  ordinem  et  artem  Grecorum,  Ytalicorum, 

Indorum,  et  Persarum,  in  quibus  nullum  experimentum  fuit 

many  useful        fallax.     Quia  igitur  secreta  ista  utilia  erant  sepulta,  eo  quod 

secrets  are  there    .  .  .... 

revealed.  ignorabantur  nee  inveniebantur  usquequaque,  ideo  indignum  20 

esse  decrevi  si  tuam  laterent  clemenciam. 
De  gloria  inestimabili. 
The  great  medi-       Dignum  utique  est  ut  tu  scias  magnam  medicinam  que 
77  b.  dicitur  '  gloria  inestimabilis '  I  que  etiam  vocatur  '  thesaurus 
The  treasure       philosophorum '.       Ego    siquidem    nunquam    percepi    nee -1? 
veraciter  novi  quis  earn  invenerit.     Ouidam  enim  asserunt 

Names  of  great    quod  Adam  fuerit  ejus  inventor.     Alii  dicunt  quod  Escula- 

philosophers,  x  2  J  -1 

pius,    et    Hermogenes    medicus,    Hirfos,   et    Donasties,    et 

S  6  7 

Vatildos  Hebrei,  et  Dioris,  et  Caraus,  gloriosi  philosophi 
qui  sunt  82,  quibus  datum  est  noscere  secreta  scienciarum  30 
who  inquired      qUe  latebant  omnes  homines.     Isti  sunt  qui  inquisierunt  et 

natural  things,  ' 

1  Hie  sumitur  pro  motibus  circularibus,  nam  '  periodus  '  Grece 
est  '  circuitus '  Latine,  a  '  peri '  quod  est  '  circum  '  et  '  odos '  quod 
est  'via'.  2  7.  written  above  8. 


3  Chapter  lxiv.  V.  22  Chapter  Ixv.  V.     This  heading  is  written  as 

part  of  the  text. 


99 

disputaverunt  de  hiis  que  sunt  supra  naturam,  de  pleno,  de 

vacuo,  de  finite  et  de  infinite»,  et  concorditer  convenerunt  an<{ came  to- 
gether in  making 

in  confeccione  istius  medicine  inestimabilis  quam  diviserunt  this  'nedicine. 

in  .8.  partes.     Ouidam  siquidem  volunt  et  affirmant  quod 

Enoch   novit   hoc   secretum   per  visionem.     Volunt  enim 

dicere  quod  iste   Enoch  fuit   magnus   Hermogenes  quern  Some  say  Enoch 

.  was  Hermogenes. 

Greci    multum  commendant   et  laudant,    et  ei  attribuunt 
omnem  scienciam  secretam  et  celestem. 

Capitithim  .28.  de  arte  conficiendi  ' gloriam  inestimabilem  '. 
10  et  primo  de  arte  conficiendi  mel,  quo  conftciuntur  medicine 
poster  ins   dicende,  scilicet,   .8.   que  conponnnt  'gloriam    in- 
estimabilem '. 

A  honey  or 

CUm  Dei  benediccione  sume  de  succo  malipranati  dulcis  vehicle  for  the 
&  medicines. 

.25.  rotulas1,  de  succo  maligranati  acris  |  .x.  rotulas  2,  78  a. 

15  et  de  succo  racemi   dulcis  claro  .i.  rotulam,  et   de  succo  of  pomegranate-, 

...  grape-,  and  apple- 

pomorum  dulcium  .10.  rotulas.  et  de  zucaro  claro  albo  et  juice,  and  sugar, 
mundo  .10.  rotulas.  Hec  omnia  ponantur  in  vase,  ita  ut  sit 
ad  medietatem,  et  cum  discreccione  decoquantur  cum  suavi 
igne  et  penitus  sine  fumo,  et  tollatur  tota  spuma,  et  tantum  boiled  down  to 
20  decoquatur  quousque  efficiatur  sicut  mel  spissum.  Hoc 
quidem  est  illud  mel  optimum  quo  conficiuntur  medicine ; 3 
debes  ergo  uti  sicut  predictum  est. 

Prima  medicina  que  confortat principalia  membra,  scilicet, 
cerebrum,  cor,  et  stomaclunn. 

umatur  cum  Dei  benediccione  et  ejus  adjutorio  de  rosis  The  first  medi- 
cine for  the 
rubeis   .i.   rotulam,  et  de  violis  quarta  pars    rotule,  et  brain,  heart,  and 

stomach. 


s 


omnia  ponantur  in  .x.  libris  aque  dulcis,  postquam  in  eo 
appositum  fuerit  de  aqua  eleorongan 4  media  pars  rotule. 
et  de  aqua  mente  viridis  medietas  rotule,  et  de  aqua  ling(u)e 


30      l  id  est,  partes.     Rotula  est  genus  ponderis   unde   alia  litera 
habet  .25.  partes. 

2  genus  ponderis,  sicut  apud  nos  uncia  vel  dragma. 

3  posterius  dicende  que  componunt  '  gloriam  inestimabilem '. 

4  nomen  arabicum. 


9  Chapter  lxvi.  V.  25  Chapter  Ixvii.  V. 

H  2 


IOO 


The  second 
medicine 
strengthens  the 
stomach  and 
purge?  gently. 


bovis  .i.  rotula.  Colligantur  ita  omnia  ista  et  decoquatur 
cum  .i.  uncia  de  elegaman  }  et  gariophilo.  Et  hec  omnia 
debent  stare  super  ignem  per  unam  diem  et  noctem  donee 
egrediatur  tota  vis  eorum.  Deinde  ponatur  supra  ignem 
7S  b.  suavem  donee  diminuatur  tercia  pars  aque,  |  deinde  de-  5 
ponatur  et  permittatur  clarescere.  Et  postea  ponantur  in 
eo  de  preparato  et  predicto  melle  .iij.  rotule,  et  tantum 
decoquatur  quousque  spissum  fiat.  Deinde  ponatur  in  eo 
una  dragma  et  dimidia  de  ambra,  et  .iij.  dragme  de  ligno 
aloes  trito  et  humido.  Et  hec  est  prima  medicina  (sive  pocio)  10 
cujus  effectus  est  confortare  cerebrum,  cor,  et  stomachum. 

Confeccio  medicine  .2.  cujus  est  corroborare  stomachum  et 
constringere  ct  pur g are  putridos  humores  stomachi  sine 
violencia  et  abhominacione . 

umatur  cum  Dei  benediccione  de  mirabolanis  et  galanga  15 
cubebis  rotula,  ejecto  cortice2  citrini,  de  medulla  caroble 
de  Babilonia  quarta  pars  unius  rotule,  et  de  liquiricia  sine 
cortice,  que  est  citrini  coloris,  due  uncie,  et  de  granis  maturis 
de  virotis  in  suo  tempore  due  uncie.      Conterantur  bene 
hec  omnia  et  ponantur  in  .10.  rotulis  aque  dulcis  per  unam  20 
diem  et  unam  noctem.     Deinde  decoquatur  suaviter  donee 
deficiat  medietas  aque,  deinde  misceatur  et  coletur  donee 
fiat  clarum.     Et  tunc  ponantur  in  eo  de  melle  preparato3 
due    rotule   et  tantum   decoquatur  iterum  done(c)  inspis- 
setur.     Deinde  apponatur  de  pulvere  masticis  uncia  una,  35 
et   de  rabarir4  quarta    pars   uncie.      Et  hec  est   secunda 
medicina  cujus  proprietas  est  corroborare  stomachum  et 
79  a.  con|fortare  et  constringere  et  purgare  malos  et   putridos 
humores  qui  congregantur  in  stomacho  sine  abhominacione 
et    violencia   et    sine    aliqua    lesione.       Insuper    confortat  30 
cathenam  corporis5  et  pectus  et  cerebrum. 


s 


nomen  arabicum. 

vel,  stipite. 

id  est,  reubarbare. 

scilicet,  compages  et  juncturas. 


de  quo  docuit  in  principio  capituli. 


35 


15   Chapter  lxviii.  V. 


IOI 

Confeccio  medicine  .3.  cujus  est  confortarc  omnia  membra 
occulta  et  maximc  principalia,  scilicet,  cor,  cerebrum,  ct 
epar. 

Sumatur  cum  Dei  benediccione  una  rotula  de  ernle?  et  The  third 
0  medicine 

dimidia.  et  de  elile&ylndico  dimidia  pars  unius  rotule,  >'rengthening 

*-  x  '  the  chief  viscei 

et  de  darsan  cariole,  et  de  galanga,  et  de  mice  muscata  una 
uncia.  Teratur  totum  non  nimis  subtiliter  et  ponatur  in 
aqua  dulci  .x.  rotulis,  et  maneat  in  ea  per  unam  diem  et 
unam  noctem.      Deinde   decoquatur    cum    suavi    igne   et 

10  suaviter  donee  minuatur  medietas,  deinde  misceatur  et  cole- 
tur  donee  clarum  fiat,  et  postmodum  ponatur  cum  tribus 
rotulis  mellis  artificialis ; l  deinde  tantum  bulliat  donee 
densum  fiat.  Et  hec  est  siquidem  tercia  medicina,  cujus 
proprietas    est    corroborare    omnia    membra    occulta    et 

J5  maxime  principalia 

Confeccio  medicine  quarte  que  javat  appetitum  et  instru- 
mentum  pectoris  et  pidmonem. 

Sumatur  cum  Dei  benediccione  de  aqua  palmitum3  et  de  medicine1 
rubis  ferentibus  mora  silvestria  libra  .i.,  de  aqua  salsa  ^appetite"2 

20  colata4  bene  .i.  libra,  |  de  aqua  apii  colata  media  libra,  de  wit.1"" 
aqua  lactuce  agrestis  libra  .i.,  de  aqua   radicum   bethales  79 b- 
libra  .i. :  deinde  totum  colligatur  et  congregetur  in  unum  et 
ponatur  in  eo  aceti  albi  quarta  pars  '  sub ',  et  effeti 5  quarta 
pars  libre.     Colligatur   totum  et  stet  per  unum  diem   et 

25  unam  noctem  ;  deinde  coletur,  et  ponantur  in  eo  de  melle  6 
libre  .iij. ;  deinde  decoquatur  cum  igne  levi  et  tenui  donee 
inspissetur.  Et  est  quarta  medicina  ;  et  ejus  est  proprietas 
quod  juvat  appetitum  et  instrumentum  pectoris,  et  pul- 
monem. 


30      1  de  quo  melle  in  principio  medicinarum  locutus  est. 

2  cor,  cerebrum,  et  epar. 

3  Palmes  est  virgula  vel  ramus  vitis  (in  marg.) 

4  aliter,  cayrsen,  id  est,  cudune. 

5  litera  est  falsa,  ideo  queratur  in  aliis  exemplaribus  (in  marg.). 
35      6  supradicto. 

4  Chapter  lxix.  V.  18  Chapter  lxx.  V. 

19  rubis]  rebus  MS. 


102 


The  fifth  medi- 
cine strengthen- 
ing the  stomach 
and  expelling 
phlegm. 


SUI 
d( 


The  sixth  medi- 
cine for  the 
breast,  stomach, 
teeth,  and  rein:-. 


Confeccio  medicine  qninte  que  expellit  melancoliam,  snbtiliat 
flegtna,  et  tollit  humiditates,  stomachum  temper  at,  aperit 
constipaciones  et  ventositates  expellit. 

matur  estines  x  recens  libri  \.  et  berforthes  libri  \,  et 
de  ferat  viridi  .iij.  uncie,  et  de  trifera  viridis  '  sub'  .i.  et  5 
ponantur  in  .xij.  '  sub'2  aque  dulcis,  addantur  cimini  'sub' 
.iij.,  et  stet  per  unum  diem  et  unam  noctem.  Deinde  de- 
coquatur  donee  medietas  aque  diminuatur,  et  sumantur  '  sub' 
.4.  de  melle  preparato,  et  iterum  tantum  decoquatur  donee 
inspissetur.  Hec  est  igitur  quinta  medicina  cujus  proprietas  10 
est  expellere  melancoliam,  subtiliare  flegma,  et  superfluas 
humiditates  tollere,  stomachum  temperare,  aperire  con- 
80  a.  stipaciones,  |  et  ventositates  expellere. 

Medicina  sexta  leniens  pectus,  conf evens  respiramento,  re- 
parans  stomachum,  repellens  dolorem  dencium  et  renum.  15 

Sumatur  cum  Dei  benediccione  de  colatura  seminum  con- 
trariorum  3  medium  '  sub '  de  qualibet,  de  gumi  arabico 
uncie  .iij.  et  de  granis  pini  uncia  .i.  Dissolvantur  omnes 
in  aqua  rosata  et  apponantur  de  melle  preparato  'sub'  .iij., 
et  inspissetur  bona  inspissacione  super  ignem.  Hec  est  20 
medicina  sexta,  cujus  proprietas  est  linire  pectus,  et  con- 
ferre  respiramento,  reparat  stomachum,  et  repellit  dolorem 
dencium  et  renum. 


The  seventh 
medicine  for 
the  stomach 
and  wind. 


Medicina  .7.  reparans  stomachum  et  fugans  ventositatem. 

Sumatur  cum  Dei  benediccione  de  spica  indica  dragme  .iij.,  25 
et  de  aretim.  et  tantum  de  amomo,  et  de  cubebis  dragme 
.iij.,  equaliter  de  corawed   longo  et  brevi  dragme  .iij.,  et 
ponantur  ties  '  sub  '  aque  dulcis,  et  iterum  stet  donee  exeat 4 
virtus  ejus.     Deinde  teratur  et  coletur,  et  ponantur  de  melle 


1  arabicum  nomen. 
*  vel,  coctanorum. 


-  genus  mensure  ut  libra. 
4  crescat. 


3° 


4  Chapter  lxxi.  V.  16  Chapter  Ixxii.  /'.  25  Chapter  Ixxiii.  V. 

21  linire]  lenire  corr.  29  teratur]  trahatur  corr. 


103 

preparato  et  clarificato  in  quantitate  'sub'  .iij.,  et  deco- 
quatur  ab  igne  levi  donee  inspissetur.  Hec  est  ergo 
septima  medicina,  cujus  proprium  est  reparare  stomachum 
et  fugare  ventositatem. 

5      Medicina  octava  emendans  epar,  reparans  cor,  et  confortans 
omtiia  membra  interior  a. 

Sumantur  de  reubarbaro  recenti  solido  dragme  .iij.,  et  de  The  eighth medi- 
cine  for  the  liver 
clavini 1  dragma  .i.,  et  constringatur  totum,  et  desuper  heart,  and 

°  °  m  viscera. 

ponatur  de  |  aqua  dulci,  '  sub  '  .x.,  et  stet  in  ea  donee  virtus  80  b. 
10  ejus  exeat.  Deinde  teratur  leniter  et  diu  et  coletur,  et 
desuper  apponantur  de  melle  preparato  'sub'  .iij.,  et  deco- 
quantur  levi  igne  donee  inspissetur  et  ingrossetur.  Hec  est 
medicina  octava,  cujus  proprietas  est  emendare  epar,  et 
reparare  cor,  et  confortare  interiora  membra  universa. 

15  Medicina  nona  et  ultima  que  est  finis  omnium  medici- 
narum,  cujus  laudes  patent  in  littera. 

Deinde  sumantur  et  aggregentur  omnes  octo  medicine  The  ninth  and 
°0       °  .    .  last  medicine, 

precedentes,  et   sic  erit  nona  et   ultima    medicina   et  which  is  com. 

r  .....  posed  of  all  the 

finalis.     Deinde  ponantur  ad  quantitatem  omnium  dactih  others. 

20  Indici  recentes  mundati  a  granis  suis,  quorum  interiora 
sunt  tenera  ad  modum  cerebri.  Et  si  non  inveniatur  tale 
dissolvatur  in  aqua  donee  egrediatur  virtus,  sicut  factum 
fuit  in  predictis.  Deinde  congregetur  totum  in  uno  vase  et 
fundatur  desuper  aqua  rosata  odorifera  .vi.  c  sub ',  et  deco- 

-'5  quatur  quiete  totum  donee  videatur  condensari.  Deinde 
tollatur  ab  igne  et  dimittatur  donee  tepefiat.  Consequenter 
ponatur  in  ea  de  optima  ambra  dragme  .iij.,  et  de  musco 
optimo  dragme  .iij.,  et  ponantur  in  dicto  electuario  de  mar- 
garitis  bene  tritis  medium  'sub',  et  de.pulvere  |  lapidum  81  a. 

30  preciosorum  rubei  colons  et  celestis  et  flavi  ana  dragma  .i.  jJjjfjSu 

precious  stcnes, 


1  aliter,  clavregeh. 


7  Chapter  lxxiv.  V.  17  Chapter  lxxv.  V. 


8  constringatur]  confrigatur  corr.  at  foot  of  page 


104 

aut  duas  dragme  de  quolibet,  et  de  succo  nardi l  dragmc  .iij., 
et  de  subtili  pulvere  auri  dragme  .ix.  Deinde  ponatur  hoc 
clectuarium  totum  sic*confectum,  ut  dictum  est,  cum  pre- 
dictis  rebus  in  vase  aureo  subfumigato  cum  ligno  aloes, 
expose  ii  to  the    Deinde  ponatur  sub  divo  ad  serenum,  ut  descendant  virtutes  5 

favourable  in-  .....  ,•  t^.l  !  1.1 

fiuenceofthe  spintuales  in  ipsum,  per  octo  dies.  .bt  non  permittatur 
ibidem  in  ilia  nocte  in  qua  Luna  erit  malignior  et  carens 
cursu  superiori  in  radiis  suis.2 

Quando  igitur  completa  est  et  juxta  hunc  modum  con- 
summata,  erit    de  thesauris    philosophorum  hujus  mundi.  10 

The  dose  to  be  Accipe  ergo  de  ipso  post  cibum  dragma  .i.  et  similiter  ante 
cibum  dragma  .i.,  quia  est  summa  omnium  medicinalium 
(vel  medicinarum)  et  finis  cujuslibet  medicinalis  intencionis  : 

Thevh-tuesrof     et   ad    fugandum    melancoliam   et  coleram  flammeam,  et 

this  medicine.  caiorem  renum,  et  flegma,  et  ad  fugandum  emoroydas,.  et  15 
ad  repellendum  inflacionem,  et  salsam  coleram,  et  ad  diri- 
Si  b.  gendum  cibum,  et  |  ad  temperandum  complecciones,  et  ad 
subtiliandum  musculos,  et  ad  quiescendum  timpora"  (vel 
tempora),  et  ad  tollendum  dolorem  capitis,  et  ad  visum 
clarificandum,  et  ad  senectutem  retardandam,  et  ad  subti-  20 
liandum  vocem,  et  ad  effugandas  fumositates,  et  quiescendas 
omnes  molestias  et  egritudines  apparentes  et  occultas. 
Aperit  opilaciones,  expellit  ventositates,  et  non  permittit  ali- 
quem  locum  apostemari  nee  colleccionem  humorum  facere. 
Et  impedit  naturales  infirmitates  et  humectare  facit  corpus,  25 
et  facit  bene  urinare  et  tollit  tussim  et  confortat  spinam 
dorsi,  juvat  respiracionem  ;  et  generat  gaudium  et  letificat, 
et  multa  alia  bona  facit  que  longum  esset  enunciare.  Set 
habet  specialem  proprietatem  ad  generandum  intellectum 
et    ad    nutriendum   cerebrum.       O    Alexander,  ideo    non  3d 


1  aliter,  de  luto  smaragdi  dragme  .iij. 
When  Luna  is         2  Luna  dicitur  malignior  quando  est  in  detrimento  suo,  et  hoc 
unfavourable.      est  precipue  quando  est  in   Capricorno,  quia  domus  ejus,   que 
dicitur   maxima   dignitas  ejus,   est    Cancer ;  et    tunc    in   meliori 
disposicione.     Et  caret  cursu   superiori   quando  est  in    inferiori  35 
parte  sui  epicicli.     Tunc  cavendum  est  quod  hec  medicina  non 
ponatur  ad  aerem  in  radiis  Lune  ;  et  hoc  vult  dicere  philosophus. 
3  id  est,  ad  quietem  temporum. 


IOt 


oportet  te  aliquo  tempore  aliam  medicinam  sumere,  set  hac 
utaris.1 


Capitulum  .29.  de preparacione  carnis  viperarum  sive  ser-  *2  a.  § 
pentum  ct  draconum.  et  earum  proprietate  et  eleccione,  et  de 
5  tempore  sumendi  et  tnodo  preparandi  et  facie ndi  trociscos  pro 
multis  egritudinibus.  Et  loquitur  generaliter  de  scrpente 
colubro  et  dracone,  quia  ex  quolibet  eorutn  fit  magna  medicina 
et  nobilis. 

OUia  de  serpentibus  fit  magna  medicina,  et  sunt  quidam  A™^0' 
homines  ut  Ethiopes   et  alii   qui  vescuntur  carnibus 
serpentum  et  draconum,  ut  tibi  dixi  in  libro  de  medicinis  \ 


1  Considerandum    est   in    hoc    capitulo    .28.    de    nominibus  ^e^^s°{ 
Arabicis,  quia  fere  omnia  sunt  dubia,  ideo  requirenda  sunt  multa  Arabic  names, 
exemplaria,  et  apothecarii  et  medici  periti  sciunt  et  cognoscunt 

*5  ilia  quia  in  libris  eorum  hujusmodi  nomina  continentur.     Et  est 
notandum  quod  in  hoc  capitulo  magno,  scilicet,  .28.,  docet  omnia 
que  requiruntur  ad  composicionem  surame  medicine  que  vocatur 
'gloria  inestimabilis  '     et  primo  componit  composicionem  mellis  §2  a- 
quo  utitur  postea,    et   secundo  ponit  .8.  medicinas  particulares 

20  ex   quibus  cum  melle  preparato   componitur  una  medicina   ex 

omnibus.     Et  hec  est  'gloria  inestimabilis  '  quam  peritus  medicus  Any  expert 
et  expertus  posset  bene  facere  si  esset  dives.     Set  medici  non  Si^ced^^ 
utuntur  libro  isto,  aut  paucissimi ;  de  quo  dampnum  infinitum  f/^^fj100' 
accidit  mundo  propter  bonos  prelatos  et  principes.  enough. 

ze      Nam  per  hanc  medicinam   extenditur  vita  usque  ad  ultimos  II  gives  the  full 

0  .         r  .  ,  _,v  ..  .     ^  ._.     natural  life. 

terminos  vite  naturales  quos  Deus  constituit,  quia  omnes  lnnrmi- 
tates  excludit,  et  malas  complexiones  reducit  ad  statum  bonum, 
et  curat  omnes  infirmitates.     Vidi  enim  medicum   peritissimum  1  have  seen  it 

-,-,  .  cure  the  greatest 

qui  majorem  prmcipem  in  regno    rrancie  post  regem,  avarum,  man  ;n  France, 
30  pusillaminem,    tristem,    malencolicum,    debilem,    et    multis   aliis  P^r^lly  and 
viciis  anime  et  corporis  gravatum,  curavit  ab  omnibus  malis  per 
hanc   medicinam  ;    et  factus  est  largissimus.  audacissimus,  letis- 
simus,  et  curatus   ab  omnibus    passionibus   malencolicis,  et   ab 
omnibus  viciis  corporis  et  anime  naturalibus  et  moralibus. 
35      Et  si  lector  hujus  capituli  ignoret  artem  medicine,  non  negligat,  Faithful  apothe- 
set   roget   apothecarios   fideles   et   peritos,  et   similiter   medicos  pound  this  medi- 
rnagnos  et  sapientes  et  multum  peritos  et  expertos,  ut  ostendant  ei cine- 
et  doceant  eum  omnia  que  hie  continentur.     Et  si  fuerit  dives, 
potest  laborare  ad  conficiendum  hanc  medicinam  per  sapientissimos 
4°  medicos  et  apothecarios  peritissimos.     Et  si  excusent  se  quod  res 


io6 


the  uses  of  it. 


When  to  catch 
the  vipers. 


8a  b.  et  ibi  ostendi  earum  proprietatem  mirabilem  per  quorum 
usum  curantur  a  diversis  langoribus  et  gravibus,  et  utilitates 
consequntur  laudabiles  tarn  in  anima  quam  in  corpore, 
quoniam  eorum  decorantur  corpora  pulcritudine  juvenili  et 
renovantur,  intellectus  et  memoria  clarificantur,  quia  con-  5 
fortant  virtutes  et  sensus,  et  eos  debilitatos  ex  senectute 
reparant  et  relevant,  ideo  hie  scribam  breviter  de  tempore 
capcionis  eorum  et  de  signis  eligendi  bonos,  et  modo 
preparacionis  et  conservacionis,  et  aliquid  de  proprietati- 
bus,  quia  nolo  quod  istud  te  lateat  quin  scias  ad  plenum.      1» 

Accipiantur  vipere  cum  est  finis  veris  et  incipit  estas,  et 
si  fuerit  ver  hyemale  dimittantur  usquoque  consequatur 
K^rorSkfod-  Prmcipium  estatis.  Et  sunt  vipere  quidam  serpentes  capita 
habentes  plana,  que  sunt  lata  proprie  apud  propinquitatem 
colli,  minuti,  subtiles  valde,  quorum  caude  sunt  curte  strepi-  15 
turn  facientes  et  sonitum  in  incessu.  Et  istis  trociscis  non 
conveniunt  omnes  vipere,  immo  flave,  et  de  flavis  femine. 
Et  earum  signum  est  quod  masculi  in  omni  latere  habent 
unum  dentem  et  femine  plures  uno.  Et  oportet  ut  alie- 
nentur  cornute  et  varie  et  aspides  declines  ad  albedinem.  *o 
Et  non  capiantur  ex  piscinis  vel  litoribus  fluviorum  et  aqua- 
rum  vel  marium,  vel  de  petrosis,  quoniam  in  eis  sunt  quer- 
ns a.  cine,  facientes  [  sitim,  immo  capiantur  in  loco  longinquo  ab 
humorositate.  Et  non  capiantur  ille  que  sunt  debilis 
motus,  immo  eligantur  ille  que  sunt  velocis  motus  habentes  25 
capud  elevatum.  Et  oportet  ut  non  moriantur  cum  capiun- 
tur,  si  possibile  est.  Et  abiciantur  a  parte  capitis  ipsius 
quatuor  digiti,  et  similiter  a  parte  caude  ipsius  et  ani  ejus, 


colour, 


teeth. 


Where  not  to 
catch  them. 


Not  to  catch 
feeble  ones. 


Catch  them 
alive. 


theydrugTin buy  non  inveniantur  in  Anglia,  possunt  in  nundinis  magnis  Francie 
England  you  can  inveniri,  vel  in  Montepessulano.  10 

find  them  at  cs    •       J  j  t  i-  ...  .  .     J 

sciendum  quod  predictus  medicus  sapientissimus  qui  curavit 
supradictum  principem  per  hanc  medicinam  addidit  os  de  corde 
cervi  et  anthos,  qui  est  flos  roris  marini  ;  qui  anthos  est  mirabilis 
contra  passiones  senectutis  et  contra  passiones  melancolicas.  Et 
si  bene  recolo,  addidit  trociscos  tyri  serpentis  electos  non  35 
sophisticates. 


Montpellier. 

Some  addition* 
to  the  medicine. 


15  curte]  certe  MS 


io7 

quod  si  cucererit  ex  ea  sanguis,  et  fucrit  ipsius  motus  in  ilia  signs  of  good- 
disposicione  plurimus,  et  mors  illius  tarda,  tunc  erit  electa. 
Et  si  fuerit  parvi  motus  et  pauci  sanguinis,  et  velocis  mortis, 
tunc  est  mala.  Et  de  signis  ejus  iterum  est  ut  sit  motus 
5  ejus  velox,  et  aspectus  ejus  aspectus  audacie  et  presumpcio- 
nis,  et  sit  egressio  fecis  ex  postremo  caude  ipsius.    Cumque  The  preparation 

.....  of  vipers' flesh. 

mortua  est,  extrahantur  viscera  ejus  et  maxime  tel  ipsius,  et 
abluatur  cum  aqua  et  sale  ablucione  exquisitissime  facta, 
deinde  decoquatur  in  aqua  et  sale,  et  si  cum  eis  fuerit  anetum, 

io  non  est  malum.  Decoquatur  ergo  quousque  levis  fiat  colleccio 
carnis  ejus  ab  osse  ipsius  ;  mundificetur  ergo  caro  ab  osse  et 
proiciatur  in  mortario  et  conteratur  bene ;  et  precipiatur 
illi  qui  facit  illud  ut  odoret  balsamum,  id  est,  oleum  balsami, 
et  inungat  ipsum  super  digitos.     Cum  ergo  trita  est,  mis- 

15  ceatur  cum  tortellis  secundum  diversas  descripciones,  et  non 

eligatur    secundum  descripcionem  Andromachi,  et   deinde  Andromachus. 

fiant  trocissi  ex  ea,  minuti,  subtiles,  et  desicjcentur  in  umbra  83  b. 

et  reponantur  in  repositorio.    Et  oportet  ut  non  cadat  super  Not  to  be  ex. 

1  *  posed  to  sun- 

eos  radius  Solis  omnino,  nee  ante  exsiccacionem  nee  post  light 

20  ipsam.     Sol    naturam    destruit    et  exspoliat  eos  a  virtute 

appropriata    carnibus  viperarum,   interficiente  venena  que 

sunt  ex  morsione  et  ebibita  l. 

Proprietas  ejus  carnis  est  quod  ipsa  facit  penetrare  super-  Property  of  the 
1  J  *i  I  r  r         flesh  when  eaten 

fluitates  ad  cutem,  et  proprie  quando  homo  non  est  mundin- 
25  catus.  Cuidam  enim  accidit  ex  comestione  ejus  exitura  in 
collo  magna,  quam  aperuit,  et  exivit  caro  ejus  tota  conversa 
in  pediculos.  Et  caro  iterum  ejus,  cum  usu  habetur,  pro- 
longat  vitam  et  confortat  virtutem  et  confert  lepre  magnifice, 
et  cum  administratur  in  allopicia  magnum  confert  juvamen- 
30  turn.  Ejus  melior  caro  est  femine,  et  melior  cutis  ipsius  est 
cutis  masculi.  Exsiccacio  in  came  est  fortis,  set  calefaccio 
non  est  vehemens,  et  cutis  ejus  est  vehementis  exsiccacionis. 
Jus  serpentis  et  caro  ejus  confortarvt  visum  et  multa  alia  Property  of  the 

r       •  ...  juice. 

taciunt  que  nimis  longum  esset  enarrare. 
35      '  vel,  bibicione. 


'      io8 

Capitulum  .30.  de  tempore  flebotomie  et  medicinarum  laxa- 
tivarum  accipicndarum,  et  scarificacionis  et  ventose. 

of  biooa-ietting.    "P7  T  nc  facias  aperire  venam  nee  locum  aliquem  nisi  facias 
84  a.    T  ->de    consilio    et  voluntajte   hominis   scientis    summam 
Take  advice  of    scienciam  astrorum,  quia  virtus  nature  clarificatur  in  hoc.  5 

an  astronomer        «-..'..  r^.    a  i  t  1  •    ■  i 

before  blood-  Cave  igitur,  O  Alexander,  ne  assumas  medicinam  vel  venam 
apcrias  vel  locum  scarifices  nisi  de  licencia  sciencie  astro- 
rum,  quia  utilitas  sciencie  medicinalis  exaltatur  seu  comen- 

Do  not  let  blood  datur    in    hoc.      Si    volueris    fleobotomari   vel    sanguinem 

in  a  new  moon.  .  , .        .        ,  -     •  . 

minuere,  non  attemptes  aliquid  horum  iacere  donee  novi-  10 

lunium  tantum  crescat  quod  recedat  a  Sole  per  .4.  vel  .6. 

gradus.1     Et  cave  ne  sit  Luna  in  Tauro,  in  Cancro  vel  Pisce 

Evil  M^ns  for      vel  in  Geminis.     Et  precave  de  aspectu  Solis  ad  Lunam 

ascendentem.    Et  similiter  cum  fuerit  Luna  in  conjunccione 

existens  in  signo  aquoso.2  15 

S4  b.      Cave  eciam  ne  fuerit  Mercurius  in  constellacio  ne  ascen- 

Ind'sat^rT"0'  dente  vel  sibi  oppositus,  et  similiter  dico  de  Saturno.     Et 

Be  bled  in  the     utilior  horarum  ad  apercionem  venarum  in  ultima  medietate 

!he  moonner  °f   mensis  lunaris  est,  ita  quod  Luna  sit  lumine  diminuta,3  et 


1  Hoc   est,    quarto   die   vel   sexta,   quia    quinta  die   non   est  20 
The  advice  of     conveniens  secundum  sanctos  et  philosophos  et  poetas.     Docetur 
Bede  and  others.  en-m  -m  £cc/esiasfica  Historia    Bede  quod  non  est  minuendum 

quinta  die  et  Servius  ac  Virgilius  primo  Enoydis  dicunt  quintam 
fuge,  etc.     Septima  tamen  Luna  potest  homo  sibi  minuere. 

2  Secundum   Ptolomeum    in    Centilogio   quando   Luna   est   in  25 
The  reasons  why  Geminis  non  debet  fieri  minucio,   quia  tunc  humores  superflue 
these  signs  are     currun|-  a(j  locum  humidum  et  generant,  et  non  de  facili  con- 

stringitur  vena  set  rumpitur,  cujus  causam  assignat,  quia  Gemini 
habent  respectum  sue  virtu tis  ad  brachia  et  ideo  natura  excitata 
per  virtutem  Lune  et  Geminorum  multiplicancium  humores,  et  30 
(juia  Luna  humida  est  et  Gemini  nimis  humidi,  transmittit 
humores  ad  locum  respondentem  Geminis,  et  hie  est  locus  bra- 
chiorum.  Que  signa  sunt  aquosa  quere  in  principio  libri,  et  ibi 
invenies  raciones  signorum,  et  que  sunt  sanguinea  et  melancolica, 
que  colerica  et  fleumatica,  et  similiter  de  aspectibus,  et  posui  35 
figuras  horum. 

3  scilicet,    in   tercia   septimana  mensis   die   .4.  vel   sexto    vel 
septimo. 


3  Chapter  lxxvi.  V. 


io9 

quod  sit  in  Libra  vel  in  Scorpione,  et  cum  nocive  stelle  in 
earn  non  respiciunt.  Et  tunc  est  Luna  deterior,  cum  fuerit 
in  secunda  medietate  reproba  vel  nociva.1 

In    diminucione    vero    sanguinis,    non    per    apercionem  The  time  for 

.  _  .  ,  scarification. 

venarum  set  per  scarificacionem  carnium,  operandum  est  cum 
fuerit  Luna  decrescens  in  lumine  et  non  -  respiciant  ad  ipsam 
stelle  nocive,3  set  est i  opposita  stelle  Mercurio,  et  quod  The  planets. 
Luna  sit  cum  Venere,  vel  respiciat  ipsam  Venus  vel  Mer- 
curius.  Cum  vero  Luna  fuerit  in  constellacione  ascendente, 
io  tunc  habet  dominium  et  potenciam  in  opere. ' 

Cum  volueris    sumere    medicinam    laxativam,   consistat  85 a- 
Luna  in  Scorpione  vel  in  Libra  vel  in  Pisce,  set  precave  de  J^*" 
appropinquacione  Lune  ad  Saturnum,  quia  tunc  facit  con-  ^°^tellatlons  t0 
S^elare  humores  et  medicinam  in  corpore.    Et  quanto  ma^is  Favourable 

0  .  constellations. 

15  elongatur  Luna  a  Saturno,  tanto  melior  est,  nee  est  timen- 


1  et  hoc  fit  cum  fuerit  in  disposicione  contraria  predicte  triplici 
disposicioni. 
3  aliter,  nisi. 
3  ut  Mars  et  Saturnus. 

2         '  aliter,  et. 

5  Secundum  Ptholomeum  in  Centilogio,  minucio  per  fleoboto-  Ptolemy's  advice 
miam   debet   fieri   in   prima   septimana   Lune,  quia  tunc  fluunt for  phIebotomy : 
humores  ab  interioribus  ad  exteriora  sicut  flumina  a  mari,  propter 
quod  oportet  quod  purgacio  fiat  exterius,  et  hoc  per  fleobotomiam. 

25  Similiter  in  tercia  septimana  a  plenilunio  per  septem  dies.  Set  in 
secunda  septimana  et  in  quarta  humores  fluunt  ab  exterioribus  ad 
interiora  sicut  flumina  ad  mare,  et  tunc  oportet  quod  purgatorium 
penetret  interiora,  et  hoc  est  medicina  purgativa  sive  laxativa,  etc. 
Decrescens  in  lumine.  etc.,  quia  in  libro  Xovem  judiann  Astronomie 

30  hoc  docetur,  et  precipue  in  quarta  septimana  quia  sanguis  ille  qui  scarification  in 
per  scarificacionem  habetur  est  intercutaneus  et  aquosus,  et  quarta  0fetheSmoon?er 
septimana  est  aquosa,  quia  frigida  et  humida,  sicut  docet  Aristo- 
tiles  secundo  Posteriorum.     Quod   enim    dictum   est   de  prima 
septimana  mensis  lunaris  et  tercia  secundum  |  Ptholomeum  intelli-  s$  a. 

35  gitur  de   flebotomia,  quia  sanguis  qui  per  hanc  purgatur  venit 

ab   interioribus   et   non   est   intercutaneus,   set   sanguis  qui   est  intercutaneous 
purgandus  per  scarificacionem  est  intercutaneus  et  ideo  purgatur  blood- 
in  quarta  septimana  propter  causam  dictam.     Consimile  omnino 
est  de  purgacione  per  ventosam  quia  intercutaneus  est. 

n   Chapter  lxxvii.  V.  29  p.  28,  ed.  1509. 


15  elongating  elongantur  MS. 


110 


Observe  the 

Eosition  of  the 
un  in  the 
zodiac, 


and  that  of  the 
Moon. 


The  best  signs 


dum  cum  fuerit  in  Mercuric  Sit  itaque  principium  tui 
operis  secundum  bonam  constellacionem  Lune  et  ejus  ab- 
senciam  a  nocivis  stellis,  et  secundum  ejus  prosperitatem  in 
suo  ascensu.1 

Cum  volueris  dare  aliquam  medicinam,  vide  in  quo  signo  5 
sit  Sol,  quod  quidem  poteris  per  presentem  mensem  cogno- 
sces, si  diligenter   inspicias   signa  et   menses   in  presenti 
spera  descriptos.     Si  enim  sit  in  colerico  signo  oportet  plus 
acui   medicina,2  in    melancolica    plurimum.     Si   autem    in 
sanguineo  fuerit  signo,  oportet  modicum  acui  medicinam,  et  10 
s;  b.  si  in  fieumatico  minus.    Nam  secundum  racionem  ]  et  quali- 
tatem  signi  et  racionem  quando  Sol  prolabitur.  scilicet,  in 
signo,  plus  et  plus  constringitur  ventris  natura,  et  laxatur. 
Preterea    diligenter    est    attendendum   utrum   Luna  sit  in 
colerico   signo  aut  melancolico  aut   fieumatico.     Si  enim  15 
ambo  luminaria  in    colericis  signis    se  receperint  vel    re- 
spexerint,  medicina  tunc  alicui  data  parum   movebit.     Si 
vero  in  melancolico,  aut  nichil  omnino  aut  multum  parvum 
accipientem  solvet.     Quod  si  in  fleumaticis   signis  Sol  et 
Luna  extiterint,  facilime  medicina  sumpta  duret,  et  precipue  20 
si  fuerit  Luna  in  augmento.^ 


Conjunction  of 
Moon  and 
Jupiter. 


1  Secundum  Ptholomeum  in  Centilogio  in  recepcione  medicine 
non  debet  Luna  esse  cum  Jove,  quia  ex  bonitate  Jovis  confortatur 
in    tantum    natura,   ut   destruat  effectum  medicine,   et  ideo  per 
contrarium  debet   opus   dimitti   quando  Luna  habet   contrarias  25 
disposiciones. 

2  scilicet,  quam  in  sanguineo  et  fieumatico. 

3  Signum  colericum    est   siccum,  et  melancolicum   est   magis 
siccum,    et   siccum    constringit.     Signum    vero    sanguineum    est 
humidum,  et  fleumaticum  magis  quantum  ad  lubricacionem,  et  3° 
ideo  laxant  quia  humidum  lubricat  et  laxat. 


5  Chapter  lxxviii.  V. 

22  Verb.  19  (f.  io8a,  ed.  1493). 


Ill 


The  following  loot-note  in  our  MS.  appears  as  part  of  some  texts  :  '  Plinius 
dicit  quod  crescente  Luna  crescunt  tocius  corporis  humores,  scilicet,  sputa, 
Screatus,  et  egestionum  superfluitates  :  decrescente  Luna,  decrescunt  hec 
omnia.     Hec  nature  secreta  potest  quilibet  experiri  in  seipso.' 


112 


«J   s 

E 

S  "?   £ 

o 

3 

p  ■= 
o 

in 

>~    —    m 

P    gi  'C 
O 

p 

.2  8 
er.5 

O 

■"  'c 

O 

- 

o 

'-3 
— 

.g  ws 

a..p   ., 

2  F  «3 
&.*?« 

ti  rt  x 

d 
"O 

c 
> 
o 

3     m 

XI    O 

E    P 

0    = 

IT.    c 

o  c 

p° 

P 

E 

E 

c 

in 

o 

5 

£.2  5 

in 
X) 

5 

c 

in  X 
3    _ 

X     3 

'3  _p 

xl 

O     U     'J 

~ 

E  5 

o  — 

E 
o 

|t5| 

E 

c 

rt 

O 

r  s 


CS     CI    3  IP 


s  g 


in  o      "o  "i       E  ri  c 
u<n«p<Utfi  =  cE 

^    3    U    Q^l    3  Or! 


Q  3a 


g    -    u 

9  a  « 

=  *■-    -S 


c3  ;~  —  o 


in      .3 

3    in 

M   .O      «J 

~P      ^      _ 

p  o  £ 
o  a.  3 
>  o   c 


Q  Sa 


■s  »  a  £ 


O    S    u 


U  TO      3       —    ■  — 

rt       -a  x  3^5 


p      O 


1)  P    3 

m  =    g  © 

3  E  E  X 

XI  W)  V  3 


E  E 


E  E 


p       fcA 

^TX    O 

If 'I  g 

«  a£  ci 

3    O    C     U 


«  5, 


.g  ■-  E.-- 
Q  g  §  £ 


^J    3   ■"    (j     -  *—3 

.13    3    K,  0  ~  u 

tn   c        .-  m   o  ' 


•Q  c  S 


2  E  E  ° 
«  w  5  E 

=  p  a  -a 


E    c  —    -!    tJ   tl 


—  P     V) 


a  E 


< 

3 

Dies  timi 
im     est 
gibus  et  ] 
vitibus  oi 

-<    o  •  — 

-O    t,  73 

B   § 


-o  >  -c 

si  •  i  s  ^  s 

.9-S  «'&« 


o  E 


«       °  '3  3 

■o      xi  -2 


•—  —     ^  u 


OS    O    1)    3    ^> 


!/) 


BUggS 

-     •-    H.  3  ^ 

»  o  c 


n   yi    cs 

w-3  " 


£3  Xi 


ai    C) 


^  'r:    "rl     P*  3     f)    tn 


p  1) 

3  >- 

P  rt 

P  t! 


^SiSP      'EX! 


°-"I3 


xQ 


Su    P 
'-P    o 
o  „ 


Sug-gQS^ag 

°   O-px!         px?   rt  :9 


■X- 


3    O  •-    3    y 


E      v2 


-£E 


-2    Bi  «        — 


Q  «  2  5  Q 


XI 

n 

n 

in 

7^ 

3 

C) 

tn 
11 

-6 

E 

E 

CI 

■o  E 


-yQii  p 

R  c 

S3    <n  X 
3    ci 
3  T3  •  -    J- 

c  cQ5 


OC  O    o  X    o 


g.-2-  £ 
o  u  S2  o 

■°jB  •- c 

</T.P>T3  ' 

•x       o  ° 

P     «I     5- 

-9«  D>xj 


a-:™  EQ 


|  g""g  -S 
§=§  « 

S    M)  3    «J 

rp  o  a   « 

-a  J  ci 


c   g  ^ 


•  'u    P 


1    '     -^    C 

in  T3    - - 


o  ?  xi 


»1  »?     , 

X    g^    o         ;2 

X  -a,       E1;        -r 


^S  E 


rt  p  « 


E  •-  -i  £ 

a  S  5  S 

!/3     1/5  CI 

__  o  a. 


x~£ 


ai 


in 


*j   p       "   c  w  p  — ' 
m    P  3  .-    C    o 

U   X.  ~,—    rt  X 


"^ 


Xxe 
poo 

O    >->     P 
O    o  'C 

—  it  a 


P    in   o 
O   *j    o 


0 

o 

r 

u 

> 

X 

p 

u 

u 

u 

_o 

> 

o 

E 

"3 

O    c    « 


Q  « 


E  p  ci 

3x1  in 
rt  P 
a,  m  X 
T,    O  -P 


o  o 

o  E 


in   in 

X  X 


3  CP  o    O 

5  u  = 

x  «a  i/j  a, 

^  P  p  <n 

33    E 

X    O 


S  J 

1  3    o 


a  o  o 


S3  a. 


cs        v  a,  o« 

-a   rt  ■"  t   o 


Q«: 


H  <  < 

°-  w  w 

2  2  z 

<  O  < 

Q  fc 


JI3 

Cum  fuerit  Luna  in  capite  vel  cauda  in  uno  signo,  est  dies  86  a. 
cavenda  in  omnibus  operibus,  et  non  est  capiti  vel  caude  opposicio,  Aspects  of  the 
neque  quartus  aspectus  neque  trinus  sive  sextilis.      Cum  fuerit  Moon' 
Luna  separata  a  malo,  et  juncta  fuerit  fortune,  erit  dies  laudabilis. 
5  Cum  vero  separata  fuerit  a  fortuna  et  juncta  malo,  erit  e  contrario. 
Et  cum  separata  fuerit  a  malo  et  non  fuerit  juncta  fortune,  erit  dies 
cavenda.     Si  vero  separata  fuerit  a  fortuna  et  non  fuerit  juncta 
malo,  erit  dies  tota  laudabilis.     Et  cum  fuerit  Luna  cursu  vacua, 
erit  dies  ilia  inutilis,  nisi   tantum   ad  quietudinem   et  introitus 

10  balneorum  et  usus  annore,  quod  est  genus  medicaminis  quod 
aufert  pilos ;  et  maxime  si  fuerit  in  Scorpione.  Item  cum  fuerit 
Luna  juncta  pluribus  planetis  si  fuerint  plures  earum  fortune,  erit 
dies  laudabilis.  Et  si  fuerint  plures  eorum  mali,  erit  dies  cavenda  ; 
si  vero  fuerint  equales,   erit  dies  mediocris.     Si  vero  fuerit  con- 

15  junccio  Lune  cum  planetis  retrogradis  vel  combustis  aut  cadentibus, 
erit    similiter.       Item   cum   fuerit   Luna   longe   a   conjunccione 
malorum,  id  est,  cum  j  fuerit  inter  ipsam  et  malos  plures  gradus,  86  b. 
erit  ipsa  dies  laudabilis  in  operibus.     Et  si  fuerit  longe  a  con- 
junccione fortune,  erit  cavenda  in  operibus.     Et  si  fuerit  Luna  in 

20  domo  vel  in  exaltacione  sua,  vel  in  aliqua  domorum  Jovis  longe  a 
conjunccione,  erit  dies  laudabilis.  Si  vero  fuerit  in  aliis  locis,  erit 
mediocris.  Hoc  est  esse  Lune  in  longitudine  ac  proximitate  sue 
conjunccionis  cum  planetis  tarn  in  conjunccione  quam  in  opposi- 
cione  et  in  quarto  sive  trino  aspectu  vel  sextili.     Intellige. 

25  Explicit  pars  secunda  de  regimine  sanitatis  regum 
principum  ac  dominorum. 

25  de.  Herat  MS. 


lncipit  pars  tercia  hujus  iibri  de  consideraciom- 
bus  et  utilibus  reipublice  et  regnorum  sive  naturali- 
bus  sive  moralibus,  cnjus  capitulum  primum  est  de 
alkimisticis.  I 


D 


E  proprietatibus  et  qualitatibus  et  virtutibus  qua-  5 
Properties  of  I  rundam  herbarum,  et  de  earum  utilitatibus,  brevi 

tractatu  in  sequentibus  determinabimus.  In  aliis 
Earlier  treatises  siquidem  libris  nostris  plene  de  proprietatibus  lapidum  et 
stones.  viribus  herbarum  et  naturis  plantarum  declaravimus,  et  ideo 

que  nunc  sunt  dicenda  de  plantis  et  de  lapidibus  quantum  ad  10 
presens  opus  sufficiunt.  Set  scire  debes,  O  Alexander, 
quod  sicut  in  plantis  divise  x  sunt  nature  diverseque  vires 
divinitus  indite,  sic  et  in  lapidibus  diverse  inveniuntur 
species  et  virtutes,  quarum  pulcritudines  et  utilitates  precio 
The  uses  of        inestimabiles    maxime    et    principaliter    conveniunt    regie  15 

precious  stones  *  •*• 

for  ornament  and  magestati  ;  decorantur  regum  diademata  lapidibus  preciosis, 
quorum  pulcritudine  visus  juvatur,  animus  delectatur, 
dignitas  ornatur ;  et  eorum  virtute  gravissime  egritudines 
a  corporibus  expelluntur,  sine  quibus  parum  efficax  est 
medicina  ;  et  ideo  utuntur  medici  eis  in  medicinis  ad  morbos  20 
gravissimos  expellendos.  Ingens  vero  virtus  et  mirabilis 
87  b.  tarn  in  plantis  quam  in  lapidibus  est  collata,  set  hu'mano 
generi  est  occulta.  Set  nos  in  libro  de  lapidibus  et  in  libro 
de  plantis  exposuimus  eorum  proprietates  plenius  et  virtutes. 

The  greatest  Inprimis,    O    Alexander,    tradere   tibi   volo    secretorum  25 

secret,  .  .  . 

maximum  secretum,   et  divina  potencia  juvet  te  ad  per- 
take  the  stone     ficiendum  propositum,  et  ad  celandum  archanum.      Accipe 

which  is  not  a  1        •  i  i  i  m  •  i 

stone,  ergo  lapidem  ammalem,  vegetabilem,  et  mineralem,  qui  non 

est  lapis,  nee  habet  naturam  lapidis.     Et  iste  lapis  assimi- 
latur  quodammodo  lapidibus  moncium  minerarum,  et  planta-  30 

1  vel,  diverse. 


5  Chapter  lxxix.  V.  25  Chapter  lxxx.  V. 


ii5 

rum,  et  animalium  :    Et    reperitur  in  quolibet   loco  et  in  which  is  found 

quolibet  tempore  et  in   quolibet  homine:  Et  convertibilis 

est  in  quemlibet  colorem:   Et  in  se   continet  omnia   ele- 

menta :    Et   dicitur   minor   mundus.      Et    ego    nominabo  called  the  lesser 

,  .a.  world. 

5  ipsum    nomine   suo   quo    nominat   ipsum    vulgus,    scilicet, 
terminus  ovi,  hoc  est  dicere,  ovum  philosophorum.      Divide  or  the  phiioso- 
ergo  ipsum   in  quatuor  partes  :  quelibet  pars  habet  unam  Dhrideitinto 
naturam.     Deinde  compone  ipsum  equaliter  et  proporciona- fourparts- 
liter,  ita  quod   non   sit   in  eo  divisio  nee  repugnancia,  et 
io  habebis  propositum,  Domino  concedente.     Iste  I  modus  est  ss  a. 
universalis,    set    ego   dividam    tibi    ipsum   in    operaciones 
speciales.      Dividatur  itaque  in  quatuor,  et  duobus  modus 
fit  bene  et  sine  corrupcione.    Ouando  ergo  habueris  x  aquam  of  the  nature  of 

,     .  o  11,.     the  four  elements. 

ex  aere,  et  aerem  ex  igne,  et  ignem  ex  terra/  tunc  habebis 
«5  plene  artem.     Dispone  ergo  substanciam  aeream  per  d is- unite  them  in 

o       .        ,.  i      ,  •  •  •  <••     due  proportion  : 

creccionenv  et  dispone  substanciam  terream  per  humidi- 
tatem  et  caliditatem  i  donee  conveniant  et  conjungantur, 
et 5  non  discrepent  nee  dividantur.     Et  tunc   adjunge  eis  add  fire  and 

c  J        °  water, 

duas  virtutes  operativas,  aquam  et  ignem,  et  tunc  comple- 
20  bitur  opus.     Quia  si  permiseris  aquam  solam  6  dealbabitur.7  and  you  can 

*  *»  *■  *■  '     make  silver  or 

et  si  junxeris  ignem  8  rubefaciet,9  Domino  concedente.  gold- 

Et  pater  noster  Hermogenes  qui  triplex  10  est  in  philo-  The  Emerald 

...  ,  ,...  Table  of  Hermes. 

sophia  optime  prophetando  dixit : 

Veritas  ita  se  habet  et  non  est  dubium,  quod  inferiora 
25  superioribus  et  superiora  inferioribus  respondent. 


1  id  est,  sepera  quodlibet  a  quolibet.  2  complete. 

3  id  est,  per  modos  proprios  et  discretos  qui  docentur  in  hac 
arte. 

4  quia  per  aquas  acutas  debet  teri  et  ablui,  et  per  calorem  ignis 
30  vel  solis  torreri.  5  ut. 

c  scilicet,  cum  aere  et  terra. 

7  id  est,  net  argentum  (vel  faciet). 

8  scilicet,  ad  aquam  et  aerem  et  terrain. 

9  id  est,  faciet  (vel  fiet)  aurum. 

35      M  triplex   quia   fecit,   scilicet,  naturalem,   moralem,  et  metha- 
phisicalem,  sub  naturali  habetur  alkimia. 


22  Chapter  lxxxi.  V.     Two  chapters  (p.  173)  in  the  Achillini  text  come 
before  this,  found  in  Book  XIII  of  the  Hebrew  text. 

12 


n6 


Gold  and  silver 
in  alchemy. 

Things  wax  and 
wane  with  the 
Moon. 

Alchemical 
secrets. 


Distillation. 


Operator  miraculorum  unus  solus  est  Deus,  a  quo  des- 
cendit *  omnis  operacio  mirabilis. 

Sic  omnes  res  2  generantur  ab  una  sola  substancia 3,  una 
88b  sua  sola  disposicione. 

Quarum  pater  j  est  Sol,4  quarum  mater  est  Luna.5  5 

Que  portavit  ipsam  naturam  per  auram  in  utero,0  terra 
impregnata  est  ab  ea.7 

Hinc8  dicitur  Sol  causatorum  pater,  thesaurus  miracu- 
lorum, largitor  virtutum. 

Ex  igne9  facta  u  est  terra10.  10 

Separa  terrenum  ab  igneo,12  quia  subtile  dignius  est  grosso, 
et  rarum  spisso.  Hoc  fit  sapienter  et  discrete.  Ascend  it 
enim  de  terra  in  celum,  et  ruit  de  celo  in  terram.13 

1  per  creacionem  et  regimen  universale  mundi. 

2  scilicet,  naturales.  15 

3  scilicet,  celestis. 

4  scilicet  generans  et  producens  sub  Deo. 
6  Sic  omnes  res,   scilicet,  naturales,  istud  potest  exponi  alkimi- 

stice  et  figurative  de  auro  et  argento,  quia  in  rebus  humanis 
temporalibus  omnia  fiunt  per  aurum  et  argentum.  Unde  per  20 
solem  potest  intelligi  aurum  et  per  lunam  argentum,  et  hie  est  mos 
alkimistarum.  Et  terra  quantum  ad  res  humanas  impregnatur 
et  fecundatur  per  argentum,  et  aurum  est  pater  miraculorum,  et 
cetera,  id  est,  per  ipsum  fiunt  mirabilia  in  humanis  rebus. 

6  scilicet,  qui  est  terra,  quia,  scilicet.  25 

7  Quia  a  virtute  Lune  dependent  naturales  proprietates  rerum  ; 
sicut  enim  ipsa  crescit  et  decrescit,  sic  omnes  res  inferiores 
habent  suis  modis  crementum  et  decrementum.  Et  quia  Luna 
est  propinquior  terre,  ideo  recipit  virtutes  omnium  stellarum  cum 
propria  virtute,  propter  quod  est  tanquam  uterus  plenus  fecunditate  3° 
et  fetibus,  quibus  terra  impregnatur,  id  est,  recipit  virtutem  et 
fetum  ab  ea,  et  producit  res  infinitas. 

8  id  est,  similiter. 

9  id  est,  ex  colera.  10  id  est,  melancolia. 

11  Ex  igne  /acta,  est  alkimisticus  intellectus  sub  figurativis  locu-  35 
cionibus  que  exponuntur  hie  breviter  sicut  omnia  istius  capituli, 
quia  magna  et  longa  exposicio  traditur  in  libris  alkimie,  de  quibus 
nullo  modo  posset  tradi  sciencia  hie  propter  prolixitatem,  nee  decet 
propter  secretorum  magnitudinem. 

12  scilicet,  per  separacionem  terre  ab  igne.  40 

13  Per  distillaciones,  scilicet,  et  sublimaciones  usque  ad  summi- 
tatem  vasorum  et  iterum  colligitur  in  fundo  eorum,  quia  sepius 
fiunt  sublimaciones  et  distillaciones  earum  rerum. 


ii7 

Et  inde  interficit '  superiorem  et  infericfrem  virtutem. 
Sic  ergo  dominatur  2  inferioribus  et  superioribus  |  et  tu  89  a. 
dominaberis  sursum  et  deorsum,  tecum  enim  est   lux   lu-  Alchemical 

change. 

ninum,3  et  propter  hoc  fugient  a  te  omnes  tenebre.     Virtus 
5  superior  vincit  omnia.4 

Omne  enim  rarum  agit  in  omne  densum.  Et  secundum 
disposicionem  majoris  mundi  currit  hec  operacio,  et  propter 
hoc  vocatur  Hermogenes  triplex  in  philosophia.5 

1  id  est,  operacio  alkimiste  interficit,  id  est,  corrumpit  et  mutat 
ioqualitates  rerum  sensibiles  inferiorem  virtutem  scilicet,  rem  supra 

quam  operatur,  que  primo  inferius  est  in  vasis  convenientibus  et 
postea  sublimatur  et  distillatur  et  sic  fit  superior,  et  sic  interficitur,  id 
est,  corrumpitur  et  mutatur  a  qualitatibus  vilioribus  ad  nobiliores. 

2  scilicet,  hec  sciencia  vel  operacio  alkimie. 

1p      ?'  scilicet,  liber  quern  fecit  ei  qui  vocatur  lux  luminum,  in  quo 
clarius  exposuit  hanc  scienciam  alkimie. 

4  id  est,  operacio  artis  virtuosa  que  superat  et  vincit  omnia  que 
hie  fiunt. 

5  Onuie  enim  rarum  agit  in  omne  densum,  ut  scilicet,  hec  medi- 
20  cina  preparata  quia  rara  est  in  fine  et  subtilis,  agit  in  densum,  scilicet, 

in  metallum  vile  quod  densum  est  ut  fiat  nobile,  sicut  cum  plum- 
bum fit  aurum  et  cuprum  argentum. 

Accipe  lapidem  animalem,  etc.  (p.  114).     Omnes  auctores  propter  Thepreserva. 
magnitudinem  secretorum  occultant  scienciam  alkimie  per  verba  et  Nereis  of6 

25  opera  methaphorica  et  figurativa,  et  hoc  eis  inspiravit  Deus  ut  soli  alchemy, 
sapientissimi  et  optimi  earn  percipiant  propter  bonum  reipublice  pro- 
curandum.     Lapis  igitur  sumitur  primo  methaphorice  pro  omni  eo  what  is  the 
super  quo  incipit  operacio  alkimie.    Et  hoc  potest  esse  res  mineralis,  philosophers 
ut  sulphur  et  arsenicum,  set  melior  est  res  vegetabilis  ut  fructus  et 

3°  partes  arborum  et  herbarum,  optime  vero  sunt  res  animates  ut  in  material  it 
sanguis  ovum  et  capilli,  et  maxime  partes  hominis,  et  inter  iHas  m^m^m?de 
sanguis,  in  quo  ad  oculum  distinguntur  quatuor  humores,  scilicet,  broken  up  into 
fleuma,  colera,  sanguis,  et  melancolia.      Alkimista  igitur  querit its  h"mour?, 
separare  hos  humores  abinvicem  et  purgare  quemlibet  a  quolibet. 

35  Et  cum  per  difficilia  opera  fuerint  redacta  ad  puras  simplicitates  and  recombined 
suas,  tunc  commiscentur  secreta  proporcione  et  certissima,  quibus  Wlth  mercury 
additur  argentum  vivum  postquam  mortificatum  fuerit  et  sublima- 
tum  pluries.      Similiter  calx  sive  pulvis  metalli  vilioris  de  quo  fiet 
nobilius.      Et   similiter   nobilioris.      Et   post   hec  incorporentur 

40  adinvicem    donee    fiant   unum   corpus.      Et   tunc    proicitur    in 
metallum  vilius  liquatum  et  fit  nobilius.     Set  in  omnibus  hiis  sunt 
opera  difficilima   et  magnarum    expensarum  ad   que   opera  soli  difficult I'L  ex- 
sapientissimi   et   divites   |   possunt   pervenire.     Per   hec   expone  pensive  task. 
capitulum  hoc.     Et  coleram  vocat  ignem,  quia  dominatur  in  ea,  89  b- 

45       At  foot  off,  8pa  :   '  alterans,  introducens,  determinans  et  figens.'     corr. 


n8 

R        89  b.       Capitulum  secundum  de  mirabilibus  lapidibus. 

a  stone  which       P"*  T  de  mirabilibus  hujus  mundi  est  lapis  ille  qui  pugnat 

floats  in  storms.        I     '  .  .  .  . 

1  ^cum  aquis  et  ventis  :  vides  enim  assurgere  super  aquas 

quando  currunt  aque  cum  ventis,  et  nascitur  in  mari  Medi- 

terraneo.      Cujus    proprietas    est   hec ;    si    arriperis    hunc  5 

lapidem  et  posueris  ipsum  in  alio  lapide,  et  tecum  portaveris, 

No  enemy  can     non  es^  possibile  quod  aliquis  excercitus  possit  durare  contra 

stand  against  its  r  ^  ^  x 

bearer.  te  vei  tibi  resistere,  set  fugiet  precipitanter  coram  te. 

Two  other  stones,      Sunt   et  duo  alii    lapides   preciosi  mirabilis  virtutis  qui 

red  and  white,        .  .....  .. 

found  in  salt       inveniuntur   in    locis   tenebrosis,    quorum    unus    est    albus  10 

et  alter  est  rubeus,  et  reperiuntur  in  aquis  salinaticis  *. 
the  white  floats    Eorum  operaciones  sunt  hee ;  albus  incipit  apparere  super 

after  sunset ;  .  . .  .  r    . 

aquas  in  occasu  sons  et  permanet  in  superncie  aquarum 
usque  ad  medietatem  noctis  et  tunc  incipit  descendere 
90  a.  deorsum,  et  in  ortu  solis  proveniet  ad  profundum :  |  lapis  15 

the  red  floats  vero  rubeus  contrarium  operatur,  quia  incipit  apparere 
in  ortu  solis  usque  ad  meridianam  horam,  et  incipit  occidere 
usque  ad  occasum  solis.     Horum  lapidum  proprietates  sunt 

The  red  stone     hee:  si  suspenderis  de  lapide  rubeo  unum  pondus  denarii  in 

makes  all  horses  ,      .  .,  .  ..  .      .  . 

neigh;  uno  equo  tui  excercitus,  equi  excercitus  tui  non  cessabunt  20 

hinnire  donee  auferas  ipsum  lapidem.  Et  operacio  lapidis 
the  white  stone  albi  est  per  contrarium  quod  nunquam  hinnient  donee  eum 
silent.'  e  tollas.     Valent  ergo  multum  ad  insidias  excercendas  et  ad 

opus  excercitus.     Proprietas   istorum    lapidum  est  hec:  si 
The  stone  in  the  duo  litigaverint  adinvicem,  ponatur  albus  lapis  in  ore  alte-  25 
iidgant°shows     rius  ;  si  ei  pertineat  justicia,  loquetur  incontinenti ;  alioquin 

the  justice  of  his       ,  ..  ,.       r         •.     •  •  t  i 

cause.  obmutescit  quamdiu  merit  in  ore  ejus.     Lapis  vero  rubeus 

per  contrarium  operatur. 
The  subject  of         Et  ego  determinabo  tibi  proprietates  et  virtutes  lapidum 

the  following  .  „  .  , 

treatise.  et  incantamentorum  et  de   quibusdam  plantis  in  sequenti  30 

tractatu. 


Explanation  of    et  humorem  aereum  qui  est  in  loco  sanguinis  in  rebus  inanimatis 
{•umours  vocat  aerem,   et  flegma  in  quo  dominatur  aqua  sive  habundat 

vocat  aquam,  et  melancoliam  in  qua  dominatur  terra  vocat  terrain  ; 

et  hoc  figurative  secundum  proprietatem  hujus  sciencie.  35 

1  id  est,  salsis  vel  marinis. 


1  Chapter  Ixxxii.  V. 


119 


Capitulum  .3.  de gencrali  cognicione  sive  universali  planta- 
rum mirabilium. 

TU  plene  novisti  ex  precedentibus  tractatibus  meis  in  qui- 
bus  trac  tavi  tibi  de  naturalibus  et  secretis  nature,  quod  90  b. 
5  gradus  et  disposicio  plantarum  est  post  gradum  et  disposi- The  disposition 
cionem  mineralium,  secundum  essenciam.    Et  quod  quelibet  of  planti' 
planta  recipit  formam  propriam  secundum  suam  originem  et 
naturam  a  superioribus  naturis x  vincentem  et  dominantem 
in  ea.     Et  vincens  in  plantis  est  aquea  natura,  et  in  minera-  Plants  waterj .  in 
10  libus   lapidibus   est    terrea    natura.     Recipit    ergo   natura  "ature"     , 

*  *  °  Stones  earthy. 

plantarum  extensionem  sicut  idem  recipit  aquam  per  motum 

et  impulsionem  ventorum  in  suo  loco.      Et  sicut  aqua  est  The  figures  of 

..  _  .  .  -  plants  are 

diversarum  figurarum,    quia  in  eo  sunt  multe   figure,  sic  diverse. 
accidit  in  plantis,  quia  omnes  figure  reperiuntur  in  plantis. 
15  Est  itaque  vincens  in  plantis  aqua,  et  non  extenditur  nisi 

per   dififusionem.     Et  operator  dissolucionis  aquarum  est  Mercury  is  the 

,         -  _■  .  .     planet  of  water. 

perpetuus,  incessanter  operans  in  suo  celo,  Mercunus  sci- 
licet ;  quoniam  universaliter  verum  est  quod  unusquisque 
planeta  regit  et  disponit  et  convenit  et  assimilat  quedam 
20  sue  nature.     Verbi  gracia,  Saturnus  tenet  terram,  Mercurius  The  planets  of 

.the  elements. 

aquam,  Jupiter  aerem.  Sol  ignem.     Et  non  reperitur  hec  | 
conveniencia2   in  planetarum  operibus  mutabilibus,  set  in  91  a. 
operacionibus  quas  semper  habent  continuas  et  perpetuas  The  conespon- 
per  virtutem  superiorem  universalem,3  que  est  super  omnes  ments  and 

.  t^      ,  .  .  ,  planets. 

25  virtutes,  istarum  operacionum.  Et  hie  non  est  locus  ad 
demonstrandum  de  hiis  arduis,  set  ideo  feci  mencionem  quia 
necessarium  et  nimis  utile  est  tibi  propter  sequentem  tracta- 
tum  in  quo  determinabimus  de  singularibus  et  individuis 
quarundam  vegetabilium  plantarum.     Cognicio  igitur  pro- 


30      1  id  est,  a  celestibus. 

2  scilicet,  rerum  inferiorum  ad  eos. 

3  scilicet,  per  virtutem  Dei  et  angelorum  et  per  naturam  uni- 
versalem. 


1  Chapter  lxxxiii.  V. 


I20 

Philosophers  and  prietatum  istarum  rerum  spectat  ad  philosophos,  cognicio 
vero  operacionum  naturalium  spectat  ad  medicos.1 

Et  nolo  tuam  clemenciam  latere  (vel  prudenciam),  quia 
Plants  governed  omne   carens    lumine  de  numero  vegetabilium  a  Saturno 

by  Saturn,  m 

regitur   et    ei   attribuitur.     Et    quicquid   vegetabilium   est  5 
by  Mercury,       floridum   luminosum   a  Mercurio  regitur  et  ei  attribuitur. 

Et  quicquid  vegetabilium  est  floridum  non  ferens  fructum, 
by  Mars,  Marti  attribuitur  et  per  ipsum  regitur.    Omne  enim  vegeta- 

by  the  sun.        bile  floridum  et  fructuosum  Soli  attribuitur  et  per  ipsum 

91  b.  regitur.      Deinde    compone   et  junge  |  has   divisiones,   et  10 
Two  or  more       dicas  omne  vegetabile  ferens  fructum  non  florens,  sicut  est 
apknt.8<M         palma,  attribuitur  Saturno  et  Soli.     Et  omne  floridum  non 

ferens  fructum  causatur  a  Mercurio  et  a  Marte. 
Ho«  plants  are        Item  quedam  vegetabilia  sunt  per  ramos  2,  quedam  per 

propagated.  .  ,  ..... 

semina,  quedam  nascuntur  sine  semine  et  sine  plantacione.  15 
Each  kind  of      Patet  ergo  luce  clarius  ex  predictis  quod  quelibet  species 

plant  has  its  i  >wn  i_m*  1      i  i«  ••  •  •>  t        • 

disposition  from  vegetabilium  habet  disposicionem  propnam  queJ  complexio- 

its  planet,  .      .  .  .  .... 

natur.  et  lmitatur  virtutem  unius  planete,  et  ei  assimilatur  et 

attribuitur.  et  habet  aliam  proprietatem  que 3  associatur  et 

attribuitur  virtute  duorum  planetarum  4  vel  plurium,  secun-  20 

and  its  properties  dum  quod  potest  suscipere.     Et  juvat  unamquamque  pro- 
are  enhanced  by  *  J  *  ^        * 

Sa^et?fthe  pi'ietatem  ejus  quod  ei  attribuitur,  scilicet,  ilia  virtus 
naturalis  planete,"  scilicet,  que  G  disponit  suam  speciem  in 
colore  et  sapore  et  odore  et  figura.  Et  anima  racionalis 
omnes    istas    proprietates    et    virtutes    colligit,7    quoniam  25 

92  a.  occurrunt  ei  et  inmutantur  per  earn  s ;  |  et  facit  eas  durare 
The  anima        per  tantum  temporis  quantum  sibi  difnniunt  et  designant  ex 

racionalis  co-  .  ° 

ordinates  them,    sua  virtute.  quia  non  est  actus  sine  motu  et  non  est  operacio 

sine  Deo  9  nee  sine  termino. 
The  properties         Et  sic  invenies  quamdam  speciem  vegetabilium  nocivam,  30 

1  propter  corpora  humana. 

2  scilicet,  plantatos.  3  qua.         4  sicut  exemplificatum  est. 
5  scilicet,  planete  sicut  exemplificatum  est. 

c  que  virtus,  scilicet,  planete. 

7  per  suam  industriam.  35 

s  scilicet,  per  studium  et  experienciam,  ut  patet  in  confeccione 
medicinarum. 

9  qui  dat  scienciam  anime  omnem. 


121 

ct    quamdam    speciem    sanativam.      Et    quedam    species  of  plants  are 

n  r  .  e     diverse  and 

generat    leticiam,   et  quedam    gaudium,    et  quedam    facit  strange. 
amorem,   et   quedam    odium.     Quedam    ferentibus  ipsam 
tribuit  reverenciam    et   honorem,  et  quedam   abjeccionem 

5  tribuit  et  contemptum.  Et  quedam  facit  videre  falsa 
sompnia,  quedam  verissimam  visionem.  Quedam  generat 
probitatem  et  fortitudinem,  et  quedam  pigriciam  et  debili- 
tatem.  Quedam  sanant  corpora  et  servant  a  venenis  morti- 
feris,  quedam  corrumpit  corpora  et  infert  mortem.      Et  ego 

io  faciam  tibi  mencionem  de  hiis  speciebus  cum  argumentis  et 
probacionibus  manifestis.1 

Capitulum  .4.  de  plantis  in  speciali  mirabilibus,  scilicet,  dc  92  b. 
qualitate  et proprietate  quarundam  plantar  11m  et  virtute. 


I 


Lla  quippe  species  vegetabilium  que  generat  reverenciam  The  plant  which 

-1      ■  r         x  .  brings  reverence 

et  honorem   est  quedam    arbor  habens  folia  convoluta,  and  honour  to 


its  wearer. 


forma  vero   est   rotunda,  et  fructus  ejus   similis2.     Virge 
ipsius  arboris  sunt  humide  et  odor  suavissimus.      Qui  igitur 
evellit  ipsam  in  nomine  suo3  et  portat  secum,  pro  certo 
adquirit  sibi  reverenciam  et  honorem. 
20      Est  et  alia  arbor  que  surgit  in  longitudine  unius  brachii  a  plant  which 
habens  folia  longa,   humida,  habencia  in  se  lineas  albas,  bearer. 
Qui  vero  portaverit  de  substancia  illius  arboris  exaltabitur. 

Est    et    alia   arbor   habens   folia   sua  jungencia  et  ejus  Another  brings 

1  De   ista   doctrina   Aristotilis   sciendum  est   hie,   quod  sicut  As  with  free  win 
25  dictum  est  in  principio  libri  vel  a  principio  libri,  quod  virtutes  and  the  stars- 

celorum   et  stellarum  non  cogunt  liberum  arbitrium  set  mutant 
complexiones  corporum,  ad  quarum  mutacionem  excitatur  mens,  sympathetic 
ut  sine  coaccione  velit  gratis  illud  ad  quod  excitatur  •  sic  est  hie  properties  of 
de  virtutibus  lapidum  et  vegetabilium,  quod  mutant  et  alterant  plants.31" 

30  complexiones,  et  complexiones  altera  |te  alterant  animos  ad  varios  92  b. 
effectus  et  opera  sine  coaccione  voluntatis,  sicut  homo  per  species 
et   virtutes   rerum   presencium    excitatur   ad   varios   affectus,  ut 
per  species  amicorum  et  sociorum  excitatur  ad  multa,  et  per  res 
speciosas   ut    mulieres,    et   per  cibos  et  potus  presentes,  et  per 

35  inimicos  et  per  medicinalia  bona  et  mala  excitatur  ad  multa. 

2  scilicet,  folio.  3  id  est,  pro  se  ipso. 

12  Chapter  Ixxxiv.  V. 


32  virtutes]  virtututes  MS. 


122 

valour  and         palmites  exceduntur  super  terram,  cujus  odor  bonus.     Qui 

istam   portaverit  erit  levis,  probus,  letus,  et  audax :  cum 

isto  vero   bonum    est  pugnare  vel  litigare,  quoniam   suus 

adversarius  subcumbit,  et  ipse  in  suis  operibus  triumphabit. 

Et  de  speciebus  arborum  est  quedam  species  que  habet  I  5 

93  a-  cuspides  et  plantatur  et  habet  folia  oblonga,  et  amittit  folia 

sua  antequam   ferat  flores,  et  habet  tres  flores  oblongos, 

rubeos,  suavis  odoris.     Qui  ipsos  flores  comedit,  accidit  ei 

Another  makes    risus  atque  gaudium.     Oui  vero  evellit  earn  cum  cuspide  et 

any  woman  i         o  «* 

thought  of  to      foliis,  et  suggit  florem  cogitando  de  aliqua  persona  feminea.  10 

the  bearer.         facit  earn  succendi  in  amorem  ejus. 

a  Chinese  plant       Est  et  alia  arbor  que  vocatur  androsmon  que  nascitur  in 

which  makes  a  ««»«•«••  •• 

man  obedient      terra  Sin,  et  est  complexa  habens  folia  sicca  et  parva  nimis, 

and  faithful.  ...  ...  5  n- 

et  semina  nimis  parva,  rotunda,  intrinsecus  alba.  bi  tu 
ergo  sumpseris  septem  grana  de  seminibus  in  nomine  ali-  15 
cujus  persone,  et  triveris  ea  in  nomine  ipsius  in  ortu 
Luciferi  et  Veneris,  ita  ut  radiis  ipsorum  tangant  ipsa,  si 
dederis  ei  bibere,  scilicet,  ilia  septem  grana  trita,  aut 
comedere,  permanebit  timor  tuus  et  amor  in  corde  suo  et 
semper  obediet  tibi  toto  tempore  vite  sue.  2° 

Another  causes  Et  de  speciebus  plantarum  est  quedam  planta  que  generat 
langorem,  cujus  cuspis  plantatur,  cujus  palmites  extenduntur 
93  b.  per  unum  bra  chium,  cujus  flores  sunt  albi  precedentes  folia, 
non  ferens  fructum.  Proprietas  ipsius  est  Martis  et  Mercurii ; 
ejus  natura est  ignea  et  aerea.  Qui  portat  hanc  herbam  secum  25 
nunquam  illo  tempore  erit  sine  langore  donee  reiciat  ipsam. 

Another  cures         Est  eciam  de  genere  plantarum  quedam  herba  sanativa, 

catarrh  and  m  o  ±  t. 

melancholy,  &c.  cujus  semina  seminantur,  cujus  racemi  sunt  quadrati,  cujus 

folia  sunt  rotunda,  cujus  flores  sunt  celestis  coloris,  cujus 

semina  sunt  rubea,  cujus  odor  suavis,  boni  effectus.     Qui  30 

biberit  ex  ea  vel  odoraverit  ejus  odorem  sanabitur  de  cattarro 

vel  de  melancolia  et  de  sollicitudine  et  de  timore  et   de 

frenesi  et  frigore,  et  de  multis  aliis  infirmitatibus. 

a  plant  which         Est l  (eciam  alia  planta  que  dicitur  fertilidon,  cujus  pro- 
causes  hate. 

pnetas  est  generare  odium  et  contemptum.)  35 

1  aliter,  hec  generat  odium  (in  marg.). 


12  androsinon    in  marg.)  34-5  Omitted  in  MS. 


123 

Et  alia  planta  que  dicitur  macrafon,  et  hec  est  validissima  a  plant  which 

causes  love. 

ad  amorem  et  reverenciam. 

O  Alexander,  perfeci  tibi  quod  promisi  tibi  recitare,  et  He  virtuous  in 

.....  .  .  your  use  of  these 

solvi  plena  solucione.  esto  ergo  semper  virtuosus  tnumphator,  secrets. 
5  et  Deus  gloriosus  te  regat  et  dirigat  et  custodiat ;  cujus  | 
bonitatem  omnis  percepit  creatura.  94  a. 

Capitulum  .5.    de    mirabilibus  justicie   et  de   bonis   que  A 

nascuntur  ex  ipsa. 

IUsticia  est  commendacio  (sive  condicio)  laudabills  de  What  Justice  is. 
proprietatibus  Altissimi  simplicis  et  gloriosi.  Unde  et 
regnum  debet  esse  ejus  quern  Deus  elegit  et  constituit 
super  servos  suos,  cui  committenda  sunt  negocia  et  regimina 
subditorum,  qui  debet  speculari  et  defendere  possessiones  et 
divicias  ac  sanguinem  subditorum  et  omnia  opera  eorundem, 
15  sicut  deus  eorum.     Emo  in  hoc  assimilandus  est  Deo,  et  ideo  J"5""'.8  r.  , 

"  S>  '  likened  to  God. 

oportet  regem  assimilari  et  imitari  Altissimum  in  omnibus 
suis  operibus.  Deus  vero  sapiens  est  atque  sciens,  et  ejus 
preconium  *  et  ejus  nomina  gloriosa  sunt  in  ipso,  et  magni- 
tudo  ejus  dominii  major  est  omnibus  et  supra  comendacio- 
20  nem,  ergo  et  sapiencia  ejus  est  supra  omnem  comendacionem : 
contrarium  ejus2  injuria  et  ejus  oppositum  est  injusticia. 

In  justicia  extiterunt  celi  creati  et  constituti  sunt  super  The  heavens  and 

p*         earth  are  founded 

terram  :  in  justicia  eciam  missi  fuerunt  prophete  sanctissimi.  on  justice. 
Justicia  autem  est  forma  intellectus  quam  creavit  Deus  glorio- 
25  sus,  et  perduxit  cre|aturam  suam  ad  ipsum,  et  per  justiciam  94  b. 
edificata  est  terra  et  constituti  sunt  reges,  et  obediunt  et  The praise  of 

o      '  Justice. 

domesticantur  subditi ;  per  ipsam  domesticat  terribile z  et 
appropinquat  remotum,4  et  salvantur  anime  et  liberantur 
ab  omni  vicio,  et  erga  reges  suos  ab  omni  corupcione. 


30      '  aliter,  a.  (preconia).  2  scilicet,  Dei. 

3  scilicet,  hostes  et  inimici. 

4  ut  gentes  remote  a  justis  regibus  et  imperatoribus  venerunt  ad 
amiciciam  eorum  et  subjeccionem  propter  justiciam  eorum  sicut 
historie  docent. 


7  Book  III,  Chapter  Ixxxv.  V. 


124 


A  king's  justice 
is  better  than 
irood  weather. 


The  saying  of 
i  he  Chaldees. 


Understanding 
is  the  final  cause 
of  a  king's 
deeds. 

95  a 

Justice  and 
understanding. 


Justice,  open  or 
hidden. 


A  king  in  his 
justice  likened 
to  the  Most 
High. 


Et  propter  hoc  dixerunt  Indi,  Justicia  regnantis  utilior 
est  subditis  quam  fertilitas  temporis.  Et  adhuc  dixerunt : 
dominator  Justus  melior  est  quam  plurima  fortuna.  Inventum 
eciam  est(scriptum  vel)sculptum  in  uno  lapide,linguaCaldea: 
Rex  et  intellectus  sunt  fratres  alter  altero  indigens,  nee  suf-  5 
ficit  unus  sine  reliquo.  Et  omnes  res  in  universo  creantur 
a  justicia,  et  ipsa  est  causa *  intellectus  qui  ponit  ejus 
esse  et  (essenciam  vel)  operacionem.  Ipsa  2  est  actus  ejus. 
Ipse13  est  judex  Justus,  ergo  et  essencia  justicie  et  radix 
ejus  ab  intellectu.  et  ipse4  est  operans  et  deducens  earn  10 
ad  hoc  ut  sit,  ipsa  5  est  ejus  potencia  et  operacio,  |  ipsa  est 
ejus  intencio  et  ipsa  6  est  speculacio  sciencie7.  Ipse,  id  est, 
finis  intellectus  est  judex  operans  et  recipiens  id  quod  per- 
venit  ex  actu8,  et  in  eo  quod9  recipit  est  ipsa  justicia.10 

Apparet  autem  quod  justicia  est  duplex,  manifesta  et  oc-  '5 
culta.  Manifesta,  quando  manifestatur  ex  actu  operante  justa 
opera  ;  in  condicionibus  justicia  est  recta  ponderata  et  men- 
surata  per  ipsum  intellectum,11  et  judicium  ex  ipsa  sortitur 
nomen.  Occulta,  vero,  est  fidelis  credulitas  judicis  operantis 
opera  sua  12  et  certitudo  ac  conformacio  suorum  dictorum.     2° 

Apparet  ergo,  ut  prediximus,  quod  rex  assimilatur  in 
justicia  simplici  Altissimo,  et  propter  hoc  convenit  ei  ut  sit 
firmus  et  summus  in  omnibus  operibus  suis,  propriis  et 
communibus.  Qui  ergo  declinat  a  propria  vel  communi 
justicia,  non  est  justicia   Dei  in  eo ;    set  ille  justiciam  Dei  25. 

I  scilicet,  finalis  quia  intellectus  operatur  propter  justiciam, 
et  justicia  dei  est  causa  efficiens,  quia  justicia  dei  fecit  intellectum 
et  omnia.  2  scilicet,  justicia. 

s  scilicet,  Intellectus.  4  intellectus. 

5  scilicet,  justicia.  c  justicia,  scilicet.  30- 

7  scilicet,  sue :  hoc  est  intellectus  quia  hanc  speculatur. 

8  suo  justo.  9  scilicet,  intellectus. 

10  scilicet,  ex  actu  justo  :  est  quodammodo,  scilicet.  Hoc  dicit 
propter  nimiam  convenienciam  et  conformitatem  justicie  ad  intel- 
lectum justum,  ut  non  solum  dicatus  Justus  set  quasi  ipsa  justicia.  35 

II  et  patet  cuilibet. 

12  id  est,  quando  fideliter  credit  operari  et  dicere  justa  judicia 
licet  non  appareat  hominibus. 


3  plurima  fortuna]  pluvia  serotina  V 


20  conformacio]  confirmacio  V 


125 

habet1  qui  considerat  quid  possit 2  justicia  Altissimi,  et 
quod  voluntas  ejus  sit  in  hiis  que  vult  Altissimus.  Et  qui 
credit  totaliter  in  hoc,  quia  per  ejus  fidem  consequitur  legem 
que  est  perfeccio  dominii.  |  Et  prout  apparebit  justicia  in  y5  h 
5  operibus  suis,  complectitur  corda  subditorum,  qui  prout 
apparebunt  opera  sua,  sic  fient  et  sencie(n)t  opera3  sub- 
ditorum de  ipso,  et  judicabunt  subditi  de  ipso. 

Et  proprietas  justicie  et  communitas  sunt  in  diversis  justice  is  rda. , 
gradibus,  et  transgressiones  justicie  inde  dififerunt.  Et 
jo  justicia  est  nomen  relatum4  ad  aliquid  dictum,  et  justicia 
est  correccio  injurie  et  rectitudo  statere  et  fortitudo  status 
rerum  et  forma  mensure,  et  est  collectivum  5  nomen  spectans 
ad  curialitatem  et  ad  modos  largitatis  et  ad  operacionem 
bonitatis.    Et  justicia  dividiturin  divisiones,  quia  est  justicia  The  justice  of 

J  J  judges. 

>5  que  spectat  ad  judicium  apud  judices,  et  est  justicia  pertinens  The  justice  of 

11  •  •  •••r,  ...  ,     .        «•.  .all  men. 

ad  hominem  in  raciocimo b  sui  ipsius,  et  in  hns  que  sunt 
inter  se  et  Creatorem  suum.  Statue  ergo  justiciam  in  hiis 
que  sunt  inter  te  et  populos,  scilicet,  commensuraciones 
morum  et  federa  signata  ac  firmata  per  justiciam.     Et  ego 

2o  exem]plificabo  tibi  formam  laudabilem  sapienciam  philoso-  96  a- 
phicam  valde  caram,  que  monstrabit  tibi  quicquid  est  in  A  likeness  of 
hominibus   universaliter,  que  complectitur  regnum  subdi- 
torum et  demonstrat  gradus  eorum,  et  qualitates  et  radices 
ejus,  quod  oportet  habere  de  justicia  in  quolibet  gradu. 

25      Dividitur  ergo  in  duas  divisiones  circulares  7  spericas,  et  The  likeness 
in  ea  que  continentur  cum  eis,  et  quelibet  divisio  est  unus  divided  into  two 
gradus.     Incipe  ergo  a  quavis  divisione  et  dabit  tibi  illud 

1  in  eo.  2  poscit.  3  erga  ipsum. 

4  quia  refertur  ad  multa,  ut  ad  Deum  et  proximum  et  seipsum 
30  regendum,  et  ad  judicia  et  causas  judicandas  ut  subjungit. 

5  quia  justicia  colligit  multa  ut  subjungit. 

6  id  est,  in  racionali  regimine  secundum  apostolum ;  '  raciona- 
bile  obsequium  vestrum  '  [Rom.  xii.  1]. 

7  dividitur  ergo  in  duas  divisiones  circulares \  etc.,  scilicet,  celestes  96  b> 

35  et  elementares  que  sunt,  circulares  et  sperice  partes  mundi  que  a  Natural  and 
Deo  create  sunt  ordinata  justicia  naturali.     Et  alia  pars  justicie  UV1  Just 
est  in  rebus  contentis  in  eis  et  precipue  inter  homines,  et  prose- 
quitur de  utraque  parte  justicie,  scilicet,  naturali  et  legali  sive 

1  possit  corrected  to  poscit 


126 


like  those  of  the 
firmament. 


96  b, 


quo  nichil  est  preciosius,  videlicet,  circulum  firmamenti  cum 
aliis  circulis  celestibus  et  angelicis  spiritibus  qui  sunt  in  celis. 
Et  quando l  fuerunt  ordinaciones  sive  regimina  tarn  in 
inferioribus  quam  in  superioribus  ad  conservanciam  hujus 
mundi,  visum  est  mini  debere  incipere  tali  modo  in  mundo,  5 
et  hec  est  utilitas  hujus  libri  et  hec  est  ejus  figura.2 

Dc  creacione  primordialis  mater ie. 

Mundus  est  ortus  seu  viridarium,  ejus  materia  (vel  sub- 
stancia  vel  sepes  ejus)  est  judicium  (scilicet  Dei  angelorum  et 
hominum):  Judicium  est  dominator  |  vallatus  (vel  dominacio  10 
vallata)  lege :  Lex  est  qua  rex  regit  regnum  :  Et  rex  est 
pastor  qui  defenditur  a  proceribus  :  Proceres  sunt  stipendiarii 
sustentati  pecunia  :  Pecunia  vero  est  fortuna  que  colligitur  a 
subditis:  Subditi  autem  sunt  servi  quos  subjecit  justiciar  Ju- 
sticiavero  estqueintenditurperse,inqua  est  salus  subditorum.  15 

morali  et  civili.  Naturalis  justicia  refertur  ad  creacionem  mundi 
et  partium  ejus.  Civilis  justicia  refertur  ad  judicium  Dei  et 
angelorum  de  hominibus  et  ad  justiciam  hominum  inter  se. 

1  aliter.cum. 


This  figure  does  not  appear  in  any  Latin  MS  but  is  found  in  the  Arabic 
and  Hebrew. 


127 


Capitulum  sex  turn  dc  creatis,  in  quibus  atteuditur justicia  B 

naturalis  et  quot  sunt  celi. 

SCias  quod  illud  primum  quod  creavit  Altissimus  gloriosus  The  Most  High 
....  ,  .•■..-  r  first  created  in- 

est  simplex  spintualis  substancia1  in  fine  perfeccionis  et  teUjgences, 

5  complementi  bonitatis,  in  qua  sunt  forme  rerum  omnium,  et 

vocatur  intelligencia  ;  2  et  deinde  ex  alia  substancia  3  exivit 4  thep  thaanima 

°  '  untversaus, 

alia  substancia  minor  gradu  suo  |  que  vocatur  universaliter  97  a. 
anima. 

Et  alia  substancia  est  que  vocatur  hyle5  (aliter,  et  pro-  then  the  hvie, 
io  gressa  fuit  ex  ilia  anima  alia  substancia  que  vocatur  hyle), 


1  Simplex  substancia  etc.,  cum  velit  hie  quod  substancia  ange- 
lica sit  simplex,  intelligendum  est  quod  dicitur  simplex  per 
privacionem  materie  corporalis  et  per  privacionem  quantitatis  :  est 
tamen  vere  composita  ex  materia  et  forma  spiritualibus,  et  sic 

15  anima,  secundum  quod  vult  secundo  Methaphisice  quia  substancie 
incorporee  habent  materiam. 

2  quam  Christiani  dicunt  angelum.  Forme  rerum  omnium, 
scilicet,  creatarum,  quas  philosophi  et  theologi  vocant  non  solum 
formas  set  species  et  similitudines  rerum,   quia  angeli  per  illas  Angels. 

20  species   cognoscunt   sicut    anima    racionalis   recipit    species    et 
similitudines  rerum. 

3  id  est,  ex  alia  materia  spirituali  et  alia  forma  secundum 
speciem,  etc. 

4  scilicet,  per  creacionem  a  Deo  factam. 

25      5  Hyle  est  materia  corporalis  omnium  rerum  corporalium  et  est  Materia  cor 
ante   commensuracionem    quantitatis,    ante,    scilicet,    in   ordine poraUs- 
nature   non   temporis,  vel   ante   commensuracionem    quantitatis 
determinate  alicujus  corporis  specialis,  ut  ante  celum  et  elementa 
quatuor  et  mixta.     Ante  tamen,  per  ordinem  nature  non  temporis, 

30  quia  hec  materia  est  res  hujus  generis,  substancia  corporea,  que 
tamen  creata  fuit  a  principio  mundi  in  celo  et  elementis  et  mixtis, 
quia  res   generis  non  potest  esse  per   se  set  semper  sub  altera 
specierum  suarum  vel  sub  utroque,  et  hoc  est  corpus  simpliciter  ut  Corpus  _ 
dicit  hie,  id  est,  corpus  in  communi  et  universale  ad  omnia  cor- Sl'"* e 

35  pora,  ut  celum  et  generabilia  et  corruptibilia,  scilicet,  ad  elementa 
et   mixta.     Et   huic   sentencie   concordat  Averoys  dicens   quod 


1  Chapter  lxxxvi.  V. 


9  The  second  of  these  readings  is  that  usually  found.     It  is  added  in  the 
margin. 


128 

ante  commensuracionem,  que  extenditur  in  longitudinem 
et  latitudinem  et  pro  fund  itatem,  in  quo  factum  est  corpus 
simpliciter. 
then  the  place         Deinde  corpus  habens  figuram  nobilissimam  que  superat 

of  the  spheres.  .  «.!*.•■ 

omnes   figuras   et  est  venor  comparative  et  antiquior  et  5 
remansit   in    loco    uno   sperarum  et    planetarum  id   quod 
fuit  purius  ex  eo  et  quod  fuit  simplicius. 
The  sphere  of         Prior   ergo   sperarum    est  spera    circumdans    usque    ad 

the  Moon.  .  _  „  .  ,.  . 

Ten  heavens       terminum  spere  Lune.      iLt  sunt  decern  cell,  unum  intra 
aliud  infra  se  invicem.      Prima  ergo  et  superior  sperarum  |  i< 
«j7  b.  est  spera  circumdans  1  :    deinde  infra  ipsam  spera  siderum. 
from  the  outer     post  qUam  est  spera  Saturni,  et  sic  usque  ad  speram  Lune. 

sphere  to  that  x  A  *  * 

of  the  elements.     


materia  habet  dimensiones  interminatas,  quia  corpus  in  universale 
habet  dimensiones  ante  in  ordine  nature  quam  celum  et  elementa 
et  mixta,  que  habent  dimensiones  determinatas  per  suas  naturas  15 
specificas,  etc. 
The  ninth  1  Spera  circumdans,  scilicet  omnia,  scilicet  celum  nonum,  et  est 

sphere.  celum  aqueum  et  empireum,  ut  intelligamus  hos  duos  celos  hie  ab 

Aristotile  comprehendi  sub  spera  continente,  quia  primo  Metha- 
phisice  facit  mencionem  de  celo  decimo  quod  est  empireum,  20 
circumdans,  scilicet,  omnia  visibilia  :  et  hec  habet  duas  speras, 
scilicet,  celum  empireum  et  celum  aqueum.  Hii  duo  celi  sunt 
invisibiles  mortalibus  et  circumdant  .8.  celos  inferiores  et  .4. 
speras  elementorum,  unde  quatuordecim  sunt  spere  mundi.  De 
istis  autem  decern  celis  non  solum  theologi  set  philosophi  loquntur,  25 
ut  antiquissimus  Pictagoras  et  Aristotiles  in  secundo  Methaphisice, 
in  translacione  Boecij,  et  Messalama  astronomus  in  libro  De 
causis  orbis,  et  commentator  Ptolomei  super  Abnagesti.  Novem 
Are  there  nine  or  enim  celos  ponunt  philosophi,  et  quod  nonum  sit  aqueum  ignora- 
ten  spheres?  verunt,  set  pauci  philosophi  posuerunt  decimum  nee  nominaverunt  3° 
ipsum  nomine  speciali,  quod  est  empireum :  illi  tamen  quos 
nominavi  posuerunt  decimum.  De  hiis  speris  celorum  et  ele- 
mentorum reperitur  exposicio  superius  ante  librum  hunc,  et 
similiter  figuracio. 


8  Chapter  lxxxvii.  V. 

9  decern]  novem  V. 


16  Footnote  in  MS.  :  '  Substancia  corporea,  est  primum  subjectum  gene- 
racionis  et  corrupcionis,  et  cum  res  reducitur  ad  illud  tunc  vocatur  materia 
prima  rerum  generabilium  et  corruptibilium,  quia  res  illius  generis  est  in 
potencia  ad  omnia  generabilia  et  corruptibilia.' 


129 

scilicet,  post  quam  est  spera  Jovis,  et  post  spera  Martis,  et 
post  spera  Solis,  et  post  spera  Veneris,  et  post  spera 
Mercurii,  et  post  spera  Lune,  infra  quam  est  spera  elemento- 
rum  que  sunt  ignis,  aer,  aqua,  terra.  Ergo  terra  est  in  medio  The  earth  is  in 
5  elementorum  omnium,  et  est  densior  substancia  inter  corpora 
et  spissior  essencialiter. 

Et   postquam  ordinate    fuerunt   hec   spere,    quedam    in  The  spheres 

....  ...  ,.  .  ..  move  in  circles, 

quibusdam  in  se  ipsis,  sicut  dictum  est,  juxta  sapienciam 
et   disposicionem    simplicis    Gloriosissimi    in    disposicione 
io  mirabili    et   pulcritudine    ordinatissima,    mote    sunt    spere 
circulariter  |  in  suis  partibus,  et  planetis  super  elementa  .4.  9S  a. 
et  viciscitudinaliter  super  ea,  et  facta  sunt  nox  et  dies,  et  making  times 

.  -  .  .  and  seasons, 

hyemps   et   estas,  et  estus    et  fngus,  et  commixta1  sunt  ancj  are  tem- 
quedam  in  quibusdam,  et  contemperatum  est  rarum  cum  percd' 
15  denso,2  et  quod  in  eis  erat  ponderosum  cum  eo  quod  est 

leve,  et  calidum  cum  frigido,  et  humidum  cum  sicco.     Et  From  them  arii 

0         _  all  compound 

tunc    composite   sunt    ex    eis    ex    longitudine   temporum  bodies. 
universe    species     compositorum     corporum     et     contem- 
p(er)ate,  que  sunt  originalia  sive  minere3,  et  vegetabilia,  et 
20  animalia. 

Sunt  ergo  originalia  quecunque  congelantur  in  visceribus  Originals  (fos- 

0  °  ^  ^  °  sils) ;  where 

terre,  et  in  profundis  marium,  et  in  concavitatibus  moncium, found' 
et  tumorositatibus4  inclusis,  et  ex  vaporibus  ascendentibus, 
et  ex  humiditatibus  congelatis  in  concavitatibus  cavernarum, 

25  in  quibus  aqueitas  et  terrestritas  magis  dominatur,5  sicut  and  how  pro- 
aurum,  argentum,  es,  ferrum,  plumbum,  et  stagnum,  lapides 
margarite,  corallus,  vitreolum,  alumen  et  hujusmodi  similia, 
que  I  videntur  et  cognoscuntur.      Animal  vero  est    omne  98  b. 
genus  quod  movetur  et  sentit  et  transit  de  loco  in  locum  veng«abieas?d 

30  per  seipsum,  et  aeritas  in  ipso  magis  dominatur.      Vege- 


1  sicut  locata  in  locantibus  quia  superiora  continent  inferiora. 

-  scilicet,  in  spera  mundi. 

3  minere   dicuntur   originalia  quia  prima  oriuntur  et  fiunt  ex 
elementis,  postea  vegetabilia,  postea  animalia. 
35      4  vel,  ex  fumositatibus. 

5  quia  in  metallis  dominatur  aqua  et  in  omnibus  liquabilibus, 
set  in  aliis  dominatur  terra  sicut  docet  libro  Metheororum. 

1590  K 


1 3o 


Man  the  most 
noble. 


Obtain  a  know 
ledge  of  your 
own  soul. 


The  soul  has 
three  strengths 


tabilis^ero  composicionobilior  est  originali 2 :  animal  vcro 
nobilius  est  in  composicione  quam  sit  vegetabile  3. 

Homo  vero  nobilior  est  in  composicione  universorum 
animalium  et  igneitas  in  eo  magis  dominatur,  et  con- 
venierunt  in  ejus  composicione  omnia  universe  res  que  5 
pariuntur  et  inveniuntur  in  entibus  simplicibus  et  com- 
positis,  quia  homo  est  ex  corpore  denso  commensurato  et 
ex  anima  que  est  simplex  substancia  spiritualis. 

Capitalum  .7.  quod  anima  propria  cujaslibet  primo  debet 
sciri  a  quolibet,  et  de  divisione  virtutum  anime  et  de  regi-  10 
minibus  et  statibus  anime  in  hac  vita  et  futura. 

TE  vero  oportet  si  tu  es  sciens  supra  sciencias  et  veritates 
encium  et  existencium,  quod  tu  incipias  inprimis  a 
cognicione  tue  anime  que  propinquior  est  tibi  ceteris  aliis, 
deinde  post  hanc  habere  scienciam  ceterorum.  "5 

Scias  ergo  quod  anima  universalis  est  vis  spiritualis  orta 

post  intelligenciam 4  voluntate  divina,  et  habet  tres  vires 

currentes  in  corporibus  sicut  lumen  solis  in  partibus  aeris,  | 

99  a.  una  virium  est  intellectiva,  secunda  est  sensitiva,  tercia  est 

intellective,        vegetativa,  quam 5  illustravit  gloriosus  Deus  septem  viribus, 20 

sensitive,  and  12345 

vegetative.         que  sunt  attractiva,  retentiva,  digestiva,  expulsi(v)a,  nutritiva. 

Of  this  there  are    ^  6  ? 

seven  forces.       generativa,  informativa.    Operacio  ergo  hujus  vis  generative 
The  vegetative    jn  comparacione 6  corporis  humani  est  in  recepcione  sperma- 

virtue  lasts  seven 

months  after       tis  in  vulva,  et  in  ejus  disposicione  durat  per  septem 7  menses, 

conception,  J 

et  postquam  perfecerit   hoc  tempus  quod  premensuratum  3r 
when  the  child    est  ab  altissimo  Deo  glorioso  et  sublimi,  tunc  transmittit 

1  scilicet,  rei.  2  id  est,  minerali. 

3  Vegetabilia  sunt  arbores  et  herba  et  omnia  que  nutriuntur  et 
crescunt  in  terra  et  ex  terra. 

4  id  est,  angeli.  s  scilicet,  vegetativam.  30 

6  seu  preparacione  et  informacione,  et  ideo  comprehendit  hie 
virtutem  informativam  cum  generativa. 

7  scilicet  ad  minus,  plures  tamen  nascuntur  in  nono   mense 
et  pauci  in  septimo  et  sunt  debiles. 

9  Chapter  lxxxviii.  V. 


8  Footnote  iti  MS. :  '  Nota  bene  illud  capitulum  de  cognicione  anime  pre 
omnibus,  et  non  recedat  a  corde  quod  in  fine  capituli  dicit  philosophus.' 


13I 

ipsam  animam  l  animalis  sensibilis  de  illo  loco2  usque  ad  receives  the 

.  i    t     i  •  i  m«      ^    i  •  *        -   •    anima  sensibilis. 

egressionem  ad  habitaculum,  scilicet,  hominum,  et  adquint 

aliud    regimen3   usque   ad    complementum    .4.    annorum.4  At  4  he  receives 

......  reason ; 

Deinde  reddit  ipsum  puerum  virtuti  racionabili,  que  lnmu- 
5  tat 6  nomen  vel  naturam  sensibilium,  et  tunc  adquint  aliud 
regimen    usque    ad    complementum    .14.    annos,    quia    in 
.  i^m0.    anno    potest   generare.      Et   tunc  adest   vis   intel- at  15  he  gets  th« 

°  ......  vis  intellectiva; 

lectiva  denunciativa  figurarum  seu  simihtudinum,  et  inter- 
pretaciones   sensibilium,  et   adquirit   aliud   regimen  usque 
10  ad  comple|mentum  .30.  annorum.6     Tunc  advenit  vis  judi-  99  b- 
cialis,  seu  philosophica  que  speculatur  formas  intellectuales,  fudlenfent  ;S 
et  tunc  adquirit  aliud  regimen  usque  ad  complementum  .50.  at  5o  the  power 

^-  fc>  -a  jr  yJ        of  self-govern- 

annorum.     Tunc  accidit  vel  adest  ei  virtus  regitiva  volun-ance; 
taria,  et  tunc  habet  aliud  regimen  usque  ad  complemen- 
J5  turn   .70.   annorum.      Tunc  venit  virtus   legalis   plantativa  ^  70 ofiaw- 
originalium,7  et  adquirit  inde  aliud  regimen  usque  ad  finem 
vite.8 

Si  ergo  anima  sit  perfecta  et  completa  ante  separacionem  ifthesouiis 

0  r  %  .  1  n         1  1  •     ma-de  perfect 

ejus  a  corpore,  perficietur  a  virtute9  universali,  que10  subli-  before  death, 

J  r  '  r  '     x  it  passes  to  the 

20  matur  per  ipsam11  et  deducitur  usque  ad  supernam  per- firmament  of  the 

r  r  *  j.  *  intelligences ; 

1  cum  corpore  suo.  2  scilicet,  de  utero. 

3  id  est,  in  hoc  mundo  in  terra,  scilicet,  in  quo  habet  aliud 
regimen  quam  in  utero. 

4  .4.  annorum  quia  ante  non  habuit  usum  racionis,  quia  beatus 
25  Gregorius  in  dialogo  docet  quod   puer  .5.  annorum  fuit   raptus 

a  demone  propter  blasphemias. 

5  que  inmutat,   quia  virtus  racionalis  dat  nomina  sensibilibus 
rebus  :  post  .4.  annos  puer  vocat  res  nominibus  suis. 

6  quia  tunc  plena  fortitudine   mentis  et  corporis  viget  homo 
30  secundum  sapienciam  sacram,  et  beatum  Hieronimum  et  alios ; 

et  ipsa  philosophia  et  experiencia  propria  certificat. 

7  id  est,  constitutive  legum.    originalium,  id  est,  legum  a  quibus 
successores  sumunt  originem  suarum  legum  quas  ipsi  addunt. 

8  Nota   quod  distinccio  jam  facta   etatum   sive  parcium   vite  This  ciassifica- 
35  colligitur  principaliter  ex  Sacra  Scriptura  et  doctrina  scienciarum  et  ^"horTty  of 

similiter  ex   philosophia,    set   nimis  longum  esset  auctoritatibus  Scripture. 
et  racionibus  explicare.      Etas   vero  ultima  est  conditiva  legum 
propter  perfeccionem  sapiencie  que  in  ilia  viget,  saltern  in  prima 
parte  ejus. 
4°      9  id  est,  cum  virtute. 

10  scilicet,  anima.  "  scilicet,  virtutem  universalem. 

K  % 


J32 

feccionem,  et  tunc  adquirit  aliud  regimen  donee  perveniat 
ad    circulum    seu    firmament um    intelligencie '    cui     bene 
complacuit. 
if  not,     ioo  a.      Si  vero  non,2  anima  dilabitur    usque  ad  abyssum  inferio- 
it  sinks  to  hen.     rum  :  deinde  recipit  earn  regimen  sine  spe  placendi  Deo.      5 

C  Capitulum  .8.  de  .5.  sensibus  corporis  scrvicntibus  intel- 

lectui,  sive  de  Jiomine  et  ejus  .5.  sensibus  quasi  de  rege  et  ej?ts 
.5.  bajulis  vel  consiliariis . 

when  God  made  /^-^vUando  ergo  creavit  Deus  altissimus  hominem  et  fecit 

man  He  gave  II  ° 

him  iawS"as  to     V_yeum  nobilissimum  animalium,  ei  precepit,:i  prohibuit,4  10 
and  made  under,  punit,5  remunerat G  eum,  et  constituit  corpus  suum  civitatem 

standing  its  •  •  11  •  11  • 

mier,  ~  quandam,  et  ejus  intellectum  regem  in  ipsa,  et  collocavit 

eum  in  nobiliori  loco  ipsius  hominis  et  superiori,  quod  est 

and  gave  five      capud.  Constituit  ei .  K.  baiulos7  regentes  ipsum,  presentantes 

chamberlains  to  r  *J  J  i>  r  1  I 

assist  in  ruiin3.    ei  quecunque  sibi  sunt  necessaria  et  ea  quibus  juvatur,  custo-  [5 
dientes  nichilominus  ipsum  ab  omni  eo  quod  est  ei  nocibile. 
Et  non  habet  existenciam  nee  perfeccionem  nisi  per  ipsos, 

Each  of  them      et  constituit  cuilibet  istorum  .5.  baiulorum  seu  sensuum 

has  a  distinct  *-*  J 

co^monlifeans    suum  judicium  proprium  quo  difTert  et  separatur  ab  aliis 
t5on°mmunica     compaginibus,  et  habent  modum  communem  quo  commu-  20 

nicat  aliquis  cum  aliis.     Et  generatur  ex  colleccione  et  con- 
These  chamber-  veniencia  judiciorum  essencia  et  perfeccio  suorum  operum. 
Ergo  .5.  bajuli  predicti  sunt  .5.  sensus  qui  sunt  in  oculo, 
100  b.  jn  aure,  in  naso,  in  |  lingua,  in  manu. 


lains  are  the  five 

senses. 


1  scilicet,    sui    angeli.      Intelligencia    hie   vocatur    substancia  25 
spiritualis  angelica  et  divina,  vel  si  solum  intelligatur,  intelligatur 
angelica  et  suplendum  est  quod  per  earn  ducetur  ad  Deum. 

2  dum  perfecta  fuerit  anima. 

:i  id  est,  dedit  precepta  que  sunt  decern  mandata. 

4  peccata.  B  pro  peccatis.  3° 

c  pro  virtute.  7  scilicet,  quinque  sensus. 


6  Book  IV,  Chapter  lxxxix.  V.  23  Chapter  xc.  V. 


9  Foot-note  in  M.S.  in  same  hand  as  text :  '  Hoc  dicit  quantum  ad  eviden- 
ciam  operacionum,  quia  infradicta  membra  sunt  radicalia  organa  et  instru- 
menta  sensuum,  ut  patet  per  eum  alibi  et  per  Avicennam  melius,  primo  libro 
de  slttima.' 


*33 

Sensata l  ergo  oculi  sunt  visibilia  que  sunt  .22.  species,  The  twenty-two 

,    .  ,  ,  .  .  species  of  the 

que  sunt  lux  et  tenebre,  color,  remocio,  situs  et  propinquitas,  sense  of  si^in. 
corporeitas,  figura,  magnitudo,  continuacio,  discrecio  vel 
separacio,  numerus,  motus,  quies,  asperitas,  levitas,  diapho- 
5  neitas,  spissitudo,  umbra,  obscuritas,  pulcritudo,  turpitudo, 
similitudo  et  diversitas.  Multa  tamen  collocantur2  et  com- 
prehenduntur 3  sub  hiis. 

Sensata  vero  auris  sunt   auditus  sonorum,  et  sunt  due  Two  kinds  of 

.,.  .         ,.  ...,-,  sounds,  animal 

species  soni,  scilicet,  animahs  sonus  et  non  animahs.     bonus  and  non-animai. 
10  vero  animalis  est  duplex,  scilicet,  racionalis  et  irracionalis.  Two  of  animal, 

T->...  .  .     .  .  .  ....     rational  and 

Kacionalis    pertinens   ad    loquelam   humanam,  irracionalis  irrational. 
sonus  sunt  hinitus  equi,  garritus  avis,  et  hiis  similia. 

Sonus  vero  non  animalis,  ut  fragor  arborum  et  collisio  Non-animai 

...  .......  ..  .  .  .  .  sounds. 

lapidum  et  hiis  similia  quibus  non  inest  vita,  sicut  tomtruum, 
15  timpanum,  fistula.    Scias  eciam  quod  quelibet  vox  in  ordine  The  passage  of 

.  sound  through 

suo  universo,  quando  movetur  aer  deferens  ipsam,  movetur  the  air. 
cum  ipso  ipsa  spiritualitas  4  nobilis,  ita  ut  non  commisceatur 
pars  cum  parte  5  donee  perveniant  usque  ad  ultimum  apud 
sensum  scilicet,  auditum,  |  tunc  enim  defertur  per  ipsum  ad  101  a. 

20  virtutem  ymaginativam. 

Sensatum  vero  lingue  fit  per  viam  gustus,  et  saporis  .9.  The  nine  species 
sunt  species,  scilicet,  dulcedo,  amaritudo,  salsedo  et  unctuo-  °aste!*e 
sitas,  acetositas,  insipiditas,  ponticitas,  stipticitas,  et  acuitas. 

Et  sensus  qui  est  in  manum  est  in  vi  tactiva  seu  palpa-  The  sense  of 

25  tiva,  et  cursus  ejus  in  calido  et  frigido,0  aspero  et  leni,  et  in 
omnibus  predictis  de  visu  preter  lucem  et  colorem.     Et  vis  its  seat. 
tactiva  est  insita  et  contenta  inter  duas  pelles,  quarum  una 


1  id  est,  que  ab  oculo  senciuntur.  2  scilicet,  alia. 

3  ut  patet  secundo  Perspective  (i.  e.  Alhazen). 
30      4  que  vocatur  ab  eo  et  ab  aliis  species  sive  virtus  multiplicata  in 
sensum  que  est  similitudo  ipsius  soni  per  quam  auditus  cognoscit 
sonum,  et  sic  est  de  omni  sensu. 

5  set  continue  ordinata  multiplicacione  sine  confusione. 

e  humido  et  sicco. 


8  Chapter  xci.  V.  21  Chapter  xcii.  V,  24  Chapter  xciii.  V. 


1   This  list  corresponds  with  that  of  Alhazen,  ii.  15.    See  Op.  Maj.  V,  r.  1.  3. 


134 

est  in  superficie  corporis  et  alia  manet  in  eo  quod  spectat 
ad  carnem. 
ihe  sense  of  Sensatum  nan's  l  sivc  olfactus  qui  est  quintus  sensus  est 

smell.  ...  , 

odor,  cujus  species  secundum  naturam  sunt  tot  quot  sunt 
Man  has  the       saporis,  set  quia  homo  inter  omnia  animalia  habet  pejorem  5 

worst  smell.  ...... 

odorem,  ideo  non  distinguit  discrete  species  odoris  omnes 
set   extremos    quia   maxime    differunt,  ut   odor  suavis   et 
fetidus  sive  horribilis. 
Light  >kins  .un        Quando  ergo  adquisitus   est   quilibet  istorum    sensuum 

from  the  root  of  -r>.  .     ,.,    .  .  .....  ,, 

the  brain,  quos  Deus  contuht  huic  regi,  scilicet  intellectui,  onuntur  ex  10 

radice  cerebri  pelles  subtiles  lenes,  sicut  tele  aranearum,  et 
1 01  b.  sunt  quasi  velamen  |  et  cortina  huic  regi.2     Quando  ergo 
through  which     presentatur  id  quod  habet  quilibet  sensus  et  provenit  illud 

the  sensations  ,     ...  ..  ..  .  . 

reach  the  imagi-   usque  ad  lllas  pelles  que  sunt  in  ipsa  substancia  cerebri, 

native  virtue.  .     .  .... 

tunc  congregantur  vestigia  sensatorum  "  apud  virtutem  yma-  15 
and  pass  to  the    ginativam,  que  representat  ea  virtuti  cognitive  que  est  in 
in  the  midst        medio  cerebri   ut  speculetur  ea  et  collisrat  et  studeat  in 

of  the  brain.  x  ° 

earum  figuris,  et  exemplis,  et  cognoscat  in  eis  juvativa  et 

nociva,  et  ut  operetur  juxta  mensuram  que  provenit  ei  ex 

illis.  20 

Constitucio   ergo  et   existencia  corporis  existit  in   istis 

The  excellence    quinque  sensibus  prenominatis.     Perfeccio  ergo  cujuslibet 

of  the  number  .  . 

live;  rei  est  in  .5.  rebus.     Planete  namque  quorum    moventur 

spheres,  spere  circulariter  sunt  .5.  ut  Saturnus,  Jupiter,  Mars,  Venus, 

kinds  of  animals,  Mercurius.4     Et  genera  animalium  sunt  .5.,  scilicet  homo.  25 

volatile,  et  aquaticum,  et  gressibile 5,  et  quod  serpit  supra 

ventrem.    Et  quinque  sunt  sine  quibus  non  perficitur  aliqua 

parts  of  trees,      planta  que  nascitur  ex  terra  nisi  concurrant  et  conveniant 

in  ea,  et  sunt  stirpes  et  rami  et  folia  et  fructus  et  radices. 


1  narium.  2  scilicet,  intellectui.  30 

3  id  est,  species  et  similitudines. 

4  quamvis  enim  large  sumendo  Sol  et  Luna  dicuntur  planete, 
tamen  secundum  Scripturam  et  philosophiam  distinguntur  ab  aliis 
et  vocantur  luminaria. 

6  id  est,  quadrupes.  35 

9  Chapter  xciv.  V.  21  Chapter  xcv.  V. 


3  This  paragraph  is  missing  in  most  texts. 


« 35 

musical  tones, 

Et  .5.  sunt  toni  musicales  |  qui  si  non  essent  non  perficeretur  102  a. 
aliquis  cantus  et  sonans.     Et  quinque  sunt  dies  nobiles  de  •*»»  days  in  the 
universis  diebus  anni,  in  ultima  parte  Maii.     Et  quinque  portS(,fthesea. 
sunt  porte  maris. 

5       Capituhim  nonum  de  consiliariis  regis  et  de  modo  consilii. 

SInt  ergo  baiuli  tui  A.  et  consiliarii  tui  quinque  in  com-  Have  then  s 
°  J  ^  .  .     chamberlains 

prehensione    operum    tuorum,    et    quilibet    eorum    sit  and  5  counsei- 

separatus,  quia  tunc  utilior  est  tuis  operibus.    Reserva  ergo 

tuum  secretum,  et  ne  incipias  eis  dicere  quod  habes  in  corde, 

10  et  non  ostendas  alicui  eorum  eleccionem  consilii  quod  apud  Listen  to  their 

advice, 

te  est,  et  non  indica  eis  quod  velis  ab  eis  mendicare    con- 
silium quia  tunc  contempnerent  te,  nee  eis  consilium  tuum 
indicas.    Tempta  ergo  in  anima  tua  eorum  voluntates,  sicut  «ei-;h  i(> 
facit  cerebrum2  ex  hiis  quo  proveniunt  ei  ex  sensibus,  et  de-  and  do  what  you 

,.  ......  .  .  think  best. 

15  clina  ab  eorum  consilns  in  eo  quod  contrananturvoluntati  tue. 

Et  propter  hoc  dixit   Hermes  quando  fuit  interrogatus  Hermes' advice 

...  .  ,  ...  «.  .     •     j.    •      on  asking  coun- 

quare  judicium  ejus  qui  dat  consilium  melius  est  judiciosei. 
querentis  consilium,  respondit :  Ouoniam  judicium  querentis 
querentis  consilium  exploratum  est  a  voluntate.:;     Et  hoc  | 

20  verbum  est  verum.     Quando  ergo  congregas  eos  pro  aliquo  102  b 
consilio  dando  in  tua  presencia,  non  immisceas  aliud  con- 
silium cum  eis,  audias  ergo  in  quo  conveniunt.     Si  ergo  ®°u™i\ deade"" 
festinanter  respondent  et  concordant  cito,  resiste  eis  tunc  in  t0°  hastll>"- 
hoc  et  ostende  eis  contrarium  ut  prolongetur  eorum  cogitacio 

25  et  retardentur  ad  ultimum  cogitantes  sive  in  consilio 4  medi- 
tantes  donee  per  multam  meditacionem  perveniant  ad 
ultimum  et  finem  consilii. 

Quando  ergo  perceperis  rectitudinem  consilii  in  verbis  Do  not  let  them 

.......  r  .  ,   g"sss  your  de- 

eorum,  vel  in  verbis  alicujus  eorum,  fac  eos  conquiescere,  et  cision. 
30  non  manifestes  eis  vel  ostendas  in  quo  voluntas  tua  quiescat 

1  vel,  vendicare.  2  id  est,  anima  que  est  in  cerebro. 

3  scilicet,  querentis  et  examinatum  et  deliberatum. 

4  adunato. 


5  Chapter  xcvi.  V. 


13  Tempta]  tempera  V  17  melius]  minus  MS.  19  exploratum] 

V  expolitum 


i36 

donee  egrediatur  in  actum  etexperienciam.   Etconsiderasub- 
tiliter  et  diligenter  quis  magis  ducit  ad  rectitudinem  consilii, 
et  juxta  mensuram  amoris  quam  habet  erga  te  et  desiderium 
et  in  prosperitate  tui  regiminis  recipias  ejus  consilium. 
Do  not  make  Et  cave  ne  preponas  alterum  alteri  set  adequa1  eos  in  5 

oneanothefby    donis  et  gradibus  et  in  omnibus  operibus  suis.     Quid  ergo 

unequal  rewards.  .  ....  .      . 

magis  est  causa  destruccionis  regni  et  operum  regis  in  pro- 
103  a.  lixitate  dierum   ac   temporum    quam    exhibere  |  majorem 

honorificenciam  quibusdam  bajulorum  supra  quosdam,  set 
Nothing  should  ipsi  debent  esse  pares.    Et  quia  non  est  inconveniens  homini  >° 
advice.  quando  salubre  habet  consilium  sectari  illud  et  operari,  ideo 

nichil  sine  consilio  faciendum  est. 

Capitulum  decimum  de  varietate  complexionis  ct  morum 
per  constellacioncm  nativitatis,  sive  de  varietate  judicii  et  con- 
silii ct  consulcncium,  ct  corum  eleccione  per  constellaciones  in  15 
nativitatibus  suis  que  confirmantur  per  pulcra  cxcmpla. 

judgement  foi-       \Z?  T  ego  dico  tibi  quod  judicium  imitatur  corpus  ;  quando 

J— 1/ergo  debilitatur  corpus  debilitatur  judicium. 

consider  the  Et  est  consideranda  genesis  2  in  quibusdam,  quia  gene- 

nativities  of  .  - 

your  counsellors,  ratus  sepe  disponitur  juxta  naturam  planetarum  et  vim  que  20 

sunt  in  regione  sue  geneseos  s  sive  generacionis.    Et  si  forte 

contingat  quod  genitores  genitum  doceant  aliquam  arcium, 

natura   superior4  trahet  (vel  attrahet)  eum   multociens  ad 

artem  sideris  sibi  convenientem. 

The  tale  of  the         Nam  simile  huic  accidit  quibusdam  hominibus  qui  con-  25 

weavers  son,      venerunt  in  quadam  villa  et  hospitati  fuerunt  apud  quendam 


1  propter  invidiam  et  discordiam,  quia  tunc  machinantur  cogita- 
ciones  pessimas. 
The  use  of  a  2  sive  nativitas,  id  est,  tempus  nativitatis  illius  qui  debet  eligi 

nativity.  pro   consj}jarj0   regis   et   hoc   docet   per  exemplum  mirabile   in  30 

artibus  et  scienciis ;  et  ita  est  de  potestate  consilii  et  prudencia 
consulendi,  quia  constellacio  bona  disponit  bene  conrplexionem, 
et  complexio  excitat  animum  ad  amorem  talis  artis  vel  talis.  Et  sic 
est  de  potestate  consilii. 

3  hec  genesis,  hujus  geneseos  secundum  grecam  declinacionem.  35 

4  vel,  orum  [superiorum]. 


17  Chapter  xcvii.  V. 


137 

tcxtorem   cui  natus  est  in  ilia  nocte  filius,  cujus  genesim 
hospites  accepe|runt  et  ordinaverunt  ejus  plan  etas.     Fuit  103  b. 
ergo  ejus  genesis  in  Venere  et  Marte,  gradu  suo  existente  bom  under 

°         J         fa  °  Venus  and  Mars, 

Geminis  cum  Libra,1  sidera  vero  contrana  et  pessima  non- 
5  dum  fuerunt  orta.     Ostendit  ergo  eis  genesis  quod  puer  and  so  to  be 

...  ....  w'=e  and  courtiy, 

erat  futurus  sapiens,  cunalis,  velocis  manus,  bom  et  ydonei 
consilii,  et  diligendus  a  regibus.  Occultaverunt  ergo  hoc, 
celantes  a  patre.     Crevit  ergo  natus  in  prosperitate,  et  ere-  who  could  not 

r  °  ■"•  -1  learn  his  craft, 

diderunt  ac  nisi  sunt  genitores  ejus  instruere  eum  aliquam 
10  artem  de  operibus  suis.  Set  ex  toto  nichil  potuit  ex  hiis 
addiscere.  Verberantes  autem  ipsum  et  flagellantes  gra- 
vissime,  exposuerunt  ipsum  voluntati  sue.  Inclinavit  ergo  but  studied 
se  juvenis  ad  homines  possidentes  disciplinam  et  adquisivit 
sciencias  et  scivit  cursus  et  tempora  supercelestia  et  mores 
15  ac  regimina  regum,  et  ecce !    factus  est   bajulus   regis    et  and  became  * 

"  o  o  '  jo  great  counsellor. 

dominator  magnus  potens  valde. 

Contrarium  huic  accidit  ex  mirabilibus  operibus  et  dis- 
posicionibus  planetarum  et  naturis  eorum  id  quod  evenit  |  in  104  a. 
duobus  natis  regis  Indie,  facta  comparacione  ad  genesim,  The  King's  sons 

.  r    .  .  /~  ,  .  of  India. 

-!o  set  occultum  fuit  regi.  Ouando  ergo  crevit  unus  puerorum 
credidit  rex  eum  instruere  scienciis ;  misit  ergo  eum  per 
Indiam  et  per  alias  provincias  honorifice,  sicut  decuit  filium  One  who  could 

1  ,  not  learn, 

tanti  regis,  set  nichil  profuit    diligencia  patris,  quia   non 
potuit  inclinare  animum  suum  et  naturam,  nisi  ad  artificium 
-5  fabrile.    Propter  quod  turbatus  est  rex  valde  convocavitque  but  would  be 

.  .  .  a  smith. 

sapientes  omnes  sui  regni,  qui  requisiti  omnes  conveniunt 
in  hoc  quod  relinqueretur  hiis  ad  que  natura  pueri  reducebat 
eum.  Factum  est  ergo  ita,  et  multociens  accidit  huic  simile 
sicut  est  satis  cognitum. 

30  Capitulum  .11,  adJuic  de  leccione  consulencinm,  et  dc  varus 
articulis  eorum  et  consiliornm,  sive  de  consiliario  eligendo  et 
de  consilio  in  omnibus  agendo  ct  perquirendo. 

O   Alexander,   noli  contempnere    parvam  staturam    in  Despise  not  wise 
.  .  7  .  .  .  men  of  small 

hominibus,    et    quern    videris    diligere    scienciam    et  stature. 

35      1  quia  Venus  fuit  in  Geminis,  Mars  in  Libra. 
30  Chapter  xcviii.  V . 


i3« 

habundare  in  via  sapiencie  et  morum  et  declinare  ac  fugere 
semitam  viciorum  :  talem  ergo  dilige  et  habeas  juxta  te,  et 
precipue  tunc  quando  videris  ipsum  excercitantem  animum 
suum  in  hiis  virtutibus.  Talis  enim  consuevit  esse  bone 
eloquencie,  et  bene  morigeratus,  curialis  et  sciens  historias  5 

104  b.  eorum  qui  nos  precesserunt  |  de  gentibus.     Non  preponas 
Encourage  them  ergo  aliquid  faciendum  vel  postponas  absque  ejus  consilio. 

and  treat  them       -r^..,.  •  .  .....  .  , 

weii.  Dilige  ejus  societatem,  quia  talis  dihgit  ventatem  et  quod 

decet  regiam  magestatem  consulit  et  removet  contrarium. 
Firmus  est  in  animo,  constans  in  corde,  fidelis  et  Justus  sive  10 
rectus  suis  subditis.  Scias  ergo  hoc.  Tale  enim  consilium1 
rectificat  bajulos  et  ordinat  et  augmentat  regnum  regum. 
Nee  facias  aliquid  prepostere,  preponendo  postponenda  et 
postponendo  preponenda.    Nichil  penitus  agas  sine  consilio 

counsel  is  a        philosophico.      Philosophi  enim  dixerunt  quod  consilium  j~ 

sight  of  things 

to  come.  est  oculus  futurorum. 

a  king  reproved       Et  in  libris  Persarum  legitur  quod   quidam  rex  eorum 

by  one  of  his  °  n  n  .... 

counsellors  for     consuluit  barones  suos  et  quesivit  consilium  a  bajulis  suis 

asking  advice  in 

full  council        super  quodam  secreto  valde  quod  fuit  revelatum  regine  2 

about  a  secret 

revealed  by        cuidam  dilecte  ab  eo.     Respondit  ergo  unus  eorum  :  Non  20 

a  favourite  *  ° 

queen.  oportet  quod  rex  querat  aliquod  consilium  a  nobis  super 

aliquo  suo  facto  vel  secreto,  set  separatim  querat  a  quolibet 
secretum  suum.  Quia  in  secretis  consiliis  talia  revelantur 
uni  que  non  communiter  coram  pluribus  vel  multis  dicuntur, 
nee  debent  revelari  multis :  sic  ergo  perfice.     Profecto  ergo  25. 

105  a.  dico  I  quod  non  oportet  hoc  fieri  in  omnibus  operibus,  immo 

convenit  ut  hoc  fiat  cum  consideracione.     Convenit  eciam 
quod  vocentur  ad  presenciam  tuam  in  prosperitatibus  suis 
in   ligando  et  solvendo  secundum  proprietates 3  arguendo 
atque  solvendo  sicut  premisimus  :  quoniam  quidam  philoso-  30 
a  king's  wisdom  phorum  dixit  quod  regis  sapientis  sapiencia  augmentabitur 

is  increased  by  ...... 

the  counsel  of  his  per  consilium  baiulorum  bonorum,  sicut  augmentatur  equor 4 

servants.  

1  vel,  quod  talis  consilium  (in  another  hand). 

2  vel,  regi  per  quemdam  dilectum  ab  eo. 

3  scilicet,  ingenii  cujuslibet  ut  consulant. 

4  id  est,  mare.  *z 


17  Chapter  xcix.  V. 


139 

per  recepcionem  fluminum  et  aquarum.  Et  poterit  multa 
adquirere  per  prudenciam  et  per  consilium  que  non  poterit 
habere  per  potenciam  bellatorum. 

Et  in  libro  cujusdam  Medorum  mandatum  est  filio  suo :  The  Mede's 

...  ...  !  .  i>  counsel  to  his 

5  Fill,  necessanum  est  tibi  habere  consilium  *,  quomam  a  unus  son. 
es  in  hominibus.3     Consule  ergo  ilium  4  qui  poterit  liberare 
a   potente.      Et   noli   parcere  inimico   set  in  quantum  et 
quantumcunque  et  quocunque  modo  honesto  poteris  tuam 
in  ipso  victoriam  manifesta,  et  in  quolibet  tempore. 
io      Cave  tibi  a  potencia  inimici,  nee  habundancia  tui  sensus  Always  have 

...  other  people's 

in  tua  credulitate,  nee  altitudo  tui  status  in  temetipso  1m-  advice, 
pediat  quin  semper  agreges  tuo  consilio  consilium  alienum,  105  b. 
quoniam  alienum  si  placet  et  sit  tibi  utile  amplectendum 
est  et  implendum,  et  tuum  semper  remaneat  penes  te.     Si  whether  you  take 
T5  vero  discrepent  a  tuo  arbitrio,  tunc  est  tuum  examinare 
et  considerare,  et  si  est  juvamentum  et  utile  super  eo  quod 
considerasti,  amplectere  ipsum,  et  si  est  inutile,  abstine  ab 
eodem. 

Capitidum  .12.  de  numero  bajitlorum,  et  quod  non  consti- 

20  tuatur  unus  solus  bajuhis  in  regimine,  set  .7.  si  poterit  fieri, 

vel  tres  ad  minus,  et  de  bajulis  cxperiendis  temptandis  et 

probandis,  et  de  signis  quibus  cognoscitur  an  boni  an  mali 

sint  consiliarii. 

SOllicite  et  diligenter  moneo  te  et  do  tibi  optimum  con-  Never  Pu 
.a  single  coun- 
silium  quod  nunquam  constituas  unum  bajulum  solum  seiior  in  power. 

in  regimine  loco  tui,  quoniam  ejus  consilium  posset  destruere 
et  corrumpere  regnum  tuum  et  convertere  subditos  et  pro- 
ceres  ad  se  et  intendere  propriis  utilitatibus  et  excogitare 
declinacionem  tuam,5  et  multa  alia  que  longum  esset 
30  enarrare.     Si  forte  non  occurrant  tibi  quinque  bajuli  qui  if  you  cannot 

^  ^  .  find  hve,  do  not 

tibi  placeant  sint  saltern  tres  et  non  minus,  quia  maximum  have  less  than 

r  ^  three. 


1  scilicet,  aliorum.  2  aliter,  quia. 

3  et  unus  non  sufneit  sibi.  4  ipsum. 

5  ut,  scilicet,  regnum  declinaret  a  te  et  ad  eum. 

10  Chapter  c.  V. 


140 

bonum  proveniet  ex  hoc,  scilicet,  ex  tribus,  quia  nisi  tertius  j 

106  a.  esset  nichil  penitus  nosceretur.     Quia  primum  super  quod 

thenumber three,  fundate  sunt  omnes  res  est  trinitas,1  et  per  quinarium  medi- 

StkewSto1   antur,  et  per  septenarium  perficiuntur.     Quia  .7.  sunt  celi, 

et  .7.  planete2  et  .7.  sunt  dies,  et  circuitus  Lune  septenarius,  5 

et  dies  pocionis  seu  medicine  sunt  septem,  et  dies  peryodi :5 

sunt  .7.  et  multa  alia  spectant  ad  septenarium   numerum 

quorum  enumeracio  esset  longa. 

Dc  temptacione  bajulorum. 
Test  your  coun-       Et  unum  ex  hiis  quibus  temptare  poteris  bajulum  quern-  10 
you  want  money,  libet  tuum  est  quod  ostendas  ei  te  indigere  pecuniam.     Si 
if  he  advises       ergo  ducat  te  ad  distraccionem  eorum  que  sunt  in  thesauro 
u'easurl,1  e        tuo,  et  ostendat  hoc  esse  expediens,  scias  quod  nullum  capud 
or  spending  the   precii  ponit  in  te.4     Et  si  inducat  te  ad  recipiendum  pecu- 

money  of  your  .  .     ...  ..  ....  ,.  ,, 

subjects,  he  is     mam  subditorum,  ent  corrupcio  regiminis,  et  odient  te  ultra  15 

an  evil  coun-  .  0.  ...  111  t«  r  1 

sdior.  modum.     bi  ergo  exponat  tibi  quod  habet,  et  dicat :   Hoc 

aii teha^tiek   est  quod  de  tua  gracia  et  dominio  tuo  adquisivi :  offerens 

ipsum  tibi,  iste  est  merito   comendandus   et   omni    laude 

dignus,  utpote  eligens  et  volens  confusionem  sui  ipsius  pro 

tua  gloria.  20 

ice  b.      Temptabis  eciam  bajulos  |  tuos  in  donis  et  muneribus 

ivy  them  also  by  faciendis.     Quern  ergo  illorum  videris  conari  et  intendere 

wards.  super  hiis  ultra  modum,  nullum  bonum  speres  in  eo.     Et 

Do  not  trust  the  ille  bajulus  qui  anelat  pecunie  acquirende,  et  ad  thesauros 

observandos,  non  confidas  in  eo,  quia  ejus  servicium  est  25 
propter  aurum,  et  dimittit  pecuniam  currere  cum  sensibus 
hominum,  et  est   profunditas s  sine  fundo,0  et  non  est  in 


avaricious 


1  que  est  trinitas  divina. 

2  hie  comprehendit  duo  luminaria,  scilicet  Solem  et  Lunam  sub 
numero  planetarum   cum  prius  magis  stricte  sumpsit  numerum  30 
planetarum. 

3  id  est,  septimane,  in  morbis  acutis  quorum  ultima  dies  est 
dies  crisis.     '  Peryodus '  vero  est  '  circuitus  '. 

4  id  est,  non  appreciatur  te.  5  scilicet,  cupiditatis. 

c  scilicet,  quod  quantum  plus  habet  tanto  plus  cupit.     Hie  est  35 
sensus  hominum,  ut  prius  dicit. 

10  Chapter  ci.  V. 


Hi 

eo  terminus  sive  finis,  quia  quanto  magis  crescit  pecunia 

crescit  intencio  acquirendi  et  sollicitudo.     Et  hoc  in  baiulo  «ho often  bring 

.  a  rea\m  to 

est  causa  corrupcionis  regni   multis  de  causis,  quia   forte  destruction, 
amor  pecunie  et  ardor  inducet  eum  ad  tuam  mortem  vel  ad 
5  ilium  qui  ad  hoc  intend  it. 

Et  ideo  conveniens  esset  quod  tuus  bajulus  non  elonga-  Do not  Iet  your 

°         counsellors  have 

retur  a  tua  presencia,  et  precipias  ei  quod  non  habeat  dealings  with 
tractatum  vel  frequenciam  cum  aliquo  regum  ex  regibus, 
et  non  legat1  eis  epistolam  nee  mittat  eis  nova.  Et  cum 
io  perceperis  talia,  muta  eos  sine  mora,2  quoniam  animi  veloces 
sunt  et  facile  declinant  ad  promissiones  et  contrarias  volun- 
tates.     Et  utilior  ex  bajulis  tuis  est  qui  magis  dilicnt  vitam  The  most  useful 

J  i  o  o  counsellor. 

tuam  et  obedienciam.  et  qui  magis  inducit  subditos  ad  tuum 
honorem  et  amorem,  et  qui  exponit  tibi  res  suas  et  |  per-  107  a. 
15  sonam  ad  placitum.  et  qui  habet  has  virtutes  et  mores  quos 
enumerabo. 

Capiiulum  .13.  de  specialibits  condicionibus.  sive  de  bonis 
moribus  et  virtutibus  optivii  bajuli. 

INprimis  oportet  quod  habeat  perfeccionem  membrorum  The  virtues  of 
1  *■  x  a  good  coun- 

que   conveniunt   operacionibus    pro   quibus   eligitur    et  ^eiior: 

(1)  perfect  in 

propter  que.  body, 

Secunda  bonitate  apprehensionis  et  voluntatem  ad  intelli-  fe)ci«*runder- 

~r  standing, 

gendum  id  quod  dicitur. 

Tercio  quod  sit  bone  memorie  ejus  quod  audit  et  appre-  f3)  good  memory, 
35  hendit,  ita  quod  nichil  tradat  oblivioni. 

Quarto   quod  sit  considerans  et  percipiens  quando   in-  W thooghtfui, 
greditur  difflcultas,  sicut  predixi. 

Quinto  quod  sit  curialis,  affabilis,  dulcis  lingue,  ita  quod  w  couniyand 

.  .  .  affable 

lingua  cordis  concordet  et  respondeat  cogitacioni,  sit  eciam 
3°  expedite  lingue  seu  eloquencie. 


id  est,  mittat. 

scilicet,  ad  prandia  et  dona  et  munera  et  honores. 


17  Chapter  cii.  V. 


10  muta]  invita  MS. 


142 


Sexto  quod  sit  penetrabilis  in  omni  sciencia,  et  precipue 
in  arte  arithmetica  que  est  ars  vcrissima  demonstrativa  qua 
attrahitur  natura.1 

Septimo  quod   sit   verax   in  verbis,  diligens   veritatem. 
fugiens  mendacium,  bone  composicionis  in  moribus  et  bone  5 
complexionis,  suavis  mansuetus  et  tractabilis. 

Octavo  quod  sit  sine  nota  crapule  et  ebrietatis  in  cibo  et 
potu,  et  sine  nota  coitus,  declinans  ludos  et  delectacionem. 

Nonum  est  quod  sit  magnanimus  in  proposito  et  diligens 
honorificenciam.  |  10 

Decimum  quod  aurum  et  argentum  et  cetera  accidentalia 
hujus  mundi  sint  contemptibilia  apud  ipsum,  et  non  sit  ejus 
propositum  nee  intencio  nisi  in  hiis  que  conveniunt  dignitati 
et  regimini,  et  quod  diligat  proximum  et  remotum. 

Undecimum  quod  diligat  et  amplectetur  justos  atque  15 
justiciam,  odio  habens  injuriam  et  offensam,  reddens  uni- 
cuique  quod  suum  est,  subveniens  oppressis  et  hiis  qui 
injuriam  paciuntur,  removens  penitus  omnem  injusticiam, 
nullam  penitus  faciens  differenciam  in  personis  et  gradibus 
hominum  quos  ~  Dcus  creavit  equales.  20 

Duodecimum  est  quod  sit  fortis  et  perseverantis  propositi 
in  hiis  que  sibi  videntur  agenda,  audax  sine  timore  vel 
pusillaminitate. 

(13)  economical.        Tercium  decimum  est  quod  sciat  omnes  exitus  expensa- 

rum,  et  non  lateat  eum  aliqua  utilitas  que  ad  ipsum  regnum  25 
spectat,    et    non    conquerantur    subditi    sui    aliquo   modo 
querimonie  nisi   in   permissis  casibus,  in  quibus  prodesse 
poterit. 

(14)  taciturn,  Ouartum  decimum  est  quod  non  sit  verbosus  vel  emittens 

multos  risus,  quia  temperancia  multum  placet  hominibus,  |  30 
108  a.  exhibens  se  curialiter  hominibus  et  benigne  tractans. 


(6)  skilled  in 
sciences, 

especially  arith- 
metic. 


(7)  truthful, 

(8)  sober, 

(9)  courageous, 

107  b. 

(10)  not  covetous, 


(11^  a  lover  of 
justice, 


(12)  strong  and 
persevering, 


1  scilicet,    intellectus   qui   omnia   reperit  numeris  distincta  et 
ordinata. 

2  homines. 


7  Altered  from  in  crapula  et  ebrietatc 


*43 

Ouintumdecimum    quod    sit    de   numero   non    utencium  d5)  keeping  open 

i-  •  •«  -ii      court  to  suitors. 

vinum  et  alia  xennia,  et  sit  curia  sua  patens  omnibus  ad- 
venientibus,  et  quod  sit  intendens  ad  explorandum  et  in- 
quirendum nova  de  omnibus,  confortans  subditos  et  corrigens 
5  opera  ipsorum,  consolando  eos  in  adversitatibus,  deferens 
quandoque  et  tollerans  illorum  simplicitatem. 

De  naturis  ct  condicionibus  hominis.  D 

Scias  ergo  quod  non  creavit  Deus  gfloriosus  creaturam  Man  unites «» 

.  .  ......  himself  all  the 

sapientiorem  nomine,  et  non  colhgit  in  aliquo  animali  quod  iualkiesof 

*  n  animals: 

10  in  eo  collegit.     Et  non  potes  reperire  in  aliquo  animalium 
consuetudinem  vel  morem  quern  non  invenies  in  homine. 
Quoniam  audax  est  ut  leo,  timidus  ut  lepus,  largus  ut  gallus,  Hon,  hare,  cock, 
avarus  ut  Jupus,  iracundus  ut  canis,  durus  et  hastutus  ut  w°>f>  dog,  crow, 
corvus,  durus  et  austerus  ut  cervus,  pius  ut  turtur.  maliciosus  deer>  turtledove, 

•  5  ut  leena,  privatus  et  domesticus  ut  columba,  versipellis  et  Iioness<dove>f<«, 
dolosus  ut  vulpis,  simplex  et  mitis  ut  agnus,  velox  et  agilis  lamb>  kid> 
ut  capriolus  vel  hinniculus,  tardus  et  piger  ut  ursus,  pre-  hear, 
ciosus  et  carus  ut  elephas,  vilis  et  stolidus  ut  asinus,  rebellis  elephant,  ass, 
et  parvus  1  ut  |  rex  vel  regulus,  obediens  et  humilis  ut  pavo,  Io8  b 

20  fatuus  ut  strucio,2  utilis  ut  apis,  dissolutus  et  vagabundus  wren,  peacock, 
ut  caper  (vel  aper),  indomitus  sicut  taurus,  mutus  ut  piscis,  tmuf^  ^Tl ,. 

•*■  '  goat,  bull,  fish, 

racionabilis  ut  angelus,  luxuriosus  ut  porcus,  maliciosus  ut  angei,  Pig,  owi, 
bubo,  utilis  sicut  equus,  nocivus  ut  mus.     Et  universaliter  horse,  mouse, 
non  reperitur  animal  aliquod  seu  vegetabile  seu  originate 
25  vel  minerale,  nee  celum  sive  planeta  nee  signum,  nee  aliquod 
ens  de  omnibus  entibus,  habens  aliquid  proprium,  quin  illud 
proprium  inveniatur  in  homine :  et  propter  hoc  vocatus  est  He  is  a  micro" 
minor  mundus. 


1  aliter,  pravus. 
32      2  quia  ponens  ova  sua  in  pulvere  obliviscitur  ea  aspiciendo  ad 
stellam   quandam  in   celo,    et   postea   cum   ea  invenit   fracta  et 
conculcata  pedibus  animalium,  dolet  et  luget  multum. 


7  Chapter  ciii.  V. 


1  non  utenciuml  mittencium  MS. 


144 

E  Capitnlum  .  1 4.  quod  non  est  confidendum  in  homine  altcrius 

legis,  vel  de  confidencia  in  homine  non  Jiabenda  nisi  sit  tite 
legis  ct  professionis. 

Have  no  trust  in    I  7  T  nunquam  speres  in  homine  qui  non   credit  legem 

misbelievers.  I — \  1  *■  *  ... 

J — /tuam.     Et  cave  ne  accidat  tibi  quod  accidit  duobus  5 
hominibus  qui  dicuntur  associati  fuisse  in  uno  itinere,  quorum 
The  tale  of  the    unus  erat  Magus  orientalis,  reliquus  vero  Judeus.     Magus 

Mage  and  the  .,  .  .    •    ..  ,         ,       .,  

jew,  equitavit  mulam    quam    nutnvit   ad    placitum    suum,  que 

who  met  on        portabat  universa  necessaria  sua  quibus  indigebat  viator. 

109  a.  Judeus  vero  incedebat  pedes  non  habens  |  cibum  nee  alia  10 
The  Mage  asked  necessaria.     Dum  ergo  confabularentur  adinvicem   in  via. 
law.  ew  dixit  Magus  Judeo  :  Que  est  lex  tua,  et  que  est  fides  tua  ? 

The  jew  said      Respondit  Judeus  :  Credo  quod  in  celo  unus  est  Deus  quern 

he  worshipped  1  i  • 

one  God,  and      adoro,  et  expecto  ab  eo  bonum  anime  mee  et  remunera- 

was  good  to  all  .....  .  .        ,  t^ 

j«-*ws,  cionem,  et   ulis  qui  conveniunt  mecum  in  lege  mea.     Jit  15 

fides  mea  et  credulitas  mea  est  quod  qui  discrepat  mecum 
and  kept  faith     in  fide  mea  et  lege  mea  licitum  est  mihi  tollere  sanguinem 

with  no  other  . 

sort  of  man.  suum,1  pecuniam  suam  et  accidens  suum,  id  est,  uxorem, 
parentes  et  genitores.  Insuper  maledictum  est  mihi  si 
servo  ei  fidem  vel  juvo  ipsum  in  aliquo  vel  facio  secum  20 
justiciam  vel  parco  ei.  Consequenter,  inquit  Mago,  de- 
monstravi  in  quid  tibi  legem  meam  et  fidem  meam,  redde 
ergo  me  certum  de  lege  et  fide  tua. 

The  Mage  said:       Cui    respondit    Magus  :    Fides  et  credulitas  et  lex  mea 

'  I  do  harm  to  no  m  ...  /- 1  •  •  • 

creature  of  God ;  hee  sunt.     Inprimis,  volo  mihi  ipsi  bonum  et  filns  generis  25 
mei,  et  nolo  alicui  creature  Dei  malum,  neque  sequentibus 
legem  meam  neque  discrepitantibus  mecum  in  eadem.     Et 
credo  equitatem  et  misericordiam  servandam  cuilibet  viventi) 

if  any  living  man  et  nulla  injuria  placet  mihi.    Videtur  eciam  mihi  si  quid  mali 

is  hurt,  it  is  an  ......  .  ...       .  . 

evil  to  me,         accidat  alicui  vivencium,  quod  lllud  malum  me  contingat  et  3° 
109  b.  me  conturbet.     Affecto  eciam  |  prosperitatem  et  sanitatem 
et  incolumitatem  et  felicitatem  accidere  omnibus  hominibus 
universaliter. 


1  id  est,  vitam  suam. 
1   Chapter  civ.  V. 


H5 

Tunc,  dixit  ei  Judeus  :  Ouid  si  injuria  vel  offcnsa  fiat  tibi  ?  and  if  he  hurts 
t  .         "  .  me'  Cod wl" 

Cui  Magus  :    Scio   quod  in   celo    est    Deus  Justus,  bonus,  reward  ail  men. 

et  sapiens,  cui  nichil  est  occultum,  nichil  secretum,  nichil 

penitus  celatum    de  hiis  que  latent   in  suis  creaturis,  qui 

5  remunerat    bonos    juxta    bonitates    suas,    malos    vero    et 

transgressores  punit  juxta  transgressiones  suas. 

Cui  Judeus  :  Ouare  ergo  non  servas  legem  tuam,  ut  quid  The  jew  said: 

r  m  r  i  -\ir  ...      '  Why  do  you 

non  connrmas  openbus  tuis  ndem  tuam  ?     Magus  inquid  :  notgivemea 

r\  r         t  i—     •  t^  r-  r'c'e  s'nce  I  am 

(Juomodo  net  hoc?    Cui  Judeus  :  Kcce  ego  sum  de  filiis  tui  weary?' 
io  generis,  et  tu  vides  me  ambulare  pedes  fatigatum  famelicum, 
et  tu  es  eques  saturatus  et  quietus.     Cui  Magus :  Veritas 
est  hec :  et  descendens  de  mula  aperuit  manticam  suam,  et 
cibavit  eum  ac  potavit,  deinde  fecit  eum  equitare  equitaturam. 

Postquam  vero  Judeus  bene  firmavit  se  in  equitando,  et  when  the  jew 
iojunxerit    calcaria    festinando,   relinquendo   Magum.     Tunc  off,  leaving  the 

.r  ,.  -r^  .  Mage  in  the 

cepit  vociferare  et  dicere  :  Kxpecta  me,  quia  confusus  sum  desert. 
valde.     Judeus  vero  di[cebat :    Nonne  indicavi  tibi  legem  no  a. 
meam  et  ejus  condicionem,  et  ego  volo  similiter  confirmare 
earn  1.     Tunc  festinabat  Judeus  mulam,  et  Magus  sequens 

20  vestigia  ejus  inquid :  O  Judee,  noli  me  derelinquere  in  hoc 
deserto  ne  forte  interficiar  a  leonibus,  et  moriar  male  fame 
et  dolorosa  siti.  Age  ergo  misericorditer  mecum  sicut  ego 
tecum.  Judeus  vero  non  respiciebat  retro  nee  intendebat 
dictis  suis,  nee  cessavit  donee  latuit  visum  ejus, 

2r      Quando  ergo    Magus   desperatus    fuit   de   succursu,   re- The  Mage  called 

,  r  .        .  -  .     .  .  on  God,  the 

cordatus  est  perieccionis  sue  legis  et  fidei  sue,  et  ejus  quod  rightful  judge : 
dixerat  Judeo,  videlicet  quod  in  celo  est  Deus  Justus  judex, 
cui  nichil  est  occultum,  et  nichil  secretum  in  creaturis  suis 
latet.     Dirigens  ergo  capud  suum  ad  celum  dixit :  Deus 
oo  meus,  tu  nosti  quia  credidi  in  te,  in  tua  lege,  in  tuis  man- 

datis,  sanctificavi  te  sicut  perpendisti :  confirma  ergo  apud  'Confirm my 

11  or-  praise  of  Thee  to 

Judeum  laudem  meam  in  te.     Hiis  dictis,  non  multum  ierat  th'sjew.' 
Magus,  et  ecce  invenit  Judeum  prostratum  et  dejectum  de  Soon  he  found 

the  Jew  in  evil 
. case. 

1  ipsam. 


16  confusus]  fessus  V. 

1590  L 


146 

nob.  mula,  confracta  tibia  et  leso  collo.  Mula  vero  stabat  ex 
opposito  a  remotis,  que  videns  Magum  novit  dominum 
suum  et  accessit  ad  ipsum  propter  nutrituram  suam.  Equi- 
tans  ergo  Magus  mulam  ipsam  et  derelinquens  Judeum  in 
periculo  mortis  et  doloribus,  recedebat.   Judeus  vero  clama-  5 

The  jew  asked  bat :  Bone  frater,  pro  Deo  habe  misericordiam  de  me,  quia 
contractus  sum  et  morior,  et  indigeo  pietate ;  miserere  et 
observa  legem  tuam,  quia  contulit  tibi  victoriam  qua  super- 

The  Mage  re-  asti  me.  Tunc  cepit  ipsum  Magus  increpare :  Tu  male 
lhim"        peccasti    in   me,  derelinquisti    me   sine   misericordia.     Cui  10 

The  jew  said:     Judeus  :    Noli  me  reprehendere  de  re  preterita,  quia  tibi 

obe^edemyy  ostendi  quod  hec  est  lex  mea  et  fides  mea  in  quibus  nutritus 
sum,  et  inveni  parentes  meos  et  senes  antiquos  in  hac  lege 
perseverantes. 

The  Mage  had        Tunc  misertus  est  ejus  Magus,  et  portavit  eum  post  se  15 

mercy  on  him  ^onec  perveniret  ad  locum  destitutum  \  et  ipsum  tradidit 
genti  sue,  qui  post  dies  aliquos  exspiravit.     Audiens  ergo 

and  was  brought  rex  iHius  civitatis  opera  illius  Magi,  fecit  eum  vocari  ad  se, 

to  great  honour.  r  °   ' 

in  a.  et  constituit  eum  bajulum  |  suum  propter  opera  pia  et 
bonitatem  legis  sue.  -o 

Laudes  Deo,  et  finis  hujus  est. 

F  Capitulum  .15.  de  eleccione  hominum  prudencium  et  fidc- 

lium   ad  scribenda  gesta   et  dicta  regis,  sive  de  scriptore 
secret  or  tint  cligendo. 

The  choice  of      /^~\Portet  te  eligere  ad  scribenda  secreta  tua  opera  viros  pru-  25 
showsdtheCkinag-s  ^-Aientes  qui  sunt  -  forcius  signum  et  validius  argumentum 
wlt'  ad  ostendendum  quantitatem  tui  intellectus  et  subtilitatem 

tue   cogitacionis,   quoniam    significacio    sive    interpretacio 
sermonis  est  spiritus  ejus  et  dicciones  sunt  corpus,  scriptura 
vero  sermonis  vestimentum.      Sicut  ergo  oportet  te  esse  30 
virum  spiritualem  pulcri  aspectus  et  ornatum,  ita  decet  quod 


destinatum.  2  vel,  habent. 


22  Book  V,  Chapter  cv.  V. 


25  Oportet]  Eportet  MS. 


147 

tu  eligas  de  scribis  seu  scriptoribus  qui  habeant  hanc  per- 
feccionem  in  eloquencia  ornata  et  in  recordacione  subtili,  et  He  should  be 

•  •  •  *  •       ■  elo'iuent. 

sicut   tuam  ipse  interpretatur  voluntatem,   et   constituitur 
super  tuis  secretis  et  occultis,  ita  oportet  quod  sit  bone 
5  fidei    fidelis  cognicionis   in    tua    voluntate   et   in    universis  faithful, 
operibus  tuis,  et  quod  intendat  tuo  comodo  et  honori  sicut 
oportet.     Quod   si   non  est   talis,  corrumpet    honorem    et 
veritatem  et  voluntatem  tuorum  factorum  et  dictorum.    Et 
oportet  quod  sit  cautus  et  precavens  in  operibus  suis,  ne  and  cautious, 
io  quis  ingrediatur  et  respiciat  secreta  scripta.     Et  condecet 
quod  tu  rejmuneres  opera  sua  juxta  servicium  tibi  exhibitum,  1 1 1  b. 
et  juxta  terminum  imposicionis  tue  voluntatis  ut  sit  sollicitus  Reward  him 
in  tuo  regimine.    Pone  ergo  ipsum  in  gradu  renumeracionis 
tue,  quia  ejus  Veritas  tua  est,  et  ejus  corrupcio  tua  est. 

15      Capitithim  .16.  de  eleccione  nunciorum  dignorum.  G 

SCias  eciam  quod  nuncius  seu  missus  demonstrat  sapien-  Ambassadors  arc 
.....  .  ,  tne  king's  eyes, 

ciam  mittentis,  et  ejus  est  oculus  in  hns  que  non  videt,  ears,  and  tongue 

...  ..  ..  .  in  his  absence. 

et  ejus  auns  in  hns  que  non  audit,  et  lingua  ejus  in  ejus 

absencia.     Oportet  ergo  eligere  digniorem  ex  hiis  qui  sunt  Their  quaiifka- 

1  1  1-1  tl0ns- 

20  m  tua  presencia,  sapientem,  prudentem  et  nonorabilem,  con- 

siderantem,   fidelem,   declinantem   seu    fugientem    omnem 

turpitudinem   seu   culpam.     Et   si  invenias  ipsum  talem,  The  choice  of  an 

-  .....  ..  .  ambassador. 

voca  eum  et  confer  cum  eo  de  hns  in  quibus  nescit  tuum 

velle,  et  tunc  percipies  si  est  in  eo1  id  quod  queritur,  quia 

25  forte  ipse  non  est  juxta  hoc,  set  forte  hec  intencio  est  in 

alio.     Et  si  non  est  sic  in  hac  determinacione,  sit  ad  minus  -V  worst> let 

him  be  a  faithful 

secretarius  fidelis,  Justus,  nichil  addens  vel  diminuens  de  messenger. 
hiis  in  quibus  est  missus,  et  quod  sit  custodiens  mandatum 
tuum,  et  intendens  de  hiis  que  audit  ex  responsione  sibi 
30  facta.  I  Si  ergo  non  inveneris  eum  talem,  sit  fidelis  tamen  112  a. 
deferens  litteras  tuas  ei  ad  quern  mittuntur,  et  referens  atque 
reportans  responsionem.    Et  si  de  aliquo  nunciorum  tuorum  Be  not  served  by 

1  ipso. 


15  Book  VI,  Chapter  cvi.  V.     The  MS.  chapter  heading  adds   •  et  nota 
illud  capitulum  sicut  alia  omnia'. 

L  2 


14« 


covetous  am- 
l.r\s~adors, 


or  drunkards. 


Do  not  send 
great  nobles  on 
embassies. 


Degrade 
covetous  am- 
bassadors. 


perpenderis  sollicitum  et  attentum  pecunie  adquirende  vcl 
colligende  de  locis  ad  que  mittitur,  respue  eum  penitus, 
quia  non  mittitur  tuo  comodo. 

Nee    mittas   nuncium   qui    diligit  vinum   et  se  inebriat, 
quoniam  Perses  in  adventu  nuncii  instant  penes  ipsum  ut  5 
bibat  vinum  habundanter,  quod  si  superflue  biberit  cogno- 
scunt  quod  dominus  ejus  minus   erat   sapiens.      Cave   ne 
mittas  nuncium  tuum  majorem  bajulum,  nee  permittas  eum 
elongari  a  tuo  conspectu,  quoniam  hoc  est  destruccio  tui 
regni.1     Oualitates  ergo  nunciorum  tuorum,  laudes  et  im-  10 
properia  eorum  denunciavi  tibi  et  ordinaciones  eorundem, 
et  qualiter  cognoscuntur  in  infidelitate  et  bona  fide.    Ouando 
ergo  nuncius  non  invenitur  talis,  set  hanelat  donis  et  retri- 
bucionibus,  et  prodit  te  de  hiis  que  injuncta  sunt  ei,  et 
inventus  fuerit  diminutus  in  regimine  tuo,  non  impono  tibi  15 
mensuram  pene  sibi  injungende  2  vel  infligende. 


H  112  b.  Capituhnn  .17.  dc  regimine  \  sive gubernacione  subditorum. 
sive  de  snbditis  regendis  et  defendendis,  et  de  prepositis  super 
eos  constituendis,  sive  de  pmdencia  regis  circa  subditos? 


Subjects  are  the 
wealth  of  the 
realm. 

They  are  like  an 
orchard. 


J  Am  novisti  quod  subditi  sunt  pecunie  domus  tue,  id  est.  20 
thesaurus  tuus,  quibus  confirmatur  tuum  regnum.  Equi- 
para,  ergo,  subditos  tuos  viridario  in  quo  sunt  genera  diversa 
arborum  fructiferarum,  et  non  habeas  eos  sicut  gramina 
nascencia  que  reddunt  absinthium  et  tribulos  et  nichil 
generant  fructuosum,  quoniam  arbores  habent  in  se  multos  H 


1  quia  absencia  talis  persone  infert  dampna  regno  et  posset 
eciam  mala  componere  pacta  cum  hiis  ad  quos  ivit. 

2  set  ultra  omnem  modum  puni  eum. 

3  Documentum  illud  sive  istius  capituli  stat  in  hoc  quod  rex  per 
bajulos  et  alios  ministros  ordinet  regnum  suum  sicut  antiquitus  30 
ordinate  sunt  civitates  et  regna,  ut,  scilicet,  nullus  in  regno  sit 
ociosus  set  occupatus,  et  quod  nullus  sit  inutilis,  set  utiliter  vacet 
officiis  et  operibus,  vel  militaribus  vel  agriculture  vel  mechanicis 
operibus  vel  mercacionibus  vel  judiciis  et  conservacionibus  juris  et 
pacis,  et  artes  male  excludantur  et  ociosi  et  latrones  et  hujusmodi.  35 


17  Book  VII,  Chapter  cvii.  V. 


149 

palmites  et  ramos  et  truncos  erectos,  quedam  habent1 
fructum  et  semen  utile  ad  multiplicacionem  sui  generis 
cum  bene  coluntur  et  reguntur.  Juxta  potestatem  tui 
thesauri  est  durabilitas  et  defensio  tui  regni  et  tue  potencie. 
5      Oportet  ergo  ut  bene  regantur  subditi  et  quod  in  tend  as  Give  good  heed 

.  ......  to  their  wants. 

eorum  necessitatibus  et  quod  removeas  injunas  ab  eisdem, 
et  quod  nunquam  tedeat  te  superintendere  eorum  condicioni- 
bus,  et  inquirere  de  hiis  quibus  indigent.  Habeas  ergo  unum 
solum  prepositum  a  te  constitutum  |  qui  non  intendat  ad  113  a. 
10  destruccionem  arborum  set  ad  conservacionem,  qui  pre- 
positus  bene  sit  dispositus,  morigeratus,  longanimis,  sapiens, 
paciens.     Qui  si  non  est  talis  corda  subditorum  rebellant  Bad  governance 

.    .  .  .  causes  rebellion. 

ejus  regimini  et  corrumpentur  per  ipsum  cogitaciones  que 
erant  pure. 
15      Noli  multiplicare  dispensatores  in  expensis  tuis  faciendis  Do  not  multiply 

useless  officials  : 

quia  per  hoc  ingredietur  corrupcio  super  te.  Quia  quilibet 
eorum  intendit  superare  comparem  suum  in  corrupcione 2 
sui  corporis,  et  conabitur  se  ostendere  fidelem  et  utilem 
tibi  in  tuorum  oppressionibus  subditorum,  et  hoc  facit  they  win  oppress 
20  quilibet  bajulorum  ut  in  officio  ad  quod  fuit  deputatus 
diucius  perseveret.  Et  multi  tales  sunt  qui  unum  dicunt 
et  aliud  faciunt,  et  multos  corrumpunt  ut  eos  manuteneant 
et  defendant. 

Capitulum  .18.  de  proceribus  et  or  dine  sive  ordinacione 

25  eorum  pro  bello,  sive  de  disposicione  et  numero  procerum  sen, 

militiim   in   regimine    regni  et   in   tempore   belli,  sive  de 

disposicione  ductoris  sui  et  de  accione  bellatorum  ipsorum 

inferiorum. 

PRoceres  sunt  addicio  et  multiplicacio  regni,  et  per  ipsos  The  utility  of  the 
honoratur  curia  et  ordinatur  regnum  in  gradibus  suis.  r'eaim.0  ' 
Optima  ergo  ordinacio  est  necessaria  in  eorum  gradibus  et 
disposicionibus,  ut  non  lateat  te  propinqui  condicio  et  remoti 


1  et  ita  debet  fieri  in  subditis  regni. 

2  aliter,  in  correpciont;  sui  comparis  (vel  operis). 


15  Chapter  cviii.  V.  24  Book  VIII,  Chapter  cix.  V. 


i5° 

ii3  b.  de  numero  ipsorum.     Hec  est  necessaria  ordinacio  |  in  pro- 
positus et  numero  qui  dicitur  et  refertur  ad  numerum  ' 
Have  them  in     sub  numero.     Dico  ergo  ordinacionem  quadruplicem  nc- 

a  fourfold  ordi-  .  .  ....      _,     ,  , 

nance,  cessanam  esse,  quoniam  quilibet  locus  in  terra  est  quadru- 

iike  space  or  the  plex   in  ejus  dififerencia,  scilicet,   retro  et  ante,  dextra  et  5 

sinistra,  et  sic  sunt  species  mundi  similiter  quatuor,  oriens 

occidens  meridies  et  septentrio.  Sit  igitur  cuilibet  prece- 
01,  if  not  four,     ptorum  2  quarta  pars  regni  in  ejus  regimine,  et  si  vis  plures, 

ant   decern,    quoniam    decern    et   quatuor   sunt    perfecta ; 

quoniam  in  denario  est  unum  et  duo  et  tres  et  quatuor,  si  10 
Ten  is  a  perfect   ergo  colligeris  hec,  faciunt  decern.     Decennarius  numerus 

est  perfeccio   eorum  que  complectuntur   quaternarium   et 

circumdabunt  in  numeris. 
Let  each  chief         Sequantur   ergo   quemlibet    preceptorem    .x.   vicarii,    et 
natees.tensubordl  sequantur  quemlibet  vicarium  ductores  .x.,  et   quemlibet  15 

ductorem  .x.  decani,  et  sequantur  quemlibet  decanum  .x. 

homines,  omnes 3  ergo  homines  sunt4  in  universo  centum 
How  to  summon  milia  pugnatorum.  Ouando  ergo  indiges  servicio  .x.  milium 
thousand?  "      virorum,  convocari  precipies  ad   expedicionem  faciendam 

preceptorem  unum,  et  sequantur  ipsum  .x.  vicarii,  et  venient  20 

cum  quolibet  vicario  .x.  ductores,  et  cum  quolibet  ductore 
114  a.  .x.  decani,  |  qui  sunt  mille,  et  venient  cum  quolibet  decano 

.x.  homines  pugnatores,  faciunt  ergo  in  summa  .x.  milia 
How  to  summon  pugnatores.     Et  si  indigeas  mille  bellatoribus,  precipies  uni 

one  thousand,  .  .  ,  ,  ... 

vicanorum  et  venient  cum  eo  .x.  ductores,  et  cum  quolibet  25 
ductore  .x.  decani,  et  cum  quolibet  decano  .x.  pugnatores, 

or  a  hundred,  sunt  ergo  in  summa  mille  bellatores.  Et  si  indigeas  centum 
bellatoribus,  precipies  uni  ductorum  ut  cum  eo  veniant  .x. 
decani,  et  cum  quolibet  decano  .x.  pugnatores,  qui  omnes 

or  ten.  faciunt  centum.     Et  si  indigeas  .x.  bellatoribus  vel  prelia-  30 

toribus  precipies  uni  decano  et  venient  cum  (eo)  .x.  bella- 
tores. 

By  this  means         In  hoc  ergo  parcetur  tibi  in  expensis  et  victualibus,  et 

your  expense  .  .  . 

win  be  lessened,  alleviabens  et  consequens  quod  desideras  in  proposito  tuo, 

1  sicut  postea  exponit,  ut  decern  homines  sub  uno  decano  etc.    35 

2  id  est,  eorum  qui  precipiunt. 

3  scilicet,  in  istis  numeris.  *  apti  ad  bellum. 


i5i 

et  diminuetur  labor  tuus  in  proceribus  tuis,  quoniam  quilibet 
eorum  reget  .x.  inferiores  se  in  gradu  suo,  et  sic  alleviabitur 
opus  in  eis:  et  preceptor  tuus  immediatus1  sit  callidus  et 
prudens  disponen 

5      De  scriba  bono  dando  proceribus. 

Et  necessarium  est  proceribus  habere  scribam  sapientem  GivVheraa 

1  A  good  secretary. 

sagacem  fidelem  considerantem  appro|batum  in  milicia,  ne  114  b. 
valeant  proceres  corrumpi  denariis.  Inquiras  igitur  dili-  fTl\tr01^ of 
genter  cogitaciones  eorum,  et  quando  percipies  aliquid  tale 
10  \el  aliquem  talem,  remove  eum,  et  collige  eos  ostendens  eis 
quod  in  remocione  sua  providisti  eis.  Oportet  ergo  te  esse 
tractabilem  curialem  non  contemptorem  quorundam  propter 
alios. 

De  instrumento  bellico  excercitum  coadunante  et  de  forma 
ls  cjusdem  instruments 

Et  oportet    te    tecum  habere  illud  instrumentum  quod  Thehorno(" 

x  battle  of  Temi- 

tecit  Temistius  ad  opus  excercitus  ad  nocendum,  et  est  in-  stius: 
strumentum  terribile  quod  dividitur  multis  modis,2quia  forte 
oportebit  te  vocare  totam  provinciam  tuam  et  regnum  tuum, 
20  et  congregare  subito  proceres  tuos  bellatores  tuos  in  eadem 
die  vel  cicius,  vel  aliquo  modo  prout  indiget  excercitus 
magnus  et  numerosus,  nam  hujus  instrumenti  sonus 
auditur  per  miliaria  sexaginta.  Hoc  est  cornu  eneum 
artificio  mirabili  fabricatum,  quo  ex  .lx.  miliariis  tempore  it  «in  summon 

your  men  for  60 

2r  belli  suum  excercitum  convocabat,  et  regebatur  cornu  sexa-  miles  round. 
ginta  hominibus  propter  sui  magnitudinem  et  inestimabilem 
artificium,  et  verisimile  est  quod  multa  metallorum  reso- 
nancium  genera  in  ejus  composicione  concurrebant,  et  hec 
est  forma  cornu. 


30      *  tibi,  scilicet,  qui  est  primus  et  similiter  omnes  alii,  vel  inme- 
diatus  cuilibet  gradui. 

2  bene  dico  oportet  te  habere  illud  instrumentum. 

14  Chapter  ex.  V. 


152 

V"  Capituhim  .19.  de  rcge  in  bello,  et  de  aliis   que   debent 

115  a.  attendi  in  bello,  scilicet,  de  niodo  \  in  bellis  tcnendo,  sive  de 
regiminc  bellatorum  ct  forma  aggredienciwn  helium  ct  provo- 
cacionibus  eorundem. 

Do  not  risk  your-  1\T  OH  frequentare  bella  ct  exponere  te  et  animam  tuam  5 
ttie.  1  \|  eis  ;  frequenta  tamen  consilia  majorum  qui  sunt  intima 
vicaria  tua,  et  non  occupes  te  in  hiis  in  quibus  occupantur 
(vel  utuntur)  victi  vel  vituperati  congressionibus  bellorum. 
Non  temptabis  neque  frequentabis  prelia  in  propria  persona, 
set  teneas  majores  circa  te,  ne  occuperis  (vel  vaces)  circa  ea  10 
quibus  detinentur   presumptuosi  et  audaces   in  congrega- 

The  object  of      cionibus  (vel  in  congressionibus),  quia  certissimum  est  quod 

battle  is  to  de-  V  .  . 

stroy  the  king,  nunquam  convenit  (vel  contendit)  rex  cum  rege  quin 
alter  illorum  machinatus  sit  in  destruccione  alterius,  et  hoc 
inventum  est  in  natura.1  15 

Scias  ergo  quod  victoria  est  ex  corpore  et  anima  con- 
surgens  (vel  proveniens)  ex  duobus  oppositis  2  repugnanti- 

Thehopeof       bus.     Est  ergo  spiritus  eorum  spes  et  fiducia  victorie  regis 

victory  sustains  .  o  ... 

war.  utnusque,0  quorum  corpus  est  conjunccio  utnusque  partis. 

Ouando  ergo  non  incidit  spes  victorie,  de  seipsis  moriuntur4  20 
115  b.  et   cessant  prelia.     Et  |  perdurat  prelium  quamdiu    durat 
perseverancia  in  spe  superandi  partem  quamlibet  utriusque. 
Keep  up  the       Sit  ergo  conatus  tuus  et  intencio  tua  in  durabilitate,  in 

spirits  of  your  .  .  .  .  ...  . 

men.  perseverancia  tui,  et  in  stabilitate  et  sustentacione  illorum 

qui  sunt  tui  generis.     Et  noli  vilipendere  personas  eorum  »5 
quasi   contemptor,   set    collige   verba    eorum    (seu    recipe 


Example  of  bees.  1  Scilicet,  in  regibus  apum,  quia  reges  apum  txeunt  cum 
examinibus  suis  sive  excercitibus  in  pugnam  et  fortissime  pugnant 
donee  unus  excercitus  vincatur,  et  ita  est  in  multis  aliis  animalibus. 

2  id  est,   regibus  vel  ducibus  contrariis  duorum  excercituum.  30 
Wit  dicere  quod  victoria  fit  ex  duobus  ;  unum  est  spes  et  fiducia 
superandi  adversarium,  et  hoc  vocat  animam  methaphorice,  aliud 
est  conjunccio  excercituum  corporalis,  et  hoc  vocat  corpus. 

3  ex  utrolibet.  4  id  est,  non  fiunt. 


1   Book  IX.  Chapter  cxi.  V. 


16  victoria]  invidia  V 


*53 

familiariter)  promitte  eis  donaria  et  honores,  et  solve  pro- 
missa. 

Scias  eciam  quod  non  oportet  te  in  excercitu  incidere  ^jwys 
nisi  togatum  vel  loricatum,  ita  quod  si  subito  inveniaris  sub 
5  inimico  querente  te.     Sit  tota  sollicitudo  tua  vel  prudencia 
in  premunicione  tui  ipsius,  scilicet,  in  armis  et  custodibus  et 
exploratoribus.      Et   necessaria   est   vigilancia   in   quolibet  and  on  the 

.  watch. 

tempore  noctis  et  diei.     Et  noli  castrametin  nisi  in   loco 
vicino  monti  vel  conjuncto  ei  vel  juxta  aquis.     Et  defer  camp  near  water. 
10  victualia  tecum  multa  quamvis  non  indigeas  totidem.     Et 

multiplicamachinasdiscurrentes.et  voces  horribiles.quoniam  Frighten  your 

1  enemies. 

hec  sunt  fortitudo  et  virtus  eorum  qui  tecum  sunt  et  dura- 

bilitas  ad1  eorum  |  propositum,  et  timor  ac  divisio  inimicis.  "6  a. 

Et  utere  in   tuis   proceribus  diversis  ^eneribus  armorum  :  Use  ail  kinds  of 

....      arms- 
Is  quidam  tantum  utantur  missibilibus  et  sagittis  (quidam  in 

acie  et  in  turba,  alii  vero  deputati)  ad  discurrendum.     Et 

quando  venerit  acies  ad  preliandum,  mitte  cum  eis  formam 

speciosissimam  et  turres  ligneas  in  quibus  sint  armati  sagit- 

tarii  mittentes  missibilia  ardencia.    Et  si  videris  eos  trepidos 

20  vel  deficientes,  confirma  corda  eorum  et  inducas  ad  perse- 
veranciam. 

Item,  ordina  acies  tuas  sicut  premisimus  et  ut  sequetur.  The  order  of 
Constitue  ergo  ad  dexteram  genus  percuciencium  et  agre- 
diencium,  ad  sinistrum  vero  genus  lanceatorum,  et  in  corde 

.'5  seu  in  medio  genus  mittencium  faces  ardentes  et  jacencium 
seu  sagittancium  et  sonancium  voces  horribiles  et  faciendum 
motus  diversos.    Et  sit  semper  supereminens  locus  ubi  cum  Take  the  higher 

r  r  ground. 

adversariis    preliaberis :    ipsi  vero    quando    percipient    hoc 
instabunt,  et  cum  instancia  conabuntur. 
30      Cave  ergo  tunc  prodicionem,  et  precipue  tunc  cum  tuQS™j^for 
videris  vacillantes.     Et  ad  illam  partem  quam  videris  |  in  n6b. 
adversariis   vacillantem,    versus   illam    dirige   acies    atque 
bellum,  et   cum    omnibus   hiis   perseveranciam    frequenta, 
quia  hoc  est  de  originalibus  victorie.     Unde  dicitur  quod  Xonearecon- 

....  .    .  .  .  quered  before 

zs  victoria  non  provenit  de  ahquibus,  nisi  pnus  vincantur  pu-  they  are  afraid, 
sillanimitate    cordium   in    semetipsis,   et   per    ingressionem 
1  aliter,  ac. 


154 

affectus  l  super  eos.    Insuper  multiplica  insidias  et  constituc 
insidiatores   cum  sonis  terribilibus,  quia    sunt  de  numero 
superancium  et  vincencium. 
Have  plenty  of        Et  est  quedam  cautela  perducens  ad  propositum  unum 

food  and  drink  ..  .  ,.  ,,  .  . 

in  reserve.         ex    fundamentis   prehorum,    et    habeas    loca    determinata  5 
parata  in   aliquo  locorum   excercitus   ad  succurendum  in 
potibus  et  aliis  necessariis,  et  ad  conservandum  proceres 
tuos.     Multiplica  eciam  animalia  portancia  municiones  et 

Elephants  ami     castra  pugnancia,  utpote  elephantes,  quia  sunt  valde  terri- 

dromedaries.  ......  ,  ...  ., 

biles,  et  animalia  velocissima  utpote  dromedanos,  in  quibus  10 

est  spes  fuge  in  necessitate  et  quasi  castrum. 
Aniuery  Si  vero  debes  pugnare  in  castella2,  utere   instrumentis 

proicientibus   lapides,   utpote    machinis,   et   multiplica   ea 
117  a.  juxta  modum  instantis  necessitatis  |  ad  hoc  ;  et  eciam  utere 
and  poisoned      instrumentis  penetrantibus  et  jac(i)entibus  sagittas,  et  pila  15 

habeas  venenata.    Et  si  venire  poteris  ad  fontem  vel  locum 
Poison  the  «eiis.  unde  inimici  hauriunt  aquas  potabiles,  infunde  in  illis  locis 

diversa   venena    corrumpencia   et    tunc    inimicis    effodias 

sepulturas. 
Persevere.  Observa  in  omnibus  perseveranciam,  quia  res  est  valde  2c 

Do  not  pursue     commendabilis  et  res  faciens  ad  propositum.     Et  nunquam 

the  fugitives.  x 

Always  try  to     sequaris  fugientem.     Et  noli  festinare  in  tuis  operibus.     Et 

find  traitors  .  ..  ..  ....  .  ..    . 

among  your       si  possibile  est  tiDi,  sint    universa   opera  tua   prodiciones 

enemies,  ....  .  .  _,  ,  .-. 

inimicis  et  circumvenciones.    Observa  ergo  hoc,  et  ita  lacies 
especially  quod  bellum  sit  ultimum  opus  tuum.quia  progenies  Indorum  35 

Indians.  .  . 

et  genus  indie  sunt  homines  proditores  et  circumventores, 
Persians  Turks,  et  non  est  eis  hoc  obprobrium.     Perses  vero  et  Turci  et 

and  Parthians  L 

are  different.  Parthi  unus  populus  est,  quia  Parthos  constat  Getas  fuisse, 
quorum  Amazones  fuerunt  uxores ;  sunt  homines  animosi 
valde  et  presumpcionis  magne.     Pugna  ergo  cum  qualibet  3c 

change  your      ex  hiis  eo  modo  quo  convenit  ad  opus  tuum.     Minimum 

methods  for  each  A 

enemy,  non  facias  esse  magnum,  et  non  prevenias  postponendis  '. 

117  b.  Et  sint  opera  tua  in  manifesto  et  occulto  juxta   modum 

1  scilicet,  timoris  et  desperacionis. 

2  vel,  in  castellatos.  ,- 

3  preponendum. 


27  Turci]  cuti  32  non  /»-.]  vero  MS. 


*55 

premissum,  et  juxta  historiam  et  qualitates  seu  disposicioncs  and  by  counsel 
sciencie  astrorum,  sicut  docui  prius.1 


Capitulum .  20.  de  eleccione  tcmporis pro  bellis  agredieiitibus.  L 

OUando  ergo  vis  consequi  firmitatem  propositi  ex  d is-  to  ensure  suc- 
°  *  *        x  cess  Leo  must 

posicione  supracelestium,  constitue  ascendentem  -  seu  be  in  the  ascen- 

<*W  r  r  dant,  and  the 

orientem  in  Leone,  et  tempera3  Lunam  vel  dominacionem  Moon  in  good 

'  *  aspect  with  -Mars. 

ejus  quod  sit  in  bono  loco  ex  ascendente,  et  statue  dominum 
ascendentis 4  in  domibus  Martis,  et  non  omittas  visionem  ] 
Martis  sive  triplicitate.0     Et  considera  tunc  omnem  opera-  118  a. 
10  cionem  cujus  naturam  et  materiam  vis  habere  ex  planetis  et 

1  Nota   hie  historiam   Amazonum,    quarum    viri    fuerunt    de  The  story  of  the 
Scythia  et  Scythe,  et  hec  regio  est  ultra  Alemaniam  ad  aquilonem  Amazons- 
extensa  longitudine  ad  fines  orientis  ultra  flumen  Tanaim  quod 

currit  inter  Europam  et  Asiam  Majorem.  De  Scythia  ergo  circa 
15  flumen  Tanaim  venerunt  gentes  que  nunc  vocantur  Gothii,  et 
duces  eorum  fuerunt  duo  juvenes  regii,  et  fraude  magnatum 
fuerunt  expulsi  de  regno.  Qui  colligentes  magnam  multitudinem 
juvenum  pecierunt  partes  Asie  et  tandem  Europe  cum  uxoribus 
suis  et  omnibus  bonis,  et  oppresserunt  multas  gentes.  Quibus 
20  tamen  tandem  mortuis,  uxores  occiderunt  omnes  viros  suos  et 
arma  capientes  invaserunt  vicinas  gentes  subjugantes  eas.  Et 
quia  noluerunt  habere  viros  de  suis,  pecierunt  certo  anni  tempore 
concubitus  a  vicinis  gentibus  subjugatis,  et  omnes  filios  suos 
occiderunt,  filias  tantum  reservantes,  quarum  mammas  sinistras 
2=  absciderunt  ab  infancia,  et  ideo  dicte  sunt  Amazones,  id  est,  sine 
mamma.  Et  hoc  fecerunt  propter  usum  sagittandi.  Que  occupa- 
verunt  naciones  multas  per  circiter  mille  annos  usque  tempus 
Alexandri  Magni  et  Aristotilis  et  ultra. 

2  id  est,  quod  Leo  sit  in  ascendente. 
30      3  aliter,  repara. 

4  scilicet,  Solem,  quia  domus  Solis  est  Leo. 

5  Triplicitas  Martis  habet  tria  signa,  scilicet,  Arietem  et  Leonem  The  tripiicity  of 
et  Sagittarium,  quia  sunt  signa  calida,  et  est  triplicitas  una  dignita- 

turn  planete,  ut  in  principio  libri  expositum  est.     Item,  domus  what  u  the 

*       ,         '  ,         ,       .  v     •        •     •        j  t.  •  house  of  a  planet. 

35  uno  modo  vocatur  duodecima  pars  cell  incipienao  ab  onente, 
et  sunt  tres  sub  orizonte  usque  ad  angulum  terre,  et  tres  ab 
eo  usque  ad  occidens,  et  tunc  tres  super  orizontem  usque  ad 
medium  celi,  et  tunc  tres  usque  ad  orientem.  Alio  modo  dicitur 
domus  planete,  et  sic  domus  dicitur  signum  aliquod  in  celo,  unde 

40  domus  Martis  sunt  due,  scilicet,  Aries  et  Scorpius,  set  Aries  est 


156 

corum  domibus,  et  ordina  ipsos  planetas  et  signa  que  sunt 
ex  eadem  natura,  quoniam  hoc  est  capud  operis.  Et  sint 
omnia  opera  tua  in  manifesto  et  occulto  juxta  hunc 
modum,  scilicet,  juxta  qualitates  seu  disposiciones  sciencie 
astrorum.  5 

when  you  jour-       Ouando  ergo  volueris  iter  arripere,  ordina  ascendentem 

ney  start  in  the  ,    .  .     .  ,  .  .  . 

ascendant  of  the  ad  iter  et  civitatem  et  locum  in  quern  tendis,  et  decimum  ad 

place  you  are  ,   .  , .  ....  _,  T 

going  to.  opus  quod  intendis,  et  insiste  circa  hoc.     Et  cave  ne  Luna 

Take  care  the     sit  pessima,  id  est,  eclipsata  vel  malivola  seu  turbata,  et  ne 

Moon  is  favour-  ..  .  ...      _    ..  .  ,    .        ,        , 

able  sit  directe  sub  radns  Sous,  aut  in  sexto  vel  in  duodecimo  10 

gradu,  aut  retrograda.     Si  ergo  erit  victoria  in  ascendente 1 
seu    prosperitas,    demonstrabit    bonum    et    prosperum 
118  b.  eventum,  et  tunc,  maxime  si  Mercurius  est  in  medio  celi, 
and  Mercury  in   demonstrabit    complemeiitum    operis    et   perfeccionem,   et 

mid-heavens.  x  x  L 

quando  erit  in  septima  domo  demonstrabit  possibilitatem  15 
operis  et  leticiam  et  prosperitatem  et  perfeccionem  pro- 
positi, et  si  merit  infra  terram,  significabit  complementum 
negocii  et  (proprietatem  seu)  prosperitatem  eventus.     Et 
The  Moon  must  cave  ne  fuerit  Luna  in  ingressu  itineris,  in  quadratura  Solis. 

not  be  in  quad-  .  .  , 

rature  or  opposi- aut   in    ejus    opposito.      Si    ergo    invemas   onentem   seu  ^o 

tion  to  the  Sun.  ,  .  .  0     ,. 

ascendentem    in    ejus    opposito,   vel    in    quadratura   Solis,- 
in  war,  i«t  the     revertere  velociter  illesus   et  perficietur  opus.      Et  si   vis 

Moon  be  in  mid-  j  •     l     1 1  t  ,  t  i  ■  i  •  o 

heaven  and        aggredi    bellum,   ordina   domum    Lune    medium   cell,-   et 

Mercury  favour-    ■..■  .  ..  .  •      .  „  . 

able.  Mercunum    respicientem    ipsam    bemvolo   vultu  J,    et    fac 

Mercurium  in  quarto  gradu,  repera  Lunam  maxime,  quia  25 
in  itineribus  faciendis  universis  majus  est  signum. 


principalis.  Et  signum  dicitur  domus,  quia  ibi  dominatur  planeta 
et  habet  maximam  virtutem  in  eo  et  fortitudinem,  set  et  domus 
Solis  est  Leo  et  Lune  Cancer.  Set  et  hec  uberius  exposita  sunt 
in  principio. 

1  in  bona  disposicione  celesti.  3° 

2  id  est,  decimam  domum. 

3  id  est,  aspectu. 


26  End  of  Book  IX.  V. 


7  post  decimum  lege  ad  iter  et  septimum  domum  ad 

8  post  intendis  lege  et  anguhis  terre  ad  eventum  :  insiste 

11.  lege  gradu,  nc  sit  Mercurius  sub  radiis  Solis  aut  retrograda 


i57 

Capitttlnnt  .21.  de conveniencia supracelestium aim  inferio-  N 

ribns,  scilicet,  qualitcr  supcriora  dominantur  inferioribus  ad 
fortunandum  regent  ct pacificandttm  regioncs  ut  sibi  obediant 
gratis  sine  coaccioue,  ct  est  capititlum  incantacionis  pJtilu- 
S  sop/tiec,  sive  de  ydcis  et  forvtis. 

O  Alexander,  jam  scivisti  illud  quod   antea   sentencia  'i>  substance  of 
'    J  '  this  world  is  one 

tractavi    et    exposui    tibi    non   semel,  quod,   videlicet, in  substance, 

substantia   hujus    mundi    universo    in    ejus    superioritate, 

posterioritate  et  inferioritate,  sive  altitudine,  anterioritate  et 

io  profunditate  una  est,  nullam  habens  differenciam  secundum 

substanciam,  quia  ejus  |  dififerencia  solummodo  est  in  acci-  119a. 

dentibus,  et   ejus  existencia  est  in  forma  et  coloribus.     Si  •na"cident'<rent 

igitur  nulla   res  differt  in  seipsa,  consequens   est  ut  ejus 

differentia  sit  ab   alia.      Quicquid  igitur  videmus  in    hoc  Everything  mu- 

.,.,.,  .  .  ,.     .  table  in  nature 

1 ;  iinindo  corrumptibih  de  naturis,  que  primo  dividuntur  in  can  be  divided 

.  into  the  four 

quatuor  partes,  sunt  .4.  elementa.  Deinde  quicquid  gene-  elements, 
ratur  ex  hiis  de  originalibus,  id  est  mineris  vel  mineralibus. 
vegetabilibus  et  animalibus,  ejus  causa  est  ex  mundo  circum- 
dante  ipsum  universum,  partem  scilicet  corporalem  et  partem 
20  supercelestem  et  spiritualem :  hec  est  causa  ejus  existencie 
et  regens  ipsum. 

Apparet   igitur    quod   omnes  forme  inferiores   regantur  ah  terrene  forms 

r  1-1  •    •  •    •  i'i  1  are  governed  by 

a  lormis  supracelestibus  spencis  spintuahbus,  et   hec   est  supraceiestiai 

...  .  .     forms  : 

causa  conveniens  openbus  incantamentorum,  id  est,  ymagi-  this  is  the  cause 

.  .  .  .  ,,.  of  enchantments. 

25  num.      lit  iste  forme  spence  sunt  nrme  in  gradibus  nrma- 

menti.      Et  septem  sunt  vie  file  regentes  superiores  que  The  things  of 

.  !  .         ,  7     .,  this  world  re- 

recipiunt    impressiones    earum  l    in   suis    luminibus,    sicut  ceive impressions 

from  without 

recipit   visus    et    mulier    pregnans   ydeas    et    similitudines  according  to 

their  suscepti- 

rerum  et  earum  forma?,  et  producunt  eas  ad  mundum  in-  bilit>- 


30       *  eorum. 


11  accidentibus~  accionibus  MS.  28  mulier  pregnans]  Arabic, 

speculum  politum. 


1  This  section  is  Emitted  in  the  ordinar}-  versions.  A  better  title  is 
supplied  by  the  first  corrector  of  this  MS.  and  in  some  other  MSS. 
1  R(ubrica).  Diccio  decima  de  scienciis  incantamentorum  et  de  secretis 
astrorum,  et  de  inclinacione  animorum  et  de  proprietatibus  lapidum  et 
herbarum.' 


i5« 

feriorem,  juxta  possibilitatem  informantis  et  imprimentis  eas 
(seu  componentis).  Recipiet  ergo  quelibet  res  de  originali- 
bus  et  vegetabilibus  et  animalibus  ab  illis  secundum  quod  in 
natura  sua  potens  est  recipere. 

Et  scias  quod  recepcio  cujuslibet  supracelestium  in  illis  5 

119  b.  formis  accidit1  juxta  |  suam  possibilitatem  in  recipiendo 
ipsam,  et  similiter  quicquid  formatur  in  inferioribus  ex 
impressionibus  superiorum  (vel  superioribus  formis).  Forcius 
igitur  ydolum  incantamentorum  et  durabilius  judicatur 
quod  insidiatur  a  Oueynuan  sene  et  a  patre  sene  ;  10 
deinde  cum  illo  qui  inclinat  se  ad  sapienciam  et  ad  judicium 
justicie,  qui  est  magnus  apparens  in  libertate  ;  deinde  qui 
sequitur  ipsa 2  ad  (pudendum  sive)  puteum  flavum,  velocem 
(sive  velociter)  in  motu,  principem  miraculorum  3  multorum. 
qui  est  multe  benediccionis.  Et  convenit  similiter  quod  15 
consideracio  sit  in  tempore  suo,  et  non  cesset  continuare  4 
lumen  planetarum  et  infusionem  radiorum  suorum,  et  non 
sit  Luna  reproba  in  eo  quod  vis  bonum  esse  ;  et  e  contra  sit 
cum  vis  corrumpere  (sive  corpore  erumpere).  Et  ego  ponam 
tibi  exempla  in  hiis,  quibus  multum  indigebis,  et  ostendam  ^o 
tibi  (faciem  vel)  finem  operis  in  hoc,  Domino  concedente. 

Capitulum  .11.  de  apprehensione  intellectus,  sive  de  in- 
pressione  formarum. 

scienciam,  investigaverunt  illud  quod  manifestum  est  de  eo 

120  a.  quod  occultum  fuit  |  eis,  et  illud  cujus  sciencia  verificata  est 

apud  eos  confirmaverunt.     Et  secundum  modum,  postquam 
cognoverunt  et  investigaverunt  utilitatem  suam  et  durabili- 
Persons  of  little  tatem  et  perpetuitatem,  quam  celaverunt  et  occultaverunt  ut  30 

understanding  m  .... 

cannot  penetrate  non  associarentur  eis  in  eorum  sciencia  illi  qui  non  habent 

these  secrets. 

1  vel,  accipit.  2  vel,  ipsum.  s  aliter,  periculorum. 

4  et  est  necesse  continuare. 


mUoniam    illi    qui    fuerunt   velocis    apprehensionis,  et 
ae 'rehension       v^/ intellectus  eorum  fuerunt  clarificati   ad  suscipiendam  25 


17-18  '  et  non  sit  Luna  '  in  marg.     '  Luna  '  later  hand  25  added 

in   later  hand:     '  et    est    ars   universalis   ad    aggrediendum    omnia    opera 
secreta ' 


*59 

apprehensionem  quam  £11  i  apprehendcrunt,  nee  scienciam 
quam  illi  sciverunt,  ut  sunt  divisiones  Altissimi,  cujus 
potencia  et  dona  sunt  glorificata  in  suis  creaturis  currenti- 
bus  secundum  suam  disposicionem  et  voluntatem  et  secun- 
5  dum  suam  sapienciam  super  illos  quos  volueiit  et  approba- 
verit.  Et  non  elongabit  te  Deus  gloriosus  ab  illis  qui  God  «m  reveal 
habuerunt  hanc  scienciam,  cum  tu  sis  de  numero  eorum  qui 
desiderant  aliquid  adquirere,  et  qui  appetit  victoriam  habere, 
aut  secundum  intencionem  suam  ad  id  quod  appetit,  aut 
io  secundum  humilitatem  rerum  appetitarum  ad  ipsum. 

Ouot  igitur  sunt  in  hoc  mundo  de  secretis  occultis  et  de  .Many  do  not 
scienciis  occultis  universalibus  et  particularibus,  que  per-  secrets 
transeunt  homines  et  non  cognoscuntur  nee  intendunt  circa  because  they  are 

,    i  .  ,  .  .     ,  .,,.,.  ,  thinking  of  other 

ipsas,  et  hoc  ideo,  quia  eorum  intencio  et  desidena  tendunt  things. 
rs  ad  alia,  et   alienurn    est  ab   eis   quod  appetunt.     Et  jam 
ostendi  tibi  quicquid  vides  in  hoc  mundo  sen|sibus  tuis  est  120  b. 
patens  ex  duobus,  scilicet,  ex   materia  et  forma.     Omnis  Matter  and  form. 
igitur   forma  durabilis  est  et  perpetua  in  ipso  ente  (sive  Allformisper. 
operante)  sine  augmentacione  et  diminucione.1     Et  omnis  ^et"al; 

x  '  °  Only  form  is 

20  materia  que  est  est  in2  generacione,  non  existit  in  aliquo  aPPrehendedb>' 

1  °  '  T-  the  senses. 

tempore  3  ex  temporibus,  nee  vides  nisi  formam  animalium 
et  vegetabilium  et  mineralium  perdurantem  in  etate,4  nee 
suscipit  in  se  corrupcionem  vel  defectum,  augmentum  vel 
diminucionem,  quia  abest  et  recedit  per  corrupcionem  cor-  Form  recedes 

,    c  .  .  when  change 

25  pons  et  materie  deferentis  ipsam,  quod   est  compositum  takes  place. 
necessario  ex  composicione  parcium  que  sunt  divise  cum 
motibus  incessantibus  in  corpore  quamdiu  existit  in  aggre- 
gacione  et  segregacione,  et  informacio  durabiliter  perseverat. 

Causa  autem  quare  invenitur  forma  durabilis  et  perpetua  Form  is  due  to 

...,...,  .  the  planets, 

30  est  quia  ex  planetis  durabihbus  et  perpetuis  est.     Et  causa 

corrupcionis  ejus  est  quod  existit  in  aggregacione  et  segre-  its  change  to 

.  .,  ,  ,  their  inter- 

gacione.  et  separacio  pervenit  ex  eo  quod  est  ex  planetis  actions. 

1  aliter,  secundum  augmentacionem  et  diminucionem. 
a  ex. 

3  aliter,  Et  omnis  natura  in  ge[neracioJne  consistit  ex  aliquo 
35  tempore.  4  aliter,  in  ente. 


10  humilitatem]  habilitatem  V  27  incessantibus]  contrariantibus  V 


i6o 

contrariis  qui  non  persevcrant  secundum  unum  modum. 
Apparet  igitur  tibi  quod  predixi,  quod  forme  celestes 
quando  *  suscipiunt  a  luminibus  planetarum  inter  radiorum2 
inter  ipsos  celos  et  ipsa  elementa,  suscipiunt  humores  que  ' 
121  a.  habent  |  suscipcre,  et  existit  eorum  durabilitas  quamdiu  5 
Form  which  rule >  habet  durare  ille  humor  et  motus  formarum  et  potencie  et 

humours  and 

complexions.       opera  earundem,  juxta  complexionem   terrenam    et  com- 
plexionem  celestem  seu  firmamenti.     Et  ille  dominatur  in 
operibus  cujuslibet  forme  qui  dominatur  in  quolibet  humore, 
et  superat  super  complexionem,  sicut  placuit  Creatori  suo  10 
altissimo  glorioso  et  sublimi. 

To  understand         Convenit    igitur   tibi    scire,   quod   dixi   et   demonstravi, 

you  must  know         .  .    .  .  .  . 

the  motions  of     virtutem  (sive  ventatem)  ejus   ut  inde  cognoscas  motum 

the  heavens  .  .  ., 

firmamenti  et  signa  ejus  et  planetas  ejus  nxos  et  durabiles  ; 
et  quod  ascendit  ex  qualibet  parte  signorum.  et  ex  formis  15 
figuratis    spiritualiter  operantibus ;    et  quod   scias   motum 
septem  syderum  et  modum4  inter  illos  ;  et  quid  significant 
and  their  inter-    hec  omnia.     Et  quod  scias  motus  septem  circumstancium, 

relations,  m  # 

in  conjunccione  et  in  opposicione  et  in  recepcione  et  in 
triplicitate  et  quadratura  et  sextiplicitate,  et  signum  ejus  20 
quod  amat  et  signum  est  Ancheralh,  et  terminum  invencionis, 
et  quomodo  accidit  eorum  pars,  accio  et  impressio  et  re- 
cepcio  (sive  accepcio)  luminis,  et  earum  redicio  (sive  radia- 
121  b.  cio),  et  ascendens  secundum  certitudinem  |  cum  ipsa 
complexione,  et  secundum  cursum,  et  secundum  inclina-  25 
cionem  ad  dexteram  et  ad  sinistram,  et  quot  denarios 
pertransivit  Sol  vel  planeta  in  quolibet  signo,  cum  media- 
cione  et  preparacione  et  infusione  sui  luminis  secundum 
and  especially     ultimam  certitudinem  et  insinuacionem 5.     Eti   llud  quod 

the  times  of  the  m  m  . 

ascendants,  and    magis    debet    sciri    est    cognoscere    horas    ascendencium  30 

the  places.  °  °  ...... 

bonorum  et  reproborum,  et  quid  habet  quihbet  in  longi- 
tudine  et  latitudine  et  ascendente  et  apparente. 

Cum  ergo  cognoveris  omnia  hec,  cum  hiis  que  prediximus 

1  aliter,  ante. 

2  aliter,  intermediorum.  s  aliter,  quoniam. 

1  vel,  nodum.  b  vel,  insidiacionem.  35 


17  septem]  xij.  V  18  circumstancium]  errantium  V 


i6i 
tibi  de  essencia  sive  substancia  lapidum,  et  quid    recipit  Any  substance, 

....  . ..  ,  .  ....  has  planets  of 

quodlibet    istorum    a    quohbet   planeta,    et    quid    quili bet  the  same  nature, 
planeta  in  ipsis  habet,  et  si  quilibet  planeta  habeat  partici- 
pacionem  quarumlibet  ymaginum  lapidearum,  et  quid  reci- 

5  pit  quelibet  istorum  -in  participacione  in  qualibet  ymagine 
lapidearum  et  vegetabilium  et  originalium,  et  in  quolibet 
membro  ex  membris  suis,  necesse  est  quod  agregacio  et 
universitas  attribuatur  et  pertineat  magis  dominanti  super 
eas.   Sicut  homo  qui  pertinet  ad  Solem  in  universo  secundum  as  man, 

io  majoritatem  et  pluralitatem  |  est  distinccio  (sive  diffinicio)  123  a. 
pertinens  ad  Solem.  Et  similiter  originale  attribuitur  Homini 
(seu  comparatur)  universo  et  plumbum  nigrum  ad  Saturnum  or  black  lead, 
secundum   divisionem.      Deinde  similiter  quelibet  ymago 
et  quodlibet  (signum  vel)  membrum  in  membris  existentibus  or  any  member 

,  .  of  the  body. 

15  in  ipsa,  quoniam  omne  compositum  secundum  quod  com- 
mittitur  crescit  (vel  secundum  quod  metitur  cernitur  et 
circuitur). 

Cum  ergo  volueris   ligacionem    planetarum,  volve   cum  To  make  use  of 
adjutorio    Altissimi    simplicissimi    ligacionem    illarum    po-  sMer th^supra- * 

20  tenciarum    (seu   virtutum)  supracelestium  sensibilium    que  enc^  at  work  on 
operantur  in   istis  corporibus  compositis.     Tu  autem  jam  >c 
novisti  quid  habet  quilibet  planeta  ex  i  11  is  in  universo  et 
individuis  et  compositis  corporibus  in  universo  et  divisione. 
Considera  ergo  disposiciones  firmamenti  in  quolibet  signo  Consider  the 

25  ascendente  de  suis  ascendentibus,  et  secundum  quod  durat  firmament: 
disposicio  ejus  et  sui  ascendentis  super  ipsum  usque  ad 
perfeccionem  cujuslibet   modi  ex  modis,  scilicet,  quis    as- 
cendens  sit  deterior  et  ymagines  ascendentes  ex  ilia  parte 
gradientes  spirituales,   et  compara  ad   ipsum  operacionem 

30  ex  generacione  |  humana  vel  ceterorum  animalium  aut  vege-  122  b. 
tabilium  et  lapidum,  ita  ut  sit  magister  ascendentis  in  eo. 
Ita  quod  Saturnus  in  opere  suo  et  aspectu  suo  ad  ipsum  let  Satum  be 

....  ,         .        .     r  ,.  benignant 

respiciat  benigne,  et  quod  sit  miusio  radiorum  suorum 
super  ilia  plaga  (seu  regione)  in  qua  tu  existis.  Et  non 
transgrediaris  locum  operacionis  (sive  applicacionis)  tue,  et 

10  post  pluralitate  lege  caput  ejus.  12  Saturnum]  Solem  MS.  23  in- 
dividuis] divinis  MS.  24  Considera.  The  Achillini  text  ends  here  and 
goes  on  with  p.  114. 

15»0  M 


i6i 

and  the  Moon     sit  Luna  contigua  cum  duobus   planetis,  et  capiat   in   ea 
recepcionem    que   requiritur   ad    illam.      Et    pinge    illam 
and  make  a        figuram  ascendentem  in  firmamento  in  corpore  ex  corpo- 
heavens.  ribus  convenientibus  magistro  ascendentis,  secundum  quod 

apparet  ex  figura  ascendentis,  littere  cum  littera.    Quod  tu  5 
videbis  ex  operacione  (seu  apparicione)  operum  suorum  et 
virtutum,  quia  multum  perficiet  tibi,  si  Deo  placuerit. 

Capitidum  .23.  de ymaginibus  et  anulis  sen  incantamentis 
faciendis. 
The  amulet  of      T  Sta  ymago  seu  incantamentum  est  operacio  Hermogenis  10 

Hermogenes,  , 

J-  regis    sapientissimi,    et    est    medicamentum    quod    dat 
which  brings       regnum  et  reverenciam  et  congregat  inclinacionem  et  obe- 

power  and  .  , . 

repels  enemies,  dienciam,  et  repelht  mimiciciam  cum  timore  et  tremore ; 
123  a  affligit  invidos,  rigidos  et  inimicos  ;  et  facit  |  amareet  odire, 
et  ridere  et  flere,  ire  et  red  ire,  et  operatur  opera  mirabilia  15 
magna  et  extranea  et  stupefaciencia  que  longum  esset 
enarrare,  et  habet  indagacionem  visionum  in  entibus  x  per 
viam  revelacionis  magnam  efficaciam. 

1  win  describe  to      Et  ego  ostendam    tibi   hujusmodi  rei  artem  secundum 

quod  gloriosi  philosophi  mihi  commiserunt  scienciam  earn,  20 
quam  qui  possiderunt  occultaverunt  ejus  rei  scienciam  in 
secretis  terre,  qui  habuerunt  revelacionem  et  prophetaverunt 
in  ipsam  et  prosperati  fuerunt,  et  anime  eorum  separaverunt 
hanc  scienciam  separatim  ab  omnibus  aliis,  et  (potencia  sive) 
persona  tua  preparata  est  huic  secreto  semper.  Prosperare  25 
ergo  in  ipso  et  eris  securus,  cum  Dei  adjutorio. 

Take  ail  metals,      Congrega  substanciatn  Saturni  et  Jovis  Mercurii  et  Solis  et 

in  their  hours ;,_  .  „  r  -  ...  .  .,. 

Veneris  et  Martis  et  Line,  et  victonam  ejus  qui  dominatur 
in  eis,  et  est  tunc  racio  -  sicut  magister  omnium,  et  pone  de 
ipso  auro  secundum  quantitatem  (sive  qualitatem)  que  est  3° 
let  Leo  be  in  the  in  operacione.     Et  ascendens  sit  Leo,  et  Sol  sit  in  signo 

ascendant  and  ,  ...... 

Soi  in  a  good      coiTipetenti  potens  et  ascendens  et  llluminans  in  .19.  gradu, 

sign,  .  T 

the  Moon  in       et   Homo  3  in   Aquano,   et  prepara  Lunam  et  ymaginem 


Cancer. 


1  vel,  mentis.         2  vel,  Homo  (Satnrn).         3  aliter,  hoc  est. 


27  in  marg.  '  Operacio  specialis  '.  31  in  marg.  f  ut  in  Capricorno  *. 


1 63 

(sive  magistrum)  ejus  ut  sit  in  Cancro,1  et  in  f  tercio  gradu  123  b. 
ipsius,  et  Jupiter  in  Sagittario  et  Mercurius  in  Virgine  et  Jupiter. 

.__...  Mercury. 

Venus  in   Tauro  et    Mars  in   virgine  et   ipsa   prosperata  venu*. 
in  decimo,  et  Mercurius  in  Virgine  in  honore  suo.    Et  quod 

5  magis  placet  ei,  ut  adjungatur  Luna  Soli  et  Jovi  in  locis 
respicientibus  (vel  recipientibus).  Si  possibile  est  tibi,  ut  sit 
inclinacio  ad  Jovem,  et  illuminacio  ad  Hominem,  et  respiciant 
se  ad  invicem  benigno  aspectu,  et  quilibet  eorum  emittat 
radium   suum   super   consortem    suum    post    recepcionem 

'o  luminis  sui.  Et  cavendum  est  ne  dominus  medii  celi  sit 
remissus  et  relaxans  cordas,  et  situs  planetarum  ediricancium 
sit  in  gradibus  sui  ascensus. 

Et  cum    hoc    habueris,  collige  substancias  per  dissolu-  M.eltt]?em.0",, 

>  0  1  Thursday  in  the 

cionem  in  mane  diei  Jovis  in  hora  attributa  Jovi.      Deinde  hourofjove; 
lS  facias  ex  hoc  anulum,  et  pone  in  eo  particulam  quadratam  make  a  ring  with 

'  *  *  1  a  square  stone ; 

de  lapide  luteo  precioso.      Et  depinge  in  eo  formam  leonis,  carve  on  it  a 

,  r  ,   .  .     ,         1   •      young  man 

super    quern   leonem  equitet  forma  (sive  ymago)    inberbis  riding  on  a  Hon, 

......  .  i-i  •  •         holding  a  two- 

hominis,  et  nabeat  in  manu  sua,  duas  alas  involutas  in  capite  winged  hat 
suo,  et  inter  manus  suas  septem  homines  inberjbes 2  habentes  I24  a« 

20  alas   et   inclinantes   ad  ipsum  inter  manus  suas.     Deinde  ^"„g^^urea 
depone   septem  lectos   de  substancia  cujuslibet.3     Deinde  handsT  1S 
suppone   eos   sub  lapide   precioso   predicto    per   ordinem  ^ing^oT1 
secundum  quod  sunt.     Primus  eorum  sit  Saturnus,  deinde  ^"h^Itone, 
qui  sequitur  usque  ad  Lunam,  post  quam  depinxeris   in 

25  qualibet  superficie  nomen  sui  planete  et  illud  quod  attrahit  thehpianetaoT  °f 
sua  spiritualitas.  each- 

Explicit  pars  tercia  Secretorum  Aristotilis  de 

mirabilibus  utihtatibns  nature  et  artis  et  morum. 

Et  incipit  pars  quarta    ejusdem    de    admirabili 

30  eleccione  am'icorum  et  bajidoram  regis  per  naturales 

proprietates  corporum  et  hec  vocatur ph'isonomia. 

1  aliter,  Tauro  {rede). 

2  alia  litera  .7.  homines  barbas  habentes  et  alas. 

3  scilicet,  planete. 


n  in  marg.  '  id  est,  debilis  per  motum  vel  per  aspectum  '.  18  lege  in 

manu  sua  vexillum,  habens.  19  inter  manus  suas]  lege  et  ante  eum. 

M  a 


lncipit  pars  quarta  Secretorum  in  qua  docet 
phisonomia  humarii  corporis,  id  est,  de  arte  cogno- 
scendi  qualiiates  hominum  secundum  partes  ex- 
tcr'wres  et  de  qu'ibusdam  aliis. 

v  Capitulum  primjim  est  dc  pJiisonomia  in  universali.  5 

Leam  to  judge      j   a  T  inter  ceteras  res  ilia  quam  te  non  oportet  ignorare  est 

men  by  their  out-       I J  . 

ward  seemings.       pi   cognkio  quam  investigat  et  cognoscat  anima  tua  per 

124  b.  signum  nobile  cum   abstracta  fuerit  a  desideriis  |  et 

concupiscenciis,    et    cum  fuerit    liberata  a   nocivis,  et  hec 
The  soul  governs  divisio   cognoscitui"    cogitatu.      Cum   itaque  fuerit    anima  1° 

the  body,  .  .  ,  . 

superans  corpus  et  dominans  et  ei  preponderans,  et  virtus 
fiammea1'2  existens  in  corde  non  desinat  inter  ipsam  virtutem 
vitalem  et  virtutem  animalem  existentem  in  cerebro,3  tunc 
sublimatur   et  augmentatur    et    declaratur   intellectus    se- 
cundum mensuram.     Unde  si  quis  querat  causam  propheta-  15 
yet  it  is  in-         rum  qui  probati  sunt  in  hoc  mundo  purissimi  intellectus  et 
ihestars.  y        vere  visionis  cum  miraculis  juvativis  pre  ceteris,  ex  predictis 
provenit.4     Accidit  et  hoc,  ex  constellacione  geneseos  imi- 
tantis  hanc  virtutem  generativam. 
i.eam  the  science      Scias  ergo  quod  oportet  te  querere  signa  et  vestigia  cum  20 

of  physiognomy.  S       M  V  M  fc.  fa 

pulcritudine  nature,  scilicet,  sciencie  phisonomie  que  est 
sciencia  magna,  et  per  longitudinem  dierum  sunt  usi  antiqui 
hac  sciencia  et  gloriati  sunt   in  inquisicione  pulcritudinis 

125  a.  nature  in  hacsciencia  |  cujus  perfeccio  attribuitur  de  numero 


1  id  est,  calor  naturalis.  .  25 

2  Virtus  fiammea  etc.  Tres  sunt  virtutes  in  homine,  scilicet, 
natural,  naturalis  que  facit  opera  nutrimenti,  augmentandi  et  generandi,  et 
vital,                hec  viget  in  epate  et  testibus.      Alia  dicitur  vitalis,   que  salvat 

vitam  per  inspiracionem  et  exspiracionem  et  anelitum  et  motum 
animal.  cordis,  et  hec  est  in  corde  principalitcr.      Tercia  dicitur  animalis  30 

et  cognitiva  et  hec  est  in  cerebro,  quarum  trium  calor  naturalis  est 
instrumentum. 

3  ita,  scilicet,  quod  hec  tria  sint  in  debita  disposicione. 

4  scilicet,   ex   bona   disposicione    virtutum  vitalis   et   animalis 

et  caloris  naturalis.  35 


5  Book  X,  Chapter  cxii.  V 


165 

antiquorum  Philimoni  summo  doctori  et  magistro    phiso-  p0iernon  wa&  a 
nomie,   et   revera   investigabat    ex    composicione    hominis  "dente.°f  l'"s 
qualitates  et  naturas  anime  ejus,  et  sunt  in  ipsa  historia1 
pulcra    et    extranea.       Constitue   ergo    te   super   earn    ut 
5  intelligas. 

Discipuli    siquidem     Ypocratis     sapientis     depinxerunt  The  disciples  of 
formam  ejus  in  pergameno  et  portaverunt  earn  Philimoni  triSPto^rov« 
dicentes  :  Considera  hanc  figuram  et  indica  nobis  qualitates   im' 
complexionis  ejus.     Qui  recipiens  composicionem  et  dispo- 
10  sicionem  figure  comparavit  partes  ejus  dicens  :  Iste  homo  The  picture  of 
luxuriosus  est,  deceptor,   amans    coitum.     Ob  quam   rem  shJfweT^mto 
voluerunt  eum  interficere  dicentes :    O  stulte,  hec  est  figura  „! a  ,ec  .**" 

°  1  he  disciples 

dignioris  et  melioris  hominis  qui  sit  in  hoc  mundo.     Phili-  «ishedtokiii 

°  x  rolemon. 

mon  autem  pacificavit  eos  et  correxit  dicens  :  Hec  est  figura 
15  quidem  sapientis  Ypocratis.  set  hec  que  quesivistis  de  mea 

sciencia  ostendi  vobis.et  quod  inde  sencio  secundum  ipsam. 

Quando  ergo   pervenerunt   ad  Ypocratem,  dixerunt   ei  Hippocrates  said 

quid  fecerunt  et  quid  respondit  eis  Philimon  et  ejus  judicium. 

Quibus  dixit  |  Ypocras :  Certe  verum  dixit  Philimon,  nee  125  b. 
20  pretermisit  unam    litteram.     Verumptamen    ex    quo   ego  except  that  he 

respexi,  consideravi  hec  turpia  esse  et  reprobanda,  constitui  hfs  own  disposi. 

meam  animam  regem  supra  ipsam,2  et  retraxi  earn  ab  eis, 

et  triumphavi  super  retencionem  concupiscencie  mee.     Hec 

est  itaque  laus  et  sapiencia  Ypocratis  ex  ejus  operibus,  quia 
25  philosophia  nichil  aliud  est  quam  abstinencia  et  victoria 

concupiscibilium.3 

1  scilicet,  phisonomie. 

2  scilicet,  ut  ipsa  regeret  se  per  viam  racionis. 

*  Phisonomia  est  lex  nature  in  complexione  humani  corporis  et  what  is  physio- 
3°  ejus  composicione,  quia  Grece,  '  noraos  '  est  '  lex ',  '  phisis  '  est  su°my. 
'  natura ',    et  hie  est  magna  pulcritudo   sciencie  et  sapiencie   et 
utilitas  pro  cavendo  malos  et  associando  bonos,  quia  homines 
libenter  secuntur  in  moribus  complexiones  suas  et  cemposiciones 
corporutn   suorum,    licet  non    cogantur.      De   ista    phisonomia 
35  Aristotiles  et  tres  alii  philosophi  collegerunt  multas  sentencias  que 
in  unum  collecte  sunt  in  libro  .3.  auctorum  qui  communis  est  apud 
prudentes.     Alius  tractatus  specialis  est  Aristotilis  de  novo  trans-  The  leading 
latus.     Multa  vero  de  hac  sciencia  reperiuntur  in  libris  Aristotilis  treatis«s. 
et  Avicenne  de  Animalibus,  et  in  libris  medicine.     Et  cum  hec 

36  3~*  4  MS. 


1 66 

Capitulum  secundum  de  phisonomia  in  particulari. 
w 
The  rules  of        f~~^  Onstitue  ergo  tibi  ex  hac  sciencia  phisonomic  regulas 
Physiognomy.      ^^  et  const;tucjones  abreviatas  et  sufficientes,  et  dct  tibi 
Dcus  magnum  comodum  et  precium  ex  nobilitate  nature 
tue  et  puritate  tue  substancie.  5 

The  signification  Scias  ergo  quod  matrix  est  embrioni 7  sicut  olla  ferculo 
decoquendo.  Albedo  ergo  cum  livido  colore  et  flavus 
color  nimis,  est  signum  diminute  decoccionis  embrionis 
in  mat  rice.     Si  ergo  accidat  cum  hoc  diminucio  in  creatura, 


sciencia  sit  plena  sapiencia  naturalis  philosophic,  et  utilissima  pro  10 
One  must  be       moribus  hominum  cognoscendis,  tamen  multum  debet  esse  pru- 
carefui  in  form-    <]ens  et  expertus  qui  de  his  debet  judicare,  nee  de  Christianis  debet 

mg judgements        ,...%.  \    .  .        ..  J  '  ,  - 

of  christians,      ahquis  judicare  nisi  aptitudinem  naturalem  ad  mores,  non  quod 

talis  erit,  quia  gracia   Dei  gratum  faciens  potest  vincere  malam 

disposicionem  animi  ad  quam  excitatur  ex  complexione  et  com-  15 

posicione  corporis  et  ceteris  proprietatibus,   quia  tamen   ornnes 

homines  tarn  boni  quam  mali  inclinantur  omnino  vel  in  majori 

but  still  the        parte  vel  in  minori,  et  semper  vel  pluries  vel  aliquando,  ad  eos 

science  win  tell    mores  ad  quos  natura  excitat  voluntatem,  ideo  ultra  aptitudinem 

disposition!"™     potest   sapiens  considerare  et  saltern   dubitare  racionabiliter  de  20 

126  a.  eo  qui  habet  naturam  valde  distpositam  ad  malos  mores,  et  cavere 

ab  eo,  usquequo  cognoverit  ejus  conversionem  ad  bonos  mores. 

Twin  pupils  are  Aliqua  enim  sunt  signa  naturalia  ita  efficacia  quod  vix  defficiunt 

a  very  bad  sign.  aijqUj[  ab  ji]js  moribus  ad  quos  inclinantur,  ut  qui  geminas  pupillas 

habent  in  oculo  uno,  vix  unquam  cavent  a  sedicione  et  decepcione,  25 

ut  probavi   in  omnibus  quos  adhuc  vidi.     Et  multa  alia  signa 

reperiuntur  in  hoc  libro,  et  in  aliis  libris  hujus  sciencie.     Super 

Kings  who  have  omnes  autem  valet  regibus  et  magnis  viris  ut  essent  periti  in  hac 

to  select  prelates      -ncja  j     eleccione  amicorum   et  ministrorum,  quia  etsi  boni 

should  know  this        .■  .  > .  ^ 

science.  pnmo  ehgantur  ad  curias  regum  et  prelatorum  cito  depravantur  3° 

per  divicias  et  delicias  et  honores  et  munera.  Propter  quod 
Aristotiles  voluit  instruere  Alexandrum  in  hac  sciencia  utilissima 
pro  omnibus,  et  maxime  pro  magnatibus,  ut  possit  cavere  a  malis 
et  eligere  bonos.  Ex  dictis  Philimonis  et  responsione  Ypocratis 
patet  Veritas  judiciorum  phisonomie,  quia  per  hanc  scienciam  non  35 
potest  judicare  nisi  de  aptitudine  ad  mores,  non  de  actuali  exis- 
tencia  ;  debet  tamen  sapiens  racionabiliter  dubitare  ubi  violenta 
signa  invenit,  et  cavere  donee  probet  contrarium,  sicut  prius 
expos  ui. 

1  J\Iargitinl  note  in  same  hand :   '  Embrio  est  fetus  in  utero  4° 
matris,  sive  in  matrice '. 


6  Chapter  cxiii.  V 


167 

diminuetur  similiter  natura.      Fuge  |  ergo  ab  omni  homine  126  t>. 
livido  flavo,  quoniam  declivus  est  ad  vicia  et  luxuriam. 

Et  cum  videris  aliquein  in  te  frequentuntem  visum,  et  signs  of  a  man  1 

.    .  ,  ,  .  that  loves  and 

cum  respicis  eum  terretur  ex  hoc  et  eiubescit,  et  maxime  fears  you. 
5  si  intus  suspirat,  et  lacrime  apparent  in  oculis :  hie  diligit 
te  et  timebit  te.      Si  vero  contrarium  fuerit,  est  invidus  et 
contempnens  te. 

Cave  et  precave  ab  homine  infortunato  et  diminuto  in  Beware  of  un- 

, .  .  .  .  .......  fortunate  or 

aliquo  membro,  sicut  cavendum  est  tibi  ab  lnimico.  deformed  men. 

Jo      Equior  et  temperacior  creatura  est  que  convenit  medio-  The  man  of  even 
critati  stature  cum    nigredine  oculorum  et  capillorum  et  cmper' 
cum  rotunditate  vultus.     Albedo  vero  commixta  rubedini 
est    bona.     Et    fuscus    color    temperatus    cum    integritate 
corporis,  et  rectitudo  stature  ac  capitis  mediocritas  in  parvi- 

15  tate  et  magnitudine,  et  raritas  verborum  nisi  cum  necesse 
fuerit,  mediocritas  in  sonoritate  vocis  et  subtilitate.    Quando 
vero  natura  declinat  ad  nigredinem  et  croceitatem,  tunc  est 
optima  temperancia  ;  creacio  hec  |  placeat  tibi,  hanc  habeas  127  a. 
tecum.      Et  ego  interpretor   tibi   quoddam  1  per  modum  have  him  necr 

.  .  .  .         you. 

20  separacionis,2    tu   autem    temptabis    ipsum   in   rectitudine 
intellectus. 

Capitiilum  tercium  de  capillis. 

CApilli  autem  plurimi  suaves  significant  mansuetudinem  Much  hair  and 
et    frigiditatem   cerebri.     Multitudo  eciam  capillorum  s° 

25  super  utroque  humero  significat  fatuitatem  et  stoliditatem. 

Multitudo   eciam   pilorum   in   pectore    et   ventre    reperta  Body  hair. 
declarat  horribilitatem  et  singularitatem  nature,  et  diminu- 
cionem  apprehensionis  et  amorem  injuriarum,  et  sapiencie 
innuit  paucitatem.     RufTus  vero  color  capillorum  et  pilorum  Red  hair. 

30  est  signum  insipiencie  et  multe  ire  et  insidiarum.     Et  niger  Biackhair. 
capillus  innuit  rectitudinem  et  amorem  justicie.     Mediocris 
vero  inter  duos  colores  est  hominis  qui  diligit  pacem. 

1  scilicet,  capillos  et  postea  alia. 

2  id  est,  divisionis  in  multa  membra. 


3  Chapter  cxiv.  V  8  Chapter  cxv.  V  10  Chapter  cxvi 

2  Chapter  cxvii.  V 


168 


Capitulum  .4.  de  oculis  celestis  coloris  et  nigris. 

OUi  habet  oculos  magnos,  invidus  est  et  inverecundus 
piger,   inobediens,  precipue  si  sint   lividi.     Cum  vero 
oculi  sint  mediocres  declinantes  ad  celestem  colorem  vel 
127  b.  nigredinem,  penetrabilis  |  est  intellectus,  curialis  et  fidelis.  5 
Goggle  eyes.       Cum  vero  habet  oculos   extensos  cum  extensione  vultus, 
talis  est  maliciosus  nequam.     Et  qui  habet  oculos  similes 
oculis  asini,  insipiens1  est,  dure  nature.     Cujus  vero  oculi 
moventur   velociter  et  visus   ejus  acutus,  talis   homo    est 
fraudulentus,  latro,  infidelis.     Si   vero  oculi  fuerint  rubei,  10 
ille  cujus  sunt  est  animosus  et  fortis  et  potens.  ,  Deteriores 
vero  oculi  sunt  illi  qui  habent  maculas  albas  aut  nigras  aut 
rubeas  circumquaque,  quia  talis  homo  deterior  est  omnibus 
hominibus,  et  magis  reprobandus. 


Great  eyes. 

Medium  sized 
eyes. 


Asses'  eyes. 
Shifty  eyes. 
Red  eyes. 
The  worst  eyes 


Thidc  brows. 


Thin  brows. 


Capitulum  .5.  de  super ciliis. 


15 


s 


Upercilium  quod  habet  multos  pilos  significat  inepcio- 
nem  loquendi.      Et  quando  extenduntur  supercilia  ad 


timpora,  habens  talia  est  immundus.     Cum  vero  supercilia 
rara   sunt,    commensurata    in    longitudine   et  brevitate    et 
sunt  magna,  hujusmodi  est  facilis  impressionis  ad  intelli-  20 
gendum. 


Thin  noses 

128  a. 

Long  noses. 
Nostrils. 


The  best  nose. 


Capitidum  .6.  de  naso. 

NAsus  'cum  fuerit  subtilis,  ejus  dominus  est  valde  ira- 
cundus.  Et  qui  habet  longum  |  nasum  et  protensum 
ad  os,  est  probus  et  audax.  Nasus  vero  simus,  est  impe-  2-, 
tuosus.  Et  qui  habet  foramina  nasi  gravis  apercionis  vel 
dure,  irascibilis  est.  Et  similiter,  qui  habet  ampla  foramina 
iracundus  est.  Et  cum  fuerit  nasus  latus  in  medio  declinans 
ad  simitatem,  est  verbosus  mendax.  Et  in  nasis  ille  est 
magis  equalis  qui  est  mediocriter  longus,  et  cujus  latitudo  30 
est  mediocris  ad  extremitatem  et  ejus  foramina  non  multum 
magna. 


I  Chapter  cxviii.  V 


15  Chapter  cxix.  V 


22  Chapter  cxx.  V 


169 

Cap  it  idum  .7.  de  facie. 

FAcies  plana  carcns  tumorositate  significat  litigiosum,  ami  face, 
discolum,  injuriosum,  et  immundum.     Qui  vero  habet 
faciem  mediocrem  in  genis    et  temporibus,1  vergentem  ad  a  good  face. 
5  pinguedinem,  est  verax,  amans,  intelligens  atque  sapiens, 
servicialis  2  atque  compositus  et  ingeniosus. 

Capita  hi  in  .8.  de  ore  et  labiis. 

QUi  vero  habet  latum  os,  est  bellicosus  et  audax,  et  est  Big  mouth. 
loquax   et   sepe   gulosus.       Qui   habet    labia   grossa  Fuii  hPs. 
10  stultus  est.     Et  qui  est  carnosus  in  facie  est  minus  sapiens, 
importunus  men|dax.     Et   qui  habet  gracilem  faciem  est  128  b. 
circumspectus  in  operibus  suis,  subtilis  intellectus.      Et  qui  a  lean  face. 
habet  parvam  faciem  declinantem  ad  croceitatem  est  pessi-  a  small  face, 
mus,  viciosus,  deceptor,  ebriosus.     Et  qui  habet  oblongam 
15  faciem  est  injuriosus. 

Et  qui  habet  tempora  inflata  et  venas  plenas  est  valde  Full  temples. 
iracundus. 

Capituluni  .9.  de  auriculis. 

ET  qui   habet  auriculas  magnas  est  valde  fatuus,  hoc  Great  ears, 
excepto  quod  erit  bone  memorie  et  retencionis.     Et  Small  ears, 
qui  habet  aures  valde  parvas  est  stolidus,  luxuriosus. 

Capituluni  .10.  de  voce. 

ET  qui  habet  grossam  vocem  et  sonoram  est  bellicosus  a  loud  voice. 
et  eloquens.      Cujus  vox  est  mediocris  in  subtilitate  et 
25  grossicie  est  sapiens,  providus  et  verax,  Justus. 
De  modo  loquendi  capituluni. 

Qui  vero  est  velox  in  verbis,  et  precipue  si  habet  gracilem  Hasty  speakers 
vocem,  est  inprobus,  stolidus,  importunus  et  mendax.     Si 
vero  vox  sua  fuerit  grossa,  erit   iracundus  et  precipitans, 


30      *  psalmus,  '  et  requiem  temporibus '. 
2  id  est,  aptus  ad  serviendum. 

1  Chapter  cxxi.  V  16  Chapter  cxxii.  V  18  Chapter  cxxiii.  V 

22  Chapter  cxxiv.  V 

4  vergentem]  vigentem  MS.  16  venas]  genas  MS. 


170 

a  sweet  voke.     male  nature.     Et  qui  habet  dulcemt  vocem  invidus  est  et 
129  a.  suspiciosus.     Pulcritudo  eciam  vocis  |  indicat  stoliditatem 

et  insipienciam  et  magnanimitatem. 
Much  gesture.         Qui  vero  movetur  frequenter  et  loquitur  manuum  mot.u 
Little  gesture,      est  invidus,  eloquens  et  deceptor.      Qui  vero  est  abstinens  a  5 

motu  manuum  est  perfectus  intellectus,  bene  dispositus  et 

sani  consilii. 

Capitidum  .11.  de  collo. 
a  long  neck.       /^^Ui  vero  habet  collum  gracile  et  longum  est  sonorus  in 
a  short  neck.      V/  voce  et  stolidus.     Qui  vero  habet  collum  breve  valde  10 
est   callidus,   defraudator,    astutus,   et   dolosus.     Qui  vero 
habet  collum  grossum  est  stolidus  et  comestor  magnus. 

Capitidum  .12.  de  ventre  et pectore  et  tergo  et  humeris. 
The  signs  of  the    f~~\  Ui  vero  habet  ventrem  magnum  est  indiscretus,  stoli- 

belly,  I         1  &  ' 

V^  dus,  superbus,  amans  coitum.    Mediocritas  vero  ventns  15 
et    strictura    pectoris   significat    altitudinem    intellectus  et 

and  of  the  chest,  boni  consilii.  Latitudo  vero  pectoris  et  grossicies  hume- 
rorum  et  tergi  significat  probitatem  et  audaciam  cum 
retencione  intellectus  et  sapiencie.  Subtilitas  vero  tergi 
significat  hominem  discordantis  nature.  Mediocritas  vero  20 
pectoris  et  tergi  equalitas,  signum  est  optimum  et  approba- 
129  b.  turn.      Elevacio  humerorum  signum  est  j  asperitatis  nature 

High  shoulders,  et  infidelitatis. 

Capitidum  .13.  de  braclnis. 
Long  arms.         /~\Uando  vero   brachia  protenduntur   in    tantum    quod  25 

V^manus   perveniunt    ad    genua,  significat    audaciam    et 
short  arms.        probitatem  cum  largitate.    Quando  vero  decurtantur  brachia 

signum  est  amantis  discordiam  et  ignorantis. 

Capitidum  .14.  de  palmis  et  digitis. 

Long  palms  and   T)-A-lme  vero  longe  cum  digitis  longis  significant  dominum  30 
X    suum  bene  dispositum  ad  multas  artes,  precipue  cum 
mechanicis,  et  significant  sapientem  in  operibus,  et  signum 

4  Chapter  cxxv.  V  8  Chapter  cxxvi.  V  13  Chapter  cxxvii.  V 

24  Chapter  cxxviii.  V  29  Chapter  cxxix.  V 


fingers. 


i7i 

est  boni  regiminis.     Grossicies  vero  digitorum  et  brevitas  Thick  short 

.r  ....  ...  .  fingers. 

significant  stoliditatem  et  insipienciam. 

Capitulum  .15.  de  pedibus  et  tibiis,  talis  et  genibiis. 

PEdes  vero    grossi  et    carnosi  significant  fatuitatem  et  Great  feet, 
amorem   injurie.      Pedes  vero  parvi  et  leves  significant  Littlefeetand 
duriciem.     Et  subtilitas  tibiarum  significat  ignorantem  ;  et 
earum  grossicies  significat  audaciam  et  fortitudinem.    Lati- 
tudo  vero  tibiarum  et  talorum  significat  fortitudinem  cor- 
poris.    Multitudo  carnis  in   genibus  significat  debilitatem  Great  knees. 
10  virtutis  et  molliciem.  | 

Capitulum  .16.  de  modo  ambulandi  sive  de  incessu.  130  a. 

CUjus  passus  sunt  lati  et  tardi  prosperabitur  in  omnibus  Long  steps, 
operibus   suis    et   factis.     Cujus    passus   sunt   breves,  Short  steps. 
est  impetuosus,  suspiciosus,  potens  in  operibus  male  volun- 
15  tatis. 

(.Capitulum  .17.)  De  Jwmine  op  time  memorie  et  bene 
composito  per  comparacio7iem  ad  signa  predicta,  et  de  modo 
Judicandi,  capitulum  .17. 

I  Lie  vero   homo    est   optime  memorie  bene  compositus  The  signs  of  a 
in  natura,  qui  habet  carnes  molles,  humidas,  mediocres  fgoodmLd" 
inter  asperitatem  e.t  lenitatem,  et  qui  est  non  nimis  longus 
nee   nimis   brevis,  atque   declinans    ad    rubedinem,    mitis 
aspectus,    capilli    plani    mediocriter,    magnorum    oculorum 
et  declinancium  ad    rotunditatem,  mediocris  et  mensurati 

2>-  capitis,  magnitudine  colli  equalis  bene  dispositi,  cujus 
eciam  humeri  parum  declinant,  carentes  carnositate  in  cruri- 
bus  et  genibus,  clare  vocis  cum  temperancia  in  sublimitate 
(vel  subtilitate)  et  grossicie,  longarum  palmarum,  longorum 
digitorum  declinancium  ad  subtilitatem,  mediocris  risus,1  j 

30  et  modice    derisionis,  cujus  aspectus  quasi  commixtus  est  130  b. 
leticie  et  jocunditati. 

1  aliter,  modici  risus. 


3  Chapter  exxx.  V  n  Chapter  exxxi.  V  16  Chapter  exxxii.  V 


11  ambulandi]  ambulandu  MS. 


17a 
Do  not  judge  by       Verumptamen   non    oportet   te    precipitare    sentenciam 

one  sign,  .  .  .  .  . 

et  judicium  tuum  in  uno  signorum  istorum,  set  colhge  tcsti- 
but  compare  one  monia   universorum,    et    cum  tibi   dant  diversa   singna  et 

with  another.  ( 

adversa,  declina  semper  ad  mcliorem  et  probabiliorem.1 

Completus  est  tradatus  de  signis    et    moribus  5 
naturalibus    hominum    ad    regent    Alexandrian 
niagnificum  qui  dominatus  fu'it  toti  orbi,  dictusque 
Monarcha  in  Sep(ten)trione. 

This  book  is  not       Non  est  hie   liber   completus   in  Latino   set  multa  magnalia 

some  fools  have  deficiunt,  ut  patet  ex  Greco  et  Arabico.     Item  cum  in  correccione  10 

deleted  several  istius  exemplaris  habui  quatuor  exemplaria,  scio  quod  ablata  sunt 

1  iXTto  have  ab  eis  quedam  capitula  per  stulticiam  aliquorum.     Et  ideo  que- 

a  complete  copy  rantur   in   aliis   exemplaribus.    Solebam    enim  habere  integrum 

of  the  transla-  _   .  ~  ° 

tion.  quantum  fuit  translatum. 

Explicit  Liber  Secreti  Secretorum  Aristotilis  ad  k- 
regent    Alexandruni,    qui    liber    intitulatur    liber 
decent  scienciaruni,  cum  quibusdam  declaracioni- 
busfratris  Rogeri  Bacun  de  ordine  minorum. 

Deo  gracias. 

1  Unde  dicit  lex,  in  dubiis  benigniorem  interpretacionem  facere  20 
non  solum  justius  est,  set  tuCitis. 


*73 

The  following  passages   are    inserted   in  the   edition  of 
Achillini  1500,  and  in  those  which  derive  from  it. 

Q 

(\2K.G*.)  Sciendum  tamen  quod  scire  producere  amentum  Alchemy  is  the 

.  ....  .  &  highest  science 

et  aurum,  verum  est  impossible  :  quoniam  non  est  possibile 
equiparari  Deo  Altissimo  in  operibus  suis  propriis.  Sed  God™  °nly  t0 
cum  declarata  fuerint  hec  per  accidentia  ipsa  compre- 
5  hendentur,  sine  impedimento,  et  hec  est  summa  institu- 
tionum  necessariarum.  Conveniens  est  ergo  negociari  in  aeddents the 
accidentibus:  quoniam  cum  iverimus  in  ipsis  directa  via, 
celatur  dispositio  eorum.     Accipe  igitur  auripicrmenti  par-  bes.in  with 

1  10  r  o  r  orpiment, 

tern  :  et  pone  in  aceto  donee  albefiat:     Postea  pone  partem 
10  argenti  vivi   et  argenti :  et  comisce  cum  oleo  ovorum :  et 

pone  in  crucibulo.     Et  si  egreditur  album,  sicut  avis  que  mercuT'and 
vocatur  in  Arabico  achavo  et  in  Hebraico  peres,  laudetur  Sllver' 
Deus:  si  non,  reponas  quoad  convertatur.     Et  tunc  pone  P^^j1  °,"er 
(unum)  partem  super  septem  Martis,  et  unum  album  :  et 
15  erit    laudabile.     Post   accipe   ex    '  ros   chasag':    et   facias 
comedere   ex  eo  peres,    quod    vocatur  achav    in   Arabico, 
quousque  convertetur  viride  :  et  misce  secum  sciavzag,  (et) 
cera,  et  omnia  cum  oleo  ovorum  :  et  pone  (unum  drachma)  a  process  of 

1  x  '   multiplication. 

ex  super  duo  ex  sole  et  luna  in  duobus  partibus,  et  erit 
20  laudabile. 

(126.  G.)    Et  facias  anulum   ex  argento   et   auro   puro,  A  taHsman  of 

'  o  1  j  power 

et  ex  acui  rubeo,  et  sculpe  in  eo  formam  puelle  discho- 
operto  capite,  exultantis  et  fortificantis  et  equitantis 
leonem,  et  salutent  coram  ipsa  sex  homines,  in  mane  diei 

25  primi,  et  hora  solis  et  sidere  leonis,  et  Sole  in  eo  :  et  Luna 
in    gradu   decimo   celi,  quod  vocatur    seraph  in   Arabico, 
et  erit  rethe  a  remotioribus  ex  eo.     Portantem  hunc  anulum  which  brings 
honorabunt  et   voci  sue  obediens  in  hoc  seculo,  et  nemo  obedience. 
evitabit  in  manu  sua. 

30      (127.  G.)  Bis.  Ipsum   est  ex  venenis  et  magnis  :    et  non  a  great  poison 
apparet  in  colore  suo   cum   videtur,  neque  in  sapore  cum 
gustatur  :  quia  non  est  in   eo  amaritudo  sicut  in  basilisco  ^u"1  taste  or 
aut  felle,  aut  sicut  syr  aurei  quod  vocatur  '  calas  '.     Incon- 
veniens  est  igitur  quod  non  sit  prope  te  :  quoniam  ipsum 

1  G  refers  to  the  chapter  in  the  Hebrew  text  published  by  Dr.  Gaster. 


i/4 


for  use  !n 
»nr. 

Rely  on  your 
>tar 


rcmemVier  you 
are  mortal, 


attend  to  main 
principles. 


Agriculture  is 
better  than 
alchemy. 


I  will  teach 
you  the  virtues 
of  stones. 


The  virtue  of 
the  bezoar 


found  in  China 


u*ed  against 
poison. 


It  brings 
honour 


and  preserves 
from  epilepsy. 


The  virtues  of 
the  pearl 


est  ex  instrumentis  bellicosis  latentibus,  quo  expellis  nocu- 
rrientum  in  gubernatione  tua,  sicut  notificavi  tibi.  At 
sustentamentum  omnium  istorum  est  bonum  sydus  radicale 
in  quo  natus  es.  Et  propter  hoc  non  juvabit  aliis  acuties 
neque  exercitium.  Servies  igitur  primo  Viventi  in  eternum  :  5 
et  cogita  in  futuro  seculo  ac  si  moriereris  eras.  Et  idoneum 
est  quod  facias  res  civiles  ex  anima  universali :  et  thesauri- 
zabis  in  ea  particularem.  Et  intellige  in  hoc  sicut  idoneum 
est,  scilicet  ex  signo  magno. 

(i  28.  G.)  Scias  etiam  quod  chimia  est  scientia  que  non  est  10 
vera.     Nisi  aratio  et  -seminatio  :  et  propter  hoc  erit  ama- 
bilior  oculis  tuis :  et  ipsis  perficies  et  videbis  gubernationem 
tuam  :  et  exaltabis  potestatem  tuam,  auxilio  divino. 

(129.  G.)    Sed   quoniam    in    lapidibus   sunt   proprietates 
memorande  :  ideo  recordabor  virtutum  secretarum  eorum  J5 
in    quibus    invenies    utilitatem  :   et   experimentum    testatur 
super  hoc. 

(130.  G.)  Lapis  bazar  est  nomen  Perse,  et  '  gubernatio 
impedimenti ',  quia  stringit  ventum.  Et  est  duorum  colo- 
rum,  scilicet  crocei  sicut  cera :  et  viridis  sicut  oliva.  Et  3° 
inventio  sua  est  in  tern's  zic  (Sin) :  et  ferunt  quod  reperitur 
in  felle  basilisci.  Et  preparant  ipsum  caliditate  ;  propter 
hoc  est  tenuis  tactu.  Proprietas  ipsius  est  juvamentum 
contra  venena  omnium  vegetabilium  et  mineralium :  et  ex 
morsu  animalium  minutorum  et  punctura.  Et  cum  bibitum  25 
fuerit  ex  eo  pondus  granorum  .xii.  mortem  vitat,  et  venenum 
extrahit  per  sudorem.  Et  qui  portaverit  ipsum  ligatum  in 
anulo  honorabitur  ab  omnibus  hominibus:  et  ab  omni 
aspiciente.  Et  si  pulverizetur  et  spargatur  super  locum 
morsus  animalis  venenosi,  abstrahit  venenum  ;  et  si  putre-  3° 
fieret  locus,  ipsum  liberabit.  Et  si  pulverizetur  ex  eo 
pondus,  ij.  granorum  ordei  et  liquefiat,  et  projiciatur  in 
ore  basilisci,  interficit  eum.  Et  si  suspenderis  ipsum  in 
collo  pueri,  qui  non  est  passus  malum  caducum  aut  aliquod 
accidens,  liberabit  eum  ab  omni  accidente.  35 

(131.  G.)    Lapis    margarite  :    et    ipse    est    al    Jacut    in 
Arabico,  est    triplicis  generis:  rubeus :  croceus  :  arenosus. 


J75 

Quilibet  istorum  ligatus  in  anulo,  et  suspensus  collo,  intran-  preserves  from 

T         .     .  .  .     r  •    ...  epidemics; 

tis  civitatem  in  qua  est  innrmitas  c  tamon  ,  liberat  eum  ab 
infirmitate  ilia.     Margarita  rubea  in  anulo  ligata  portantis 
cor    fortificat,    et    eum    reddit    honorabilem   in    conspectu 
c  hominum.      Et   qui   sculpserit    in    eo    formam    leonis :    etan!mageto 

"  m  be  engraved 

fortuna  leonis  et   solis,  et  solem  in  ipso,  et  scientias  (i.  e.  on  h- 
radiis)  elongaverit  ab  eo,  honorabitur  multum.  et  pervenit 
ad  res  suas  cito,  et  cito  perficit  voluntatem  suam,  et  non 
videt  in  lecto  somnia  timorosa. 
10      (132.  G.)    Zamrad  est  lapis  cuius  proprietas  est  honorare  Thevinuesoi 

v    °  '  r  J         r       r  the  emerald. 

portantem  ipsum  in  anulo.  Scdat  dolorem  stomachi  cum 
suspenditur :  et  a  fortiori  si  tangat  ipsum.  Et  juvat  ad 
lepram  quando  teritur  et  bibitur.  Qui  ligaverit  eum  in 
anulo  et  suspenderit  antequam  veniat  dolor  ventris  liberatur 
15  ab  eo. 

(134.  G.)  Alchahat  est  lapis  mollis  ethiops  splendens,  et  The  virtues  of 

r  •     •  t  •  .  'be  agate  (?). 

ejus  tactus  est  ingidus  :  et  portans  ipsum  non  superabitur 
ab  igne  neque  comburetur.  Et  prodest  ex  omni  egritudine 
calidaaugumentantem  :  accipiensenim  ipsum  reperit  frigidi- 

20  tatem  multam,  et  prospicitur  ab  eo  sic  quod  non  potest 
avertere  oculum  ab  eo.  Siquis  igitur  portaverit  ipsum  in 
loco  evidenti  exaltabitur  in  oculis  hominum,  et  honorabunt 
ipsum.  Et  non  potest  homo  preliari  cum  habente  ipsum  in 
manu :    sed    miratur   cum   aspicit    ipsum.      Propter  quod 

25  operaberis  in  eo  sicut  facis  in  secreto  quod  notificavi  tibi. 

(133.  G.)  Amatistes  est  '  piram  '  in  Arabico,  et  est  lapis  The  virtues  of 
quo  magni  reges  honorantur  et  thesaurizant  ipsum  in  the-'  eturqu01 
sauris  suis.      Et  proprietas  ejus  magna  est,  et  non  est  homo  its  wearer 
potens  occidere  accipientem  ipsum,  et    ex   nunc  non    est  sbSnT be 

3°visus   in  manu  hominis  occisi.      Et   cum    pulverizetur  et  it  preserves 
potetur  ex  eo,  liberat  a   morsu   scorpionum  et  animalium 
minutorum  punctura  et  serpentum  occidentium. 

(135.  G.)  O  Alexander  hoc  sufficit  tibi  ex  lapidibus,  et  si  This  is  the  end 
intelliges  in  eo   et  aspicies :  Deus   per  misericordias  suas  on  stones!91" 

35  faciet  te  prosperaii  in  eo  quod  petiisti  ex  me. 


THE    TRANSLATION    FROM   THE 
ARABIC 

THE   SECRET   OF   SECRETS 

Translated  from  MS.  Gotha  1869  (A),  with  variants  from  MS.  Gotha 
1870  (B),  B.M.  Or.  3118  (C),  B.M.  Or.  6421  (D),  Laud.  Or. 
210  (W),  and  the  Hebrew  text  of  Gaster  (H). 

Section  b         In  the  name  of  God,  the  Merciful,  the  Compassionate.     May 
p'  3  God  prosper  the  Commander  of  the  Faithful,  and  may  He  help 

him  to  guard  the  Faith,  and  may  He  preserve  him  to  cherish  the 
fortunes  of  the  true  believers. 

Surely  his  servant  has  obeyed  his  command  and  followed  his 
injunction  in  studying  the  work  of  direction  for  the  management 
of  state  known  as  the  Secret  of  Secrets  compiled  by  the  excellent 
philosopher  Aristotle  son  of  Nikomacus  of  Mahda,  for  his  pupil 
the  great  King  Alexander  son  of  Philip  of  Macedonia,  known  as 
Dhu  '1-Karnain,  when  he  was  disabled  by  age  and  infirmity  from 
accompanying  the  great  conqueror  during  his  wars. 

Alexander  had  appointed  Aristotle  as  his  prime  minister,  and 
esteemed  him  as  a  particular  friend,  since  Aristotle  was  possessed 
of  sound  judgement,  desire  for  learning,  and  clear  understanding, 
and  in  addition  to  special  brilliant  gifts,  was  versed  in  the  practical 
and  religious  sciences  ;  further  he  was  pious,  upright,  humble,  just, 
and  truthful.  For  this  reason  he  is  included,  by  some  learned 
men,  among  the  prophets. 

I  have  seen  it  written  in  several  books  of  Grecian  history  that 
God  made  a  revelation  to  him,  saying :  Verily  I  prefer  to  call 
thee  an  angel  rather  than  a  man. 

Strange  and  marvellous  things  are  related  about  him  which 
are  too  numerous  to  mention.  There  are  different  traditions 
about  his  death.  It  is  contended  by  some  that  he  died  a  natural 
death  and  is  buried  in  his  tomb  which  is  well  known,  while  the 
others  affirm  that  he  was  lifted  up  to  Heaven  in  a  column  of 
light. 
P-  37  By  following   his   good   advice  and  obeying   his  commands, 

Alexander  achieved  his  famous  conquests  of  cities  and  countries, 
and  ruled  supreme  in  the  regions  of  the  earth  far  and  wide, 


177 

Arabs  as  well  as  Persians  coming  under  his  sway  :   nor  did  he  P-  tf 
ever  oppose  him  in  word  or  deed. 

On  account  of  their  great  mutual  friendship  many  moral  letters 
passed  between  them.  One  of  them  is  Aristotle's  reply  to 
Alexander.  The  latter,  after  conquering  Persia  and  subjugating 
the  powerful  ones  of  that  country,^  had  written  to  Aristotle, 
saying : 

'  O  my  excellent  preceptor  and  just  minister,  I  am  to  inform 
you  that  I  have  found  in  the  land  of  Persia  men  possessing 
sound  judgement  and  powerful  understanding,  who  are  ambitious 
of  bearing  rule.  Hence  I  have  decided  to  put  them  all  to  death. 
What  is  your  opinion  in  this  matter  ?  ' 

Aristotle  replied  :  '  If  you  are  bent  upon  killing  all  of  them, 
and  are  able  to  do  so  by  reason  of  your  power  over  them, 
you  cannot  change  their  climate  and  their  country.  Therefore 
conquer  them  by  kindness  and  benevolence,  and  so  obtain  their 
love. — farewell.' 

Alexander  carried  out  these  injunctions  and  made  the  Persians 
his  most  loyal  subjects. 

_  Yuhanna  ibn  al-Batrik,  the  translator,  says :  I  visited  every  Section  c 
temple  where  philosophers  have  deposited  their  secrets  and  all 
the  great  recluses  who,  having  a  fine  knowledge  thereof,  might 
fulfil  my  quest,  until  I  arrived  at  the  temple  of  the  Sun  which 
had  been  built  by  the  philosopher  Askalabiyus1  [Aesculapius] 
for  himself.  Here  I  met  a  devout  and  ascetic  priest  possessed 
of  deep  learning  and  unerring  judgement,  towards  whom  I  used 
courtesy,  humility,  and  strategy,  till  at  last  he  let  me  see  the 
writings  deposited  in  that  temple,  and  I  found  in  those  writings 
what  I  was  seeking  for.  Then  I  returned  with  my  prize  to  the 
august  presence,  and  by  the  help  of  Almighty  God  and  the  interest 
of  the  Commander  of  the  Faithful,  I  set  about  translating  it. 

I  translated  it  from  the  Greek  into  Syriac  and  then  from  Syriac 
into  Arabic.  The  first  thing  that  I  had  found  therein  was  a  manu- 
script of  the  philosopher  Aristotle  addressed  to  the  Emperor 
Alexander,  as  follows  : — 

I  have  acquainted  myself,  O  gifted  son  and  just  and  exalted  Section  d 
King — may  God  lead  thee  to  the  path  of  true  guidance  and  may- 
He  save  thee  from  being  misled  by  carnal  desire,  and  may  He 
help  thee  with  the  reward  of  the  next  world  and  of  this  one — with 

1  Hermes  W. 

1590  N 


thy  epistle  in  which  thou  has  kindly  spoken  of  thy  regret  at  parting 
with  me  and  at  my  inability  to  accompany  thee ;  and  thou 
desirest  that  I  should  draw  out  for  thee  a  code  which  should 
serve  as  a  guide  in  all  thy  needs,  and  take  my  place  with  thee  in 
all  thine  affairs.  Thou  knowest  that  my  remaining  behind  thee 
has  not  been  because  I  no  longer  desire  thy  company,  but  that 
it  has  been  caused  owing  to  my  advanced  age  and  infirmity. 

As  for  the  matter  that  thou  hast  asked  for,  it  is  so  great  that 
even  the  bosoms  of  the  living  cannot  bear  it — to  speak  nothing  of 
lifeless  paper.  My  obligations  to  thee  make  it  incumbent  on  me  to 
carry  out  thy  request  as  far  as  it  is  right  to  do  so,  but  at  the  same 
time  I  conjure  thee  not  to  compel  me  to  reveal  this  secret  more 
than  what  I  am  depositing  in  this  book.  If  thou  study  it  earnestly, 
I  trust  there  will  be  no  veil  of  obscurity  between  it  and  thee, 
for  God  has  endowed  thee  with  understanding  and  gifted  thee 
P-  4l  with  rare  wisdom.  Therefore  study  its  secrets  according  to  my 
previous  guidance  and  teaching,  and  thou  shalt  be  rightly  guided 
and  achieve  thy  desire,  if  God  will. 

I  have  darkly  alluded  to  certain  prohibited  and  profound 
mysteries,  lest  this  book  should  fall  into  the  hands  of  wicked 
and  tyrannical  men,  who  might  discover  what  God  did  not  deem 
them  worthy  to  understand,  and  thus  I  should  break  the  covenant 
which  was  laid  upon  me,  and  betray  the  secret  entrusted  to 
me  by  God.  And  I  bind  thee  to  guard  these  secrets,  even  as 
I  have  been  bound.  And  he  who  betrays  its  secret  shall  not 
be  safe  from  the  evil  consequences  which  shall  soon  overtake 
him.     And  may  God  preserve  thee  and  us  by  His  mercy. 

Now  I  mention  to  thee  above  all  else  that  which  I  wish  to 
make  thy  intimate  friend  [i.  e.  a  constant  rule  of  life] :  that 
a  king  must  have  two  helpers  particularly  for  himself:  one  of 
them  is  intellectual,  namely,  the  strength  and  composure  of  his 
own  soul.  For  the  soul  is  strengthened  by  the  union  and  com- 
posure of  its  faculties  just  as  a  king  is  strengthened  by  union  of 
his  subjects,  and  vice  versa.  Similarly  there  should  be  a  perfect 
harmony  and  co-operation  between  the  potential  and  actual  faculties 
of  a  ruler. 

This  harmony  and  co-operation  among  the  two  kinds  of  faculties, 

or  between  the  ruler  and  the  ruled,  are  gained  by  two  means,  one 

of  them  is  evident  and  apparent,  and  the  other  is  secret  and 

p.  4 2  mysterious.     With  the  former  means  I  have  already  acquainted 


i/9 

you,  namely :  treat  them  with  liberality  and  make  them  in- 
dependent. This  is  connected  with  the  subject  of  economy, 
which  will  be  mentioned  in  its  own  place.  The  second  of  the  two 
helps  is  the  help  given  by  the  moral  faculties  to  the  actual  ones 
[i.e.,  it  is  a  moral  means  of  winning  the  hearts  of  the  subjects, 
as  the  first  one  was  a  physical  or  material  one].  And  this  takes 
precedence  of  even  the  first.  This,  too,  is  gained  by  two  means  : 
one  of  which  is  apparent  and  the  other  secret.  The  first  means 
of  uniting  the  subjects  and  creating  harmony  among  the  ruled 
ones  is  to  treat  them  with  justice  and  leniency.  The  secret 
means  is  one  peculiar  to  the  saints  and  sages  whom  God  has 
chosen  from  amongst  His  creatures  and  endowed  with  His 
own  knowledge.  And  I  shall  impart  to  thee  this  secret  as  well 
as  others  in  certain  chapters  of  this  book,  which  is  outwardly 
a  treasure  of  wisdom  and  golden  rules,  and  inwardly  the  cherished 
object  itself.  So  when  you  have  studied  its  contents  and  under- 
stood its  secrets  you  will  thereby  achieve  your  highest  desires 
and  fulfil  your  loftiest  expectations.  Rejoice  in  it  therefore,  and 
may  God  help  you  to  attain  this  knowledge  and  to  honour  the 
masters  thereof. 

This  my  book  contains  ten  *  discourses.  Section  e 

Discourse  I.     The  kinds  of  kings. 

Discourse  II.     On  the  position  and  character  of  a  king  and 
the  course  he  should  pursue  in  private  affairs  and  in  all  ad- 
ministrative work. 
Discourse  III.     On  the  form  of  Justice  whereby  a  king  is  made 

perfect,  and  nobles  and  commons  are  governed. 
Discourse  IV.     On  his  ministers,  their  number,  and  the  way  of 

governing  them. 
Discourse  V.2     On  the  king's  scribes,  their  prerogatives  and 

ranks. 
Discourse  VI.3     On  his  ambassadors  and  their  qualities,  and 

the  policy  to  be  adopted  in  sending  them. 
Discourse  VII.4     On  governors  of  his  subjects,  and  those  who 
are  appointed  to  collect  his  revenues,  and  other  matters  con- 
nected with  his  public  offices. 
Discourse  VIII.     On   the   government   of  his   generals,   and 
other  officers  of  his  army  and  the  lower  ranks. 

i  seven  IV.  2  IV  and  V  make  IV  of  W.  »  VI  is  V  of  W. 

*  VII,  VIII,  IX  make  VI  of  W. 

N  2 


i8o 

Discourse  IX.  On  the  management  of  war  ;  modes  of  strategy 
to  be  adopted  in  it.  How  to  be  safe  from  its  results.  How 
to  meet  the  enemy  and  times  chosen  for  doing  so.  When 
to  set  out.  The  name  of  the  general  appointed  for  forces 
and  for  war. 

Discourse  X.1  On  the  magical  sciences,  the  secrets  of  astrology, 
the  methods  of  winning  over  the  people,  the  virtues  of  minerals 
and  herbs,  &c.,  useful  for  the  above-mentioned  purposes.2 

p.- 42  con.  Discourse  I. 

On  the  Kinds  of  Kings. 

Section/  There  are  four  kinds  of  kings  :  1.  A  king  who  is  liberal  to 
himself  and  liberal  to  his  people.  2.  A  king  who  is  liberal 
to  himself  but  miserly  to  his  people.  3.  A  king  who  is  miserly  to 
himself  and  miserly  to  his  people. 

The  Rumi  say  that  there  is  no  harm  if  a  king  is  miserly  to 
P-  43  himself  but  liberal  to  his  people.  And  the  Indians  say  that 
it  is  right  for  a  king  to  be  miserly  to  himself  as  well  as  to  his 
people.  The  Persians  contradict  the  Indians  and  say  that  a  king 
ought  to  be  liberal  to  himself  as  well  as  to  his  people.  But  all  of 
them  agree  to  this,  that  to  be  liberal  to  himself  and  miserly  to  his 
people  is  vicious  for  a  king  and  corrupts  his  kingdom. 

In  this  discourse  it  is  necessary  for  us  to  explain  liberality  and 
avarice,  and  to  describe  the  evils  of  excess  in  liberality  and  those 
of  deficiency  in  jt. 

It  has  been  already  explained  that  all  qualities  and  actions  are 
vitiated  as  they  approach  their  extremes,  and  that  it  is  extremely 
hard  to  observe  moderation  in  liberality,  but  that  it  is  easy  enough 
in  the  case  of  avarice.  Moderation  in  liberality  is  to  give  what  is 
needed  and  when  it  is  needed,  and  to  help  a  deserving  person  to  the 
extent  of  one's  ability.  But  if  one  exceeds  this  one  becomes  guilty 
of  excess  and  falls  into  extravagance.  And  he  who  gives  what 
is  not  needed  is  unworthy  of  praise.  And  he  who  gives  untimely 
is  like  one  who  gives  water s  to  one  who  is  himself  standing  on 
the  bank  of  a  river.    And  he  who  gives  that  which  is  not  needed, 

1  X  is  VII  of  W. 

2  IV.  adds  :  And  wonderful  things  of  the  mysteries  of  leechcraft,  of  what 
expels  poisons  without  requiring  the  aid  of  a  physician,  and  many  similar 
useful  things,  as  we  shall  hereafter  mention. 

8  bitter  water  C. 


i8i 

or  to  one  who  does  not  deserve  it,  is  like  one  who  helps  his  enemy 
against  himself. 

But  he  who  gives  the  right  thing  to  the  right  person  at  the 
right  time,  is  liberal  to  himself  as  well  as  to  his  people.  He  is 
right  in  his  acts  and  truly  politic.  It  is  this  one  whom  the  ancients 
have  named  liberal,  and  not  he  who  gives  great  gifts  and  bestows 
rich  presents  to  those  who  do  not  deserve  them.  For  such  a  one 
is  extravagant  and  spendthrift,  for  he  squanders  the  wealth  of  his 
state. 

As  for  avarice,  it  is  a  name  which  is  unworthy  of  kings  and 
of  a  state.     And  when  it  happens  to  be  the  nature  of  a  king,  he  p.  44 
should  entrust  the  gifts  of  his  state  to  a  trustworthy  person  from 
among   his   close   friends   who  would   prevent  him  from   being 
miserly. 

O  Alexander,  I  say  to  thee,-  that  the  king  who  exceeds  the 
bounds  of  liberality  and  throws  more  burden  on  his  state  than 
it  can  bear,  verily  he  will  be  the  destruction  of  himself  and 
of  his  state.  As  I  say  to  thee,  O  Alexander,  and  I  have  never 
ceased  from  saying  it  to  thee,  that  generosity  and  liberality  and 
the  permanence  of  a  state  depend  upon  withholding  oneself 
from  that  which  is  in  the  hands  of  the  people,  and  abstaining 
from  their  possessions.  And  I  have  seen  it  written  in  some  testa- 
ments of  Hermes  the  Great,  that  the  perfect  magnanimity  of 
a  king,  the  soundness  of  his  judgement,  and  the  permanence 
of  his  good  name  depend  upon  his  abstaining  from  the  possessions 
of  the  people. 

O  Alexander,  the  cause  of  the  downfall'  of  the  kings  of  Hanaj  * 
was  no  other  than  thisr  that  they  extracted  too  much  revenue 
from  the  people  and  seized  their  property.  The  people  took 
refuge  in  the  Temple  of  Lightning  and  asked  the  help  of  God. 
So  He  sent  a  devastating  wind  against  the  tyrants  which  destroyed 
them— and  parties  rose  up  against  them.  And  the  kingdom 
became  corrupt.  And  if  God  had  not  requited  them  as  He 
didy  their  own  acts  would  have  brought  about  the  corruption 
of  their  state  and  the  downfall  of  their  realm-  For  verily,  wealth 
is  the  means  of  the  subsistence  of  animal  life,,  and  an  essential 
part  of  it.  And  life  cannot  exist  after  the  dissipation  of  that 
part. 

O  Alexander,  an  essential  part  of  liberality  and  magnanimity  p.  45 
1  Ha\ahij  IV. 


1 8a 

is  to  give  up  seeking  a  pretext  to  injure  another,  and  trying  to 
find  out  the  hidden  faults  of  others,  and  to  avoid  mention  of 
one's  gifts. 

The  perfection  of  all  virtues  is  to  turn  away  from  perpetual 
fault-finding,  to  honour  the  generous,  to  meet  men  with  a  cheerful 
face  and  to  return  their  greetings,  and  to  overlook  the  faults  of 
the  ignorant.1 

O  Alexander,  I  have  explained  to  thee  what  I  have  never 
ceased  from  explaining.2  And  perhaps  this  will  fix  in  thy  mind 
what  I  wish  thee  to  act  upon,  and  which  will  lead  thee  to  success. 
Now  I  tell  thee  a  short  maxim  which  alone  would  have  sufficed 
to  guide  thee  in  all  matters  temporal  and  spiritual  even  if  I  had 
not  told  thee  others. 

O  Alexander,  reason  is  the  head  of  policy  and  judgement. 
It  is  the  health 3  of  the  soul  and  the  mirror4  of  faults.  By  means 
of  it  hateful  objects  are  thrown  down  and  lovable  objects  are 
exalted.  It  is  the  chief  of  all  praiseworthy  things,  and  the 
fountain-head  of  all  glories. 

0  Alexander,5  the  first  instrument  of  reason  is  the  desire  of 

1  Wadds  :  O  Alexander,  it  is  therefore  clear  and  true  that  liberality  and 
nobility  are  undoubtedly  to  be  praised,  and  that  meanness  and  bareness  are 
to  be  condemned.  Liberality  is  good  and  beautiful,  the  most  ornamental 
and  lovely  thing  among  sovereigns,  and  the  poet  Homer  has  well  said  : 
'The  mean  man  never  attains  to  eminent  rank,  but  the  noble  man  is  raised 
to  high  degree.* 

2  A  reads  :  what  I  have  not  explained  to  them. 

s  armour  C.  4  remover  W. 

5  W  reads  :  The  first  teaching  of  understanding  is  coveting  of  a  good 
name.  Whoever  covets  it  truly,  his  motive  is  good,  but  whoever  covets  it 
in  excess  is  blameworthy  and  to  be  hated.  And  men,  as  it  were,  are  seeking 
after  good  fame,  and  the  proof  of  this  is  that  where  they  strive  with  each 
other  for  rank  in  trades,  &c,  they  desire  rank  only  for  the  good  name 
thereof.  Good  name  is  the  thing  to  be  sought.  And  lordship  is  not  to  be 
desired  for  its  own  sake  but  for  good  name.  If  lordship  is  coveted  for  other 
causes  it  produces  envy,  and  envy  produces  lying,  and  lying  is  the  very  root 
and  essence  of  vileness,  as  the  Greek  poet  Homer  has  well  said  :  "A  lie  is 
no  more  use  to  a  liar  than  its  tail  to  a  fox",  and  the  offspring  of  lying 
is  slander. 

B  reads  :  O  Alexander,  the  first  instrument  of  reason  is  the  inclination 
towards  a  good  name.  And  whoever  inclines  to  it  through  its  path,  it  is 
desirable  for  him.  And  whoever  inclines  towards  it  with  excess  it  is 
detestable  and  deprecable  for  him.  Because  a  good  name  is  the  object,  and 
sovereignty  begets  tyranny,  and  tyranny  begets  conflict,  and  conflict  begets 
hatred,  and  hatred  begets  quarrelling,  and  quarrelling  begets  enmity,  and 
enmity  begets  strife,  and  strife  begets  war  and  destroys  the  population. 


*»3 

a  good  name.  And  he  who  considers  this  as  the  true  object 
of  sovereignty  is  right  and  praiseworthy,  but  whoso  loves  sove- 
reignty for  the  sake  of  power  and  self-indulgence,  is  blameworthy 
and  in  error.  To  love  sovereignty  for  its  own  sake  leads  to 
tyranny  and  injustice,  which  break  the  cord  of  attachment  between 
the  ruler  and  the  ruled  and  destroy  the  allegiance  of  the  people,  p.  46 
The  loss  of  allegiance  causes  enmity.  Enmity  leads  to  dis- 
sension, dissension  leads  to  hatred,  and  hatred  to  war.  And  war 
destroys  law  and  civilization.  And  this  leads  to  the  opposition 
of  nature,  which  destroys  everything. 

But  when  the  object  of  sovereignty  is  glory  and  good  name,  it 
leads  to  sincerity.  Sincerity  leads  to  piety.  And  sincerity 
inclines  to  all  praiseworthy  things.  Sincerity  is  the  opposite 
of  falsehood.  It  creates  amity  and  high-mindedness.  High- 
mindedness  creates  courtesy,  which  leads  to  friendship,  which 
leads  to  liberality  and  mutual  exchange  of  gifts,  which  lead  to  the 
establishment  of  law  and  civilization,  which  are  in  accordance 
with  nature.  Hence  it  is  evident  that  he  who  seeks  sovereignty 
with  this  true  aim  leaves  a  permanent  good  name  behind  him. 

O  Alexander,  beware  of  encouraging  thy  lusts.  They  are 
destructive.  For  lusts  lead  to  the  ascendancy  of  the  animal 
soul  beyond  what  is  necessary,  so  that  the  mortal  body  is 
tarnished  and  the  immortal  spirit  is  afflicted.  The  encourage- 
ment of  lust  causes  voluptuousness,  which  leads  to  avarice,  which 
lends  to  love  of  riches.  Love  of  riches  leads  to  meanness,  which 
leads  to  greed.  Greed  leads  to  perfidy,  which  leads  to  robbery,  p.  47 
which  leads  to  the  loss  of  honour  and  manhood,  which  leads 
to  strife,  which  destroys  faith  and  love  and  ruins  the  world.  And 
this  is  against  nature.  And  God  (may  He  be  praised  and  exalted) 
knoweth  best. 

Likewise  it  leads  to  the  opposition  of  nature,  which  is  destructible  to  the 
whole  affair. 

C  reads :  O  Alexander,  the  first  sign  of  wisdom  is  to  incline  towards 
a  good)  name  ;  and,  verily,  it  is  desirable  for  one  who  turns  to  it  from  his 
path.  And  it  is  deprecable  and  blamable  for  one  who  turns  to  it  with 
excess.  For  good  name  is  the  object,  and  sovereignty  is  not  desired  for 
itself;  verily  it  is  desired  for  a  good  name.  And  the  first  path  of  wisdom 
is  a  good  name.  And  sovereignty  begets  the  love  of  a  good  name.  But  if 
it  is  sought  thiough  a  wrong  way  it  begets  envy,  and  envy  begets  falsehood, 
and  falsehood  is  the  root  of  all  vices.  And  the  result  of  falsehood  is 
calumny.  Calumny  begets  ill-will,  ill-will  begets  tyranny,  tyranny  begets 
conflict  .  .  .  (as  B). 


1 84 


Discourse  II. 

Section  g     On  the  Quality  '  of  the  King,  and  the  Nature  and  Conduct 

Proper  to  him? 

The  first  thing  necessary  for  a  king  as  regards  his  own  person 
is  that  he  should  be  known  by  a  distinguished  name  and 
addressed  as  such,  so  as  to  be  distinguished  from  all  others.  For 
he  is  an  outstanding  figure  which  men  point  to  and  the  goal  they 
seek. 

O  Alexander,  the  king  who  makes  his  state  subservient  to  the 
Law  is  worthy  of  his  high  position,  and  he  who  makes  light  of  his 
high  position  is  destroyed  by  it. 

0  Alexander,  I  say  what  the  philosophers  and  revered  divines 
whom  we  follow  (the  favour  of  God  be  upon  them)  have  re- 
peatedly said,3  that  the  first  quality  needed  in  a  king  is  wholly 
to  observe  divine  commandments  without  disregarding  or  trans- 
gressing a  single  one  of  them,  positive  or  negative.  He  must 
be  a  public  example  of  temperance  and  sincere  faith,  for 
if  he  practise  hypocrisy  his  guile  will  not  succeed^  since  the 
people  are  never  blind  to  his  conduct.  He  should  overlook 
shortcomings  on  the  part  of  his  subjects,  even  though  that 
involves  the  loss  of  much  money,  for  thus  he  will  please  God  and 

p.  48  make  himself  beloved  of  God's  servants.  Connected 4  with  this  is 
his  duty  to  respect  those  who  represent  religion,  namely,  upright 
judges  and  reverend  doctors  and  spiritual  leaders.     He  should  be 

1  IV:  ordinance,     'and  .  .  .  him',  omit. 

2  B :  and  his  food  and  drinks. 

3  B  reads  :  that  the  first  thing  necessary  for  a  king  is  to  adopt  for  himself 
the  observance  of  his  religion,  wholly  and  perfectly,  without  wasting  any- 
thing from  it,  or  from  its  commands  and  prohibitions.  And  that  he  should 
show  to  the  public  an  ascetic  life  together  with  the  belief  in  it.  Because  if 
there  appears  in  him  anything  contrary  to  his  belief,  his  plan  shall  never 
succeed,  since  his  nature  shall  not  be  hidden  from  the  people.  And  that  he 
should  rot  be  satisfied  with  the  omission  of  anything  from  its  duties, 
although  it  may  cost  him  great  wealth.  Because  through  it  his  Creator  will 
be  pleased  and  he  will  be  loved  even  by  his  enemies,  &c.  [his  creatures  C]. 

4  And  one  of  those  things  which  are  akin  to  the  above  is  respecting  those 
on  whom  falls  the  burden  of  government,  as  the  judges,  lawyers,  and 
spiritual  leaders  [and  other  men  of  learning  B~\.  Then  he  should  be  great- 
minded  without  being  cowardly  [fond  of  war  C],  broad  thinking,  investi- 
gating, always  trying  to  find  out  the  consequences  before  their  happening, 
kind,  .  .  . 


1 85 

aspiring,  without  arrogance,  broad-minded,  of  keen  discernment, 
foreseeing  the  issues  of  events. 

He  ought  to  be  merciful  and  kind.  If  he  happens  to  fall  into 
anger  he  should  take  care  not  to  act  on  the  impulse  of  the 
moment  without  reflection.  When  passion  stirs  in  him  he  should 
suppress  it  by  the  power  of  reason,  and  rule  his  own  soul.  And 
if  his  passion  is  righteous,  he  should  act  upon  it  without  showing 
violence  or  contempt. 

Further  he  should  adorn  himself  with  comely  ornament  and 
peculiar  dress,  which  shall  attract  the  eye  and  delight  the  soul 
and  distinguish  him  from  other  men.  He  ought  also  to  have 
a  melodious,  eloquent,  and  loud  voice.  Loudness  of  voice  is 
advantageous  for  a  king  when  the  occasion  comes  for  rebuke,  but 
he  should  spare  loud  words  except  in  rare  circumstances,  lest 
he  be  heard  too  often,  and  the  people,  becoming  familiar  with  his  p.  49 
talk,  despise  his  authority.1  It  is  best  that  he  should  speak  to  no 
one  except  in  reply.  He  should  rarely  converse  with  his  subjects 
or  associate  with  them,  especially  with  the  common  people.2 

How  praiseworthy  is  the  method  of  the  Indians,  who  say  in  the 
admonitions  to  their  kings  :  The  appearance  of  a  king  before  the 
common  people  is  detrimental  to  him  and  weakens  his  power. 
Therefore  a  king  should  show  himself  to  them  only  from  afar,  and 
always  when  surrounded  by  a  retinue  and  guards.  Once  a  year, 
when  the  season  of  assembly  comes,  he  appears  before  all  his 
people.  One  of  his  eloquent  ministers  stands  up  before  him  and 
delivers  a  speech3  in  which  he  praises  God  and  thanks  Him  for 

1  B,  C,  and  IV  (generally)  read  :  Similarly  he  should  appear  to  them 
clad  in  rich  garments  and  rare  ornaments  which  should  astonish  and  please 
their  eyes  and  please  their  souls,  and  by  which  he  shall  be  distinguished  ■ 
from  every  one  else.  And  it  is  necessary  that  he  should  have  a  sweet 
speech,  eloquent  tongue,  and  loud  voice.  Because  lo'udness  of  voice  is  good 
[a  weapon  C]  for  him  at  the  time  of  reprimanding.  And  he  should  be 
sparing  of  speech  [of  loud  speech  C]  except  at  the  time  of  necessity  and  in 
rare  cases  [in  the  council-chamber  W\  so  that  it  may  not  become  familiar  to 
the  hearers  and  thus  lose  its  power  of  inspiring  them  with  fear. 

2  B,  C :  And  similarly  he  should  be  sparing  of  associating  with  the 
people,  and  should  mix  with  them  as  little  as  possible,  especially  with  the 
common  people. 

3  B,  C:  How  praiseworthy  is  the  custom  of  the  Indians  with  regard  to 
the  policy  of  their  kings,  since  they  say  that  the  appearance  of  the  king 
before  the  public  degrades  him  in  their  eyes  and  lowers  their  estimate  of  his 
power.  And  it  is  necessary  that  he  should  not  appear  to  them  except  at 
a  distance,  and  surrounded  with  his  retinue  and  arms  in  the  interval.     And 


1 86 

their  allegiance  to  their  sovereign.  Then  he  says  how  well 
pleasing  they  are,  and  how  much  care  is  taken  on  their  behalf, 
and  exhorts  them  to  be  obedient  and  warns  them  against  dis- 
obedience. Then  he  reads  their  petitions,  hears  their  complaints, 
dispenses  justice,  and  grants  gifts  to  them.  He  pardons  their 
sins  and  makes  them  feel  how  near  he  is  to  the  highest  and  lowest 

p.  50  among  them.  As  he  comes  out  among  his  people  only  once 
in  a  year  and  does  not  obtrude  upon  them,  they  remember  that 
as  a  great  event  which  gave  them  joy  and  pleasure.  They  relate 
it  to  their  relatives  and  children,  so  that  their  little  ones  grow  up 
to  obey  and  love  him.  So  he  is  well  spoken  of  in  private  and  in 
public,  and  thus  he  becomes  safe  from  the  rising  of  parties 
against  him  and  from  the  intrigues  of  the  seditious.  The 
ambitious  will  not  seek  to  subvert  his  authority  for  that  reason. 

Also  it  is  necessary  that  he  should  lower  all  the  taxes,  especially 
in  the  case  of  those  who  come  into  his  presence  as  merchants  and 
traders.  Because  by  abstaining  from  their  properties  and  treating 
them  with  justice,  they  will  return  more  frequently  and  their 
number  will  increase,  and  his  country  will  be  greatly  benefited  by 
the  variety  of  goods  and  men  and  beasts.  And  this  is  the  means 
of  the  civilization  of  the  country,  increase  of  its  revenue,  flourish- 
ing of  its  condition,  and  humiliation  of  its  enemies.  Therefore 
he  who  abstains  from  little  gains  much. 

And  do  not  incline  to  that  which  does  no  good  and  is 
soon  lost.  But  seek  the  wealth  which  is  never  exhausted,  the 
life  which  never  changes,  the  sovereignty  which  never  ceases  and 
permanency  which  never  perishes,  and  a  fair  name,  which  is  the 

P-  51  greatest  treasure.     Never  adopt  the  habit  of  the  brutes  and  wild 
.  beasts,  which  steal  everything  they  find,  and  search  for  what  they 
have  not  lost,  have  little  regard  for  what  they  have  obtained,  and 
follow  their  lust  in  eating,  drinking,  mating,  and  sleeping. 

0  Alexander,  lean  not  towards  lechery,  for  it  is  a  habit  of 
swine.1  And  what  glory  is  there  in  a  thing  in  which  the  brutes 
excel  thee  ?  It  emaciates  the  body,  destroys  life,  corrupts  the 
constitution  (ideals  B),  causes  effeminacy.  We  have  likened  it 
[to  the  habit  of  swine]  and  that  is  enough. 

when  it  is  the  season  of  gathering  their  troops,  which  occurs  once  a  year, 
he  appears  to  the  general  public,  and  there  stands  before  him  the  most 
eloquent  of  his  ministers,  who  reads  an  address,  &c.  .  .  . 

1  They  may  excel  thee  in  it,  but  it  is  not  praiseworthy.  W. 


i87 

A  king  should  participate  in  amusements  with  his  family,  for 
they  warm  the  soul  and  please  the  senses  and  exhilarate  the  body. 
When  he  indulges  in  them,  it  should  be  for  three  or  four  days,  or 
as  long  as  he  thinks  proper.  The  courtiers  should  not  know  of 
this,  but  should  be  given  to  understand  that  he  is  privately 
engaged  in  important  business  affecting  them.  He  should  also 
have  trusty  emissaries  to  keep  him  well  informed  of  important 
events. 

A  king  should  not  wholly  avoid  eating  and  amusing  himself 
with  his  favourite  courtiers  and  notables,  but  it  must  not  be  done  p. 
oftener  than  twice  or  thrice  in  a  year.  He  ought  to  honour  those 
who  deserve  honour  and  assign  them  to  their  proper  rank. 
In  order  to  show  his  love  for  them  he  should  praise  them  to  their 
faces,  and  give  them  each  cups  of  wine  and  present  them  with 
robes  of  honour  as  far  as  he  is  able.  And  if  the  present  of  a  robe 
make  a  man  faithful  to  his  king,  the  king  may  then  bestow  on  him 
a  finer  gift  and  show  him  a  greater  affection.  He  should  treat 
the  others  in  the  same  way,  till  he  has  dealt  with  them  all. 

It  is  also  necessary  for  a  king  always  to  have  much  gravity 
and  to  laugh  little.  For  excessive  laughing  destroys  dignity  and 
hastens  on  old  age.  All  those  who 1  present  themselves  in  the 
king's  assembly  ought  to  observe  due  respect  and  to  show 
befitting  reverence. 

If  any  one  happens  to  commit  an  act  of  disrespect  he  should 
be  duly  punished.  If  he  is  of  high  rank,  his  punishment  should 
be  banishment  from  the  assembly  till  he  learns  better  manners. 
But  if  any  one  is  guilty  of  an  offence  wilfully  done  in  contempt  of 
the  royal  presence,2  his  punishment  should  be  death.  O  Alex- 
ander,3 in  the  books  of  the  kings  of  India  it  is  said  that  the  cause 
of  a  monarch  ruling  his  subjects,  or  being  ruled  by  them,  is  merely 
a  strong  or  a  weak  mind.  Aesculapius 4  says  of  rulers  :  The  best 
ruler  is  he.  who  resembles  a  vulture  surrounded  by  carcases,  not 
he  who  resembles  a  carcase  surrounded  by  vultures. 

0  Alexander,  loyalty  to  the  king  springs  from  four  qualities  :  p. 
religious  feeling,  love,  desire,  and  fear.      Remove  the  complaints 
of  the  people,  and  relieve  them  of  injustice  and  oppression.    And 

1  sit  before  him  to  be  of  grave  demeanour  and  to  show  their  dread.  W. 

2  W  inserts  :  he  must  be  exiled  after  being  punished.  But  if  he  is  one 
of  the  army  or  of  those  who  bear  arms,  .  .  . 

s  IV:  The  Indians  say:  the  difference  between  a  monarch  .  .  . 
1  W\  And  they  also  say  : 


i88 

do  not  give  them  an  opportunity  of  speaking  [complaint],  because 
when  they  are  enabled  to  speak  they  can  also  act.  Therefore 
strive  to  stop  their  tongues  and  thou  shalt  be  safe  from  their 
actions.  Know  that  fear  of  the  king  is  the  peace  of  the  realm. 
And  it  is  said  in  the  book  of  the  Indians  [Persians  B]  : l  Let  thy 
fear  in  their  souls  be  worse  than  thy  sword  in  their  hearts. 

Verily  the  king  resembles  the  rain  which  is  a  draught  from  God 
and  a  divine  blessing,  reviving  the  earth  and  those  who  are  on  it. 
It  may  bring  inconvenience  to  travellers,  demolish  houses,  cause 
lightning  and  floods  which  destroy  men  and  animals,  and  make  the 
sea  to  rage  and  bring  about  severe  calamity.  But  this  does  not 
prevent  mankind,  when  they  consider  the  effects  of  the  grace 
of  God  whereby  vegetation  is  revived  and  sustenance  comes  forth 
and  mercy  is  shed  abroad,  from  appreciating  the  favour  of  God 
and  thanking  Him  for  it. 
i.  54  And  the  king  also  resembles  the  winds  which  God  sends 
as  harbingers  of  His  blessings.  He  drives  the  clouds  by  means 
of  them,  and  causes  them  to  fertilize  the  fruits  and  impart  new  life 
to  mankind  ;  by  means  of  them  He  makes  their  rivers  to  flow, 
lights  their  fires;  and  drives  their  ships.  They  injure  many 
things  on  land  and  sea,  both  the  lives  and  property  of  mankind, 
and  cause  plagues  and  simoons.  Men  may  complain  of  them  to 
God,  but  He  does  not  make  them  cease  from  the  function 
He  has  assigned  to  them. 

The  same  is  the  case  with  summer  and  winter,  the  heat  and 
cold  of  which  God  created  for  the  sake  of  fructification  and 
procreation ;  although  harm  may  be  done  by  the  heat  and  cold  of 
these  seasons,  with  their  simoons  and  chills.2 

A  king  is  in  the  same  position. 

0  Alexander,  inquire  into  the  condition  of  the  weak  in  thy 
kingdom,  far  and  near;  help  them  from  thy  treasury  in  time  of 

p.  55  famine.  Bestow  this  office  on  a  trustworthy  man  who  is  well 
acquainted  with  their  misfortune,  and  who  is  as  anxious  to  help 
them  as  thou  art  thyself.  Because,  verily,  to  remove  their  wants 
is  to  help  to  preserve  the  Law,  to  comfort 3  the  hearts  of  the 
common  people,  and  to  please  the  Creator. 

1  IV:  O  Alexander,  the  fear  of;  a  king  should  strike  deeper  into  the  souls 
than  his  sword  into  their  hearts'  blood. 

2  MS.  B  proceeds:  To  discuss  this  point  at  length  would  occupy  too 
much  space,  so  I  mention  here  only  a  part  of  it  in  brief.  (Then  follows  the 
section  on  the  four  parts  of  the  body,  p.  202,)  3  IV:  quiet. 


189 

O  Alexander,  be  careful  of  thine  affairs,  so  that  thine  actions 
may  be  right.  It  is  good  policy  to  remove  the  fear  of  thy  punish- 
ment from  the  hearts  of  pious  and  peaceful  people  and  to  inspire  - 
the  minds  of  suspicious  characters  and  mischievous  people  with 
the  fear  of  thy  chastisement,  so  much  so  that  they  imagine  in 
their  seclusion  that  thine  eyes  are  upon  their  actions. 

O  Alexander,  gamer  up  as  much  store  of  corn  as  possible  as 
a  precaution  against  years  of  famine.  And  when  there  is  scarcity 
take  out  all  that  thou  hast  garnered  and  other  people  of  thy 
empire  have  garnered.  This  will  put  down  every  corruption  and 
disturbance,  and  will  help  to  give  permanency  to  Jaw.1 

0  Alexander,  the  most  emphatic  command  I  give  thee  and 
have  always  given,  by  obeying  which  thy  rule  will  be  strong  and 
thy  sovereignty  lasting,  is  to  refrain  from  shedding  blood  without 
cause  and  from  exacting  the  extreme  penalty  of  the  law,  for  God 
has  particularly  warned  His  creatures  against  it.2  Thou  mayest 
act  merely  on  appearance  and  not  know  the  hidden  truth.  There- 
fore try  to  avoid  it  as  much  as  possible,  and  save  thyself  from  error 
and  its  fearful  consequences.  Verily,  Hermes  the  Great  is  right 
in  saying  :  When  one  creature  wrongfully  kills  another,  the  angels 
complain  to  their  Maker  and  cry  out  :  '  This  thy  servant s  has  p.  ■/ 
tried  to  make  himself  like  unto  Thee.'     Then  if  he  has  killed  him 

in  punishment  of  an  act  of  murder,  God 4  replies  to  them  5 :  '  He 
had  killed,  therefore  he  has  been  killed.'  But  if  he  has  been 
killed  for  the  sake  of  worldly  good,  or  on  false  suspicion,  God 
replies  to  His  angels  :  '  By  My  glory  and  power  ! 6  I  make  forfeit 7 
the  blood  of  this  My  slave.'  And  the  angels  continue 8  to  curse 
the  Slayer  in  all  their  prayers  and  invocations 9  so  that  his  life  may 

1  W  inserts  here  :  O  Alexander,  be  strong  in  thy  policy  and  sound  in  thy 
judgement,  and  seek  integrity,  so  that  the  people  may  follow  thee.  Be 
gentle  and  compassionate,  but  let  not  thy  gentleness  and  compassion  become 
a  mischief  [when  dealing]  with  such  as  deserve  punishment  and  correction. 
If  thou  look  well  to  it,  pious  and  righteous  men  will  be  safe  from  thy  punish- 
ment, while  the  sinful  and  corrupt  will  learn  to  know  thy  vengeance.  The 
Hebrew  follows  the  Eastern  text  generally. 

2  C,  D.  and  Wread  :  for  granting  and  taking  away  of  life  is  the  prerogative 
of  God  [Who]  alone  [knows  the  secrets  of  created  things].  W. 

'  W :   calls  unto  Thee. 

4  IV :  God,  Whose  name  be  blessed  and  His  glory  exalted. 

5  IV:  He  slew,  and  was  slain. 

6  W :  I  will  not  forsake  the  blood  of  my  servant. 

7  lawful  to  be  shed.  8   W:  crying. 
'  W ;  until  the  blood  is  avenged. 


190 

be  forfeited.  And  if  the  culprit  happens  to  die !  a  natural  death 
according  as  is  destined,  and  is  not  slain,  then  he  draws  on  him- 
self the  wrath  of  God  all  the  more,  and  is  consigned  to  perpetual 
punishment  and  pain,  unless  he  dies  repentant. 

O  Alexander,  in  all  cases  where  punishment  is  necessary,  you 
will  find  that  a  long  imprisonment  or  a  severe  chastisement  is 
sufficient,  and  this  I  need  not  explain  in  detail.  But  in  exacting 
penalties,  follow  the  writings  of  thy  divine  ancestors  and  thine 
actions  will  always  be  right.  O  Alexander,  consider  thy  weakest 
enemy  as  if  he  were  the  strongest.  Do  not  despise  him,  because 
many  a  weak  and  contemptible  enemy  becomes  a  powerful  one, 
whose  treatment  is  difficult  and  whose  disease  is  baffling. 

O  Alexander,  beware  of  perfidy,  for  it  is  the  nature  of  foolish 
children.  Its  consequence  is  evil,  and  although  it  may  achieve 
some  little,  it  depriveth  of  much.  Thus  beware  of  breaking  thy 
promises  and  violating  thy  covenants.  For 2  that  is  an  extreme 
form  of  treachery,  a  failure  of  manliness,  and  a  destroyer  of  much 
worldly  success,  which  I  have  previously  warned  thee  to  avoid. 
P*  57  O  Alexander,  thou  knowest  that  on  thy  right  hand  and  on  thy 
left  are  two  spirits  who  reckon  against  thee  thy  smallest  and 
greatest  words  and  actions,  whereof  they  inform  thy  Maker,  Who 
knoweth  best.  Therefore  guide  thy  conduct 3  in  the  knowledge 
that  all  thy  secret  and  public  deeds  are  laid  before  thy  Maker. 

O  Alexander,  what  can  compel  a  king  to  take  an  oath  ?  There 
is  no  hand  over  a  king's  hand  except  that  of  God.  Therefore 
never  make  use  of  an  oath,  unless  even  to  be  cut  with  a  knife 
would  not  make  you  break  it.  For  verily,  Inakh,  Safoor,  and 
Hananij  lost  their  kingdoms  simply  through  breaking  their  oaths 
for  the  sake  of  worldly  goods,  and  their  government  perished 
through  their  excessive  use  of  force. 

The  breaking  of  agreements  in  state  policy  is  required  in 
certain  situations,  as  I  have  before  mentioned.  This  is  not  the 
place  to  explain  these,  but  further  on  in  this  book  I  will  refer  to 
them  briefly.  Ponder  them  and  thou  shalt  be  successful,  if 
God  will. 

1  W:  suddenly,  he  remains  for  ever  in  punishment  and  pain,  because  the 
Lord  is  wroth  with  him. 

2  IV:  this  is  an  important  part  of  thy  Faith  of  which  I  have  spoken  to 
thee  before. 

3  IV:  so  that  he  who  beholds  it  may  rejoice  and  make  it  known  to  thy 
Creator. 


I9I 

O  Alexander,  never  grieve  for  what  is  past,  for  it  is  the  p.  58 
quality  of  women  and  weak  persons.1  And  show  politeness  and 
manliness,  because  it  will  increase  thy  wealth  and  humiliate  thy 
enemies.  And  order  the  people  of  thy  country  to  read,  and  study 
the  arts  and  sciences.  And  treat  generously  those  who  distinguish 
themselves  in  learning  and  science.  Read  the  petitions  of  thy 
people  carefully  and  reward  their  good  deeds.  This  will  increase 
the  love  of  the  people  to  thee,  and  perpetuate  thy  name  in 
history.  O  Alexander,  the  Greeks  did  not  acquire  greatness  and 
fame  except  by  their  love  of  knowledge  and  their  exertions  to 
acquire  it.  So  much  so,  that  their  maidens  in  the  homes  of  their 
fathers  were  learned  in  the  rules  of  their  religion  and  their  laws.  p.  59 
They  were  acquainted  with  the  situations  of  the  seven  planets, 
the  bows  of  day  and  night,  with  the  strings  of  the  bows  and  their 
quivers,  with  the  courses  of  the  moon.  They  knew  how  to  make 
predictions  by  stars,  what  hours  to  choose  for  various  purposes, 
and  other  sciences,  such  as  medicine,  &c. 

0  Alexander,  do  not  put  thy  trust  in  the  service  of  women, 
except  the  woman2  who  values  her  loyalty  above  her  life,  and 
thy  life  and  thy  possessions.  For  thou  art  no  more  than  a 
mere  trust  in  their  hands,  and  thy  life  is  at  their  mercy.  Beware 
of  poisons,  for  many  kings  have  lost  their  lives  by  them.  And, 
in  taking  medicine,  do  not  trust  to  one  physician,  for  a  single 
man  is  liable  to  be  seduced.  If  possible  have  -ten  physicians,3 
and  take  the  medicine  regarding  the  use  of  which  they  all  agree. 
Thy  medicines  should  be  prepared  in  the  presence  of  all  thy 
physicians/  as  well  as  of  one  of  thy  own  trusty  servants  who 
understands  medicines  and  knows  the  method  of  compounding 
and  weighing  them.  Remember  the  mother  of  the  Indian  king  who  p.  60 
sent  to  thee  some  presents,  one  of  which  was  a  girl  who  had  been 
brought  up  on  poison  until  her  nature  had  become  that  of  poisonous 
serpents.  And  if  I  had  not  found  it  out  through  my  knowledge  of 
the  Indian  kings  and  physicians,  and  had  not  suspected  her  to  be 
capable  of  inflicting  a  fatal  bite,  surely  she  would  have  killed  thee.5 

1  Wadds  :  Deliberation  and  judgement  will  prevent  this  (if  God  wills)  so 
that  no  inconsistency  shall  appear  either  in  thy  words  or  actions. 

2  IV:  whom  thou  hast  tried  and  found  devoted  to  thee  and  what  belongs 
to  thee. 

3  IV  adds  :  but  not  nine.  4  IV  adds  :  thyself  being  present  or  one. 
5   breads  :  she  surely  would  have  killed  thee  by  her  touch  and  by  her 

perspiration,  and  thou  shouldst  have  perished. 


192 

0  Alexander,  guard  thy  noble  immortal  soul,  for  verily,  it  is 
a  trust  with  thee.  And  do  not  be  like  the  ignorant  people  of 
the  temples  who  follow  the  letter '  without  understanding  its 
meaning. 

Section  h  And  if  it  may  be  possible  for  thee  do  not  rise  nor  sit  nor  eat 
nor  drink  nor  do  anything  except  at  the  time  chosen  by  astrology, 
for  thus  you  will  prosper ;  because,  verily,  God  has  not  created 
anything  uselessly.  And  it  was  through  it  that  the  learned  Plato 
came  to  know  the  situations  of  the  parts  of  compounds  with  the 
p.  r>t  difference  of  their  colours  [qualities]  at  their  conception  according 
to  their  composing  relations.  Hence  he  discovered  the  art  of 
painting'  on  silk  and  drawing  of  pictures.  And  do  not  listen  to 
those  fools  who  say  that  the  science  of  astrology  is 3  false  and  use- 
less, and  that  one  who  predicts  future  events  by  means  of  astrology 
is  an  impostor.  And  I  say  that  it  is  necessary  to  pay  due  regard 
to  astrology.  For  although  man  cannot  avoid  his  fate,  yet  by 
knowing  it  beforehand  he  prepares  himself  for  it  and  makes  use 
of  the  remedies  calculated  to  avert  it.  As  people  provide  them- 
selves with  shelter,  fuel,  furs,  &c,  to  defend  themselves  against 
the  rigours  of  coming  winter.  Similarly  to  meet  the  hot  weather 
they  provide  themselves  with  cooling  things.  And  against  the 
years  of  famine  they  collect  provisions  and  store  them  up ;  like- 
wise for  fear  of  strife  they  emigrate  to  another  country.  There 
is  another  advantage,  and  that  is  that  when  men  know  of  events 
before  they  happen,  they  can  ask  God  to  avert  them,  and  before 
the  crisis  .they  may  pray  to  God  and  humble  themselves  before 
p.  62  Him,  and  ask  for  forgiveness  and  pardon,  and  repent  and  fast  and 
pray  and  beseech  Almighty  God  to  spare  them.4 

1  A  :  who  yield  obedience. 

-   IV ':  the  dibaj  (fringe)  and  all  the  Ideas. 

s  W :  a  secret  knowledge  which  no  one  can  obtain,  or  the  opinions  of 
those  who  believe  that  this  science  gives  false  prognostications  and  who  do 
not  know  that  it  came  first  of  all  b}'  inspiration  of  God. 

4  W  and  the  Hebrew  insert  here  :  Alexander,  honour  thy  wazlr  more 
than  thyself,  and  seek  his  advice  in  small  cr  in  great  matters,  and  keep  him 
near  thy  council  chamber,  for  he  is  thy  honour  before  all  the  nobles  and  thy 
friend  in  private,  and  thy  protector  against  evil-doers.  Take,  for  example, 
the  king  and  queen  [wazlr  in  the  Eastern  game]  in  chess,  when  he  is  with 
her,  and  when  he  is  separated  from  her.  This  is  the  best  illustration  of  my 
meaning  ;  and  do  not  believe  that  the  government  can  stand  without  a  wazlr, 
for  that  is  absurd.  Do  not  neglect  to  ponder  on  these  examples,  so  that 
you  may  be  guided  aright,  if  God  please.  They  then  proceed  at  once  to 
Book  III. 


J93 

And  the  science  of  the  stars  is  divided  into  three  parts :  the 
composition  of  the  spheres,  and  the  direction  of  the  planets,  and 
the  distribution  of  the  stars,  and  their  distances  and  their  motions, 
and  this  science  is  called  Astronomy.  There  is  another  part  of 
it,  namely,  the  knowledge  of  how  the  circling  of  the  spheres  and 
the  rising  of  the  constellations  indicate  events  before  they  happen 
under  the  sphere  of  the  moon,  and  this  science  is  called  the  Science 
of  Decrees.  And  the  root  of  the  science  of  the  stars  is  the  know- 
ledge of  three  things  :  Planets,  heavenly  spheres,  and  the  Signs 
of  the  Zodiac. 

As  for  the  stars  ('kaukab')  known  by  means  of  observation, 
they  are  one  thousand  and  twenty-nine  in  number.1 

I  am  writing  for  thee  a  secret  of  the  science  of  therapeutics  Section  i 
which  will  make  thee  independent  of  physicians  in  the  matter  of  p'    4 
preserving  thy  health.     For  the  methods  of  preserving  health  and 
soundness  of  body  are  the  most  useful  things  to  be  explained  and 
acted  upon  in  the  interest  of  matters  temporal  as  well  as  spiritual. 

No  object  of  this  world  or  of  the  next  can  be  obtained  without 
strength.  And  strength  depends  upon  health.  Health  depends 
upon  the  temperance  of  the  four  humours.  And  God  has  created 
means  of  adjusting  them,  and  He  has  instructed  in  them  His 
people  through  His  chosen  prophets  and  friends.  And  the  sages 
of  India,  Rome,  Persia,  and  Greece  have  discovered,  in  this 
subject,  things  which  no  wise  man  ought  to  ignore.  Because  the 
man  who  disregards  the  well-being  of  himself  would  do  so  even 
more  with  regard  to  others.  And  it  is  not  difficult  for  sound 
minds  and  right  judgements  to  understand  those  methods  by 
which  health  is  gained  and  preserved.2 

The  most  reliable  school  among  those  mentioned  above  is  the 
Greek  school,  and  whatever  I  shall  write  in  this  book  will  be 
according  to  the  theories  and  beliefs  of  the  Greeks.       *  p.  65 

O  Alexander,  learned  men  and  philosophers  agree  in  this  that 
man  is  composed  of  contrary  humours,  and  needs  food  and  drink. 
If  he  is  deprived  of  them  his  life  is  destroyed  ;  and  if  he  commits 
excess  in  them,  or  eats  and  drinks  too  little,  he  is  afflicted  with 
diseases  and  weakness.  But  if  he  is  temperate,  he  is  benefited 
and  his  body  and  strength  are  improved.  And  all  those  wise 
men  agree  in  their  opinions  that  whoever  exceeds  the  bounds  of 

1  This  paragraph  occurs  only  in  A. 

2  A  reads  :  And  if  his  faculties  are  clear,  his  desire  is  gained. 

1590  O 


194 

moderation  in  filling  his  stomach  or  in  leaving  it  empty,  or  in 
sleeping  or  wakefulness,  or  in  motion  or  rest,  or  in  purgation,  or 
letting  blood,  or  in  excessive  cohabitation,  is  not  safe  from  the 
onrush  of  diseases  and  sudden  illnesses  which  I  shall  describe 
later.  Now  I  am  going  to  mention  some  advantages  of  moderation 
and  evils  of  indulgence  and  excess. 

It  is  agreed  that  whoso  guards  against  excess,  and  observes 
moderation  and  temperance,  obtains  health  and  long  life.  I  do 
not  find  any  one  of  the  ancients  disagreeing  in  this,  that  all  the 
affairs  of  this  world— power,  wealth,  pleasure,  and  sensual  gratifi- 
cation— depend  upon  existence.     Therefore  whoso  loves  existence 

p.  66  ought  to  observe  all  that  is  useful  and  agreeable  to  it,  and  shun 
sensual  things,  not  preferring  one  meal  to  many  meals. 

Verily  I  have  heard  it  related  of  the  famous  Socrates  that  he 
used  to  impose  great  abstemiousness  upon  himself.  A  disciple 
of  his  said  to  him  :  '  O  sage,  if  thou  wilt  increase  a  little  thy  food, 
it  will  increase  thy  strength  and  vivacity.'  He  replied  :  '  O  my 
son,  verily  I  eat  in  order  to  live,  and  do  not  live  in  order  to  eat.' 
And  I  have  seen  that  those  who  are  abstemious  and  temperate, 
who  restrict  themselves  to  vegetable  food  and  practise  physical 
exercise,  are  healthier  in  body,  keener  in  appetite,  and  lighter  in 
motion  than  these  who  indulge  themselves.  Evidence  of  this  is 
found  in  the  case  of  people  subject  to  labour  and  fatigue,  Bedawin, 
and  ascetics.  And  it  is  a  true  maxim  that  the  best  medicine  is 
moderation  in  all  things. 

O  Alexander,  know  that  the  preservation  of  health  is  obtained, 
by  the  will  of  God,  by  two  means :  firstly,  eating  and  drinking 
that  which  agrees  with  the  individual,  the  time  of  the  year,  the 
individual's  habits,  and  the  customary  nourishment  by  which  his 
body  is  sustained.  Secondly,  purging  himself  of  the  superfluity 
which  is  engendered  by  destructive  and  corrupting  humours.     As 

p.  67  the  human  body  and  whatever  is  taken  into  it  of  food  or  drink 
are  gradually  dissolved  and  softened  by  natural  heat,  which  dries 
up  all  the  moisture  of  animal  bodies,  as  well  as  of  the  rivers  and 
seas :  therefore,  if  the  body  is  soft  and  warm,  hard  food  benefits 
it  most,  because  the  solvent  power  of  that  body  is  great,  by  reason 
of  the  openness  of  its  pores  and  the  strength  of  its  heat ;  but  if 
the  body  is  hard  and  turbid  and  dry,  then  food  that  is  moist  and 
mild  is  the  most  beneficial,  because  the  solvent  power  of  that 
body  is  weak,  by  reason  of  the  narrowness  of  its  pores.     In  order 


*95 

to  be  healthy,  a  man  must  take  what  agrees  with  his  normal 
temperament.  If  his  temperament  is  warm,  moderately  warm 
food  will  agree  with  him  :  and  if  his  temperament  is  cold,  then 
moderately  cold  things  will  be  found  to  agree  more  with  him,  and 
similarly  with  moist  and  dry  temperaments.  And  if  heat  and 
inflammation  grow  excessive  in  the  body,  either  through  eating 
food  of  an  excessively  heating  nature  or  through  the  predominance 
of  passion,  then  cold  things  of  a  contrary  nature  will  be  bene- 
ficial. 

And  when  the  stomach  is  warm,  strong,  and  healthy,  the  best 
food  for  the  owner  thereof  is  coarse  and  strong  food,  for  his 
stomach  is  like  a  strong  fire  which  can  consume  great  logs  of 
wood.  But  if  the  stomach  is  cold  and  weak  the  most  beneficial 
food  for  it  is  that  which  is  light  and  easily  digestible.  For  such 
a  stomach  is  like  a  small,  weak  fire  which  must  be  fed  at  first  with 
reeds  and  thin  sticks. 

Symptoms  of  good  health  are  lightness  of  the  body,  cleanliness  p.  68 
of  the  bowels,  and  keenness  of  appetite.  Signs  of  bad  health  are  : 
limpness  of  the  body,  laziness,  puffiness  of  the  face,  excessive 
saliva,  heaviness  of  the  eyes,  sluggishness  of  the  bowels,  sourness, 
acidity,  bitterness,  wateriness,  bad  odour,  rumbling  and  wind  in 
the  stomach,  loss  of  appetite.  When  the  disease  causing  the 
above  symptoms  increases  and  takes  strength  it  brings  on  piles, 
yawning,  shivering,  &c,  all  of  which  corrupt  the  body  and  destroy 
the  constitution.  Therefore  one  ought  to  take  precautions 
against  them. 

THE  SUPERIOR  DEGREE  OF  COUNSEL.1 

It  is  necessary  for  thee,  O  Alexander,  that  when  thou  risest  Section  k 
from  thy  sleep  thou  shouldst  take  a  short  walk  and  stretch  thy 
limbs  moderately,  and  comb  thy  hair.     For  verily,  the  stretching 
of  the  limbs  hardens  the   body,  and   walking 2   drives   out   the  p-  69 

1  Discourse  seven,  on  medicine  IV;  Book  XII  H.  Since  this  mortal 
species  is  subject  to  corruption  through  the  opposition  of  compositions  which 
occur  in  it,  I  have  therefore  decided  to  set  down  for  thee  in  this  chapter 
some  of  the*  strange  secrets  of  leechcraft,  which  if  thou  wilt  observe  and 
adhere  to  them,  for  it  is  not  necessary  for  a  king  to  show  all  his  maladies  to 
the  leech,  thou  shalt  have  no  necessity  for  a  leech  save  in  those  rare 
occurrences  which  no  man  may  eschew.  W. 

2  In  other  MSS.  and  IV:  Combing  the  hair. 

O  2 


196 

vapours  which  rise  to  the  head  during  sleep.  Then  bathe  your- 
self— in  summer  with  cold  water,  as  it  strengthens  the  body  and 
keeps  in  the  natural  heat,  and  thus  helps  to  increase  appetite. 
Then  put  on  clean  garments  and  clothe  thyself  in  goodly  apparel, 
for  the  sense  of  sight ]  rejoices  to  look  thereat  and  the  spirit  is 
strengthened  by  delighting  therein.  Then  brush  thy  teeth  with 
a  tooth-stick  made  of  bitter-astringent  and  acid  wood  and  not  of 
an  unknown  wood.  For  verily  there  are  numerous  advantages 
in  brushing  the  teeth.  It  cleanses  the  teeth  and  the  mouth, 
melts  away  the  phlegm,  frees  the  tongue  and  polishes  it,  creates 
appetite  for  food.  Then  take  medicinal  snuff,  according  to  the 
season  of  the  year.  For  there  are  great  advantages  in  taking 
it :  it  opens  the  pores  of  the  brain,  thickens  the  neck  and  the 
upper  arm,  beautifies  the  complexion,  strengthens  the  senses,  and 
prevents  the  premature  greyness  of  hair. 

Then  perfume  thyself  befitting  the  season  :  for  verily  the  soul 
is  nourished  by  smelling  sweet  scents  and  pleasant  smells.  And 
when  the  soul  is  nourished  and  strengthened  the  body  is  also 
strengthened,  and  the  heart  is  cheered  thereby,  and  the  blood 
courses  through  the  veins  owing  to  the  cheerfulness  of  the  heart, 
p.  70  Then  put  in  thy  mouth  a  seed  of  clove,  and  a  piece  of  fresh 
aloes-wood  or  a  piece  of  nutmeg  because  it  drives  out  phlegm 
from  the  mouth,  and  removes  diseases  of  the  whole  of  the  throat 
and  the  mouth.2 

Then  give  an  audience  to  the  great  men,  converse  with  them 
and  exchange  courtesies  and  transact  necessary  business,  either 
spiritual,  temporal,  or  any  other,  according  to  thy  wish,  and  let 
them  not  find  in  thy  mouth  any  evil  sayings.3 
p.  71  And  when  thou  feelest  the  desire  of  food  at  its  accustomed 
time,  first  thou  shouldst  perform  some  physical  exercise,  as 
wrestling,  hard  walking,  riding,  weight-lifting,  or  the  like.4  For 
the  advantage  of  this  is  to  break  up  the  wind,  strengthen  and 


1  your  soul  W. 

2  And  then  take  an  electuary,  four  drachms  of  aloes  and  rhubarb,  for  the 
effect  is  to  draw  the  phlegm  from  the  mouth  of  the  stomach  and  to  expel  it 
and  cause  digestion  of  the  food,  to  kindle  the  natural  heat ;  it  also  reduces 
flatulency  and  cleanses  the  mouth  W. 

3  After  which  speak  with  thy  nobles  and  discourse  with  them  pleasantly, 
and  judge  every  one  according  to  his  due  W. 

4  as  riding  and  playing  [polo  ?]  W. 


197 

lighten  the  body,  kindle  up  the  heat  of  the  stomach,  and  rouse 
the  soul.1 

Then  let  there  be  placed  before  thee  various  kinds  of  eatables, 
and  eat  the  kind  on  which  thy  choice  falls  and  to  which  thy 
appetite  is  excited.2  Then,  if  possible,  do  not  exceed  the  bounds, 
and  do  not  eat  to  repletion.  That  is  the  desire  and  aim.  But 
if  it  is  not  possible  for  thee,  then  observe  moderation,  and  eat 
at  first  what  should  be  eaten  at  first,  and  last,  what  ought  to  be 
eaten  last.  As,  for  instance,  when  one  wishes  to  take  a  soft  and 
a  binding  diet  at  one  and  the  same  meal,  he  should  take  the  soft 
first  and  the  binding  one  afterwards,  in  order  to  make  a  free 
passage  for  the  food  after  its  digestion ;  but  if  the  binding  food 
is  taken  first  and  the  soft  one  afterwards  there  is  no  free  passage 
and  both  foods  become  corrupted.3 

Similarly  if  he  takes  at  one  and  the  same  meal  food  which  is 
quickly  digestible  and  food  which  is  slow  of  digestion,  he  should 
take  the  food  which  is  slow  of  digestion  into  the  bottom  of  his 
stomach,  because  the  bottom  of  the  stomach  is  warmer  and 
stronger  in  digesting  on  account  of  its  being  formed  of  a  stronger  p.  72 
and  warmer  substance4  and  being  situated  closer  to  the  liver, 
which  is  a  cooking  agent.  The  upper  part  of  the  stomach  is 
sinewy,  cold  and  weak  in  digesting,  so  that  when  food  rises  to 
the  top  of  the  stomach  it  is  not  digested  speedily.  Another 
point  in  eating  is  to  withhold  thy  hand  when  there  is  still  some 
.of  thy  appetite  left.  Because  eating  to  satiety  straitens  the 
soul 5  and  causes  the  food  to  remain  lying  in  the  bottom  of  the 
stomach. 

He  should  also  restrain  himself  from  drinking  immediately 
after  food  habitually.6  Because  water  taken  soon  after  eating 
cools  the  stomach,  extinguishes  the  heat  of  the  appetite,  and 
corrupts  the  food,  and  brings  on  indigestion,  which  is  the  worst 
of  bodily  afflictions  and  is  named  'deferred  poison'.  But  if  it  is 
found  necessary  to  drink  water,  either  on  account  of  the  hot 

1  strengthen  the  joints,  melt  away  superfluities  and  phlegm,  puts  the  food 
on  the  burning  fire  of  the  stomach  C.     sensitive  soul  W. 

2  and  eat  bread  evenly  raised,  perfectly  baked  W. 
s  wasted  IV. 

1  MS.  A,  corrupt,  reads  :  on  account  of  parts  of  the  heat  of  the  flesh 
mingled  with  it. 

5  shortens  the  breath  W. 

6  until  [refraining]  becomes  a  habit  W. 


198 

weather,  or  the  heat  of  the  stomach  or  of  the  food,  then  drink 
a  little  very  cold  water.  Then,  at  the  end  of  eating,  drink  a  little 
wine  mixed  with  about  ten  istars1  of  water, 
p.  73  When  he  has  finished  eating  he  should  walk  a  little  on  soft 
carpets,2  then  lie  down  on  his  left  side  and  finish  his  sleep. 
Because  the  left  side  is  cold  and  needs  something  to  warm  it. 
And  if  one  feels  heaviness  in  his  lower  ribs,  he  should  wrap  up 
his  stomach  with  some  heavy  and  warm  cloth,  or  take  in  his  arms 
a  girl  of  warm  body. 

And  if  he  feels  sour  belching,  which  is  a  sign  of  cold  stomach, 
he  should  drink  hot  water  with  oxymel.  Then  he  should  vomit. 
Because  it  is  very  injurious  to  the  body  to  keep  back  the  corrupt 
food  in  the  stomach. 

And  movement  before  food  kindles  up  the  fire  of  the  stomach, 
but  the  same  after  food  is  bad,  because  it  carries  down  the  food 
before  it  is  fully  digested,  and  thus  leads  to  stoppages  and 
diseases, 
p.  74  Sleep  before  food  emaciates  the  body  and  dries  up  its  moisture. 
But  sleep  after  food  is  nourishing  and  strengthening.  Because 
in  sleep  the  outer  part  of  the  body  becomes  cool,  and  the  natural 
heat  which  is  diffused  throughout  the  body  is  collected  in  the 
stomach  and  around  it,  and  helps  the  stomach  to  digest  the  food. 
And  the  external  part  of  the  body  is  left  free  for  its  natural 
functions  and  the  vital  energy  takes  rest.  Thus  they  [the  wise] 
esteem  the  evening  meal  more  than  the  mid-day.  meal,  for  the 
mid-day  meal  has  to  cope  with  the  heat  of  the  day  and  the  pre- 
occupation of  sense  and  soul  with  what  the  individual  listens  to, 
or  engages  in,  or  thinks  about,  and  with  the  fatigue  and  move- 
ment around  him.  So  that  the  natural  heat  is  diffused  over  the 
exterior  of  the  body  and  the  stomach  is  thereby  hindered  from 
digesting  the  food.  But  the  opposite  of  this  is  the  case  at  the 
evening  meal,  for  it  is  accompanied  by  rest  of  the  body  and 
stillness  of  senses  and  soul  and  the  coolness  of  evening,  which 
drives  the  natural  heat  into  the  interior  of  the  body, 
p.  75  Beware  of  taking  nourishment  a  second  time  before  thou  hast 
become  certain  that  the  first  meal  is  fully  digested.  Thou  wilt 
know  this  by  a  feeling  of  appetite,  and  the  collecting  of  saliva  in 

1  An  istar  =  6|  drachms. 

2  and  softly,  and  lie  down  and  sleep  for  an  hour  on  the  right  side  and 
then  turn  on  to  the  left  IV. 


199 

the  mouth.  Because  whenever  one  eats  food  before  the  body 
requires  it,  the  food  meets  with  the  natural  heat  in  the  state  of 
the  latter's  quiescence,  as  fire  is  quiescent  under  ashes.  But 
when  a  man  takes  food  in  a  state  of  true  appetite  and  need  for 
it,  it  meets  with  a  strong  natural  heat  like  a  fire  which  is  kindled 
up.1  And  as  soon  as  thou  feelest  hunger  thou  shouldst  hasten  p.  76 
to  take  thy  meal,  for,  if  thou  delayest,  the  stomach  will  consume 
the  superfluous  matter  of  the  body,  will  collect  foul  humours  and 
cause  noxious  vapours  to  rise  to  the  brain.  And  if  food  is  taken 
after  that,  it  gets  spoilt  and  does  not  do  any  good  to  the  body. 

And  if  any  one  who  is  in  the  habit  of  eating  twice  a  day  p.  75 
changes  that  habit  and  begins  to  eat  once  only  it  does  him  great 
harm.  Just  as  if  one  who  is  in  the  habit  of  eating  once  a  day 
begins  to  eat  twice,  his  food  does  not  agree  with  him.  Likewise 
if  one  changes  the  usual  time  of  his  meals  he  soon  finds  the  evil 
of  doing  so. 

Habit  is  second  nature.  Therefore  if  through  some  cause  it  is 
found  necessary  to  change  a  habit,  it  is  imperative  that  it  should 
be  changed  little  by  little,  one  degree  at  a  time. 

And  it  is  also  necessary  for  us  to  mention  in  this  chapter,  the  p.  76 
four  seasons  and  the  changes  of  the  weather.     The  first  of  the 
four  is 

The  Spring  Season. 

When  the  sun  enters  the  first  degree  of  Aries  it  is  the  beginning 
of  the  spring  season.  Its  duration,  according  to  the  opinion  of 
authorities  on  the  subject,  is  93  days,  23  hours  and  ^2  of  an 
hour.  It  begins  on  the  21st  of  Azar  (March)  and  ends  on  the 
23rd  of  Haziran  (June).  The  beginning  of  spring  is  called  the 
vernal  equinox,  because  the  days  and  nights  become  equal  in 
all  climes.  Weather  becomes  temperate  and  the  air  balmy. 
Breezes  blow,  snows  are  melted,  streams  flow,  rivers  become  full, 
wells  gush  forth.  Moisture  rises  to  the  branches  of  trees,  vegeta- 
tion grows  up ;  corn,  grasses,  and  herbs  grow  up.  Trees  bear 
leaves  and  blossoms.  Flower  buds  open  up  and  the  earth 
becomes  green.  Living  things  come  into  being,  beasts  of  the 
field   multiply,   udders   flow   with   milk,   animals    disperse   over 

1  will  hurt  him  by  extinguishing  the  natural  heat,  whereas  if  a  man  eats 
when  he  is  hungry  he  will  find  the  natural  heat  as  burning  fire  W. 

2  r.  3 


aoo 

the  country  from  their  nests.  The  life  of  the  dwellers  in  the 
deserts  becomes  pleasant.  The  earth  is  bedecked  and  ornamented, 
and  the  world  becomes  like  a  young  girl  adorned  and  resplendent 
before  the  onlookers, 
p.  77  This  season  is  warm,  moist  and  temperate,  and  resembles  in 
its  nature  air,  and  stirs  the  blood.  In  this  season  it  is  useful  to 
take  moderate  food,  as  chickens,  partridges,  and  pheasants,  half- 
■  cooked  eggs,1  lettuce,  endive,  and  goats'  milk.  No  other  time 
than  this  is  better  for  bleeding  and  cupping.  And  it  is  allowable 
to  commit  excess  in  this  season  in  cohabitation,  use  of  purgatives, 
and  baths  and  bringing  on  perspiration.2  Any  error  in  medical 
treatment,  purging,  or  bleeding,  which  may  take  place  at  this 
time  the  season  safeguards  it  and  sets  it  right,  if  God  Almighty 
pleases. 

The  Summer  Season. 

When  the  sun  enters  the  first  degree  of  Cancer  it  is  the 
beginning  of  the  summer  season.  It  lasts  for  92  days  and  23^ 
hours.  It  begins  on  the  23rd  of  June  (Haziran)  and  ends  on  the 
24th  of  September  (Ailul).  At  this  time  the  length  of  the  day 
and  the  shortness  of  the  night  reach  the  limit  in  all  climes. 
Thenceforth  the  day  begins  to  grow  shorter  and  night  longer, 
heat  becomes  equal,  the  air  becomes  warm,  hot  winds  blow, 
water  decreases,  vegetation  dries  up,  the  strength  of  bodies 
P«  78  increases,  and  the  earth  becomes  like  a  bride  laden  with  riches 
and  having  many  lovers. 

This  season  is  hot  and  dry,  and  spleen  predominates  in  it.3 
Therefore  one  ought  to  avoid  all  hot  things,  whether  food,  drink, 
or  medicine.4  And  one  ought  to  beware  of  over-eating,  that  the 
heat  of  the  stomach  may  not  be  quenched.  One  should  eat  all 
kinds  of  cold  food,  such  as  veal  cooked  with  vinegar,  gourds,5 
fat  chickens,  and  fine  flour,6  and  of  fruits,  sour  apples,  plums,7  and 
sour  pomegranates.  And  the  scents  and  oils  used  of  a  cold 
nature.  Iced  water  should  be  drunk.  Extreme  moderation 
should  be  observed  in  cohabitation.  Bleeding  and  cupping 
should  be  avoided.     But   the  bath  may  be  used.     It  is  good 

1  new-laid  eggs.  2  and  purging  medicine  W, 

3  and  it  stirs  up  the  red  gall  IV.  *  and  spices  W. 

5  cucumbers  W.  6  fattened  on  barley  meal  IV. 
7  nuts  W. 


20I  m 

to  vomit  in  this  season,  as  the  superfluous  matter  of  the  body 
increases  in  summer  and  rises  to  the  top  of  the  stomach.  Purga- 
tives and  gargling  should  be  avoided  except  when  quite  necessary. 

The  Autumn  Season. 

When  the  sun  passes  into  the  first  degree  of  Libra  it  is  the 
beginning  of  autumn.  It  lasts  for  88  days  and  17 ^  hours, 
beginning  on  the  24th  of  September  (Ailul)  to  the  22nd  of 
December  (Kanun  1). 

At  this  time  the  nights  and  days  become  equal  for  the  second  p.  79 
time,  and  thenceforth  the  night  begins  to  grow  longer  than  the 
day.  Summer  is  at  an  end  and  autumn  has  come.  The  air  is 
cool,  north  winds  blow,  the  season  changes,  waters  lessen,  rivers 
dry  up,  and  springs  subside,  vegetation  is  dried  up,  fruits  are 
exhausted,  men  garner  grain  and  fruit,  and  the  earth  loses  its 
beauty.  The  insects  die  out,  reptiles  retire  into  their  holes, 
birds  and  wild  beasts  disappear  in  quest  of  a  warmer  climate. 
Provisions  are  collected  against  winter.  The  weather  changes, 
and  the  earth  becomes  like  a  mature  matron  who  has  passed  the 
years  of  her  youth. 

This  season  is  cold  and  dry,  and  suits  such  foods  and  drinks 
as  are l  warm,  soft,  and  moist,  as  chickens,  mutton,2  sweet  grapes, 
and  well-matured  wine.  Such  things  as  produce  black  bile 3 
should  be  avoided.  Motion  and  cohabitation  and  gargling  may  p.  80 
be  indulged  in  in  this  season  more  freely  than  in  summer,  but 
less  than  in  winter  and  spring.  The  frequent  use  of  the  bath  is 
recommended.4  If  one  feels  the  necessity  of  vomiting  one  should 
do  so  either  in  the  middle  of  the  day  or  at  its  end,  as  superfluous 
matters  of  the  body  collect  at  these  times. 

As  purgatives  he  should  take  Garikun  (Agaricum)  and  Aftimum 
(dodder  of  thyme)  and  anything  that  drives  out  choler  and  softens 
the  humours,  by  the  help  of  Almighty  God. 

The  Winter  Season. 
When  the  sun  enters  the  first  degree  of  Capricorn  it  is  the 
beginning  of  winter.     It  lasts  for  89  days  and  14^2  hours,  from 
the  22nd  of  December  (Kanun  1)  to  the  21st  of  March  (Azar). 

1  and  it  stirs  up  the  black  gall.  Abstain  from  eating  or  drinking  anything 
cold  and  dry,  eat  and  drink  only  what  is  W. 

2  lamb  IV.  3  melancholy  W. 
4  and  take  purgings  if  need  be  W. 


302 

At  this  time  the  length  of  night  and  the  shortness  of  day  reach 
to  their  extremes  once  again,  and  the  day  begins  to  grow  longer 
than  the  night.  Autumn  is  finished,  winter  has  arrived.  Cold 
is  intense,  bitter  winds  blow,  the  leaves  of  the  trees  fall,  most  of 
the  vegetation  dies,  and  most  of  the  animals  take  refuge  in  the 
belly  of  the  earth  and  in  mountain  caves  from  the  severe  cold 
and  the  frequent  storms  and  rain.  The  heavens  grow  dark  and 
the  face  of  the  earth  frowns.  The  animals  grow  thin,  bodies 
grow  weaker,  and  the  world  becomes  like  a  decrepit  old  woman 
to  whom  death  draws  near. 

This  season  is  cold  and  moist,  and  phlegm  predominates  in  it. 
Therefore,  in  the  matter  of  nourishment  and  medicine,  it  is 
necessary  to  seek  after  warm  things,1  such  as  young  pigeons, 

(Not  in  A)  flesh  of  a  young  goat  not  more  than  one  year  old,2  roast  meat, 
p.  8 1  hot  spices,  figs,  walnuts,  garlic,  thick  red  wine,  hot  electuaries 

(Not  in  A)  and  sweetened  compounds.  Hot  clysters  may  be  used.  Purga- 
tives, bleeding,  and  cupping  should  be  avoided,  except  in  case  of 
necessity.  Then  the  air  should  be  changed  and  heated,  and  first 
of  all  hot  drinks  should  be  taken  and  the  body  rubbed  with  warm 
oils,  and  one  should  enter  a  temperate  bath.  In  this  season 
even  excess  in  exertion,  cohabitation,  and  eating  does  not  do 
much  harm.3  Because  the  natural  heat  withdraws  itself  into 
the  lower  part  of  the  body  and  the  digestive  power  increases. 
Stomachs  remain  cold  in  spring  and  summer  because  then,  the 
natural  heat  being  feeble,  the  digestive  power  decreases  in  those 
seasons  and  the  humours  are  active. 

Section  m        The  following  is  the  chapter  of  the  Parts  of  the  Body.     Know 
P-  s3    that  the  body  has  four  parts. 

First,  the  Head. 
When  superfluous  humours  collect  in  it,  the  symptoms  of  this 
are :  darkness  in  the  eyes,  heaviness  of  the  eyelids,  throbbing  of 
the  temples,  sounds  in  the  ears,  and  stuffiness  of  the  nostrils, 
p.  84  Therefore  whosoever  feels  those  symptoms  should  take  some 
Afsintin  (wormwood)  and  boil  it  in  sweet  wine  with  roots  of 
Sa'atar  (marjoram)  until  half  of  the  water  is  evaporated.  Then 
he  should  rinse  his  mouth  with  it  every  morning  until  relief 
comes.  He  should  also  eat  with  his  food  two  drachms  of  prepared 

1  and  spices  W.  2  and  young  lambs  W. 

3  C  adds  :  because  stomachs  are  warm  in  winter  and  spring,  and  sleep  is 
longer  in  mese  seasons,  for  the  nights  are  long. 


203 

mustard,  and  some  dust  of  Iyarij  (an  aperient)  which  contains 
12  'ukar  (medicinal  plants)  when  he  goes  to  sleep. 

Because  if  he  disregard  those  symptoms,  he  may  be  attacked 
by  deadly  diseases  like  the  corruption  of  sight,  swellings,  pain  in 
the  throat,  and  headaches. 

Second,  the  Chest. 

When  superfluous  humours  are  collected  in  the  chest,  the 
signs  of  this  are :  heaviness  of  the  tongue,  acidity  of  the  mouth, 
sourness  of  food  on  the  top  of  the  stomach,  pains  in  the  temples  ! 
and  coughing.  So  one  must  lessen  one's  food,  and  vomit.  After 
vomiting  one  should  take  bitter  water  of  roses  with  aloes  and 
mastic.  After  food  one  should  take  a  walnut-sized 2  piece  of  the 
electuary  ■  al-anisun  al  Kabi '  (aniseed)  made  with  aloes  and 
galangale.  Whoever  disregards  this  will  suffer  pleurisy,  pains  in  p.  84  end. 
the  kidneys,  and  fever. 

Third,  the  Stomach.  p  86  mte 

When  superfluous  humours  are  gathered  in  the  stomach 
the  signs  of  this  are  windiness,  pains  in  the  knee  joints,  shivering, 
feverishness,  and  winds. 

Therefore  whoso  feels  these  symptoms  should  use  a  purgative 
of  some  soft  aperient  medicine  and  should  follow  the  treatment 
we  have  prescribed  for  the  chest. 

Because  if  one  disregard  them  one  may  be  afflicted  with  pain 
in*  the  hips  and  the  back  and  joints,  disordered  stomach,  bad 
digestion,  and  stoppage  of  the  liver. 

Fourth,  the  Bladder.  p.  87 

When  the  superfluous  humours  are  collected  in  it  the  signs 
are :  loss  of  appetite,  eruptions,  and  pimples  on  the  testicles 
and  the  privy  parts.  Therefore  he  who  suffers  this  ought  to  take 
celery  and  fennel  and  their  roots,  and  soak  them  in  white  sweet- 
smelling  wine,  and  should  partake  of  it  every  morning  mixed  with 
water  and  honey  before  breaking  his  fast.  He  should  abstain 
from  over-eating.  For,  whosoever  disregards  these  symptoms 
will  be  afflicted  with  the  pain  of  the  bladder  and  liver,  and 
stopping  of  the  urine  and  the  anus. 

1  B  :  upper  arm  (or  side).; 

2  By 'walnut-size'  the  physicians  mean  4  mithkal  (1  mithkal=  1^  drachms). 


204 

tectum  n  It  is  written  in  an  ancient  book  that  a  certain  king  called 
together  the  physicians  of  Rum,  India,  and  Persia,  and  ordered 
them  to  name  some  medicine  whose  habitual  use  would  be 
beneficial  and  curative  for  all  sorts  of  complaints.  What  the 
Rumi  chose  and  advised  was  the  drinking  of  draughts  of  hot 
water  every  morning.  The  Persian  sage  advised  'Al-Harfa', 
that  is,  cress.  And  the  Indian  advised  Indian  Myrobalan.1 
And  I  say  to  thee,  O  Alexander,  whoever  finds  himself  at  night 
without  a  weight  of  food  on  the  stomach  need  not  fear  apoplexy 
and  pain  in  the  joints.  And  whoever  eats  every  morning  seven 
mithkals  of  sweet  currants,  need  not  fear  any  of  the  phlegmatic 
diseases,  his  memory  will  be  strengthened  and  his  intellect 
sharpened. 

And  he  who  eats  in  winter  some  sweet  Hiltltah  (Assafcetida) 
free  from  bad  smell,  he  shall  be  safe  from  intermittent  fever,  and 
winds  in  the  side. 

p.  88  And  whosoever  eats  two  walnuts  with  three  seeds  or  grains  of 
figs  and  some  leaves  of  the  herb  rue,  he  shall  be  safe  for  that  day 
from  poison. 

O  Alexander,  preserve,  and  take  care 2  of  thy  natural  heat. 
Because  as  long  as  there  is  temperate  heat  and  moderate  moisture 
in  man,  the  heat  feeds  upon  the  moisture,  and  verily  that  heat 

p.  89  is  the  principle  of  life  and  health.  Man  becomes  old  and  his 
body  grows  weak  from  two  causes  :  firstly,  from  3  natural  decay 
which  is  unavoidable,  and  is  brought  on  by  the  predominance  of 
dryness  in  the  body  and  corruption  of  the  being 3.  And,  secondly, 
accidental  decay,  which  is  brought  on  by  accidents,  diseases, 
or  evil  treatment. 

Diet. 

Section  0  Know  that  foods  are  of  three  kinds  :  light,  heavy,  and  moderate. 

Light  food  creates  pure,  healthy  blood.  Such  foods  are :  flour, 
fat  chickens,  and  eggs.  Heavy  food  is  useful  for  people  of  hot 
temperaments  and  those  who  have  to  perform  hard  labour  before 
and  after  food.  Moderate  food  does  not  create  obstructions  or 
dangerous  superfluous  humours  or  chyme.  Such  foods  are : 
fine  wheaten  bread,  kids,  sheep  one  year  old,  and  in  short,  all 
meats  that  are  hot  and  moist.     But  they  differ  from  each  other 

1  C  reads  :    Black  Myrobalans.     B  omits  the  whole  passage. 
.  a  of  this  glorious  temple  and  W  inserts.  3  contraction  W. 


205 

according  to  the  manner  of  their  cooking.  Roasted  meat  de- 
rives strength,  heat,  and  dryness  from  the  fire,  unless  it  is  treated 
with  something  which  will  break  up  its  heat,  as  vinegar,  lemon, 
tamarind,  and  cherries. 

Similarly  fried  meats  must  be  treated  with  spices.  Therefore 
follow  this  analogy  and  oppose  hot  with  cold  and  vice  versa 
(i.  e.  in  seasoning  food),  except  in  the  case  when  you  desire  hot 
food  to  counteract  a  cold  temperament  or  to  excite  carnal 
appetite.1 

Some  flesh  soon  changes  into  black  bile,  as  the  flesh  of  the  cow,  p.  90 
the  camel,  the  mountain  goat,  the  Kata  (sand  grouse),  and  the  fat 
goat,  because  they  are  heavy  (or  coarse)  and  dry  by  nature.      But 
the  flesh  of  young  castrated  animals  which  feed  on  moist  green 
pasture  and  frequent  the  shade  is  the  most  tender  and  beneficial. 

The  same  may  be  said  about  fish.  Those  which  have  a 
small  body  and  thin  skin,  which  feed  sparingly  and  live  in  sweet 
and  flowing  waters,  are  lighter  and  better  than  those  which 
live  in  the  salt  sea  and  in  lakes.  Large  fish  with  large  body  and 
much  fat  ought  to  be  avoided,  as  poison  is  to  be  expected 
therefrom.  And  I  have  prepared  a  book  on  the  subject  of  diet 
and  medicine  for  the  use  of  the  great  and  the  common  alike. 
It  may  be  consulted  for  further  information. 

Waters. 

Water  is  necessary  for  every  living  being  and  vegetable.  And 
I  have  already  informed  thee  that  all  waters,  sweet  and  bitter, 
from  sea  or  lakes  differ  according  to  district  and  the  [nature] 
of  the  earth  and  the  rising  of  the  sun  and  moon,  and  I  have 
explained  the  cause  thereof  more  than  once.  The  best  and  the 
lightest  water  is  that  which  is  distant  from  buildings  and  is 
obtained  from  springs.  When  the  land  is  flat  and  bare  and 
contains  little  putridity,  its  water  is  good  and  light ;  but  the 
water  found  in  wooded  and  tainted  country  is  heavy  and  in- 
jurious. One  should  avoid  water  in  which  is  green  slime  or 
worms.  The  best  water  is  that  which  is  light,  colourless,  pure, 
and  of  good  odour,  which  soon  becomes  hot  or  cold,  and  which 
pleases  nature,  and  that  which  flows  from  the  west  to  the  east. 

1  The  next  two  lines  of  A  are  obscure  :  There  is  no  harm  in  using  this 
and  also  the  foods  which  are  cooked  along  with  the  flesh  ;  and  a  man  of 
experience  and  intelligence  need  have  no  fear  of  taking  them. 


2o6 

p.  91  Salt,  turbid,  and  noxious  waters  dry  up  the  stomach  and  sometimes 
bring  on  diarrhoea.  The  water  of  melted  snow  and  ice  is  also 
bad  and  heavy.  Similarly  water  situated  in  barren  lands  and 
marshes  is  noxious  and  heavy,  because  it  remains  stationary,  and 
the  sun  always  shines  on  it.  Such  waters  create  bilious  humours, 
enlarge  the  spleen  and  the  liver.  Similarly  with  water  which 
springs  from  hot  and  noisome  lands,  because  it  contains  particles 
of  those  lands.  Drinking  cold  water  before  food  emaciates  the 
body  and  quenches  the  fire  of  the  stomach.  Drinking  it  after 
food  heats  the  body  and  increases  phlegm,  and  if  taken  in  excess 
it  corrupts  the  food.  Cold  water  should  be  drunk  in  summer 
and  hot  water  in  winter,  for  hot  water  in  summer  destroys  the 
stomach,  just  as  cold  water  in  winter  extinguishes  the  heat  and 
corrupts  the  organs  of  the  chest  and  liver  (B).  Tepid  water 
drunk  in  winter  extinguishes  the  heat  and  corrupts  the  organs  of 
the  chest  and  liver  and  often  kills  suddenly,  the  reason  whereof 
would  take  long  to  explain  (A). 

Wine. 

Wine  made  from  mountain  grapes  is  dryer  than  that  of  grapes 
growing  on  level  and  well-watered  lands.  The  former  is  useful 
for  aged  people  and  those  possessing  moist  and  phlegmatic 
temperaments,  and  is  hurtful  to  young  people,  and  those  having 
warm  temperaments,  and  thin  people.  Wine  made  from  grapes 
growing  on  well-watered  plains  is  good  for  young  people,  and 
those  having  hot  temperaments.  Wine,  as  it  grows  older,  in- 
creases in  heat  and  softness  and  is  useful  for  removing  cold  and 
thick  humours.  And  the  more  it  increases  in  redness  of  colour 
and  in  thickness  the  more  it  acquires  blood-creating  powers. 
And  the  more  bitter,  strong,  and  sour  it  is,  the  less  blood- 
creating  and  nutritive  qualities  it  possesses,  and  it  resembles 
medicine  more  than  food.  And  habitual  use  of  wine  is  highly 
injurious  to  every  sort  of  men.  And  sweet  wine  corrupts  and 
p.  92  destroys  the  stomach  and  produces  rumbling  and  winds  and 
obstacles. 

And  the  best  and  the  most  wholesome  wine  for  all  tempera- 
ments is  that  which  comes  from  lands  midway  between  mountain 
and  plain,  and  between  the  moist  and  the  dry,  whose  grapes  are 
sweet  and  well  ripened,  and  not  so  much  pressed  as  to  give  out 
the  juice  of  the  skin  and  stones,  and  the  acidity  of  the  tendrils  : 


207 

wine  which  is  of  a  golden  colour,  between  red  and  yellow,  the 
dregs  of  which  are  settled  down,  and  the  particles  clear.  Such 
wine  as  possesses  these  qualities  do  thou  partake  of  moderately, 
according  to  the  time  of  the  year  and  the  constitution,  for  it 
washes  the  mouth  of  the  stomach,  strengthens  natural  heat,  helps 
digestion,  prevents  the  food  from  getting  corrupted,  and  brings  it 
into  motion,  cooks  it,  and  conveys  its  purity  to  the  various  organs 
and  cooks  it  in  them,  until  it  becomes  essential  blood.  Then 
from  it  there  rise  to  the  brain  temperate  and  moist  vapours, 
so  that  harmful  diseases  are  removed  from  the  brain.  And, 
together  with  all  this  it  cheers  the  heart,  beautifies  the  complexion, 
frees  the  tongue,  emboldens  the  timid,  impels  to  all  which  is 
robust  and  joyful,  and  inspires  to  every  noble  virtue  and  praise- 
worthy quality. 

But  excess  of  it,  and  lack  of  moderation  and  habitual  drinking 
to  such  an  extent  as  to  subvert  reason  and  take  away  sensation, 
destroys  the  brain,  weakens  the  vital  energy,  corrupts  the  intelli- 
gence, causes  lapse  of  memory,  and  weakens  the  five  senses  which 
are  the  main  support  of  the  body ;  it  destroys  the  appetite  for 
food,  weakens  the  sinews  which  support  the  body,  and  produces 
tremors,  weakness  of  sight,  and  paralysis ;  it  excites  the  heat 
of  the  liver,  and  thickens  its  blood,  and  blackens  the  blood 
of  the  heart,  from  which  arise  melancholy,  quivering,  fear,  and  p.  93 
imbecility ;  it  spoils  the  complexion,  weakens  the  bladder,  and 
relaxes  the  muscles  surrounding  it,  and  the  muscles  of  the 
stomach;  it  corrupts  the  temperament,  makes  coarse  the  epi- 
dermis, and  brings  on  elephantiasis. 

It  is  a  kind  of  poison,  therefore  never  take  it  to  excess.  It  is 
like  rhubarb,  which  is  the  life  of  the  liver  and  possesses  many 
virtues,  as  is  mentioned  in  the  registers,  and  yet  it  is  the  most 
deadly  poison  for  one  who  does  not  know  the  right  quantity  to  be 
used.  But  just  as  serpent's  poison  is  the  supreme  antidote 
[to  snake -bites],  so  in  wine  there  is  a  cure  for  many  severe  pains 
and  troublesome  ailments. 

And  never  incline  to  drink  sweetened  vinegar  on  an  empty 
stomach,  especially  when  thou  feelest  a  preponderance  of  moisture 
and  phlegm  in  thyself. 

To  Homer  is  attributed  a  wonderful  saying  concerning  the 
drinking  of  wine  ;  he  says  that  it  is  strange  that  a  man  who  drinks 
grape  wine  and  eats  wheat  bread  and  mutton,  and  never  commits 


208 

excess  in  eating,   drinking,  cohabitation,  and   phys  cal  exertion, 
should  ever  fall  ill  or  die,  or  become  old. 

And  for  one  who  happens  to  have  indulged  excessively  in 
drinking  it  is  advisable  to  bathe  with  warm  water,  then  he  should 
go  to  a  running  stream,  and  sit  down  under  an  awning  of  willow 
and  myrtle  on  the  bank  of  the  stream  or  clear  lake.  Then  he 
should  sprinkle  rose-water '  on  that  awning,  and  rub  on  his  body 
p.  94  pounded  sandal-wood.  Then  he  should  be  fanned  with  fans 
made  of  cooling  branches.  This  will  cure  him  of  the  effects  of 
excessive  drinking. 

Likewise  he  who  intends  to  give  up  drinking  wine  should  not 
discontinue  it  quite  suddenly,  but  should  lessen  it  gradually,  and 
change  it  for  currant  wine,  always  mixing  it  with  an  increasing 
quantity  of  water,  until  his  drink  becomes  pure  water ;  and  in  this 
he  ought  to  persevere.  By  such  treatment  the  constitution  will 
be  safe  from  dreaded  ailments,  by  the  power  of  Almighty  God. 
Section  p  O  Alexander,  of  the  things  I  have  mentioned  there  are  some 
which  strengthen  the  body  and  others  which  weaken  it ;  some 
fatten  it  and  others  make  it  thin  ;  some  moisten  it  and  the  others 
dry  it ;  some  invigorate  and  cheer  it,  others  cause  languor  and 
lassitude. 

Of  those  things  that  strengthen  the  body  are :  fine  wholesome 
food,  and  light  agreeable  substances,  taken  in  their  proper  season 
and  when  the  need  arises,  as  before  mentioned  (if  God  will). 

And  of  those  that  fatten  and  moisten  the  body  are  :  ease  and 
comfort,  sweet  perfumes,  eating  Asfedbajat2  and  heat-producing 
sweet  and  fresh  foods,  and  drinking 3  sweet  syrups  (wines),  and 
fresh  honey  with  walnuts,  in  times  of  coolness  without  committing 
excess  in  any  of  them ;  sleeping  after  food  on  soft  beds,  in  cool 
places  in  summer  and  warm  ones  in  winter ;  bathing  in  warm  and 
p.  95  sweet  water,  without  staying  too  long  in  the  bath,  for  that  lessens 
the  moisture  of  the  body ;  smelling  sweet-scented  plants  according 
to  the  time  of  the  year,  e.g.  jessamine  in  winter,  roses  and  violets 
in  summer ;  using  an  emetic  three  times 4  in  a  month,  especially 
in  summer,  for  vomiting  cleanses  the  stomach  and  frees  it  from 
injurious  matter  and  corrupting  moisture,  which  being  expelled, 

1  and  the  water  of  myrtle  A. 

2  A  kind  of  dish  made  of  meat,  onions,  butter,  and  cheese,  &c,  and  milk 
and  bread.     Hebrew  Aspidbag.     Asfanakh  W. 

3  of  warm  milk  and  W,  *  once  IV. 


209 

natural  heat  becomes  more  powerful  to  digest  food,  so  that  the 
body  becomes  fresh  and  full.  In  this  course  a  man  will  derive 
assistance  and  increased  benefit  from  joy,  wealth,  honour,  victory 
over  enemies,  realization  of  hopes,  amusements,  seeing  beautiful 
faces,  reading  interesting  books,  listening  to  pleasant  songs,  the 
joking  of  friends,  the  stories  told  by  agreeable  companions,  listen- 
ing to  interesting  discourses  and  amusing  tales,  wearing  coloured 
garments  of  silk  and  linen,  habitual  use  of  tooth-brushes,  and 
scented  oils  according  to  the  time  of  the  year.  All  these  things 
are  especially  befitting  for  kings,  because  they  are  easily  procurable 
by  them. 

As  for  the  things  that  emaciate  and  dry  up  the  body,  they  are 
the  contrary  to  all  those  mentioned  above,  namely,  insufficient 
eating  and  drinking,  excess  in  exertion,  movement  in  the  sun  and 
heat,  long  sleeplessness,  sleeping  with  an  empty  stomach  on  hard 
beds  (for  heat  counteracts  the  moisture  of  the  body  and  dries  it 
up) ;  bathing  in  sulphurous  or  salt  water,  or  cold  water  in  winter ; 
eating  pungent  and  fried1  foods  in  summer,  and  drinking  old 
unmixed  wines.  Likwise  excess  in  purgations,  bleedings,  and 
cohabitation.     And  anxiety,  poverty,  and  fear.2  p.  96 

(Those  things  that  fatten  and  cheer  and  add  flesh  to  the  body 
are  :  moderation  in  cohabitation  ;  eating  wheat  bread,  and  the 
flesh  of  fat  chickens.  Vomiting  every  morning  with  sweetened 
vinegar,  in  summer  ;  riding  on  easy-paced  cattle  and  drinking  out 
of  new  and  sweet-smelling  vessels.  And  those  that  emaciate  and 
weaken  the  body  are  :  excessive  anxiety  and  sorrow,  wakefulness, 
occupation  of  the  mind,  excessive  love,  sleeping  on  the  ground, 
sleeping  with  old  women,  and  looking  at  disagreeable  and  un- 
avoidable sights.  But  the  worst  of  all  are  evil  thoughts  and 
pursuing  anxieties.) 3 

The  Bath. 

0  Alexander,  the  bath  is  one  of  the  most  wonderful  things  Section  q. 
of  the  world,  and  one  of  the  most  peculiar  things  which  the  wise 

have  invented  and  prescribed  for  comforting  and  cleaning  the 
body,  relaxing  the  limbs,  opening  the  pores  of  the  body,  dispelling 

1  pickled  W. 

2  All  these  produce  leanness  of  body.  So  act  thus  and  avoid  it.  If 
God  will.  W. 

3  This  section  occurs  only  in  A, 

1590  P 


2IO 

vapours  and  superfluities  of  the  body,  cleaning  the  skin  from  the 
remains  of  sicknesses  and  pains.  And  this  is  because  it  is  built 
according  to  the  four  seasons  of  the  year.  The  cold  part  of  it 
stands  for  winter,  the  one  next  to  it  for  autumn,  the  one  next  to 
that  for  spring,  and  the  one  next  to  that  for  summer.  The  right 
method  of  using  the  bath  is  for  the  bather  to  stay  for  a  while  in 
the  first  apartment,  then  pass  on  into  the  second  apartment  and 
wait  there  for  a  while,  then  enter  into  the  third  and  fourth  and  so 
on.  And  so  also  he  should  do  when  he  comes  out ;  he  should 
remain  in  each  apartment  for  a  space,  and  not  plunge  from  intense 
heat  to  intense  cold  or  from  intense  cold  to  its  opposite.  This 
bath  should  be  built  on  a  raised  ground,  and  should  be  airy  and 
should  have  fresh  water. 

There  should  be  various  censers  in  it  in  which  incense  suiting 
the  time  of  the  year  should  be  kept  burning,  i.  e.  in  spring  and 
summer  nadd  (ambergris)  of  treble  or  quadruple  mixtures,  and 
in  autumn  and  winter  nadd  of  two  mixtures  and  fresh  aloes-wood. 
Then  he  should  sit  down  on  a  soft  cushioned  seat,  and  should 
remain  seated  there  until  his  body  perspires  freely.  Then  he 
should  rub  and  wipe  his  body  from  time  to  time,  with  a  clean 
linen  towel.  And  when  that  is  done  sufficiently  he  should 
remove  to  the  bathing  place  and  enter  into  it. 
p.  97  And  when  the  heat  gets  too  strong  he  should  apply  to  his  body 
one  of  the  cleaning  and  purifying  soaps  according  to  the  time  of 
the  year.  As,  for  instance,  in  spring  and  summer  cleaning  soap 
made  with  sandal-wood  and  myrobalans,  and  in  autumn  and 
winter  a  soap  made  of  myrrh  and  the  juice  of  beet.  Then  he 
should  pour  over  his  head  tepid  water.  Then  he  should  submerge 
his  whole  body  until  all  the  dirt  and  filth  is  removed  from  it. 
Then  he  should  anoint  himself  with  some  oil  befitting  the  time  of 
the  year,  and  clean  some  of  it  off  with  some  washing  earth  or  any 
kind  of  suitable  paste.  Then  he  should  enter  the  other  tank  next 
to  the  first  by  two  degrees  and  should  emerge  gradually,  as  we 
have  directed  before.  Then  he  should  sit  down  in  the  next 
compartment  until  his  body  be  dried  with  towels  perfumed  with 
rose  water  and  ambergris.  In  summer  he  should  wipe  his  body 
with  soft  linen  towels,  and  in  winter  with  those  of  cotton  and 
silk, 
f.  23  a  B      If  he  feels  thirsty  he  should  drink  about  half  a  rati1  of  the 

1  Rati  is  a  pound  of  12  ounces. 


an 

wine  of  roses  and  apples  mixed  with  cold  water.  Then  he  should 
stretch  himself  a  little  while  looking  at  some  beautiful  picture, 
well  fashioned,  or,  if  possible,  at  some  beautiful  human  being, 
which  is  better  still.  Then  he  should  apply  sweet  scents  to  his 
face  and  clothes.1  After  this  he  should  take  his  meal,  and  drink 
the  usual  amount  of  mixed  wine,  but  not  so  much  as  to  cause 
inebriety.  Then  he  should  smell  sweet  scents  according  to  the 
time  of  the  year.  Then  he  should  go  to  a  soft  bed  and  invoke 
sleep.  But  he  should  avoid  cohabitation  that  day  and  night  lest 
this  should  undo  all  that  we  have  spoken  of,  which  is  most 
beneficial  for  health,  strengthening  to  the  body,  restoring  power, 
and  preserving  fitness.  Then  he  should  obtain  restful  sleep  and 
pass  the  remainder  of  the  day  in  comfort  and  peace.  This 
prescription  will  give  the  body  an  excellent  development. 

If  he  happens  to  be  an  old  man  and  coldness  preponderates 
in  his  system,  he  should  stay  a  shorter  time  in  the  bath,  but  if 
he  happens  to  be  young,  and  heat  and  dryness  preponderates  in 
his  temperament,  he  should  stay  there  only  as  long  as  his  body 
gets  wet  and  receives  the  moisture  of  the  bath.2 

And  if  he  happens  to  be  middle  aged  he  should  observe 
a  middle  course  between  the  two,  and  use  temperate  water  for 
washing  his  body. 

This  is,  O  Alexander,  what  will  make  thee   independent  of  Section  r 
every  physician  if  thou  dost  understand  its  meanings  and  find  out  p  9 
its  virtues.     The  strength  or  weakness,  seriousness  or  triviality  of 
diseases  and  their  developments  are  caused  by  their  crises  and 
the   influences   of  the   moon,  on   whose   strength   or   weakness 
depends  the  strength  and  weakness  of  the  disease.     And  in  the  Not  in  .4  or 
pulse  there  is  a  powerful  indication  of  the  state  of  health.     And  ^>  only  in  C 

r  r  .  as  far  as 

no  one  can  learn  this  art  except  by  learning  and  practising  the  p.  212,1. 31 
feeling  of  the  pulse.     And  I   have  noted  down  its  theories  in 
another  book.     In  urine  there  is  another  proof  of  the  state  of 
health,  an  account  of  it  will  be  found  in  my  book  on  that  subject. 

1  B  omits. 

7  C  adds :  And  he  should  pour  plenty  of  tepid  water  on  his  body.  And 
it  is  desirable  for  a  man  of  phlegmatic  temperament  not  to  take  a  bath 
except  on  an  empty  stomach,  and  he  should  dip  himself  in  water  in  which 
sweet  marjoram,  Shih  (the  wormwood  of  Pontus)  Gar  (laurel)  and  Kaisum 
(sothernvvood)  are  infused.  And  he  should  anoint  himself  with  warm  oils. 
But  he  whose  temperament  is  warm  should  follow  our  foregoing  directions. 
God  willing. 

r  2 


ai2 

Therefore  look  for  it  there,  as  thou  shouldst  consult  my  book  on 
compound  medicines,  and  drinks,  oils  and  ointments,  according 
to  the  Schools  of  Rome,  India,  Persia,  and  Greece,  and  what 
I  have  found  out  from  my  own  experience  and  my  knowledge  : 
there  is  no  need  to  repeat  them  here.  But  since  I  have  decided 
to  reveal  to  thee  every  secret  that  I  know,  I  will  not  hide  from 
thee  this  medicine  which  is  known  as  the  '  guard ',  and  it  is  the 
'  mysterious  treasure  of  the  sages  '.  I  do  not  know  who  dis- 
covered it  at  first.     Some  say  it  was  revealed  to  Adam. 

There  is  another  party  which  thinks  that  Ascalanus,  Nasiurus, 
Ailin,  Dunntanas,  Kutarus  discovered  it,1  and  the  philosophers 
of  the  eight  Great  Sages,  who  fathomed  the  hidden  sciences  of 
the  secrets  of  nature  and  metaphysics,  of  the  void  and  full,  and 
the  extremes.  And  they  had  agreed  together  on  the  com- 
position of  this  Great  Medicine.  And  they  divided  it  into 
eight  parts. 

And  another  party  believed  that  Akhnukh  had  used  it  by 
revelation,  and  Hermes  the  Great,  whom  the  Persians  had 
named  Ahjad,  and  to  whom  is  ascribed  every  secret  wisdom  and 
celestial  science. 

Description  of  the  Honey  in  which  the  Medicines  are 
prepared. 

Take  (with  the  help  of  God)  25  ratls  of  the  juice  of  sweet 
pomegranates  and  10  ratls  of  the  juice  of  sour  pomegranates, 
10  ratls  of  the  juice  of  sour  apples  and  one  kust2  of  pure  rubb 
(syrup)  of  sweet  grapes3  and  10  ratls  of  sugar-candy.  Put  all  the 
above  in  a  clean  stone  kettle,  and  cook  on  a  gentle  steady  fire 
without  smoke,  and  keep  removing  the  froth  from  time  to  time. 
Boil  it  thus  until  the  mixture  turns  into  the  form  of  honey.  It 
is  the  medicated  honey  which  shall  be  used  in  the  medicines 
I  shall  mention  (if  God  will). 

The  First  Medicine. 

Take  one  rati  of  dry  red  roses  and  |  rati  of  violets.  Soak 
them  in  10  ratls  of  fresh  water  after  mixing  with  it  ^  rati  of  the 

1  Asflanus,  Nasyoras,  the  middle  Hermes,  Bartomali,  Dadastius,  Ablac, 
Robaris,  and  Fataria  D. 

•  A  :  kust  =  i  sa'a,  or  a  little  less  than  ro  ratls. 
3  Cadds:  10  ratls  of  the  juice  of  sweet  apples. 


213 

water  of  parsley  (or  Bahn-gentle),1  £  rati  of  sweet  marjoram,  and  p.  ioo 
i  rati  of  the  water  of  ox-tongue.     Having  mixed  all  these  add  to 
them  2  ounces  of  myrobalans,  and  i  ounce  of  cloves.     Leave  the 
whole  mixture  for  one  day  and  night  so  that  its  power  comes  out. 

Then  boil  it  on  a  gentle  fire  until  one-third 2  of  its  water 
evaporates.  Then  take  it  down  from  the  fire,  and  mark  and  clean 
it.  Then  add  to  it  3  ratls  of  the  above-mentioned  honey.  Then 
thicken  it  until  it  becomes  hard  and  leaven  it  with  1^  dirhams  of 
musk,  1  dirham  of  ambergris,  and  three  dirhams  of  powdered 
fresh  aloes.  This  is  the  first  medicine,  one  of  the  eight  medicines 
which  shall  be  mentioned. 

Its  property  is  to  strengthen  the  stomach,  the  heart,  and  the 
brain,  God  willing. 

The  Second  Medicine. 

Take  one  rati  of  Kabul  myrobalan  peeled  from  its  stone, 
£  rati  of  the  kernel  of  Khiyar  Shanbar  (Cassia  fistula),  2  ounces 
of  the  root  of  liquorice,  peeled  and  of  moderate  thickness,  and 
2  ounces  of  the  seeds  of  myrtle s  in  a  ripe  state.  Pound  what  is 
necessary  and  soak  the  mixture  in  10  ratls  of  fresh  water  and 
leave  it  for  a  day  and  night.  Then  boil  it  gently  until  half  of  its 
water  evaporates.  Then  rub  with  the  hand,  drain,  and  add  to  it 
2  ratls  of  the  medicated  honey.  Stiffen  the  mixture  until  it 
becomes  thick.  Then  add  to  it  1  ounce  of  powdered  gum 
mastic  and  £  ounce  of  Tabashir4  and  bottle  up  immediately. 
This  is  the  second  medicine. 

Its  property  is  to  strengthen  the  stomach,  to  wring  and  cleanse 
it  of  all  putrid  matter  without  causing  any  natural  pain,  and  it 
strengthens  the  nerves,  the  chest,  and  the  brain. 


The  Third  Medicine. 

Take  one  rati  and  a  half  of  myrobalan  and  half  a  rati  of  Indian 
myrobalan,  and  1  ounce  [each]  of  cinnamon,  the  herb  galangale, 
and  nutmeg.6      Break  them   all  into  pieces,  and  soak  them  in 

1  C  has  '  Turanjan '  which  means  the  same.  A  has  '  Raihan '  which 
means  odoriferous  herbs,  but  seems  a  mistake  of  the  writer. 

1  A  reads  :  two-thirds.  *  '  Hubbulas '.     Not  in  C. 

*  '  Tabashir  '  is  a  substance  of  silicious  nature  produced  from  the  bamboo, 
and  used  in  medicines. 

"  The  last  not  mentioned  in  A. 


p.   IOI 


214 

io  ratls  of  fresh  water,  and  leave  them  thus  for  a  day  and   a 
night. 

Then  boil  on  a  gentle  fire  until  half  of  its  water  is  evaporated . 
Then  rub  with  the  hand  and  drain.  Then  add  to  it  3  ratls  of  the 
above-mentioned  honey  and  boil  again  until  the  compound 
becomes  like  rubb  or  honey.  Then  bottle  it  up.  This  is  the 
third  medicine,  and  its  property  is  to  strengthen  the  inner  organs, 
especially  the  vital  ones. 

The  Fourth  Medicine.1 

Take  2  ratls  of  the  juice  of  the  fresh  and  cleaned  Ansaj,2 
\  rati  of  the  juice  of  Karafs  (celery),  and  \  rati  of  fresh  Zufa 
(hyssop)  and  Mukhayyat  (sebestens).3  Add  them  together,  and 
leave  them  for  a  day  and  a  night.  Then  drain  and  add  2  or  3 
ratls  if  possible  of  the  medicated  honey.  Then  boil  on  a  gentle 
fire  until  it  thickens.  This  is  the  fourth  medicine,  and  its  pro- 
perty is  to  break  up  obstacles,  and  to  benefit  the  organs  of  the 
chest  and  the  lungs,  God  willing. 

p.  102  The  Fifth  Medicine. 

Take  \  rati  of  fresh  Ustukhudus  (French  lavender)  and  -§  rati 
of  Barbarls  (barberries),  and  3  ounces  of  Fikah  aladkhar,4  soak 
them  in  12  ratls  of  fresh  water,  and  add  to  them  3  ounces  of 
Anlsun  (aniseed).  Leave  them  thus  for  a  day  and  a  night.  Then 
boil  until  one  half  of  the  water  is  evaporated.  Add  4  ratls  of 
medicated  honey  and  boil  till  it  thickens  and  bottle  up.  This  is 
the  fifth  medicine ;  its  property  is  to  drive  out  gently  spleen  and 
phlegm,  to  cure  melancholia,  restore  the  stomach  to  its  proper 
order,  to  break  up  internal  obstacles,  and  to  break  up  winds. 

The  Sixth  Medicine. 

Take  \  rati  of  the  juice  of  Bazarkatuna  (fieawort),  \  rati  of  the 
juice  of  the  seeds  of  quince,  2  ounces  of  al-katira  (gum  tragacanth), 
and  3  ounces  of  gum  arabic.  Dissolve  the  gums  in  rose  water, 
and  add  3  ratls  of  the  medicated  honey.  Boil  well  on  the  fire 
and  bottle  up. 

1  As  in  D.  *  A  kind  of  bramble  (lycium1). 

3  C  reads  :  '  Ulayyak '  (dodder)  and  '  Maus  Sus '  (liquorice)  instead  of  the 
last  two. 

4  '  Fukkahul  Izkhar '  is  camomile  or  orris  root. 


215 

This  is  the  sixth  medicine,  and  its  property  is  to  soften  the 
chest,  cure  asthma,1  restore  all  the  breathing  organs  to  their 
proper  condition,  allay  feverish  heat,  and  feed2  the  bowels 
(God  willing). 

The  Seventh  Medicine. 

Take  one  ounce  of  Spikenard,  3  ounces  [each]  of  cinnamon, 
kurfa  (a  kind  of  cinnamon),  and  cubebs,  and  -|  ounce  each  of 
round  and  long  rhubarb.  Soak  them  in  5  ratls  of  sweet  water. 
Leave  them  until  their  strength  comes  out.  Then  rub  with  the 
hand,  and  drain.  Add  to  it  3  ratls  of  pure  medicated  honey,  and  P-  i°3 
boil  on  a  gentle  fire  until  it  thickens.  This  is  the  seventh 
medicine.  Its  property  is  to  heat  the  stomach  and  to  drive  out 
wind  from  the  belly  (if  God  permit). 

The  Eighth  Medicine. 

Take  3  ounces  of  hard  China  rhubarb,  and  1  ounce  of  Darwanj 
Sini  (Doronicum  of  China),  [i-|  ounce  of  the  three  kinds  of  sandal 
wood  C  only]  and  \\  ounce  of  purified  Lak.3  Break  them  all 
into  pieces,  and  pour  over  them  10  ratls  of  sweet  water.  Let 
them  soak  in  it  until  their  strength  comes  out.  Then  press  them 
through  with  the  hand,  drain,  and  add  3  ratls  of  pure  medicated 
honey.  Boil  slowly  on  a  gentle  fire  till  the  mixture  thickens. 
This  is  the  eighth  medicine,  and  its  property  is  to  restore  the 
liver  and  the  heart  and  to  strengthen  the  inner  organs. 

Finally  when  all  the  above-mentioned  eight  medicines  are 
prepared,  add  to  them  one-fourth  of  their  collected  weight  of 
fresh  tamarind  whose  stones  have  been  removed,  and  which  has 
been  previously  dissolved  in  water  as  mentioned  before.  Then 
put  the  eight  medicines  with  the  dissolved  tamarind  in  a  large 
stone  kettle,  and  pour  over  them  6  ratls  of  sweet  smelling  rose- 
water.  Boil  the  compound  gently  until  it  thickens.  Then  take 
it  down  from  the  fire  and  let  it  cool.  Then  take  1  ounce  of  the 
oil  of  balsam,  3  drachms  of  ambergris,  4  drachms  of  fragrant 
musk,  and  add  them  to  the  compound.  Then  add  \  oz.  of 
powdered  pearls,  6  drachms  of  powdered  rubies,4  red,  blue,  and  p.  104 
yellow  (2  drachms  of  each),  3  drachms  of  powdered  emerald, 
8  drachms  of  powdered  gold.     Then  put  the  whole  mixture  in 

1  '  Bashma '  indigestion  A.  J  To  clean  the  bowels  A. 

3  A  kind  of  plant  used  in  dyeing.  4  Or  jacynth,  or  chrysolite. 


2l6 

a  porcelain  pot,  or  better  still,  in  a  golden  vessel,  previously 
scented  with  the  incense  of  aloes.  Then  place  the  vessel  under 
the  sky  for  a  week  so  that  the  heavenly  powers  may  affect  it  with 
their  influence.  But  do  not  expose  the  compound  to  the  heavens 
on  the  night  when  the  moon  is  inauspicious,  or  free  from  its 
journey,  or  '  under  the  rays  '. 

When  all  these  directions  have  been  carried  out  thou  shalt 
obtain  one  of  the  greatest  treasures  of  the  world,  and  the  most 
precious  possessions  of  kings.  Then  take  of  it  one  mithkal  every 
day  after  food,  and  two  mithkals  on  an  empty  stomach,  for  it  is 
the  extreme  of  all  extremes.  A  few  uses  of  this  great  and  precious 
medicine  are  the  removal  of  phlegm,  bile,  and  spleen,  heating  the 
kidneys,  removal  of  piles,  and  driving  away  of  wind,  digestion  of 
food,  moderation  of  temperament,  clearing  the  complexion, 
softening  the  chyme,  allaying  headache,  clearing  the  eye-sight, 
purifying  the  colour  and  the  smell  of  the  body,  strengthening  the 
teeth,  stopping  greyness  of  the  hair,  opening  the  pores  and  outlets 
of  the  body.  It  removes  all  pains,  external  or  internal,  drives  out 
wind,  prevents  foulness  of  breath,  exhilarates  the  motions  of  the 
bowels  and  the  bladder,  removes  cough,  strengthens  the  muscles, 
purifies  the  blood,  heats  the  food,  and  helps  digestion.  It  also 
removes  the  palpitation  of  the  heart  from  whatever  cause  it  may 
be,  stimulates  and  cheers  the  heart,  produces  happiness  and  many 
other  benefits  too  numerous  to  relate.  One  of  its  peculiar  virtues 
is  to  create  intelligence,  that  is  the  brain,  to  engender  sagacity,  to 
sharpen  genius  and  improve  the  power  of  thought.     I  do  not 

P-  I05  know  of  any  medicine  prepared  by  philosophers  excelling  this 
one  in  preserving  health  and  strength,  and  benefiting  bodies  and 
souls. 

*p*io8  O  Alexander,  neither  take  medicine,  nor  open  a  vein  except  at 
the  time  chosen  by  astrology.  For  verily,  the  benefit  of  thera- 
peutics is  considerably  augmented  thereby. 

As  to  the  time  for  bleeding  and  cupping,  never  do  any  of  these 
till  the  moon  is  full,  and  till  it  approaches  the  sun  by  13  degrees : 
and  beware  of  the  moon  being  in  Sagittarius,  and  it  rising,  or  in 
Aquarius,  or  in  Capricorn,  or  in  Gemini.  Also  beware  of  letting 
blood  when  the  sun  and  the  moon  are  looking  at  one  another 
from  the  fourth  house,  or  when  they  are  directly  opposite  to  one 
another,  or  in  the  one  and  the  same  sign,  or  when  the  moon  is  in 
one  of  the  watery  signs. 


217 

Also  avoid  bleeding  when  Mars  or  Saturn  is  in  the  house  of 
nativity,  or  facing  the  moon.  The  best  time  for  letting  blood  is 
the  latter  half  of  the  lunar  month,  when  its  light  is  decreasing, 
and  when  it  is  either  in  Libra  or  Scorpio,  and  when  inauspicious  p.  109 
stars  are  not  looking  at  it.  And  the  worst  time  for  that  purpose 
is  when  the  moon  is  inauspicious  in  its  second  or  eighth 
house. 

As  for  cupping,  its  best  time  is  when  the  moon  is  rising  and 
increasing  in  its  light,  and  when  none  of  the  inauspicious  stars 
are  overlooking  it,  especially  Mars,  when  the  moon  is  in  the 
house  of  Venus,  or  when  Venus  or  Jupiter  are  overlooking  it. 
But  when  the  moon  is  the  lord  of  that  part  of  the  body  [where 
cupping  is  desired],  it  must  not  be  attempted. 

Times  of  taking  Medicines. 

When  thou  wishest  to  take  medicine,  let  the  moon  be  in  one 
of  the  southern  signs,  except  Capricorn,  and  let  it  be  close  to 
Venus  or  Jupiter.  Better  still  if  it  is  in  Scorpio  or  Pisces  or  in 
Libra,  or  in  the  northern  signs.  Beware  of  taking  medicine  when 
the  moon  is  with  Saturn,  because  it  will  keep  the  medicine  in  the 
stomach.  But  the  farther  the  moon  is  from  Saturn  the  better  it 
is.  But  there  is  no  harm  in  the  conjunction  of  the  moon  with  p.  no 
Mars,  though  it  lessens  the  effect  of  the  medicine.  Let  the  pivot 
of  thy  action  rest  with  the  well-being  of  the  moon,  its  absence  from 
the  inauspicious  stars  and  its  proximity  to  the  auspicious  ones. 

And  now  that  I  have  finished  describing  physical  remedies,  Section  u 
I  am  going  to  mention  spiritual  ones.  Know  that  mental  diseases 
are  also  amenable  to  treatment.  But  their  treatment  is  carried 
out  by  means  of  musical  instruments  which  convey  to  the  soul, 
through  the  sense  of  hearing,  the  harmonious  sounds  which  are 
created  by  the  motions  and  contacts  of  the  heavenly  spheres  in 
their  natural  motion,  which  affect  the  right  perceptions. 

And  when  those  harmonies  are  interpreted  in  human  language 
they  gave  rise  to  music  which  is  pleasing  to  the  human  soul, 
because  the  harmony  of  the  heavenly  spheres  is  represented  in 
man  by  the  harmony  of  his  own  elements,  -which  is  the  principle 
of  life.  Hence,  when  the  harmony  of  earthly  music  is  perfect  or, 
in  other  words,  approaches  the  nearest  to  the  harmony  of  the 


2l8 

spheres,  the  human  soul  is  stirred' up  and  becomes  joyful  and 
strong.1 
Section  v  And  one  of  those  things  which  thou  must  know,  O  Alexander, 
is  this,  that  the  soul  acquires  the  power  of  finding  out  inner 
truths,  by  external  signs,  when  it  happens  to  be  free  from  lust  and 
pain.  This  power  is  known  by  thought.  And  when  the  soul 
predominates  over  the  body  and  nothing  intervenes  between  the 
spiritual  substance  which  lies  in  the  heart  and  the  soul,  and 
the  animal  part  which  lies  in  the  brain,  the  intellect  is  freed  from 
impurities  and  the  object  is  reflected  in  it.  Hence  divination, 
which  is  mentioned  in  many  books,  and  of  the  truth  of  which 
many  wonderful  instances  are  recorded.  But  this  also  depends 
upon  the  conjunction  of  stars  happening  at  the  time  of  the 
creation  of  this  power. 

Therefore  the  Science  of  Physiognomy  is  as  much  necessary 
for  thee  as  those  other  sciences  which  rest  upon  conjecture.  It  is 
a  great  science,  and  the  ancients  knew  it  and  practised  it,  and 
prided  themselves  upon  possessing  it.  It  is  a  true  science,  and 
I  could  bring  proofs  as  to  its  being  true  were  I  not  afraid  of  pro- 
p.  165  longing  the  discourse.  One  of  those  ancients  who  excelled  in 
this  art  and  who  professed  its  truthfulness  is  Akllmun.     He  used 

1  C  reads  :  O  thou  who  art  afflicted  with  mental  diseases,  thou  must 
remedy  them.  And  their  remedy  is  carried  out  only  by  musical  instruments 
which  act  through  the  sense  of  hearing.  The  harmonious  sounds  are 
caused  b}'  the  striking  together  of  the  heavenly  spheres  and  their  circular 
motions.  And  the  harmonious  tunes  of  nature  act  upon  the  sources  of 
health.  Since  the  working  of  human  nature  accords  with,  and  imitates,  the 
working  of  universal  nature,  it  is  fitting  for  man  to  turn  to  his  own  nature 
and  temperament.  And  when  there  occurs  concord  and  mutual  agreement 
between  the  two  natures,  human  nature  is  aroused  and  its  life  substance 
comes  into  action  and  increases,  and  it  expands  and  there  flows  into  it  the 
substance  which  stirs  it  to  cheerfulness. 

And  it  was  for  this  reason  that  the  Persians,  when  they  desired  to  give 
their  judgements,  used  to  order  that  music  should  be  played,  and  songs  and 
poems  sung  bearing  upon  the  question  under  their  discussion.  For  by  this 
means  they  believed  that  their  judgements  would  yield  to  them  and  would 
conform  to  the  right  in  their  creed. 

And  this  is,  by  thy  life,  one  of  their  right  experiences.  And  if  it  was  not 
for  the  fear  cf  prolonging  this  discourse  and  explaining  at  length  what  thou 
canst  understand  by  the  least  sign,  I  would  have  elucidated  this  point 
further.  And  I  have  also  mentioned  it  in  the  book  which  I  have  composed 
on  music  and  various  kinds  of  sciences.  Verily  it  is  one  of  the  four  sciences 
which  are  the  pillars  of  the  world.  But  we  shall  not  discuss  it  here 
at  length. 


210- 

to  tell  the  character  of  a  man  by  the  construction  of  his  body. 
There  is  a  wonderful  story  connected  with  him  which  I  shall 
relate  for  thy  consideration  : 

The  disciples  of  the  learned  Hippocrates  drew  his  picture  on 
a  parchment  and,  showing  it  to  Aklimun,  asked  him  to  describe 
his  character.  He  looked  at  the  formation  of  the  body  and  com- 
pared the  various  parts  of  it.  Then  he  said  :  '  This  man  must  be 
deceitful,  cunning,  and  sensuous,  and  one  who  loves  fornication.' 
Thereupon  the  disciples  of  Hippocrates  wanted  to  kill  him,  and 
said  :  '  O  ignorant  fool,  this  is  the  picture  of  the  learned  Hippo- 
crates ! '  He  replied  :  '  You  asked  me  to  read  his  character  from 
this  picture,  and  I  did  so  according  to  my  art.' 

When  they  went  back  to  Hippocrates  they  informed  him  of 
what  had  happened.  Hippocrates  replied  to  them  :  •  Aklimun  is 
right.  By  God  !  in  all  his  reading  he  has  not  spoken  a  single 
untruth.  This  is  indeed  my  character,  and  such  is  my  disposition. 
But  when  I  saw  that  these  qualities  were  bad,  I  restrained  myself 
from  following  them,  and  my  reason  overcame  my  passions.  And 
the  philosopher  who  cannot  subjugate  his  desires  to  his  reason  is 
no  philosopher  at  all.'  And  this  added  to  the  excellence  of 
Hippocrates,  for  philosophy  is  merely  mastering  desires. 

A  Short  Chapter  on  Physiognomy.1  Section  w 

p.  166 
O  Alexander,   I   am  writing  for   thee  a  brief  description  of 

Physiognomy  which,  on  account  of  thy  possessing  such  good 

sense  and  exalted  soul,  will  suffice  for  thee  instead  of  a  longer 

description,  God  willing.2 

Thou  knowest  that  the  womb  is  for  the  embryo  like  the  pot 

for  the  food,'  therefore  the  whiteness  or  blueness,  or  extreme 

redness  [of  the  face]  indicates  imperfect  coction,  and  if  to  them 

1  Discourse  on  Physiognomy  W.     Book  XI  H. 

2  O  Alexander,  since  the  science  of  physiognomy  is  one  of  the  subtle  and 
speculative  and  intellectual  sciences  which  it  is  necessary  for  thee  to  know 
and  to  understand,  because  of  the  great  need  in  which  thou  standest  when 
appointing  men  to  stand  before  thee,  I  will  therefore  put  down  for  thee  in 
this  chapter  all  the  tokens  of  physiognomy  which  are  proved  true  and 
known  in  the  days  gone  by,  and  which  we  have  tested  in  sooth  from  olden 
times  IV. 

3  The  temperaments  differ  according  to  the  creature,  and  the  natures  differ 
according  to  their  composition.  A  clear  white  complexion  with  a  tinge 
of  blue  and  much  ruddiness  betokens  shamelessness,  cunning,  and  small 
intelligence  W. 


220 

is  added  any  imperfection  of  nature  it  is  a  strong  proof  of  the 
p.  167  body  being  imperfect  as  well.     Therefore  beware  of  such  people, 
blue   or  very  red   and   smooth,1  for   they   must   be   shameless, 
perfidious,  and  sensuous. 

0  Alexander,  if  thou  shouldst  see  a  person  who  looks  often  at 
thee,  and  who,  when  thou  lookest  at  him,  turns  red  in  the  face, 
or  is  ashamed,  or  blushes,2  or  whose  eyes  fill  with  tears,  be  sure 
that  such  a  person  loves  thee,  and  is  afraid  of  thee.  But  if  he 
shows  signs  contrary  to  the  above,  he  is  thy  enemy  and  ill-wisher. 

Beware  of  one  of  a  defective  make,  or  having  some  physical 
imperfection.3 

The  best  proportioned  construction  is  of  him  who  possesses 
medium  stature,  black  hair  and  eyes — the  latter  somewhat  deep 
set — round  face,  white  mixed  with  red  or  moderately  brown 
colour,  with  perfect  form  and  well-proportioned  body,  head 
neither  too  large  nor  too  small.  Who  speaks  little  except  on 
necessary  occasions,  a  voice  neither  too  loud  nor  too  low, 
inclining  towards  thinness  but  not  too  thin.  And  whose  tempera- 
ment inclines  towards  spleen  and  bile.  Such  a  man  is  of  a 
perfect  formation.  Choose  him  for  thy  company.  Now  I  shall 
describe  to  thee  some  parts  of  the  body  separately,  the  know- 
ledge of  which  coupled  with  what  has  been  mentioned  above  will 
enable  thee  to  read  character. 

Soft  hair  denotes  timidity,  coldness  of  the  brain,  and  scarcity 
of  understanding.  Coarse  hair  denotes  courage  and  soundness 
of  the  brain.  Excess  of  hair  on  the  shoulders  and  the  neck 
denotes  stupidity  and  rashness.  And  much  hair  on  the  chest 
and  the  belly  denotes  wildness  of  nature,  scarcity  of  understanding, 
and  excess  of  tyranny.  Red  hair  is  a  sign  of  stupidity  and  love 
of  power.4  And  black  hair  is  a  sign  of  mildness  of  nature  and 
love  of  justice.5 
p.  168  The  man  whose  eyes  are  large  and  protruding  is  envious, 
shameless,  and  lazy,  and  is  unworthy  of  being  trusted,  especially 
if  his  eyes  are  blue.6  But  one  whose  eyes  are  moderate  in  size 
inclined  to  deepness  and  darkness,  he  should  be  intelligent  and 

1  or  has  much  hair  on  his  head,  as  thou  bewarest  of  poisonous  snakes  W. 
a  do  not  befriend  him.     But  if  his  eyes  W. 

*  as  much  as  thou  eschewest  thine  enemy  W. 

4  a  sign  of  great  and  swift  ire  W.  • 

*  and  the  mean  between  the  two  betokens  fairness  W. 
6  and  probably  he  is  evil-eyed  W  inserts. 


221 

quick  witted.1  But  he  whose  eyes  are  slanting  is  wicked.2  He 
whose  eyes  are  motionless,  like  those  of  animals,  is  rough  natured 
and  ignorant.  And  he  whose  eyes  are  constantly  moving  and  revolv- 
ing is  cunning  and  of  treacherous  and  thieving  propensities.  He 
whose  eyes  are  red  is  bold  and  reckless.  And  the  worst  of  all 
eyes  are  blue  ones  of  a  turquoise  colour,  and  if  there  happen  to 
be  white,  black,  or  red  spots  around  them,  their  owner  must  be 
the  worst  and  most  pernicious  of  all  mankind. 

Eyebrows  of  bushy  hair 3  denote  impotence  and  unintelligibility 
of  speech.  And  if  they  are  united  to  the  temples,  the  owner  of 
such  eyebrows  is  conceited  and  boastful.  And  he  whose  eye- 
brows are  thin,  and  of  moderate  length,  and  are  black,  he  is 
quick-witted. 

If  the  nose  happen  to  be  thin,  its  owner  is  impetuous.4  And 
if  the  nostrils  are  so  long  as  to  almost  enter  the  mouth  it  betokens 
courage.  And  he  who  is  flat-nosed  is  lustful.  And  he  whose 
nostrils  are  very  wide  is  irascible.  And  when  the  middle  of  the 
nose  is  thick  inclining  to  snubness  its  owner  shall  be  vainglorious 
and  lying.  But  the  most  symmetrical  of  all  noses  is  that  which 
is  not  too  long,  is  of  moderate  thickness  and  height,  and  with 
nostrils  not  too  wide. 

A  wide  forehead  without  any  wrinkles  in  it,  indicates  quarrel-  p.  189 
someness,  mischievousness,  carelessness,  and  vaingloriousness. 
But  he  whose  forehead  is  of  moderate  width  and  height  and  with 
wrinkles  in  it,  is  truthful,  faithful,  intelligent,  and  skilful.  And 
he  whose  forehead  is  of  conspicuous  protrusion  is  taciturn  and 
prudent. 

He  whose  mouth  is  wide  is  brave,  and  he  whose  lips  are  thick 
and  teeth  long  is  stupid.  And  he  whose  face  is  thin  is  careful  in 
his  actions  and  intelligent.6 

He6  whose  face  is  small  inclining  to  sallow  is  vile,  wicked, 
deceitful,  and  arrogant.     He  whose  face  is  long  is  shameless. 

1  loving  faithfulness  IV  inserts.  8  deceitful  W. 

3  denote  talkativeness  W. 

*  He  who  has  tender  nostrils  will  be  a  man  of  soft  temperament  W. 

6  A  large  mouth  betokens  courage,  thick  lips  betoken  simplicity,  and  one 
who  has  red  lips  of  mean  thickness  is  a  just  man.  He  whose  teeth  stand 
out  prominently  and  close  together  is  treacherous,  scheming,  and  unfaithful  : 
he  who  has  straight  teeth  well  set  with  space  between  them  is  intelligent, 
trusty,  and  faithful  W. 

•  who  has  a  face  with  swollen  cheeks  is  ignorant  and  of  rough  disposition  : 
he  W. 


22a 

And  the  best  of  faces  is  one  of  good  width,  modest  looking, 
neither  too  wide  nor  too  small,  with  soft  cheeks,  thin  lips,  good 
teeth,  without  having  too  much  hair  in  beard  or  eyebrows.  He 
whose  temples  are  protruding  and  the  veins  of  his  neck  full  is 
irascible.  He  whose  ears  are  very  large  is  foolish,  but  of  a  good 
memory.  And  he  whose  ears  are  very  small  is  stupid,  a  thief, 
sensuous,  and  cowardly.  He  whose  voice  is  strong  is  brave.  He 
whose  voice  is  neither  too  loud  nor  too  low,  and  who  speaks 
neither  too  fast  nor  too  slow,  is  wise,  prudent,  and  truthful.  He 
whose  voice  is  harsh  inclining  to  shrillness  is  foolish,  but  patient 
in  hardship  and  oppression.  And  he  whose  voice  is  extremely 
soft  is  insolent  and  ill-natured.  But  the  best  voice  is  one  with 
moderate  nasal  twang  and  softness.  He  whose  speech  is  moderate 
in  harshness  and  softness,  fastness  and  slowness,  is  wise,  prudent, 
sincere,  good  natured,  and  of  social  habits.  And  he  whose 
speech  is  fast,  especially  if  his  voice  happens  to  be  soft,  is  shame- 
less, foolish,  and  a  liar.  He  whose  speech  is  harsh  is  irascible 
i/°  and  ill-natured.  He  whose  speech  has  a  strong  nasal  twang  is 
envious  and  deceitful.  And  he  who  is  harsh  of  speech  1  is  foolish, 
stupid,  and  conceited. 

He  who  moves  his  body  too  much  in  speaking  or  plays  with 
his  hands  is  talkative,,  shameless,  boastful,  and  deceitful.  And 
he  who  is  grave  and  taciturn  is  perfect  in  nature,  prudent,  and 
intelligent.  But  one  who  stammers  in  speech  or  minces  his 
words  is  defective  in  reason. 

He  whose  neck  is  long  and  thin  is  stupid  and  timid.2  He 
whose  neck  is  extremely  short  is  foolish,  cunning,  and  vile. 
He  whose  neck  is  very  thick  is  foolish  and  a  glutton.  The  best 
neck  is  one  of  moderate  size  and  thickness,  with  conspicuous 
veins  and  with  little  flesh.3 

He  whose  belly  is  large  is  stupid,  ignorant,  conceited,  and  fond 
of  lechery,4  Thinness  of  the  belly  and  moderation  in  the  width 
of  the  chest  indicate  5  courage  with  stupidity.  Crookedness  of 
the  back  indicates  ill-nature  and  low-mindedness.  And  evenness 
and  straightness  of  the  back,  prominence  of  the  chest,  are  good 

1  pleasant  W.  2  clamorous,  stupid,  and  simple  IV. 

3  Whosoever  has  a  neck  well-proportioned  in  length  and  thickness  is 
wise,  able,  and  a  faithful  friend.  W. 

"•  and  faint-hearted  W. 

5  generous  understanding  and  good  counsel.  Broad  shoulders  and  back 
betoken  W  inserts. 


223 

signs.     Prominence  of  the  shoulders  indicates  evil  intentions  and 
bad  character. 

When  the  arms  are  long  so  that  the  hands  reach  the  knees  it  is 
a  sign  of  courage  and  generosity.  And  if  the  arms  are  short  their 
owner  shall  be  a  lover  of  mischief  and  cowardly. 

Long  palms  and  fingers  indicate  aptitude  for  arts  and  business 
and  good  government.     Short  and  thick  fingers  indicate  ignorance,  p. 
stupidity  and  low  aims. 

Similarly,  broad  and  fleshy  feet  indicate  ignorance  and  love  of 
oppression,  and  small  and  soft  feet  indicate  wickedness.1  The  best 
feet  are  those  of  moderate  size  and  symmetrical  of  form,  with  little 
flesh,  sound  nails,  and  symmetrical  toes.  Thinness  of  the  ankles2 
denotes  timidity,  and  their  thickness  indicates  courage.  And 
fullness  of  the  calves  and  ankles  denotes  foolishness  and  shame- 
lessness.3     Likewise  too  full  thighs  show  weakness  and  softness. 

He  whose  steps  are  wide  and  slow4  is  successful  in  his  actions 
and  undertakings  and  prudent  for  the  issue  of  his  affairs.  He 
whose  steps  are  short  and  quick  is  hasty  in  his  actions,  ill- 
natured,  unmethodical  in  his  affairs,  and  of  evil  design.5 

The  best  of  men  is  one  having  a  moderate-sized  mouth,  soft 
and  moist  flesh,  neither  too  thin  nor  too  fat,  neither  too  tall  nor 
too  short,  in  colour  either  white  inclining  to  red,  or  a  clear  brown 
colour,  oval  in  face,  and  of  even  features,6  hair  long — neither  too 
thick  nor  too  thin 7 — of  a  colour  between  red  and  black,8  moderate- 
sized  9  eyes,  somewhat  deep-set,  moderate-sized  head,  straight  neck, 
square  shoulders  inclined  to  sloping,  moderately  broad  chest,  back 
and  thighs  not  too  full,  a  clear  and  moderate  voice,  smooth  palms, 
long  fingers  inclined  to  thinness,  grave,  thoughtful,  amiable,  cheer- 
ful so  as  to  inspire  others  with  his  cheerfulness,  and  high  minded.10 

1  courage  W.  -  heel  W. 

3  hardness  and  strength  of  body  W.  *  are  moderate  W. 

5  hasty  in  his  work  and  not  resolute  in  his  affairs  W. 

6  smooth  of  cheek  W.  7  between  the  lank  and  the  curly  IV. 
8  of  a  fair  colour  IV.  9  big,  black  IV. 

10  Sparing  in  words,  except  when  it  is  absolutely  necessary,  not  gluttonous 
or  sensual  beyond  measure.  This  is  the  mo3t  perfect  creature  of  the  sons 
of  man,  and  this  is  the  man  I  would  choose  for  thee  :  search  therefore  for 
a  man  who  answers  this  description,  and  thou  shalt  thereby  prosper.  Thou 
knowest  already  that  a  ruler  is  more  dependent  on  the  subjects  than  they 
are  on  him.  So  comprehend  these  signs  which  I  have  mentioned  to  thee, 
and  try  them  with  thy  sure  discernment  and  acute  examination,  for  thou 
shalt  profit  much  thereby,  if  God  will  W. 


224 

p.  172  Therefore,  O  Alexander,  whenever  thou  findest  such  a  man 
choose  him  for  thy  company  and  for  governing  thy  people  and 
for  serving  thyself.  But  thou  must  not,  O  Alexander,  form  thy 
judgement  of  a  man's  character  by  one  sign  only,  but  judge  them 
on  the  whole.  And  when  thou  findest  contrary  signs  lean 
towards  those  that  are  stronger  and  more  conclusive  so  that  thou 
mayest  be  rightly  guided  and  achieve  thy  objects,  by  the  help 
of  God. 

p.  123  Discourse  III. 

On  the  Form  of  Justice. 

Section  A  O  Alexander,  justice  is  a  noble  attribute  among  the  attributes 
of  God,  may  His  name  be  glorified  and  exalted.  And  the  king 
whom  God  has  chosen  to  rule  over  His  people,  and  to  whom  He 
has  granted  the  government  of  their  affairs  and  power  over  their 
lives  and  properties  and  all  other  matters,  is  like  a  god,  and  it  is 
necessary  for  him  to  resemble  Him  in  the  attributes  of  mercy, 
wisdom,  &c.  And  the  attributes  of  God  are  numberless.  There- 
fore, O  Alexander,  right  is  opposed  to  oppression,  and  the 
contrary  of  oppression  is  justice. 

It  is  through  justice  that  the  heavens  stand  over  the  earth,  and 
it  was  for  justice  that  the  holy  prophets  were  sent.  And  justice 
is  the  form  of  the  reason  which  God  gives  to  those  most  beloved 
of  Him.  It  is  with  justice  that  the  earth  is  populated,  kingdoms 
are  established,  people  become  obedient,1  savages  are  tamed  and 
the  wild  ones  are  civilized,  distant  ones  are  drawn  near,  souls 
become  safe  from  destruction,  and  rulers  become  immune  from 
all  sorts  of  evils. 
P- 124  It  is  for  this  reason  that  the  people  of  India  have  said  :  The 
justice  of  a  king  is  better  for  the  people  than  plenitude.2  And 
their  wise  men  have  said  :  A  just  king  is  better  than  a  universal 
and  continuous  rain.  And  it  has  been  found  inscribed  on  stones 
in  the  Syrian  language  that  king  and  justice  are  mutually3 
indispensable.  All  things  have  been  created  from  elements.* 
And   the   cause   is   the   action   which  has   caused   their  being. 

1  W:  it  is  the  comfort  of  those  who  doubt  and  wonder. 

2  W:  prosperity  of  the  time.  s  W :  brothers  and  mutually. 

*  B  reads  :    All  things  have  been  created  out  of  one  element  which   is 
their  form,  and  their  cause  is  the  action  which  has  brought  them  into  being, 


2  2,5 

And  the  doer  is  the  all-wise  and  all-powerful  God.  And  the 
accepting  by  the  element  of  the  influence  of  the  action  is  the 
effect. 

The  Cause  which  is  the  principle  (or  element?)  is  potential 
and  the  effect  is  the  existent,  and  it  shows  the  wisdom  of  the 
wise  Creator,  and  the  reception  by  the  principle  (or  element  ?)  of 
the  influence  of  the  action  according  to  what  it  is  capable  of 
receiving,  is  Justice. 

Therefore  it  is  plain  that  Justice  is  of  two  kinds  :  apparent  and 
hidden.  Apparent  justice  is  that  which  is  manifest  from  the 
actions  of  the  Creator  according  to  its  definitions  of  equality  in 
weight  and  measure,  since  the  word  equity  literally  means  equality. 
The  hidden  justice  is  the  belief  in  the  wise  Creator  and  His 
creation,  and  finding  out  His  words. 

I  have  stated  before  that  a  king  resembles  God  in  power  and 
therefore  it  is  necessary  for  him  to  try  to  resemble  Him  in  acts 
as  well,  and  to  establish  among  his  people  such  laws  and  customs  p.  12: 
as  are  in  accordance  with  justice  and  divine  commandments. 
And  he  ought  to  believe  in  them  himself,  for  it  is  by  belief  and 
faith  that  Law  derives  its  power.  And  when  the  people  see  that 
the  king  believes  in,  and  follows,  his  Law,  they  also  believe  in, 
and  follow  it,  and  they  become  easy  in  their  minds. 

And  as  there  are  various  classes  of  people,  the  methods  of 
justice  among  them  are  also  different.  Justice  is  a  word  which 
means  equal  division,  removal  of  oppression,  correctness  of 
weights  and  equality  of  measures.  It  is  a  name  that  combines 
in  itself  the  meanings  of  all  kinds  of  virtues  and  noble  qualities 

and  the  doer  .  .  .  God.  And  the  acceptance  of  the  element  is  the  effect  of 
the  action,  and  being  affected  by  relation  is  the  element  and  the  possibility. 
And  the  action  is  being,  and  the  manifestor  of  the  wisdom  of  the  wise 
Creator.  And  the  acceptance  of  the  effect  according  to  its  ability  of 
acceptance  is  justice,  &c. 

C  reads  this  passage  a  little  differently  :  And  it  has  been  found  engraved 
on  some  stones  in  Greek  that  sovereignty  and  justice  are  two  brothers,  one 
of  whom  cannot  do  without  the  other.  And  all  things  are  from  an  element. 
And  the  cause  is  reason  which  has  brought  them  into  being.  And  the  agent 
the  all-wise  and  powerful  'God).  Hence  the  acceptance  by  the  element  of 
the  effect  of  reason  is  the  "being  wrought". 

Therefore  cause  is  the  "element" — the  "possibility",  and  the  "being 
wrought''  is  the  "being" — the  wisdom  of  the  Wise  Maker,  and  the 
acceptance  by  the  element  of  the  effect  from  reason — the  effect  which  it  is 
capable  of  accepting — is  justice. 

1590  Q 


226 

and  magnanimous  deeds.  Justice  is  of  various  kinds.  There 
is  a  form  of  justice  which  ought  to  be  observed  by  governors  in 
their  government.  There  is  another  form  of  justice  which  a  man 
ought  to  observe  in  his  dealings  with  his  Creator.  Then  there 
is  a  form  of  justice  which  ought  to  be  observed  by  men  in  their 
dealings  with  each  other. 

O  Alexander,  I  have  invented  for  thee  a  diagram  according 
to  Philosophy,  Law,  and  Divinity  which  will  inform  thee  of 
everything  that  is  in  the  world  and  which  comprehends  the 
government  of  the  world  and  comprises  all  the  degrees  and 
classes  of  the  people,  and  the  form  of  justice  required  for  each 
of  them.  I  have  divided  this  figure '  according  to  the  divisions 
12  j  of  the  heavenly  spheres.  Thou  mayest  begin  with  any  division  thou 
likest,  it  will  lead  thee  to  one  next  to  it  like  the  continuation 
of  the  revolution  of  heavens.  And  as  all  the  forms  of  govern- 
ment, whether  the  high  or  low,  depend  upon  the  world,  I  found 
it  advisable  to  begin  this  figure  with  the  world. 

And  this  figure,  O  Alexander,  is  the  essence  of  this  book  and 
the  key  to  thy  object.  If  I  had  not  sent  to  thee  anything  else 
except  this  figure,  in  compliance  with  thy  request,  it  would  have 
sufficed  thee.  Therefore  study  it  with  sincere  thought  and  it  will 
lead  thee  to  all  thy  objects  and  will  obtain  for  thee  all  that  thou 
desirest,  and  make  perfect  all  that  thou  lovest,  if  God  will. 

Circle  of  the  Sphere.2 

The  world  is  a  garden  hedged  in  by  sovereignty. — Sovereignty 
is  lordship  exalted  by  law. — Law  is  guidance  governing  the  king. — 
The  king  is  a  shepherd  mustering  the  army. — The  army  are 
dragons  fed  by  money. — Money  is  food  gathered  by  the  people. — 
The  people  are  servants  subjected  to  justice. — Justice  is  happiness 
and  the  establishment  of  the  world.3 

Justice  is  the  harmonizer  and  supporter  of  the  world. 

The  world  is  the  foundation  of  the  institution  of  state. 

State  is  the  king  who  preserves  the  laws. 

Law  is  government  governed  by  the  king. 

The  king  is  the  guardian  of  the  people  with  the  help  of  the 
army. 

The  army  is  composed  of  the  officials  gathered  together  by 

wealth. 

1  W\  so  that  each  section  represents  one  degree,  and  thou. 
8  See  p.  126.  3  as  in  JV. 


227 

Wealth  or  revenue  is  collected  by  the  people. 
The  people  are  subject  to  justice.1 

There  can  be  no  justice  and  government  without  the  subject. 
There  can  be  no  subject  without  a  king. 
There  can  be  no  king  without  an  army. 
There  can  be  no  army  without  a  state. 
There  can  be  no  state  without  men  (soldiers). 
There  can  be  no  soldiers  without  money. 
There  can  be  no  money  without  population  (and  peace). 
There  can  be  no  population  and  peace  without  justice  and' 
government.2 

The  world  is  a  garden  whose  fence  is  dominion  ;  dominion 
is  lordship  whose  principle  is  law;  law  is  administration  directed 
by  the  king  ;  the  king  is  a  crown  supported  by  the  army ;  the  army 
is  a  supporter  maintained  by  money ;  money  is  a  product  amassed 
by  the  people ;  the  people  are  rendered  happy  by  justice ;  justice 
secures  the  prosperity  of  the  world. 

Useful  information  derived  from  certain  of  the  learned  on  the 
authority  of  the  Imam  (may  God  accept  him) :  he  said  there  can 
be  no  state  without  men  (soldiers),  and  no  men  without  wealth, 
and  no  wealth  without  subjects,  and  no  people  without  justice, 
and  no  justice  without  law,  which  is  the  life  of  the  state. 

And  in  the  above  figure  all  the  divisions  are  connected  with 
one  another :  state  is  a  power  established  by  custom,  custom  is 
a  weapon  wielded  by  the  king,  the  king  is  an  arm  supported  by 
the  army,  the  army  is  composed  of  soldiers  employed  by  wealth, 
wealth  is  subsistence  collected  by  the  subjects,  the  subjects  are 
composed  of  servants  subjugated  by  justice,  justice  is  civilization 
and  well-being  of  the  world,  the  world  is  the  ground  on  which  is 
based  the  foundation  of  state.3 

Discourse  IV. 

4  On  Ministers,  their  numbers,  the  method  of  governing  them,  the     Section  B 
experience  of  their  counsels,  and  the  quality  of  their  intelligence. 

0  Alexander,  understand  this  discourse,  and  know  that  its 
value  is  great.     For  verily,  by  thy  truth  I  have  collected  together 

1  As  in  C.  2  as  in  A.  s  as  in  B. 

■  *  IV:  Of  the  quality  of  the  wazir,  the  manner  of  his  governance,  the 
testing  of  his  judgement,  and  the  nature  of  his  intellect. 

Q2 


228 

in  it  everything  of  the  sciences  of  philosophy,1  and  the  quality 
and  the  composition  of  reason,  and  I  have  revealed  in  it  certain 
divine  secrets  as  they  were  indispensable  for  thy  instruction  in 
the  reality  of  reason  and  the  manner  of  its  distribution  among 
the  creatures  of  God,  and  the  method  of  gaining  knowledge 
thereof.  Because  verily  it  is  of  utmost  importance  to  thee. 
Therefore  comprehend  it,  if  God  will. 

127  Know,  O  Alexander,  that  the  first  thing  created  by  God, 
glorified  be  His  name,  was  a  simple  spiritual  essence  in  exceeding 
perfection  and  excellence,  in  which  were  the  forms  of  all  things. 
This  He  named  Reason.  Out  of  this  essence  there  was  created 
another,  next  to  it  in  rank,  which  was  called  the  Universal  Soul. 
Out  of  the  latter  He  brought  into  being  a  third  essence  named 

1  jS  Matter  (hyle,  hayula).  Matter  on  receiving  dimensions,  i.  e.  length, 
breadth,  and  thickness,  became  pure  body. 

Then  this  body  adopted  a  spherical  form,  which  is  the  best 
of  all  forms,  and  greatest  in  space  and  continuation.  Out  of  this 
spherical  form  then  were  created  the  heavens,  planets,  and  all 
other  ethereal  bodies,  the  purest  of  them  being  the  first  and  the 
coarsest  the  last. 

So,  beginning  from  the  first,  or  the  all-comprehending  sphere, 
to  the  last  sphere  which  is  the  sphere  of  the  moon,  there  are  in  all 
nine  spheres  one  within  the  other.  The  first  and  the  highest  is, 
as  mentioned  before,  the  all-comprehending  sphere.     Next  to  it 

129  is  the  starry  sphere.  Next  to  it  is  the  sphere  of  Saturn,  then  the 
sphere  of  Jupiter,  then  of  Mars,  then  of  the  Sun,  then  of  Venus, 
then  of  Mercury,  then  the  sphere  of  the  Moon,  and  then  the 
sphere  of  the  elements :  fire,  air,  water,  and  the  earth.  So  the 
earth  is  the  centre  of  all  the  spheres,  and  it  is  the  coarsest  of 
all  bodies  in  essence  and  thickest  or  most  solid  of  them  in 
substance. 

And  when  these  spheres  were  arranged  in  one  another  as  the 
wisdom  of  the  Creator  had  decreed,  in  the  wisest  and  the  best 
arrangement,  and  revolved  with  their  substance  and  their  stars 
around  the  four  elements  mentioned  before,  and  night  and  day, 
summer  and  winter,  heat  and  cold  followed  one  another,  and 
when  all  these  were  mixed  and  tempered  with  one  another,  the 
finer  mixing  with  the  coarser,  the  heavier  with  the  lighter,  the 
warm  with  the  cold,  the  moist  with  the  dry,  there  were  formed 
1  IV  adds  :  and  wisdom. 


229  * 

from  their  combinations,  after  long  ages,  various  compositions, 
vegetables,  and  animals. 

Minerals  are  all  those  materials  which  are  formed  inside  the 
earth,  at  the  bottom  of  seas,  and  in  the  hollows  of  mountains, 
from  the  pent-up  vapours,  and  rising  smokes,  and  the  moisture 
closed  in  caves,  and  the  atmosphere.  The  preponderating  element 
in  all  minerals  is  the  earth.  The  minerals  are :  gold,  silver,  iron, 
tin,  zinc,  and  others  which  are  known  and  exist.  As  for  animals, 
every  body  that  moves,  feels,  and  transports  itself  from  place  to 
place  is  called  an  animal.  The  preponderating  element  in  animals 
is  air.  Hence  vegetables  are  superior  of  composition  to  minerals,  p.  130 
and  animals  are  superior  to  vegetables. 

Man  is  the  noblest  of  all  animals  in  construction,  and  the 
preponderating  element  in  him  is  fire.  In  the  composition 
of  man  there  are  united  all  the  essences  of  creation — whether 
elemental  or  composite,  because  man  is  composed  of  body  which 
is  coarse  and  material,  and  of  the  soul  which  is  a  pure,  heavenly, 
and  spiritual  essence. 

Therefore  it  is  necessary  for  thee,  O  Alexander,  if  thou  in- 
tendest  to  acquire  the  knowledge  of  the  realities  of  all  beings, 
that  thou  shouldst  begin  with  the  knowledge  of  thine  own  soul, 
as  it  is  the  thing,  nearest  to  thyself.  Then  thou  shouldst  try  to 
know  other  things. 

And  know  that  the  universal  soul  is  a  spiritual  power  which 
has  emanated  from  reason  by1  the  permission  of  God,  glory  be 
to  Him.  And  know  that  it  possesses  two  kinds  of  powers  which 
penetrate  all  bodies  as  the  light  of  the  sun  penetrates  all  particles 
of  air.  One  of  these  powers'  is  (the  Perceptive)  intellective,  and 
the  other  the  Active.  And  God  has  gifted  it  with  seven  faculties, 
namely  :  the  attractive,  the  retentive,  the  digestive,  the  expulsive, 
the  nutritive  (or  assimilative),  the  formative,  and  the  productive. 
These  faculties  work  in  the  formation  of  the  body  of  man,  when 
the  seed  is  deposited  in  the  womb  it  takes  nine  months  to  be 
completed.  And  when  this  period  comes  to  an  end  the  power  p.  131 
of  the  animal  spirit  transports  it,  by  the  will  of  God,  from  that 
place  to  the  open  space  of  this  house  (the  world),  and  begins 
another  kind  of  action,  which  lasts  for  four  years.  Then  there 
comes  the  power  of  speech  which  interprets  the  names  of  things 
perceived.  Then  it  takes  up  another  course  of  action  which 
continues  until  the  child  is  fifteen  years  old.     Then  he  acquires 


23° 

the  power  of  reasoning,  through  which  he  distinguishes  between 
the  meanings  of  the  things  perceived.  Then  it  takes  up  another 
course  of  action  which  continues  till  he  is  thirty  years  of  age, 
when  he  acquires  the  power  of  wisdom  through  which  he  com- 
prehends the  meanings  of  intellectual  facts.  Then  it  takes  up 
another  course  of  action  which  lasts  till  he  is  forty  years  old, 
when  he  acquires  the  angelic  (or  spiritual)  power  which  helps 
him  towards  the  knowledge  of  God.  Then  it  takes  up  another 
course  of  action  which  lasts  till  he  is  fifty  years  old,  when  he 
acquires  the  religious  power  which  helps  him  to  prepare  for  the 
next  world.  Then  it  takes  up  another  course  of  action  which 
continues  till  the  end  of  his  life. 

And  if  the  soul  is  completed  and  perfected  before  its  departing 
from  the  body,  there  comes  down  to  it  the  universal  spirit  and  takes 
p.  132  it  to  the  heavenly  assembly.  Then  it  takes  up  another  course  of 
action  until  it  is  united  with  the  sphere  of  Reason  and  the  approved 
object  of  the  Universal  Soul. 
Section  C  And  when  God  created  man,  and  made  him  the  noblest  of 
all  animals,  and  commanded  him  and  prohibited  him,  and  ap- 
pointed for  him  punishments  and  rewards,1  He  made  his  body  like 
a  city  and  his  reason  its  king.2  And  He  appointed  for  that  king 
five  ministers  in  order  to  help  him  in  the  government  of  the 
body,  and  to  obtain  for  him  all  that  he  needed  and  all  that  was 
useful  for  him,  and  to  warn  him  against  all  that  was  hurtful  and 
injurious  to  him.  This  king  cannot  exist  and  cannot  be  perfect 
without  those  five  ministers.  And  He  gave  to  each  of  the 
ministers  a  particular  uniform  which  should  distinguish  him  from 
his  companion,  and  a  peculiar  quality  not  possessed  by  any  one 
else.  And  by  their  united  judgement  all  his  affairs  were  governed 
and  his  actions  performed. 

These  five  ministers  are  the  five  senses :  the  eyes,  ears,  tongue, 
nose,  and  the  hands, 
p.  133      The  faculty  of  the  eyes  is  to  see  its  objects  which  are  of  ten 
kinds  :   light,  darkness,  colour,  body,  form,  place,  distance,  proxi- 
mity, motion,  and  rest. 

The  faculty  of  the  ears  is  to  hear  sounds  and  they  are  of  two 
kinds  :  animal  and  lifeless.     Animal  sounds  are  of  two  kinds  : 

1  W  follows  f'om  p.  228,  I.  12:    And  then  afterwards  in  His  wisdom  and 
His  plan  He  bound  it  up  with  the  visible  and  sensitive  body,  and. 
1   W  omits  to  p.  232,  1.  3. 


231 

intelligible,  as  the  speech  of  man,  and  unintelligible,  as  the 
neighing  of  a  horse,  the  braying  of  an  ass,  the  whistling  of 
birds,  &c. 

Lifeless  sounds  are  such  as  are  produced  by  the  coming  in 
contact  of  two  pieces  of  wood  or  stones,  &c,  and  such  as  the 
sound  of  thunder,  of  the  drum,  and  the  lute.  And  know  that  every 
sound  has  a  tune,  a  note,  and  a  condition.  And  the  soul  of  every 
sound  is  its  music.  Therefore  when  the  air  which  carries  this 
sound  comes  into  motion  it  also  moves  its  spirit  which  divides  the 
various  notes  and  prevents  them  from  coalescing  or  being  mixed 
with  one  another.  Then  it  reaches  to  its  extreme  limit  in  the 
perception  of  hearing,  which  conveys  it  to  the  imaginative  faculty. 

The  sense  of  taste  lies  in  the  tongue.  It  distinguishes  tastes 
and  flavours.  They  are  of  nine  kinds :  sweet,  bitter,  salt,  greasy, 
sour,  sharp,  astringent,  insipid,  and  styptic. 

The  sense  of  smell  is  through  the  nose.  It  distinguishes  between 
odours,  which  are  of  two  kinds  :  pleasant  and  unpleasant. 

The  sense  of  touch  is  in  the  hand.     Its  objects  are:  heat  and 
cold,  roughness  and  smoothness.     This  faculty  is  situated  between 
two  skins,  one  of  which  is  the  outer  covering  of  the  body,  and  the  P-  *34 
other  is  next  to  the  flesh.1 

And  when  each  of  these  senses  has  obtained  that  for  which  God 
has  created  it  to  serve  the  king,  [reason],  it  imparts  it  to  the  nerves 
which  are  situated  in  the  front  part  of  the  brain  and  which  are  as 
fine  as  cobwebs,  and  which  serve  the  purpose  of  curtains,  or 
servants,  to  the  king;  and  the  said  nerves  carry  it  to  the  front 
portion  of  the  brain.  Then  all  thejDerceptions  of  the  senses  are 
presented  to  the  faculty  of  imagination,  which  passes  them  on  to 
the  cogitative  faculty  which  is  situated  in  the  centre  of  the  brain, 
so  that  it  may  look  into  them,  judge  their  meanings,  and  know 
their  harms  and  benefits,  and  act  accordingly. 

Therefore  the  existence  of  the  body  depends  upon  these  senses 
and  so  does  the  beauty  of  everything  else.  O  Alexander,  thus 
perfection  depends  upon  five  things.  As  the  planets,  on  which 
depend  the  heavenly  spheres,  are  five.  There  are  five  kinds  of 
animals  :  man,  birds,  small  animals,  large  animals,  and  reptiles. 
So  there  are  five  things  without  which  vegetables  also  cannot 
exist :  root,  stem,  branch,  leaf,  and  taste.  There  are  five  notes  in  p.  135 
music  without  which  no  harmony  is  perfect.  And  there  are  five 
1  This  paragraph  is  placed  before  the  preceding  in  the  Latin. 


233 

days  completing  the  year  which  occur  at  the  end  of  the  month 
Azar  (March).1 

Therefore,  O  Alexander,  consider  this  speech  and  act  according 
to  it,  and  follow  the  example  of  God  in  all  thy  actions.2  Let  there 
be  five  ministers  to  thee,  and  consult  them  all  separately  in  all  thy 
affairs.  It  will  be  better  for  thee.  And  do  not  reveal  to  them 
thine  own  counsel  and  intention,  and  do  not  let  any  of  them  know 
whose  counsel  thou  dost  prefer,  and  do  not  let  them  think  that 
thou  standest  in  need  of  their  counsel,  lest  they  may  despise  thee. 
And  collect  together  all  their  counsels  in  thine  own  mind  as  the 
brain  does  with  that  which  the  senses  bring  to  it.  Then  ask  the 
help  of  God  in  thy  affair,  and  lean  towards  that  counsel  which  is 
opposite  to  thine  own  desire. 

It  was  for  this  reason  that  Hermes  replied  to  the  question 
whether  the  judgement  of  the  man  consulted  is  superior  to  that  of 
him  who  consults  :  'Yes,  because  his  judgement  isnot  influenced 
by  his  personal  desire.'  And  this  is  true.  And  when  thou  callest 
together  all  thy  ministers  in  thy  presence  to  take  their  counsel, 
thou  shouldst  not  mix  up  thine  own  judgement  with  theirs,  but  hear 
all  that  they  have  to  say.  And  if  they  are  hasty  in  their  replies 
and  are  of  one  opinion,  then  contradict  them,  and  show  them  the 
weakness  of  their  judgement,  so  that  they  should  think  longer  on 
the  subject  and  reflect  on  all  its  points.  Because  there  is  no  good 
in  hasty  judgements. 

And  when  thou  findest  that  their  judgement  or  the  judgement  of 
one  of  them  is  right,  show  thy  approval  of  them  all  so  that  they 
136  should  not  know  which  of  them  thou  dost  prefer ;  and  they  should 
remain  in  ignorance  of  the  counsel  thou  hast  approved  until  thou 
dost  carry  it  out,  because  secrecy  is  essential  for  success  in  all 
affairs.     Experience  and  practice  will  show  thee  which  one  of  them 

1  W reads:  And  the  soul  its  lieutenant  serving  that  city  and  studying 
its  parts.  And  He  caused  the  reason  to  dwell  in  the  most  honoured  and  in 
the  highest  place,  to  wit,  the  head,  and  He  caused  the  soul  to  dwell  in  all 
the  parts  of  the  body,  and  from  without  and  within  it  moves  and  regulates 
reason.  If  anything  should  happen  to  the  soul,  then  body  and  reason  are 
destroyed;  but  if  anything  happens  to  the  reason  and  the  soul  remains 
perfect,  then  the  body  remains  hale  until  from  the  Lord  comes  the  destruction 
of  the  whole,  when  the  destined  term  of  life  is  accomplished  (in  succession 
to  p.  330,  1.  21). 

1  breads:  Have  only  one  counsellor,  and  take  counsel  with  him  in  all 
thy  intentions  and  listen  to  his  advice,  even  if  it  be  contrary  to  thy  desirts, 
for  then  that  advice  would  be  a  true  one. 


*33 

deserves  to  be  trusted  most  for  his  counsels  and  correctness  of 
judgement.  Because  a  minister's  counsel  and  his  care  in  the 
management  of  thy  services  shall  be  according  to  his  love  of  thy- 
self and  his  desire  for  the  continuance  of  thy  sovereignty. 

And  beware  of  giving  preference  to  one  of  them  over  another  in 
gifts,  precedence,  and  other  matters.  For  verily  many  states  have 
been  ruined  in  ancient  times  owing  to  the  rivalry  of  ministers  and 
their  being  given  preference  one  to  another.  And  do  not  show 
more  favour  to  a  younger  man  than  to  an  older  one,  except  when 
the  counsel  of  the  younger  one  happens  to  be  superior.1 

And  I  say  to  thee,  O  Alexander,  that  counsel  depends  on  the 
body ;  and  when  the  body  grows  decrepit  through  age  counsel  also 
becomes  weak. 

Also  correctness  of  judgement  depends  upon  nativity.  Every 
one  is  born  at  a  certain  hour,  and  his  subsequent  proficiency  in  arts 
and  his  successes  or  failures  in  his  undertakings  depend  upon  the 
influence  of  thestars  ruling  over  his  nativity.  Even  if  his  parents 
try  to  turn  him  to  engage  in  some  other  art  or  profession  he  will 
turn  to  the  one  decreed  to  him  by  his  stars".  There  is  a  story  in 
illustration  of  the  above  : 

Certain  astrologers  happened  to  pass  through  a  village  where  p.  137 
a  man  who  was  a  weaver  made  them  his  guests,  and  entertained 
them.  On  that  night'  there  was  born  to  the  weaver  a  son.  The 
astrologers  drew  out  his"  horoscope  and  looked  into  his  stars.  His 
nativity  was  in  the  sign  Virgo,  and  Mercury  was  in  the  sign  Gemini 
its  own  'house'  with  Jupiter,  and  inauspicious  stars  were  absent. 
Therefore  they  augured  that  the  new-born  child  would  be  learned, 
dexterous,  and  of  sound  judgement,  and  that  he  would  manage  the 
affairs  of  kings.  They  wondered  at  it,  but  did  not  inform  his  father. 
The  boy  grew  up,  and  his  father  desired  to  teach  him  his  own  craft, 
but  the  boy's  nature  was  averse  from  it,  and  he  refused  to  learn  it. 
His  father  tried  compulsion  and  beat  him  until  he  was  tired ;  but 
it  was  of  no  avail,  so  he  left  him  alone.  Then  the  boy  turned 
towards  men  of  learning,    studied  sciences   and   histories,   and 

1  IV  reads :  And  when  his  advice  shall  appear  true  to  thee,  do  not 
hasten  to  fulfil  it,  but  tarry  for  a  day  and  a  night.  But  if  it  is  a  thing  which 
thou  art  afraid  that  thou  couldst  otherwise  not  carry  through,  then  do  it 
speedily.  And  if  after  proof  and  examination  it  will  have  become  clear  to 
thee  concerning  thy  counsellor,  and  of  the  love  which  he  bears  to  thee,  then 
lake  his  advice.  Pay  no  regard  to  old  men  when  the  advice  that  comes 
from  a  young  man  could  be  more  profitable. 


234 

acquired  the  arts  of  government,  until  at  last  he  became  a  minister. 
His  fame  spread,  and  his  story  became  public. 

Another  story,  in  direct  opposition  to  the  above  showing  the 
wonders  of  the  influence  of  the  stars,  is  that  of  a  son  of  an  Indian 
king.  His  nativity  had  foretold  that  he  should  be  a  smith.  The 
astrologers  concealed  this  from  the  king,  and  when  the  boy  grew 
up  his  father  wanted  to  teach  him.1  But  the  boy's  ambition  did 
not  respond,  and  his  nature  inclined  him  only  to  the  craft  of  smiths 
The  king  was  very  much  grieved  on  perceiving  this,  and  he  called 
together  all  the  astrologers  of  the  age.  They  unanimously  con- 
firmed the  tendency  of  the  boy's  nature. 

There  are  many  other  stories  of  this  kind  and  those  resembling 
it  are  well  known. 

2  To  the  aboveTmentioned  king's  son  are  ascribed  the  fine- 
tempered  swords, of  India.  And  whenever  he  was  reproached  for 
it,  he  replied  that  they  were, the  helpers  of  his  father,  and  a  treasure 
possessed  by  no  one  else. 

O  Alexander,  do  not  despise  small  (humble)  men.  And  when- 
ever thou  findest  one  who  is  eager  for  knowledge,  steady  in  his 
p.  138  conduct,  patient  and  an  abstainer  from  vices,  make  much  of  him  ; 
especially  -if  he  possess,  in  addition,  to  the  above,  high  minded- 
ness,  noble  pedigree,  eloquence,  pleasant  conversation,  rhetoric, 
and  knowledge  of  the  history  of  the  ancients  and  bygone  nations, 
and  of  the  lives  of  the  great  men  of  past  times.  Value  the  friend- 
ship of  such  a  man.  And  if  beside  the  above-mentioned  qualities 
he  possesses  sound  judgement,  discretion,  purity  of  soul,  and  strong 
and  firm  faith  in  thy  laws  and  practises  them,  no  one  deserves 
better  than  he  to  be  minister  and  manager  of  the  state. 

0  Alexander,  do  not  put  first  or  last  any  action,3  without  due 
consultation.  For  philosophers  have  never  ceased  from  saying 
that  counsel  is  the  essence  of  true  guidance.4  And  it  is  written 
in  the  books  of  the  Persians  that  one  of  their  kings  took  the 
counsel  of  his  ministers  regarding  a  xnbst  important  secret  affair  of 
his  state,  on  which  his  power  depended.  One  of  the  ministers 
said  to  him  :  5  It  is  necessary  for  the  king  to  consult  with  us 

1  Wadds  :  all  the  manners  and  government  of  kings. 

2  This  paragraph  occurs  only  in  A. 

3  i.e.  hurry  over  or  delay.  *   Wadds  :  and  the  cause  of  success. 

5  It  is  not  meet  for  thee,  O  king,  to  take  counsel  with  only  one  of  us  in 
thy  affairs,  but  thou  shouldst  in  preference  take  counsel  with  each  one  of  us 
singly.     But  he  ought  not  to  heed  them.     The  one  would  keep  his  secret, 


235 

separately  and  in  secret  on  matters  of  such  great  importance  and 
difficulty.  .  For  doing  so  is  more  conducive  to  secrecy,  more 
prudent  for  counsel,  and  more  befitting  to  ensure  safety ;  and  it 
saves  us  from  being  suspected  of  the  treachery  of  another.  If  the 
secret  is  revealed  to  one  only  he  will  take  care  not  to  divulge  it. 
It  is  not  necessary  to  act  thus  in  all  matters,  but  only  in  rare 
circumstances.  It  is  always  best  for  a  king  to  call  his  ministers 
together  and  to  consult  with  them  publicly  in  all  matters  great  or 
small,  as  we  have  stated  before. 

As  some  ancient  philosophers  have  said,  a  king  of  sound 
judgement  is  assisted  and  strengthened  by  the  counsels  of  his 
ministers,  as  a  river  is  augmented  by  the  help  of  its  tributary 
streams,  although  the  river  may  be  independent  of  their  help.1 
By  prudence  and  counsel  is  obtained  what  cannot  be  obtained  by  p.  139 
power  and  an  army. 

And  it  is  written  in  one  of  the  books  of  the  Persians  :  A  king 
advised  his  son  saying  : 2  Always  take  counsel,  for  thou  art  but 
a  single  man.  And  consult  with  .him  who  reports  to  thee  con- 
cerning the  infidels,  and  takes  advantage  of  an  opportunity  against 
thy  enemy,  and  prevents  thy  enemy  from  taking  advantage  of  an 
opportunity  against  thee.3 

And  let  not  thy  appreciation  4  of  thy  own  judgement  or  thy  high 
station  prevent  thee  from  adding  to  thy  counsel  the  counsel,  of  others. 
For  if  their  counsel  is  better  than  thine  own,  thou  mayest.  accept  it, 
and  if  it  is  weaker  than  thine  own,  thou  canst  do  without  it.5 

0  Alexander,  the  best  and  most  emphatic  of  my  advice  to  thee 
is  this,  that  thou  never  be  content  with  only  one  minister.  For, 
doing  so  will  ruin  thy  subjects,  and  thy  state  and  thy  army ;  it  will 

and  the  king  could  rely  on  his  advice  and  be  better  inclined  to  peace,  and 
pay  less  attention  to  their  advice  on  account  of  the  mutual  jealousy  of 
colleagues.  For  there  is  greater  safety  in  revealing  the  secret  only  to  one 
at  a  time,  and  the  king  is  more  sure.  But  when  the  opinion  of  one  of  them 
seems  sound,  and  (discord)  appears  among  them,  the  king  can  rely  on  it 
without  consulting  any  one  else  JV. 

1  And  Bhtm  the  Greek  said  :  The  clever  king  gains  by  the  advice  of  his 
counsellors  just  as  the  sea  gains  by  the  flow  of  the  rivers  IV. 

2  And  one  of  the  kings  of  Persia  said  unto  his  son  W. 

3  for  among  men  there  will  be  found  some  one  who  can  explain  hidden 
secrets  IV. 

4  Wadds  :  nor  the  liberality. 

8  If  thy  opinion  will  agree  with  theirs,  then  thine  will  get  stronger  by  it. 
If  it  be  different,  then  take  heed  and  consider  it  carefully  and  ponder  over 
it ;  if  it  is  more  profitable  accept  it,  and  if  it  be  less  then  leave  it  utterly. 


236 

harm  thy  interests  and  will  turn  away  the  hopes  that  people  have 
in  thee  into  other  directions  too  numerous  to  describe.  If  thou 
canst  not  find  five  ministers  with  the  qualities  described  above, 

p.  140  thou  must  have  at  least  three  of  them.  For  the  least  support  for 
anything  is  made  of  three  numbers.  The  medium  is  five,  and 
the  most  perfect  is  seven.  For  the  heavens  are  seven  and  so  are 
the  earths  :  the  planets  are  seven  and  so  are  the  days  of  the  week  : 
(the  revolutions  of  the  moon  are  seven.  B.),  the  days  of  joy  are 
seven,  and  so  are  those  of  sorrow.  And  the  number  seven  is 
found  in  many  other  things  too  numerous  to  relate. 

One  of  the  methods  of  trying  thy  minister  is  this.  Give  him  to 
think  that  thou  standest  in  need  of  money.  If  he  counsel  thee  to 
draw  upon  thy  treasury,  and  make  this  to  appear  easy  to  thee,'  then 
verily  he  is  no  treasure  for  thee.  And  if  he  suggest  to  thee  the 
advisability  of  extracting  money  from  the  people,  this  policy  is  of 
the  worst  kind,  and  will  lead  thee  to  incur  the  hatred  of  the 
people.2  And  if  he  offer  to  thee  his  own  wealth,  and  entreat  thee 
to  make  use  of  it,  be  certain  that  he  is  truly  loyal  to  thee.3  Be 
grateful  to  him  and  value  his  services.  For  verily  money  is  loved 
by  all  souls,  and  no  one  is  willing  to  sacrifice  it  for  thee  unless  he 
prefer  thee  to  himself. 

Also  examine  thy  ministers  by  giving  them  gifts  and  presents. 
And  whomsoever  thou  findest  greedy  thereof  he  shall  be  of  no 
good  to  thee.  Because  the  minister  whose  sole  object  is  the 
acquirement  of  wealth  serves  thee  for  his  own  gain  and  not  for  thy. 
sake.  Verily  the  love  of  gain  corrupts  judgement,  and  is  an  in- 
curable  disease.     For  the  more  he  gains-  the  more  he  wants. 

i>-  Ml  And  the  greed  of  a  minister  leads  to  the  ruin  of  the  state  for 
many  reasons.  For  such  a  minister  can  be  easily  led  by  thy 
enemy  by  being  bribed  to  destroy  thee. 

It  is  advisable  for  this  reason  not  to  allow  a  minister  to  leave 
thy  presence,  and  to  bind  him  not  to  hold  any  communication 
with  any  other  king — either  by  correspondence  or  through  mes- 
sengers.    And  if  thou  findest  a  minister  doing  so,  reproach  him 

1  he  is  of  no  value  to  thee,  thou  mayest  not  do  so  except  in  time  of  great 
need,  when  there  are  no  other  means  of  help,  for  he  has  counted  it  and 
treasured  it  up  IV. 

2  IV  adds:    and  thereby  destroy  th}- kingdom. 

*  and  if  his  counsel  results  in  the  fulfilment  of  thy  wishes,  then  his  action 
dc  serves  gratitude,  and  from  this  thou  learnest  that  he  is  willing  to  sacrifice 
himself  for  thy  service  IV. 


immediately.  For  human  nature  is  very  much  subject  to  influence 
and  temptation.  The  best  of  ministers  is  he  who  is  always  present 
before  thee  and  is  obedient  to  thy  will :  who  will  go  against  him- 
self and  the  world  in  order  to  please  thee ;  who  will  sacrifice  his 
wealth  and  position1  for  thy  sake;2  whom  nothing  can  turn 
against  thee ; 3  who  will  not  leave  thy  door  morning  or  evening, 
and  who  possesses  the  following  qualities :  * 

Firstly :  His  limbs  should  fulfil  their  functions  perfectly. 
Secondly :    He   should   possess  a   good   understanding,  quick 
appreciation  of  everything  said  to  him. 

Thirdly :  He  should  have  a  good  memory  so  as  never  to  forget 
anything  that  he  hears  or  perceives. 

Fourthly  :  He  should  be  intelligent  and  quick-witted,  so  that 
a  smallest  clue  will  lead  him  to  a  right  conclusion. 

Fifthly :  He  should  be  possessed  of  good  expression  so  as  to 
be  able'  to  explain  his  thoughts  in  a  few  words. 

Sixthly  :    He  should  be  skilful  in  all  sciences,  especially  in  p.  142 
Arithmetic,  because  it  is  a  true  science,  and  is  a  good  proof  of 
intellectual  sharpness. 

-  Seventhly :  He  should  be  truthful  in  his  words,  for  the  love  of 
truth,  avoiding  falsehood  from  the  hatred  of  it :  honest  in  his 
dealings,  good-natured,  amiable  and  of  a  cheerful  temperament. 

Eighthly:  He  should  not  be  greedy  in  eating,  drinking,  and 
lechery,  but  should  be  moderate  in  all  things,,  and  avoiding  play 
and  pleasures. 

Ninthly  :  He  should  be  high  minded,  lofty  natured,  and  a  lover 
of  magnanimity. 

Tenthly :  He  should  be  high-souled,  and  dinars  anddirhems 
and  all  worldly  possessions  should  be  trifling  in  his  eyes.  And 
his  sole  ambition  should  be  to  increase  the  glory  of  his  sovereign 
and  to  make  him  beloved  of  his  people. 

Eleventhly :  He  should  be  a  lover  of  justice  and  its  followers, 
an  enemy  to  injustice  and  oppression ;  should  give  to  every 
one  his  due,  sympathize  with  the  oppressed  and  remove  injustice 
from  him  ;  and  nothing  should  turn  him  from  the  path  of  justice. 

1  and  his  people  C. 

2  The  most  praiseworthy  among  thy  counsellors  is  he  to  whom  thy  life 
and  service  is  dear,  and  who  despises  the  world  only  to  fulfil  thy  wishes 
and  puts  his  person  and  his  goods  at  thy  pleasure  W. 

8  Only  in  A. 

4  He  must  have  these  virtues  that  I  name  now  W. 


238 

Twelfthly :  He  should  be  bold  in  carrying  out  his  intentions 
after  having  found  them  to  be  right.  He  should  be  courageous 
and  not  pusillanimous. 

Thirteenthly :  He  should  be  thoroughly  acquainted  with  all  the 
sources  of  thy  expenditure,  and  should  know  beforehand  the 
cause  of  the  complaint  brought  to  him  and  its  remedy. 

Fourteenthly :  He  should  not  be  too  talkative  or  too  loving 
of  laughter  and  pleasantry :  nor  should  he  be  too  retiring,  or 
despise  mixing  with  the  people, 
p.  143  Fifteenthly.  He  should  not  be  addicted  to  wine:  his  house 
should  be  open  to  natives  and  travellers ;  his  ear  should  be  open 
to  hear  all  the  news  :  he  should  be  always  ready  to  remove  the 
complaints  of  the  people,  to  improve  their  affairs  :  he  should  be 
conciliating  towards  them,  and  forbearing  towards  their  prejudices.1 


1  W reads:  (1)  He  must  be  perfect  in  all  his  limbs,  trained  for  the  work 
for  which  and  to  which  he  is  chosen. 

(2)  He  must  be  a  man  of  wide  knowledge,  deep  wisdom,  and  quick 
imagination,  understanding  everything  that  is  told  him,  endowed  with 
feeling  and  memory,  alert,  sagacious,  and  heedful,  convinced  by  proof  only, 
and  perceiving  the  intention  at  which  others  are  aiming. 

(3)  He  must  be  of  fine  countenance  and  good  in  his  actions,  but  he  must 
not  be  arrogant  or  audacious. 

(4)  He  must  be  of  fair  speech,  so  that  his  tongue  can  express  what  is  in 
his  heart  and  mind  in  a  few  words. 

(5)  He  must  be  well  dressed  and  versed  in  all  the  sciences,  especially  in 
that  of  mathematics,  which  is  the  true  science  resting  upon  evidence,  which 
improves  the  nature. 

(6)  He  must  speak  truly,  loving  the  truth  and  driving  away  the  lie,  being 
faithful  in  his  transactions,  sincere  to  the  people,  gentle  and  easy  of  access. 

(7)  He  must  not  be  given  much  to  eating,  drinking,  and  lechery,  keeping 
away  from  frivolity  and  sensual  delights. 

(8)  He  must  be  great  in  soul,  lofty  in  aim,  loving  honour  and  hating 
oppression. 

(9).  That  dinars  and  dirhems,  and  all  the  accidents  of  the  world  be 
despised  by  him,  and  that  he  put  his  mind  only  on  those  things  which 
would  bring  honour  to  the  king  and  make  him  beloved  in  the  eyes  of  the 
people. 

(10)  He  must  love  justice  and  those  who  practise  it,  and  hate  violence 
and  wrong,  and  yield  equity  to  whom  it  belongs,  having  pity  on  those  who 
have  suffered  violence,  refraining  from  it  himself,  and  not  being  deterred  from 
this  by  the  complicity  of  any  one. 

(11)  He  must  be  of  strong  determination  in  anything  which  it  is  necessary 
for  him  to  accomplish  without  fear  or  weakness  of  spirit,  firm  of  heart, 
excelling  in  horsemanship  and  the  conduct  of  war. 

(i2;  He  must  be  a  good  correspondent,  a  good  calligraphist,  well  educated, 


2.39 

1  O  Alexander,  God  has  not  created  any  being  more  powerful  Section  D 
than  man,  nor  does  any  other  animal  contain  all  those  qualities 
which  are  collected  in  him.  And  there  is  no  moral  quality  in  an 
animal  which  is  not  to  be  found  in  man.  For  man  is  courageous 
as  a  lion,  timid  as  a  hare,  generous  as  a  cock,  avaricious  as  a  dog,1 
licentious  as  a  crow,  wild  as  a  leopard,  sociable  as  a  pigeon,  sly  as 
a  fox,  tame  as  a  sheep,  swift  as  a  deer,  slow  as  a  bear,  proud  as  an 
elephant,  humble  as  a  donkey,  thievish  as  a  magpie,  vain  as 
a  peacock,  unerring  as  a  qata  (partridge),  erring  (and  stupid)  as  an 
ostrich,  fugitive  as  a  ram,3  importunate  as  an  ox,  refractory 
as  a  mule,4  mute  as  a  fish,6  talkative  as  an  owl,6  useful  as  a  horse,7 
harmful  as  a  rat.  There  is  no  animal,  vegetable,  mineral,  heaven, 
planet,  star,  sign  or  any  other  being  of  the  universe  which  possesses 
any  peculiarity  which  is  not  to  be  found  in  man. 

0  Alexander,  do  not  consult  in  thy  actions  any  one  who  is  not  Section  E 
a  true  believer  and  has  no  faith  in  God.8   And  the  best  of  believers  §"  144 

knowing  the  histories  and  the  days  of  men,  the  lives  of  kings,  the  records 
of  ancient  nations  and  famous  rulers.  He  must  know  all  the  issues  of  the 
expenses;  nothing  shoula  be  hidden  from  him  of  what  is  necessary  and 
befitting  for  thee,  so  that  the  people  should  not  rise  against  their  subjection 
and  he  not  know  the  cause  of  their  complaints,  but  he  should  know  how 
to  pacify  them,  so  that  the  subjects  shall  know  that  he  understands  the  needs 
of  the  people,  and  they  will  no  longer  murmur  against  the  king. 

(13)  He  must  not  be  talkative  or  roaring  or  jocular  and  insulting  to  people. 

(14)  He  must  not  be  of  those  who  indulge  in  wine  and  ease  and  pleasures  ; 
he  should  spend  night  and  day  in  meeting  the  people,  dealing  with  deputa- 
tions (lit.  companies^,,  in  considering  and  planning  ;  his  court  should  be  open 
to  all  who  have  business  to  transact.  He  should  listen  to  their  stories,  help 
their  cases,  improve  all  their  affairs,  cheer  their  sadness  and  be  patient  with 
them.  He  must  be  of  those  who  believe  in  Divinity,  who  trust  in  God's 
law,  and  follow  His  statutes. 

1  D,  fol.  92,  and  C,  fol.  48.  *  o.  IV:  in  Heb. 

3  o.  ins. :  wakeful  as  the  bee  W.       *  o.  IV:  anxious  as  the  spider. 

5  o.  IV:  inquisitive  as  the  cat. 

6  ins.  :  twittering  as  the  swallow,  sorrowing  as  the  owl  W. 

7  ffadds:  And  above  all  I  command  thee  and  warn  thee  that  thou  shalt 
not  make  thyself  hated  by  any  man  created  by  God  in  this  world.  For  the 
first  aim  of  reason,  after  belief  in  God,  is  the  love  of  mankind. 

8  For  this  chapter  IV  substitutes :  I  command  and  warn  thee  not  to 
choose  as  wazir  a  blue-eyed  man,  especially  if  he  is  ruddy  ;  him  beware  of 
most  of  all ;  do  not  trust  a  man  having  these  two  characteristics  with  any 
of  thy  affairs  ;  be  carefully  on  your  guard  against  him  ;  beware  also  of  your 
relatives  as  thou  bewarest  of  the  Indian  snakes  which  kill  with  their  look. 
And  know  that  excessive  ruddiness  together  with  blue  eyes  is  a  sign  of  vile- 
ness  and  deceit  and  treachery  and  envy,  essential  in  human  nature,  and 
grounded  in  the  formation  of  man. 


240 

is  he  who  believes  in  religion  as  well  as  in  thy  Law  and  faith. 
Take  care  that  the  same  thing  may  not  happen  to  thee  which 
happened  to  two  men  who  were  going  together  on  the  way.  One 
of  them  was  a  fire-worshipper  and  the  other  a  Jew.'  The  fire- 
worshipper  was  riding  a  mule  which  he  had  trained  according  to 
his  own  nature.  And  he  had  on  the  mule  all  his  necessities. 
And  the  Jew  was  walking  on  foot.  He  had  neither  any  provision 
nor  any  belongings.  And  while  they  were  talking  together  the 
fire-worshipper  said  suddenly  to  the  Jew  :  '  What  is  thy  religion 
and  faith  ? '  The  Jew  replied  :  '  I  believe  that  there  is  one  God 
in  Heaven  and  that  I  am  His  servant.  I  seek  of  Him  good  for 
myself  and  for  him  who  agrees  with  me  in  faith.  And  I  believe 
that  it  is  lawful  for  me  to  shed  the  blood  of  one  who  is  opposed 
to  me  in  faith  and  religion,  and  to  take  possession  of  his  property 
and  wife  and  children.  And  it  is  forbidden  for  me  to  help,  or 
advise  him,  or  to  associate  with  him,  or  to  have  pity  or  kindness 
on  him.  It  is  my  faith  and  belief  which  I  have  informed  thee 
of ;  now  tell  me  what  is  thy  faith  and  religion.' 

The  fire-worshipper  replied :  '  My  faith  is  this  that  I  wish  well 
to  myself  and  to  my  fellow  beings.  And  I  do  not  wish  ill  to  any 
creature  of  God,  whether  he  agrees  with  me  in  faith  or  not.  And 
I  believe  that  animals  too  should  be  treated  with  kindness  and 
gentleness,  and  not  maltreated  or  oppressed.  For  any  pain 
inflicted  on  an  animal  reflects  on  me  and  causes  me  corresponding 
pain.  And  I  love  to  see  all  happy  and  well.' 
P*  145  Said  the  Jew:  'But  if  thou  art  treated  with  cruelty  and 
oppression,  what  shalt  thou  do?'  The  fire-worshipper  replied: 
■  I  know  that  in  Heaven  there  is  a  God  who  is  all-knowing,  just 
and  wise.  Nothing  is  hidden  from  Him  of  what  His  creatures 
do.  He  rewards  those  who  do  good  for  their  good  deeds  and 
punishes  the  evil-doers  for  their  evil  actions.' 

Then  said  the  Jew  :  '  Why  dost  thou  not  follow  thy  religion  and 
act  according  to  thy  belief?'  'How?'  said  the  fire-worshipper. 
Said  the  Jew  :  '  I  am  thy  fellow  being,  and  thou  seest  that  I  am 
walking  on  foot,  naked,  tired,  and  hungry,  while  thou  art  riding 
and  art  satisfied  and  prosperous.'  '  Thou  art  right,'  said  the  fire- 
worshipper,  and,  coming  down  from  his  mule,  he  opened  his  satchel, 
and,  giving  food  and  drink  to  the  Jew,  mounted  him  on  his  mule. 

The  Jew,  finding  himself  on  the  mule,  spurred  on  and  galloped 
away,  leaving  the  fire-worshipper  alone.     The  fire-worshipper  ran 


241 

after  him  calling  out :  '  Stop,  stop,  I  am  dying  ! '  The  Jew  called 
out  in  reply  :  '  Did  I  not  inform  thee  of  my  creed,  and  didst  thou 
not  inform  me  of  thine.  As  thou  hast  acted  according  to  thy 
faith,  I  must  act  according  to  mine.'  Thus  saying  he  went  away, 
leaving  the  Mage  crying  out :  '  Alas,  do  not  leave  me  alone  in 
this  desert,  for  wild  beasts  will  eat  me  or  I  shall  die  of  hunger  and 
thirst.  Have  pity  on  me  as  I  had  on  thee.'  But  the  Jew  paid 
no  heed  to  him,  and,  galloping  the  mule,  soon  vanished  from  sight. 

The  Mage,  despairing  of  the  Jew,  remembered  the  concluding 
part  of  his  doctrine  and  faith  that  he  had  spoken  to  the  Jew  : 
1  There  is  a  just  God  in  heaven,  from  Whom  nothing  is  hidden  of 
the  affairs  of  His  creatures.'  Therefore  he  raised  up  his  head  to 
heaven  and  said  :  '  O  Lord,  Thou  knowest  that  I  have  faith  in  my 
religion,  and  I  act  according  to  it,  and  I  praise  Thee  as  Thou  hast 
heard.  Therefore,  O  Lord,  prove  those  attributes  of  Thine  to 
the  Jew.'  Thus  saying  he  went  on.  Having  gone  a  little  way  he  p.  146 
found  that  the  mule  had  thrown  down  the  Jew  and  broken  his 
neck  and  a  leg.  The  Jew  was  lying  on  one  side  and  the  mule 
was  standing  on  the  other.  The  mule  seeing  his  master  came 
near  him.  The  Mage  mounted  on  it  and  went  away,  leaving  the 
Jew  in  the  agonies  of  death.  The  Jew  cried  out :  '  O  Mage, 
I  deserve  now  thy  pity  even  more,  as  I  am  lying  on  the  ground 
and  am  at  the  point  of  death.  Therefore  have  compassion  on 
me  and  carry  out  the  injunctions  of  thy  creed,  even  as  thy  creed 
has  helped  thee  in  punishing  me.  Verily  I  had  committed  no 
sin,  as  I  had  only  acted  upon  my  creed  and  that  which  had  been 
taught  to  me  by  my  parents  and  teachers.' 

The  Mage  was  moved  with  pity,  and  lifting  him  up  on  the 
mule  brought  him  to  the  city  and  made  him  over  to  his  relations. 
The  Jew  died  after  a  few  days.  The  king  of  that  country  hearing 
the  account  of  the  Jew  and  the  Mage,  made  the  latter  his  com- 
panion and  friend.  The  Mage  on  account  of  his  wisdom  and 
sincerity  of  faith  was  soon  made  his  Wazlr  and  one  of  the  chosen 
grandees  of  his  court. 

Therefore  see  how  God  the  great  rewarded  the  Mage  for  his 
good  faith  and  sincerity,  and  how  He  punished  the  Jew  on 
account  of  his  evil-mindedness  and  wickedness.  Verily  God 
compensates  every  one  according  to  his  faith  and  action,  either  in 
this  world  or  in  the  next,  and  verily  He  does  what  He  wills.1 

1  This  story  not  in  A. 
1590  R 


242 


'  Discourse  V. 

On  the  writers  of  royal  ivarrants  and  their  ranks. 

Section  F  It  is  necessary  for  thee,  O  Alexander,  to  select  writers  of  thine 
orders  [rolls],  a  thing  which  is  the  clearest  index  of  the  extent  of 
thine  intellect  and  the  efficacy  of  thine  understanding,  and  the 
opportunity  for  those  virtues  through  which  thou  mayest  become 
worthy  of  the  name  of  good  government  among  all  thy  nobles.2 
For  the  meaning  of  speech  is  the  soul,  and  words  the  body,  and 
writing  the  ornament.  Therefore,  as  it  is  proper  for  a  living 
rational  being  to  be  possessed  of  a  good  form  and  ornament,  so 
P-  J47  it  is  necessary  to  employ  such  writers  as  would  make  use  of 
perfect  meanings  and  put  them  in  beautiful  words  well  written. 
3  And  as  the  scribe  is  thy  confidant  in  secret  matters  he  ought  to 
be  trustworthy,  honest,  acquainted  with  thy  intentions  and  with 
the  consequences  of  thy  affairs.  He  should  be  sincerely  thy  well- 
wisher  and  faithful  to  thy  interests.  If  it  is  not  so  he  will  destroy 
thee.  It  is  also  necessary  that  thou  shouldst  keep  an  eye  on  his 
doings,  lest  some  extraneous  matter  come  into  thy  books.  Thou 
shouldst  favour  him  according  to  his  faithfulness  and  painstakings 
in  thy  interests,  and  give  him  the  rank  of  one  free-born,  whose 
fortune  or  misfortune  is  bound  up  with  thine. 

1  In  W  this  is  a  part  of  Discourse  IV. 

2  And  for  thy  letters  which  are  the  strongest  proof  of  the  extent  of  thy 
intelligence  and  understanding,  and  thy  intention  to  those  that  read  them) 
thou  must  choose  a  man  who  will  not  put  thee  in  a  position  of  blame  in  any- 
thing thou  doest  or  thinkest,  for  these  are  the  qualities  by  virtue  of  which 
thou  art  held  worthy  of  the  name  of  sovereignty  by  the  world  W. 

3  Thy  scribes  are  thy  presence  and  thy  majesty.  The  kings  of  old 
gloried  in  their  scribes,  and  they  became  distinguished  and  reached  their 
high  station  only  through  their  scribes.  And  right  as  he  interprets  thy  will 
and  takes  heed  of  thy  secrets  and  spreads  thy  glory  through  the  whole 
world,  so  must  thou  protect  his  interests  according  to  the  service  which  he 
does  to  thee  and  after  the  manner  in  which  he  bears  the  burden  of  the  affairs 
of  thy  kingdom.  He  must  be  unto  thee  as  a  part  of  thyself,  his  prosperity 
be  thy  prosperity,  his  loss  thy  loss.  And  if  it  is  possible  to  make  thy 
wazir  to  be  thy  secretary,  then  do  so,  for  it  will  raise  higher  his  state 
and  thy  state  and  will  add  privacy  to  th}'  deliberations  and  thy  secret 
things   W. 


243 

1  Discourse  VI. 

On  his  ambassadors,  their  qualities,  and  the  policy  to  be  observed  Section  G 
in  sending  them. 

Know,  O  Alexander,  may  God  help  thee  to  the  right,  that  the 
messenger  is  a  proof  of  the  wisdom  of  his  sender.  He  is  his  eye 
in  what  he  sees  not  himself,  his  ear  in  what  he  hears  not  in  person, 
and  his  tongue  in  speaking  for  him  in  his  absence.  Therefore  it 
is  necessary  that  thou  shouldst  choose  such  men  of  thy  court 
who  are  perfect  in  wisdom,  judgement,  dignity,  appearance,  and 
honesty,  and  who  are  beyond  all  suspicion.  And  when  thou  hast 
found  a  man  of  this  sort,  employ  him  as  thy  messenger,  entrust 
him  with  thy  message,  and  confide  in  him  after  that  he  knows  thy 
desire.  2  And  give  him  no  further  orders,  since  thou  hast  already 
examined  his  intelligence,  eloquence  and  honesty,  for  probably 
he  will  discover  the  right  course  by  himself.  But  if  he  be  not 
possessed  of  these  qualities,  then  let  him  be  a  trustworthy  and 
faithful  man,  who  will  not  add  to  or  take  from  thy  message,  who 
will  remember  thy  advice  and  carefully  note  what  he  hears  both 
when  receiving  his  message  and  its  answer. 

And  if  thou  canst  not  find  even  such  a  One,  then  let  him  be 
a  man  possessed  at  least  of  faithfulness,  who  will  deliver  thy 
message  in  the  right  quarter  and  bring  back  to  thee  its  answer. 
And  if  thou  seest  in  thy  messeager  any  greed  of  gain  from  the  p-  M8 
place  where  thou  wantest  to  send  him,  do  not  employ  him,  3  for 
probably  he  will  sacrifice  thy  interest  for  his  own  gain. 

And  do  not  employ  one  who  drinks  wine.  Because  the 
Persians  used  to  press  an  ambassador  to  drink  on  his  arrival  to 
them.  And  if  he  did  so,  they  knew  that  his  state  secrets  would 
be  revealed  to  them.  And  they  used  to  offer  him  much  wealth, 
which,  if  he  took,  they  knew  that  his  kingdom  was  in  their  hands. 

And  beware,  O  Alexander,  of  sending  thy  wazlr  on  an  embassy, 
and  thus  giving  him  an  opportunity  of  leaving  thy  presence ;  for 
verily  in  it  there  lies  the  corruption  of  thy  state.  And  all  the 
qualities  required  for  ambassadors  that  I  have  enumerated  above 

1  This  is  Discourse  V  in  JV,  headed  '  On  Messengers ',  and  comes  after 
the  next  discourse. 

2  And  do  not  give  him  orders  as  to  the  future,  for  it  is  possible  that  when 
he  comes  to  it,  the  right  thing  to  do  will  be  otherwise  TV. 

3  for  the  money  will  not  be  given  him  for  thy  profit  but  thy  hurt  W. 

R  2 


244 

depend  on  trustworthiness  and  faithfulness.  JAnd  if  these  are 
wanting  he  will  betray  thee  on  the  receipt  of  presents  and  bribes  ; 
he  will  commit  perfidy  in  the  duties  thou  hast  entrusted  to  him  ; 
and  thine  administration  will  suffer  in  proportion  to  his  treachery. 

2  Discourse  VII. 
On  the  superintendents  of  his  subjects  and  their  taxes. 

Section  H  Thou  hast  known,  O  Alexander,  that  the  subject  is  thy  treasury, 
which  is  safe  from  extinction  and  certain  of  perpetuity,  and  by 
which  thy  government  is  established.  Therefore  consider  thy 
people  as  a  garden  in  which  there  are  many  trees,  and  do  not 
consider  it  as  a  harvest  which  is  to  be  gained  only  once  in  a  year 
and  has  to  be  re-sown  in  the  next  year.  [Because  trees  of  standing 
roots  have  not  to  be  sown  every  year,  except  in  rare  cases.  There- 
fore thine  own  position  depends  upon  the  state  of  thy  exchequer, 
for  it  is  the  support  of  thy  state  and  sovereignty  (B.  C.).] 

And,  as  the  subject  is  thy  treasure  and  the  means  of  the  exis- 
tence of  thy  state,  it  is  necessary  for  thee  to  cherish  them,  to 
consult  their  interests,  and  to  prevent  them  from  such  things  as 
are  harmful  to  them.  And  do  not  appoint  any  overseer  of  their 
lives  and  properties  except  one  who  is  well  acquainted  with  their 
affairs,  who  is  independent,  trustworthy,  honest,  and  faithful :  who 
would  pick  for  thee  their  fruits  without  destroying  the  trees  :  who 
is  clement,  patient,  and  forbearing,  because  if  he  is  not  so,  he 
will  repel  men  and  corrupt  pure  minds. 

And  do  not  employ  too  many  superintendents  to  administer 
thy  revenues,  lest  it  may  produce  corruption.  Because  each  one 
will  wish  to  prevail  against  his  fellow  by  corruption,  and  seek  to 
benefit  at  the  expense  of  the  people  and  collect  taxes  for  his  own 
aggrandisement,  and  favour  such  as  help  him  in  his  position  and 
assist  him  in  his  falsehood,  3  and  God  knoweth  best. 

1  For  the  messenger  without  these  qualities  will  betray  thee  by  taking 
money  and  gifts  and  will  deceive  thee  in  the  object  of  his  mission  ;  you  will 
suffer  loss  in  your  affairs  according  to  this  treachery,  therefore  keep  in  mind 
this  point  and  you  shall  be  safe,  if  it  please  God  IV. 

2  This  is  headed  in  IV:  'Discourse  on  the  Subjects',  and  is  the  last 
section  of  Discourse  IV. 

3  so  that  loss  will  result  to  thee  IV. 


245 


1  Discourse  VIII. 

On  the  policy  regarding  the  officers  of  his  army  and  the  soldiers.  Section  I 

0  Alexander,  armies  are  the  essence  of  state  and  the  glory 
of  the  empire.  And  thy  sovereignty  depends  upon  the  method 
thou  employest  in  arranging  thine  army,  which  should  be  such 
that  thou  shouldst  remain  acquainted  with  the  affairs  of  all  of 
them  whether  far  or  near,  and  it  should  be  easy  for  thee  to  know  p,  150 
their  number,  and  to  call2  any  number  thou  wantest  without 
delay  or  confusion.    The  least  number  of  the  chief  officers  should 

be  four.  Verily  I  have  said  '  four '  because  there  are  four 3  points 
of  the  earth  :  back,  front,  right,  and  left,  and  so  are  there  four 
cardinal  points  :  north,  south,  east,  and  west.  Therefore  appoint 
an  officer  to  each  point.  But  if  thou  wantest  more,  let  there  be 
ten.  Because  ten  is  the  perfection  of  four,  since  in  the  number 
four  there  is  one,  two,  three,  four,  which  when  added  gives  ten, 
so  that  it  is  the  perfect  number,  which  is  comprehended  by 
four. 

And  let  each  one  of  the  officers  (Amirs)  have  under  him  ten 
sub-officers  (nakibs),  each  of  whom,  in  his  turn,  should  have 
under  him  ten  other  officers  (ka'ids),  and  each  ka  id  ten  'arifs,  and 
each  'arif  ten  privates.  All  of  these  make  a  hundred  thousand 
warriors.  So  when  thou  wishest  to  guard  one  direction  with  ten 
thousand  men  order  all  the  sub-officers  (nakibs)  with  ten  ka  ids 
each,  i.e.  100;  and  draft  with  each  ka'id  ten 'arlfs,  i.e.  1,000; 
and  draft  with  each  arif  ten  privates,  i.e.  10,000.  And  when 
thou  wishest  one  hundred  men  order  only  a  single  ka'id,  and  let 
there  be  drafted  with  him  ten  'arifs,  each  having  ten  men  under 
him,  which  amounts  to  one  hundred.  And  if  thou  wantest  only 
ten  men  thou  hast  to  order  a  single  'arif,  and  let  there  be  drafted 
with  him  ten  men. 

Thus  thy  labour  will  be  lessened  and  time  saved  for  other  p.  151 
affairs.     As  every  one  has  to  look  after  ten  men  only,  there  is  less 

1  Discourse  six,  'on  soldiers'  IV.     Book  VIII  H. 

J  Alexander,  the  knights  are  the  best  part  of  the  kingdom  and  the  glory 
of  the  dynasty,  and  it  is  meet  to  lean  on  the  pleasing  ornament  and  the 
excellent  order  in  the  degrees  of  knights,  so  that  nothing  that  is  nigh  or  far 
concerning  them  should  be  unknown  to  thee,  for  thou  wilt  be  able  to  call 
without  any  difficulty  IV. 

3  winds  and  four  W. 


246 

confusion  in  the  forces,  their  duties  are  simplified,  and  thine  own 
business  is  kept  well  arranged. 

There  is  also  necessary  for  an  army  a  prudent,  learned,  trust- 
worthy, and  honest  writer,1  skilful  in  discernment  in  order  that  no 
error  may  arise  in  the  army  in  distributing  their  allowances, 
whereby  their  minds  should  be  corrupted.  And  when  thou  hast 
come  to  know  anything  of  that  kind  in  him  remove  him  from 
them.  Let  his  dismissal  be  done  before  them  publicly  so  that 
they  may  know  why  he  has  been  dismissed.  The  writer  should, 
moreover,  be  good  natured  and  easy  of  access.  He  should  not 
be  irascible  and  should  not  employ  himself  in  any  other  occupation 
except  that  of  serving  their  interests. 

Thou  must  also  possess  the  instrument  which  is  needed  by 
kings  in  peace  and  war,  and  wealth,  whether  thou  movest  or 
remainest  still.2 

1  who  knows  the  characters  of  the  men  and  is  proved  in  chivalry,  and 
who  will  not  suffer  that  they  be  corrupted  by  gifts,  thereby  destroying  their 
allegiance.      W. 

2  C  and  D  read  :  And  it  is  necessary  that  there  should  be  with  thee  the 
instrument  which  has  been  invented  by  Yayastayus  for  frightening  [the 
enemy].  It  is  a  dread-producing  machine  which  is  used  for  various  purposes. 
Because  whenever  thou  needest  to  warn  all  the  country  and  to  collect  thy 
forces  for  battle  or  for  fortification,  or  any  other  necessary  purpose,  and  the 
soldiers  are  heavy  in  moving,  its  sound  will  be  heard  for  sixty  miles.  Its 
shape  is  this  :  (diagram). 

And  it  needs  that  there  be  a  watchman  over  them  to  bring  them  to 
reverence  and  honour  thee.  They  must  not  be  allowed  to  approach  thee 
too  closely  when  they  come  to  pay  homage  to  thee.  Do  not  give  them 
access  to  speak  with  thee  either  in  public  or  in  private,  for  that  may  be 
a  cause  for  them  to  be  frivolous  and  hold  thee  lightly,  as  it  happened  to 
Blstus  (Tamstius  H.)  the  king  and  other  kings. 

Accustom  them  to  bring  their  likes  and  dislikes  before  thee  in  writing. 
They  should  be  forwarded  to  thee  by  men  who  are  close  to  thee  and  who 
are  worthy  of  that  high  station.  And  decide  everything  in  presence  of  thy 
wazlr  and  secretary,  and  to  those  that  deserve  consideration  ratify  it  on  the 
back  of  his  letter,  for  thereby  thou  showest  honour  to  the  petitioner,  and  he 
will  glory  in  it  hereafter  ;  and  he  will  become  more  strongly  attached  to  thy 
service,  and  strengthened  in  his  allegiance  to  thee.  But  what  is  not  worthy 
of  consideration  then  leave  it.  And  give  them  a  banquet  on  certain  occasions 
and  on  festivals,  for  they  consider  it  a  very  great  honour,  and  thou  art  loved 
by  them  on  that  account  IV. 


247 

1  Discourse  IX. 

The  conduct  of  wars,   their  strategies,   and  how  to   avoid  their 
evil  consequences  ;  the  order  to  be  observed  in  meeting  the  ene?ny,  and  Section  K 
the  chosen  times  for  doing  so. 

O  Alexander,  do  not  take  part  in  battles  in  person,  and  let  the  p-  152 
great  dignitaries  of  thy  court  be  always  in  thy  attendance,  and  do 
not  follow  the  example  of  the  foolish  in  bringing  together  thy 
men.2  For  verily  I  swear  by  God,  that  whenever  two  kings  have 
come  together,  one  of  them  has  planned  some  stratagem  or  other 
for  the  undoing  of  the  other.  This  exists  in  human  nature. 
Therefore  think  of  what  Cain  did  to  Abel  his  brother.  And  it  is 
certain  that  envy  and  the  love  of  worldly  possessions  led  him  to  do 
that. 

And  know,  O  Alexander,  that  war  has  a  body  and  a  soul,  and 
its  very  existence  depends  upon  two  contending  opposites.  The 
soul  of  these  two  contending  forces  is  the  belief  of  victory  enter- 
tained by  each  one  of  the  two  parties,  and  their  body  is  the  meeting 
of  the  two  armies.  And  no  sooner  does  one  of  the  parties  lose  its 
faith  in  its  own  success  than  the  war  dies.  And  it  continues  as 
long  as  each  party  entertains  hopes  of  overcoming  the  other. 
Therefore  let  thy  efforts  be  directed  towards  rousing  the  zeal  of 
thy  troops  and  impressing  upon  them  that  thou  wilt  be  successful 
and  that  thou  hast  proofs  thereof.  Show  it  to  them  by  learned 
arguments  whereby  their  souls  may  be  strengthened. 

Talk  to  themj  familiarly  and  promise  them  gifts  and  rewards,  p.  153 
which  thou  must  perform  in  time.3 

And  know  that  thou  fightest  either  in  aggression  or  self-defence. 
Therefore  if  thou  meetest  one  who  has  invaded  thee,4  let  thy  efforts 
be  directed  towards  securing  a  strong  defence,  well  fortified  with 
instruments  of  war,  watch-keepers,  and  scouts  who  should  keep  up 
a  lookout  night  and  day.  Let  thy  camp  be  against  the  side  of 
a  mountain,  or  be  situated  close  to  it,  and  let  there  be  plenty  of 
water  and  provisions  in  it,  although  they  mayest  not  need  them. 

1  Discourse  on  wars  W.     Book  IX  H. 

2  Do  not  undertake  war  alone  ;  you  have  need  of  the  great  in  thy  court, 
and  do  not  meet  kings  W. 

3  and  threaten  the  timid  and  show  courage  W. 

4  Do  not  set  thy  camp  in  an  open  field  or  in  a  narrow  and  enclosed  place. 
And  if  thou  settest  thy  camp  and  that  of  thy  followers  in  an  open  field,  then 
try  to  protect  thyself  with  all  kinds  of  arms  W. 


248 

And  let  there  be  plenty  of  frightening  and  terrific  sound-producing 
instruments,1  for  verily  they  will  inspire  thy  men  with  courage  and 
those  of  thy  enemy  with  fear.  And  let  thy  army  be  clad  in  different 
kinds  of  armour — some  of  them  in  mail  shirts,  others  in  cuirasses, 
and  some  in  horse-armour.  And  when  thou  sendest  out  a  detach- 
ment to  meet  the  enemy,  send  with  them  the  artistic  images, 
wooden  battlements  with  archers  inside  them,  and  incendiary 
machines.  They  will  help  to  inspire  thy  men  with  confidence  and 
hy  enemies  with  fear,  and  they  will  pelt  thy  enemies  with  arrows 
and  fire. 

Draw  up  thy  army  in  the  order  we  have  described  before,  and 
put  thy  swordmen  and  wrestlers  on  the  right  hand,  and  the  spear- 
men on  the  left,  and  thy  javelin  throwers,  archers,  throwers  of  fire, 
producers  of  frightening  noises,  and  makers  of  various  motions  in 
the  centre.  And  let  this  force  occupy  a  raised  ground  overlooking 
the  enemy.  Thus  they  shall  have  to  look  up  at  thee,  and  watch 
thee,  and,  knowing  that  thou  art  watching  all  their  movements, 
they  shall  fear  thee. 

Thou  shouldst  watch  thy  enemy  attentively,  and  when  thou 
seest  disorder  in  any  part  of  the  enemy's  forces  direct  thy  attack 
on  that  part.  And  use  firmness,2  which  is  a  great  help.  Verily 
very  few  armies  have  been  defeated  in  ancient  times  except  by 
p.  154  losing  heart  and  giving  way  to  fear.  Employ  numbers  of  men  to 
lie  in  ambush  3  and  produce  frightening  noises.  It  is  a  means  of 
giving  an  exaggerated  opinion  of  the  number  of  thy  forces  and  of 
inspiring  thy  men  with  joy  and  courage. 

Thou  shouldst  make  use  of  covered  pitfalls  and  slippery  ditches 
in  the  path  of  the  enemy  whenever  they  are  found  necessary,  for 
wars  are  carried  on  by  stratagem,  and  keep  away  thy  own  men  from 
them.4  And  keep  with  thee  many  beasts  of  burden  5  of  Khurasan, 
for  they  frighten  the  horses,  and  they  will  form  a  refuge  in  the 
time  of  need. 

1  instruments  which  cause  dread  and  trembling,  which  I  made  for  thee 
when  thou  didst  engage  in  battle  against  Nahalah  (Blhh.  H.)  the  Indian. 
When  they  heard  those  frightful  noises  their  hearts  quaked,  the  horses  ran 
away,  and  thy  victory  was  due  to  this.  It  is  needful  that  thou  dost  control 
the  army  so  that  thou  knowest  what  is  good  for  them  and  what  is  bad,  for 
when  they  perceive  it  they  will  be  careful  and  fear  thee  IV. 

2  act  with  deliberation  W.  3  with  fire  W. 

*  Make  thee  those  terrible  instruments  called  Almhavi  in  some  countries 
where  thou  wagest  war,  and  protect  thy  cavalry  from  them  IV. 
'  pack  horses  and  elephants  IV. 


249 

And  if  thou  art  laying  siege  to  thy  enemy  use  heavy  stone- 
throwing  machines,  as  catapults  and  slings,  and  make  use  of 
poisoned  arrows.  And  if  thou  gettest  possession  of  their  watering 
place  poison  it,  and  undermine  their  fortifications.  And  be  on 
thy  guard  against  night  attacks,  for  it  is  a  matter  to  beware  of.  By 
means  of  night  attacks  armies  are  routed,  and  wealth,  arms,  and 
beasts  are  plundered.1 

And  do  not  pursue  a  defeated  enemy  to  a  long  distance,  for  it 
is  an  act  of  treachery  and  cruelty.  And,  if  thou  canst,  let  all  thy 
affairs  be  strategetic  and  cunning,  and  let  fighting  be  thy  last 
resource.  To  do  so  is  more  prudent  for  the  safety  of  honour  and 
position,  and  for  the  preservation  of  thy  army.  The  Indians  are 
possessed  of  cunning  and  treachery  in  war,  and  they  have  no 
bravery.2  And  the  Scythians  have  determination  but  no  power, 
and  the  Dailamites  can  strike  heavily,  but  are  low-spirited  and  have 
no  courage.  And  the  Turks  are  possessed  of  great  courage  and 
much  stupidity,  but  are  suitable  for  war.  Therefore  employ 
plenty  of  them  and  keep  them  nearest  thy  person  of  all  thy  troops. 
And  thou  shouldst  pit  against  each  of  the  nation  soldiers  of  their 
own  kind.3  And  do  not  let  a  small  mattter  grow  great,  but  settle 
it  before  it  attains  importance.  And  let  all  thy  affairs,  public  or 
private,  be  guided  by  the  approval  of  astrology,  as  I  have  men-  p.  155 
tioned  before. 

O  Alexander,  when  thou  intendest  to  tie  thy  standards,  let  it  be  Section  L 
done  in  the  ascendant  of  the  sign  Leo,  and  let  the  moon  and  its 
friend  be  sound  (auspicious).  And  let  the  moon  be  in  a  good 
position  in  the  ascendant.  And  let  the  lord  of  the  ascendant  be 
in  one  of  the  houses  of  Mars.  And  let  the  moon  be  overlooked 
by  Mars  from  the  third  house.  See  that  every  work  thou  desirest  p.  156 
is  naturally  in  accordance  with  the  planets  and  their  houses,  and 
see  that  the  planets  and  signs  connected  with  the  nature  [of  the 
work]   are  auspicious,  for  this  is  the  chief  matter.     Remember 

1  And  if  thou  assailest  castles  make  thee  the  weapon  which  I  have 
invented  for  thee,  that  throws  stones  from  afar  and  destroys  the  buildings, 
and  throws  down  the  walls,  and  make  as  many  of  them  as  thou  standest  in 
need  of.  And  they  are,  namely,  catapults  and  instruments  that  shoot  poisoned 
arrows,  and  battering  rams,  and  place  upon  them  the  bows  and  screws,  for 
it  terrifies  stout  hearts  and  shakes  castles.  If  thou  seizest  their  water,  pour 
into  it  deadly  poison,  and  guard  against  it  thyself,  for  it  is  necessary  to  be 
exceeding  careful  IV. 

2  no  evil  befalls  them  IV. 

3  Therefore  fight  with  each  of  them  in  the  manner  that  is  convenable  W. 


250 

prudence  and  resolve  and  obedience  if  thou  wouldst  be*  rightly 
guided.  If  thou  desirest  this,  make  the  ascendant  the  road,  and 
the  seventh  (house)  the  town  and  place  thou  journeyest  to,  and  the 
tenth  (house)  the  object  of  thy  journey,  and  the  stake  of  the  earth 
its  result. 

Beware  of  starting  on  a  journey  when  the  moon  is  unlucky,  or 
under  the  rays,  or  in  the  sixth  or  twelfth.  Also  beware  of  Mercury 
being  under  the  rays  of  the  sun  or  in  retrograde.  But  when  it  is 
auspiciously  in  the  ascendant  it  is  a  sign  of  success.  Especially  if  it 
is  Jupiter,  and  it  is  in  the  middle  of  the  sky,  it  predicts  the  fulfil- 
ment of  the  object  and  its  completion.  And  if  it  is  in  the  seventh 
house,  it  foretells  the  success  of  the  action,  joy  and  happiness,  and 
attainment  of  the  object.  And  if  it  is  in  the  stake  of  the  earth,  it 
prophesies  a  completion  of  the  matter  and  a  good  result.  But 
beware  of  the  moon  being  in  the  act  of  coming  out  of  the  house 
fourth  to  the  sun.  And  if  thou  findest  auspicious  planets  over- 
looking the  sun  from  the  fourth  house  thou  shalt  soon  return  safe 
and  successful. 

And  if  thou  startest  on  war,  let  the  lord  of  the  ascendant  be  in 
the  house  of  Mars,  in  the  middle  of  the  sky,  and  let  Mars  be  over- 
looking it  with  a  friendly  aspect.  Let  Jupiter  be  in  the  fourth 
house,  and  let  the  moon  be  good,  for  it  is  in  all  journeys  the  most 
potent  sign. 

Section  M  On  the  Victorious  and  the  Defeated} 

An  indispensable  thing  for  thee,  O  Alexander,  is  this,  that  thou 
shouldst  find  out  the  name  of  the  person  thou  art  going  to  fight 
with,  and  do  not  engage  in  battle  unless  victory  can  be  computed. 
This  is  one  of  my  secrets  which  I  used  to  practise  when  I  was  in 
thy  royal  company,  concealing  it  from  thee,  and  which  I  am  now 
disclosing  to  thee,  according  to  our  covenant.  It  is  one  of  those 
mysterious  sciences  which  God  has  inspired  me  with  and  directed 
me  to,  through  His  mercy  and  wisdom.2 

1  <  Discourse  on  the  numbers  of  the  victorious  and  the  defeated '  W. 
Book  X  H. 

2  Know,  O  Alexander,  this  is  the  secret  which  I  made  for  thee  when 
thou  didst  go  forth  against  thy  enemies  to  battle,  and  when  thou  didst  send 
thy  servants.  And  this  is  one  of  the  Divine  secrets  with  which  the  Lord 
has  entrusted  me ;  I  have  tried  its  truth  and  proved  its  use,  and  I  have 
profited  by  it.  Thou  hast  asked  after  it  and  I  hid  it  from  thee  and  gave  thee 
only  the  benefit  of  it.  Now  I  show  it  to  thee  on  condition  that  thou  mayest 
not  reveal  it  but  act  upon  it  only,  and  thou  wilt  never  fail,  and  it  [the  secret] 


fc<" 


251 

I  A  (1).  M  B  (2).  c  J  (3).  a  D  (4).  «  H  (5).  _,  W  (6).  j  Z  (7). 

CH(8).    J.T(9). 
0  Y  (10).  d  K  (20).    J  L  (30).  r  M  (40).  d  N  (50).  y*  S  (60). 

a"  (70).    uJ  F(8o).    yo  S  (90). 
J  Q  (100).  j  R  (200).  yS  SH  (300).    «y  T  (400).  £>  TH  (500). 

*  KH  (600).    3  DH  (700).  <>  P  (800).    J9  Z  (900). 

[1,000).' 

0  Alexander,  count  the  numbers  of  the  letters  of  the  names  of 
the  commanders  of  both  the  armies,  according  to  the  above  table. 
Then  divide  the  total  of  each  name  by  9,  and  keep  in  thy  mind 
the  remainder  of  each.  If  the  number  is  divided  equally  and 
nothing  remain  then  take  9  for  the  remainder.  Then  predict 
according  to  the  following  table,  which  is  correct  and  unfailing, 
and  do  thou  note  it  well.2 

If  the  remainders  are  1  and  9,  1  will  overcome  9.  If  1  and  8, 
eight  beats  one,  1  and  7,  one  beats,  1  and  6,  six  beats,  1  and  5, 
one  beats,  1  and  4,  four  beats,  1  and  3,  one  beats,  1  and  2,  two 
beats,  1  and  1,  the  aggressor  wins. 

Second  Table. 
If  2  and  9  are  left,  the  9  shall  be  victorious.  If  2  and  8,  two 
will  overcome  the  eight,  2  and  7,  seven  will  overcome  the  two,  2 
and  6,  two  will  overcome  the  six,  2  and  5,  five  will  overcome  the 
two,  2  and  4,  two  will  overcome  the  four,  2  and  3,  three  will  over- 
come the  two,  2  and  2,  the  aggressor  shall  be  victorious,  2  and  1,  f. 
two  shall  overcome  the  one. 

is  that  thou  goest  not  to  fight  thine  enemy  until  thou  hast  found  by  this 
calculation  that  thou  art  sure  to  conquer.  And  if  it  be  not  advantageous  to 
thee,  then  calculate  the  names  of  thy  servants,  and  appoint  over  the  army 
only  the  one  who  according  to  these  calculations  is  sure  to  win.  And  in 
such  manner  shalt  thou  reckon  :  get  the  sum  of  the  names  of  the  generals. 
And  of  thy  name,  keep  the  sum  of  each  of  them,  then  from  the  sum-total  of 
each  of  these  names  subtract  as  many  nines  as  it  contains,  and  put  aside  the 
remainder  under  nine  that  is  left,  and  thus  proceed  with  the  second  name  ; 
whatever  remains  less  than  nine,  or  nine,  of  the  second  put  also  aside. 
Then  look  at  the  table  which  I  have  written  for  thee,  and  compare  it  with 
the  remainder  of  the  sums  of  the  two  names  :  what  thou  findest  therein 
believe,  for  it  is  true,  and  by  the  help  of  the  Lord  thou  shalt  never  be  led 
astray  W. 

1  The  numeral  values  are  inserted  by  the  translator. 

2  table,  and  thou  shalt  find  the  matter  as  I  have  mentioned  to  you,  if  God 
will  IV. 


252 

Third  Table. 
If  3  and  9  are  left,  three  shall  win,  3  and  8  are  left,  eight  shall 
win,  3  and  7  are  left,  three  shall  win,  3  and  6  left,  six  shall  win, 
3  and  5  left,  three  shall  win,  3  and  4  left,  four  shall  win,  3  and  3, 
the  aggressor  shall  win. 

Fourth  Table. 
If  4  and  9  are  left,  nine  shall  win,  4  and  8  are  left,  four  shall 
win,  4  and  7  left,  seven  shall  win,  4  and  6  left,  four  shall  win,  4  and 
5  left,  five  shall  win,  4  and  4  left,  the  aggressor  shall  win.1 

Fifth  Table. 
If  5  and  9  are  left,  five  shall  win,  5  and  8  left,  eight  shall  win, 

5  and  7  left,  five  shall  win,  5  and  6  left,  six  shall  win,  5  and  5,  the 
aggressor  shall  win. 

Sixth  Table. 

If  6  and  9  are  left,  nine  shall  win,  6  and  8  left,  eight  shall  win, 

6  and  7  left,  seven  shall  win,  6  and  6  left,  the  aggressor  shall  win.1 

Seventh  Table. 
If  7  and  9  are  left,  seven  shall  win,  7  and  8  left,  eight  shall  win, 

7  and  7,  the  aggressor  shall  win. 

Eighth  Table. 
If  8  and  9  are  left,  nine  shall  win,  if  8  and  8  are  left,  the  aggressor 
shall  win.1 

Ninth  Table. 

If  nine  are  left  in  both,  the  aggressor  shall  win. 

Therefore  study  this  science,  0  Alexander,  and  practise  it 
according  to  thy  wisdom  and  understanding.  Thou  shalt  be  vic- 
torious and  successful,  if  God  wishes. 

Section  N  Discourse  X. 

p-  157   2  On  Talismans.     On  the  secrets  of  Astrology,  winning  0/ hearts, 
and  the  virtues  of  stones,  plants,  &*c. 

O  Alexander,  thou  hast  understood  from  what  I  have 
previously  written  to  you  more  than  once  that  the  essence  of  the 

1  the  challenged  beats  the  challenger  W. 

2  W reads  :  'The  discourse  on  special  arts  and  natural  secrets,  and  the 
properties  of  precious  stones  and  pearls  '. 

Thou  knowest  already,  from  that  which  I  have  mentioned  hitherto  unto 
thee,  and  of  what  I  have  repeated  unto  thee    over  and  over  again,  that  the 


*53 

whole  world,  low  or  high,  near  or  far,  is  one  and  the  same.  There 
is  no  variety  in  its  substance,  but  there  is  variety  in  its  accidents. 
And  its  existence  depends  upon  images  and  forms.  Hence  there 
is  no  variety  in  itself,  but  there  is  a  great  variety  in  its  forms. 
Therefore  the  first  variety  which  thou  seest  in  the  physical  world 

essence  of  all  that  is  in  this  whole  world,  above  and  below,  the  near  and 
the  far,  are  one  without  difference  in  their  essence  ;  the  difference  is  merely 
an  accident  which  is  divided  into  form  and  appearance.  And  since  the 
substance  does  not  change,  the  cause  of  the  change  lies  outside  it,  and  the 
whole  material  world  which  thou  seest  consists  of  four  substances,  and  these 
are  the  four  elements,  and  out  of  these  are  then  born  the  mineral,  vegetable, 
and  animal  worlds,  and  the  moving  agent  is  the  sphere  that  surrounds  them 
all.  Each  of  them  is  subdivided  into  smaller  sections,  which  are  species 
and  kins.  If  I  should  attempt  to  explain  or  to  mention  them  all,  it  would 
take  me  too  long,  nor  is  this  the  object  of  my  book.  For  my  real  object 
therein  is  to  fulfil  my  promise,  and  to  tell  thee  some  of  the  riddles  of  this 
great  secret.  Now  that  I  have  explained  it  to  thee  in  what  precedes,  thou 
art  sure  to  know  and  to  find  that  my  word  is  true.  I  will  now  mention 
unto  thee  the  virtues  of  precious  stones,  for  they  may  prove  to  be  of  great 
benefit  unto  thee  with  the  help  of  God,  for  it  is  needful  that  thou  know 
them. 

The  stone  Bazhar  (bezoar).  This  is  a  Persian  name,  and  means  '  averts 
misfortune  ',  others  say  it  means  '  tightens  the  wind  '.  It  is  of  a  two-fold 
colour,  one  yellow  like  a  piece  of  wax,  and  the  other  olive-green  with  green 
streaks,  looking  like  a  sallow  piece  of  leather :  this  is  the  best,  and  it  is  dug 
up  in  the  land  of  China.  It  is  said  that  it  is  found  also  in  the  poison  of 
snakes.  Its  property  is  that  it  protects  against  all  manner  of  poisons,  of 
beasts,  plants,  and  minerals,  and  of  the  bite  and  sting  of  insects.  He  who 
drinks  of  it  twelve  grains  weight  will  be  saved  from  death,  and  the  poison 
will  pass  out  in  the  sweat.  He  who  puts  it  in  a  ring  on  his  hand  will  be 
reverenced  by  the  people  and  by  all  who  behold  him.  If  it  be  ground  to 
powder  and  strewn  on  the  bite  of  a  reptile  it  will  draw  the  poison  out,  and 
even  should  the  place  have  started  to  putrefy  it  will  still  be  healed  ;  and  if 
there  be  ground  of  the  powder  two  barley  corns  weight,  and  melt  and  throw 
it  into  the  mouth  of  vipers  and  reptiles,  it  will  suffocate  and  kill  them.  And 
if  some  of  it  is  hung  round  the  neck  of  a  child  it  becomes  proof  against 
epilepsy  and  any  other  evil  occurrence  ;  it  saves  it  from  bad  accidents. 

The  pearl.  There  are  three  kinds,  red,  yellow,  and  black,  and  it  is  the 
most  splendid  of  its  kind.  He  who  sets  in  his  ring  or  hangs  round  his  neck 
any  of  these  three  kinds  of  pearls,  and  comes  into  a  town  where  there  is 
plague,  no  illness  that  happened  to  the  inhabitants  shall  touch  him.  Who- 
soever puts  on  his  hands  a  ring  with  a  red  pearl  in  it  will  be  courageous  and 
much  honoured  in  the  eyes  of  the  people.  Whosoever  engraves  on  it  the 
likeness  of  a  lion  and  the  constellation  Leo  with  the  sun  inside,  and  the  rays 
darting  out  afar,  none  will  overcome  him  and  his  affairs  will  be  easy  to 
him  .  .  . 

(cetera  desunt  in  IV.  The  remainder  is  probably  §§  132,  134,  and  135  of 
Gaster's  version). 


254 

is  of  four  kinds,  i.  e.  the  four  elements,  and  of  those  things  which 
are  created  from  them,  viz.  the  mineral,  vegetable,  and  the  animal 
kingdoms.  And  every  physical  body  in  the  universe  has  its  proto- 
type in  the  spiritual  world,  the  latter  being  the  cause  of  the  exis- 
tence of  the  former,  and  ruler  over  it. 

Hence  all  physical  forms  are  governed  by  their  relative  heavenly 
bodies.  This  law  of  nature  has  given  rise  to  the  science  of  talis- 
mans. These  ethereal  bodies  are  fixed  in  the  heavenly  spheres, 
and  the  seven  governing  planets  reflect  their  forms  in  their  own 
lights,  as  the  eye  and  polished  bodies  reflect  the  forms  and  images 
of  material  objects,  and  thence  they  cast  down  their  shadows 
p.  158  towards  the  earth  according  to  the  decree  of  their  Painter  and 
Maker.  Then  everything  in  the  mineral,  vegetable,  or  animal 
kingdom  is  stamped  with  those  types  of  which  it  is  capable. 

And  know  that  everything  receives  a  perfect  or  an  imperfect 
stamp  of  those  heavenly  types  according  to  the  duration  of  its 
exposure  to  it.  And  the  influence  of  the  heavenly  type  thus 
remaining  on  the  earth  is  used  in  making  Talismans. 

The  best  Talisman  is  that  of  Saturn,  who  is  the  Elder  and  the 
father  of  all  other  planets.  Next  to  it  is  that  of  Jupiter  who  is  the 
sage  of  the  heavens.  Next  to  it  is  that  of  the  smaller  luminary 
(moon)  who  is  swift  of  motion  and  master  of  many  wonders.  And 
let  thy  observation  be  made  at  a  time  when  its  light  is  not  cut  by 
its  vicinity  to  the  other  planets,  and  its  rays  auspicious,  if  the 
talisman  is  made  for  the  good  of  anything,  and  otherwise  if  it  is 
prepared  for  the  ill  of  any  one.  And  I  shall  give  thee  an  example 
of  it  which  is  indispensable  for  thee.  And  I  shall  explain  to  thee 
the  method  of  procedure,  God  willing. 

And  know  that  those  who  are  endowed  with  clear  intellect  and 
good  memory  for  acquiring  knowledge,  and  who  can  find  out  the 
hidden  through  that  which  is  apparent  to  them,  having  reached 
to  hidden  truths  of  this  deep  and  mysterious  science,  they  observed 
extreme  caution  and  miserliness  in  communicating  it  to  others, 
although  it  is  of  such  a  universal  benefit.  They  did  so  from  the 
p.  159  fear  that  they  may  come  to  share  this  knowledge  with  those  who 
did  not  possess  sufficient  understanding  for  it,  and  because  God's 
wisdom  has  decreed  that  His  gifts  should  not  be  equally  divided 
among  His  creatures.  But,  thanks  to  God,  thou  art  not  one  of 
those  who  are  debarred  from  knowing  these  mysteries,  but  thou 
art  fully  worthy  of  it.     And  when  one  desires  something  he  seeks 


*55 

it,  and  he  who  seeks  (and  labours)  deserves  success,  either  by  his 
reaching  his  object  or  his  object  coming  to  him. 

How  many  secrets  and  mysteries,  partial  and  universal,, there 
are  in  this  world  !  People  pass  by  them  turning  their  faces  away 
from  them,  without  seeing  them  or  understanding  them  !  It  is 
because  their  minds  are  bent  on  something  else  and  their  objects 
are  different.  Now  I  am  going  to  inform  thee  of  those  things 
which  thou  canst  perceive  in  this  world  with  thy  senses.  They 
are  of  two  classes,  matter  and  form.  Form  continually  exists 
without  increase  or  diminution.'  But  matter  does  not  exist  at  all 
times.  You  see  only  the  forms  of  animals,  vegetables,  and  minerals 
externally  existent.  They  never  grow  more  or  less.  It  is  only 
matter  of  which  they  are  composed  in  various  combinations  of 
the  elements 1  that  is  not  constant ;  while  matter  may  be  massed 
together  or  diffused,  form  remains  permanent  and  changeless. 

And  the  cause  of  the  permanence  of  forms  is  the  reflection  of 
their  types  from  the  planets  as  mentioned  before.2  But  this 
reflection  too  undergoes  continual  changes  according  to  the  P-  l6° 
motions  of  its  planet.  And  their  continuance  depends  upon  their 
increasing  action  on  matter.  And  the  motions,  powers,  and 
actions  of  those  forms  are  according  to  the  temperaments  of 
their  planets.3  And  the  property  that  prevails  most  on  the  actions 
of  the  forms  shall  also  prevail  most  on  the  temperaments  of  their 
bodies,  as  God  has  willed  it. 

Therefore  it  is  necessary  for  thee,  according  to  what  I  have  said 
and  explained,  that  thou  shouldst  know  the  motions  of  the  celestial 
sphere,  and  its  signs  and  planets  [and  the  fixed  and  retrograde 
stars  and  the  signs  of  Sagittarius,  Pisces,  Gemini,  and  Virgo  (B)]. 
And  that  thou  shouldst  know  the  various  spiritual  bodies  working 
on  the  signs  and  the  planets.     And  that  thou  shouldst  know  the 

1  B  reads  (after  'combinations  of  the  elements '):  of  familiar  and  con- 
trary parts,  which  are  continually  composing  and  decomposing. 

2  B  reads  (after  'from  the  planets  as  mentioned  before  '  :  For  the  planets 
are  continually  undergoing  changes  of  conditions  and  never  stay  in  one  con- 
dition. Therefore  it  is  evident  what  I  have  told  thee,  that  celestial  forms 
are  reflected  in  the  lights  of  the  planets  which  are  intermediaries  between 
them  and  the  elements. 

'And  thence  those  forms  are  reflected  on  the  elements  which  receive 
their  impressions  according  to  their  capabilities  and  their  continuance 
depends.  &c). 

3  B  adds :  and  their  climate. 


256 

motions  of  the  seven  planets  and  of  the  head  and  tail  of  the 
dragon.  And  that  thou  shouldst  know  all  about  their  conjunc- 
tion, moving  forward,  aspect  of  one  another  from  the  third  house, 
fourth  house,  and  the  sixth  house,  their  ascendancies,  and 
descendancies,  their  limits  and  directions,  and  how  they  happen 
to  agree  and  disagree  among  themselves.  How  they  receive 
light  or  reject  it. 

Thou  must  particularly  know  how  to  find  out  the  correct 
nativity  with  or  without  an  astrolabe.  And  thou  shouldst  know 
f.  60  A  the  stakes  and  the  stars  on  their  right  and  left.  How  long  it  takes 
a  planet  to  pass  through  a  sign,  its  middle  and  the  direction  of  its 
rays.  Thou  must  know  all  this  with  extreme  correctness  and 
observation.  Thou  shalt  be  mostly  concerned  with  the  hours  of 
the  rising  of  auspicious  planets,  their  length  and  breadth,  rising 
and  setting. 

And  when  thou  hast  known  all  this,  together  with  what  has 
been  taught  to  thee  before  about  the  knowledge  of  minerals  and 
p.  161  vegetables,  their  connexions  with  the  planets,  and  the  knowledge 
of  the  relationship  of  each  part  of  the  body  of  the  physical 
objects,  mineral,  vegetable  or  animal,  with  the  planets,  thou  shalt 
know  that  everybody  is  ascribed  to  one  planet  generally  and  to 
several  planets  partially.  Man,  for  instance,  is  ascribed  to  the 
Sun,1  but  in  detail  his  head  also  is  related  to  the  Sun.  Similarly 
minerals  are  related  to  Saturn,  and  specifically  lead  is  also  related 
to  the  same  planet.  Likewise  every  organism  and  every  member 
of  it. 

Therefore  when  thou  desirest  to  bind  those  spiritual,  living  and 
potent  powers  to  these  compound  bodies,  and  thou  knowest 
already  the  connexions  of  the  latter  with  the  planets  in  general 
and  detail,  thou  shouldst  find  out  its  nativity,  and  the  nativity 
required  for  thy  purpose,  the  governing  spirit  of  that  nativity. 

Let  Saturn  be  confronting  it  or  looking  at  it  with  the  aspect  of 

friendship.      And    let    the   direction  of  its  rays  be  towards  the 

country  thou  art  in.     And  never  commit  an  error  in  thy  operation. 

p.  162  Let  the  moon  be  adjacent  to  the  head  and  tail  of  the  dragon  and 

auspicious  to  thy  work. 

Then  fix  the  heavenly  form  of  nativity  to  its  relative  body. 
Then  thou  shalt  see  from  its  action  and  powers  what  will  astonish 
and  please  thee,  if  God  wishes. 

1  B  reads  :  the  Moon. 


*57 

And,  O  Alexander,  this  is  a  Talisman  that  endows  one  with 
sovereignty  and  dignity.  It  secures  the  submission  and  obedience 
of  the  people  and  inspires  enemies  with  fear  and  trembling.  It 
afflicts  enemies  with  sickness.  It  creates  love  and  hatred,  and 
does  many  other  wonders  too  numerous  to  relate  and  describe  in 
detail.  It  possesses  a  potent  virtue  of  warding  off  evils  and  harms. 
I  shall  explain  it  to  thee  according  to  what  the  greatest  philosophers 
and  mighty  men  in  deed  and  position  have  entrusted  me  with. 
And  I  have  buried  its  knowledge  among  the  secrets  of  the  earth 
and  hidden  mysteries.  And  I  have  never  revealed  it  to  any  one. 
And  I  find  thee  worthy  of  learning  this  great  secret.  Therefore 
be  happy  and  truly  guided  by  it,  God  willing. 

Take  the  substance  of  Saturn,  Jupiter,  Mars,  Venus,  Mercury, 
and  the  moon  in  equal  parts,  and  add  to  them  the  essence  of  the 
highest  one  of  them,  i.  e.  Saturn,  equal  to  the  weight  of  all.  Add 
a  quantity  of  gold  proportionate  to  its  intermediate  relationship. 
Let  the  ascendant  at  the  time  of  the  operation  be  Leo,  and  let 
the  Sun  be  in  the  thirteenth-  degree  from  Aries,  in  strength, 
ascendancy,  and  overlooking  it.  Let  Saturn  be  in  Aquarius, 
and  let  the  Moon  be  sound,  and  in  the  third  degree  from  Taurus. 
Let  Jupiter  be  with  Sagittarius,  Mars  in  Virgo,  Venus  in  Taurus, 
and  Mercury  in  Virgo  or  in  its  ascendancy.  But  the  best  time 
that  can  be  desired  is  when  the  Moon  is  in  conjunction  with  the 
Sun,  and  Jupiter  is  in  some  good  and  agreeable  situation.  If 
possible  let  it  be  when  Jupiter  is  at  its  height  and  strength  and 
Saturn  looking  at  it  with  a  benign  aspect,  and  each  one  of  them 
should  be  throwing  its  look  upon  another  (i.  e.  its  rays)  after 
receiving  light.  And  beware  of  the  time  when  the  master  of 
the  middle  of  the  heavens  should  be  of  a  weak  light.  And  let 
the  fixed  stars  be  in  the  degrees  of  their  auspiciousness. 

When  all  the  above  conditions  have  been  complied  with,  gather 
toggther  all  the  substances  by  melting  them  on  Thursday  morning 
in  the  hour  of  Jupiter.  Then  make  out  of  it  a  signet  ring.  Inlay 
it  with  a  square  piece  of  red  ruby  and  engrave  upon  it  the  image 
of  a  lion  with  a  black  man  riding  on  it.  Let  there  be  a  standard 
in  his  hand,  and  let  him  have  two  wings,  and  a  crown  on  his 
head.  Let  there  be  in  front  of  him  six  men  without  beards  and 
having  wings  like  some  kind  of  birds. 

Having  done  all  that  wear  that  ring  on  thy  finger,  for  in  it 
there  lies  all  the  benefits  enumerated  above.     Verily  herein  I  have 

1590  S 


258 

given  thee  away  «the  greatest  secret.      May  God   help  thee   to 
preserve  it,  and  may  He  guide  thee  to  its  true  knowledge.1 

And  know,  O  Alexander,  that  I  am  going  to  impart  to  thee 
a  secret  of  divine  knowledge  which  has  been  strictly  guarded  and 
preserved,  and  regarding  the  secrecy  and  inviolability  of  which 
sages  and  philosophers  have  taken  mutual  promises  and  oaths,  in 
order  that  it  may  not  fall  into  the  hands  of  a  weaver,  horse-doctor, 
blacksmith,  and  carpenter  who  may  cause  corruption  in  the  earth, 
and  destroy  agriculture  and  procreation.  Take  the  egg  that  is 
created  in  the  air,  and  hatch  it  under  a  white  bird.  There  shall 
come  out  of  it  a  chicken.  Slaughter  it.  Out  of  it  there  shall  flow 
red,  white,  and  yellow  blood.  The  red  blood  will  be  of  thy 
purpose  and  will  produce  the  result  of  the  operation.  And  the 
talisman  is  this  : — 

(cabalistic  signs). 

Having  written  it  thus,  leave  it.  And  when  it  is  the  night  of 
Mercury  fumigate  it  with  a  triple  incense  consisting  of  ingredients 
related  to  air  and  fire,  and  go  around  it  calling  out  the  names  of 
Mercury.     And  they  are  : 

(a  list  in  cabalistic  signs). 

And  when  it  is  the  night  of  Jupiter  fumigate  it  with  a  quad- 
ruple incense  composed  of  animal,  mineral,  and  vegetable  sub- 
stances, and  go  around  it  seven  times  calling  out  the  names  of 
Jupiter.     And  they  are : 

(cabalistic  signs). 

And  when  it  is  the  night  of  Venus  fumigate  it  with  an  incense 
of  fine  ingredients,  and  go  around  it  seven  times,  calling  out  the 
names  of  Venus.     And  they  are  : 

(cabalistic  signs). 

And  when  it  is  the  night  of  Saturn  fumigate  it  with  transparent, 
vegetable,  fiery  and  liquid  aloes  (or  incense).      Go  around    it 
seven  times  invoking  Saturn  by  its  names.     And  they  are : 
(cabalistic  signs). 

Fumigate  it  for  the  rest  of  the  night,  then  leave  it  aside.  And 
when  it  is  the  night  of  Thursday  disclose  it  to  the  stars,  and 
fumigate  it  with  an  incense  composed  of  the  seven  ingredients 
mentioned  before.     Go  around  it  (while  fumigating  it)  49  times, 

1  pp.  2588-2592*  only  in  B. 


259 

and  call  out,  at  the  end  of  every  week,  the  name  of  a  certain 
planet.     Then  call  out  the  names  of  the  Sun.     And  they  are : 

(cabalistic  signs). 

And  when  thou  hast  completed  all  this  verily  the  kingdom  of 
the  world  will  be  thine. 

And  the  sign  of  it  to  thee  will  be  the  coming  of  the  spirits  to 
thee  in  thy  sleep,  and  their  informing  thee  of  the  acceptance 
of  thy  operation  (and  the  success  of  thy  work). 

And  when  thou  desirest  to  call  the  operation  (into  action)  fast 
that  day,  and  break  thy  fast  (at  the  end  of  the  day)  with  some  food 
that  is  not  usual  with  thee.  Then  sleep  on  thy  left  side  and  hang 
the  signet  ring  round  thy  neck  opposite  to  thy  heart.  And  call 
upon  the  spirit  to  show  thee  (in  dreams)  what  thou  hopest  for. 

Then  thou  shalt  see  some  one  whom  thou  canst  consult  either 
in  person  or  power.  Then  disclose  to  him  thy  object.  He  will 
guide  thee  to  it. 

And  whenever  this  signet  ring  is  borne  around  the  neck  by  the 
general  of  an  army,  who  invokes  Mars  at  all  times,  he  never  meets 
with  an  opponent  without  routing  him  and  becoming  victorious. 
And  whenever  any  man  holds  it  he  acquires  honour  and  power. 

And  thou,  O  Alexander,  needest  no  other  charm  except  this 
one  alone.  Therefore  I  am  not  giving  thee  any  other  (in  detail)- 
Make  use  of  it  in  all  thy  affairs.  May  God  the  Mighty  help  and 
guide  thee).1 

And  the  wonders  of  Talismans,  O  Alexander,  are  many.  If 
there  had  been  no  other  Talisman  than  that  of  Zarzoori  which  is 
made  of  the  down  of  olives,  and  which  was  invented  by  Hermes 
the  great,  it  would  have  sufficed.  Thus  Rome,  which  has  no 
olives,  is  the  most  abundant  in  them  of  God's  lands,  without 
planting  trees,  having  gardens,  or  undergoing  any  pain  or  weari- 
ness. 

Then  there  is  the  Talisman  invented  by  Balbas  or  Arinush  the 
King  of  Persia.  When  a  tempestuous  wind  blows  sufficient 
almost  to  destroy  men  (this  talisman)  will  silence  it,  (if  God  the 
Almighty  permit). 

There  is  another  well-known  Talisman  which  extinguishes  fire, 
and  no  one  can  kindle  the  fire  again  till  they  ask  help  of  it. 

And  the  Talisman  I  had  made  for  thee  for  the  destruction  of 

1  PP-  259!5-26o27  only  in  C. 
S  2 


2o"o 

serpents,  scorpions,  leopards,  and  other  deadly  and  harmful 
animals.  It  was  so  efficacious  that  no  venomous  beast  or  reptile 
was  to  be  found  in  the  land  where  thou  didst  chance  to  be. 

And  when  thou  didst  desire  to  invade  India,  and  the  Indians 
had  formed  a  barrier  between  thee  and  themselves,  I  rent  the  earth 
and  destroyed  their  ramparts  without  any  harm  coming  to  thee 
(by  permission  of  God  the  Almighty). 

And  the  mirror  I  have  fixed  for  thee  at  Alexandria  which  is 
one  of  the  wonders  of  the  world.  And  the  mirror  I  have 
established  at  the  gate  of  thy  palace  which  reveals  hidden  things 
and  thefts,  and  in  which  any  one  can.  see  his  lost  property  and  its 
situation. 

And  the  Talisman  which  I  have  made  for  thy  hunting.  It  is 
carried  on  the  top  of  a  spear  in  front  of  thee,  and  by  its  virtue 
wild  animals  come  right  close  to  thee  and  cannot  see  thee. 

And  the  Talisman  of  the  brazen  image  which  I  have  planted 
for  thee  on  the  rock  on  the  sea-shore  at  the  town  of  Alexandria, 
to  which  the  fish  come  from  all  directions  so  that  they  can  be 
caught  with  the  hand  without  casting  nets  or  any  other  trouble. 
And  thou  hast  many  other  wonderful  things  made  by  me  which 
are  too  numerous  to  mention. 

And  thou  hast  seen,  O  Alexander,  what  happened  to  thee 
with  regard  to  the  Talisman  which  was  bound  for  the  protection 
of  the  buried  treasure  I  told  you  of  in  the  pyramid  of  Hayatil.1 
It  has  caused  the  people,  whom  thou  hast  ordered  to  dig  it,  to 
go  to  sleep,  so  that  I  made  for  thee  a  Talisman  to  counteract  its 
action,  and  thou  didst  gain  that  treasure. 

Some2  historians  say  that  there  was  found  in  this  treasure,  on 
which  there  was  a  Talisman,  a  tomb  made  of  gold,  whose  length 
was  10  yards,  height  2  yards,  and  breadth  (on  the  top)  a  span. 
Inside  the  tomb  there  was  found  a  coffin  in  which  there  was 
a  corpse  perfectly  preserved  in  body,  hair,  and  eyes.  On  its 
head  there  was  a  crown  weighing  10  ratls,  made  of  a  single  piece 
of  red  ruby.  And  under  the  corpse  there  were  spread  large 
pearls  of  great  value.  On  the  chest  of  the  corpse  there  was 
a  tablet  of  emerald,  3  yards  long  and  1  yard  wide.  In  it  there 
was  found  the  following  inscription  in  Syriac  letters  : 

'  In   the    name   of  God   the   most   compassionate,    the    most 

1   Haital,  name  of  a  place  beyond  the  Oxus. 
a  This  episode  is  found  only  in  A. 


26 1 

merciful.  Everything  that  has  a  beginning  has  an  end.  I  ruled 
over  the  four  inhabited  quarters  of  the  globe  for  one  thousand 
years.  The  total  revenue  of  my  empire  in  one  day  was  equal  to 
this  tomb  in  weight  and  to  its  contents  in  value.  And  the  Sun, 
Moon,  and  Wind  used  to  obey  me.  I  had  found  out  the  secret 
of  nature,  and  had  acquired  the  extreme  knowledge  of  creation. 
And  I  ascended  to  the  heavenly  assembly  with  my  pure  spiritual 
essence  according  to  the  pleasure  and  acceptance  of  its  maker, 
and  I  left  this  composite,  earthly  temple  to  corruption  and 
annihilation.  In  order  that  one  who  comes  after  me  should 
know  that  the  real  sovereign  is  one  who  never  dies,  and  the  true 
lord  is  He  who  is  supreme  in  His  power,  may  His  name  be 
blessed  and  glorified.' 

Information  on  the  sublimation  of  hard  substances,  and  the  Section  F 
spirits,  to  which  belongs  the  eagle,  one  of  the  birds  of  prey. 
Similarly  all  that  is  in  the  stones  which  I  mention  to  you  here  is 
according  as  I  have  described. 

I  am  going  to  impart  to  thee  here  a  mighty  secret;  may  God  p.  114,1.  .'5 
help  thee  to  guard  it  and  improve  thee  by  the  knowledge  of  it, 
if  it  be  His  will. 

Take  the  animal,  vegetable,  and  mineral  stone,  the  stone  which 
is  neither  a  stone,  nor  has  the  nature  of  a  stone,  although  it  is 
created  resembling  some  stones  of  mountains  and  mines,  for 
it  also  resembles  vegetables  and  animals.  And  it  exists  in  every 
place  and  time,  and  with  every  man.  And  it  has  all  colours,  and  p.  rf£ 
in  it  there  are  present  all  the  elements.  It  is  the  microcosm. 
I  shall  name  it  to  thee  according  to  its  common  name.  Take 
the  egg,  I  mean  the  philosopher's  egg.  Divide  it  into  four  parts, 
each  part  being  a  nature  [or  element].  Then  compound  it 
equally  and  temperately  in  such  a  way  that  the  various  parts 
should  join  but  not  counteract  each  other.  Thy  object  shall 
be  fulfilled  by  the  power  and  will  of  God.  These  are  general 
directions.  Now  I  shall  give  thee  detailed  directions.  The  four 
kinds  cannot  be  divided  except  by  means  of  an  undestructive  fire. 
When  thou  hast  separated  the  water  from  the  air,  air  from  fire, 
and  fire  from  earth,  then  thou  hast  succeeded  in  the  method  by 
the  help  of  God.  Then  operate  upon  the  substance  of  air  and 
earth  by  moistening  and  heating  until  they  come  to  resemble 
each  other.  Then  they  shall  agree  with  one  another  and  lose 
their  opposition  to  one   another.     Then  add  to  them  the  two 


262 

active  forces  of  water  and  fire.  The  operation  will  be  complete. 
Then,  when  thou  shalt  lift  up  the  water  by  itself,  it  shall  be 
white,  and  when  thou  shalt  lift  up  the  fire  alone,  it  shall  be  red. 

And  truly  has  our  ancestor  Hermes  Trismegistus  said  : 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  lower  from  the  higher  and  the 
j>.  1 1 6  higher  from  the  lower  produces  wonders  from  one  single  operation. 

As  all  things  have  been  created  from  a  single  essence. 

Whose  father  is  the  Sun  and  mother  the  Moon. 

It  has  been  impregnated  with  the  air.  The  earth  has  sucked 
it  from  its  teats. 

It  is  the  father  of  all  talismans,  the  treasure  of  all  wonders,  and 
perfect  in  its  powers. 

And  if  it  becomes  earth,  the  earth  is  separated  from  fine  and 
pure  fire  by  means  of  gentle  operation  and  wisdom. 

It  ascends  from  the  earth  to  the  heavens  and  descends  again 
to  the  earth. 
Y  i J  7      And  thus  it  acquires  both  the  higher  and  the  lower  powers. 

If  thou  possessest  it  thou,  possessest  the  light  of  all  lights,  and 
therefore  darkness  flees  away  from  thee.  It  is  the  power  of 
powers  which  overcomes  every  ethereal  object. 

And  which  penetrates  through  every  solid  object. 

According  to  the  disposition  of  the  Mighty  and  the  Omniscient. 
This  is  my  glory,  and  it  is  for  this  reason  that  I  have  named 
Hermes  Trismegistus  [that  maketh  three]  owing  to  the  wisdom 
which  has  been  revealed  to  me.1 

Section  R         Some  wonderful  properties  of  stones,  their  properties  and 

peculiarities. 

p.  nS  The  stone  which  overcomes  water  and  wind.2  Thou  shalt  find 
it  dry  and  developing  in  the  sea.  Its  property  is  this,  that  when 
thou  hast  taken  it,  and  hast  tied  a  piece  of  it  weighing  8  carats 
to  thy  standard,  no  army  shall  confront  thy  standard  without 
being  routed. 

There  are  two  other  stones  which  are  found  near  the  perpetual 
darkness.  One  of  them  is  white  and  the  other  red.  They  will 
be  found  in  a  river  of  fresh  water.     Their  peculiarity  is  that  the 

1  This  section  is  found  only  in  A. 

2  C  adds :  Thou  shalt  find  it  floating  on  the  surface  of  water  when  the 
water  is  flowing,  turning  away  with  the  wind,  and  thou  shalt  find  it  appearing 
in  the  frequented  sea.     Its  property  .  .  . 


263 

white  one  appears  on  the  surface  of  the  water  at  the  setting  of 
the  sun.  It  remains  apparent  till  midnight  when  it  is  fully 
visible.  Thenceforth  it  begins  to  sink  and  disappear  until  the 
rising  of  the  sun,  when  it  completely  disappears.  And  the  red 
stone  is  its  contrary.  It  appears  at  the  rising  of  the  sun,  and 
remains  apparent  till  midday,  after  which  it  appears  and  disappears 
until  the  disappearance  of  the  sun.  The  property  of  the  above 
two  stones  is  this,  that  when  thou  hast  hung  a  piece  of  the  red 
stone  weighing  two  carats  on  the  forehead  of  a  horse  it  shall  not 
cease  from  neighing  as  long  as  the  stone  is  there.  And  the 
action  of  the  white  stone  is  contrary  to  that.  A  horse  shall 
never  neigh  as  long  as  that  stone  is  on  his  forehead.  And  the 
latter  stone  is  useful  in  night  attacks  and  ambushes.  Another 
virtue  of  these  two  stones  is  this,  that  when  two  litigants  come  to 
thee,  place  the  white  one  on  the  mouth  of  one  of  them ;  if  he  is 
right  he  shall  be  able  to  speak,  otherwise  he  shall  not  be  able  to 
utter  a  word  as  long  as  the  stone  remains  on  his  mouth. 

And  thou  shalt  know  the  properties  of  stones  which  I  shall 
mention  to  thee. 

On  Vegetables.  p.  119 

Thou  hast  known,  O  Alexander,  from  the  foregoing  description, 
in  which  I  have  acquainted  thee  with  the  action  of  nature  and 
the  secret  of  creation,  that  vegetables  follow  minerals  in  existence, 
and  they  receive  their  forms  in  the  same  way  as  do  minerals. 
As  the  watery  element  prevails  in  vegetables  and  earth  in 
minerals,  therefore  vegetables  receive  their  forms  in  the  same 
way  as  water  does  when  its  surface  is  moved  by  the  wind,  but  its 
centre  remains  unmoved.  If  thou  wert  to  blow  upon  a  drop  of 
water  it  shall  be  elongated  and  split  up  and  its  centre  will  remain. 
Then,  according  to  the  laws  of  the  drop,  from  being  round  it  shall 
become,  when  stretched,  triangular,  like  the  shape  of  some  herbs, 
or  square  or  pentangular,  or  any  other  of  the  shapes  found  in 
vegetables. 

And  as  the  prevailing  element  in  vegetables  is  water,  the 
heavenly  force  related  to  it,  namely  Jupiter,  is  ever  engaged  in 
dissolving  water.  In  short  every  planet  creates  that  which 
resembles  it.  Saturn  creates  earth,  Jupiter  water,  Mars  air,  and 
the  Sun  fire.  And  the  planets  do  not  produce  their  bodies,  but 
only  their  actions  which  belong  to  them  perpetually  by  the  help 
of  the  universal  power  which  is  above  the  powers  of  these  heavenly 


264 

bodies.     But  in  order  to  make  it  more  plain  I  must  explain  to 
thee  a  little  more  regarding  the  properties  of  these  vegetables. 

120  For  it  is  in  the  knowledge  of  the  properties  of  things  that 
philosophers  are  distinguished  from  one  another,  as  it  is  in  the 
knowledge  of  the  action  of  their  natures  that  physicians  vie  with 
one  another. 

And  I  inform  thee,  O  Alexander,  that  all  those  vegetables 
which  do  not  blossom  belong  to  Saturn,  and  those  which  do 
blossom  are  related  to  Jupiter.1  Then  these  kinds  are  mixed 
one  with  another ;  hence  there  are  some  which  bear  fruit  without 
blossoming  as  the  date  tree,  which  is  related  to  Saturn  and  the 
Sun  conjointly.  And  those  that  do  not  bear  fruit  but  blossom, 
they  are  related  to  Jupiter  and  Mars. 

There  are  others  which  are  planted,  others  sown,  and  others 
grow  up  without  either  planting  or  sowing.  Hence  it  is  apparent 
from  what  I  have  said  that  every  vegetable  possesses  a  property 
matching  the  power  of  a  planet.  And  the  originals  of  those 
properties  are  the  powers  that  endow  them  with  their  specific 
attributes  as  colour,  taste,  smell,  and  form.  And  the  universal 
soul  arranges  in  order  these  properties,  powers,  and  natures, 
because  they  are  its  particulars.  And  it  fixes  them  and  sustains 
them  for  the  time  of  their  being.  Know  that  there  can  be  no 
action  without  movement,  and  no  knowledge  without  limits. 

Therefore  (may  God  lead  thee  to  the  right  path  !),  find  out  the 
kind  of  vegetable  which  causes  sickness,  and  the  kind  that  removes 

121  sickness,  and  the  kind  that  creates  joy,  and  the  kind  that  creates 
sorrow,  and  the  one  that  makes  one  loved,  and  the  one  that 
causes  one  to  be  despised  and  hated,2  and  the  one  that  produces 
true  dreams,  and  the  one  that  produces  merriment,  and  the  one 
that  produces  sloth  and  langour,  and  the  one  that  destroys  the 
body  entirely,  and  the  one  that  cures  it  and  frees  it  from  hurtful 
poisons.  And  I  shall  explain  to  thee  in  detail  so  that  thou 
mayest  understand  it  more  clearly. 

The  kind  of  vegetable  that  causes  dignity  and  honour  is  a  tree 
which  possesses  folded  leaves  of  a  conical  form.  Its  fruit  also 
resembles  a  cone,  and  its  branches  are  green,  and  its  smell  is 

1  C  inserts :  And  all  those  that  blossom  but  do  not  yield  fruit  are  ascribed 
to  Mars,  and  those  that  bear  fruit  belong  to  the  Sun. 

2  C  inserts  :  and  the  kind  whose  bearer  acquires  dignity  and  honour  and 
the  other  whose  bearer  acquires  contempt  and  disgrace  .  .  . 


265 

fragrant.  Whoever  plucks  it  in  his  own  name  and  holds  it  in 
his  hand  acquires  dignity  and  honour.  It  is  also  useful  for  insect 
bites. 

There  is  another  herb  that  stands  on  a  long  stem,  and  has  long  p.  12a 
and  soft  leaves  with  white  stripes  in  «hem.    Upon  him  who  carries 
its  slender  stem  it  works  the  same  effect. 

There  is  another  tree  whose  leaves  are  dyed.  Its  branches 
recline  on  the  earth.  And  it  has  sweet  fruit  and  fragrance. 
Whoever  carries  it  with  him  becomes  merry,  bold,  and  courageous. 
He  defeats  every  one  who  fights  or  strives  with  him.  And  it  is 
outwardly  in  all  its  forms. 

There  is  another  tree  which  is  planted  (and  not  sown)  and  has 
long  leaves.  Its  entirety  appears  before  its  blossoms.  It  has 
one  blossom  in  which1  are  three  other  long  blossoms  of  red 
colour  and  sweet  smell.  Whoever  eats  it  becomes  joyful  and 
laughter-loving.  And  whoever  touches  a  woman  with  its  blossom, 
plucked  with  its  root  and  leaves,  she  lovingly  inclines  towards 
him  ;    it  is  acceptable  to  everybody. 

There  is  another  herb  whose  virtue  is  contrary  to  the  preceding 
one.  It  is  a  kind  of  grass  called  Darufshoon.  It  grows  in  the 
land  of  China.  It  has  many  branches  and  small  leaves.  Its 
branches  intersperse  in  threes.  It  has  a  very  small  round  yellow 
seed  which  is  whitish  inside  when  it  is  fresh  and  soft.  If  thou 
takest  seven  grains  (or  seeds)  of  it,  pronouncing  the  name  of  any 
one,  at  a  time  when  Taurus  is  in  the  ascendant,  and  Venus  and 
the  unlucky  signs  are  absent  from  it,  and  givest  to  that  person 
those  seven  seeds  in  some  food  to  eat,  love  of  thee  is  engendered 
and  strengthened  in  that  person's  soul  and  heart. 

There  is  a  herb  that  removes  diseases.  It  is  sown  [not  planted]. 
Its  branches  are  square  in  form  and  its  leaves  round.  It  has 
blue  blossoms  and  red  seeds.  Its  smell  is  pleasant.  Its  property 
is  of  the  Sun  at  its  height  and  its  nature  watery  and  airy.  Its 
smell  cures  headache,  cold,  dizziness,  sorrow,  fear,  epilepsy,  and 
many  other  diseases.2 

1  There  is  a  certain  tree  which  has  no  root  and  is  propped  up.  It  has 
a  long  slender  leaf.  There  appears  in  it  before  all  other  of  its  blossoms 
a  single  blossom  called  Najunia.     And  in  it  are  three  .  .   .   C. 

2  C  adds  :  And  there  is  a  herb  called  Fotolidun  ;  it  produces  love.  So 
does  the  root  of  a  kind  of  vegetable  called  Taifi.  It  is  a  kind  of  Khomaluki 
(J  Khamalamik.  wolfsbane).    It  is  most  potent  in  creating  love  and  friendship. 


i66 

p.  J  -?>      I  have  completed  for  thee,  O  Alexander,  all  that  thou  wast 

desirous  of  according  to  thy  stipulation,  and  I  have  performed 

my  duty  towards  thee,  to  the  extent  of  thy  claim  upon  me.     So 

be   thou    strengthened   thereby,    and   confirmed   and   happy,   if 

ends  i  a,',  1.6  God  will. 

The  book  is  finished  with  praise  to  God  and  by  his  help  and 
goodly  support.  The  prayers  of  God  be  for  our  Lord  Muhammad 
and  his  family  and  Companions.  Praise  be  to  God,  Lord  of  the 
worlds.     Amen. 


NOTES 

INTRODUCTORY   TREATISE 

3U.  glomerelli.  Grammarians.  A  term  (1267),  used  especially 
of  Grammar  boys  at  school.  See  Rashdall,  Med.  Universities,  ii. 
555- 

424.  Beata  Scolastica.  I  take  the  story  from  the  Golden  Legend. 
'  It  happed  another  day  that  S.  Benet  went  to  visit  his  sister,  named 
Scholastica,  and  as  they  sat  at  table  she  prayed  her  brother  that  he 
would  abide  there  all  that  night,  but  he  in  no  wise  would  grant  her,  and 
said  he  might  not  live  out  of  his  cloister.  And  when  she  saw  that  he 
would  not  grant  her  to.  abide,  she  inclined  her  head  and  made  her 
prayers  to  our  Lord,  and  anon  it  began  to  thunder  and  lighten,  and  the 
air  to  wax  dark  which  tofore  was  fair  and  clear,  and  a  great  rain  fell 
down  so  that  for  nothing  he  might  depart  .  . .' 

619.  titulos  authenticos.  A  long  list  of  these  with  incipits  is  given 
in  the  Speculum  Astronomicum  of  Albert.  It  has  been  suggested  that 
this  tract  was  written  by  Bacon,  but  no  one  with  an  ear  for  style  could 
accept  the  suggestion  for  a  moment.  Bacon's  other  mention  of  them 
is  ui  the  De  nullitate  magiae,  c.  4  (Brewer,  p.  532,  see  p.  526)  and  in 
the  Opus  Tertium  (p.  48,  Little). 

630.  ungue  pueri  virginis  carminati.  See  a  case  in  Lincoln 
Visitations,  vol.  ii,  where  an  abbot  at  Leicester  is  found  doing  this  in 
the  fifteenth  century.  The  shoulder  blade  of  a  ram  is  used  in  divination 
all  over  the  world,  but  more  commonly  by  the  cracks  on  it  when 
heated. 

76.  geomantici.  The  usual  method  was  to  take  three  sets  of  odd 
or  even  by  chance  three  times.  This  gives  a  figure  interpreted  by  well- 
known  rules. 

7s6.  jam  incepta  est  a  quindecim  annis.  If  we  may  accept  this 
as  referring  to  Richard  of  Cornwall,  whose  teaching  was  condemned  at 
Paris  after  having  been  enunciated  at  Oxford  in  1250  (Rashdall,  Comp. 
Stud.  T/ieol.,  pp.  52-3),  the  date  of  this  introduction  might  be  1265. 
On  the  other  hand  the  error  may  be  the  Averroist  doctrine  of  the  unity 
of  the  intellect  {c.  1256),  bringing  the  date  to  1271. 

8".  Averoys.  '  Dicit  et  aliam  rationem  famosam  quod  haec  fuit 
causa  ut  lex  apud  eos  preciperet  ut  orationes  eorum  essent  tres :  aut 
sacrificia  :  et  dixit :  et  non  invenit  legislator  hominibus  istum  numerum, 
nisi  ut  sequeret  naturam  ut  ista  lex  sit  quasi  sequens  naturam.  Dixit. 
Et  secundum  istum  numerum  tenemur  magnincare  creatorem  remotum 


268 

a  modis  «reaturarum  :  in  orationibus  et  sacrificiis.  nam  omnia  ista  non 
fiunt  nisi  ad  magnificandum  creatorem.'     De  celo  et  mundo,  lib.  i,  c.  2. 

95.  Artephius.  Several  tracts  are  extant  under  this  name,  including 
the  De  secretis  naturae,  but  nothing  preserving  the  legend  alluded  to 
here  and  elsewhere  (2318 ;  Brewer,  540,  546  ;  Op.  Maj.  ii.  209). 

2010.  dignitatibus.  The  passage  in  the  Op.  Maj.  (i.  261)  and  Meta- 
physics (p.  49)  is  much  better  and  more  correct.  The  passage  is  taken, 
and  modified,  from  Grosseteste's  De  impressionibtis  aeris  (ed.  Baur, 
p.  43),  which  contains  a  good  table  of  the  terms  or  limits  and  of  the 
fades  or  decans.  There  are  three  equal  decans  or  fades  in  each  sign 
and  five  unequal  terms  or  limits.  Grosseteste  gives  the  term  twice  the 
influence  of  the  decan,  Bacon  it  will  be  seen  reverses  it.  The  domus  of 
a  planet  is  the  sign  in  which  it  was  created :  Sol  in  Leo,  Luna  in  Can- 
cer, Saturn  in  Capricorn,  Jupiter  in  Sagittarius,  Mars  in  Aries,  Venus 
in  Libra,  Mercury  in  Virgo.  The  house  with  respect  to  the  earth  is 
found  by  dividing  the  vertical  circle  passing  through  the  zenith  and 
nadir  into  twelve  parts,  that  beginning  at  the  eastern  horizon  being  the 
first  house.  The  position  of  the  signs  and  planets  in  these  houses  will 
of  course  vary  from  moment  to  moment. 

24s.  in  Sciencia  Experimental!  alibi  scripsimus.  See  Op.  Maj. 
ii.  209.  Obviously  this  part  of  the  Opus  Majus  was  written  before  the 
Introduction. 

24s.  vidimus.  Compare  this  passage  with  that  just  referred  to,  and 
Brewer,  p.  539.     But  perhaps  '  vidimus  '  is  used  in  a  general  sense. 

NOTES   ON   THE   TEXT 
Section  b.  pp.  36-8. 

36".  In  Sanguinetti's  extracts  from  Ibn  Abi  Osaibi'ah,  this  is 
attributed  to  /Esculapius.  Galen  says  :  '  Le  Dieu  supreme  a  revele  a 
Esculape  ce  qui  suit :  Tu  es  plus  digne  que  je  t'appelle  un  ange  qu'un 
homme '  (fournal  Asiatique  (1853),  iv.  184).  There  is  a  passage  in 
Galen,  Suasoria  ad  artes  oratio  :  '  Among  these  we  rank  Socrates  and 
Homer  and  Hippocrates  and  Plato,  and  their  followers,  whom  we 
reverence  as  equal  with  the  gods,  as  messengers  and  servants  of  the 
gods ',  which  may  be  the  origin  of  this  statement. 

3630.  '  Hippocrate  dit  que  Dieu  a  eleve  a  lui  Esculape  dans  les  airs, 
au  milieu  d'une  colonne  de  lumiere  '  (loc.  cit.,  p.  184).  This  is  also 
said  by  Muwaffik  eddin  Assad  of  Hermes  (loc.  cit.,  p.  188).  It  probably 
arises  from  the  story  of  Enoch,  who  appears  in  the  Quran  as  Idris. 
'  And  mention  in  the  Book  Idris  ;  verily  he  was  a  confessor,  a  prophet ; 
and  we  raised  him  to  a  lofty  place'  (19.  58).  But  Idris  was  later 
identified  with  Hermes,  see  p.  99®.  An  early  reference  is  found  in 
Lactantius,  Jnst.  i.  6.  I  '  Unum  proferam  quod  est  simile  divino,  et 
ob  nimiam  vetustatem  et  quod  is  (Hermes)  quern  nominaboex  homini- 
bus  in  deos  relatus  est.' 


269 

38s.  Among  these  epistles  is  that  in  Aulus  Gellius,  Nodes  Atticae, 
xx.  5.  Pseudo-Ammonius,  VitaAristotelis,i.  5™  (p.  II.  45  Westerm.)  : 
'  Alexandro  scripsit  de  Regno  librum  singularem,  quo  eum  quae  regis 
officia  essent  docuit.' 

Joann.  Philoponus  (cf.  Vit.  Marc,  p.  5,  Robbe)  :  '  Ut  autem  et 
omnibus  hominibus  universaliter  benefacerat  scripsit  Alexandro  librum 
unum  de  Regno,  docens  ipsum  qualiter  oporteat  regnare  ;  et  in  tantum 
movit  animam  Alexandri  ad  faciendum  quod  dicebat  :  Quod  non  bene- 
feci  aliquibus  hodie  non  regnavi.' 

See  Eratosthenes  apud  Strabonem,  i,  p.  116  (cf.  Bernhardy,  Erato- 
sthenica,W\  p. 70) :  'Aristoteles  jubebat  Alexandrum  Graecis  se  tanquam 
principem  barbaris  tanquam  dominum  praebere,  et  iilorum  quidem 
ut  amicorum  et  domesticorum  curam  -gerere,  his  tanquam  brutis  aut 
stirpibus  uti '  (Plut.  de  Alex.  Fort,  aut  Virt.  i,  c.  6), 

Ammon.  in  comvi.  ad  Categorias,  f.  9/0  (p.  35,  B.  14,  Mand.) :  '  Par- 
ticularia  appellantur  scripta  Aristotelis  quaecunque  proprie  ad  aliquem 
scripta  sunt,  ut  Epistolae  vel  quae  ab  Alexandro  Macedone  rogatus 
sive  de  Regno  sive  de  ducendis  coloniis  scripsit.' 

38 \  There  are  some  merely  verbal  alterations  in  the  Achillini  text  of 
this  letter. 

3816.  The  best  texts  give  '  si  potes  . .  .  mutare  '  omitting  '  non  '.  The 
Achillini  text  differs  considerably  :  '  Si  poteris  ipsos  occidere,  est 
potentia  in  manu  tua  in  hoc  propter  regnum  ;  tamen  non  poteris  occi- 
dere terram.  Sed  si  potes  imitari  terrae  aerem  et  aquam  atque  etiam 
dispositionem  civitatum,  implebis  tuum  propositum.  Vis  autem  domi- 
nari  super  eos  cum  bonitate,  exaudi  eos  cum  benignitate,'  &c,  &c. 

The  Hebrew — and  Western  Arabic — is  much  longer.  Cf.  Gaster, 
p.  3.     The  Eastern  Arabic  gives  a  very  short  form  (p.  177). 

The  Universal  History  of  Al-M  akin  Ix.  1273)  (Budge,  Alexander,  ii. 
366)  quotes  the  letters  as  follows  :  '  Behold,  I  have  mingled  with  the 
governors  of  Persia,  who  are  many,  and  they  are  men  of  understanding, 
and  are  perfect,  and  wise,  and  penetrating,  and  men  of  noble  minds, 
and  they  are  gentle,  strong,  and  serviceable  for  the  work  of  the  kingdom, 
but  behold,  I  wish  to  slay  them  one  after  the  other  ;  do  thou,  now,  give 
me  thy  counsel  in  this  matter.'  And  concerning  this  thing  Aristotle 
wrote,  saying :  'Although  thou  art  able  to  slay  them,  slay  them  not,  for 
thou  wilt  be  able  to  change  neither  the  spirit  (air?)  of  their  country,  nor 
the  water  of  their  land  ;  but  rule  them  well,  and  be  submissive  unto 
them,  and  thou  «halt  vanquish  them  by  love,  and  they  will  be  subject 
unto  thee.' 

Abu  Shaker  (Budge,  Alexander,  ii.  303)  quotes  as  follows  :  '  I  find 
the  Persian  governors  to  be  men  of  understanding,  and  suitable  for  the 
work  of  the  kingdom  :  Shall  I  slay  them  ?  Give  me  thy  advice  on  this 
matter.'  Then  Aristotle  wrote  unto  him,  saying  :  '  If  thou  killest  them, 
thou  wilt  not  be  able  to  change  either  the  water  of  their  land,  or  the 


270 

wind  of  their  country  ;    therefore  rule  them  graciously,  and  conquer 
them  with  love,  and  they  will  be  subject  unto  thee.' 

See  also  Ma'sudi,  ii.  134:  'Alexandre,  adoptant  le  conseil  que  son 
maitre  et  son  ministre  Aristote  lui  avait  donne*  dans  une  lettre,  noua  des 
relations  avec  chacun  de  ces  chefs,  et  leur  laissa  le  pouvoir  et  le  revenu 
de  la  contrde  ou  ils  residaient.' 
Section  c.  p.  39. 

399.  This  temple  has  been  identified  by  Dr.  Pietschmann  as  perhaps 
Baalbek  fAbd-Schems),  or  more  likely  Heliopolis  in  Egypt  ('Ain- 
Schems)  :  '  Endlich  sei  er  zu  dem  grossen  Tempel  von  Abd-Schems 
oder  Baalbek  gekommen,  den  Hermes  der  Grosse  gebaut  habe.  Dort 
habe  er  einen  Derwisch  von  grosser  Einsicht  und  Weisheit  gefunden. 
Vielleicht  ist  hier  statt  u***"'  •*■?*•  besser  u^*^  c^c  Ain  Shems  211 
'esen,  Heliopolis  in  Aegypten,  dessen  Ruinen  ja  die  Araber  wie 
Maqrizi,  Abdallatif  und  Ibn  Ayas  bewundern.  Allerdings  wird  auch 
der  Tempel  von  Baalbek  noch  im  sechsten  Jahrhundert  erwahnt. ' 
Richard  Pietschmann,  Hermes  Trismegistos,  pp.  57-8. 

3910.  The  Hebrew  — and  Western  Arabic — make  Hermes  the  builder 
of  the  temple. 

39?1.  Cf.  the  extract  from  this  in  the  translation  of  Joh.  Hispalensis, 
Egressus  sum  .  .  .  de  graecoin  arabicam  (p.  xviii),  thus  agreeing  with 
the  Oxford  text.  The  Hebrew  has  '  from  Greek  into  Rumi,  and  from 
Rumi  into  Arabic' 

Section  f.     Discourse  I,  pp.  42-47, 

4320.  The  Vulgate  insertion  is  here  warranted  by  the  Arabic.  Philip 
seems  to  have  made  two  alternative  translations. 

Dicta  seu  castigationes  Sedechie.  '  Et  dixit  quam  bonum  est 
hiis  benefacere  qui  merentur  et  quam  utile,  et  quam  malum  est  non 
merentibus  et  inutile,  quia  qui  hoc  facit  perdit  laborem  suum.  Nam 
qui  benefacit  non  merentibus  est  ut  pluvia  in  arenam,  quia  perditur.' 
Placita  Philosophoriwi  Moralium  Antiquorum  ex  Graeco  in.  Latinum 
translata  a  Magistro  Joanne  de  Procida  Magno  cive  Salernitano. 
Renzi,  Schola  Salemitanum,  iii.  71. 

4419.  regni  Caldeorum.  Arabic  Hanayaj,  Hayahij ;  Hebrew 
Nigig. 

4431.  Cavendum  .  .  .  vitanda.     Insertion  by  Philip. 

45".  vel  dedissem.  Words  in  brackets  are  obviously  alternative 
readings  in  the  Latin  text.  The  brackets  are  inserted  by  the  present 
editor. 

4520.  speculator.     The  common  text  reads  '  speculum  ',  correctly. 

Section  g.     Discourse  II,  p.  47. 

4916.  '  Dans  l'lnde  un  roi  ne  peut  monter  sur  le  trone  avantquarante 
ans  revolus ;  il  ne  se  montre  au  peuple  qu'a  des  epoques  determiners, 


271 

et  seulement  pour  examiner  les  affaires  de  l'Etat ;  car  dans  leurs  ide"es, 
un  roi  porterait  atteinte  a  sa  dignite  et  n'inspirerait  plus  le  meme 
respect  s'il  se  montrait  constamment  au  peuple.'  Ma'sudi,  Prairies 
dor,  i.  167. 

49M.  conabitur  :  concionabitur.     Vulgate. 

504.  Unicuique  ergo  reddendum  est  quod  suum  est:  a  remini- 
scence of  the  Civil  law,  added  by  Philip. 

527.  The  Vulgate  inserts  here  'vesti  hodie  unum  et  eras  alium ', 
which  has  probably  dropped  out  of  Bacon's  text. 

5226.  This  quotation  is  not  from  any  known  Hermetic  work. 

5531.  Another  Hermetic  quotation  otherwise  -unknown :  cf.  the 
Arabic  text. 

56*.  Mihi  vindictam  et  ego  retribuam.     Rom.  xii.  19. 

56s0.  Perhaps  a  reference  to  Isa.  xxxiv.  8. 

571-6.  An  insertion  of  Philip. 

579.  This  is  not  in  any  known  Hermetic  work. 

5720.  Ambasoyorum  et  Scitarum.  Arabic  Inakh,  Safoor,  and 
Hananij ;  Hebrew  Atag,  and  Skir,  and  Ihas,  and  Imim. 

jgie-21    philip  adds  this  praise  of  liberality  to  scholars. 

595-7.  Not  in  Vulgate. 

Section  h.  pp.  60-2.     de  re&imine  vite  per  astronomiam. 

6029.  Bacon  returns  to  the  subject  of  this  word  in  his  Greek  Grammar, 
p.  7i19. 

6 17.  Cf.  Opus  Majus,  i.  390. 

6o27-6iz.  Plato.  The  Vulgate  reading  is  Bacon's  alternative — '  et 
per  hoc  habuit  scienciam  de  ideis  et  rebus  formatis '.  The  Arabic  is 
quite  unintelligible  in  this  connexion,  whether  it  refers  to  the  art  of 
'painting  on  silk'  (Eastern  text),  or  of  weaving,  'the  fringed  garment 
known  as  the  dibaj '  (Western  text). 

615"11.  An  addition  of  Philip  :  as  also  lines  14-17  and  line  34. 

62B~17.  Only  in  Eastern  text. 

6211.  'entibus'  is  better.  The  meaning  of  the  original  has  not  been 
caught  by  the  translator  ;  it  is  that  the  second  part  is  to  know  how  the 
motion  of  the  heavens,  &c,  affect  things  before  they  come  to  pass. 

62'5.  The  Vulgate  and  Arabic  texts  give  1029,  which  includes  the 
seven  planets.     See  Op.  Maj.  i.  235  ;  Com.  Nat.,  p.  395. 

Section  i.     pp.  64-68. 

65s.  '  Prima  statui  potest  ea  quae  ex  primordiis  conficitur  iis  quae 
nonnulli  elementa  appellant,  terram  dico,  aerem,  aquam,  ignem :  sed 
melius  fortasse  dici  potest,  ex  virtutibus  confici  elementorum,  iisque  non 
omnibus  :  humiditas  enim  et  siccitas,  et  caliditas  et  frigiditas,  materia 
corporum  sunt  compositorum.'     Aristotle,  de  part.  anim.  ii.  1. 


2JQ. 

65s-  '  Nam  cum  quatuor  ilia  sint  ex  quibus  compactum  est  corpus, — 
Terra,  Ignis,  Aqua,  Aer, — horum  contra  natura  abundantia  defectus- 
que,  et  ex  loco  proprio  in  alienum  translatio,  per  quam  quod  sibi  con- 
veniens est  non  tenent,  intestinam  quandam  seditionem  et  morbos 
inferunt.'     Plato,  in  Timaeo. 

66*.  Told  of  Socrates  in  Diogenes  Laertius,  ii.  The  Arabic  text  gives 
Socrates. 

Section  k.     pp.  68-76. 

73*.  ascende :  incede  is  preferable. 

75".  que  legem  non  habet :  an  aside  of  Philip's. 

7522.  cognoscas  :  cognosces  is  preferable. 

Seasons,     pp.  76-81. 

773.  '  Aiunt  nonnulli  veris  complexionis  calidani  esse  et  humidam 
...  Ex  his  ergo  que  dicta  sunt  vere  patet  nequaquam  calidum  esse  et 
humidum  lino  temperatum.'     Haly,  liber  totius  medicinae,  v.  3. 

'Ver  calidum  et  humidum  est:  ideo  sanguinis  in  corpore  incrementum 
fit.'     Hippocrates,  de  honlinis  stncctura. 

78s.  '  Aeris  vero  estate  complexio  calida  est  et  sicca.'     Haly. 

'  Aestas  calida  et  sicca  ideo  flavam  auget  bilem.'     Hippocrates. 
7910.  'Autumnus  autem  frigidus  est  et  siccus  .  .  .'     Haly. 

'  Autumnus  siccus  et  frigidus,  ideo  atram  bilem  et  saniem  auget. 
sanies  quidem  sanguinea  et  aquosa  est.'     Hippocrates. 
807.  asymon  =  al-aftimum  Ar.,  angariacio  =  al-garikun. 
8024.  '  At  vero  hyems  frigida  est  et  humida  .  .  .'     Haly. 

'  Hyems  vero  pituitam  in  corpore  adauget.'     Hippocrates. 
Section  1.     pp.  81-83. 

8lJG.  Philip  has  here  misread  his  MS.  of  Hispalensis  and  substituted 
senectute'  for  'siccitate',  forcing  him  to  recast  the  sentence.  Com- 
pare with  p.  897. 

Section  m.  pp.  83-87. 

832S.  '  Diducimus  utique  hominis  corpusculum  in  partes  quatuor, 
caput,  thoracem  ventrem  atque  vesicam.'     Diocles. 

8325.  signa.  '  Vertigo,  dolor  capitis,  superciliorum  gravedo,  murmur 
aurium,  stimulatio  temporum,  oculi  matutino  tempore  lachrymant  et 
caligant,  odoratus  hebetatur,  dentium  gingivae  atolluntur.'     Diocles. 

S32'',  'caput  confestim  evacuandum  ducito.'     Diocles. 

84V  esdentim  is  afsantin  Ar.  (wormwood). 

841.  'Verum  sumptis  hyssopi  aut  orygani  capitibus  tritis,  et  in 
aulula  ebullitis  cum  passo,  vel  defruti  hemina  dimidiata,  quibus  os 
jejunus  abluito,  atque  quod  pituita  deducitur,  gargarizato.'     Diocles. 

84*.  '.  .  .  Sinapi  aqua  mulsa  calida  maceratum  in  jejunio  sorbere  et 
gargarizando  a  capite  humorem  deducere.'     Diocles. 

84".  xii  unguentis.     See  the  Arabic  text  (p.  203). 

84s.  '  Ophtha'miae,  glaucomata,  aurium  fissurae,  strumae  in  cervice, 


«73 

cerebri   tabes,  gravedo,  angina   nocturna,  teredines,  vua,  profluvium 
capillorum,  ulceratio  capitis,  dentium  cruciatus.'     Diodes. 

84'*.  'Lingua  crassescit,  ejiciunt  per  sputa,  vel  salsa  vel  amara  vel 
biliosa,  in  lateribus  ac  scapulis  dolores  citra  occasionem  oriuntur, 
oscedines  crebrae,  vigiliae,  suffocationes,  sitis  ex  somno,  animus 
tristior,  algores  pectoris,  brachiorum  et  manuum  tremor,  infestant.' 
Diodes. 

84".  '  Prosunt  etiam  jejuni  vomitus.'     Diodes. 

g4i8-20f  Not  fromDiocles. 

84s0.  amissosus  is  anisoun,  Ar. 

8421.  trans  eugam  is  galengale. 

84".  '  Pleuritim,  pulmoniariam,  melancholiam,  febres  acutas,  phreni- 
tim  veternum,  et  cum  singultu  ardorem  (metuat).'     Diodes. 

84s5.  'Aristoteles  instruensAlexandrumRegem  inquit,  frequentationes 
pectinis  super  caput  visum  impedientes  evertunt  ad  cutem,  ne  visui 
obsint.  Item  inquit,  aspectus  rerum  viridium  in  loco  multae  temperiei 
visum  corroborat.  Item  dixit,  aspicere  speculum  tersum  directum 
et  diu  intueri  super  ipsum  visum  corroborat,  et  oculi  defatigationem 
removet.  Item  injunxit,  post  oculi  defatigationem  ingredi  domum 
obscuram  non  multae  tenebrositatis,  et  intueri  fenestras  in  quibus  sit 
aliquod  parum  viride,  vel  intueri  aquam  viridem,  et  submergere  oculos 
in  ipsa.  Item  dixit,  exercitatio  legendi  literas  mediocres  visum 
corroborat,  et  oculorum  sanitatem  custodit.'  Mesue,  de  egritudine 
oculorum. 

Razis,  ad  Almansorem,  tr.  iv,  c.  22,  has  the  following :  '  Qui  oculo- 
rum volunt  sanitatem  custodire  a  sole  estivo  et  pulvere  atque  fumo  sibi  • 
cavere  debent.  Ne  etiam  colores  albos  vel  radiosa  semper  inspiciant 
valde  observare .  debent :  ac  ne  unam  rem  sicut  pavefactus  semper 
intueatur  cavere  debent.  Litteras  quoque,  vel  subtiles  sculturas 
nequaquam  aspiciant.  A  multo  preterea  fletu  et  a  longo  dormitione 
post  comestionem  omnino  est  abstinendum,  neque  diu  est  morandum 
in  loco  ubi  frigidus  perflat  ventus.  A  cibis  etiam  valde  siccis,  sicut 
sunt  lentes  et  res  salse :  atque  frequenti  coitu  omnino  cavere  debent. 
.  .  .  Est  preterea  de  eorum  numero  que  oculos  acuunt,  aquam  intrare 
claram,  atque  per  magnum  spacium  oculos  in  ea  apertos  tenere :  hoc 
enim  eos  claros  facit  et  rigidos.  Multotiens  quoque  corroborantur 
oculi  :  cum  aliquis  librum  incipit  aspicere  cujus  litere  non  sunt  sub- 
tiles,  et  intendere  ceperit  quid  in  eo  sit  vel  quid  sit  in  picturis.  Quod 
autem  conservat  sanitatem  et  absterget :  tuthia  est  cum  succo  sansuci 
confecta.  Sunt  autem  de  his  que  oculos  abstergunt,  ut  recentis  feniculi 
succus  in  oculis  ponatur,  vel  collirium  de  malis  granatis.' 

8619"22  are  taken  from  Razis,  op.  cit.,  tr.  ii,  c.  28  :  '  Cujus  oculi  sunt 
magni  piger  est.  Cujus  quoque  oculi  in  profundo  sunt  positi,  callidus 
est  et  deceptor.  Cujus  oculi  foris  prominent,  inverecundus  est,  et 
loquax  et  stolidus.' 

1590  T 


274 

87*.  '  Post  exiguum  etiam  cibum  plenitas  infestare  videtur,  inflationes, 
eructuationes,  universi  corporis  pallor,  somni  graves,  lotia  lurida,  et 
aegerrime  emanantia,  et  circa  pudenda  tumores.'     D. 

87".  ache  is  O.  F.  for  parsley,  anamag  is  neither  Arabic  nor 
Persian.  The  meaning  is  '  fennel ',  and  it  is  probably  a  corruption  of 
some  European  word. 

875.  'Sunt  vero  foeniculi  apiique  radices  in  vino  albo  odorato  mace- 
randae,  unde  jejunus  in  matutino  quotidie  duos  cyathos,  cum  aqua 
dauci,  smyrnii,  enulae  campanae,  quodcunque  horum  ad  manum  sit, 
juxta  enim  singula  juvant :  cicerum  quoque  maceratorum  aquam,  si 
cum  vino  potaverit,  idem  consequetur.'     Diodes. 

87s.  '  Hydropem,  lienis  magnitudinem,  hepatis  dolorem,  calculum, 
renum  afifectionem,  lotii  stillicidium,  distentionem  ventris.'     Diodes. 

Section  n.  pp.  S7-98.     de  conservantibus  sanitatem. 

8730.  Evidently  a  lacuna  before  utitur — i.e.  assafoetida. 

881.  '  Medicamen  ex  nucibus  eUficubus  quod  omnes  venenosorum 
animalium  modos  nocere  prohibat.  fy.  nucum  a  duabus  corticibus 
excorticatarum  partem  imam,  salis  giandinosi,  foliorum  ruthe,  am- 
borum  ana,  sextam  unius  partis  ficuum  albarum,  quantum  ad  predic- 
torum  sufficit  commixtionem.  Ex  quibus,  cum  mixta  fuerint,  nucis  fiat 
similitudo  et  comedatur.  Ouibus  uti  incipiat  quecunque  ne  veneno 
perimatur  timet,  et  sumat  ex  ea  etiam  ante  cibum  suum  :  hie  namque 
est  medicamen  quod  venenaexpellit.'   Raz\s, ad  A/mtinsorem, tr  viii,c.  1. 

Section  o.  pp.  89-94.     de  cibis. 

9314.  Avicenna  (vol.  ii,  p.  363  ed.  cit.)  has  a  tract  upon  the  subject, 
de  sirufto  acetoso,  founded  on  Galen. 

9319.  The  Arabic  text  has  Homer  for  the  author  of  this  sentiment. 
Aristo  is  not  mentioned. 

93s6.  Razis,  tr.  v,  c.  7,  recommends  the  following  course  :  '  Oportet 
crapulatum  diu  dormire  ac  postquam  evigilaverit  balneum  ingredi,  ubi 
in  loco  sedeat  temperato.  Et  postquam  super  ipsius  caput  aque  tepide 
multitudo  fusa  fuerit,  exeat  .  .  .'     See  also  Haly,  ii.  56,  63,  64,  65. 

941.  saldel  is  sandal  wood. 

94*.  Arabic  medicine  lays  great  stress  on  habit,  but  I  have  not  found 
this  particular  recommendation. 

Section  p.  pp.  94-6. 

This  section  may  be  compared  with  Razis,  ad  Almansorem,  tr.  v, 
cc.  60  and  61,  which  correspond  generally  but  are  not  its  source. 

9425.  mellis  humidi  ...  in  caule  geldel.     This  unmeaning  phrase 
must  be  due  to  a  fault  in  the  Arabic  text  before  Philip.     A  possible 
emendation  is  '  in  cavis  gelidis '.    It  may  be  '  de  celo  cadens  ad  modum 
roris' :  see  liber  Saladin,  f.  351  b.  2. 
Section  q.  pp.  96,  97.     de  balneo. 

This  section  seems  to  be  the  first  account  of  the  Hammam  known. 


*75 

Avicenna  (i.  2.  2-19)  speaks  of  three  chambers  to  the  bath,  the  first 
cooling  and  moistening,  the  second  warming  and  moistening,  the  third 
warming  and  drying— an  arrangement  more  like  the  Roman  system ; 
his  teaching  being  founded  on  Galen  and  Hippocrates. 

971.  Philip  seems  to  have  misunderstood  his  text.  The  hairdressing 
and  anointing  comes  in  the  regular  course  of  the  bath  ;  see  p.  209. 

973.  unguento  scesarino  confecto  de  sandel  et  emleg.  In 
some  of  the  Arabic  texts  the  title  '  Caesarian '  is  applied  to  this  soap. 
Other  Arabic  texts  give  '  short  ointment.'  Note  that  the  Arabic  word 
amlaj  (myrobalan)  is  transliterated  emleg. 

976    bletes  is  an  O.  F.  word. 

The  prescriptions  that  follow  have  suffered  greatly  both  in  the  Latin 
texts  and  in  the  Arabic,  especially  as  to  the  quantities,  but  they  may  be 
emended  fairly  satisfactorily.  The  weights  and  measures  used  are 
commonly,  rotula — rati  — a.  pound,  dirh'em— drachm,  and  ankia  (40 
dirhems) — ounce.  / 

The  receipt  for  the  medium  contains  only,  one  mistake ;  the  propor- 
tion of  grape  juice  is  one-tenth  of  what  it  should  be.  Some  formulas 
substitute  the  juice  of  sour  apples  for  those  of  sweet. 

In  the  first  medicine  Philip  comes  to  grief  over  parsley  water  or 
ocymum  (eleorangam),  and  myrobalan  {el  egaman — amlaj,  p.  ioo2), 
and  he  omits  some  words  in  line  9,  which  should  read  '  1^  dr.  of  musk 
and  I  dr.  of  ambergris  '. 

In  the  second  medicine  (p.  ioo18)  '  et  galanga  cubebis '  is  an  intrusion, 
unless  'cubebis'  is  a  shot  at  'Kabuli'  or  black  myrobalan.  The 
'  caroble  de  Babilonia '  is  cassia  and  '  virotis  '  is  myrtle.  '  Rabarir '  is 
not  rhubarb,  as  Bacon  explains  it,  but  tabaslvr  (bamboo  manna),  a  silica 
deposit  in  the  joints  of  the  bamboo,  used  as  a  tonic  and  aphrodisiac. 

In  the  third  medicine  Philip  gets  his  quantities  right  but  does  not 
translate  the  names  :  '  emleg'  is  amlaj  or  myrobalans,  and  '  elileg'  is 
halileg,  Ar.  emblic  myrobalan.  '  Darsan  cariole '  is  cinnamon  (darsm), 
and  '  nuce  muscata '  nutmeg. 

The  text  of  the  fourth  medicine  is  very  corrupt.  There  is  no  Arabic 
for  '  palmitum  et ',  which  should  be  omitted,  or  for  '  aqua  salsa  colata 
bene'  or  'cayrsen'.  '  Effeti '  is  afsantin  (wormwood  or  absinthe). 
This  receipt  varies  very  greatly  from  that  of  the  ordinary  texts,  and 
comes  nearer  to  that  in  Or.  6421  (D).  '  Fresh  Ansaj  juice  2  r.,  moist 
Dodder  juice  2  r., '  Sares  '  or  '  Bares '  juice  2  r.,  parsley  juice  \  r.,  endive 
juice  ip.  Fresh  leek  juice  1  r.,  Fennel  juice  1  r.,  Wormwood  Tr., 
Fresh  Hyssop  Tr.,  and  Sebestens  jr.' 

In  the  fifth  medicine  'escines'  is  French  lavender  {stoechas),  *  ber- 
forches '  barberries  :  '  deferat  viridi '  and  '  trifera  viridis  '  seem  to  be 
doublets  of  an  Arabic  word  which  may  mean  camomile  or  orris  root. 
'  Cimini '  is  anisum  (aniseed). 

In  the  sixth  medicine  the  text  is  again  hopelessly  corrupt.     The 

T  2 


276 

'  colatura  seminum  contrariorum  '  should  be  \  r.  each  of  juice  of  fleawort 
and  quince  seeds  or  cotton  seeds — '  bazr  qutuna  ',  Ar.,  and  the  '  uncia 
de  granis  pini '  3  oz.  of  gum  tragacanth. 

In  the  seventh  medicine  the  quantities  are  wrong.  '  Aretim '  is 
darsin,  a  kind  of  cinnamon,  '  amomo '  is  cinnamon,  kurfa,  and  '  cora- 
wed '  is  raond,  al-rawand,  rhubarb. 

In  the  eighth  medicine  '  clavini '  is  a  corruption  perhaps  of  darwani, 
doronicum  :  and  1^  dr.  each  of  three  kinds  of  sandal-wood  and  of  lak 
are  omitted. 

In  the  ninth  medicine  the  'dactili  Indici  recentes  mundati  a  granis 
suis '  are  tamarinds.  In  line  25,  I  oz.  of  oil  of  balsam  is  omitted.  The 
variant  '  de  luto  smaragdi'  in  1041  is  the  right  reading. 

Section  s.  p.  105.     de  vifieris. 

io59-io610  is  only  found  in  Bacon's  text  and  those  founded  upon  it. 

io612-io7".  Avicenna,  v,  sum.  1,  tract  1  (p.  257,  vol.  ii,  ed.  Ven. 
1564),  with  a  number  of  insignificant  verbal  alterations,  close  enough 
to  show  that  the  extracts  were  made  from  a  Latin  translation  and  not 
the  Arabic  text. 

10723-30.  Avicenna,  Canon  II,  tr.  2,  cap.  616  (vol.  i,  p.  375) ;  the 
ordinary  texts  finish  here. 

10730-34.  These  lines  are  also  extracted  from  the  same  chapter  of 
Avicenna,  with  the  exception  of  the  words  '  et  multa  alia  .  .  .  enarrare '. 

Section  t.  pp.  108-10.     de  regimine  medicine  per  astronomiam, 

109s.  in  securfdo  medietate.  This  should  be  amended  to  'in 
secunda  mansione  vel  octava'. 

Section  N.  pp.  157-63.     de  incantamentis. 

1 5715.  '  corrumptibili '  should  probably  be  'corporali '.  Lines  19-21 
are  additions.  Line  27  :  the  Vulgate  text  is  '  recipiunt  infans  et  mulier 
pregnans'  where  'infans'  is  an  emendation,  to  agree  with  'mulier 
pregnans',  but  the  original  shows  that  the  translator  must  have 
mistaken  the  Arabic  for  '  mirror  '  for  '  woman '  and  neglected  the  word 
'  polished '.    The  passage  should  be  '  recipit  visus  et  speculum  politum '. 

15810  sqq.  The  reading  of  these  lines  is  due  to  Dr.  Henry  Bradley — 
the  text  being  read  usually  as  '  a  que  ymiam  sene ',  Queynuan  being 
Keiwan,  Saturn.  It  is,  for  instance,  only  from  this  section  that  we 
learn  that  Homo  is  a  term  for  Saturn.  '  Que  ymiam  sene  et  a  patre 
sene '  is  improved  in  some  texts  to  '  imbriam '  and  so  on,  only  to  get 
further  from  the  real  meaning,  which  is  '  by  Saturn  who  is  the  elder 
and  father  of  all  other  planets  '.  '  Qui  est  magnus  apparens  in  libertate ' 
applies  to  Jupiter  evidently,  but  defies  explanation  :  '  ad  puteum  flavum  ' 
applies  to  the  moon,  but  similarly  can  neither  be  amended  or  explained. 

15910.  '  humilitatem '  should  probably  be  '  habilitatem ',  as  Vulgate. 

16017.  '  nodum '  is  probably  right ;  1.  18,  '  circumstancium  '  should  be 


277 

'  errantium '  as  Vulgate  text :  1.  25,  the  original  has  here  a  reference  to 
-the  astrolabe  ;  I.  29,  •  insinuacionem  '  should  probably  be  '  insidia- 
cionem '. 

161 1-\  et  quid  .  .  .  lapidearum,  not  in  Vulgate  text. 

l6l1B.  committitur  .  .  .  The  passage  is  corrupt  and  is  not  in  the 
Arabic.  The  sense  is  that  every  compound  grows  under  the  influence 
of  one  or  more  planets. 

162'°.  'operacio  Hermogenis'  is  not  in  the  Arabic  text.  The 
recipe  in  lines  27  sqq.  is  slightly  involved;  'victoriam  ejus  qui  domi- 
natur  in  eis '  is  '  the  essence  of  the  chief  among  them  '.  For  '  racio ' 
read  '  Homo ',  which  means  Saturn,  as  also  in  line  33. 

1631.  The  alternative  'Tauro  '  is  the  correct  reading.  1.  7,  '  Homi- 
nem  '  is  Saturn.  1.  11,  '  planetarum  edificancium  '  needs  emendation — 
it  means  the  fixed  stars.  After  line  20  the  translation  differs  from 
any  described  Arabic  tex  t 

1656.  For  classical  analogues  see  Foerster,  Scriptores  physiognomici 
I.  viii.  where  the  story  is  told  of  Zopirus  and  Socrates. 

16536.  Mistake  for  'libro  3  auctorum' — printed  by  Foerster,  ii.  1. 

167-8.  et  sapiencie  innuit  paucitatem.  Only  found  in  this  text : 
extracted  from  Razis,  ii.  26  :  'in  ventre  quoque  et  pectore  pilorum 
multitudo  reperta  sapientie  innuit  paucitatem  '. 

1688.  '  Cujus  oculi  cito  mobiles  sunt  et  acute  cernentes,  deceptor  est 
et  calidus,  atque  latro.'     Razis,  ii.  28. 

16811.  '  Preterea  homines  cum  hoc  habentes  in  oculis  maculas  rubeas 
ut  sanguis,  aut  albas,  omnibus  hominibus  sunt  deteriores  et  magis 
deceptores.' 

16827.  Et  similiter  .  .  .  est.  Not  in  other  texts.  From  Razis,  ii.  30 : 
'Cujus  narium  foramen  valde  sunt  aperta  irascibilis  est.' 

169".  'Cujus  frons  plana  est,  rugas  non  habens,  litigiosus  est  et 
commovens  rixas.'     Razis,  ii.  31. 

1698.  '  Qui  magnum  habet  os,  gulosus  est  et  audax.'     Razis,  ii.  32. 

1699.  'Cujus  magna  sunt  labia,  stultus  intelligitur  et  habes.'  Razis, 
ii.  32. 

16916.  'Qui  timpora  inflata  et  venas  arteriatas  grossas,  irascibilis 
est.'     Razis,  ii.  32. 

1702.  '  Bonitas  vocis  stultitiam  et  paucam  demonstrat  sapientiam.' 
Razis,  ii.  35. 

1704.  Quoted  by  Albertus  Magnus,  de  Anii/ialibus,  i.  2.  26  in  fine. 

17021.  '  Equalitas  dorsi  bonum  est  signum.'     Razis,  ii.  41. 

17025.  Cf.  Razis  ii.  43. 

1721.  Cf.  Razis,  ii.  50. 


SUMMARY   OF    INTRODUCTORY 
TREATISE 

(p.  i)  This  short  and  useful  tract  explains  some  obscure  sayings 
in  the  Secretum  Secretorum  which  Aristotle  wrote  in  his  old  age  for 
Alexander  the  Great ;  it  was  made  by  brother  Roger  Bacon,  of  the 
order  of  Minors,  of  his  charity  for  the  instruction  of  certain  wise  men. 
A  wise  man  who  studies  and  discusses  it  thoroughly,  together  with  the 
notes  which  brother  Roger  has  in  many  places  added  to  the  text,  will 
discover  the  deepest  secrets  of  nature  to  which  man  or  human  invention 
can  attain,  and  thus  be  called  in  truth  first  of  the  world.  Nor  need 
any  one  despair,  since  if  he  knows  the  natures  of  things,  perspective, 
and  astronomy,  those  secrets  cannot  remain  hidden  from  him.  (Follow 
chapter  headings.)  (p.  2)  It  is  to  be  thought  that  the  translator  of  this 
book  (called  the  Secret  of  Secrets  of  Aristotle  or  the  book  of  the 
Governance  of  Princes,  Kings,  and  Lords)  might  have  rendered  many 
words  more  accurately  such  as  Mancia  and  Geomancia  and  Celimancia 
and  Incantacio  and  Carmen,  which  are  neither  good  translations  nor 
consonant  with  religion.  The  fault  is  due  to  the  ignorance  of  transla- 
tors. '  Mancia '  means  divination,  as  practised  by  magicians  and 
mathematicians  (using  the  word  as  if  derived  from  '  matesis  ' — magic 
which  negatives  free  will).  True  mathematicians  (from  '  mathesi  ', 
teaching)  judge  differently,  (p.  3)  Mathematics  includes  four  sciences, 
Geometry,  Arithmetic,  Music,  and  Astrology,  which  contains  Astrology, 
judiciary  and  operative  Astronomy.  Cassiodorus  is  quoted.  He  then 
quotes  Evrardus  with  a  reprimand  for  his  ignorance  of  Greek  quantities, 
and  finishes  the  chapter  by  explaining  the  belief  of  false  mathematicians 
in  the  power  of  the  stars  over  free  will. 

Chapter  2,  of  true  mathematicians,  explains  their  position.  They  do 
not  presume  necessity  in  anything  open  to  the  will,  and  do  not  attempt 
to  foretell  all  events,  nor  any  with  certainty,  (p.  4)  as  this  child  will  be 
a  good  man  or  a  bishop,  if  God  wills.  They  forsee  possibilities,  know- 
ing sufficient  causes,  but  always  assuming  free  will.  Their  art  consists 
in  knowing  the  position  of  the  planets  in  the  signs  of  the  zodiac,  and 
their  relation  to  each  other  and  the  fixed  stars,  and  so  they  can  judge 
of  the  influence  they  may  have  on  mundane  things.  But  God  may 
alter  the  event,  and  even  the  merits  of  a  good  Christian  ;  a  poor  old 
woman  by  her  prayers  and  merits  may  alter  the  course  of  nature,  as 
blessed  Scolastica  when  St.  Benedict  was  about  to  depart  from  her 


279 

prayed  for  a  storm  to  delay  him.  And  this  alteration  in  the  course  of 
nature  may  take  place  in  animate  bodies.  The  human  body  is  chang- 
ing every  hour  with  the  action  of  the  various  constellations  and  disposed 
to  various  actions  though  not  forced.  Often  the  natural  disposition 
requires  no  forcing,  (p.  5)  but  people  do  what  their  nature  inclines  them 
to  do.  Just  as  a  man  does  things  in  the  company  of  his  friends  which 
he  would  otherwise  not  have  thought  of  doing,  so  the  constellations 
may  strengthen  his  disposition,  though  they  do  not  force  him  to  do 
anything.  According  to  Avicenna,  thought  and  working  of  the  soul 
produce  various  effects  in  the  body  like  heat  or  cold.  Kings  and  other 
rulers  should  take  note  of  this  action  on  the  soul  by  the  habit  of  the 
body  as  affected  by  the  stars.  If  a  true  mathematician  knew  the  exact 
birth-date  of  any  prince  he  could  judge  of  his  nature  and  qualities. 
For  all  men  follow  their  complexions.  And  if  a  king  is  of  a  choleric 
complexion  he  will  be  naturally  inclined  to  pride  and  anger,  and  war, 
&c.  And  his  councillors  and  kingdom  will  follow  in  his  path,  and 
neighbouring  kingdoms  will  also  be  disturbed.  If  he  is  of  sanguine 
complexion  he  will  be  humble  and  prudent  and  peaceful,  &c.  And  so 
on  for  the  other  complexions.  And  all  who  rule  are  swayed  by  their 
complexions  unless  God  ordains  otherwise.  But  if  they  have  good 
advice  from  learned  physicians  skilled  in  astronomy,  their  evil  com- 
plexions can  be  changed  for  better,  and  they.be  inclined  to  all  good, 
(p.  6)  Chapter  3  is  of  the  sayings  and  doings  of  false  mathematicians 
and  demons.  True  and  false  mathematicians  alike  can  do  much  good, 
but  the  false  think  their  results  come  of  necessity.  They  also  fall  into 
other  errors,  desiring  the  help  of  demons,  making  charms  (carmina), 
talismans  (karacteres),  and  sacrifices,  such  as  are  described  in  their 
wicked  books  or  revealed  to  them  by  demons.  Such  books  are  the 
Book  of  Adam,  the  Book  of  Moses,  the  Books  of  Solomon,  the  Books 
of  Aristotle,  and  of  Hermes,  which  are  not  by  them  but  by  evil  men, 
and  by  ^hem  many'are  seduced.  I  have  known  very  great  people, 
even  educated  princes,  to  study  them.  And  demons  appear  to  these 
mathematicians  in  human  form  and  otherwise,  and  say  and  do  wonder- 
ful things.  Sometimes  they  appear  in  reflections,  as  on  the  polished 
nails  of  virgin  boys,  and  in  basins  and  swords,  and  in  the  blade  bone 
of  a  ram,  and  other  polished  things,  and  show  them  all  they  ask. 
And  boys  looking  on  these  polished  things  see  stolen  goods,  and  to 
where  they  have  been  taken,  and  by  whom,  and  so  on.  But  the 
frenzy  of  these  false  mathematicians  goes  further,  without  the  demons' 
appearance,  but  to  pure  magic,  (p.  7)  and  they  do  many  things  useful 
to  some  and  harmful  to  others,  by  the  invisible  aid  of  demons,  God 
permitting.  Thus  the  geomancers  make  signs  and  figures  in  sand,  and 
believe  they  know  all  secrets,  past,  present,  and  future,  and  overseas 
they  sit  in  public  places  and  are  openly  consulted,  they  pretending 
that   they  work  by  consulting  stars,  so  that   many  famous   students 


280 

have  been  misled.  And  other  magic  arts  in  which  the  devils  delude 
them  are  hydromancy,  aeromancy,  and  pyromancy.  And  people  are 
so  misled,  either  because  of  their  own  infidelity,  or  that  of  the  magicians, 
or  for  other  sins,  as  may  be  seen  by  many  things  that  happen  in  these 
times,  as  when  people  are  bewitched,  &c.  And  from  these  talismans 
and  charms  and  figures  and  magical  doings  come  the  errors  of  old 
women,  witches,  &c.  For  the  first  were  taught  by  magicians,  and 
parents  teach  their  children,  and  the  evil  grows  and  will  grow  till 
Antichrist  comes.  And  many  false  teachers  will  precede  Antichrist, 
and  teaching  like  the  errors  in  philosophy  begun  fifteen  years  ago,  or 
the  heretical  doctrine  taught,  prepare  people  for  Antichrist,  who  taught 
by  demons  will  fulfil  (p.  8)  all  their  evil  desires,  and  prevent  all  good 
and  true. 

Chapter  4,  of  the  sayings  and  doings  of  true  mathematicians.  These 
hold  themselves  aloof  from  all  evil  and  know  how  to  select  times  in 
which  the  stars  can  assist  nature,  by  God's  disposition,  to  do  great 
things  by  nature  and  art,  not  using  magic  or  old  wives'  charms,  but  the 
grace  given  to  philosophers.  How  far  this  grace  extended  we  cannot 
say,  but  would  to  God  all  Christians  had  as  much.  Philosophers  like 
Plato,  Aristotle,  and  Avicenna  were  not  idolaters,  but  worshipped  God 
like  the  Fathers  from  Adam  to  Moses.  Aristotle  had  the  cult  of  the 
Trinity.  Christian  astronomers  should  pray  to  God  and  the  saints, 
and  use  figures  of  the  cross,  crucifix,  Blessed  Virgin,  and  St.  Denys 
(who  was  a  great  astronomer),  and  other  special  saints,  and  observe 
due  seasons.  Thus  a  physician  should  expose  his  medicines  to  the 
sky  when  favourable  stars  are  above  the  horizon,  and  guard  them  from 
unfavourable  ones.  The  same  should  be  done  with  food  and  drink, 
(p.  9)  Sick  and  insane  persons  should  be  exposed  to  favourable 
constellations.  By  this  way  the  mental  and  moral  status  can  be 
improved,  as  Artephius  did.  This  course  ought  to  be  followed  out 
with  kings  and  princes  and  prelates,  not  only  for  their  own  good,  but 
for  that  of  their  subjects.  And  many  other  things  might  be  done  for 
public  utility  in  this  way  which  Aristotle  describes  in  this  book,  but 
secretly. 

Chapter  5,  of  the  true  sciences  with  like  names  to  the  four  false  ones. 
Geomancy  is  magic,  like  some  kinds  of  aeromancy,  and  hydromancy, 
and  pyromancy.  Other  sciences  of  the  same  name  are  parts  of 
experimental  science.  According  to  Ptolemy,  the  science  of  prognosti- 
cation is  duplex,  one  by  Astronomy  which  gives  a  judgement  midway 
between  necessity  and  impossibility.  Another,  which  considers  future 
alterations,  Ptolemy  calls  Experimental  Science,  (p.  10)  which  was 
much  enlarged  by  Aratus.  This  science  observes  signs  in  the  earth, 
the  air,  and  fire,  i.  e.  the  sphere  of  fire  by  which  philosophers  foretell 
all  future  changes.  The  poets  speak  of  this — Virgil,  Servius  his  com- 
mentator, Lucan,  and  others.     Avicenna  tells  how  a  hedgehog  showed 


28l 

a  change  of  weather ;  dolphins,  rustling  of  the  trees,  and  swelling  of 
waters  also  foretell  it.  Meteors  and  other  appearances  in  the  air,  the 
rainbow  and  haloes  show  changes  in  the  air.  Comets  also  have  a  great 
significance,  like  that  of  1264,  which  caused  much  disturbance  in  that 
and  the  following  years,  and  frightened  all  men.  These  comets  follow 
the  motion  of  some  planet  or  fixed  star,  (p.  I  l)  like  iron  the  magnet, 
and  they  are  generated  in  the  sphere  of  fire,  as  Algazel  teaches.  There 
are  many  signs  of  greater  significance  than  these,  such  as  the  sight  of 
two  or  three  suns  or  two  or  three  moons  at  once.  We  can  read  of  such 
in  Livy,  or  Orosius,  or  Augustine,  and  of  the  changes  which  followed. 
Also  there  have  been  showers  of  milk  and  blood  and  many  other  things, 
and  springs  of  oil  or  blood  have  risen  out  of  the  earth,  which  have 
preceded  great  changes.  Eclipses  also  are  to  be  considered  in  this 
connexion.  Astronomers  consider  the  position  of  the  sun  and  moon  in 
the  signs,  but  experimental  science  considers  the  way  in  which  the  bene- 
fit of  light  is  cut  off  from  the  world..  There  is  a  very  great  change, 
especially  in  a  total  eclipse,  the  effect  of  which  is  described.  One  will 
come  sooner  than  astronomers  predict.  These  effects  are  called  by 
Ptolemy  •'  secondaries  of  the  stars  ',  and  he  says  that  a  more  accurate 
judgement  can  beformed  by  them  thanbythe  stars  themselves.  Aristotle 
and  others,  he  said,  depended  more  on  it  than  on  astronomy,  (p.  12) 
Considering  then  the  etymology  of  these  words  geomancy,  &c.  It  is 
obvious  that  sound  sciences,  considering  only  natural  objects,  can  be 
found  of  geomancy,  aeromancy,  hydrornancy,  and  pyromancy.  It  was 
these  sciences  that  Aristotle  wrote  of,  not  the  magical  ones,  but  the 
translator  had  no  other  terms  to  use  in  Latin. 

Chapter  6  gives  some  instruction  in  astronomy  which  is  necessary  for 
the  understanding  of  the  last  chapter  of  the  second  part  and  the  last 
two  of  the  third  part.  The  universe  is  spherical  as  regards  its  con- 
vexity, except  the  earth.  The  earth  is  naturally  spherical,  because  it 
lies  in  the  centre  of  the  universe,  and  in  the  concavity  of  the  sphere  of 
water  naturally,  as  it  was  in  the  beginning  and  will  be  in  the  end.  The 
waters  were  withdrawn  to  make  it  habitable  so  that,  (p.  13)  according 
to  Esdras,  six  parts  of  the  earth  are  land  and  one  water,  agreeing  with 
Aristotle.  The  succeeding  spheres  are  air,  fire,  the  Moon,  Mercury, 
Venus,  Sun,  Mars,  Jupiter,  Saturn,  Fixed  Stars,  Watery  or  ninth 
heaven,  Empyreum  or  tenth  heaven,  (p.  14)  There  are  ten  heavens, 
and  four  spheres  of  elements  :  seven  heavens  of  the  planets,  the  eighth 
of  fixed  stars,  because  they  are  always  at  the  same  distance  from  each 
other.  Each  elemental  sphere  revolves  less  than  that  above  it,  the 
earth  not  at  all,  water  little,  air  more,  fire,  moved  by  the  sphere  of  the 
Moon,  most.  To  understand  the  motion  of  the  heavens  we  have  to 
imagine  a  number  of  circles.  The  first  are  the  equinoctials.  These 
circles  are  in  the  eighth  and  ninth  heaven.  Another  in  the  eighth 
and  ninth  heaven,  north  and  south,  is  called  'zodiac '  from  the  figures 


282 

of  the  stars  in  it.  The  names  of  these  are  Aries,  Taurus,  Gemini,  &c, 
(p.  15)  twelve  in  number.  Each  sign  has  30  degrees,  360  in  the 
whole,  each  degree  is  divided  into  60  minutes,  each  of  these  into  60 
seconds,  each  again  into  60  thirds,  and  as  much  further  as  necessary. 
The  zodiac  in  the  eighth  heaven  is  called  movable,  that  in  the  ninth 
immovable,  like  the  corresponding  equinoctial,  because  the  aqueous 
heaven  does  not  move.  The  sun  moves  in  the  zodiac  in  another 
circle  called  the  ecliptic,  and  never  moves  out  of  it,  though  other 
planets  do.  The  eighth  heaven  moves  under  the  zodiac  of  the  ninth 
heaven,  but  only  one  degree  every  100  years,  so  that  its  whole  move- 
ment will  take  36,000  years,  that  is  it  will  never  be  completed 
because  the  universe  will  not  last  so  long.  The  heaven  of  Saturn 
revolves  once  every  thirty  years,  Jupiter  in  twelve  years,  Mars  in 
two,  the  Sun  in  one,  Venus  and  Mercury  nearly  the  same,  the  Moon  in 
twenty-seven  days  eight  hours.  Their  movement  round  the  earth 
is  combined  with  this,  thus  the  sun  moves  nearly  a  degree  everyday  in 
its  circuit..  Suppose  it  begins  the  day  with  the  sun  at  a  certain  point 
in  the  immovable  zodiac,  it  is  carried  round  the  earth  with  it  up  to  the 
next  sunshine,  but  it  is  not  in  the  upper  part  of  the  sign  but  the  lower, 
because  it  moves  not  in  a  circle  but  on  a  sphere  and  does  not  finish 
where  it  began.  Thus  if  the  sun  and  the  point  in  the  zodiac  coincide 
with  the  corresponding  point  in  the  eighth  heaven,  the  eighth  heaven 
revolves  round  the  earth  quicker  than  the  ninth,  and  so  next  day  the 
sun  will  be  one  degree  further  in  the  movable  zodiac.  The  sun  moves 
by  its  motion  to  the  east  round  the  earth,  and  not  by  the  motion  of  the 
eighth  sphere  as  the  unskilful  believe. 

(p.  17)  Chapter  7  treats  of  the  properties  of  planets  and  signs  and  of 
the  six  ways  in  which  all  things  animate  and  inanimate  are  influenced 
by  them.  The  Moon  is  cold  and  moist,  Mercury  is  indifferent,  acting 
in  conjunction  with  other  planets.  Venus  is  warm  and  moist,  yet  rather 
moist  than  warm.  The  Sun  is  warm  and  temperate,  but  its  heat  is  not 
destructive.  Mars  is  over-warm  and  dry,  and  so  harmful  unless  other 
signs  intervene  to  moderate  its  effects.  Jupiter  is  warm  and  moist, 
and  the  best  after  the  Sun.  Thus  when  it  is  in  conjunction  with  the 
Moon  in  the  same  sign  it  prevents  laxative  medicine  taking  effect. 
Saturn  is  very  bad  and  venomous,  because  it  is  cold  and  dry  and  the 
cause  of  death.  Yet  it  is  sometimes  useful,  like  scammony  which  is 
a  poisonous  but  useful  drug.  For  some  constellations  are  so  favourable 
that  if  they  were  not  restrained  by  Saturn  or  Mars  the  world  would  perish 
of  too  much  good.  The  fixed  stars  are  of  the  nature  of  one  or  other  of 
the  planets,  (p.  18)  The  qualities  of  the  planets  are  modified  by  their 
aspect  to  one  another,  by  conjunction,  i.  e.  when  they  are  in  the  same 
sign,  by  opposition,  when  they  are  half  the  sky  distant,  sextile  aspect 
when  they  are  two  signs  distant,  quarter  aspect  when  three  signs,  and 
trine  aspect  when  four  signs,    (p.  19)  Their  effects  are  also  modified  by 


a83 

their  approach  to  or  recess  from  the  earth.  Their  effects  are  also  in- 
creased or  diminished  in  three  ways  according  to  their  position  in  the 
signs,  that  is  under  the  signs  in  the  eighth  heaven,  which  is  at  an  infinite 
distance  from  them  all  except  perhaps  Saturn.  Three  signs  are  fire,  three 
earthly,  three  airy,  and  three  watery  ;  fire  is  warm  and  dry,  earth^cold 
and  dry,  air  warm  and  moist,  water  cold  and  moist.  Take  any  sign,  the 
fifth  and  ninth  from  it  will  be  of  the  same  complexion.  When  a  warm 
planet  is  in  a  warm  sign  its  heat  is  increased,  in  a  cold  one  diminished. 
No  sign  has  warmth  or  cold,  dryness  or  moisture,  in  its  substance,  but  it 
has  the  power  of  exciting  these  qualities  in  other  things,  (p.  20)  Thus 
wine,  which  is  cold  and  moist  in  substance,  warms  and  dries.  Planets 
in  signs  have  five  prerogatives  :  House,  Exaltation,  Triplicity,  Face, 
and  Term.  These  are  connected  with  each  other;  the  House  has  five 
times  the  importance  of  the  term,  Exaltation  four,  and  so  on.  Each 
planet  has  two  houses  except  the  Sun  and  Moon.  Saturn  has  Capricorn 
and  Aquarius,  and  so  on.  Exaltation,  &c,  are  not  touched  on  in  the 
book.  Some  signs  are  masculine,  others  feminine,  (p.  21)  The  Sun, 
Mars,  and  Jupiter  are  masculine,  the  Moon,  Venus,  and  Saturn  feminine , 
Mercury  is  indifferent.  The  signs  alternate,  Aries  masculine,  Taurus 
feminine,  and  so  on.  The  House  is  sometimes  considered  as  a  division 
of  the  heavens  into  twelve  parts,  from  the  E.  horizon  to  the  nadir 
(angle  of  the  earth)  three  houses,  (p.  22)  from  these  to  the  W.  horizon 
three,  from  these  to  the  zenith  three,  and  from  these  to  the  E.  horizon 
three.  The  first  house  is  called  the  ascendant.  In  the  figure  there  are 
instructions  for  drawing  up  the  birth  diagram,  and  a  note  gives  the 
position  in  which  planets  are  most  powerful,  (p.  23)  The  reader  is 
referred  to  Albumazar  for  a  detailed  study.  Bacon  then  adds  a  note  on 
his  famous  medicine  '  Inestimable  Glory'.  Mindful  of  the  corruption 
of  his  texts  he  refers  readers  to  Pliny,  Artephius,  and  to  the  De  Acci- 
dentibus  Senectutis.  Further,  they  must  observe  the  thirteen  conditions 
laid  down  in  the  Antidotary.  The  virtue  of  the  medicine  lies  in  due 
preparation,  careful  choice  of  substances,  good  proportions,  and  proper 
mixing  and  irradiation  from  the  stars,  (p.  24)  Students  have  endeavoured 
to  reduce  all  the  elements  in  food  to  equality  so  as  to  prolong  life,  and 
laid  down  the  principles  to  be  followed.  But  because  of  the  great 
labour  and  expense  involved  very  few  have  gone  far  into  the  study. 
Some  however  have  succeeded,  as  we  have  written  in  our  Experimental 
Science,  and  we  have  seen  one  in  our  own  times,  who  still  lives,  it  is 
believed,  in  Germany,  and  has  papal  letters  to  prove  his  age.  Unguents 
and  potions  may  have  a  similar  effect. 


ADDENDA 

THE    ETHICS   OF   ARISTOTLE 

Translated  from  the  Arabic  (B.M.  Add.  7453,  f.  75*) 

The  following  are  the  '  Ethics  of  Aristotle '  which  he  had  written 
down  in  a  book,  and  used  to  teach  to  Alexander  : — Every  human  being 
has  certain  needs,  and  for  obtaining  every  need  or  object  there  is  a  cer- 
tain way.  Whoever  strikes  upon  this  way  gains  his  object,  and  whoever 
misses  the  way  fails  to  obtain  it.  Man  needs  the  good  (or  happiness) 
of  this  world.  And  the  means  of  obtaining  it  is  reason,  and  reason  is 
of  two  kinds  :  natural  and  acquired.  And  learning  (or  acquired  reason) 
depends  upon  the  soundness  of  the  rational  faculty  (or  natural  reason) 
which  in  its  turn  helps  to  form  acquired  judgement.  And  judgement, 
or  the  power  of  thinking  rightly,  coupled  with  the  acquired  action  or  the 
power  of  acting  rightly,  conduces  to  the  clearness  of  perception.  And 
the  only  thing  that  restricts  and  disables  reason  is  passion  or  desire. 
And  passion  is  of  two  kinds  :  instinctive,  or  that  which  is  caused  by  the 
hidden  and  latent  faculties,  and  actual,  or  that  which  results  from 
apparent  powers.  The  former  resembles  a  latent  or  smouldering  fire, 
and  the  latter  an  open  or  flaming  fire.  And  just  as  fire  is  inflamed 
by  the  wind,  so  passion  is  inflamed  by  desire  ;  and  as  fire  is  put  down 
by  stopping  the  air  from  reaching  it,  so  passion  is  overpowered  by 
controlling  desires.  And  desires  can  be  controlled  by  means  of  sound 
and  effective  reason.  And  the  soundness  of  reason  is  known  by  its 
power  of  distinguishing  truths  (or  facts)  from  falsehoods,  and  its 
effectiveness  or  strength  is  judged  from  its  power  of  controlling  the 
desires  and  passions.  Hence,  as  reason  grows  stronger,  passions  grow 
weaker,  and  man  progresses  towards  perfection,  by  which  is  meant  the 
power  of  thinking  and  acting  rightly.  And  natural  wisdom,  or  the 
power  of  knowing  the  right,  is  not  perfect  without  actual  wisdom,  or 
the  power  of  acting  rightly.  And  when  natural  judgement  preponderates 
over  natural  passions,  the  latter  have  little  power  to  influence  man's 
actions,  except  in  case  of  his  appetites,  and  these  are  regulated  by 
acquired  reason  (or  judgement)  and  acquired  actions  (or  the  right  way 
of  conducting  oneself  learnt  afterwards). 

And  I  have  translated  in  this  book  some  chapters  on  the  advantages 
of  reasoning  correctly,  a  faculty  which  helps  a  man  throughout  the 


285 

course  of  his  life.     And  God  alone  helps  us  to  do  things  rightly,  and  no 
one  has  power  and  strength  except  Him. 

When  reason  is  perfected  it  assimilates  and  acids  to  itself  good 
morals  and  manners,  as  a  healthy  body  assimilates  and  incorporates 
with  itself  the  food  it  takes.  And  morals  in  their  turn  nourish  and 
develop  reason  as  food  does  the  body.  But  when  reason  is  imperfect 
it  rejects  good  morals  and  good  manners,  as  a  diseased  body  rejects 
and  fails  to  assimilate  the  food  it  takes,  however  healthy  and  nourish- 
ing it  may  be.  And  if  a  person  of  vitiated  mind  acquires  knowledge 
and  is  taught  good  morals,  the  knowledge  turns  into  sophistry  and 
ignorance,  and  good  morals  or  virtues  into  bad  morals  and  vices,  even 
as  the  nourishing  and  healthy  food  taken  by  a  person  of  diseased  body 
turns  into  poison. 

Hence  I  admire  the  wise  man  whose  sound  reason  proceeds  from  his 
sound  mind,  his  sound  judgement  from  his  sound  knowledge,  his  know- 
ledge from  his  logical  mode  of  thought,  whose  argument  is  tempered 
with  politeness  and  pertinence,  whose  good  actions  proceed  from  his 
good  principles,  whose  good  conduct  is  the  result  of  his  good  intentions, 
whose  liberality  is  the  outcome  of  his  generosity  of  disposition,  whose 
charity  of  true  self-denial,  and  whose  efforts  are  guided  by  moderation. 

Again,  that  man  is  worthy  of  admiration  who  has  acquired  the 
soundness  of  mind  by  means  of  his  good  character,  keenness  of  intellect 
through  reasoning  and  investigation,  correctness  of  judgement  through 
his  experiences,  truthfulness  through  culture,  culture  through  hard 
exertions,  liber<d-mindedness  through  sympathy  and  discrimination, 
perseverance  and  painstaking  through  his  rigid  piety. 

But  when  desire  and  passions  overcome  reason,  they  make  virtues 
turn  into  vices  :  forbearance  turns  into  grudging  (or  secret  enmity), 
knowledge  into  hypocrisy,  wisdom  into  cunning,  culture  into  boastful- 
ness,  eloquence  into  volubility,  generosity  into  pride  (and  love  of  show), 
economy  into  miserliness,  forgiveness  into  cowardice.  A  man  in  this 
condition  thinks  that  the  only  health  is  the  health  of  the  body,  and  the 
only  knowledge  is  that  of  over-reaching  and  preying  upon  others,  that 
the  only  wealth  is  money,  the  only  firmness  is  amassing  and  preserving 
riches,  and  that  the  only  power  is  that  of  overawing  and  treading 
down  mankind.  And  all  these  qualities  lead  their  possessor  further 
away  from  happiness  and  safety  and  plunge  him  into  misery  and 
destruction. 

But  when  reason  preponderates  and  rules  over  desire  and  passions, 
the  very  vices  turn  into  virtues  :  stupidity  and  dullness  turn  into  gravity 
and  forbearance,  impetuosity  into  ready  wittedness,  cunning  into 
wisdom,  volubility  into  eloquence,  inability  to  reply  into  dignified 
taciturnity,  brutality  into  civility,  rashness  into  valour,  timidity  into 
prudence,  extravagance  into  liberality. 

Hence  the  most  blessed  among  mankind  is  he  the  greatest  of  whose 


286 

mental  faculties  is  reason,  the  least  of  whose  wealth  is  his  knowledge, 
who  is  decorated  with  art  and  ornamented  with  learning.  Whose 
abundance  increases  with  his  thanksgiving  to  God,  and  from  whom 
evils  are  averted  by  his  praying  to  Him. 

But,  when  a  man  is  deprived  of  wisdom,  no  king  can  make  him 
exalted,  and  no  treasures  can  make  him  rich.  And  whosoever  is 
without  faith  no  teachings  of  the  doctors  and  theologians  can  make 
him  a  true  believer. 

A  brave  man  resembles  a  lion,  a  cowardly  bully  a  wolf,  a  cunning 
person  a  fox,  a  fool  a  donkey.  One  who  has  neither  exterior  nor 
interior  beauty  is  like  a  weed,  and  he  who  possesses  only  personal  beauty 
but  not  mental  and  moral  excellence  is  like  the  leopard ;  one  with  an 
ugly  exterior,  but  inner  excellence  is  like  the  almond.  One  who  com- 
bines in  himself  both  the  inner  and  the  outer  excellences  is  like  the 
melon  of  Damascus  which  is  beautitul  in  colour  and  shape,  fragrant  of 
smell,  and  sweet  in  taste. 

No  untruthful  king  deserves  to  be  called  a  king,  and  no  hypocritical 
hermit  merits  the  name  of  a  hermit.  No  faithless  brother  is  a  brother. 
No  boastful  giver  deserves  to  be  termed  benevolent.  A  man  of  learn- 
ing who  does  not  benefit  others  with  his  knowledge  is  like  a  miser  who 
buries  his  treasures. 

It  is  unworthy  of  a  wise  man  to  grieve  at  the  occurrence  of  misfor- 
tunes, for  no  one  whose  heart  is  occupied  with  sorrow  can  successfully 
fight  with  evils. 

He  is  not  truly  benevolent  who  shows  kindness  only  to  the  good,  but 
he  who  is  kind  to  all.  He  is  really  truthful  who  speaks  the  truth  to 
one  who  has  been  false  to  him,  and  honest  is  that  man  who  keeps 
faithful  to  one  who  has  betrayed  him.  He  is  truly  just  who  does  justice 
to  one  who  has  been  unjust  to  him. 

Likewise  truly  charitable  is  he  who  returns  good  for  evil,  forgives  his 
oppressor,  and  shows  generosity  to  one  who  has  been  niggardly  towards 
him,  who  never  forgets  a  kindness  shown  to  him,  and  forgives  and  forgets 
the  evil  done  to  him.  Truly  brave  is  he  who  pardons  his  enemy  when 
the  latter  is  at  his  mercy,  and  who  befriends  all  those  in  need  of  help. 

Verily  a  wise  man  never  feels  ashamed  of  the  obscurity  of  his  birth 
nor  grieves  on  account  of  poverty. 

A  wise  man  seeks  the  nearness  of  God  instead  of  that  of  kings,  and 
fears  Him  instead  of  his  enemies.  He  envies  no  one,  and  seeks  pre- 
cedence over  none.  He  desires  neither  the  robes  of  a  doctor  nor  the 
sceptre  of  a  ruler,  nor  the  pomp  of  a  courtier. 


LE   SECRE   DE   SECREZ 


(Bibl.  Nat.  fr.  25407,  ff.  173-196.) 

The  writer  of  this  version  of  the  Secret  of  Secrets  is  variously  known  as  Piere 
d'Abernun,  Piere  de  Vernon  and  Piere  de  Peckham.  The  second  is  the  name 
by  which  he  was  formerly  known,  and  under  which  he  is  treated  of  in  the 
Histoire  litteraire  de  la  France ;  but  as  '  de  Vernon  '  is  merely  an  arbitrary  and 
entirely  unnecessary  rendering  of  the  '  de  Abernun '  in  1.  2379  of  the  text  it  is 
now  no  longer  used. 

Abernon  ^or  Abernun  as  it  was  written  by  the  Normans  is  the  old  form  of 
Abenon,  a  commune  of  the  canton  of  Orbec,  in  the  ajrondissement  of  Lisieux. 
The  land  in  the  eleventh  century  belonged  to  an  old  Norman  family,  a  branch 
of  which  followed  the  Conqueror  to  England  and  came  into  possession  of  estates 
in  Cambridgeshire  and  Surrey.  We  hear  that  Enguerand  d'Abernon  was 
present  at  the  founding  of  the  Abbey  of  Savigny  in  11 12.  Piere  probably  lived 
towards  the  middle  of  the  thirteenth  century,  according  to  M.  Paul  Meyer  who 
treats,  in  his  article  on  the  French  MSS.  in  Cambridge  Romania,  xv,  p.  288), 
of  the  possible  identity  of  Piere  d'Abernun  and  Piere  de  Peckham.  This 
identity  is  accepted  by  M.  Gaston  Paris  and  other  critics  ;  it  is  based  chiefly  on 
11.  2362-7  of  this  text,  but  the  fact  that  the  Abernon  family  is  known  to  have 
settled  in  England  is  of  importance,  and  also  the  resemblance  in  language  and 
style  of  the  two  works,  Le  Secre  de  Secrez  by  Piere  d'Abernun,  and  La  Lumere 
as  Lais  by  Piere  de  Peckham.  There  are  several  MSS.  of  this  latter  poem  in 
England — two  in  Cambridge,  and  three  in  the  British  Museum — and  it  is  said 
to  be  of  the  thirteenth  century. 

Le  Secre  de  Secrez  has  been  sometimes  assigned  to  a  rather  earlier  date  ; 
Barbazon  even  fixed  it  so  early  as  before  the  twelfth  century,  but  the  language, 
as  de  la  Rue  pointed  out,  shows  a  later  development  of  Anglo-Norman.  The 
manuscript  is  in  the  Bibliotheque  Nationale  in  Paris,  in  a  volume  of  pieces  of 
the  twelfth  and  thirteenth  centuries. 


1  Primes  saciez  ke  icest  treitez  [p.  367] 

Est  '  Le  Secre  de  Secrez '  numez, 

Ke  Aristotle,  le  philosophe  ydoine, 

Le  fiz  Nichomache  de  Macedoine, 

A  sun  deciple  Alisandre,  en  bone  fei, 

Le  grant,  le  fiz  Phelippe  le  rei, 

Le  fist  en  sa  graunt  vielesce 

Quant  de  cors  esteit  en  fieblesce, 

Pus  qu'il  ne  pout  pas  travailler 

Ne  al  rei  Alisandre  repeirer,  10 

Pur  reale  bosoine  atreiter 

De  sun  deciple,  k'aveit  mult  cher. 

Kar  Alisandre  en  fin  l'ameit, 

Kar  graunz  biens  de  lui  aperneit, 


Dunt  suverein  de  sun  cunseil  esteit, 
Kar  prince  e  mestre  le  feseit 
Des  reaumes  de  tute  sa  gent 
Pur  sun  tres  noble  entendement. 

Cist  Aristotle  quant  viel  esteit 

Sa  vie  en  bien  mener  peneit ;  20 

Entente  mist  e  nuiz  e  jurs 

Entur  vertuz  de  bone  murs. 

Kar  asez  sout  de  philosophic, 

De  logike  e  de  naturel  clergie, 

[p.  37] 
Dunt  tant  come  Aristotle  vesquist. 
2  Alisandre  partut  bien  le  fist 


Line  1   Of  the  writing  of  this  treatise.  9  Aristotle  was  too  feeble  to  journey 

to  Alexander.         15  Alexander  ruled  by  Aristotle's  advice,  and  therefore  became  all 
powerful. 


1  f.  173  v°  a. 


f.  173  v°  b. 


288 


E  bien  sun  regne  governeit 

Par  sun  sein  cunseil  ke  il  useit, 

Dunt  partut  victoire  aveit, 

Partut  cunquist,  come  chies  teneit,    30 

Tuz  les  reaumes  cum  un  feseit, 

A  lui  entendant  le  mund  esteit. 

Aristotle  mut  espistles  feseit    [p.  38s] 
De  morautez,  kar  il  desireit 
Ke  chescun  bon  fust  endreit  de  sei 
E  endreit  des  autres,  en  bone  fei. 

Alisandre  une  epistle  envea      [p.  386] 

De  un  respunse  ke  lui  dona 

Quant  Alisandre  aveit  cunquis 

Les  Persiens,  e  trestut  suzmis  ;         40 

Endreit  de  ceo  si  lui  mandeit 

Come  oir  purrez  ore  endreit. 

'  O  noble  mestre,  governur  de  dreit, 

A  ta  cointise  mand  orendreit 

Ke  jeo  ai  gent  en  Perse  trove 

De  grant  sen  e  grant  sutifte, 

Ke  s'aforcent  d'estudier 

Coment  sur  autres  pussent  regner. 

Dunt  en  purpos  sui  veirement 

Trestuz  occire  icele  gent ;  50 

Dunt  par  vostre  escrit  nus  mandez 

•De  ceste  afere  ke  vus  volez.' 

[p.  38»] 
Aristotle  li  remande  en  teu  manere : 
'  Si  vus  poez '  fet-il  '  changer  la  terre, 
L'eir  e  les  eues,  e  des2  citez 
La  disposition  changer  purrez, 
Fetes,  dunques,  hardiement 
De  eus  trestut  vostre  talent. 
Si  ceo  nun,  saciez  de  veir, 
Si  seignurie  volez  utre  eus  aveir 
En  bone  manere  e  bonement, 
Oez  les  deboneirement 
E  treitiez  en  amur  la  gent ; 
E  jeo  vus  afi  certeinement 
Ke,  si  si  fetes,  enseur  seez 
Ke  de  eus  frez  vos  volentez, 
E  suget  vus  serrunt  en  bon  amur 
Par  l'aide  Deu,  nostre  Seignur, 
E  obeissant  en  amur  vus  serrunt, 
E  tuz  voz  comandemenz  perferunt,   70 
E  si  vus  amerunt  leaument 
E  frunt  trestut  vostre  talent. 


60 


La  victoire  de  eus  issi  averez 
E  en  pes  utre  eus  jegnerez.' 

Alisandre,  quant  receu  aveit    [p.  3824 J 
L'espistle  k'Aristotle  li  enveeit, 
Sulum  sun  cunseil  pleinement 
3  Feseit  endreit  de  cele  gent ; 
Dunt  les  Persiens  trestuz  esteient    79 
A  sun  empire,  plus  k'autre  n'esteient, 
De  tuz  les  naciuns  la  gent 
A  tuz  jurs  plus  obedient. 

Aristotle  plus  li  envea 

Une  epistle  ou  respuns  dona 

Alisandre  de  ceo  ke  li  out 

Mande  avant,  ceo  ke  lui  plout, 

Si  come  orendroit  orrez 

Si  vostre  entente  bien  i  metez  ; 

Mes  d'Alisandre  le  mandement 

N'i  truvai  pas  verraiement,  90 

For  come  Aristotle  lui  ad  tuche 

En  le  espistle  ki  ad  mande 

A  Alisandre  generaument, 

Dunt  treite  apres  especiaument. 

De  ceste  epistle  si  est  la  tenur:  [p.  405J 

'  O  glorius  fiz  empereiir, 

Deu  te  cunferme,  pur  sa  puissance, 

En  dreiture  e  en  conuissance, 

Vus  meine  de  vertuz  en  veritez 

E  vus  toille,  pur  ses  poestez,  100 

Tut  vostre  bestial  talent, 

E  de  tun  regne  doint  aforcement 

E  de  engin  esluminement 

4A  lui  servir  a  sun  talent ! 

[p.  40l«] 
'  Cher  sire,  si  vus  plust  entendre 
Ne  me  dussez  blamer  ne  reprendre 
Ke  ne  vieng  a  vus  a  tun  talent, 
Kar  saciez  le,  sire,  veraiement, 
Ke  nel  faz  mie  en  desdein, 
Einz  est  l'encheisun,  seez  certein,   no 
Pesantume  d'age  e  fieblesce 
Ke  met  mun  cors  en  grant  destresce 
E  me  rent  en  tant  nunpoer 
Ke  ne  pus  pas  ver  vus  mover. 

Mes5  la  chose  ke  demandastes  [p.  40n] 
E  de  mei  saver  desirastes 


Line  33  Aristotle  wrote  a  letter  of  advice  about  the  Persians.  37  Alexander's 

letter  about  the  Persians.  53  Aristotle'' s  answer.  61   Alexander  must  use 

kindness  towards  them,  and  they  will  become  loyal.  75  Aristotle's  advice  was 

followed  with  success.       83  Alexander  again  asked  for  counsel,  but  his  letter  is  lost. 
95  Aristotle's  second  letter.  108  He  excuses  himself  for  not  waiting  upon  the 

king.         1 15  Alexander's  demand  is  very  searching,  but  Aristotle  must  answer. 


f.  174  r°  a.         2  1.  55,  des]  MS.  les.         3  f.  174  r°  b.         4  f.  174  v°  a. 

1.  115,  The  rubricator  has  omitted  the  paragraph  mark  indicated  by  the  scribe. 


289 


i3° 


140 


Est  teu  privete  veraiement 

K'a  peine  humeine  entendement 

Le  purra  suffrir  a  enquerre. 

Coment  dune  par  quel  afere  iao 

Escrit  en  parchemin  apertement? 

Pust  ceo  k'enquerre  vus  apent 

E  a  mei  atreiter  leaument 

Saciez  ke  fort  est  veraiement, 

Mes  il  me  covient  e  sui  en  dette 

De  la  respunse  ke  m'entremette, 

E  vus  estes  deu  par  raisun 

Entendre  la  par  discretiun  ; 

Kar  si  cest  livre  regardez 

1  Ke  vus  envei.  e  estudiez, 

E  lisez  volenters  e  sovent 

Issi  ke  en  eiez  entendement 

E  pleinement  eiez  trestut  conceu 

Quanke  est  el  livre  contenu, 

Sanz  doute  jeo  crei  veirement 

Ke  ja  n'aura  desturbement 

Entre  vus  e  ceo  k'avez 

De  saver  avant  desirrez. 

Kar  Deu  vus  a  done  veirement 

Tant  grace  e  entendement 

E  vistesce  d'engin  e  letrure 

E  de  ma  doctrine  ausi  la  cure, 

K'apris  avez  de  mei  avant. 

Ke  certein  crei  estre  de  taunt 

Ke  par  vus  meimes  le  conquerez. 

E  quanke'l  i  a  bien  entendrez, 

E  ceo  primes  aviez  en  desir 

Saurez  tut  a  tun  pleisir  ; 

Kar  de  ta  volente  la  fervence 

Vus  durra  veie  de  science 

A  vostre  purpos  a  venir 

E  a  la  fin  de  vostre  desir 

Sulum  l'aie  Nostre  Seignur  : 

Deu  nus  doint  de  lui  socur  ! '    [p.  41s] 

(O)re  comence  l'especiale 
2Respunce  apres  la  generale.  [p.  4229] 


Quatre  reis  sunt  :  li  premer  rei 
Larges  est  a(s)  suens  e  a  sei ; 
Li  autre  est  aver  endreit  li 
E  endreit  de  ses  s  sugez  ausi ; 
Le  tierz  est  aver  endreit  sei 
E  larges  as  suens  en  bone  fei  ; 
Le  quart  vers  sei  ad  la  largesce 
E  vers  ses  sugez  ad  la  destresce. 
Les  Lumbarz  diseient,  en  bone  fei, 


150 


160 


Ke  ceo  n'est  mie  vice  a  rei 
Estre  endreit  sei  meimes  aver 
E  largesce  endreit  des  suens  aver. 

Les  Indiens  diseient  ke  bons  est  li  rei 
Ke  aver  est  a(s)  suens  e  a  sei.        170 

Les  Persiens  le  cuntraire  affermeient, 
E  le  cuntraire  as  Indiens  diseient, 
E  diseient  ke  rien  ne  vaut  le  rei 
Si  as  suens  n'est  larges  e  a  sei. 

Mes  entre  trestuz  veraiement 

Peiir  est,  par  mun  jugement, 

Le  rei  kicunke  ceo  seit 

Ki  a  sei  est  larges  e  a  suens  estreit  ; 

Kar  le  regne  a  tel  veraiement 

Destruit  ert  tost  subitement.  180 

Pur  ceo  covient  veraiement      [p.  436] 

4  De  ceo  enquere  sutivement 
De  ces  vices  e  vertuz, 

E  quels  ert  dreit  large  tenuz, 

E  quei  seit  nume  dreit  largesce 

E  quei  avarice  ki  fet  destresce, 

E  ou  chiet  en  largesce  errur, 

E  quel  mal  en  vient  a  chief  de  tur 

A  celui  ki  ne  fet  largesce 

Mes  de  ses  biens  fet  destresce.        190 

Dunt  est  a  saver  e  seez  certein  [p.  439] 
Ke  quant  la  chose  passe  la  maen 
Cele  chose  est  a  reprover 
Quant  al  main  ne  puet  acorder. 
E  pur  ceo  ke  fort  est  a  hurter 
Le  dreit  point  de  largesce  aver 
(E  si  est  le  meins  ou  plus  leger 
Par  gast  ou  avarice  a  hanter) 
Pur  ceo  est  fort,  saciez  de  veir, 
Pure  largesce  a  dreit  saveir.  aoo 

[p.  43»] 
Pur  ceo,  si  volez  largesce  aver, 
Regardez  primes  tun  poer ; 
Regarder  ausi  le  tens  devez 
Des  bosoignes  e  de  necessitez, 
E  si  devez  regarder  ensement 
Deserte  e  merite  de  la  gent. 
Pur  ceo  devez  vus  doner 

5  Sulum  l'estente  de  tun  poer 


Line  127  Alexander  ivill  divine  the  secret.  139  For  he  has  great  insight. 

155   The  Treatise.  157   Of  generosity  and  avarice.     Four  kinds  of  kings. 

165   Which  is  the  best  kind  ?  181    We  must  examine  and  find  the  nature  of  true 

liberality.  191  Extremes  are  to  be  avoided.  201   Consider  your  means,  the 

needs,  and  the  merits  of  those  you  help. 


1  f.  174  v°  b.         2  f.  175  r°  a.         s  1.  160,  ses]  MS.  ces. 
5  f.  175  v°  a. 

1590  U 


f.  175  rp  b. 


290 


A  gent  ke  sunt  dignes  e  unt  mester 

Si  dreit  largesce  volez  aver.  210 

Kar  saciez  le  verraiement 

Ke  celui  ke  fet  autrement 

Encuntre  la  riule  pecche  e  mesprent 

De  largesce  tut  utrement. 

Kar  ki  done  a  tel  ki  mester  n'a 

Ja  merite  de  ceo  n'aura  ; 

E  ki  ke  dune  a  ces  ki  ne  sunt  mie 

Dignes  tut  pert  e  fait  folic  ; 

E  ki  utre  mesure  sun  aveir 

Done,  saciez  le  de  veir  220 

K'al  port  amer  tost  avendra 

De  Poverte,  ou  arivera, 

E  a  celui  resemblera 

Ke  dune  la  victoire  qu'il  a 

A  ses  enemis  sanz  respit. 

Fous  est  cil  ke  si  se  vit. 

Celui  dunkes  ki  durra  [p.  43M] 

As  bons  quant  mester  serra, 

Ke  bosoigne  unt  en  bone  fei, 

Celui  est  dreit  large  rei,  230 

Kar  a  sei  est  large  verraiement 

E  a  ses  sugez  ensement. 

Le  regne  a  tel  s'esforcera, 

1  E  quanke  il  comande  fet  serra. 

Itel  rei  de  auntiens  loe  fu, 

Entempre  e  larges  dit  en  vertu. 

Le  rei  ke  dune  veraiement       [p.  4327] 

Les  biens  du  regne  inordeinement 

A  ces  ke  pas  digne  ne  sunt 

Ne  d'autre  part  mester  n'en  unt      240 

Celui  est  en  verite 

Del  bien  del  people  wastur  nume 

E  del  regne  destriuur. 

Dunt  rien  ne  vaut  tel  governur, 

Kar  il  est  wastur  en  verite 

E  si  est  il  a  dreit  nume, 

Kar  rien  ne  vaut,  saciez  sans  dotance, 

Al  regne  ke  tient  sa  purveance. 

E  saciez  ausi  ke  avarice  [p.  4332] 

Si  est  a  rei  tres  grant  vice,  250 

Einz  descovient  en  verite 
A  la  reale  majeste. 

Si  aucun  rei  dunkes  a  d'avarice 
Ou  de  fole  largesce  la  vice 


Si  se  deit  cunseiller  utreement, 

E  purveer  ententivement 

Un  leal  humme  e  descret  tenu, 

Ke  de  muz  seit  eslu, 

A  ki  deit  utrement  bailler 

J  Les  bosoigne  del  reaume  atreiter  260 

E  Paver  despendre  e  governer 

Si  come  verra  mieuz  espleiter. 

O  Alisandre,  noble  rei,  [p.  447] 

Fermement  vus  di,  en  bone  fei, 

Celui  ki  veut  continuer 

Seignurie  utre  poer, 

E  utre  mesure  veut  tenir 

Plus  ke  sun  regne  ne  put  suffrir, 

Saciez  ke  teu  rei  destruera 

E  sanz  doute  destruit  serra.  270 

Pur  ces  uncore  le  vus  di,  [p.  4410] 

E  suvent  l'avez  de  moi  oi, 
Ke  d'avarice  l'abatement 
E  de  fole  largesce  ensement, 
E  aver  largesce,  come  dis  enceis, 
Est  joie  e  gloire  des  reis, 
E  si  est  ausi  confermement 
Des  regnes  pardurablement. 
E  saciez  ke  ceste  chose  avient 
Quant  rei  ou  prince  se  detient         280 
E  retreit  sa  main  ke  ne  s'entremet 
Des  biens  ke  lui  sunt  suget, 
!    Ne  ne  lur  vuet  de  rien  grever  ; 
Itel  rei  puet  a  dreit  regner. 
Dunt  jeo  trovai  escrit  ades 
8  De  eel  grant  mestre  Hermogenes 
Ke  la  suveraine  e  verraie  bunte, 
E  de  veraie  entendement  clarte, 
E  si  est  plenierte  de  lei 
E  signe  de  perfection  en  rei,  290 

La  abstinence  ver  sugez  aver 
Ke  rien  ne  preigne  de  lur  aver. 

[p.  44»] 
Del  regne  de  Chaldeus  1  encheisun 
De  tute  la  destruction 
Fu  en  despenses,  en  verite, 
La  tresgraunt  superfluity  ; 
Kar  les  despenses  plus  amunteient  4 
Ke  les  rentes  des  citez  ne  feseient, 
E  quant  rentes  et  despenses  faillirent 
Les  reis  lur  meins  estendirent  300 

As  choses  e  as  rentes  utreement 


Line  227    The  truly  generous  king.  237   The  false  generosity  of  a  king. 

249  Avarice  is  a  great  vice.       253  An  avaricious  or  spendthrift  king  should  depute 
a  wise  man  to  spend  money.  279   The  truly  generous  king  respects  the  rights  of 

his  subjects.  289  So  says  Hermogenes.  293   The  cause  of  the  downfall  of 

the  Chaldeans. 


1  f.  175  v°  b.  2  f.  176  r°  a.  3  f.  176  r°  b. 

MS.  amunterunt. 


4  I.  297,  amunteient] 


291 


Des  sugez  torcenusement. 

[p.  4422] 
Les  sugez  dunkes  pur  le  tort  grant 
Crierent  a  Deu  le  tut  puissant, 
Ki  vent  e  tempeste  i  envea 
Ke  tres  fierement  les  turmenta, 
E  grant  poeple  tost  cuntre  eus  leva 
E  lur  nun  de  terre  del'  tut  osta, 
E  si  ne  fu  ceo  ke  Deu  si  out  mis 
Le  regne  destriut  fust  a  tut  dis.       310 

Saciez  le  dune  ke  sanz  aver     [p.  4429] 
1  Ne  puet  le  people  pas  lunc  durer, 

Ne  saunz 

Ne  puet  rei  regne  governer. 

Pur  ceo  fet,  en  verity, 

A  eschivre  superfluite 

E  d'espenses  trop  habundance  ; 

Ke  si  le  fet  ne  fet  pas  enfaunce. 

[p.  4432] 
Pur  ceo  covient  temperance  aver 
Ki  veut  largesce  purchacer,  320 

Kar  trop  e  folement  duner 
Fet  a  eschivre  et  reprover. 
E  si  est  de  largece  la  sustenance 
Volentiers  pardunersanz  dotance.  [451] 
Ne  ne  fet  des  privetez  d'autrui 
Ne  des  secrez  enquere,  saciez  de  fi  ; 
Ne  ne  fet  pas  a  remenbrer 
Chose  donee  ne  a  rehercer ; 
E  si  est  de  bunte  e  vertu  [p.  45:;] 

Renumbrer  ceo  k'est  avenu,  330 

E  tort  volentiers  relesser, 
E  honurables  honurer. 
E  si  deit  ausi  a  simple  gent 
Aidier  debonerement  ; 
As  innocens  si 2  deit  suvenir, 
A  lur  defautes  paremplir. 
Respundre  deit  benignement 
3  A  salutacion  de  la  gent, 
E  sa  lange  deit  refrener, 
E  tort  a  tens  dissumuler,  340 

E  feindre  de  fol  la  folie 
Ausi  cum  ne  la  sache  mie. 

Enseigne  vus  ai  en  bone  fei      [p.  459] 
Ceo  ke  avant  enseigner  solei 
Tuz  jurs,  e  en  vostre  quor,  seigner, 
Bien  sai  nel  volez  oblier  ; 


Pur  ceo  m'afi  veraiement 
Ke  vus  tiegnez  ces  ducement, 
E  .vos  veies  e  fetz  tenez 
E  si  en  estes  esluminez 
E  si  avez  science  e  clergie 
A  vus  governer  tote  ta  vie. 


35° 


Nepurquant,  vus  di,  sapience  [p.  45,s] 

Naturele  enbrechie  science. 

E  meske  ja  n'usse  dit  ceo  k'est  avant 

Fors  sus  le  sen  ke  est  ensivant 

Enfin  vus  suffisera  asez 

A  tuz  voz  eovres  ke  ferez. 

Saciez  dune  k'entendement      [p.  4519] 

Est  chief  de  governement,  360 

Sante  del  alme,  e  gardein 

Des  vertuz,  seez  certein, 

E  si  est  espiur  des  pecchez, 

4  Kar  en  li  regardum,  bien  le  sacez, 

Les  maus  ke  sunt  a  despire 

E  les  biens  ke  devum  eslire. 

II  est  des  vertuz  nesance, 

E  si  est  racine,  sanz  doutance, 

Des  duns  ke  sunt  a  preiser 

E  honurables  sanz  reprover  ;  370 

E  si  en  est  veraiement 

De  tuz  biens  premier  estrument.   : 

[p.  45M] 
Entendement,  saciez,  sanz  blame 
Est  desir  de  bone  fame, 
E  ki  de  bone  fame  est  desirus 
Bons  ert  a  tuz  e  glorius  ; 
E  ki  la  desire  feintement, 
Saciez  le  veraiement, 
Par  infamie  ert  confundu 
E  par  esclandre  ert  viel  tenu.  380 

Saciez  dune  ke  principaument 

Est  fame  eslue  en  governement, 

Kar  regne  pur  sei  n'est  desirez, 

Einz  est  pur  bone  fame  saciez  ; 

Dune  est,  saciez,  comencement 

De  sapience  e  d'entendement 

Desir  de  bone  fame  en  vie, 

K'est  cunquis  par  regne  e  seignurie  ; 

E  celui  ke  purchace  autrement 

5 Regne  ou  seignurie,  veraiement  390 

Pur  bone  fame  ne  cunquert  mie, 

Mes  fait  utreement  par  envie. 

[p.  46i] 
D'envie  est  mencunge  engendree 


Line  315  Avoid  extravagance,  therefore.  325  Of  other  conduct  befitting 

a  king.  343   You  have  learning.  353  And  also  natural  wisdom,  which  is 

better.  359  Of  understanding.  373  Of  good  fame.  381   Empire  is. 

coveted  for  the  sake  of  renown.         393    The  offspring  of  envy. 


1  f.  176  v°  a.  2  1.  335,  si]  MS.  li.  3  f.  176  v°  b. 

5  f.  177  r°  b. 

U  2 


*  f.  177  r''  a. 


293 


K/est  racine  de  chose  reprovee 

E  si  est  matire  entirement 

De  vices,  saciez  veraiement  : 

Kar  envie  engendre  detractiun, 

Detractiun  hange  engendre  en  sun, 

Hange  engendre  tort  suvent, 

Tort  inobedience  ensement,  400 

Inobedience  ire  sanz  dutance, 

E  ire  engendre  repugnance 

E  repugnance  engendre  enemistez 

E  enemistez  bataille  asez, 

Bataille  la  lei  tute  defet, 

Les  citez  destruit  par  grant  forfet, 

K'est  contraire  a  nature  sanz  dutance, 

E  ki  ke  fet  a  nature  repugnaunce 

Tut  l'oure,  saciez  vereiment, 

Destruit  trestut  outreement.  410 

Estudiez  dunkes  e  amez  [p.  4610] 

E  le  desir  de  bone  fame  eiez. 
Kar  le  desir  de  bone  fame 
Estreit  verite  sanz  blame. 
Verite  est  racine,  sanz  fable, 

1  E  matire  de  tuz  biens  aloable  : 
Kar  contrafre  est  a  mencunge  pure 
E  si  engendre  desir  de  dreiture, 
Dreiture  engendre  afiance, 

Afiance  largesce  sanz  enfance,         420 

Largesce  fet  especiaute, 

Especiaute  fet  amiste, 

Amiste  engendre  en  ceste  vie 

Dreit  cunseil  e  bone  aie. 

Par  ceo  saciez  ke  le  mund  fu 

Ordine  e  tut  conceu 

E  la  lei  establie  a  gent 

Ke  a  reison  e  a  nature  apent ; 

Pur  ceo  desir  de  governement  [p.  4G17] 

Pur  bone  fame  aver  leaument  430 

Est  veraiement  loable 

E  bien  ke  est  en  fin  durable. 

[p.  46»] 
O  Alisandre,  k'estes  de  ma  doctrine 
Enseigne  e  enbeu  en  ta  petrine, 
Restreignez  en  tei  les  apetiz 
Ke  vienent  de  charneus  deliz, 
Kar  teus  appetiz  l'alme  decline 
As  corruptibles  volentez,  sanz  fausine, 
Bestiales,  saunz  descretion 
Ou  purveance  ne  vient  en  reisun,  440 
Mes  el  cors  corruptible  veraiement 

2  Ert  alue,  e  rendra  dolent 


Le  incorruptible  entendement ; 
Si  en  irra  l'afere  malement. 

[p.  46»  ] 
Saciez  dunke  ke  l'aforcement 
Ke  vint  de  delit  charneument 
Si  engendre  charnel  amur, 
E  amur  avarice  a  chief  de  tur, 
E  pus  engendre  avarice  apres 
Le  desir  de  divices  aver  ades,         450 
E  eel  desir  de  divices  tant  amunte 
Ke  fet  un  humme  estre  sanz  hunte, 
E  estre  sanz  hunte  veraiement 
Engendre  fole  emprise  suvent ; 
Fole  emprise  desleaute  met  en  fin 
E  de  desleaute  vient  larecin, 
De  larecin  est  esclandre  engendre, 
De  laquele  si  nest  cheitivete 
Ke  desuz  met  humme  en  ceste  vie 
E  defet  des  bons  la  cumpaignie,      460 
E  met  le  cors  a  destructiun, 
Ka(r)  a  nature  est  contraire  e  a  reisun. 

A  rei  covient  premierement,     [p.  478] 

Quant  a  sei  meimes  principaument, 

Ke  en  bone  fame  en  verite 

Seit  sun  nun  despeople, 

E  k'en  sapience  seit  loable, 

SE  k'ases  hummes  seit  resunable 

E  k'a  eus  paroge  sagement, 

Kar  saciez  le  veraiement  470 

Ke  dune  serra  de  eus  honure 

E  par  ceo  cremu  e  doute  ; 

Kar  de  ceo  ert  dute  ki  s'eloquence 

Veit,  e  entent  sa  sapience 

De  tuz,  saciez  verraiement. 

E  si  puet  en  legierement  [p.  47u] 

Par  certeins  signes  bien  saver 

E  legierement  apercever 

En  rei  le  quel,  sen  ou  folie, 

Ert  en  li  la  seignurie.  480 

Kar  saciez  ke  ol  est  digne  rei 

Ke  sun  regne  sumet  a  la  Deu  lei ; 

Seignurie  aura  utre  la  gent 

E  regnera  honurablement. 

Mes  celui  ke  la  lei  Deu  sumet 

E  fet  a  sun  regne  suget, 

Celi  a  (a)  verite  sanz  respit 

Trespasse,  si  ad  en  despit 

Sa  lei,  e  ki  en  despit  a 

Lei  de  verite  en  despit  serra  490 

De  tuz,  si  ert  condempne 


Line  41 1    The  offspring  of  the  desire  for  good  fame.  433  Of  the  indulgence 

of  the  appetites.  445   Offspring  of  the  indulgence  of  the  appetites.  463   The 

king  must  be  renowned  for  wisdom.         481   Of  the  religion  of  a  king. 


1  f.  177  v°  a. 


2  f.  177  v°  b. 


3  f.  178  i°a. 


293 


En  la  lei,  saciez,  de  verite. 

[p.  47«] 
Derechief  vus  di  ke  la  sage  gent 

1  De  philosophic  e  d'entendement, 
Ke  lur  divinite  parleient 

E  de  ceo  apertement  diseient 

Ke  reale  majeste  avient 

E  en  dreiture  le  covient 

Reales  constituciuns  aver, 

E  a  ceo  sanz  feintise  acorder,  500 

Ne  mie  en  feintise  d'aparance 

Mes  dreit  en  aperte  fesance, 

Ke  tuz  veient  e  seient  certein 

K'il  dute  Deu  le  suverain, 

E  k'il  veient  trestuz  par  tant 

Ke  suget  seit  al  Tut-Puissant ; 

E  par  itant  en  bone  fei 

Duterunt  e  honurrunt  lur  rei 

Quant  il  le  veient  Deu  douter 

E  en  tutes  maneres  honurer.  510 

Mes  si  sa  religiun  sulement     [p.  il-7] 
Seit  en  aparance  devant  la  gent, 
E  seit  en  eovre  maufesant, 
De  Deu  ert  reprove  par  itant 
E  serra  en  despit  de  gent1 
E  defamez  en  ert  veraiement  ; 
Kar  fort  est  malement  overer 
E  1'ovre  al  people  dune  celer. 
L'empire  a  tel  e  de  gloire  1'onur 

2  Ert  ennienti  a  chief  de  tur.  520 

Ke  volez  vus  ke  plus  en  die  ?  [p.  481] 
N'est  pris  ne  tresor  en  ceste  vie 
Ke  pust  el  siecle  tant  valer 
Come  fet  de  bone  fame  aver. 

Ensurketut  a  rei  apent,  [p.  48c] 

Saciez  le  veraiement, 

Les  sires  des  leis  honurer, 

Religius  en  reverence  aver, 

Les  sages  eshaucer 

E  ovek  eus  treiter  dutes  muver       530 

E  honestes  questiuns  demander, 

E  de  eus  aprendre  dunke  coment 

Respundre  pust  enseurement. 

Les  plus  sages  e  les  plus  nobles  deit 

Plus  honurer  ;  sulum  ceo  ke  veit 

K'a  chescun  estait  apent 

Les  deit  honurer  veirement. 


[p.  48»] 
Ensurketut  covient  rei  penser 
Coment  pust  sagement  arester, 
As  cas  ke  puissent  avenir,  540 

Ke  de  plus  legier  le  pust  suffrir  ; 
Purver  se  deit  sagement 
K'eschape  de  ennui  legierement. 

E  si  apent  a  rei,  devez  saver,  [p.  48,5J 
Sur  tute  rien  pitie  aver, 

3  E  remuer  deit  le  movement 
D'irus  corage  utrement, 

Ke  depurveuement,  sanz  deliverance, 
Ne  se  deit  mie  en  male  fesance. 
Sun  errur  deit  reisunablement         550 
Conustre  e  repeler  sagement, 
Kar  suvereine  sapience  est  a  rei 
A  dreit  governer  meimes  sei. 

[p.  48»] 
Quant  rei  veit  dune  k*est  bien  a  fere, 
Ou  profitable  chose  que  seit  a  fere, 
Face  le  o  discresciun, 
Ne  mie  trop  tart  mes  en  reisun, 
Ne  trop  tost,  ke  veu  ne  seit 
Trop  hastif  ne  lent  en  sun  dreit. 

[p. 48«] 
L  saciez  ausi  en  verite  560 

K'il  avient  a  reale  majeste 
Estre  vestu  honurablement, 
E  tuz  jurs  o  bel  apparaillement 
De  chiers  e  de  beau  vestement 
E  des  plus  estranges  ensement 
Se  deit  entre  la  gent  apparer, 
Ke  en  beaute  lesautres  pustsurmunter, 
Kar  bien  saciez  k'a  rei  apent, 
Pur  sun  poer  ke  ad  utre  gent, 
Les  autresen  tuz  poinzsurmunter   570 
Ne  vus  dei  pas  iceo  celer, 

4  Par  unt  sa  dignete  seit  enbelie  ; 
E  ke  sa  poeste  ne  seit  blemie 
Chescun  li  face  en  sa  science, 
Come  a  rei,  due  reverence. 
D'autre  part  apent  a  rei 

Aver  facunde  sanz  desrei 

Haute,  e  la  voiz  haute  e  clere, 

Ke  mut  profite  a  grant  manere 

En  tens  quant  bataille  avient,  580 

Kar  en  teu  tens  haut  parler  covient. 

[p.  49*] 
O  Alisandre,  kar  ore  m'entendez  : 
Bele  chose  e  honurable  est,  saciez, 


Line  500  //  must  be  genuine  in  word  and  deed.  508   Then  will  the  people 

honour  him.  511  A  feigned  piety  will  only  bring  him  into  contempt.         525   Of 

honouring  the  wise.  538   Of  foresight.  544  Of  self  control.  560  Of  rich 

apparel.  576   The  king  must  speak  well  and  clearly.  582  Of  being  spare  of 

speech. 


f.  178  r°  b.         2  f.  178  v°  a.         s  f.  178  v»  b. 


179  r°  a. 


294 


A  rei  trop  parler  desporter 

Fors  quant  il  veit  ke  seit  mester. 

Kar  mieuz  vaut  ke  gent  eient  desir 

La  eloquence  de  lui  o'ir 

K'estre,  saciez  de  verite, 

De  ses  paroles  trop  asarcie  ; 

Kar  des  orailles  la  saultc  590 

Le  corage  ensarzit,  en  verite. 

Si  ne  vendrunt,  en  bone  fei, 

La  gent  sovent  pur  ver  tel  rei. 

D'autre  part  a  rei  apent  [p.  499] 

K'il  ne  vienge  pas  trop  suvent 
Ne  ne  hante  trop  suvent  mie 
De  ses  sugez  la  cumpaignie, 

1  De  viles  persones  numeement  ; 
Kar  teu  chose  pas  a  rei  n'apent, 

Kar  trop  familierte  a  gent  600 

Despit  engendre  de  humme  sovent. 

Pur  ceo  est  bele  veirement       [p.  4915] 

La  costume  de  Indiene  gent 

Del  regne  en  la  dispositiun 

E  del  rei  l'ordinatiun 

K'avient  issi  establiez 

Ke  le  rei  en  l'an  une  feiz 

S'aparrait  entre  tute  sa  gent 

Od  precius  e  real  vestement, 

Od  gent  armez  trop  fierement,        610 

A  sun  destrier  asis  noblement, 

Des  armes  tresbel  aiirne  ; 

E  pus  apres  unt  comande 

Le  people  luinz  aukes  ester, 

Les  nobles  baruns  aprecher 

Al  rei.  ki  soleit  dunkes  treiter 

Des  granz  bosoignes  a  espleiter, 

Les  aventures  esclarir  e  mustrer, 

E  les  bosoignes  parfurnier, 

E  quanke  al  regne  e  a  la  gent  620 

Apendist  demustrer  leaument. 

Si  soleit  en  eel  jur  le  rei  [p.  4923] 

Doner  granz  duns,  en  bone  fei  ; 

2  E  ces  ki  ne  furent  pas  trop  copable 
Delivra  de  prisun,  sanz  fable, 

E  ces  ki  esteient  de  charge  grevez 

Par  lui  sunt  eel  jur  relevez. 

E  mult  des  eovres  feseit  de  pitie 


A  icel  jur  en  verite. 


[p.  492C] 
630 


Le  rei,  apres  ceo,  se  sereit, 

E  un  des  princes  se  levereit, 

Ke  plus  fu  sages  e  habundance 

Eust  en  parole,  sanz  enfance. 

E  s'aforcera  a  preiser 

Le  rei  a  sun  honur  eshaucier, 

E  rendra  graces  al  glorius  De 

Ke  le  regne  ad  si  ordene, 

E  de  si  sage  rei  ausi 

Par  unt  lur  pais  est  enbeli, 

E  k'ad  fet  Indiene  gent  640 

Au  rei  acordant  e  obedient, 

E  ke  les  ad  issi  conferme 

Ke  sun  d'un  quor,  dunt  sunt  loe. 

[p.  49s4] 
Puis,  apres  ceo  ke  ad  Deu  loez 
E  le  rei  en  honur  preisez, 
S'en  turne  a  la  gent  loer 
E  lur  bones  murs  numbrer 
Pur  atrere  lur  bone  voilance  ; 
Si  les  amene  sanz  dotance 
3  Par  ensample  e  par  raisun,  650 

Pur  mover  lur  discretiun, 
A  humilite  e  obedience 
E  a  amur  del  rei  e  reverence. 

Pur  ceo  tut  le  people  apres       [p.  504] 

Estudia  coment  loer  ades 

Pust  le  rei,  a  sun  nun  eshaucer, 

E  ses  bones  eovres  recunter  ; 

E  chescun  dunkes  endreit  sei 

Prea  pur  la  vie  le  rei, 

E  par  les  cites  e  les  meignees  660 

Ses  eovres  e  sen  furent  cuntees. 

[p.  50'] 
E  pur  ceo  enseignerent,  sanz  dutance, 
Lur  enfanz  e  treiterent  de  enfance 
Ke  le  rei  dussent  amer, 
Obeir,  duter  e  honurer. 
En  ceste  manere  ert  publie 
E  acrestra  en  verite 
La  fame  le  rei  certeinement 
En  secre  e  apertement. 


D'autre  *  part  costume  esteit 


[p.  5011] 
670 


Les  mals  fesanz,  quant  tens  sereit, 


Line  594  Of  over-familiarity.  602  Of  the  custom  of  the  Indians  in  this 

connexion.  607    The  king  appeared  among  his  people  once  a  year.  616  He 

spoke  of  state-matters,  622  gave  gifts,  624  released  prisoners .  and  did 

other  deeds  of  mercy.  630   Then  a  noble  spoke  in  praise  of  the  king,         644  and 

of  the  people.  654   The  people  then  praised  the  king  among  themselves,  662 

and  taught  their  children  to  honour  him.  670    Traitors  and  malefactors,  too. 

were  punished. 


1  f.  179  r°  b. 


2  f.  179  v°  a. 
4  1.  670,  sign  omitted  as  in  1.  115,  &c. 


8  f.  179  v°  b. 


«95 


E  les  feluns  le  rei  punir 
E,  sulum  lei,  vie  tolir, 
Ke  les  uns  fussent  chastiez 
E  les  autres  par  ceo  amendez. 

1  A  eel  tens  soleient  alegier      [p.  5014] 
La  gent  de  truages  paer  ; 

E  as  marchanz  grace  soleient  fere 

Ke  converserent  en  cele  terre, 

De  lur  rentes  partie  relesserent       680 

E  lur  meiz  e  eus  garderent 

E  defendirent.     Dunt  de  Inde  le  nun 

Poplie  mut  est ;  par  cele  raisun 

Marchanz  par  tut  i  acurent, 

E  la  gent  de  la  terre  les  honurent 

E  receivent,  e  gainent  citeins 

Riches  e  povres  e  les  foreins, 

E  de  ceo  vient  en  verite 

Ke  la  rente  le  rei  est  enoite. 

[p.  50"] 
Par  ceo  fet  a  eschivre  en  terre         690 
Marchant  corocer  ou  tort  fere, 
Kar  il  portent  fame  de  gent 
Par  le  sieecle  utreement. 
Pur  ceo  a  chescun  sulum  ke  e'est 
Est  a  rendre  ceo  ke  suen  est, 
Kar  issi  serrunt  les  citez 
Garniz  e  rentes  multipliez, 
E  si  acrestera,  en  bone  fei, 
L'onur  e  la  gloire  le  rei  ; 
Si  serrunt  ses  enemis  continuament  700 
Rebute  e  confus  ensement. 

2  Dunt  si  en  teu  manere  vivez 
E  sur  les  autres  issi  regnez, 
En  peis  e  seurement  vendrez 
A  voz  desirs  e  volentez. 

O  Alisandre,  ne  desirez  mie    [p.  5031] 

Choses  corruptibles  en  ceste  vie 

E  ke  passent  legierement, 

Ke  lesser  covient  subitement  ; 

Mes  desirez  richesce  estable  710 

E  la  vie  ke  n'est  pas  changable 

E  le  regne  k'est  pardurable 

Ou  joie  ad  e  gloire  durable. 

Voz  pehsees  dune  adrescez      [p.  5034] 
E  tuz  jurs  en  biens  remenez. 
Dreite  homesce  en  vus  eez 
E  glorius  en  Deu  vus  rendez. 


La  vie  de  bestes  eschivez, 

Par  reisun  menez  tes  volentez. 

Par  manasces  ne  par  demustrance  720 

Ne  seez  pas  cruel,  kar  e'est  enfance  ;  i 

Dur  a  esparnier  ne  seez 

A  ces  dunt  victoire  avez. 

[p.  51»! 
Pensez  des  choses  k'est  a  venir 
E  de  cas  ke  pust  survenir, 
Kar  vus  ne  poez  pas  saver 
Quei  le  jur  a  venir  puet  engendrer.3 

[p.  51«] 
4  Voz  desirs  ke  vienent  ne  sivez  mie 
En  beivres  ne  en  mangerie, 
Ne  en  dormirdejurs,  n'en  lecherie,  730 
Kar  saciez  ke  e'est  male  vie. 

[p.  516] 
Pur  ceo,  Emperur,  reisun  vus  prie 
Ke  femmes  ne  purgisez  mie, 
Kar  teu  chose  est  en  verite 
A  pore  dreit  une  propriete  ; 
Queu  chose  dune  ou  gloire  aurez 
Quant  teu  vice  averez  haunts 
Ke  de  beste  est  propriete 
Ke  reisun  n'unt  en  verite  ? 


[p.  51»»] 
740 


Ore  me  creez  seurement 

Ke  teu  trespas  veraiement 

Fet  la  gent  enfeminez, 

Dunt  mal  apres  en  est  engendrez 


Saciez  k'a  emperur  apent         [p.       18] 

Privez  aver  de  lele  gent 

Od  lesquels  dune  parlera 

Quant  en  enui  aucun  serra, 

Od  tute  manere  d'estrument 

Sulum  le  delit  k'eiment  la  gent  ; 

Kar  l'alme  d'umme  natureument     750 

Se  delite  en  estrument, 

Kar  les  sens  dunkes  se  reposent, 

Pensers  e  curiosite  forclosent, 

5  E,  saciez  ceo,  jeo  vus  an" 

Ke  le  cors  en  ert  aviguri. 

Si  vus  avez  dune  le  voleir 

En  ceo  pur  vus  deliter, 

Itele  vie  au  plus  demenez 

Treis  jurs  ou  katre  ou  come  verrez 

Ke  mieuz  seit  ;  e  plus  honeste         760 

Est  ke  seit  fet  en  privete. 


Line  678  Graces  were  conceded  to  merchants.  690  Of  the  treatment  of 

merchants.  706  Of  the  desire  for  earthly  things.  720  Be  not  cruel. 

724   Think  of  the  morrow.  728  Do  not  indulge  the  passion  of  the  moment. 

744  Of  the  diversion  of  a  king.  760  It  is  better  that  it  should  be  done  in  secret. 


1  f.  180  r°  a. 


f.  180  r°  b. 
4  f.  180  v°  a. 


3  1.  727,  engendrer]  MS.  engendrir. 
5  f.  180  v°  b. 


296 


[p.  51"] 
E  quant  vus  en  ccst  solaz  scrrez 
Lc  beivre  aidunc  desportez, 
E  lessez  autrcs  a  covenir 
Dc  beivre  quant  lur  vient  a  pleisir; 
En  corage  corocicz  vus  feinez, 
Kar  dune  aparcever  purrez 
Mute  choses  e  oir 
E  secrez  ke  pusscnt  avenir. 
Mes  ceste  chose  soven  t  pas  fet  ne  seit  770 
Mes  dous  fiez  ou  trcis  en  l'an  tut  dreit. 

Entur  vus  de  ta  meisnee  eiez    [p.  521] 

Lc  plus  especiaus  ke  vus  avez, 

Ke  dire  vus  pussent  entrehet 

De  choses  k'en  tun  regne  sunt  fet, 

E  ke  choses  ausi  ke  sunt  cuntez 

Par  tun  regne  enquere  pussez. 

Entredeus  travaus  honorez        [p.  525J 
Les  sages  e  ces  ke  verrez 
1  Ke  2  par  deserte  honurer  devez,    780 
E  chescun  en  sun  estait  tenez. 

Un  hui  a  tun  manger  preez,      [p.  527] 

Un  autre  demein  ki  vus  volez  ; 

Un  hui  a  vus  atreez, 

Un  autre  demain  ausi  le  frez 

E  sulum  chescun  i  degre 

Chescun  seit  de  vus  honure. 

N'el  ne  seit  de  ta  noble  gent 

Ke  de  ta  largesce  ne  s'en  sent, 

E  a  tuz  perge  la  bunte  790 

De  vostre  reale  majeste, 

E  la  noblesce  a  chescun  sage 

Perge  de  tun  liberal  corage. 

[p.  5212] 
Entre  les  autres  choses  veirement 
Saciez  k'a  chescun  rei  apent 
Descretiun  e  contenance  aver  ; 
De  trop  rire  se  deit  desporter, 
Kar  trop  rire,  saciez  verraiement, 
Tout  reverence  de  la  gent 
E  vielesce  sout  engendrer,  800 

Pur  ceo  fet  bien  a  desporter. 

Ensurketut  devez  saver  [p.  52'°] 

Ke  le  rei  la  gent  plus  honurer 


Deit  en  sa  curt,  veraiement, 

E  en  consitoire  ensement        fp.  52*1] 

3  Plus  k'aillurs  ;  kar  dune  apent 
Al  rei  fees  fere  dreit  a  la  gent 
K'aillurs  sunt  a  tort  grevez, 

La  deivent  estre  relevez  ;  809 

Dunt  si  les  riches  as  autres  funt  (tort) 
La  covient  aver  resort ; 
Dunt  les  nobles  e  hauz  sunt  a  punir 
Ou  la  gent  del  people  covient  morir. 

Dune  est  bien  aver  rigur,  [p.  5224] 

E  cuntinance  garder,  sanz  folur, 

Issi  ke  seit  entre  le  rei 

E  ses  sugez,  sanz  desrei, 

Difference  e  destincteisun 

Entre  persones,  kar  e'est  reisun  ; 

Kar  escrit  est  en  verite  820 

El  livre  Esculape  nume 

Ke  le  rei  est  mut  a  preiser       [p.  5227] 

E  si  fet  ausi  mut  a  amer 

Ke  resemble  al  egle  en  ceste  vie 

Ke  sur  tuz  oiseaus  ad  seignurie, 

Ne  mie  celui  k'al  oiselet 

Resemble,  ke  li  est  suget. 

Pur  ceo  ki  k'en  la  cort  le  rei   [p.  522:'] 
Ou  en  sa  presence  fet  un  desrei 
Ou  tort  ou  chose  ke  n'est  a  fere,      830 
A  regarder  est  a  enquere 

4  Coment  il  feseit  itel  damage  ; 
Encerchier  deit  um  sun  corage 
Si  en  juant  le  fet  solement 
Pur  solacer  e  reheiter  la  gent, 
Ou  en  despit  de  ta  dignete 

E  en  deshonur  de  ta  reaute. 

Si  en  giu  seit  fet  solement 

Pardone  seit  legierement ; 

Si  ceo  seit  feit  par  felonie  840 

Dreit  est  ke  perde  la  vie. 

O  Alisandre,  seez  certein  [p.  53s] 

Ke  obedience  a  soverein 

En  katre  choses  dreit  se  estent  : 

En  religiun  e  amur  ensement, 

Ep  curteisie  e  reverence. 

Saciez  ke  e'est  grant  science. 


Line  762  Feign  only  to  drink,  but  encourage  others  to  do  so.  770  Such 

things  should  be  done  seldom.  772  Have  friends  near  you  to  report  the  doings 

and  sayings  of  the  people.  778  Of  honouring  men  as  they  deserve.  788  Let 

every  noble  feel  your  graciousness.  794   Of  immoderate  laughter.  802   Of  the 

king's  court.         814  Of  circumstance  and  ceremony.         828  Permit  no  disorder  in 
the  court.  831   See  if  a  disturbance  be  made  in  jest  or  not,  838  and 

punish  accordingly.  842  Four  causes  of  obedience  to  a  king. 


1  f.  181  r°  a. 


1.  780,  Ke]  MS.  Kar. 


f.  1! 


4  f.  181  v°a. 


297 


Alisandre,  a  vus  cunvertez        [p.  535] 
Les  corages  as  sugez  ke  vus  avez  ; 
Lur  trespas  e  lur  tort  ostez.  850 

A  la  gent  matire  pas  ne  donez 
Ke  mal  pussent  parler  de  vus, 
Kar  le  pueple  tot  a  estrus, 
Quant  mal  de  vus  dire  purreit, 
De  legier  cuntre  vus  serreit. 
Continez  vus  dune  issi,  cheir  sire, 
Ke  mal  ne  pussent  cuntre  vus  dire 
1  E  par  taut,  bien  le  saciez, 
Tut  lur  malfere  eschiverez. 

[p.  5810] 
Ensurketut  saciez  de  verite  860 

Ke  descretiun  e  meurte 
Gloire  est  de  dignete  en  vie  ; 
E  reverence  de  seignurie, 
Saciez  le  certeinement 
Ke  e'est  del  regne  eshaucement. 

[p.  53"] 
E  saciez  ke  sovereine  prudence 
Est  k'enhabite  ta  reverence 
Es  quors  des  sugez  plus  k'amur, 
Kar  escrit  est  e  leu  en  autur    [p.  5318] 
Ke  le  rei  en  regne  par  sun  afere     870 
Est  come  la  pluie  ki  chiet  en  terre, 
Laquele  est  la  Deu  grace  en  sun 
Del  ciel,  e  de  terre  beneicun, 
Vie  as  vivanz  sanz  doutance, 
Es  si  est  a  tuz  aidaunce, 
Kar  par  pluie  vient  esperaunce 
As  marchanz  e  lur  aidance. 
En  pluie  sovent  toneirs  vienent, 
E  fudres  sovent  ausi  encheient, 
En  riveres  fet  cretine  sovent,  880 

Les  russeaus  s'en  enflent  ensement, 
E  mut  avienent,  les  mers  fremissent, 
Par  quei  mut  vivanz  perissent. 

[p.  5325] 
-  Nepurquant  teus  maus  k'avienent 
Ne  desturbent  pas  home  ne  detienent 
K'il  ne  louent  le  glorius  De 
Del  ciel  en  sa  majeste, 
Ki  les  signes  de  grace  recorde 
E  ses  duns  de  misericorde. 
Kar  par  la  pluie  est  vivifie  890 

Quanke  nest  en  terre  engendre, 


Les  arbres  burjunent  par  tant, 
En  verdurs  sa  beneigon  espaunt ; 
E  pur  ceo  loent  Deu  la  gent 
E  mettent  en  obli  veirement 
Les  mals  ke  suffrient  avant 
Pur  le  bien  ke  en  vient  tres  grant. 

Le  rei  ausi  resemble  vent         [p.  53s1] 

Ke  Deu  nus  enveit  e  estent 

Del  tresor  de  sa  grant  merci  ;  900 

Les  nues  nus  enveit  par  li, 

Les  blez  en  cressent  e  arbres  ausi, 

Les  fruz  en  sunt  enmeuri, 

L'espirit  sa  force  reprent, 

E  ewe  desiree  en  rent ; 

As  nagianz  fet  grant  bien  le  vent, 

Kar  aperte  vie  en  mer  lur  rent, 

E  mut  des  biens  en  vienent  ausi 

Ke  tut  ne  puet  estre  retreit  ici. 

3  E  ausi  en  vienent  sanz  dutance     910 
Mut  de  mals  e  grant  desturbance  ; 
Divers  peril  en  vient  sovent 

En  terre  e  en  mer  ensement, 
Dulurs  ameint  dedenz  e  dehors, 
D'omme  en  tempeste  perit  le  cors  ; 
Corruptiun  en  l'eir  est  engendre, 
E  norit  venim  en  verite 
E  autre  mals  k'en  vienent  asez 
Ke  pas  ne  poent  ore  estre  cuntez. 

E  meske  home  le  creatur  920 

Deprie,  Deu  nostre  Seignur, 

De  oster  le  mal  ke  de  vent  vient, 

Ja  de  plus  tart  ne  le  sustient 

E  sun  curs  e  ordre  ausi, 

Sulum  ceo  k'avant  out  establi, 

Kar  sa  sapience  vereiement 

En  ordre  e  en  peis  ensement 

Tutes  choses  ad  destine 

E  establi,  en  verite, 

K'a  ses  serf  servent  leaument  ;        930 

E  ceo  li  vient  veraiement 

De  sa  tres  noble  e  grant  merci 

E  de  la  tresgrant  bunte  de  li. 

Meimes  l'ensample  en  verite    [p.  5417] 
Troverez  de  yver  e  d'este  : 

4  L'un  est  chaud  e  l'autre  freit, 
Les  queus  la  sapience  Deu  tut  dreit 


Line  848   Win  the  hearts  of  your  people.  851   Give  them  no  opportunity  of 

speaking  ill  of  you.  866  Of  the  fear  of  the  king.  869   The  king  is  likened  to 

rain,  872  which  is  a  blessing  879  and  a  curse.  884   Yet  people  praise 

God  for  it.  898    The  king  is  likened  to  wind,  921    which  bnngs  good 

910  and  evil.  920  Men  pray  for  the  evil  to  be  removed.  923  But  the  course 

of  the  universe  is  ordained  and  unchanged.  934    The  king  is  likened  to  summer 

and  winter. 


1  f.  181  v°  b. 


-  f.  182  r°  a. 


3  1".  182  r°  b. 


4  f.  182  v°  a. 


29$ 


Par  sa  tres  grant  purveance 

Establi  tuz  jurs  sanz  faillancc 

Pour  natureu  choses  engendrer,      940 

Nurir,  mener  pur  durer  ; 

E  mut  des  mals  en  vienent  nepurkant 

E  morteus  perils  par  itant, 

U  en  yvern  par  la  freidur 

U  en  este  par  la  chalur. 

[p.  54«] 
Ausi  avient  il,  c'est  la  parclose, 
En  rei,  mut  profitable  chose 
E  biens,  k'a  ses  sugez  desplet, 
K'en  rei  regarder  a  tuz  bon  est. 

[p.  5428] 

0  Alisandre,  encerchez  950 
La  poverte  e  les  necessitez 

Des  povres  e  cheitive  gent, 

Des  fiebles  e  meseisez  ensement  ; 

De  lur  defaute  suvienge  vus, 

De  ta  bunte  tut  a  estrus 

Un  prudumme  e  bien  sachant 

Ke  seit  de  lur  lange  entendant 

Establiez,  e  k'eime  dreiture 

Ke  de  teu  chose  enpreigne  cure, 

Ke  Deu  vostre  vie  sustiegne  960 

E  en  bien  e  honur  vus  meintiegne, 

1  Ke  eus  pussez  merciablement 
Amer  e  governer  ensement ; 

Kar  en  ces  est,  saciez  sanz  dotance, 
De  la  lei  tute  observance, 
E  leesce  a  la  gent  e  sucur, 
E  bone  vulance  del  creatur. 

[p.  557] 
O  Alisandre,  pernez  en  cure 
K'asez  eiez  de  vvarnesture 
De  ble  e  d'autre  chose  profitable    970 
Ke  bone  seit  e  a  gent  mangable, 
Ke  suffire  pussent  en  vostre  terre 
En  tens  de  feim,  kant  aurez  a  fere 
Si  come  avient  en  chieres  anees 
Kant  defaute  est  par  les  cuntrees, 
Ke  pussez  par  tun  purveer 
Ta  gent  aider  kant  unt  mester. 
En  tens  de  bosoigne  de  veir  sacez 
Ke  sucure  covient  a  tes  citez  ; 
Vos  celiers  dunkes  overer  devez 
E  par  tun  regne  e  les  citez 
Fere  crier  e  puplier 
Furment  e  greins  pur  restorrer. 
Ceo  ert  grant  cointise  veirement 


980 


E  purveance  al  regne  ensement, 

E  si  serra  sauvetez 

E  garde  au  people  e  citez. 

[p.  5515] 
2  Vostre 3  comandement  dune  passera 
E  vostre  fet  si  aforcera 
E  pleinement  de  ta  purveance         990 
Dunt  tuz  en  aurunt  afiance, 
Kar  t(r)estuz  dunkes  saverunt 
Ke  voz  oilz  de  loinz  verrunt, 
E  pur  ceo  vostre  beneurte 
Preiserunt  tuz  en  verite, 
E  eschiwerunt  par  defense 
A  vostre  majeste  fere  offense. 

[p.  55»] 
O  Alisandre,  sovent  vus  monestai, 
E  uncore  amonest  cum  jeo  sai, 
Ke  vus  gardez  en  ta  peitrine  1000 

Misericorde  e  doctrine, 
La  quele  si  vus  bien  gardez 
A  vostre  purpos  tut  avendrez 
E  vostre  regne,  saciez,  sanz  faille 
Par  ceo  remeindra  sanz  bataille, 
Ceo  est  a  dire  sanz  esclandre. 
Esparniez  sane  d'umme  espandre, 
Kar  ceo  a  sul  Deu  apent 
Ke  conuit  les  secrez  e  quers  de  gent. 

[p.  55»8] 
Pur  ceo  pas  n'entremettez  1010 

De  chescun  office  ke  vus  avez, 
Kar  ne  vus  est  pas  iceo  donez 
Ke  saciez  de  Deu  les  secrez  ; 
4  Pur  ceo  tant  come  vus  purrez 
Espandre  sane  d'umme  eschivez. 
Kar  Hermogenes,  le  noble  doctur, 
Escrit  e  dit  tut  errur 
Ke  quant  creature  a  sei  semblable 
Creature  occist,  saciez  sans  fable 
Ke  lesvertuz  del  ciel  a  Deu  crient:  1020 
'  Sire  Deu,  Sire  Deu,  en  criant  dient, 
Vostre  serf  a  vus  k'estes  mestre, 
Endreit  sei,  semblable  veut  estre.' 


Cil  k'a  tort  un  occis  a 
Saciez  k'en  respundra, 
Dunt  Deu,  le  haut  creatur, 
Ke  humeine  nature  est  sucur, 
Dit  ke  '  Cil  ke  tuera 
Jeo  premet  ke  tue  serra  ; 


[P.  562] 


Line  946  Many  a  benefit  comes  from  a  king  which  is  displeasing  to  his  subjects. 
950   Of  appointing  a  guardian  of  the  poor.  968  Of  stores  in  case  of  public  need. 

978   Give  help  in  time  of  famine.  988   The  people  will  then  honour  your  fore- 

sight. 988  Be  merciful,  1007  and  beware  of  the  shedding  of  blood. 

ioj6  Hermogenes  says  that  the  angels  cry  to  God  for  vengeance  on  a  murderer. 


1   f.  182  v°  b. 


2  f.  183  r°  a.  3  1.  988.  sign  omitted  as  in  1.  115,  &c. 

4  f.  183  r°  b. 


«99 


A  mei  seit  vengance  lessee  1030 

E  par  mei  ert  vengance  donee.' 

[p.  56*] 
Les  vertuz  du  eiel  presenterunt 
En  lur  loanges  k'a  Deu  ferunt 
La  mort  celui  ke  ert  tue 
Jeske  venjance  en  seit  done, 
E  celui  ke  tue  l'avera 
En  peines  d'enfern  tuz  jurs  serra. 

0  Alisandre,  bien  sai  k'avez   [p.  5612] 
De  peines  conoisance  asez, 

1  Kar  mut  des  mals  suffert  avez  ;   1040 
En  remembrance  le  remenez, 

E  les  estoires  d'antiquitez 
Des  peres  et  de  parenz  encerchiez, 
Si  em  purrez  par  cele  afere 
Mut  esamples  et  fez  en  trere, 
Ke  par  les  choses  ke  passe  sunt 
De  mutes  choses  k'a  venir  sunt 
Avium  certein  enseignement, 
Saciez  le  veraiement. 

[p.  5617] 
Petit  home  n'eiez  en  despit,  1050 

Kar  celi  k'ore  est  vil  e  petit, 
Si  come  avenu  est  sovent, 
A  richesces  e  a  honurs  ascent 
E  dune  ert  fort  e  de  plus  poer 
A  nuire  les  autres  e  grever. 

Sur2  tute  rien  eschivez  [p.  5620] 

Ke  vostre  fei  donee  n'enfreignez, 
E  covenant  k'avez  cunfermez 
Gardez  ke  pas  ne  fausez, 
Kar  ceo  avient  as  joefnes  desleaus  1060 
E  a  puteins  pur  lur  aveaus. 

Vostre  fei  premise  ensement    [p.  5622] 

Veez  ke  gardez  leaument, 

Kar  chescune  desleaute,  seez  certein, 

Porte  male  fin  au  derein. 

3E  sid'enfreindrecovenantbienaviegne 

L'espece  est  mauveise  ki  ke  la  tienge, 

Kar  ensample  k'est  reprove 

Est  del  gendre  de  maveiste. 

Kar  saciez  bien  veraiement        [p.  571] 

Ke  par  fei  sunt  auniz  gent,  1071 

E  par  fei  sunt,  en  veritez, 


Les  citez  enhabitcz 

Des  homes  de  bone  compaignie, 

E  des  reis  tute  la  seignurie, 

Les  chasteus  sunt  tenu  par  fei, 

Les  citez  gardees,  regne  le  rei ; 

Dunt  si  la  fei  ostez  la  gent  meffrunt 

E  a  lur  estait  premer  returnerunt, 

C'est  a  saver  a  la  semblance  1080 

De  bestes,  saciez  sanz  dutance. 

[P-  577] 
Pur  ceo,  tres  leau  rei,  vus  gardez 
Ke  vostre  fei  pas  n'enfreignez, 
E  gardez  ausi  fermement 
Sur  tute  rien  vostre  serment, 
E  si  tenez  voz  covenanz 
Tut  seient  il  a  vus  grevanz. 
Kar  bien  savez  ke  Hermogenes 
Le  tesmoine  tut  e  a  pres 
Ke  vus  e  chescun  en  vie  1090 

Ad  dous  espiriz,  n'est  pas  folie, 
4  L'un  vus  est  a  la  destre  partie, 
L'autre  a  senestre  ke  vus  espie, 
K'en  garde  ambedous  vus  unt 
E  seventvoseovres  les  quels  musterunt 
Al  creatur,  quanke  fet  averez 
Ou  quank'en  purpos  de  fere  avez  ; 
Dunt  mesk'  autre  chose  ne  fust, 
Sul  ceste  chose  retreir  dust 
Vus  e  autres  ensement  1100 

De  vileins  ovres  veraiement. 

Ki  vus  aforce  tant  sovent         [p.  5715] 

Jurer  e  fere  serment, 

N'est  pas  a  fere  si  ceo  ne  seit 

Par  grant  necessite  tut  dreit  ; 

Ne  rei  ne  deit,  si  il  ni  seit  sovent 

Requis,  fere  nul  serment. 

Ne  savez  bien  ke  ceo  pas  ne  apent  •' 

A  dignete,  mes  descovient, 

Quant  vus  jurez,  kar  veraiement    1 1  ro 

As  sugez  e  serfs  jurer  apent. 

LP-  57<9] 
SiG  vus  demandissez  l'encheisun 
Ke  fu  de  la  destincteisun 
De  icel  regne  de  Eubaiens 
E  del  regne  de  Socroiens,         [p.  5721] 
Jeo  vus  respunderai,  e  tut  a  estrus, 
Ke  ceo  fu,  saciez  le  vus, 


Line  1038  Remember  your  own  experiences,  104 1  and  those  of  your 

ancestors.  1050  Despise  not  the  small  man.         1056  Of  keeping  faith.         1062 

The  breaking  of  faith  leads  to  evil  in  the  end.  1070  Faith  is  the  foundation  of 

all  human  communities.  1088  Hermogenes  says  that  man  has  two  attendant 

spirits,  1095  who  tell  the  Creator  of  his  deeds.  1102  Of  swearing  lightly. 


f.  183  v°  a.  2  1.  1056,  sign  omitted  as  in  1.  115,  &c. 

4  f.  184  r°  a.  5  1.  1 108,  apent]  airent  MS. 

6  1.  1 1 12,  sign  omitted  as  in  1.  115,  &c. 


3  f.  183  v°  t* 


3°° 


1  Pur  ceo  ke  lur  reis  veraiement 
Acostume  furent  jurer  sovent 

Par  boidic  a  deceivrc  la  gent  1120 

E  les  preceines  citez  ensement ; 
Dunt  il  depecerent  covenaunt 
Des  choses  establiz  devant 
Al  profit  e  sauvete  de  gent 
Ke  eus  enfreindrcnt  malement 
Par  lur  faus  serment  k'il  useient, 
Par  unt  lur  preceins  destrueient, 
E  pur  ceo  l'equitc  del  juge  dreit 
Suffrir  plus  longement  nel  voleit. 

[p.  57"] 
O  Alisandre,  fiz  enseignez,  1130 

Jeo  voil  ke  sachez  e  entendez 
Ke  de  empire  l'urdeignement 
E  de  regne  governement 
Sunt  documenz  mut  especiaus 
Pleinz  de  granz  biens  e  tres  moraus, 
K'a  vus  apartient  a  saver 
Ta  meisnee  e  le  pueple  governer  ; 
Mes  n'e  pas  liu  de  ceo  treiter 
Ici,  ne  vus  deit  grever, 
Mes  en  eel  livre  la  ou  apent  1140 

Le  saverez  certeinement, 
E  si  vus  serrunt  en  verite 
Documenz  de  grant  savete 

2  Enbregees  e  tres  profitable, 

Les  quels  si  gardez,  saciez  sanz  fable, 

Serrez  aforcez  e  plus  a  eise, 

Si  a  Nostre  Seignur  bien  pleise. 

Gardez  3  ke  pas  ne  repentez      [p.  584] 
Des  choses  ke  sunt  avant  passez, 
Kar  saciez  tut  de  veritez  1150 

Ke  de  fieble  femmes  sunt  propretez. 

E  *  par  ta  aperte  vaillantie        [p.  585] 

Gardez  tuz  jurs  ta  curteisie, 

Tuz  jurs  tes  buntes  eshaucez  ; 

Ceo  est  a  tun  regne  sauvetez 

E  destructiun  veraiement 

A  voz  enemis  ensement. 

Universitez  apparaillez 

E  studie  en  citez  establiez  ; 

E  en  tun  regne  le  suffrez  1160 


E  a  tes  homes  le  comandez 

Ke  lur  fiz  apreignent  de  lettrure 

E  ke  d'estudie  preignent  cure 

En  les  arz  e  en  morautez 

Si  ke  seient  clers  esprovez. 

E  a  vostre  purveance  apent 

De  trover  lur  susteinement. 

Fetes  dune  aucun  avantage 

A  bien  estudianz,  e'est  fet  de  sage, 

5  Ke  par  iceo  ke  a  teus  ferez  11 70 

A  tuz  escolers  ensample  donez 

E  matire  pur  bien  estudier 

E  bien  veiller  pur  espleiter. 

Lur  requestes  volentiers  oiez, 

Lur  lettres  volentiers  recevez, 

Loez  ces  ke  sunt  a  loer, 

Reguerdun  ke  sunt  a  reguerdoner ; 

De  ceo  entreerez  les  6  lettres, 

E  vos  loer,  bien  le  sacies, 

E  voz  fez  en  escripture  1180 

Mettrunt,  si  ke  lunge  dure. 

Iceste  maniere  est  a  preiser 

E  iceste  cointise  est  a  loer, 

De  ceo  ert  l'empire  honure, 

Le  regne  enbeli  e  enlumine, 

La  curt  e  les  reaus  fez 

En  memoire  plus  noblement  retrez. 

[p.  58«] 
Ki  7  fu  ceo  ke  le  regne  eshauca 
De  Grece,  ke  dure  jeske  en  9a  ? 
Ki  fu  ceo  dunt  par  le  mund  lur  fez  1 190 
Pardurablement  furent  retrez? 
Ceo  fu,  saciez,  la  diligence 
D'estudianz  en  lur  science, 
E  ceo  fu  la  vaillantie 
Des  sages  estudianz  en  clergie, 
8  Ki  9  sur  tute  rien  science  amerent 
E  pur  ceo  teu  choses  troverent 
Dunt  le  regne  fu  eshauce 
Ke  tuz  jurs  en  es  9a  ad  dure. 

[p.  5825] 
Dunt ,0  vus  cunterai  orendreit       1200 
D'une  pucele  k'a  la  meisun  esteit 
Un  prudumme,  ke  par  estudie 
Tant  cunquist  ke  par  clergie 
Le  curs  del  an  tut  conuisseit, 


Line  11 18  Bad  kings  swore  in  order  to  deceive  their  people,  11 22  and  then 

broke  their  covenants  ;  1128  hence  their  downfall.  1130   This  is  not  the 

place  to  treat  of  the  ordering  of  an  empire  ;  1140  but  that  shall  be  dealt  with 

later.  1148  Of  regretting  the  past.  1 158  Of  the  advancement  of  learning. 

Build  universities.  1168  Encourage  students.  i*77  Reward  scholarship. 

1 180   Then    will  your   name   live,  1184  and  your  kingdom   be   renowned. 

1 188   This  is  why  Greece  is  still  famous.  1200  Story  of  the  learned  maiden. 


1  f.  184  r°  b.  2  f.  184  v°  a.  s  1.  1148,  sign  omitted  as  in  1.  115,  &c. 

I  1.  1152,  as  in  1.  115.  °  f.  184  v°  b.  G  1.  1178,  les]  MS.  les  les'  7  1.  1188, 
as  in  1.  1 15.  8  f  185  r°  a.  9  At  the  top  of  this  page  is  written  in  a  cursive 
hand  'Nora  de  mullerib«<s.'  10  1.  1200,  as  in  1.  115. 


3oi 


Les  festes  a  venir  ausi  tut  dreit, 

E  les  luis  de  planetes  ensement, 

E  1'encheisun  d'enbreggement 

Del  jur  e  nuit,  e  del  firmament 

Le  curs  e  des  esteilles  ensement 

E  de  choses  a  venir  par  jugement  1210 

Ke,  par  art  d'esteilles.  saver  apent. 

0  Alisandre,  en  nule  guise  [p.  5910] 
E(n)  ovre  de  femmes  n'en  lur  servise 
Ne  vus  afiez,  e  ausi  gardez 

K'a  eles  ne  seez  abandonez  ; 

E  si  covient  par  necessite 

K'a  femme  seez  abandone, 

A  une  lele  dune,  ke  dune  vus  seit, 

Abandunez  vus,  kar  ceo  ert  dreit.    1219 

Kar  tant  come  femme  te  treite  en  braz 

Baillez  li  estes  en  ses  laz  ; 

1  Gardez  vus  bien  e  seez  certeins, 
Kar  vostre  vie  en  est  en  ses  mains. 

LP-  59"] 
Eschivez,2  eschivez  venim  mortel  ; 
Kar  gent  ne  comencent  pas  de  novel 
Autres  envenimer,  mes  pieca  fu 
Ke  muz  par  venim  furent  deceu 
Reis,  de  princes  venim  pieca 
Avant  dreit  tens  lur  mort  hasta. 

[p.  59»] 
O  Alisandre,  ne  vus  afiez  1230 

En  un  sul  mire  ke  vus  tiegnez  ; 
Kar  un  mire,  saciez  sanz  dutance, 
Ad  bien  poer  de  fere  nusance, 
E  une  felunie  emprendre  purreit 
K'a  vus,  pust  estre,  n'estuvereit. 
Mes  eiez  dis,  si  ceo  puet  estre, 
Ke  seient  de  lur  afere  mestre, 
E  quant  mester  de  eus  averez 
Devant  vus  seient  tuz  asemblez, 
E  si  il  covient  ke  medicine  pernez  1240 
Par  cunseil  de  plusurs  le  frez. 

O  Alisandre,  le  fet  remenbrez  [p.  602] 

La  reine  de  Inde,  dunt  bien  savez 

Kant  par  amiste  a  vus  manda 

Presens,  e  beaus  duns  envea, 

Entre  quels  choses  fu  envee 

Cele  bele  pucele  tant  maluree, 

3  Ke  d'en  ance  veraiement 

De  venim  nurri  fu  de  serpent ; 

Dunt,  si  a  cele  hure  n'usse  este     1250 

Ke  l'usse  cointement  esgarde, 

E  par  art  nel  usse  coneu 


E  par  esgarz  aperceu, 

De  ceo  ke  hardiement  esgarda 

E  sanz  vergoine  les  oilz  ficha 

En  face  d'umme  cont(in)uelement 

En  percant  e  horiblement, 

Dunt  jeo  aperceu  bien  par  tant 

K'ele  tuereit  home  sul  en  mordant, 

(Ke  puis  apres  par  esperement     1260 

L'eprovastes  tut  certeinement) 

Dunt  ta  mort,  si  jeo  n'usse  este, 

En  ardur  de  lecherie  vus  eust  procure. 

O  Alisandre,  kar  gardez  [p.  fiO16] 

Vostre  alme  noble  ke  vus  eez, 

K'est  par  le  poeste  divine 

De  haute  nature  come  angeline, 

E  si  vus  est  pur  ceo  baillee 

Ke  pas  ne  seit  deshonuree 

Mes  glorifie,  ne  ne  seit  mie  1270 

De  condiciun  de  gent  suillie, 

Mes  seit  del  numbre  de  la  sage  gent 

A  quels  glorie  et  joie  apent. 

4  Rei  Alisandre  le  benurez,      [p.  6021] 
Si  fere  en  nule  maniere  poez, 

Ne  levez  vus  mie,  ne  ne  seez, 

Ne  ne  mangez  mie,  ne  ne  bevez, 

Ne  rien  ne  facez  en  ceste  vie 

Sanz  cunseil  d'un  sage  astronomic 

E  seez  de  ceo  tut  certein  1280 

Ke  Deu  nule  rien  ne  fist  en  vein 

En  nature,  mes  tut  par  raisun 

E  par  reisunable  encheisun  ; 

E  par  ceste  vie  e  conofssance 

Conuit,  saciez  sanz  dutance, 

Platun,  nostre  tresage  mestre, 

E  enquist  en  nature  tut  l'estre 

Des  choses  compunt  des  qualitez 

Ke  sunt  contraires  en  ceo  trovez 

E  des  colurs,  par  compareison       1290 

A  chose  de  compositiun, 

Par  quei  aveit  science  trovee 

De  ydees  e  de  chose  furmee. 

[p.  61*] 
As  dis  des  nunsages  ne  creez  mie 
Ke  dient  ke  nul  astronomie 
La  science  ne  puet  saver, 
E  ke  si  forte  est  ke  nul  trover 
Ne  puet  de  ceo  entendement. 
Ne  sevent  ke  dient  veirement,       1299 

5  Kar  rien  n'est  fort  quant  a  la  pussance 
D'entendement,  saciez  sanz  dutance, 


Line  1212   Of  u  omen.  1224  Of  poison  and  of  leeches.  1242  Story  of  the 

poison-maiden.  1264   Guard  your  divine  soul.  i274  Of  astronomy. 

1294  Do  not  believe  those  ivho  say  it  is  beyond  human  understanding. 


1  f.  185  r°  b. 


2  1.  1224.  as  in  1.  115.     s  f.  185  v»  a.     4  f.  185  v°  b. 
5  f.  186  r°  a. 


3°2 


Kar  tutes  choscs  k'a  saver1  sunt 
Par  reisun  estrc  sues  purrunt. 

Autres  i  ad  mis  en  sotie  [p.  HI7] 

Ke  ne  dient  pas  meins  de  folic  ; 

Ke  Deu  tutes  choses  purveu  aveit     , 

Pardurablement,  avant  k'esteit 

Le  mund,  e  avait  avant  ordine, 

Kc  quanke  avient  est  necessite 

E  est  ordine  issi  del  festre  1310 

Ke  pur  rien  ne  purreit  autrement  estre; 

Pur  ceo  dient  ke  ne  puet  valeir 

Chose  k'est  a  venir  de  saveir. 

Ices  errerent  malement 

E  forveerent  apertement, 

Kar,  mesk'  aucune  chose  aviegne 

Ke  a  venir  issi  le  coviegne,     [p.  6112] 

Mieuz  serra  suffert  par  itant 

Si  l'en  2  seit  la  chose  devant, 

E  mieuz  eschivre  le  peot  en  1320 

E  decliner  par  aucun  sen  ; 

Kar  chose  k'est  coneu  e-parveue 

Serra  plus  sagement  receue, 

E  si  aucune  moleste  i  a 

Sanz  trop  damage  passera. 

3  Kar  d'ivern  ore  pernez  cure, 

Kant  om  seit  k'avendra  grant  freidure 

La  gent  devant  mieuz  se  purverrunt 

De  dras,  de  busche,  dunt  mester  unt, 

E  pur  ceo  quant  yvern  vendra        1330 

Pas  trop  ne  lur  grevera. 

E  pur  la  chalinc  ausi  d'este, 

Par  freide  viandes  k'unt  purchace 

E  par  freit  especes  eschaperunt 

Les  fervurs  k'en  este  serrunt. 

Ausi  ki  avant  saverunt 

Les  anz  de  feim  ki  avendrunt 

De  blez  e  d'estor  se  purverrunt 

Ke  nule  moleste  de  ceo  n'averunt. 

[P-  61"] 
Pur  ceo  est  bien  saver  avant  1340 

Choses,  ke  gent  par  itant 
De  lur  mals  garni  en  fussent 
Ke  de  plus  leger  eschaper  pussent. 
E  quant  la  gent  conuisterunt 
Les  choses  k'a  venir  serrunt. 
Nostre  Seignur  prierunt  par  itant 
Ke  par  sa  puissance  seit  en  aidant 
Ke  autre  i  mette  ordeinement 


Ke  del  mal  a  venir  les  defent. 

[p.  6131] 
Kar  saciez  ceo  en  bone  fei  r35° 

Ke  Deu  ne  fist  rien  cuntre  sei 

4  Kant  fet  tels  choses  a  gent  mustrer, 
Kar  il  le  purrunt  pur  ceo  preer, 

E  en  jeunes  e  en  devotiun 
E  en  aumones  e  en  oreisun 
De  lur  pecchiez  aver  pardun 
E  de  lur  trespas  remissiun  ; 
Si  musterunt  bien  par  tant 
K'il  duterunt  Deu  le  tut  puissant. 

[p.  645] 
Mes  saciez,  sire,  ke  ne  voil  mie     1360 
Ore  treiter  de  astronomie, 
Mes  apres,  quant  a  ceo  vendrai, 
En  cest  livrecon  treiterai  ; 
Mes  ore  primes  au  comencement 
De  medicine  averez  le  document 
E  une  manere  de  privetez 
Ke  vus  suffiserunt  asez 
A  vostre  cors  garder  en  sante, 
E  si  est,  saciez  de  verite, 
La  meillure  e  preciuse  doctrine     1370 
Ke  seit  en  tute  medicine, 
E  d'autre  part  devez  saver 
Ke  mult  vaut  al  mund  governer. 

Sire,  ceo  devez  primes  saver  [p.  6410] 
Ke  n'est  veie  a  fere  ne  a  purchacer 
Rien  en  siecle  ke  seit  en  terre 
Si  par  poer  nel  pussez  fere  ; 

5  E  saciez  ke  nul  n'ad  poeste 
Si  ceo  ne  seit  par  sa  sante, 

E  sane*»  n'avera  ja  nul  hum  1380 

Sanz  oelte  de  complexiun, 

Ne  oelte  n'est  pas,  sanz  dutance, 

De  complexiun  sanz  temperance. 

Mes  Deus  de  gloire  ordina  la  manere 

A  temperance  aver  entiere, 

De  humurs  remedie  e  conservance 

A  sante  aver  sanz  grevance, 

E  plusurs  autres  choses  ensement 

Les  quels  as  prophetes  e  a  seinte  gent 

E  as  autres  ke  esleu  aveit  JSP0 

Priveement  Deu  demustreit, 

Les  quels  ellumina  en  science 

Par  l'espirit  de  divine  sapience. 

Surse  de  science  lur  duneit 

Des  quels  les  philosophes  unt  estreit 


Line  1304  Of  foreknowledge.  1318  A  foreseen  evil  is  better  borne.  132.6 

For  instance,  one  can  prepare  for  great  cold,  I332  or  heat,  *336  or  scarcity. 

1350  One  can  pray  and  fast  also.  1360  But  astronomy  also  will  be  treated  of 

later.        1364  Now  medicine  shall  be  spoken  of.        1374   Of  the  importance  of  health. 
1383    Temperance  is  essential.  1391    God  showed  his  secrets  to  the  old  philosophers. 


1  1.  1302,  saver]  MS.  savez.  "  1.  1319,  l'en]  MS.  les.  3  f.  186  r°  b. 

4  f.  186  v°  a.         5  f.  186  v°  b. 


3°3 


Lur  philosophic  pleinement ; 
Kar  de  eus  aveient  comencement 
Les  Latins  e  les  Indiens, 
Les  Grius  e  les  Parsiens, 
De  ces  lur  science  espucherent,    1400 
Lur  princes  de  art  par  eus  troverent 
E  secrez  k'en  lur  escriz  mistrent, 
Dunt  bien  piert  ke  de  eus  le  pristrent, 

1  Kar  en  lur  escriz  rien  n'est  trove 
Ke  ne  seit  reisun  esprove, 

Dunt  des  sages  sunt  receu, 
Escrit  e  oi  e  esleu. 

[p.  64"] 
Ki  a  sei  meimes  est  encheisun 
De  mal  e  de  perdicion 
II  serra  plus  legierement  1410 

Encheisun  de  perte  de  autre  gent. 

[p.  6426] 
Pur  ceo  elisum  ceo  ke  nus  amums 
E  queruns  ceo  ke  nus  entendums  ; 
Mes  nepurquant  devez  saver 
Ke  Deu  le  haut  k'est  rei  sanz  per 
Entre  tuz  les  philosophes  k'el  mund  a 
Les  Grius  sur  tuz  ellumina 
A  science  enquere  sanz  dutance 
E  de  nature  aver  conuissance. 
De  ceo  vus  ai  jeo  dit  autre  fez,       1420 
Dunt  sulum  eus  ore  fra  cest  treitez. 

Les  sages  s'acordent  trestuz,    [p.  655] 
Les  natureus  philosophes  e  pruz, 
Ke  home  est  fet  de  quatre  element 
Contraries  e  d'umurs  ensement, 
Ke  tuz  jurs  de  beivre  e  manger 
A  sustenance  unt  mester, 
Sanz  les  quels  home  verraiement 
Corrumpu  serreit  utrement.  1429 

2  E  ki  trop  poy  em  preDt  e  plus  d'asez 
Fieble(sce)  engendre  e  enfermetez, 

E  mult  d'autre  mals  ja  vienent 

K'entempreement  pas  ne  se  tienent ; 

Mes  ki  manjue  e  beit  od  temperance 

A  sa  vie  trovera  bone  aidance, 

Si  en  avera  force  de  cors 

E  sante  partut  dedenz  e  dehors. 

[p.  65"] 
Issi  s'acordent  trestut  li  sage 
E  dient  tut  par  un  corage 


Ki  ke  ceo  seit  k'issi  le  face  I44° 

Ke  litre  due  mesure  trespasse 

En  trop  ou  trop  poi  beyvre  ou  manger, 

Trop  ou  tropoy  dormir  ou  veiller, 

Trop  ou  tropoi  reposer  ou  mover, 

Trop  ou  tropoy  le  ventre  voider, 

En  trop  ou  tropoy  sane  lesser, 

Ki  si  le  fet  ne  puet  eschaper 

Les  enuiz  e  les  reveries 

D'enfermetez  e  de  maladies  ; 

Des  quels  brievement  treiterai       1450 

E  certeine  doctrine  vus  en  dirrai 

De  diverses  maladies  issi 

E  de  lur  remedies  autresi. 

[p.  6521] 
Les3  sages  trestuz  si  acordeient 
Ki  de  trop  ou  tropoi  se  gardeient, 
4  Uelte  e  temperance  avereient, 
E  lunge  vie  e  sante  receveraient, 

[p.  652«J 
Ki  desire  dune  vivre  e  durer5 
Estudie  dune  de  purchacer 
Choses  ke  durablement  covienent  1460 
E  ke  la  vie  gardent  e  tienent, 
E  lesser  covient  en  verite 
Le  desir  de  ta  propre  volente, 
E  garde  qu'il  n'ajuste  mie 
Mangerie  sur  mangerie. 

Jeo  oi  dire  de  Ypocras  [p.  664] 

Ke  dietes  garda,  n'es  pas  gas, 
Par  les  quels  meymes  fiebles  devint 
E  les  fieblesces  de  cors  sustint ; 6 
Dunt  un  sun  desciple  li  diseit  :       1470 
'  Noble  mestre,  fetcil,  s'il  vusplerreit 
Ke  bien  buissiez  e  mangissiez 
Tant  fieblesce  de  cors  n'averiez.' 
Ypocras  dunkes  li  responeit 
En  teu  manere,  si  li  diseit : 
'  Pur  ceo  manguz  ke  vivre  pusse, 
Ne  vif  pas  pur  ceo  ke  mangusse  ; ' 
Kar  norrissement  est  pur  durance, 
Ne  mie  la  reverse  7  sanz  dutance, 
Kar  durance  n'est  pas  veraiement  1480 
Pur  aver  le  nurissement. 
8  Kar  mut  ai  coneu  tant  come  vesquirent 
Ke  de  trop  mangier  se  detenirent9 
E  lur  apetiz  desporterent 


Line  1408  He  who  is  the  cause  of  evil  to  himself  will  be  a  source  of  danger  to 
others.  I4I5  God  illuminated  the  Greeks  beyond  all  otliers.  1422   Of 

temperance.  1438  All  the  sages  agree  that  the  secret  of  health  is  temperance 

1442  in  eating  and  drinking,  1443  sleeping,  !444  resting,  1445 

purging,  1446  and  letting  blood.  1466  Hippocrates  said.  '  /  eat  to  live,  not 

live  to  eat.1  1482  Abstemious  men  are  more  vigorous  and  of  longer  life. 

1  f.  187  r°  a.  2  f.  187  r°  b.  3  1.  1454,  paragraph  sign  omitted. 

4  f  187  v°  a.         5  1.  1458,  vivre  e  durer]  MS.  vivre  duter.         6  1.  1469,  sustint] 
MS.  sustient.  7  1.  1479,  reverse]  MS.  reverence.  8  f.  187  v°  b. 

9  1.  1483,  se  detenirent]  MS.  le  detenirent. 


3°4 


E  glotonie  pas  nc  hanterent 
E  par  dietcs  vesquirent  en  temperance, 
Ke  crestiens  furent  sanz  nusancc 
E  mieuz  poeient  overer 
E  en  vie  plus  legierement  durer 
E  de  bon  appetit  ensement  1490 

E  plus  legiers  de  muvement. 
C'est  en  Arabiens  aparant, 
E  par  desert  ke  sunt  alant, 
E  lunges  chemins  ensement  ; 
Par  unt  est  apert  argument 
Ke  abstinence  de  trop  manger, 
E  de  superfluite  purger, 
Est  la  medicine  soveraine 
Pur  aver  dreite  sancte  plaine.         1499 
[p.  6622] 
O  Alisandre,  en  medicine  verement 
Est  contenu  certein  document 
Ke  la  conservance  est  de  sante 
Principaument  en  dous  choses  trove. 
La  permereine  est  k'  omme  use  sanz 

fable 
Mangiers  a  sun  age  covenable, 
E  del  tens  ausi  preigne  cure, 
E  a  la  costume  de  sa  nature  ; 
1K'il  use  viandes,  c'est  a  saver, 
E  beivres  ke  soleit  hanter 
Dunt  aveit  norrissement  1510 

E  de  substance  conferment. 

La  seconde  est  ke  seit  purge  [p.  662R] 

De  superfluite  engendre 

De  males  humurs  e  corumpues 

E  (ke)  de  surfet  sunt  avenues. 

Humeine  cors  devez  saver,     [p.  6630] 

K'est  vessel  de  beivre  e  mangier, 

Enmenusez  est  e  remenez 

En  la  matire,  bien  le  saciez, 

E  princes  dunt  primes  fu  1520 

Come  d'elemenz  engendre  e  conceu, 

Par  chaline  ke  l'umur  ensecchist 

La  quele  le  cors  pest  e  norrist ; 

Mes  resouz  est  e  remenez 

As  princes  dunt  estoit  nez 

De  vent  e  de  solail  par  la  chalur, 

K'ensecchissent  trestut  l'umur. 

[P-  67s] 
Quant  cors,  dune,  est  de  teu  nature 
Ke  mutd'umurs  passent  par  overture, 
Grosse  viande  vaut  a  teu  cors        1530 


Pus  ke  mult  est  k'en  est  mis  hors 
De  quantite  e  de  grosse  substance, 
De  chalur  pur  trop  habundance, 

2  E  de  humurs  ke  del  cors  estreit  sunt 
Ke  par  overtures  tut  s'en  vunt. 

[P-  67"] 
Mes  quant  le  cors  est  sec  e  lie 
Sutive  viandes  en  verite 
E  muistes  li  valent  veraiement, 
Kar  ceo  k'en  ist  certeinement 
De  poi  de  quantite  serra  r54° 

Pur  les  overtures  ke  estrei  a. 

[p.  67«] 
Pur  ceo  est  certein  document 
A  sante  garder  pleinement 
Ke  hume  en  sa  sante  use  manger 
K'a  sa  qualite  pusse  acorder. 
C'est  a  saver,  pernez  ent  cure, 
A  home  k'est  de  chaude  nature 
Chaudes  viandes  valent  veirement, 
Mes  ke  chaud  seient  entempreement ; 
Mesa  home  k'est  de  freide  nature   1550 
Freides  viandes  valent  en  temprure  ; 
A  home  moist  ou  sec  norissement 
Entendez  la  manere  ensement. 

[p.  6720] 
Mes  si  home  chaud  (est)  utre  mesure 
Quant  chaline  grieve  la  nature 
K'eit  par  chauz  mangiers  receu 
Ou  par  autre  chaline  k'est  avenu, 
Dune  li  poent  mangers  valer 
Contraires  e  freides  a  user.  x559 

3  E  quant  l'estomac  chaud  e  bon  serra 
E  fort,  a  tiel  mieuz,  saciez,  vaudra 
Grosses  viandes  a  mangier, 

Kar  tel  estomac,  devez  saver, 

Est  come  bon  feu  e  pussant 

Ke  grosse  busche  gaste  en  ardant. 

[p.  6728] 
Mes  quant  l'estomac  veirement 
Est  freit  e  fiebles  ensement, 
A  tel  estomac  mieuz  vaut  mangers 
Ke  sutil  seient  e  legiers, 
Kar  le  feu  resemble,  par  reisun,   1570 
Ke  estuble  art  e  sekeillun. 

[p.  67=*] 
Les  signes  de  bon  estomac,  saciez, 
Sunt  d'aver  de  cors  legiertez 
E  d'aver  cler  entendement 
E  appetit  ausi  de  movement. 


Line  1500  Of  the  two  safeguards  to  health.  1504  Suitable  diet.  1512 

Purging  of  humours.  1528  Strong  meats  for  hot  bodies.  1536  Delicate 

meats  for  dry  bodies.  1542   Use  foods  of  a  like  nature  to  your  own  temper, 

1554  unless  you  have  an  excess  of  heat  or  cold.  1560  A  good  digestion  is  like 

a  hot  fire,  1566  and  a  weak  digestion  is  like  a  feeble  fire.  1572  Of  the  signs 

of  a  good  digestion. 


1  f.  188  r°  a. 


2  f.  188  r°  b 


3  f.  188  v°  a. 


3°5 


Les  signes  de  mal  estomae  en  sun 

E  de  fieble  digestiun 

Sunt  pesantume  de  eors  e  molesce, 

Enflure  de  face  e  peresce, 

E  baaler  de  buche  sovent,  1580 

E  pesantume  des  oilz  ensement, 

Led  e  mauveis  bretimer ' 

Kant  ceo  bretime  est  amer 

Ou  evus  ou  egre  ou  purlent2 

Ou  ke  savoure  malement. 

'  E  pur  iceo  sunt  engendrez       [p.  68°] 

Enfleure  en  ventre  e  ventositez, 

E  si  en  ert  amenusez 

Appetit  de  mangier,  saciez. 

E  si  la  chose  est  en  quantite  grant  1590 

Saciez  ke  de  ceo  demeintenant 

Les  piez  e  mains  se  estendent, 

Les  membres  resortissant  rendent, 

E  le  cors  en  rent  tut  tremblant 

E  suvent  la  buche  en  baalant, 

E  autre  mals  k'en  vienent  asez 

K'a  sante  sunt  cuntrarietez 

E  sunt  al  cors  destructiun 

E  a  la  nature  corruptiun  ; 

Pur  ceo  vus  devez  veirement         1600 

De  teus  mals  garder  cointement. 

[p.  68"] 
Pus  ke  dunkes  cors  corruptible  est, 
( E  la  corruption,  saciez  se  nest 
De  contrariete  de  complexiun 
E  d'umurs  contraries  ausi,  en  sun, 
K'en  cors  sunO  vos  escriz  ore  sanz  fable 
Choses  k'a  ceo  sunt  profitable 
E  necessaries,  e  les  secrez 
Ke  sunt  en  art  de  medicine  tro\  ez. 
Dunt  tut  seurement  en  pussez       1610 
Sanz  deserte  bien  estre  paez. 
4  E  pur  ceo  ke  hunte  sereit  a  mire 
Tutes  maladies  apertement  dire, 
Si  vus  ceste  chose  bien  regardez, 
E  sulum  l'ordre  precius  vus  gardez, 
Tut  pleinement  devez  saver 
Ke  de  mire  n'averez  ja  mester, 
Estre  ceo  k'avienent  par  cas 
Ke  l'em  ne  puet  bien  eschivre  pas. 

[p.  6828] 
O  Alisandre,  ceo  covient  ke  sacez  1620 


Ke  quant  de  dormir  vus  levez 
K'ailez  un  petit  entempreement 
A  estendre  voz  menbres  oelment, 
E  si  devez  vostre  chief  pinnier  ; 
Kar  5  les  membres  aforce  l'adrescer, 
E  le  pierner  les  humurs.  bien  le  sachez, 
Estreit  hors  ke  sunt  muntez 
E. la  teste  del  estomae  dreit 
Quant  tens  de  dormir  esteit. 


[P-  <*>92] 
1630 


En  este  vus  fetes  laver 

D'eue  freide,  devez  saver, 

Kar  ceo  destreint  e  la  chaline 

Remue  del  chief  par  teu  covine, 

E  si  durra  veirement 

Talent  de  mangier  ensement. 


Puis  apres  bien  vus  vestez         [p.  696] 

De  noble  vesture  e  aurnez  ; 

6  Kar  vostre  corage  en  verite 

Se  delitera  en  beaute, 

E  la  vertu  de  vie  par  delit  1640 

Serra  recumforte  sanz  respit, 

E  le  quor  overt  rendra 

Dunt.leez  e  heite  tut  serra. 


[p.  6910] 


1650 


Pus  apres  si  froterez 

Vos  denz  e  gengives  asez 

Od  les  escorces  tut  entur 

D'arbre  chaud,  sec,  amer  de  savur, 

Kar  iceo  lez  denz  ennettit 

E  vice  de  buche  tut  ennientit, 

La  lange  bien  parlante  rent 

E  la  parole  clere  ensement ; 

Ensurketut  devez  saver 

Ke  dune  talent  de  manger. 


Puis  apres  devez  user  [p.  6915] 

Sulum  le  tens  vus  estover, 

Kar  profite  a  grant  mesure  ; 

Del  cervel  oevre  la  closture, 

Les  cols  plus  gros  par  ceo  rent, 

E  les  braz  plus  gras  ensement, 

La  face  e  la  veue  esclarsist,  1660 

Le  sen  ausi  en  aforsist, 

E  entardir  fet  ensement 

Chanuesce,  saciez  veirement. 


Line  1576  Of  weak  digestion.  1602  Of the  means  of keeping  well  without 

aid  of  a  doctor.  1620  Of  rising  from  sleep.  1622   Take  gentle  exercise. 

1624  Comb  your  hair.  1630  Bathe  in  cold  water.  1636  Dress  yourself  in 

beautiful  raiment.  1644  Brush  your  teeth.  1654   Take  a  hot  bath. 


1   1.  1582,   bretimer]  MS.   bretuner,  with  an  «'  mark  over  the  first  strode  of 
the  u.  2  1.  1584,"  purlent]  MS.  has  an  i  mark  over  the  first  stroke  of  the  u, 

and  the  word  might  better  be  read  '  pirdent '  or  '  pirclent ' 
*  f.  189  r°  a.  5  1.  1625,  Kar]  MS.  Kai.  6  f.  189  r°  b. 


f.  188  v°  b. 


3°6 


3  Pus  les  meillurs  ke  trover ez  [p.  69s2] 

Uignemenz  de  bon  odur  hantez 

K'acordent  al  tens  nomeement 

Sulum  ceo  k'a  la  seisun  apent, 

Kar  l'alme  ne  serreit  pas  refet 

For  del  odur  k'en  est  estreit, 

Kar  bon  odur  veraiement  1670 

Est  al  alme  norissement  ; 

E  quant  l'alme  serra  refet 

E  afermee  e  mis  en  het 

Le  cors  tut  en  reforcera 

E  le  queor  s'en  joissera 

E  le  sane  es  veines  cura 

Pur  la  leesce  ke  l'alme  a. 

Si  prendrez  letuaires  apres      [p.  6929] 
K'est  nome  'lignis  aloes' 
K'est  en  livres  de  meseines  escrit  1680 
Coment  e  de  ki  est  cumfit. 

[p.  70*] 
E  reaubarbre  pernez  ensement. 
Le  peis  de  qtiatre  deniers  d'argent, 
Kar  e'est  une  chose  mult  profitable, 
Kar  fleume  sustreit,  saciez  sanz  fable, 
De  buche  del  estomac  tut  hors, 
Si  engendre  chaline  el  cors 
E  enchace  ventosite 
E  bone  savur  rent  en  verite. 

[P.  ™6] 
2  Pus  od  les  nobles  vus  seez  1690 

E  oveskes  les  sages  parlez 
Sulum  costume  des  reis  e  noble  gent 
E  parlez  e  fetes  ceo  ki  apent. 

Pus  apres,  kant  hure  serra        [p.  714] 

De  manger  quant  il  vus  plerra, 

Travaillez  vus  un  poi  avant 

En  chevachant  ou  en  alant 

Ou  aucun  autre  chose  fesant, 

Kar  ceo  est  mut  al  cors  aidant, 

Kar  ceo  enchace  ventositez,  1700 

Le  cors  adresce  e  aforcez 

En  est  e  alegge  ensement, 

E  al  estomac  chaline  rent, 

E  les  junctures  lie,  e  ennientit 

Les  humurs  nusantes  e  tut  defit, 

E  fleume  sur  l'estomac  fet  ausi 

Descendre  k'est  trop  chaud  e  ensechi. 

Quant  asis  estes  au  manger     [p.  7113] 


Fetes  mut  des  viandes  porter 

E  mangiez  ent  a  tun  pleisir  17 10 

E  ceo  dunt  averez  desir, 

Od  pein  ke  oelement  seit  leve 

Ke  seit  parfitement  fermente. 

E  mangiez  dune  premierement 

Ceo  ke  primes  manger  apent, 

3  C'est  a  saver,  si  humme  prent 

Legiere  viande  premierement 

E  mole,  ke  l'estomac  mol  rent, 

E  la  plus  dure  mangue  derenement, 

Kant  la  mole  vient  devant  1720 

Plus  tost  en  ert  defit  par  tant, 

Mes  la  dure  viande.  ki  pus  receu  a, 

Plus  lung  en  l'estomac  demurra; 

Mes  si  la  dure  devant  mangue 

E  la  mole  e  legiere  est  pus  receue 

Del  un  e  del  autre  par  raisun 

Ert  bone  la  digestiun. 

Ausi  saciez  si  home  prent 

Plusurs  viandes  ensemblement 

Ke  moles  e  legiers  sunt  173° 

E  de  legier  defierunt, 

Dune  covient  k'avant  manger  viegne 

Al  funt  del  estomac  ke  bien  retiegne, 

Kar  del  estomac  la  parfundesce 

Plus  chaud  est  *  e»plus  ad  molesce, 

De  ceo  k'en  cele  partie  junt 

Charnuse  parties  ke  i  sunt, 

E  si  est  a  la  fie  de  pres  veisine  5 

Ke  viande  defit  par  sa  chaline. 

[p.  72»] 
E  bien  saciez  k'a  tun  manger         1740 
De  manger  devez  desporter 
6  Endementiers  uncore  ke  volentez 
E  desir  de  mangier  avez, 
Kar  par  sa  superfluite 
L'estomac  est  mut  anguisse, 
E  si  en  ert  le  cors  greve 
E  le  corage  mut  blesce, 
E  la  viande  remeint  pesant 
Al  fund  del  estomac  e  nusant. 


[P. 


Ensemblement  vus  retenez 

Ke  ewe  apres  manger  ne  bevez, 

Jeske  aviegne  ke  vus  seez 

De  ceo  fere  acostumez, 

Kar  beivre  freit  eue,  ki  ke  ceo  seit, 

Sur  manger  rent  l'estomac  freit 

E  la  chaline  esteint  ensement 


7211] 
1750 


Line  1664  Anoint  yourself  with  sweet-smelling  ointments.  1678   Then  take 

an  electuay  of  aloes  1682  and  rhubarb.  1694   Of  eating.  1696   Take 

exercise  be/ore  eating.  1708  Eat  bread  with  meat.  17 14  Eat  first  the  solider 

foods  i725  <*>*<<  then  the  lighter.  1740  Rise  from  the  table  with  an  appetite. 

1750  Do  not  drink  water  after  eating, 


1  f.  189  v° 
chaud  est. 


2  f.  189  v°  b.  3  f.  190  r° 

6  1.  1738,  veisine]  MS.  neisine. 


4  1-  x735)  MS.  Ke  pus 
f.  190  r°  b. 


3°7 


E  la  viande  confuse  rent 
E  engendre  desturbement 
Si  mut  en  est  beu  veirement, 
Kar  saciez,  ki  ke  mut  en  beit, 
Rien  n'est  k'al  cors  peur  seit. 


1760 


Mes  si  par  bosoin  seit  beue      [p.  7216] 

Par  chaline  del  estomac  eue, 

Ou  si  chaline  pur  ceo  avez 

Pur  chaude  viandes  k'avez  mangez, 

Seit  dune  ceo  k'enbevez  ent 

Ne  mie  trop  mes  entempreement. 


1  E  apres,  quant  refet  serrez,     [p.  73s] 
Aucune  chose  pus  alez, 
E  pus  en  mol  lit  vus  cochez  1770 

E  entempreement  dormez  ; 
E  un  hure,  si  ceo  puet  estre, 
Reposerez  sur  la  coste  destre, 
E  pus  au  senestre  returnez 
E  sur  le  senestre  donke  dormez, 
"Kar  le  senestre  coste  est  freit 
Dunt  chaline  l'abusoignereit. 

[p.  73«] 
Si  aucune  grevance  dune  sentez 
Ou  k'en  Festomac  ou  ventre  avez, 
Fetes  une  chemise  eschaufer  1780 

E  ferm  sur  vostre  ventre  poser. 

[p..  73»] 
E  si  vus  avez  eructaciun  2 
Egre,  ceo  est  par  1'encheisun 
E  signe  ke  l'estomac  avez 
Freit,  saciez  de  veritez. 
La  mescine  de  ceo  ke  devez  receivre 
Est  ke  devez  chaude  eue  beivre 
Od  cirup  acetus,  e  geter; 
Ceo  vus  deit  mut  al  cors  valer, 
Kar  la  livre  e  corruptiun  1790 

De  mangier  el  ventre  destructiun 
Est  al  cors  tut  pleinement, 
Si  par  remedie  n'eit  desturbement. 

[p.  73*i] 
3  Devant  mangier  le  muevement 
Chaline  al  estomac  rent, 
Mes  apres  manger  saciez  tant 


Ke  e'est  al  estomac  nusant, 

Kar  dune  desquit  le  manger  descent 

Al  funt  del  estomac  veirement  ; 

E  de  ceo  vienent  estupemenz         1800 

E  autre  maus  engendre  dedenz. 

Dormir  devant  manger  suvent  [p.  741] 

Saciez  ke  le  cors  megre  rent 

E  atreit  l'umidite, 

Dunt  est  ensechi  en  verite  ; 

Mes  apres  manger  dormir  nurit, 

Refet  e  emple  e  aforcit. 

Kar  tant  come  home  dort  en  recelee 

La  chaline  naturele  desparpilee 

Par  tut  le  cors  est  espandue,  1810 

En  l'estomac  dunt  est  descendue, 

Dunt  l'estomac  est  conforte 

Par  la  chaline  e  aforce, 

Dunt  le  manger  receu  bien  en  est  quit, 

E  par  la  decoctiun  ert  bien  desfit  ; 

E  aidunc  la  vertu  reisunable 

Quert  sun  repos,  n'est  mie  fable. 

Dunt  aucun  des  philosophes  diseit 

Ke  mangier  al  vespre  plus  vaudreit 

4  K'a  midi  mangier,  ou  la  entur;    1820 

Kar  midi  la  chaline  a  del  jur, 

E  de  jur  ovrent  lessens 

E  l'alme  travaille  dedenz, 

Kar  hume  dunkes  e  veit  e  ot 

E  pense  e  de  reisun  parot  6 

Eplusurs  chosesfet  keavienentdehors, 

Dunt  mut  en  est  travaile  le  cors, 

Par  unt  en  hure  de  midi  s'estent 

La  chaline  naturele  utreement 

E  ist  par  les  parties  dehors  1830 

Par  tutes  les  overtures  del  cors, 

E  pur  ceo  est  mut  enfiebli 

L'estomac,  saciez  le  de  fi, 

E  si  est  dunkes  de  nunpoeir 

La  viande  defire,6  saciez  de  veir. 

[p.  74-'] 
Mes7  quant  Pen  mangue  veraiement 
Au  vespre,  est  tut  autrement, 
Kar  dune  ert  sanz  travail  le  cors 
E  les  sens  se  reposent  dehors 
E  la  freidure  de  nuit  dune  vient    1840 


Line   1762  unless  it  be  necessary  from  excess  of  heat,  and  then  drink  only  in 
great  moderation.  1768  Of  sleeping.  1769   Take  a  little  gentle  exercise , 

1770  then  sleep  in  a  soft  bed.  1772  Lie  an  hour  on  the  right  side,  1774   then 

turn  on  to  the  left  side.  1778  If  you  feel  pain,  apply  heat  to  the  stomach, 

1786  or  drink  vinegar  and  hot  water.         1794  Much  exercise  before  eating  is  good, 
1796  but  after  eating  is  harmful.  180s  Sleeping  before  a  meal  makes  a  man 

thin,  1806  but  after  a  meal  it  is  health-giving.  1818  Of  the  times  Jor 

eating.  1821    The  body  has  too  much  other  work  to  do  at  midday.  1836  // 

is  therefore  better  to  eat  in  the  evening. 


1  f.  190  v°  a.  2  I.  1782,  MS.  adds  .i.  {id  est)  bretuns.  s  f.  190  v°  b. 

*  f.  191  r°  a.         5  1.  1825,  parot]  MS.  parout.  6  1.  1835,  defire]  MS.  desire. 

7  1.  1836,  paragrap     sign  omitted. 

X  2 


3°» 


E  les  overtures  del  cors  emprient 
E  en  1'estomac  la  chaline  quit, 
Dune  la  viande  en  est  enduit. 

[p.  75<] 
Ensurketut  saver  devez 
Ki  ke  mangier  acostumez 
'  F.(st)  dous  fiez  le  jur,  sanz  dutance 
Si  se  retient  en  aura  nusance ; 
Ausi  ki  ke  est  acostumier 
Une  fiez  le  jur  sulement  mangier 
E  pus  s'il  mangue  dous  fiez  1850 

Ceo  li  nurra,  bien  le  saciez, 
Kar2  sun  estomac  pur  le  trespas 
I.a  viande  defire  ne  puet  pfas. 
Ausi  avient  del  hore  changer 
Quant  soleit  a  costume  manger, 
Kar  tost  apres  bien  le  savera 
K'a  sa  nature  grevera, 
Kar  de  ceo  deit  em  prendre  cure 
Ke  costume  est  1  autre  nature. 

[P-  75«] 
Mes  s'il  avient  par  necessite  i860 

Ke  la  costume  seit  changie, 
I  covient  ke  fet  seit  sagement 
Ke  ceo  ne  seit  pas  subitement, 
Mes  petit  e  petit  covient  changer, 
Une  feiz  apres  autre  manger 
Petit  e  petit  come  afiert, 
E  par  l'aide  Deu  issi  bien  ert. 

[Secretum  Secretorum  ends  here] 

[p.  7518] 
La  sante  bien  garder  pleinement 
Est  en  quite  e  movement, 
E  en  beivre  e  en  mangier,  saciez,    1870 
E  en  voider  superfluetez. 
3  E  si  est  ausi,  sanz  dutance, 
En  mesure  e  en  observance. 
Le  liu  e  meisun  ou  meindre  deit 
Net  e  tempre  par  tut  seit, 
A  maus  ke  piist  a  venir  rester. 
Avant  ke  Pen  receive  a  manger 
Les  pensees  de  beste  oster, 
E  les  costumes  bien  garder. 
Ki  ke  veut  sa  sante  garder  1880 

Devant  mangier  estuit  travailier. 

En  chescun  travail  k'ome  seut  hanter 
I'tre  poer  ne  deit  travailier. 
Seit  ore  ke  seez  acostumer 


Chescun  jur  aucune  part  aler  ; 

Si  garde  ke  ne  travaille  tant 

Ke  se  sente  greve  part  tant. 

Mes  quant  il  se  sent  rien  alasser 

Si  deit  demeintenant  reposer 

Avant  qu'il  se  sente  greve  1890 

Par  Taler,  ou  trop  alasse. 

Travail  devant  manger  soleit 
Naturele  chaline  acreslre  dreit 
A  celui  ke  travaille.  bien  se  sent 
Ki  chaline  amunte  veraiement, 
E  le  cors  de  ceo  force  e  grossur 
Purchace  e  prent  a  chief  de  tur. 

4  Mes  sur  tute  rien  fet  a  garder 
Ki  grevus  travail  veut  hanter 
Ordre  covient  en  ceo  garder  ;        1900 
Ne  deit  pas  subitement  muver 
,Del  repos  ke  ad  eu  devant 
A  pesant  travail  e  grevant. 
E  si  le  travail  grief  e  grant  seit 
Sun  ventre  d'un  cengle  constreindre 

deit ; 
E  apres  mangier  se  chastie 
Ke  forement  ne  se  mueve  mie, 
E  del  tut  a  eschivre  est  ensement 
Muver  sei  dunkes  lungement, 
Kar  si  come  mover  5devant  manger  1910 
Fet  bien  a  sante  garder, 
Ausi  le  meovement  apres 
Engendre  de  maladie  fes. 

Apres  manger  covient  veirement 

K'ome  se  desporte  tant  lungement 

De  dormir  jeske  descendu  seit 

De  la  buche  del  estomac  dreit 

Le  manger,  e  amenuse  l'enflure 

E  la  grevance,  ke  ne  pusse  nure 

Issi  k'uncore  seit  sentu  1920 

Ke  le  manger  est  descendu  ; 

E  saciez  bien  si  vus  targiez, 

E  un  petittet  apres  alez, 

"A  descendre  la  viande  mut  aidera, 

E  profit  apres  e(n)  avendra. 

D'autre  part  bien  vus  gardez 
Ke  trop  suvent  ne  vus  voutiez 
Del  un  jeske  autre  costez, 


Line  1844  //  is  bad  to  change  the  hour  or  number  of  your  nvals.  i860  But 

if  it  is  necessary,  let  the  change  be  gradual.  ^74  Let  your  dweVing  be  clean 

and  airy.  1880   Of  exercise.  1883  Do  not  let  your  exercise  be  too  violent. 

1892  It  is  good  before  food  1906  It  is  bad  after  food.  19I4   Of  sleeping 

a^ain.  1915  Do  not  sleep  directly  after  a  meal.  1926  Do  not  toss  and  turn 

in  bed. 


1  f.  191  r°  b.         2  1.  18^2,  Karl  MS.  Par.  3  f.  roi  v°  a.         *  f.  191  v°  b. 

5  I.  1910,  mover]  MS.  uouer.         4  f.  192  r°  a. 


3°9 


Kar  la  digestiun  purluignez, 
E  emfleure  ensiut  veirement 
E  runge,  saciez,  ensement. 


1930 


E  saciez  bien  ke  mut  vaut 
Aver  un  oriller  bien  haut, 
E  nomeement  si  le  manger  ne  seit 
Descendu  en  l'estomac  dreit. 

Saciez  ke  de  dormir  est  le  profit 

Ke  travail  de  l'alme  tout  sanz  respit, 

E  plus  s  utive  veraiement 

De  pen  sers  e  reisun  la  rent,  *939 

Ke  einz  fu  boisteuse  e  come  chargee 

En  aquzie  est  e  sutillee, 

Ke  travail  del  cors  ensuagist, 

E  la  digestiun  mieuz  nurist, 

E  le  cors  ausi  veraiement 

Engressist,  e  plus  legier  rent. 

Mes  mut  dormir,  seez  certein, 

Ke  le  cors  dewaste  e  rent  vein- 

E  le  fet  a  desmesure  tendre 

E  trop  de  fleume  en  li  engendre, 

1  E  si  2  refreidist  nomeement  1950 

Le  cors  gros  e  gras  ensement. 

Mes  mut  veiller  enseur  seez- 
Ke  la  chaline  enoite  en  veritez, 
E  led  1'omme  e  megre  rent, 
E  ensecchit  le  cors  ensement, 
E  colre  russe  engendre  ausi, 
E  nomeement  le  cors  enmegri. 

Adecertes  si  covient  dreit 

Ke  i'alme  de  veiller  aforcie  ne  seit 

Quant  se  sent  come  deswarokee   i960 

E  en  pensantume  trovee, 

Ne  a  dormir  ne  deit  estre  aforcee  3 

Quant  sitille  e  ague  est  truvee; 

Quant  legier  est  le  movement 

E  les  sens  forz  ensement. 

Quant  la  pesantume  est  passez 
Desuz  del  manger  avant  mangez, 
E  del  ventre  la  souveraine  partie 
Est  sanz  reddur  tut  esmolie, 
E  aucun  travail  seit  fet  avant,         J97o 


Dune  fet  a  manger  demcintenant, 
E  tant  mieuz,  sacez  veirement, 
Si  od  tut  vus  vient  a  talent. 

Estre  ceo,  pas  ne  lessez, 

Quant  talent  vus  prent,  ke  ne  mangez, 

4  Si  le  talent  deceivant  ne  seit 

Come  en  gent  yvres  estre  soleit : 

Mes  pus  k'omme  yvre  pas  ne  seit 

Negrosn"estlemangerk'avantmangeit 

E  talent  li  prent,  tut  sans  demore  1980 

Manger  deit  tantost  maimes  l'ore. 

E  si  le  manger  seit  tant  delae 

Ke  le  talent  de  manger  seit  passe, 

Cyrub  acetus  dunke  receive 

E  od  eue  chaude  le  beive, 

E  pus  apres  si  se  detiegne 

De  manger  jeske  apetit  li  viegne 

Ou  jeske  assellatiun  fet  eit 

Par  unt  le  talent  engendre  seit, 

E  quant  ices  choses  fet  avez  J 990 

Dune  est  hure  ke  vus  mangez. 

E  mut  est  a  eschivre,  ceo  sachez, 
Ke  vus  ja  itant  ne  mangez 
Ke  l'estomac  tant  empli  seit 
Ke  seit  greve  ou  trop  estreit, 
Kar  saciez,  quant  issi  avient, 
Del  eir  k'atreit  anguisse  vient. 
Dunt  si  a  la  fez  si  avenu  seit 
Avant  ke  le  manger  descendu  seit. 
Si  deit  par  vomite  geter  2000 

Ke  de  ceo  se  pusse  deliverer  ; 
5  E  s'il  ne  puet  mie  a  dreit  vomir 
Travaille  un  poi  e  voit  dormir, 
E  chose  ke  le  ventre  soluble  rent 
Dune  est  a  prendre  veraiement, 
E  del  manger  ke  manger  soleit 
Le  jur  apres  meins  prendre  deit. 

E  si  est  a  saver  sur  tute  rien 

Ke  chescun  garde  en  pregne  bien 

Ke  les  mangers  ke  manger  soleit  2010 

Chescun  mangusse  en  sun  dreit, 

E  si  mangusse  aussi  suvent 

Come  soleit  fere  ensement, 

Si  la  costume  male  ne  seit*  * 

K'eschivre  fet  en  chescun  endreit, 


Line  1932  Have  a  high  pillow.  T936  Sleep  drives  away  care  and  sharpens 

the  wits.  J946   Too  much  sleep  enfeebles  the  body.  J952    Too  little  sleep 

makes  it  thin.  1958  Do  not  force'  yourself  either  to  wake  or  sleep,  against  nature. 

1966  Of  eating  again.  1974  Eat  when  you /eel  a  desire  to  do  so.  1982  If 

eating  be  delayed  till  the  appetite  is  gone,  drink  hot  water  and  vinegar.      1992  Never 
eat  too  much.  2008  Folloiv  your  custom  in  the  nature  of  your  diet,  2014 

unless  the  custom  be  a  harmful  one.  * 


1  f.  192  r°  b.  2  1.  1950.  si]  MS.  li.  8  1.  1962,  aforcee]  MS.  aforce. 

*  f.  192  v°  a.         6  f.  192  v°  b.         6  1.  2014,  seit]  MS.  soit. 


3io 


La  quele  petit  e  petit  lesser  deit 
Jeske  a  la  bone  viegne  tut  dreit. 

E  saciez  ke  l'ordre  de  manger 
Fet  a  sein  home  a  garder.  2019 

Au  mein  ke  mangusse  une  feiz  lejur, 
Ne  serra  grevance  ne  trop  labur; 
Vaut  plus  dous  fiez,  entempreement ; 
En  dousjurz  treiz  fiez  solement. 

A  home  megre  le  jur,  sanz  dutance, 
Sul  une  fiez  manger  est  nuissance  ; 
Mes  dous  fiez  le  jur  manger  itant 
A  gros  home  e  gras  est  nuisant ; 

1  Mes  a  gent  ke  travaillent  mult  esovent 
Mester  unt  de  gros  nurissement, 

E  a  ces  ke  travaillent  poi  ou  nient    2030 
Leger  nurissement  covient. 
Dunt  a  quere  sunt  viandes,  sanz  fable, 
K'a  chescun  .i.  costume  est  profitable. 

II  sout  avenir  mut  sovent 

Ke  de  male  viande  nurissement 

A  aucun  esteit  profitable, 

E  bones  viandes  a  aucun  nusable; 

Dunt  la  costume  covient  sivre 

Ke  profite,  e  l'autre  eschivre. 

Dunt,  sil  i  a  aucun  nurissement     2040 

Ke  bien  fait  a  aucun,  dunt  a  talent, 

Mes  ke  pas  bone  chose  ne  seit, 

Sun  appetit  paer  en  deit 

Si  tropmauveis  ne  seit  le  manger 

(Kar  leu  viande  fet  a  lesser). 

Mes  nepurquant  Ten  ne  deit  pas  user 

Tut  jurs  mal  nurissement  manger, 

E  ki  ke  le  fet  devez  saver 

Ke  medicines  covient  sovent  user  2049 

Ke  leshumursmales.de  ceo  engendrez, 

Par  destemprure  seient  en  getez  ; 

E  apres  l'ore  ke  mange  a 

Teu  viande  si  mangera 

2  Ou  beivre  aucune  chose  deit 

Ke  meins  mal  face,  k'en  tempre  seit 
Ausi  come  apres  le  dirrum 
E,  si  Deu  plest,  enseignerum. 

Sacez  ke  de  male  degestiun 
Corumpue  est  l'encheisun 
Ke  Fen  en  un  sul  manger  prent    2060 
Diverse  viandes  ensemblement, 


E  la  grant  demuere  ensement 
Entre  la  fin  e  le  comencement. 

Estre  ceo,  en  yver  quant  fet  freit 
Covient  ke  viande  chaude  seit, 
E  en  este  devez  user 
Viande  freide  a  tun  manger. 
Ne  viande  ke  tantost  vient  del  fiu 
Si  chaud  ne  deit  pas  estre  receu  ; 
Ne  viande  ke  seit  come  neif  freit  2070 
Nul  manger  ne  user  ne  deit, 
Kar  viande  k'ad  freidure  tant 
Nul  ne  deit  user,  for  adunke  quant 
Est  le  tens  de  chaliene  grant 
Quant  le  cors  ert  come  feu  ardant. 

E  si  devez  ausi  saver 
K'en  hure  freide  fet  dreit  manger; 
E  si  hore  freide  aver  ne  poez 
Freide  mansuins  suveaus  eez. 

3  E  si  deit  en  tel  hore  manger        2080 
Ke  l'en  pusse  apres  dormir  e  repose. 

Le  fruit  ke  Ten  manger  deit 
Avant  autre  mangiers  mangie  seit, 
Si  ceo  ne  seit  teu  manere  de  fruit 
Ke  lunge  en  l'estomac  gist  descenduit, 
Come  est  fruit  acetus  e  pomuant, 
Come  pome  gernette  e  autre  freidant  ; 
Mes  ki  k'un  poi  ent  prendre  veut 
Par  medicine  bien  fere  le  puet. 
Mes  mieuz  vaut  a  sante  garder      2090 
Tuz  fruiz  freis  del  tut  lesser, 
Ou  si  l'en  rien  en  manger  deit 
Ke  de  petite  quantite  seit  ; 
Des  quels  ki  ke  mut  en  eit  mangez 
Par  mescine  apres  en  seit  purgez, 
E  travail  ausi  e  exercice  4 
Sueur  en  est  de  oster  malice. 

E  si  fet  mut  a  desporter 

Les  fruiz  ke  freiz  sunt  a  manger 

For  quant  avez  travaille  le  jur       2100 

E  ke  sentez  en  l'estomac  ardur. 

Les  fruiz  freiz  dunt  parog  cest  hure  6 

Sunt  figes  e  grapes  e  peire  e  mure. 

E  pus  apres  quant  est  mangie 

Le  fruit  k'ai  ore  avant  nome, 

6  Aucune  piece  covint  ke  3tiegne 


Line  2018  Of  the  number  of  meals.  2034   One  man's  meat  is  another  man's 

poison.  2058  //  is  bad  to  eat  many  different  things  at  one  meal.  2064  Eat 

warm  food  in  winter  and  cold  in  summer,  2068  but  never  eat  meat  hot  front 

the  fire,  207  [   and  never  ice-cold  food,  2073  except  in  time  of  great  heat. 

2076  Eat  in  the  cool  of  the  day.         2082   Of  the  eating  of  fruit. 


1  f.  193  r°  a.  2  'f.  193  r°  b.  3  f.  193  v°  a. 

exeicite.  5  1.  2102,  hure]  MS.  hore. 


4  1.  2096,  exercice]  MS. 
6  f.  193  v°  b. 


31* 


Avant  ceo  k'autre  viande  preigne. 

E  de  engroture,  saciez  le  bien, 

Deit  eschivre  sur  tute  rien  ; 

Es'ilavint  aaucun  k'engroteseit   2 no 

Icel  jur  plus  manger  ne  deit, 

E  le  jur  ensivant  deit  manger 

Petit,  e  chose  ke  seit  legier. 

Mes  si  mut  des  jurs  continuelment 

Seit  engrute  veirement 

Medicine  dune  prendre  deit, 

Mes  ke  trop  destemprant  ne  seit, 

Stilum  ceo  k'est  en  art  livre 

De  mescine,  e  mestres  unt  enseigne. 

Une  manere  i  ad  de  gent  2120 

As  quels  saciez  verement 

Ke  grosse  viande  en  tute  manere 

Mut  mieuz  lur  vaut  ke  la  legiere  ; 

Dunt  Ten  deit  bailer  a  teu  gent 

Viande  k'a  lur  estomac  apent 

E  a  ces  ke  l'estomac  contrarie  unt, 

Viande  contraries  receverunt. 

En  governement  de  beivre  saciez 

Ke  ceste  reule  tenir  devez 

Ke  eue  jun  pas  ne  bevez  2130 

Jeske  tant  ke  vus  eez  mangez 

1  E  jeske  les  parties  del  ventre  amunt 

Aukes  alegie  apres  serrunt : 

Mes  nepurquant  si  vus  en  bevez 

Pur  seif  estancher  ke  vus  avez 

Un  petitet  adunc  en  bevez 

Mes  ne  mie  ke  seez  ensartiez. 

Mes  pus  ke  les  parties  del  ventre  amunt, 

Come  dis  avant,  alegie  serrunt, 

E  2  la  viande  descendue  seit,  2140 

Dunt  fet  a  beivre  a  bon  espleit 

Ou  de  eue  ou  de  vin  asez 

Jeske  om  seit  bien  asartiez. 

Mes  a  eschivre  fet  sur  tute  rien 
D"eue  de  neif  beivre  rien. 
Ne  al  manger  ne  bevez  mie 
For  eue  ke  seit  bien  refreidie  ; 
E  beivre  de  freit  eue  un  petit 
Saciez  bien  k'asez  suffit. 

De  eue  de  neif  fet  a  garder  2x50 

De  beivre  a  ces,  deves  saver, 
Ke  les  nerfs  e  digestiun  fieble  unt, 
E  as  quels  l'estomac  e  feie  freiz  sunt, 


E  as  quels  sunt  les  esperiz, 

Come  pres  degastez,  trop  sutiz  ; 

Mes  home  charnus,  ke  mut  sane  a, 

E  la  colur  vermaille  avera, 

3E  avera  bien  fort  le  talent, 

Beive  cist  eue  hardiement.  2I59 

Mes  nul  juvene  home  beivre  ne  deit 

Eue,  si  tres  grant  ardur  n'eit, 

Ou  ke  surpris  seit  de  yveresce, 

Ke  seif  le  mette  en  trop  destresce. 

Ensurketut  eschivre  deit  chescun 

De  beivre  mut  eue  quant  serra  jun, 

E  apres  bain,  e  apres  travail  tant 

Ke  passe  force  e  seit  nuisant ; 

Mes  s'il  covint  ke  Ten  freit  eue  beive 

Un  poi  e  petit  e  petit  receive, 

E  le  face  issi  cointement  2170 

Jeske  passe  seit  le  talent. 

Ki  mut  eue  beit  en  verite 

E  la  seif  en  seit  plus  enoite, 

La  nervuse  char  k'en  l'estomac  a 

Par  passiun  se  estendera, 

E  la  buche  k'al  estomac  afiert 

Desuz  estoupe  e  constreint  iert ; 

E,  pus  ke  l'estomac  est  si  tendu, 

La  force  dune  li  est  tolu 

Ke  n'a  pas  dunke  le  poer  2180 

L'eue  as  entrailles  de  geter, 

E  les  veines  del  fai  ke  i  sunt 

L'eue  entreire  ne  purrunt, 

*  Dunt  la  faie  rien  ne  receit 

Ke  aide  ou  cumfort  li  serreit, 

Einz  remeint  chaud  veraiement 

E  d'autre  eue  ad  le  talent, 

E  tant  come  plus  eue  bevera 

Tant  plus  l'estomac  s'estendra. 

Etendu  ert  en  eel  endroit  2190 

Jeske  tant  enmoli  seit, 

E  quant  sa  molesce  aura 

L'estomac  en  bon  point  serra. 

Beivre  eue  de  nuit,  devez  saver, 
Ne  deit  om  mie,  mes  desporter. 

E  si  aucun  beit  eue  sovent 

E  apres  plus  en  ad  talent, 

De  beivre  dune  se  deit  detenir 

E  la  seif  mut  covient  suffrir, 

Kar  ki  ke  ceo  seit  ke  issi  le  fra      2200 

La  seif,  saciez,  tost  s'en  irra. 


Line  2108  Avoid  a  surfeit.  2128  Of  drinking.  2129  Drink  only  after 

the  food  has  reached  the  stomach.  2144  No  man  should  drink  snow-ua.er, 

2156  except  a  hot-blooded  man.  2164  Do  not  drink  much  ivater  fasting,  or 

after  violent  exercise.         2172    The  danger  of  drinking  too  much  water.  2196  If 

drinking  aggravates  thirst,  endure  your  thirst,  and  it  will  pass. 


1  f.  194  r°  a. 


2  1.  2140.  E]  MS.  en. 
*  f.  194  v°  a. 


3  f. 


194  r° 


312 


Home  familus  ki  ke  ceo  seit 

Vin  ne  beive,  kar  fere  nel  deit: 

Ne  apres  bain,  ne  apres  manger 

Egre,  ne  apres  trop  travailler, 

Ne  apres  ceo  ke  de  viande  seit 

Ensaule  vin  beivre  ne  deit 

Jeske  tant  ke  le  manger  receu 

Seit  en  1'estomac  bien  descendu  ; 

1  Ne  apres  yveresce  ne  glotonie    2210 

Vin  a  beivre  ne  fet  mie. 

Ne  si  ne  deit  de  vin  tant  estre  beu 

Ke  1'estomac  seit  greve  ou  tendu, 

Si  issi  ne  seit  k'aucun  le  voler 

Apres  le  beivre  ert  sei  mediciner. 

Chescun  eslire  deit  sanz  fable 

Le  vin  ke  plus  est  profitable, 

Kar  mut  i  ad  en  veritez 

En  plusurs  vins  diversitez. 

Ne  si  n'est  a  nule  manere  a  user  2220 

A  home  suvent  sei  enyverer, 

Kar  mutes  maladies  suvent 

Engendre  yveresce  veraiement ; 

Mes  ke  une  feiz  ou  dous  le  meinz  beit 

Tant  k'eii3'vere  apres  en  seit 

Valer  li  peut  veraiement, 

Issi  ke  nel  face  trop  suvent. 

Chescun  teu  vin  deit  user 
K'a  sa  nature  puet  profiter. 


Aparmemes  ceo  k'ai  escrit 

E  del  ensampleire  translate, 

Kar  ki  ke  veot  en  verite 

Entendre  le  e  ovrer  apres 

Prudume  serra  tenu  ades, 

Kar  entendre  puet  e  saver  dreit    2250 

Coment  en  vertuz  aver  se  deit, 

E  endreit  sei  meimes,  sa*ciez  de  fi, 

Quant  al  cors  e  al  alme8  ausi. 

A  entendre  fet  tant  nekedent 

Ke  nature  se  diverse  de  gent 

Sulum  costume  e  naciun 

Diverse,  e  diverse  conplexiun, 

E  divers  liu  e  regiun  ; 

Dunt  par  iceste  reisun 

En  diete  deit  om  ceo  garder  2260 

Tuei  a  ki  dreit  puet  valer. 

4  Dunt  medicine  k'est  ici  tuchee 

En  chaude  terres  fu  trovee, 

Ne  ne  vaut  pas  a  tuz  generaument, 

De  diverses  re?iuns  a  gent, 

Fors  sulum  mescine  generale 

Ke  costume  fet  especiale  ; 

Kar  costume  en  norissement 

Mescine  est  a  tute  gent — 

Si  la  custume  male  ne  seit,  2270 

De  la  quele  retreire  5  chescun  se  deit 

Petit  e  petit,  pur  sei  user 

De  bone  custume  purchacer. 

E  ke  si  garde  sa  nature 

Ke  male  costume  ne  la  pust  nure  ; 

C'est  ore  generale  reisun 

Ke  diete  en  chescun  regiun. 

Mes  en  chescune  veirement 

I  ad  grant  difference  de  gent, 

E  les  regiuns  diverses  sunt,  2280 

Pur  ceo  diverses  costumes  unt. 

Ausi  en  une  regiun 
Diversent  gent  par  complexiun 
E  par  costumes  ensement, 
As  quels  diverse  diete  apent, 
Pur  ceo  a  chescun  veirement 
Medicine  especiale  apent. 

6  Pur  ceo  le  di,  nel  voil  celer, 

Line  2202  Of  the  times  when  wine-drinking  is  harmful.  2216  Choose  a 

suitable  wine.  2220  Do  not  get  drunk  often,  ■        2224  but  to  do  so  once  or  twice 

is  profitable.  2230  Some  natures  need  wine,  2232  to  others  it  is  harmful. 

2237  End  of  Treatise.  2238  A  part  of  the  treatise  is  evidently  lo-t.  2244 

But  the  teaching  of  the  existing  portion  suffices  for  the  good  government  of  soul 
and  body.  2254   OJ  the  value  of  this  treatise  as  regards  the  body.  2262  // 

deals  with  the  needs  of  hot  countries.  2268    The  customs*  of  particular  countries 

mu^t  be  considered,  2282  and  of  paiticukir  people. 


Une  gent  sunt,  devez  saver, 
Ke  sanz  vin  ne  purrunt  manger  ; 
E  autre  gent  sunt  sanz  dutance 
Ke  de  vin  beivre  unt  grevance, 
Es  quels  le  manger  od  vin  beu 
Est  en  1'estomac  corumpu, 
'-^E  repleciun  fet  e  engru'ement, 
E  fievres  engendre  enseoient. 

De  cest  treite  plus  ne  trovai. 
Mes  plus  i  ad,  tresbien  le  sai, 
Kar  devant  en  cest  liveret 
Tuche  choses  ke  il  premet 
En  meismes  cest  livre  a  treiter 
Dunt  rien  ne  poie  apres  trover. 
Mes  pus  ke  si  est  asez,  suffit 


2230 


2240 


1  f.  194  v°  b. 
*  f  195  r°  b. 
»  f.  195  v°  a. 


2  f.  195  r°  a.  3  1.  2253,  alme]  MS.  alme  alme. 

I.  2271,  retreire]  the  last  r  closely  resembles  a  /  in  the  MS. 


3*3 


Mes  poi  amuntent  sanz  bien  crcre  ; 
3  N'est  pas  nume  charite,  234° 

Sanz  creance,  ovre  dc  pite. 

D'autre  part  si  aucun  creit 

Sulum  seinte  eglise  a  dreit, 

Ses  ovres  bones  sunt  sanz  charite 

S'il  seit  en  mortel  pecche  ; 

Mes  nepurquant  bon  est  de  bien  fere 

Pur  grace  aver  de  pecche  retreire. 

Mes  tant  come  home  git  en  pecchee 

Creance  e  esperance  e  charitee 

E  trestutes  les  autre6  vertuz  2350 

A  sauver  home  sunt  trestuz  miz  ;  • 

Dunt  meske  paens  bons  seient  en  sei 

Vertuz  ne  profitent  pas  sanz  fei, 

Fors  sulement,  en  verite, 

Ke4  n'aurunt  peine  fors  de  oscurte. 


Mes  crestien  ke  gist  en  pecche, 
Ke  purreit,  s'il  vosist,  estre  sauve 
Par  bons  ovres  e  sa  creance, 
Si  ne  veut  aver  repentance 
Cist  ert  en  peine  pleinement 
E  en  oscurte  sanz  finement. 


2360 


Kar  ne  fet  pas  trop  a  fier 

En  l'art  de  medicine  avant  nomee,  2290 

Fors  en  la  terre  ou  fu  trovee, 

E  ceo  ke  puet  a  tuz  generaument 

Profiter,  sulum  ceo  ke  apent 

Par  costume  bone  e  par  entempreure, 

Ke  trop  ou  tropoi  ne  pust  nure, 

E  face  apres  le  document 

Aristotle  sulum  ceo  k'apent 

(Mes  tuie  veis  bon  est  e  reisun 

De  fere  le  par  discretiun), 

Kar  ne  meffra  pas  legierement      2300 

Cil  ke  de  sage  cunseil  enprent. 

Endreit  del  alme  devez  saver 
Ke  crestien  bien  se  puet  sauver 
S'il  fet  sulum  le  document 
Ues  vertuz  ke  cest  livre  aprent. 
Mes  ceo  ne  vus  dei  jeo  pas  celer 
K'a  Giu  n'a  paien  ne  puet  valer 
Fors  sulement  a  eschivre  peine, 
Mes  en  joie  del  ciel  pas  ne  les  mene 
Pur  ceo  ke  creance  lur  faut,  2310 

Esperance  e  charite  ke  tut  vaut ; 
Kar  ki  ke  faut  del  fundement, 
L'overe  perit  tut  pleinement. 

I  Le  fundement  de  nostre  creance 
E  de  tuz  vertuz  l'enseverance 
Est  Jhesu  Crist  le  sauveur, 
Le  fiz  Deu  nostre  creatur  ; 

II  est  charite  e  nostre  creance, 
II  est  del  tut  nostre  esperance. 
Les  quatre  vertuz  d'enfermement,  2320 
Ke  nomai  au  comencement, 
E  dunt  est  en  2  cest  livre  tieitez, 
Profitent  s'il  seient  acoplez 
A  fei  e  esperance  e  eherite 
Ke  vertuz  sunt  de  divinite. 
Kar  profiter  ne  purrunt  autrement 
D'aver  la  joie  ke  fin  ne  prent ; 
Kar  par  bone  e  dreite  creance 
Avum  de  gloire  esperance, 
Mcsn'estpasdreitecreance  nume,  2330 
Ne  esperance,  sanz  charite  ; 
Ne  charite  n'est  nule  sanz  creance 
Ne  l'un  ne  l'autre  sanz  esperance. 
Kar  issi  sunt  encheenez, 
Si  avez  une,  trestuz  avez, 
E  si  une  des  vertirz  vus  faut 
L'afere  des  autres  poi  vus  vaut. 
Dunt  Ten  puet  overes  de  pitie  fere, 

Line  2302   Of  the  value  of  this  treatise  as  regards  the  soul.  2306   To  follow 

its  teaching  would  not  save  an  unbeliever.  2320  Of  Faith,  Hope,  and  Charity. 

2330    They  are  inseparable.  2342  A  Christian  ivho  sins  is  without  Charily. 

2346  But  his  creed  and  good  works  will  help  to  raise  him.  2352   Good  works 

cannot  save  a  heafhen,  but  will  lessen  his  pains.  2356  A  Christian  who  per- 

sists in  sin  will  be  lost  utterly.  2362  Of  the  '  Lumere  as  Lais'.  2376  Ptay 

for  Piere  eTAbemun,  ivho  translated  this  book. 


En  un  livre  ke  fes  ai  jad 

De  ceste  matire  treitie  i  ad, 

E  mut  des  choses,  saciez,  sanz  fable, 

K"al  alme  d'umme  sunt  profitable  ; 

6  Le  livre,  en  verite  saciez, 

'  La  Lumere  as  Lais'  si  est  nomez. 

Pur  ceo  n'en  voil  ore  plus  treiter, 

Ne  cest  ne  faz  for  pur  adrecer 

Cest  livre,  par  dreit  entendement  2370 

A  acumplir  le  enseurement. 

Kar  ore  pert,  ceo  semble,  sanz  respit, 

Coment  cest  livre  ad  dreit  profit    \ 

Par  creance  od  l'enjustement 

De  esperance  e  charite  ensement. 


Mes  ore  priez,  pur  Deu  amur, 
En  ceste  fin  pur  le  translatur 
De  cest  livre,  ke  Piere  ad  nun, 
K'estreit  est  de  ces  de  Abernun, 
Ke  de  bien  fere  doint  sa  grace  ; 
E  a  nus  tuz  issi  le  face, 
Ke  le  regne  pussum  merir 
Ke  done  a  suens  a  sun  pleisir. 
Amen. 


2380 


f.  195  v°  b. 


2  1.  2322.  est  en]  MS.  en  est. 
2355>  Kel  MS-  Ka-  *  f-  J96  r°  b- 


3  f.  196  r-  a. 


A  SELECT 

BIBLIOGRAPHY 


Ceccioxi  :   '  II  Secreto  Secretorum  e  le  redazioni  volgari '  in  Propugnalore  vN.S.)f 

ii,  pp.  72-102. 
Flugel:    Wiener  Hss.,  iii.  258  (1827). 

Foerster,    Richard:    De  Aristotelis   quae  feruntur  Secretis  Secretorum  Com- 
mentate.    Kiel,  1888. 
—  Scriptores  physiognomonici,  2  vols.     Leipzig,   1893.     Cen- 

tralblatt  fur  Bibliothekswesen,  vi. 
Hamilton,  George  L.  :  'The  Sources  of  the   Secret  des  Secrets  of  Jofroi  de 

Waterford  ',  Romanic  Review,  i. 
Hertz,  Wilhelm  :   Die  Sage  vom  Giftmddchen.     Munchen,  1893. 
Holmes,  John,  in  B.  M.,  Add.  MS.  20722,  has  notes  on  the  Secretum. 
Knust  :  Jahrbuch  fiir  romanische  und  englische  Literatur,  x.  153,272. 
Leclerc,  V.  :  Histoirc  de  la  medecine  arabe,  i.  182  ;  ii.  372,  447,  466. 
Rose,  V.  :  De  Aristotelis  librorum  ordine,  p.  184  ;  Aristotelis  Pseudepigrap/iica, 

p.  583  ;  and  in  Zeitschrift  fur  deutsches  Alterthum,  xviii,  p.  331. 
Steinschneider,  M.  :  Die  hebrdischen  Uebersetzungen  des  Mittelalters,  1893. 

—  Jahrbuch  fiir  romanische  und  englische  Literatur,  xii.  366. 

Toischer,  W. :  Die  altdeutschen  Bearbeitungen  des  pseudo-aristotelischen  Secreta 

Secretorum.      Prager-Neustadt,  1887  (not  seen; 
Wenrich  :  De  Auctorum  Graecorum  operibus.    Leipzig,  1842,  pp.  139,  14 1-2,  162. 
Wustenfeld  :  Abhandlungen  der  Gottinger  Gesellschaft,  Bd.  22  ;    Uebersetzungen 

arabischer  Werke,  1877,  p.  81. 


INDEX 


Abu  Shaker,  269. 

Abul  Faraj,  quoted,  Ivii. 

Achillini,  revision  of,  xi,  xxiii,  xxiv. 

Aedgidius  Colonna,  ix. 

Aesculapius,  52,  177,  187,  268. 

Aibertus  Magnus,  xviii,  xix,  lxiii, 
277. 

Albumazar,  23,  62. 

Alchemy:  El  Habib,  xlvii ;  liber 
Kalid,  xlviii;  Emerald  Table  of 
Hermes,  115,  262. 

Al  Fakhri,  quoted,  xvi. 

Alfredus  Anglicus,  xlvii. 

Algazel,  11. 

Alhazen,  lv. 

Al  Makin,  quoted,  xii,  xxiii,  liii, 
269. 

Amazons,  155. 

Ambasoyi,  57. 

Ammonius,  269. 

Ancheralh,  160. 

Andromachus,  107. 

Antioch,  xix,  26. 

Antonius  Musa,  xliv. 

Aratus,  10. 

Aristo,  93. 

Aristotle :  de  immortalitate  ani- 
mae,  xxiv  ;  letters  of,  xxxviii, 
38,  269  ;  de  Celo  et  Mundo,  37  ; 
Metaphysica,  89, 127, 128  ;  Pos- 
terior a,  109;  Meteor  is,  129; 
Physiognomia,  167. 

Artephius,  9,  23,  268. 

Aspects,  18. 

Astrologers,  tales  of,  137,  233. 

Astrology,  xlvii,  60,  108-113,  161. 

Aulus  Gellius,  269. 

Averroes,  viii,  8,  127,  267. 

Avicenna,  xl,  xlv,  xlvi,  5,  10, 
274  ;  Metaphysics,  37,  56  ;  Ars 
Medicinae,  72,  73,  89,  276;  de 
Anima,  132  ;  de  Animalibus, 
165. 

Bacon,  Roger,  viii :  de  Accidenti- 
btts  Senectutis,  23 ;  Antidotario, 


23  ;  de  Retardatione  Accidentia 
Senectutis,  66  ;  Communia  Na- 
tura/ium,  xlii,  76-80 ;  Opus 
Majus,  xxix. 

Bede,  quoted,  108. 

Bible:  Acts,  63;  Exodus,  56; 
Esdras  IV,  13  ;  Genesis,  72  ; 
Isaiah,  56,  271  ;  Romans,  125. 

Boethius,  xviii,  3. 

Books  :  Liber  decern  Scienciarum , 
xxiii ;  Viaticum,  70 ;  Policrati- 
cus,  72 ;  Smaragdus,  72  ;  de 
pulmentis  et  medicinis,  90  ;  de 
Aquis,  98  ;  de  medicinis  com- 
positis,  98  ;  Novetn  Judicum 
Astronomie,  IC9;  de  Lapidibus, 
xiii,  li,  114;  de  P/antis,  114; 
Liber  trium  auctorum,  165. 

Books  of  magic,  6. 

Budge,  Sir  Wallis,  x,  xii,  xiii,  lx. 

Cardonne,  Melanges,  lvi. 
Cassiodorus,  2,  3. 
Caule  geldel,  94. 
Cecco  d'Ascoli,  xlvi. 
Censorinus,  93. 
China,  122. 
Cicero,  xxxix. 
Comet  of  1264,  10. 
Constantina,   daughter  of  Arch- 
bishop of  Athens,  xv. 
Cowley,  Dr.,  xiv. 

Damascenus,  Johannes,  70  ; 
Aphorisms,  74. 

Date  of  treatise  and  notes,  viii. 

Dee,  John,  vii. 

Dey,  Robert,  vii. 

Dieterici,  F.  H.,  lvi. 

Diagrams:  of  the  Heavens,  13; 
the  Zrdiac,  15;  the  first  point 
of  Aries,  15  ;  signs  and  as- 
pects, 18;  Houses  of  Planets, 
21 ;  form  of  horoscope,  22. 

Diodes,  xii,  xliv,  272,  273,  274. 

Diogenes  Laertius,  272. 


3l6 


Dioscorides,  74. 

Eberhard,  xxviii,  3. 
Ethicus,  37. 
Everitt,  James,  vii. 

Fleischer,  H.  L.,  lxii. 

Foerster,  Richard,  x\i,  xxxix,  lxiii. 

Fotheringham,  C.  H.,  xliii. 

Fredrich,  C,  xli,  xliv. 

French  woids  in  S.  S.,  xxii,  274, 

275. 
Fulgentius,  71. 

Gaster,  Dr.,  x,  xiv,  xvi. 

Gilson,  Mr.  J.  P.,  xxv. 

Giraldus,  Cambrensis,  ix. 

Gollin,  Jean,  ix. 

Greek  influences  on  Secretum,  x. 

Gregory  IX,  xxii. 

Grosseteste,    Robert,  de  impres- 

sionibus,  xxix,  268. 
Guibert  de  Tournai,  ix,  xviii. 
Guido  Vere  de  Valencia,  xix,  xx,  2  5. 
Gulielmus,  de  consuetidine  amo- 

vetido,  94. 

Haji  Khalfa,  xiii,  lix. 

Haly,  272,  274. 

Hanayaj,  xxxix,  1 8 1. 

Henry  1,  58. 

Hermes,  135,  181,  189,  232$  259, 

262,  270. 
Hermogenes,  44,  S5,  99,  ^S,  ^7, 

162,  277. 
Hertz,  Wilhelm,  xl. 
Harizi,  Judah  Al,  xiv,  xvi. 
Hippocrates,  66,  81,  83,  165,  219, 

268,  272. 
Hunain  ibn  Ishak,  lii. 
Hypatia,  xv. 

Ibn  Khaldun,  liii,  lx,  lxii. 
Ikhwan  as-sa/ti,  lvi. 
Introductory  treatise,  xxviii,  I-24, 

278-83. 
Isaac,  xl. 
Ismail  Ali,  vii. 

Jean  de  Launha,  ix. 

Johannes  Hispalensis  or  His- 
paniensis,  Avendeath,  xvii,  xxi, 
xl ;  his  preface  to  S.  S.}  xvii- 
xviii. 

John  of  Basingstoke,  xv. 


John  of  Procida,  liii,  270. 
John  of  Wales,  ix. 
Josephus,  62. 

Kircher,  A.,  lviii. 

Leo,  Tactics,  lix. 
Livy,  11. 
Lucan,  10. 

Macer,  liber  herba?  um;  88. 
Macrobius,  xxxviii. 
Magic,  bioks  of,  6. 
Ma'sudi,  270,  271. 
Matthew  Paris,  xv. 
Mediterranean  Sea,  118. 
Messahala,  de  causis  orbis,  1 28. 
Mesue,   viii,   xiv ;    de  egriluditu 

oculortim,  273. 
Michael  Scot,  xviii,  xx,  xxi,  lxiii. 
Mithridates,  88. 
Mondaldo,  Adam  de,  version  of, 

xxviii. 
Montpelier  fair,  ic6. 

Napolis,  xix,  25. 
Neo-Platonism,  liv. 
Kordmann,  Charles,  xliii. 

Orosius,  11. 

Paulus  Aegineta,  xliv. 
Peraud,  William,  ix. 
Philip  of  Tripoli,  xviii,  xix,  25. 
Philoponus,  Joannes,  269. 
Physicians,  The  Eight  great,  xlvi, 

98,  212. 
Piere  dAbernun.  287. 
Placita  PJdlosophorum,  liii,  .270. 
Plato,  37,  56»  60i  271. 
Pliny,  Hisioria  Naturalia,  37,  54, 

93,  «I- 

Po  lemon,  165. 

Poor,  Prof.  C.  L.,  xliii. 

Prairies  dor,  lii. 

Ptolemy,  9,  10,   II,  62,  108,  109, 

no,  128. 
Ptolemy  of  Lucca,  ix. 
Pusey,  Dr.,  xiv. 
Pythagoras,  xxxix. 

Quran,  xl. 

Rashdall,  H.  (Rev.),  xlvi. 

Razis,  xl,  xiv,  xlvi,  lxii,  273, 274, 277. 


3J7 


Renzi,  S.  de,  Collectio  Salernitana, 
liii. 

St.  Augustine,  2,  II,  37. 

St.  Benedict,  4. 

St.  Gregory,  2. 

St.  Scolastica,  4. 

Salerno,  liii. 

Sancroft,  Archbishop,  vii. 

Seasons,  variable  length  of,  xlii, 
xliii. 

Secretum  Secretorum :  Chapter 
headings,  28-35;  titles  of  dis- 
courses, 179;  Manuscript  de- 
scription of,  vii ;  Manuscripts, 
principal,  xxvii  ;  Manuscripts, 
criteria  of,  xxv,  xxvi  ;  Manu- 
script versions,  xxxi-xxxvii  ; 
printed  texts  of,  xxx-xxxvi  ; 
version  in  Latin  verse,  xxx ; 
Syriac  text  of,  xi,  xxxviii ; 
Eastern  Arabic  form,  xiv-xvi ; 
Western  Arabic  form,  xiii ;  re- 
vision of  text,  xxii ;  division  of 

.  text,xxxvii;  analogous  treatises, 
ix. 

Scitae,  57. 

Servius,  3,  54,  108. 


Soranus,  xliv. 

Steinschneider,  M.,  xiii,  xvii,  lix. 
Storella,  Franciscus,  xxiv. 
Suchier,  Hermann,  xvii. 
Syriac  Original  of  S.  S.,  xi,  xii. 

Taegius    Franciscus,   revision    of 

Secretton  Secretorum,  xxiv. 
Tharasia,  xvii. 
Themistius,   the    Horn    of,   lviii, 

Theophina,  xvii. 
Turks,  154,  240. 
Turner,  Prof.  H.  H.,  xliii. 

Usaibi'a,  Ibn  Abi,  lix. 

Vere,   Anglo-Norman   family   of, 
xix,  xx ;  see  also  Guido  de  Vere. 
Vincent  of  Beauvais,  ix. 
Virgil,  3,  10,  54,  108. 

Windet,  James,  M.D.,  vii. 

Ximenez,  Fray  Francisco,  ix. 

Yuhanna  ibn  el  Batrik,  xi:  xvii,  Ixi 


ERRATA 

page  15,  I.  24  lege  in  celo 

20,  1.  36  (vel  hominibus) 

31,  1.  16  eorum  remediis 

76,  1.  20  Spring 

87,  1.  19  two  mouthfuls 

89,  1.  27  scilicet  exterius, 

108,  I.  1  marg.  t 

160,  1.  29  Et  illud 


PRINTED    IN    ENGLAND 
AT  THE    OXFORD    UNIVERSITY    PRESS 


6' 


University  of  Toronto 
library 

DO  NOT 

REMOVE 

THE 

CARD 

FROM 

THIS 

POCKET 


Acme  Library  Card  Pocket 

Under  Pat.  "Ref.  Tndex  FH»" 

Made  by  LIBRARY  BUREAU 


■^■H 


LU   S 


>  = 

=  0  o> 

c/l  = 

=  Q-   O 

•z_  — — 

%m 

=  _l 

o= 

en  i- 

Q== 

>- 

l-  = 

=3  °° 

CO    O 

LU 

_i=- 

^=<T 

(-  = 

■==T 

3  = 

=  <   ^ 

cc  ,-